DOBLE LL LOCA ABUTE ER hk

Go gate Chia pat at ec eR GAUL at Lah a eetT padd aihem eae

be et yd Waa s

é ie al Ayed ae Vy baniarbeny ephemant er Mtb G gah ts Tyhet we

4 + | ” j ot Wefan Vedat) Ce LB pedetee Asda e AA TA Te Wo lenene ive te tetedetemid eo peibe net etn anya test) fhe Me ite dg 0 eOr de }oR= vetrwerry

aed iba F Ve teGeret vy rad: Med Arde (eibathette cmaliy Ge hathotagett ay bayer ed tle bee PLO CU ee UL seer faet oa 4 HOMO THs hw Oe ebb a Mert tne aire tee:

' + eit hee Out te \ da he batya Beha a berks Cat 4 nartees 5 aig td a0 sr WG) Leib titelhe Gaby telnaiped pay Meine te ieee bart aly no, ee

+ ae r gn taht bee Geer + peer Fe | plissede Ut BOLL Ue ee ev for) timo ot 8 RO HEE HE URS Oe

“ia Oldie ad dad 1 qa & em tade in guri it o toute Nolan Se hatha ta be yeaa Vi pitt) wate iq (iMehee sites im irene yee veh phecteery

we) Ww 7 VideO gel Gen atiet Gitbedjnets prchadens begena dart tn sou Ayia @ ed Eden U ae fn 1h thank aid atip bade W1ReNd ag pig enh ete eM enna rte | tte medal . ai

’ fare , { coh aie : ' fd hc ade Aa nee fits fatale eenegiteaae lett fe boners aie Lapa 4h welpe:

. Pa te we ‘ ytite u te Goihe Ba Made bed Otte Leh, lar yesh ade EP OM Cloak ges rqeame tl Crean sd Ge te mmbedetholte tebe temad 00 etpeats Ha gs wager beine

tias \ { t\Veiea, eet ied deh t leur Loge tet dat wad PPavaverr cc ris ree)

Che Ve ah \ Ch Te erp Mame enter « dah tr aadedes ‘ Hens pias Pe Prin Yee r toa ELI | ieee

1 Haale hadaiwy ( VEU CPLR My pedal Wy a eta aie tag) ah eyapanpies re t » vee eh

bes eed i" Aya Jo Vedat Dod itetbe te! Ardell ‘ jrihevt 1s ashe todamenage He Meth heteid vhahsaetas Hes ied Avy Marlatt tt

f ite 4 te Leta the tere felee ee Petbeds dat eh hi Ate phrintatia taal Vetadad) dita lead Qe lemanats Pitel f

‘ ‘va the Mohd net , chat aan WORT Pern co CC ek Fore thalhs Wate thsthystesd «ite Wer Res Semi attmfan

yee Veh ye haw dhe Oe Lae et hele ‘ A eitatin Bae hed My he ted ye ee Ce bale by Sl Reems RO & “ 's

VU. teas a tlie Gein evede yy) aseaekaske mn ritelnberbeg ei) ere ih cra, wate Matheny aupe hette

‘ Ter dehs 4 Gi ied Ao ae aah: Cada Wnt OL by babe bettethd paad urna ' whee ele Gs Sevag de eaihsly fad liebe +s epee ee Ben

i+ Lb wre 1 Puy) ulviaena’l ' ‘ ‘ seve led rut oats '@ Jo'raged G4 phe fom aot hetenel> ye 49 ihe eae Li het rH a wey

tf \ ie sat ‘ ” J "wy oth bebe WalD Abeta Oe oar ell tells te nar ecadalty Lo O4e Ole latte nh en ett (Eee hs of aut fe Lib RDS UR

‘ lead id el “9 ' ave ‘ sOad) Dolittle teu # teed ' Arete bal, tay satel Pati athoct erfa tae deiinde i 9s ae men en biroee me

' ‘ Late: dal bal AV YD ‘ ‘ " O heaee le lhe setetitie f ad) Peed naips hows aie tetas Aer Pree PU ca Th ath Nis tei pa nite te el eda Ge ite tenty

, : / ; WHE Aa al aa State teath terete tate Av Clete aa teantetiid eg gaitestewiene gelig ialin Ai hat ars gate Lamar ris tute etre ee ‘ 4 shes

; ante i tat ay. Pe i shies aa feed uie ta tatatied eth cattedalel dle feteted Haat FeaRA HAAR A “ MN aiatale shined “wate Jainctepe wee aes Witenes ng

' 1 Lah ARR Lael Pe i ‘ ) Peva Potiy GPGtie sk oa) 4) Haepetan eh bana stain erg ih Ae teat ety yy Aeihelt ole Geihethedieg Geen asta on r

‘ ied Fi Sa LE a Pir) wyyike TNS Shed ea parton Gedy nse 11108 atta Ty ad tata tsie te beretaye de 4) laren edit ro fungi Gheststh stg fa oPaitae@anta tau eure Ae woah ade Hit

i 1 \ gehel 1 i i) Veisteday eh Oech Valteie (o bell at etd Ae Ganrararh Ve bet etateds Natt byte ite re

' ' ' \ Leet at AL EV ete Like ainda jena s ys nyratiy 5 ype tL Wastat ame gates ace

Ube jet i Lt FUT" We48 Baas eels 8) ete Ceabibin weet lhe bat ath: Cy

“4 ’ ’ eds ed 1 ate aeitate Rays ath ewan athe! Gods phn

’ ‘ ‘ i i ta let riels ahave vr} eits aks tl ie Berde ate HY Ha

ap t ' aed Meg pha dated aly avari im achilal si cite folkee ” Weatigiodents dete by delt sean ja nes pot tnt ed

‘ he jrted 1 Pave sires 196 eget edad ANA i Hy Waehes # tay at eet sented HAW ad

j \ ’ ABN dega Cepeda trae’ ede letednitetived Aalhetiethutey ett tet ae deme hn doth Teeter aren

Pr Pe | ‘ 1 } aa ‘ te teh \ Po Mayyeme seated eh athe Ge ni i de te 8 teaeve ar vAELEaT ata phone en eter

‘ 4 aihs ' i ' ' ‘ bya A, oi gta tethd wt nike Pe dn ihe ’ febathegeny ew

ee ‘ \ tela Wee ghat stad aia 3' eral be be tL rhededt ep te + Mean ve re

t Nite h ih ate te dete LAM be ete Cette Ci ad ( oitat a isoese by etal bot si Nhomaa eet <r

\ ‘ , ' ' Ve ht ; Hatta ta

vw A ‘ ma th \ bi AA qi ldwiieds

wy : gaanits beta Nays VH) é- nike Ye Re Geeet te Pe ba itpe ene Areetomreaiitane

Lb aey ‘ ) i A te are aah ad Tie EuL rpenepatials rei h el 4 the FM thee See cep Satta Minibar e ee trite

' ‘t ' ’ ‘ ‘ 1 eer ede: iaeeann neato aee Sora Mtnthe ofe tpt cote yete den ef ettt mets ve bs tuitotia) ¢ secindent

\ «Tae AA ied ' ' ‘ ‘uni i. 4 wey tp Eee PE Vay See ks Hp By CE eh LOM pert Lond autem LEM ihelir Gh ae t+ es ec femew ca geded’

ran \ Vien : ALA Le Ae a APOE LIDE hig hE L ameter ye Lado anne taste

, reg ay ae as ' ULF A bcceeaaetbta tae ah kald led deta WStotejencitehabe

) t , ‘ uy { Y ’ ‘ ane Vans ueteite tah STi nfs tel ate ie wet Paitetait-# t

‘ ‘ ‘ ' : Gyt "4 rl , Veh balla Vebe LOA Cri ee feel ats teta ete Oe ty ote aha Ages Laos sqeten cduqtete anan Lyte ee le 0 ebet

; i ‘ 15 oe; Vide Ae youd te eetet tev aE ete ete ee Late tel eitethede pte ted talented s adatedwite ey be pepe ehovet ¢

ve | iva i ‘ ! \ 1 alhee bet ge onde lee th Vall maedette (idle te aead ve! fe fete ites Get Wad Bait Pa Pork |

{ ONE wk Li tanet ate (Ye Ya Ph isdsta tails Seite’, +4440 eta that ailadadyd eM melt net Le tad s Fallesfe trite § une '

a \ ; i br deel alle kas tedualad se ig ha tell V4 Cinema rity Terre ent teint LL] ” vie Feseuy Tem tome!

’ ‘ Pal ? ’ ge he Catled bers a hatate tedden edellh Agantle ade tene - ween ae

} wy tetavetitede Wn drt © baeddaaten Lagee Pedpiehyy a leaitietie te le re siur ef

as \ \ ut 1)" aya : Oe a veib tee Os {eo hehett et elsayy (ameaete wite tafe bere tate toile te te ©

} a Holy } | ‘ 21 pv een lal We ya As bs Velabi thon SFAtbaWatMcity Ga lpatis bal yaad uns mat rtlaels sa Pa .

1 Ghehsh ' Li rah Abate et | Negeten tess naeaall Jee teen cette

4 4 +4 ‘ vis Ps ‘ 1 baat lads teas hee : ote ts (ethan tall anne?

' ‘ reat ten ' VeVeiy et Hats Wiubded ehaic) sede? a betes lle bets iette oe Wuthe ate Oe Fh 4s ee

Ui A ti ' ii AAV Ae SALON g PDR Sa Beste ynn age) tale aaa itee ~

" } we ! \ Sep! wi Mile Mp hea Mellel ek dawn n Yet: Matted arroet aligtle tate Petey bathe

‘ mol.) \ whey ’ PyPH EY ew Feuirataval en ene qi@ rite tet et tat afl y hag sap $e lia Foe isthe ca Vin dada le ote

3 \ P| V4 " nt ¢ Wirlel deta Ute (etejede Oh peed delete rev se hiait Wee ge tate!

| \ 4 pepe i eWay wit

+i ’ ' ) A hiity e Latte g aU kl athe a ty Melth te taller! 96 1ihed eh een HE me en eal pate

' \ if) ' " { 1s (bee Vie PPh Oats a Leer telat) ot, erat 4 Seat ss its ts oceeipeee

4 ‘ ‘ i : at ‘ A ~ a Seg at ataten, Lot Vea be she eguete!

! 1 ‘ i Hee bh eg pet ame siqiGuthts lodrla Ga eu saris La

ie ta) MPN ELUENT ALL +} at ! Masteacies Wade tt ate! rete ps aiygttare ieee tate

iW ) "7 ‘4 Wyle My ERT t eens welled

‘ ’ i ' ‘ e 7 */ ta bel atari tie Va eadete “ st . 4 %

‘ ' ' 7) Ail Spee! be La Re leet aa dutrettt 9 Fy Neda rene ‘

‘ eds al i st ‘ ih adie ts 1 $59 79.0408 Ip ty Datede: eifsAhdg er» pO iieea te , Bis ae

1 yyy ‘a. f f , v1 t ae tel ‘ Jide se telatwe cit ee eeat itr ote erurenrnns Uo) Gee? tee

elie ' ha : f ' 1 mies ' Aone ant Fin teres earth: ROTMPATT TM RCLAL RTT kD Sol elt yeti reieceny tape ete Ot ourget

fi \ 5 ' ' ' ‘ lean Abi ty tt Pe vilavg lelated dawn yn sete Foss A ey adobe haves iqir etigie ea (een Or ee

’ a) ' Tein { 7 rent g Li a delle a Mtr ha he 4 javehh tata alt hitoy si gfaits eat bet Wet * ‘ ‘ ; . Og tolled es

f : eye i uy \, \ aay dca e Lee heh tile tS yt) ant MVE eitangets he paa Seiad We Ee taba stone uation yh bee b ya

‘ 4 ) A ark ru bh a) Tasha bade jal alleit Maltaaye te nach

. #5 ert tod ; re ! ut Ree Vets te Ue Be nr . a ebsde

‘ Ate eas L | i \ la 2 be i] Oisie te els oe Vettes Ud (esa tan tte ha

p ' ' 4th | 4 PI bie tet * a ¢ 1, heh eels tara } qos Kee sq ene se tedidy det °

) »] i : : . ; 7 H Honey? | i Pi A bee) Cetene fete

sy ab hoy f MA i ‘ 4 i ‘ i

| Ao ray TER Re te a 4 7 sredaitty

, 4 ’ eas 1 : vee | Wtrure nr or

4 A vst 1 ' 7 | 1 betel a hh {# : afte Severe

ad ey my ype Ca. weHtets d ippits Oe TW

4 1 H } y f r ry fi Taste ve tarp fem

, ree TL Vaden ae ut ‘ uy « pts

hee Vi ‘ 4 ; .

’ . ans ‘ st ’ ‘ “ery

" ! ‘ i ’ MY 4 he .

‘ . . al L ’ 4 : L Ae ) i “ AV AIG EAT y :

7 7% | ’ } . bi 7 a eeetere . “4

' 4." : " Rrra es |

} ¥ Heh Nay a teits 124 mdf.

' ] t Blt ! | ' " eet ber Prirve

‘ Weg! teehee ee :

iy 7 V J { \ \ | 1 4e ‘ j : ah) 1 Srehs ethan’ “i

hero hin hy ' ‘a } ‘ i Git Ans tre eae enh ele eaa Sa fe’ Net Ty Aer rit) ie he Rast ele Tere be he f

' yee ' ! : uu : j 4 4 Li mieyioyer sale biwarte Sait teh MASE S 1a ahaa ane nel See tp ree arte de ’

vat , 4 OE aay Vien ’ i Th 4 totes We pa yatyurrs tatie ta Vetelte Bateh rmnege © ir teas

‘ ta ' } ‘ et Silat i Seal ied bb! te PUreriy i) Weed hate tg 1a" alte Fe Free Moe b tay pin tate Dee te

ti I ‘ :' a ee meee s mn pa syst dip ae eases +a tee seer Te psea dt & are ae

; { ry fe tart oye y é sf : Here els he thee 1 ft PA aya se ete ere geet e*

4 } { Liat ; Ee | ort lethal HLA, ' hile Ay dabts abe detente Fyentent sh je tal te

‘ ' : g +8 P : .

} 4 : i oy i ie) vt ant (Ageniit te Yad .

} y : ¢ ys , : he ’ VEE |e "he ba : Vy ote hehe te ® us \

‘ \ | iJ 4 aye " ‘ yn) . PALA bea! ee Ma neh TAs vite

' ; vonhaa rr Nii ‘ (Ledge HOTLY Dee, 4 /

i : \ ’ Aart ' t : . ; Hiei ae oy * ori

' i } } 4 4 abt ST Le at sith ta u wu ateletds "

‘ ‘ ; 4 ) 3

' Tae ‘ a] ’ i ty :

rf ’ "4 a { 1 r b

’ i . i ‘ ‘ Au ay

} bf [ 4/ ‘

\ ’ ¢ }

i ‘ / . tid ‘ : ‘

fj } , I ‘ or Pht ie i

fel hh 5 , | ' } 4 ‘ f ‘ ‘ ae

+ ’ Ca | 5 4 vA

- : . et ;

) NI i ‘ ‘ : ‘

4 ‘ +) ' ‘ ‘ 4

| | } ; nN) ;

" “ ; > } \ 4

ay 4 “ ‘ i + H 4e4 43 ‘ |

Ly iy \ hintal bt NC) Re

Vidag | ’ wad \

‘ hf

‘ + t ; aus 4 ‘ P

« ; ‘ : sit | AL

' 4 ! H at ; :

Wg M H :

Y ! \ 1 4h at |

u r ‘ | .

‘ ee } ; ia! ' 3 444

"0 at H \ i akties ad Wye say i

' q a) i ; \ : he Mi ately

ary f ; , 4} ai 3 het a} yes

' s i ‘ af , ." . ’ if \ Be

\ ry ; hie? iy \

tts j ; i j < }

: ‘ | } ; othe TEPRUR YO PRP hy TC iit

At '

a Pat teeee ‘

, ' .!

. [ety ‘ i

ai : n ’ 4 vi : i ; . i i ' ‘4 4 | | VE etal tbh Be

\ ‘ i br ery §

; i stil : Age hab base . “

i ‘ ‘ os it} ATET Seay Jide beet

ihe : if) pete sad diaha! Pe eiediata hadley dyed

H " ' & 4 ee ‘ p mney eel tee pia daa

/ ‘ } y Vo 4 f Hal The shy i HT arnt Nie its ipdakiea sogvenaa

i d ‘ } LAL» BA BAL b Vi EPA " " oe :

i tal ca ' ! t ja} PTR to MOLE hd SPD A eh odebet Watts His Of? Wisi % via

* Mille ed \ ‘ SRPOTTHT LEC Aty aa6 Gs ibeadtdsten ae ¢ a ahha dete vs

H ea wi Ae ny Ceruh ren oP adele ee phe bebe toh dt fy

: ene ‘ j ahi Te hee eau Vine ays ae ey aa daunt iy

9%) ‘ x ‘ vir HC ra eee tr ies MU LUR AB b ele ipet v

’ ‘ ve J + alpag Oy Bae ethan ade he .

| { Yas et anda } iM Tae sealed tasy

' My ; san ‘ it ' “s Pay La bet) * faiue

ral Pm yi i ad <4 ED hae!

Had «(| hate well ; f| ay sqeltasnad

‘ Cre ey ie ni erect)

‘ } Cai pe

eet f 1 i payed 1

i SACI AL St LA ; NM f

P | }

ue Hibye tei

$4 o 4 4 j ‘ :

;

i ara

= 4 1. ia ; ry be

iy AaB iat) i Gate wreay tte

a ¢ { YY ‘ ’

{ +h ‘ Nh) ‘ | V4 ( yeded bi ataged Gage seh vgaieda tg ata ish ot dhe ti

ee | re \y' } 1 Galea ta | Ley) cae 9 Ot paw tanhadtoieg tietie

' We | 4 a i ( i 4 ada t + | Mui i YR VA bk Moe GPL RU GeTiLU tas ay Oe ee YR ead

i mont P ‘ ’ Wiat {d th bt WDM peep ed Oe Sh iheobe held jE YUL cahie 2b dau ates aah ig aah ley gavin Te en a

e\ i 1 q Wesiatidlsrdee Baier aye da Cetra ee ae Ve c@hlerint® Baty ed ete ae

yet herbed aie achhits URSA tededhG Aes GAGOHE age aed ial aaa Cagle aaa tad devked bau aysdend tog tpaaen snl) ue \dtwahs!

i | ‘ pae OTe ret j ; i fd t ; Pledaars POEM sacks Lm abaet ° Sadie genet Care

Ay PN : at Yen (ant H ; " ths Sdadiitnaes aeoUlie teats yboieeie

‘\y a ark , ‘ t j j Peet el Weeds reads Pear €

4 J 1 i “4 Dlid ‘ Pat We Hida naedt esa Tasca aaaets hs]

Ta) ‘ aL SPL jen i j | Hi i TP TAULN LORE UT COPCLORA DED iia giwikes nh,

ae Pa Laie a art Yi é ‘ iat EPPIPAP TIM Tinet rt bret) Ae CAORUSU RCL: ey Pee ay aratnte

Nh 4 4 habe nM AT ht Vial j } Gale anit Wtawea aed yadeeiat Seas peayiaits pnidne ee eet

kat We te ed f i Dt ey nat Wt rere ear) 4 AMY Seale

ayy i ; The Lae ( 4 de : Ou helped ages haw A Ee Prereny en] hed atte

hie vd aad 4 ti pda ‘ nit wh Si age Wurth ae + eaaae et

7 e : jee lal a ei ‘ sa eee

I ‘ } ‘ } al yi" Oy Mt hie).

H if ‘ ; oy DLL igre ‘ Nal daa

Ors t ’ yee ie ear owe

eed ' ‘ Gide K Tee i i ‘ alia ( tedad phe hy weg

\ +44 bt 1 i] 1 wis ‘ ante e uel tui Lis anu '

‘ wil wl ‘ i PETE OPULL LOR Bett Bi pret Bk in| at Ht bose Maskidaeyy

i ‘ “ tuo dad } a erat cal Fi \ LG isl Mitiier eee ee tye Sori nnsda Fibs its Net .

" ’ v4 f an ‘ 1 ( rH Oe “ ; Ms ‘ nee asl saree

7 p ws he ; Pa A de bel VB MMAR (ibedaiage Pane dades . Labehe) Ree

i My Heed ies! rrrot, Mute at) hee aes Rie

) 1 “ ' ‘ obalaad Libera \ Lee ed Ged \ lea ‘ ae rtiad wee ule

‘ ’ qe H JedeQrenbebe ded ab bt 3b id iia error

5, ‘ 4 ¢ Wa 1 ud eed ladeaeiaianed TLL week ih otal teed it L peiehead

‘ et au i Hives Woe ‘ tia \ SHOE ENYA ong e+ ree

t +4 ii et i ‘ tae ‘i of , i ba PET 5 Yat pt he eed to

‘. ‘ vine : PO IOMURIL DEDHAM rasdideges Porrer Creare tr cn Mo

i ‘ party Va ‘ ba ate Gedy das }

, ature - td said

' 14 i t 18 ht 4 ‘

j . ts Cod : | hi a] \, Wie faiae " ofr Cele ed an eta ded 44) didaiden oft fetid We viieibayhads Fic aitey

ale : } U AN POE PARAL GLb ater ae 4 ade “ Pe fs ite

ar hs ‘ ‘ Pad VERT LEn CUr aie eA lualtet ded yy ee ‘ ‘ prety rpasdaWa cha macthde loans peeperrarvarrte try 1 icy.

: J tate Porte tba iG | Vd ed) eels Aedeagal val } +14 Gea le ak Galea? +4 Perron i oeae

9 Ay rit inn 1 VWs Vite eheetedid hve side Ae Rh ener 64 20s paN ieee fader taba galaga Apaaeatrs

‘ ; ‘ ‘ yeaah ee ayy arene Wi vjija tte Miri ir imet rit ne er Cenenr CTT Cl RUF LR Aho k hy cag wmelaiiy s

i \ f Baal ite wid ya beeen a lat aed ut t ‘ Gee he tearirice Helle dane ged Han gs Fecaipaere MH nate

> PvE es 7 t les WS et) wiais eae peed te “i we prrrorer etre te hate

iy at PT th th} HEM CTR PRET RR VERY WEVA IC CHT Chee ke arc te When-F Aa") FVCRT ts nae op meant re

sen re eateset bemat

\ANAARAAAA

aaa AAA

a\| a AAAR hana

AAA AAA wae RAMAN

AAA AAAA -

AMMAR an

AAAAAAA ANAA RAAR

RAM eaaesncc Anna

AAAAL

AAW AVAAAAIAC@@RAAARAL\.\ lAAy

fof A: RAF NA AA

AAA AARARA, A A \a\a Nm Rai. hans ;

nies Are : \ \AAAA sa nena

PA NA AY Ar \eaaeaae nan Aw, \ anlie' a| A

ANARY ar Aan im AY AAA 7 A AAAAA

FV \NAARE

P| ~\FA

ABARARRARAAARA

AAA ARAN A ganaAn

renanannar:

AR AANA

3 DDD.

AAA AA,

> DB »))

Aan

AANA

nana AAA paeantan Pee .

Aan Pncennnnn ANA ARAAAA

| A RecRianennan AAR wee AAAAAR

AAA

a Aa perenne Ar ABA AAA aat

an See

Renna ARAMA aia

A AARRARAAAAAAAA

AAAA lYAARAAAAPAARAR,

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VYODGRE Xx X.

‘507.08

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOL OM Ey He X

PRINTED FOR THE

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

BY NEILL AND CO., LTD., 212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH.

1931-1934.

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM.

J. G. VAN DER Horst, Esq.

W. J. THorNE, Esq.

Professor WiLLIAM Apam JOLLy, M.B., Ch.B., D.Sc., F.R.S.S.Afr.

Professor C. G. S. DE Vinxiers, M.A., Ph.D.

Councillor D. B. Bosman.

SCIENTIFIC STAFF OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN

MUSEUM.

Epwiys Leonarp Giz, D.Sc., Director and Keeper-in-Chief.

KepreL Harcourt Barnarp, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director; in Charge

of Fish and Marine Invertebrates.

REGINALD FREDERICK LAWRENCE, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Reptiles,

Batrachians, and Arachnids.

ALBERT JOHN Hesse, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.E.S., Assistant in Charge of the Ento-

mological Department.

Miss Star GaRaABEDIAN, B.A., F.L.A., Assistant in Charge of the Botanical

Department.

LizuweE Dirk Boonstra, D.Sc., Assistant in Palaeontology.

Srpney Henry Haveuton, B.A., D.Sc., Honorary Keeper of the Geological and

Palaeontological Collections.

A. J. H. Goopwiy, M.A., Honorary Keeper of the Ethnological and Archaeological

Collections.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

. ASHBY. PAGE

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons) . : . 1

. H. BARNARD.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. No. 11.

Terrestrial Isopoda . : 5 2 : ; : : atea 7)

South African Stone-flies (Perlaria) . : ) ; : : 4 onl

Notes on South African Fishes . : : : : : : . 645

. BERNHAUER.

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa . : : ‘ : . 481

. J. HESSE.

Some Insects associated with the Plant Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. . 397

. Hewitt.

A New Solifuge and Scorpion from South West Africa : : = 598

. F. LAWRENCE.

A New Peripatopsid from the Table Mountain Caves . : : Hy EOE

New South African Solifugae . : < : : : é a eo

New South African Opiliones . - : ‘ : : : . 549

. SILVESTRI.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japagidae (Insect,

Thysanura) . : : : : : : : : af Ol

. L. B. Smrre.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa . : : a Geil;

. J. TILLYARD.

On a Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. LOG

. R. Le B. Tomuin.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South African

Museum. VI-VIII . 2 : ; : : . : 5) 1a4

. R. LE B. Tomiin and F. A. ScHILDER.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South African

Museum. IX . ‘ ‘ : - : : : : se

Vii

Vill Inst of Contributors.

E. UHMANN. PAGE

South African Hispinae from the South African Museum . ; . Bao

H. WoMERSLEY.

A South African species of Protura . : ee

Some Collembola of the Family Srasnibaraie fiom Spnth Africa ; See 27

Some South African Machilidae (Thysanura) . ‘ - al

On some Collembola Arthropleona from South NEES ath Southern

Rhodesia ; : ; : : 5 , ; A . 44)

LIST OF NEW TRIBAL, GENERIC, AND SUBGENERIC

NAMES INTRODUCED IN THIS VOLUME.

Angaribia n. subg. Periscyphis, Armadillidiidae (Crustacea, Isopoda),

BARNARD . :

Aphanicerca n. g. Neuintidae (Pevlaria), Tine :

Aphanicercella subg. Aphanicerca, Nemouridae (Perlaria), Tae Se :

Aphaniceropsis n. g. Nemouridae (Perlaria), BARNARD

Benthanops n. subg. Philoscia, Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BAnwatns

Charitodoron n. g. Buccinidae (Mollusca), TomLin

Climacoporus n. g. Clinidae (Pisces), BARNARD .

Desmonemoura n. g. Nemouridae (Perlaria), TILLYARD

Eparchiini n. trib. Staphylinidae (Coleoptera), BERNHAUER

Eparchium n. g. Staphylinidae (Coleoptera), BERNHAUER .

Exzaes n. g. Armadillidiidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD

Hekelus n. g. Armadillidiidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD

Hiatoniscus n. g. Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD

Hora n. g. Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD

Inchanga n. g. Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD .

Kogmania n. g. Trichoniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD .

Komatia n. subg. Philoscia, Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD

Krantzia n. g. Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD ;

Manibia n. subg. Niambia, Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD .

Marioniscus n. g. Oniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD

Neophorella n. g. Tomoceridae (Collembola), WoMERSLEY .

Paramontia n. g. Triaenonychidae (Arachnida), LAWRENCE

Paranotoniscus n. g. Trichoniscidae (Crustacea, Isopoda), BARNARD

Pareiobledius n. subg. Bledius, Staphylinidae (Coleoptera), BERNHAUER

Pseudoprocirrus n. g. Staphylinidae (Coleoptera), BERNHAUER

Roewerania n. g. Triaenonychidae (Arachnida), LAWRENCE

Umtaliella n. g. Assamiidae (Arachnida), LAWRENCE .

DATES OF ISSUE OF THE PARTS.

Part 1. August 1931.

Part 2. July 1932.

Part 3. March 1934.

Part 4. December 1934.

Part 5. January 1935.

fist OF SPEEA T ES:

PLATES

I-VII. South African Chitons.

VELL. Sminthurinus niger Lubb.

IX. Sminthurinus terrestris n. sp.

X. Sminthurinus pallidus n. sp.

XN. Rastriopes lineata n. sp.

XII. Deuterosminthurus marmoratus n. sp.

CELT. Dicyrtomina minuta O. Fabr. form africana n.

XIV. Eparchium paradoxum n. g., D. sp.

XV-XXII. South African Mugilidae.

XXITI-XXV. Rhineodon typus A. Smith.

Acanthochites

Acanthochiton .

Acanthochiton

Acanthopleura ;

Acanthopleura .

Acerentulus

Achorutes

Adaeulum

Akermania

Alloniscus

Anchicubaris

Anchiphiloscia

Angaribia

Anisopsis .

Anthochiton

Anurida

Aphanicerca

Aphanicercella ‘

Aphanicercopsis

Aphiloscia

Apogon

Arhina

eeeidinm ;

Armadillo

Austromontia

Balyana

Benthanops

Bethalus .

Biacumontia

Bledius

Brachystomella ;

Cadella

Callispa

Callochiton

Ceratina .

Ceratomontia

Ceratrimeria

Cercocytonus

Charitodoron

Chelypus .

Chiton

INDEX OF GENERA.

PAGE

pace | Chiton ip-15, 28, 22:°23, 27, 30,32:

10 36, 38, 49, 50, 53

7, 52, 53 | Choneplax ; : Pah HEE

-. 10 | Clathropleura . : : . 42

49, 53 | Climacoporus : : 645

. 27 | Craspedochilus . : : ca

90 | Cryptoplax é : : oa) geibes

451 | Cubaris : A : - totG

575 | Cubaris 303, 308, 315, 328, 375

318 | Cyphoderus : , . 465

231

- 380

241, 245 D

. 295

487 | Dactylispa 391

42 | Daesia 134

. 451 | Dascyllus. . 645

117, 523 | Desmonemoura . 126, 546

124, 536 | Deto ; - 220

. 532 | Deuterosminthurus 149

238 | Dicaiothrips 434

645 | Dicyrtomina . : ; . 150

231 | Dinoplax . : : : RR |

: : . 382 | Diodora ; : - (159, J60

301, 320, 323, 376 | Diploexochus fe:

; : . 568 | Dorcathispa 391

39] Edaphus . ‘ : ; . (504

47 Emarginula : A : - 162

‘ | Entomobrya 458

301 ae =

571 Eparchium 48]

493 Eubelum . : ‘ : - 385

449 Eudoxochiton |. : : : 18

Eudoxoplax : ‘ : : 18

oe Fasciolaria 157

Fissuridea 160

= Friesea 447

424

551

448 G

292

167 | Gerufa 272

. 94 | Gigarthrus 496

42,43 | Glypteuthria 165

Xlll

X1V

Hanleya .

Hanleya

Hekelus

Hiatoniscus

Hispa

Holotrochus

Hoplitopales

Hora

Hormiopterus

Hypergnathus

Hypogastrura

Hypomachilodes

Inchanga .

Ischnochiton

Isotoma

Isotomodes

Isotomurus

Japyx

Kogmania

Komatia .

Krantzia .

Larifuga .

Larifugella

Lawrencella

Lepidochiton

Lepidocyrtinus .

Lepidocyrtoides

Lepidocyrtus

Lepidopleurus .

Leptotrichus

Ligia

Ligyda

Liolophura

Lispinodes

Lispinus .

Liza :

Loboplax .

Machilellus

Machiloides

Index of Genera.

61, 84

459,

208

240

280

579

577

566

460

465

463

259

184

484

483

587

176

171

Macrochisma

Manibia

Marioniscus :

Metoponorthus .

Mola

Mossamedes

Mugil

Myzxus

Nahia

Neoperla .

Neophorella

Niambia .

Notoplax .

Ochthopetina

Oedichirus

Oncocephala

Onithochiton

Onychiurus

Oonopsopilio

Opisthophthalmus

Oxytelus .

Pagrus

Parajapyx

Paramontia

Paranotoniscus

Parmaphorella .

Peripatopsis

Periscyphis

Periscyphops

Philoscia .

Philougria

Phloeonomus

Phlyctaenodes .

Phylloniscus

Pinophilus

Platypria

Platysthetus

Plaxiphora

Polyacanthella .

Polyacanthus

Porcellio .

Porcellionides

Proisotoma

Pseudhispella

Pseudoprocirrus

Pseudosira

PAGE

161

269

234

254

653

587

245

519

114

464

257

507

651

566

202

: . 6s

101, 102, 10

‘ -, -202

- 295

235, 249

194

484

425

205

502

395

«Ee

20, 53

= oo

447

320

251

254

456

391

506

459

Radsiella .

Ranzania

Rastriopes

Roewerania

Roeweria .

Rhacodes .

Rhampsinitus

Rhineodon

Rhyscotus

Rhyssoplax

Schoblia .

Setaphora

Sminthurinus

Solpuga

Sphenoptera

Spongiochiton

Stenomacrus

Stenus

Stereochiton

Sturmia

Sypharochiton

Index of Genera.

PAGE

93,

, 36

657

144

573

566

213

584

647

286

211

241

137

131

416

286

497

428

Termitoniscus

Tetradrachmum .

Thinobius

Thomsenia

Titana

Trachydermon ;

Trachyradsia

Trichispa .

Trichoniscus

Triviella .

Trogophloeus

Tulbergia .

Tylos

Umtaliella

Vertagopus

Xenylla

PAGE

211

645

496

257

208

393

194

477

486

453

213

549

455

446

; mate : VOLUME Erie *

en . PART r “containing = — Es

eae Re Monograph of the South A i etl Polyplacophora (Ohitons-= ee

aX ee ee Epwin, Asupy, FLAS. us Plates eae 2 oe

pee o 2. A Denotes: te a ei Gilneas m3 the South yo = : 0

Stee < = — Japygidae. (Insecta, Ade, By F. SILVESTRI- ee

ae af i: ’ neo (With: 24: Text- figures.) SO ce ea ee

ee 3 x South African Species of . Protura.. By H. ‘Wournstey, ee as :

oe ALS, FES. (With ¢ 2 Text-figures.) a a a

4 A ‘New Solifuge and Scorpion from. ‘South- ‘West A Ufrica. Si ee

_ By Joun Hewirr.. (With 3 Text- -figures.) Z | See oe

= A New ‘Peripatopsid- from the Table Mountain Caves” A Re 3 oe

po BY: R. F. Lawrence, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant i in pba OF ee

Arachnida. (With 3 Text-figures.) oe go : a 3 ae oe:

6 On a Collection oP Stone -flres (Order Perlaria) from South te ae otek,

mee, Seo Africa: ~ By. R. J. Tiiyarp,” M.A, SeD. (Cantab. ie Se ee ee

: 2 es D.Se. (Sydney), E.RS., F.LS., F.G. ey) F.ES., PNG ies Re se

CMZS. (With 13 Text- figures.) NR

. 7. iis South African Solifugae. By R. F. ee B ee Ble = ee ao

oe Se Ph.D., Assistant in Charge al Arachnida. ee a ae ee

= - Text- figures.) cose St, cee ee

= “ ‘Bome Coliembolu of the Family Sincnahiveddae ae South ee es

ih ee Africa. By H. WoMERSLEY, A.LS., JERS es Ee ee

Jee Plates fe ee Fe A re ee ee eee ee eee

Sees

Sad Loe 2

& = & | : i :

2 pe 4 as ; te Nan ~ 3 a

ned = hae 4

ce Poe eee eR WJ Ox 2 | aah

as ee te as

Seas ae Be “ . re

oo ae eee “PRINTED “FOR. THE eg a See eae

"TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH ABRICAN ‘MUSEUM me oS

eee ae ese NEILL AND CO., ‘LID., : AED sues Sees

ie a : oe Foes 212 _CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH, | ee og ye ee gk Bee he

Mie

Wen giite

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME XXX.

1. Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons).—By

Epwin Asupy, F.L.S.

(With Plates I-VII and 2 Text-figures.)

In Mr. Ashby’s Monograph twenty-four species and three varieties are described,

and for the most part figured, from South African waters. As in other papers

dealing with the marine fauna, the limits of South Africa are reckoned as extending

on both the east and west coasts up to 15° S. lat. In addition, Mr. Ashby re-

describes one species from Tristan da Cunha, and describes a new species from

Madagascar, as well as giving a list of Madagascan Chitons which may be proved

by later collecting to occur also within our limits.

Of the material examined by Mr. Ashby, examples of four species have been

contributed by both the Oxford Museum and the United States National Museum ;

examples of two species each by the British Museum, the Albany Museum, the

Natal Museum, and the Transvaal Museum ; and examples of eighteen species by

the South African Museum.

The South African Museum material was originally placed in the hands of

_ Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin, together with the whole collection of marine Mollusca, but

was transferred to Mr. Ashby for the purpose of this monograph with Mr. Tomlin’s

concurrence.—EDITOR.

INTRODUCTION.

THE name Chiton (Greek for an armoured tunic or coat of mail) was

proposed by Linne (1758) and has been universally adopted as the

vernacular name of members of the order Polyplacophora. Iredale

and Hull (Austr. Zoologist, 11, 5, pp. 186, 187, 1923) have proposed the

substitution of the word Loricates, but as there is no International

Rule making such an alteration necessary, its adoption would be most

undesirable.* os ee

* It would seem, however, that under the International Rules Loricata Schu-

-macher, 1817, should displace Polyplacophora Gray, 1821.—EDIToR.

VOL. Xxx, PART |. if

NOV 20 193]

4 he

cae ola ee

; tad a ee Cy

2 Annals of the South African Museum.

The Animal.—Chitons are “ stomach-footed ”’ as in the Gasteropoda,

are furnished with gills or ctenidia on either side, which, according to

the family, may extend from only a quarter to the full length of the

foot ; the head is separated from the foot and is furnished in common

with other Gasteropoda with a radula, a flexible tongue or lingual

ribbon, which is armed with teeth and is used for rasping food, con-

sisting chiefly of various forms of alga. The animal on the upper side

is protected by a sort of “ coat of mail,’’ consisting of eight separate

Fig. 1 (Explanations, p. 55).

pieces of shell termed valves, which are held together by a flexible

leathery girdle. The shell is bilaterally symmetrical. There are

three distinct methods of sculpture in each individual, that of valve 1,

termed the head valve or anterior valve, that of valve 8, termed the

tail valve or posterior valve, and that of the six intermediate valves,

termed median valves, or by some authors central valves. Hach

valve is composed of two layers, the outer called the “ tegmentum ”

and the inner the “articulamentum’”’; between these two layers

ramify channels for the nerve fibres.

Sculpture of the Tegmentum.—Head Valve—this may be smooth,

grooved, radially ribbed or granulose (these variations of sculpture

are common to all the valves). Tal Valve—this is furnished with a

raised apex termed the “‘ mucro,” which may be anterior, central,

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 3

posterior, or terminal; the posterior portion of this valve is in

sculpture more or less the same as the lateral areas of the median

valves, the anterior portion similar in varying degrees with that of

the dorsal-pleural areas of the six median valves. Median Valves—

vary in the same specimen considerably as to size and shape, but all

six are sculptured on the same pattern. The ridge is termed the

“dorsal area”’ or “‘jugum”’; this often protrudes posteriorly in what

is termed the “ beak”’ or ““ umbo,”’ is often wedge shaped, sometimes

linear, and smooth, grooved, or granulose. There are two pleural

areas (either side), forming the anterior portion of the valve and

abutting on the dorsal area on one side and the girdle on the other.

There are two lateral areas which form the posterior portion of the

valve and which in many species is raised; the raised line dividing

this area from the pleural is often termed the diagonal.

Inside or Articulamentum.—Except in the most primitive genera

the articulamentum is extended beyond the tegmentum in what is

termed “‘ the insertion plate.” This plate may be entire or divided

into a number of “ teeth,” the teeth may be smooth-edged, serrate,

or laminate. (The insertion plate is a survival factor, developed to

increase the strength of the attachment of the protecting shell to the

body.) The tegmentum also extends forward somewhat, leaving a

wedge-shaped gap between it and the insertion plate ; this is termed

the “‘ eaves.”’ There is a forward development of the articulamentum

at the “ sutures,’ under the valve immediately in front, which forms

the hinge, and is usually in two pieces termed the “ sutural laminae ”’ ;

the gap between is called the “ jugal sinus.”’

The Gordle.—The girdle varies greatly in different genera; in some

it is narrow, in others capable of great extension ; the girdle clothing,

armature, or ornamentation (all terms used) may consist of imbricate

scales, erect scales, spicules (termed also setae), bristles or hairs: In

most cases the scales and spicules are superficially or epidermally

attached, in which case they are by themselves only of specific value,

but others also possess peculiar setae (which have been termed “ deep-

seated’) which seem deserving of generic valuation; thus, for

example, members of the subfamily Acanthochitoninae extrude

bunches of spicules through pores placed at the sutures of the valves.

Nervous System.—As has been before stated, numberless nerve-

channels ramify between the tegmentum and articulamentum, con-

necting with the body through pores in the articulamentum and

through the ‘“‘ eaves’”’ with the girdle, and also through numberless

minute perforations in the tegmentum termed “ megalopores ”’ (the

4 Annals of the South African Museum.

smaller of these sometimes called ‘‘ micropores’’); also, in some

genera, sense-organs termed “eyes”’ are present in portions of the

tegmentum, and function, it is believed, analogously with that organ.

Ecology.—The greater number of genera are littoral in habit, their

station varying from half-tide to well below lowest tide mark; they

may be on exposed rocks upon which the surf breaks or under stones

in sheltered pools. The larger number of species shelter on the

bottom rock of a pile of stones situated just below lowest tide mark.

Hard rock with fairly smooth faces are preferred to rough or gritty

rocks, thus sandstone or limestone, unless of unusual hardness, are

unfavourable to Chitons; some forms prefer to settle on sea-shells,

and one genus lives on “ sea grasses.”

CLASSIFICATION.

Ashby’s Short Key in “ Taxonomic Value of Characters in the

Order Polyplacophora’”’ has received the endorsement of the leading

workers in the order Polyplacophora in America, Britain, Sweden,

Germany, and New Zealand. It is as follows :—

‘““ Short Key” definitions of those characters in Chitons, one or

more of which must be present in every generic description (if only

one is present it should be adequately supported by what are termed

hereunder “‘ Minor or collateral evidence ’’).

1. Changes in the character of the girdle attachment, such as the

presence, absence, or modifications in the insertion plate or other

development of the articulamentum.*

2. Modifications in the dentition of the radula.

3. The position and form of the gills (ctenidia) ; modifications of

the body organs, which are often indicated by the structure of the

shell.

4. Modifications of the sense organs.

4a. Existence of or modifications in sense organs in the valves.

4b. Major modifications of the girdle armature.

In this Monograph I have adopted the partial revision proposed by

the writer in various published papers. Pilsbry (Man. Conch., xiv,

* Ashby in “ Acanthoid Chitons of New Zealand” (Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond.,

xvii, p. 9, 1926) says: ‘“‘ The hypothesis that the modifications in the insertion

plates of Polyplacophora are due to the influence of ecological conditions over vast

periods of time, and that these characters give us the best guide to the species’

proper place in the Natural Taxis, is increasingly substantiated the more I study

this group of Mollusca. One is therefore the more willing to place confidence in

those divisions that are based on such features.”

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 5

p- Xxili, 1892) states: “‘ It is commonly known that the Palaeozoic

Chitons are, without exception, destitute of insertion plates, and

belong therefore to the family Lepidopleuridae.”” In 1900 Pilsbry,

in Zittle, proposed the suborder Hoplacophora for the reception of

these Palaeozoic forms, pointing out that the link connecting these

with the most primitive group of living Chitons had not yet been

discovered. The discovery in the Balcombian beds in the Tertiary

deposits in the State of Victoria (Australia) of the end and median

valves of Protochiton granulosus Ashby & Torr, obviously supplies a

missing link between the Palaeozoic and one group of living forms.

Protochiton, although without insertion plates, is undoubtedly related

to the living Acanthoid group of Chitons, and on the other hand the

tail valve of Chiton gemmatus de Koninck, from the Carboniferous

beds of Dunfermline, Scotland, is in the peculiar character of the

outward extension of the tegmentum, absence of insertion plate, and

general shape almost its prototype, the only material difference

being that in Protochiton the sutural laminae are widened and ex-

tended somewhat down the side of the valve; there is no known

living species that has these characters.

It is also quite evident that Protochiton is unrelated to any member

of the Lepidopleuridae. This necessitates a partial revision of our

previous conception of the classification of Chitons.

We must now conclude that living forms came down from Palaeozoic

stock along two or more separate groups or races, developing along

parallel lines, as in the diagram on following page. Dr. Thiele’s dis-

covery that, assembled under the family Lepidopleuridae, there are

several species with dissimilar radula, although the absence of inser-

tion plates is common to all, undoubtedly supports this conception.

I wish to express my thanks to all who have assisted me in the

preparation of this work by the loan of material, and make special

mention of the following : The Trustees and the Keeper of the Concho-

logical Collections of the British Museum, Mr. G. C. Robson, M.A.;

the Trustees and the Curator Dr. Paul Bartsch, Curator of the

Division of Marine Invertebrates, United States National Museum,

Washington; the Trustees of the Oxford Museum, England; the

Director and Dr. K. H. Barnard of the South African Museum; Mr.

John Hewitt, Director of the Albany Museum; Dr. E. Warren,

Director of the Natal Museum; the Director of the Transvaal

Museum.

A check list is supplied at the end of this paper giving added

information in respect to classification.

Annals of the South African Museum.

‘(ATWO Senooslet) VUOHAONOVIdOH

avaung tdodida’{

*soqv[d MO1j10Sul ON Pee a ES,

*‘AJUO OATVA AOTIOJUB oYV[d WOTFIOSUT Canine)

*‘AJUO SeATVA pus soyerd WorZTOSUT Gane)

*unAyd stuy Yono1y4 poats | |

-op eioues [[e@ 097 WOUTUIOD :

aanqvey stu} ‘SYS SUTACY HVNINOWHACAHOVUL

SOATBA TV Ul Soyeyd WOTZA0sUT |

(NOLTHOOTVLLAN)-LV NINOLIHOOTIV()

*saoyyo UL

qI[sun pues ojye,dur09

-ul ‘SoATBA puede UT

quesqe soqye[d worgsesuy

HVAINOLIBHOOLOUd

| (et =e eS

‘ "SOATVA [[C UL AVAMTVdOW |

ar { quosoad soqe,d woTy.losuy UCVNIMOWIOLAVHO WVAINOLIHOONHOST

WV NINOLIHO

HV NINOLIBOOSSOW eed |

| V \ uonsesur ysun Ssuraey CSOT OUPIRS)

Seep. CVNIMAWICOHLNVOV

f °% ynq elouesd [Ie

ee ae Lur ays soyerd wonsesuy

(NOLTHOOHINVOY)

es eee ge

{ “peonper Ay}vers wIN{UeUL : : reveled’ eileen

WQVNIOVIdOLdAU)D . -304 ‘o[pals Jo uotsueyxe Aq peteA0d d[ PAs Jo UOISUE}xXe AQ PatoAOD ATOITF

| (XVTdIYOHD)4 qsoupe soaTea ‘ojoTosqo szTS ‘SoATeA (NOLIHOOLIAUO)) 9 goapea ‘oJoTOSqO-qns Sys ‘SeATwA :

Saye Tre ur soqejd uoysosut podojeaep ATUSTH [le ur soqetd uoyysesut podopesep ATUSTH

“QUIOS UT aJa[OSqO SITS

(xvTd0LdXU)) on le ul soyetd worzesuy

‘AVUNDVIG OILANDSOTAHA

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 7

NEED FOR SPECIALISED WoRK IN SoutH AFRICAN CHITONS.

K. A. Smith stated in 1903 “ That until the year 1848, when Dr. F.

Krauss published his work on ‘ The Mollusca of South Africa,’ the

fauna of that region had not received special attention.”” In 1874

Dr. E. von Martens listed a collection made by Dr. G. Fritsch. In

1892 G. B. Sowerby published a Catalogue of ‘“‘ Marine Shells of South

Africa.” E. A. Smith published an Appendix thereto in 1903.

Sykes, in 1894, published a short paper on “‘ South African Polypla-

cophora.”” Dr. Paul Bartsch published a description of Chitons in

the “ Turton Collection,’ 1915; and Ashby, in 1928, described

additional material collected by Col. Turton at Port Alfred, South

Africa. As regards the Polyplacophora, the papers referred to above

were useful but fragmentary.*

SuBorDER PROTOCHITONINA.

Family ACANTHOCHITONIDAE.

Subfamily ACANTHOCHITONINAE.

Acanthochiton garnoti (Blainville).

(Pl. I, figs. 1-4.)

Chiton garnoti, Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat., xxxvi, p. 552, 1825; Quoy

and Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool., iii, p. 401, pl. lxxiii, figs. 9-14 ;

Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Moll., p. 42. Chiton danielli, Sowerby, Conch.

Illust., p. 7, fig. 45. Acanthochites garnoti, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv,

p. 14, 1892; Thiele, Rev. Syst. Chit., p. 44, 1909. Acanthochiton

garnott, Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., xviii, pt. 2, p. 78, 1928.

A large series of this shell is before me from False Bay, Table

Bay, Port Elizabeth, Port Alfred, and Kasouga (Bathurst District).

The variability in the sculpture is very great, not only in different

examples but also in the median valves of the same specimen. This

shell seems particularly subject to erosion. The dorsal area, when

present, is longitudinally grooved ; in many examples the sculpture

abutting on this area consists of very elongate flat granules, which

are replaced towards the girdle with circular, raised granules, whereas

in other examples only the circular form of granule is present, in

some they are convex, in others almost flat. These variations do not

justify specific separation unless they represent geographical races,

* The author omits the important paper of Nierstrasz, Zool. Jahrb., xxiii, 1906,

—EDIToR.

8 Annals of the South African Museum.

which I do not think is the case. This species is very near the

Australian species known as A. bednalli Pilsbry, but is more robust,

more coarsely spiculose, and more variable in the character of its

sculpture. The example measured is 25x15 mm., the anterior valve

has 5 slits; median valves and tail valve, slits 1/1. Angle of diver-

gence, 105°.

The following description is copied from Pilsbry (loc. cit.) and needs

no addition beyond the foregoing notes.

Description.—*‘ Shell elongated, rather depressed, not carinated.

Brownish with two slightly diverging whitish stripes bounding the

dorsal area. The median valves are rather beaked when not eroded.

The tegmentum varies on different valves from subpentagonal to

subquadrangular. Latero-pleural areas closely and evenly covered

with elongate granules. Dorsal areas triangular, rather wide in front,

not sharply defined at the sides, closely striated longitudinally, the

striae coarser at the sides and becoming transformed into granulation

of the side areas. Posterior valve small, the tegmentum broader than

long. Posterior sinus shallow, with a slight lobe and on each side a

slit. Mucro behind the middle. Interior a rather dark blue green,

the cavity and the central callus of each valve purple brown. Sinus

wide and rounded ; sutural laminae very large, well rounded at their

anterior extremities, about equal in area to the tegmentum, side slits

inconspicuous, posterior. Girdle dirty green, closely covered with

clear or dark green bristles, white at the periphery, and having

eighteen bunches of numerous, radiating bristles, which are dirty

green, hyaline, very brittle, and over 2 mm. in length.”

Acanthochton turtont Ashby.

(Pini tie:o Pin tities: (6-8, }

A. turtoni, Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., xviu, pt. 2, p. 79, pl. vi,

figs. 1-4, 1928.

General Appearance.—Hlongate, carinate, beaked; dorsal area

longitudinally grooved, latero-pleural areas decorated with widely

spaced, squamose granules; hair tufts very marked; spicules long,

glassy, and slender, those of girdle-fringe being similar, the rest of

girdle clothed with shorter spicules. Colour of holotype “‘ La France

Pink” (Ridgway, pl. i), though slightly darker and duller; girdle

brown.

Head Valve.—Elevated, having 5 ray-folds or shallow ribs, whole

surface decorated with narrowly spaced, flat, ovate granules, the

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). {)

arrangement is irregular, but somewhat concentric ; these grains are

small at the apex of valve and increase in size rapidly towards the

girdle.

Median Valve.—Hlevated, strongly beaked, side slope straight ;

dorsal area broadly wedge shaped, deeply longitudinally grooved,

ribs minutely granulose towards beak ; latero-pleural area decorated

by sinuate, longitudinal rows of flat, ovate granules, the grains are

narrowly separated in the rows, but the space between the rows is

a little broader ; as the granules correspond fairly well with those in

the preceding row, a partial system of transverse sculpture is present,

the grains commence small at the beak and increase in size outwardly

and also along the margin of dorsal area; there is a distinct diagonal

fold corresponding with the slit.

Tal Valve.—EHlevated, medium size, mucro well defined at the

posterior third, slope behind the mucro steep, in some examples

slightly concave; dorsal area defined similar to median valves,

balance of anterior sculpture similar to pleural area ; portion behind

the mucro—granules more circular, convex, and crowded than is

the case in lateral areas, with a tendency in some examples to pro-

duce extra large grains bordering the girdle.

Inside (articulamentum).—Translucent white, polished and pearly,

with in places the pink tegmentum showing through; insertion plate,

upper side brown. Head valve, slits 5; tail and median valves,

slits 1/1. Sutural laminae medium in size, sinus wide.

Girdle.—Hair tufts very marked, spicules long, glassy, and slender,

furnished with a girdle-fringe of the same character, the rest of the

girdle densely clothed with shorter spicules, often broken and filled

in with minute sand grains.

Measurements.—The largest dry, 15x7 mm. The holotype head

valve, 2:775x2 mm.; median valve, 3:2X2:5 mm.; tail valve,

29X15 mm. Angle of divergence, 105°.

Comparisons.—The shell of A. garnoti is low and arched, whereas

in A. turtoni it is rather strongly raised and subcarinated; the

grains in A. garnoty are more closely packed, and the shape of the

tail valve is markedly different ; the girdle in A. turtoni, as compared

with garnoti, is narrow, and the spicules other than the hair tufts

inconspicuous.

Habitat.—Those referred to in the type description and two sent

from the Oxford Museum, No. 1050, are all from Port Alfred and were

collected by Col. Turton ; the largest isin the Oxford Museum Collec-

tion ; init the girdle-fringe is more spiculose than in any of the others.

10 Annals of the South African Museum.

Acanthochiton turtoni var. tenuigranosus nov.

(Pil: fe, 13.)

One example from the Oxford Museum (No. 1051) and one median

valve (No. 1052). The former is dry and curled, and also came

from Port Alfred, and in the shape of the valves and in the sculpture

of the dorsal areas is similar to A. turtonz, but in the sculpture of the

latero-pleural area is distinct; the granules here are much more

closely packed, although the spaces between the rows are wider and

the grains themselves are narrower and less raised; the colour is

chestnut brown. With the limited material before me I do not feel

justified in giving to this undoubtedly nearly allied form a specific

name, but prefer for the present to distinguish it as a variety only.

Notoplax productus (Pilsbry).

(Rigas ngs Jo)

Spongiochiton productus, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 26, 1892 ;

Acanthochites (Loboplax) carpentert, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv, p. 39,

1893 ; Onithochiton ? isipingoensis, Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond.,

iv, p. 259, text-figs., 1901 ; Acanthochiton variegatus, Nierstrasz, Zool.

Jahrb. Syst., xxii, p. 487, 1906. Iredale considers S. productus and

A. carpentert conspecific, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., ix, p. 100, 1910.

Spongiochiton productus, Thiele, Rev. Syst. Chitonen, p. 36, pl. v, figs.

4-7, 1909; A. variegatus and Notoplax carpenteri, Ashby, Proc. Mal.

Soc. Lond., xviii, pt. 2, 1928.

There are two examples in the material before me, one the property

of the Transvaal Museum (No. 759) and labelled Acanthochiton

varvegatus Nierstrasz, and the other the property of U.S. Nat.

Museum (No. 250605), labelled Acanthochites carpenter: Pilsbry.

Both specimens are, in my opinion, the same species, although the

“hair tufts’’ are not visible in No. 759, but are clearly seen in

No. 250605. I have disarticulated the example from the Transvaal

Museum, and the following is its description.

General Appearance.—Girdle about double the width in front that

it is behind, shell not carinated but flatly arched, dorsal area broadly

wedge shaped, much worn but many cuneiform gashes in places;

sculpture of rest of valves coarse pebble-like grains, girdle felty, no

hair tufts showing, yellowish white, the shell is pink merging into

pale buff.

Head Valve.—Flat, tegmentum very reduced as compared with the

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 11

articulamentum, radial ribs not perceivable, but in the other example

they are suggested in the enlargement of the pebble-like grains ;

sculpture composed of large, irregular to lozenge shape, highly raised,

pebble-like, convex grains, most of which are anteriorly elongate and

some pointed, colour pink merging to pale buff.

Median Valve.—The shape of this valve varies greatly. In valve 2

the tegmentum is longitudinally the same as in the other valves but

laterally much compressed, and the sutural laminae are in this valve

produced forward and not outwards. The following is the description

of valve 5: valve flat, dorsal area well defined, slightly depressed on

either side, forming a shallow trough separating the low ridge from

the pleural area, the only sculpture of this area are irregular, cunei-

form pits or gashes ; pleural area beset with large, pebble-like grains,

most elliptical and convex, the lateral area is ill defined but slightly

raised and the grains are twice as long as they are in the pleural

area. Valve 6 has the trough of the dorsal area highly developed,

and it was probably this feature that Sykes intended to depict in

his figure of O. isupingoensis.

Tail Valve.—Mucro defined, appears posterior if viewed from above,

but if horizontally median, the slope behind almost vertical ; dorsal

area defined, broadly wedge shaped, smooth except for a few pits ;

pleural area similar to other valves except some grains are longi-

tudinally confluent with corresponding groove each side ; area behind

mucro, grains narrow and elongate, placed radially.

Inside (articulamentum).—Head valve—interior white, insertion

plate broader than tegmentum, slits 5, well defined, and grooves

carried to the tegmentum; teeth sharp, smooth, except for few

scratches, without eaves. Median valve—slits 1/1, sutural laminae

extended laterally (except in valve 2), jugal sinus broad, colour pink

at beak, fading to white. Tail valve—sutural laminae extending

laterally, shallow anteriorly ; jugal sinus broad; slits 4, grooved to

the tegmentum ; insertion plate almost vertical, 2 mm. broad.

Girdle.—Very broad, when dry and curled 5 mm. wide, felty,

encroaches at the sutures, hair tufts are in this example obsolete or

sub-obsolete, present in other example where the spicules are short

and stout, mostly broken off short. This example also possesses

a girdle-fringe of similar spicules much broken ; the girdle is clothed

with minute arenaceous scales.

Measurements.—Example dry and much curled, width over all

14 mm. Following curvature of animal; tegmentum 8-5 mm. in

width, and girdle 5 mm. either side—that is, the girdle occupies

12 Annals of the South African Museum.

10 mm. of total width and the tegmentum 8-5 mm. Angle of diver-

gence about 130°.

Habitat.—Transvaal Museum (No. 759) is labelled Jeffrey’s Bay,

St. Francis Bay; the U.S.N. Museum (No. 250605) is from Port

Alfred, and was collected by Lieut.-Col. Turton. The example

figured by Pilsbry as carpentert came from Port Elizabeth; Sykes’

example came from I[sipingo.

In conclusion.—The name Spongiochiton was proposed in MS. only

by Carpenter, listed by Dall in 1873, and published with Carpenter’s

MS. definition by Pilsbry in 1892 under the ISCHNOCHITONINAE.

In 1893 Pilsbry published a figure under the name Acanthochites

carpentert, pointing out that it belonged to Dall’s subgenus Macan-

drellus, a name that Ashby has shown must be replaced by Loboplax

Pilsbry. These genera cannot seemingly be valued higher than

subgenera, and in face of the very limited material I prefer to attach

the generic name Notoplaz only. I would point out that N. productus

has characters in common with some New Zealand Chitons for which

I proposed the subgeneric name Amblyplax, and some allied forms

have by some writers been placed with doubtful justification under

the genus Craspedochiton. If on further study these groups are found

to be con-subgeneric, the name Spongiochiton would antedate the

others.

Subfamily CRYPTOPLACINAE Thiele.

Cryptoplax sykesi Thiele.

Cryptoplax sykesi, Thiele, Rev. Syst. Chitonen, i, p. 53, pl. vi,

figs. 83-86, 1909; C. striatus, Sykes (non Lamarck), Journ. Mal., vii,

p. 164, figs. 2-5.

Sykes figures 8 valves touching one another. Thiele only figured

Hie. 2.

the tail valve. Locality: Natal. I have seen no example. The

following is Sykes’ description :

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 138

“The girdle shows no signs of pores, but is densely clothed with

small spicules, forming bunches at the sutures.

“The valves, partly covered by the girdle, are all in contact and

have no intervening area. The head valve is granulose, while the

other valves have an almost smooth central area, and the lateral

and median areas are sculptured with bold, slightly granulose ridges,

this sculpture becoming more obsolete and the ridges breaking into

granules as we proceed from the tail to the head valve. On com-

paring this species with young specimens of C. striatus Lamk. I have

been unable to find specific characters sufficient to justify the descrip-

tion of it as distinct.”

Habitat.—Umkomaas, in Natal; collected by Mr. Burnup, a single

specimen. Measured about 14 mm. curled and dry.

Cryptoplax dupuisi n. sp.

(Pl. IT, figs. 14, 15.)

Introduction.—In the collection of exotic Chitons given to the

writer by Major Paul Dupuis, now Conchologist of the Musée Royal

d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, are two examples of a Cryptoplax

from Madagascar. These differ from C. burrow: Smith, and from

Sykes’ figures and description of C. sykesi Thiele. While Madagascar

proper is outside the range of this paper, this species may well occur

in Natal, and although seemingly so distinct from C. sykesi, may

possibly be the senile form of that shell.

Holotype in Ashby collection; paratype in collection of South

African Museum.

General Appearance.—In dried example valves 1, 2, and 3 imbricate,

space between 3 and 4 is 1-5 mm.; between 4 and 5,7 mm.; between

5 and 6, 10°5 mm.; between 6 and 7, 14 mm.; between 7 and

8,4 mm. The first four valves are horn colour, with some wide,

pale ray markings on head valve, the girdle densely covered by

adpressed, flat, translucent spicules; colour buffy brown (Ridgway,

pls).

Head Valve.—Raised, smooth except for 4 deep, concentric growth

grooves.

Median Valves.—Valve 2—almost circular, carinated ; dorsal area

smooth, narrow, beaked; a little irregular granulose ridging next

dorsal ridge, rest of valve smooth except for deep, irregular, con-

centric growth grooves. Valve 3—dorsal area similar to valve 2, rest

of valve decorated with widely spaced, jagged, longitudinal grooves.

Me Annals of the South African Museum.

Valve 4—dorsal area sub-obsolete in anterior half, rest of valve as in

valve 38. Valves 5 and 6—similar to valve 4. Valve 7—keeled, raised,

dorsal area narrow, smooth, and beaked, each side possesses 5

irregular, jagged, longitudinal grooves.

Tail Valve.—Shuttle shape, strongly elevated and carinated, dorsal

ridge very narrow and broken posteriorly, each side 7 deep, longi-

tudinal, wavy grooves ; mucro posterior.

Girdle.—Bufty brown, the anterior portion as far as valve 4 blackish

brown ; densely clothed with adpressed, flat, translucent spicules, a

feature it has in common with C. michelseni Thiele, of which C. hart-

meyer’ 1S a Synonym, very distinct from C. striatus Lamk. and most

other species.

Measurements.—The whole animal curled and dry is 47X14 mm.

Example not disarticulated, exposed portions of valves only given.

Head valve, 5X5 mm.; valve 4, 4x1:5 mm.; valves 5 and 6,

2°51-5 mm.; valve 7, 6X3-5 mm.; tail valve (example No. 2),

6x3 mm. ; elevation of tegmentum, 2-5 mm.

Habitat.—Madagascar.

Comparisons.—Differs from C. sykesi in that the sculpture is not

regular as shown in his figure; also the dorsal area is narrow not

broadly wedge shaped, as shown in Sykes’ figure of C. sykesz ; differs

from C. burrow? in not having granulated sculpture in the head valve

and in possessing a much larger, strongly raised tail valve, and differs

from C. michelsent (syn. hartmeyerv) in the absence of the granulated

sculpture of the head valve and in the absence of the small spicules

which in Thiele’s shell separate the larger, flat, adpressed spicules from

one another.

Note.—It must be remembered that in most, if not all, the members

of this genus the juvenile form is very diverse from the adult (leading

in some cases to the description of the juvenile as a different species).

Thus, in the juvenile all the valves are imbricate, however far they

are separated in the adult or senile form; the valves in the very

juvenile are broad in proportion to length, and in this stage simulate

those of an Acanthochiton; in the next stage the valves increase

longitudinally and not laterally, then appearing long and narrow ;

in most, if not all, species up to this stage the sculpture is granulose,

but in many species the method of sculpture abruptly changes from

granulose to that of coarse longitudinal ribs or ridges, at which stage

the additions to the shell almost cease and the growth of the body

and girdle in time separate, some, usually the last four valves, some-

times quite widely. It seems hardly likely that C. sykesi, which

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 15

measured 14 mm. in length when dry, could be the juvenile form of

the one above described under the name C. dupuisi, but this possi-

bility, although seemingly remote, must be kept in view when new

material is available.

SUBORDER LEPIDOPLEURINA.

Family LEPIDOPLEURIDAE.

Lepidopleurus sykesi (Sowerby).

(PIES fies, 16-19.)

Chiton (Hanleya) sykest, Sowerby, Mar. Invest. 8. Africa, 1, p. 225,

pl. v, fig. 18, 1903.

General Appearance.—Colour, pale straw colour except where valve

is overlapped by valve in front, this portion is white; shell much

raised, arched not keeled, sculpture consists of closely packed, minute

grains arranged in longitudinal rows in dorsal-pleural area, partly

radial in lateral area, some deep, concentric growth grooves present

in most valves ; girdle narrow, clothed with short, glassy spicules.

Head Valve.—Laterally wide, raised, decorated (under 20 mag.)

with closely packed, radiating rows of minute grains ; (under 65 mag.)

these grains are seen to be circular, convex, and mostly separated ;

there is no sign of coalescing; towards the outer margin there are

several deep, concentric growth grooves.

Median Valve.—Shell highly raised, arched, dorsal-pleural area

inseparable, decorated with longitudinal rows of minute, flattened

granules a little larger than those in anterior valve; those on the

jugum are smaller and show a tendency to coalesce, but the grains

increase in size towards the girdle. The lateral areas are raised,

sculpture only very slightly radial, granules towards girdle slightly

larger than pleural area, several concentric growth grooves are

present of which the outer three are very deep; valve 4 is used in

this description, the side slope is steep and convex.

Tail Valve.—Large and laterally wide, raised, mucro well defined,

median slope immediately behind mucro steep, almost vertical, then

extending outwards in a straight slope; in front of mucro sculpture

similar to that of pleural area in median valves; mucro itself and

immediately behind smooth, posterior portion similar to head valve

but without any distinct radial arrangement, several deep, concentric,

growth grooves are present.

16 Annals of the South African Museum.

Inside (articulamentum).—White, all valves without insertion

plates ; but the head valve possesses a very interesting feature in

that, commencing at the suture and continuing on either side for

about 1 mm., the articulamentum has extended forward, these

two small, shallow, protruding plates, equal to about two-sevenths

of the periphery, are evidently the beginnings of what will ultimately

develop into an insertion plate; sutural laminae weak, produced

forward ; tegmentum slightly bowed outwards in the jugal sinus,

which is very broad; a callus joins the bases of the laminae.

Girdle.—Narrow, densely clothed with white spicules, of these the

most numerous are short and stout, 64 » in length, fringe spicules

137 p long, and some very slender spicules 162 ». long, some longer.

Measurements.—The whole shell too curled to measure ; head valve,

6x3 mm.; valve 4, 7X3-5 mm.; tail valve, 6x4 mm.; angle of

divergence, 90°.

Habitat.—The localities of the specimens in the South African

Museum are as follows: Cape Point EH. 26 miles, 210 fathoms. Type.

Lion’s Head 8. 82° E. 27 miles, 125 fathoms, and N. 67° EK. 25 miles,

131 fathoms. Vasco da Gama Peak 8. 75° E. 13 miles, 166 fathoms,

and N. 71° KE. 18 miles, 230 fathoms. South Head E.x8.48. 25 miles,

190 fathoms. (All localities are off the Cape Peninsula.)

Conclusion.—In the absence of insertion plate in any of the valves

this cannot be placed in the genus Hanleya, but 1t may be considered

an advanced member of the genus Lepidopleurus. The genus Hanleya

possesses an insertion plate in the head valve only, whereas the genus

Lepidopleurus is without insertion plate in all valves.

SuBoRDER CHITONINA Thiele.

Family CALLOCHITONIDAE Thiele.

Subfamily TRACHYDERMONINAE Thiele.

Trachydermon (Craspedochilus) turtont Ashby.

(Pl. II, figs. 20-23.)

— T.(C.) turtoni, Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., xvi, pt. 2, p. 80, pl. vi,

figs. 5-8, 1928.

General Appearance.—Broad, bluntly carinated, side slope a little

curved, beaked, ground colour ivory white blotched with brown. The

dorsal ridge in valves 2-7 is “ sayal brown” (Ridgway, pl. xxix),

a white spot on the anterior portion of the dorsal area of valves

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 17

2-4. The head valve is freely blotched with a darker shade of

brown, and similar, though mostly paler, spots are scattered widely

over the rest of shell. The girdle is creamy white, irregularly banded

with pale brown.

Head Valve.—Broad, elevation medium, under pocket lens appa-

rently smooth, but under 65 mag. is seen to be minutely radially

striate, the striae being close together and the ridges between being

barely 12 » in width where measured near the girdle. Under a lens

of 20 mag. these radial striae are only just visible; while there are

no defined radial ribs other than these minute ones, there is evidence

of broad, very shallow, ill-defined radial undulations, the presence of

which should be more apparent in a larger example.

Median Valve.—Laterally broad, longitudinally narrow, elevated,

carinated, side slope convex; dorsal area defined, bluntly beaked,

and the whole area under 65 mag. decorated with longitudinal striae,

which are more widely spaced than is the case with the ornamentation

in other parts of the shell, and are crossed transversely by numerous

growth striae, giving to these minute, longitudinal ridges a granulose

appearance. The pleural area under the same magnification is seen

to be minutely granulose, due to the continuation of the closely packed,

transverse growth lines across faint longitudinal ridging. The lateral

area is slightly raised, with similar sculpture to the pleural except

that here the direction of the minute ribbing is radial.

Tail Valve.—Dorsal and pleural areas indistinguishable, minute

sculpture similar to other valves except that the longitudinal grooving

is less defined but the transverse striae are stronger; mucro well

defined, anterior of centre, slope immediately behind is at first steep,

then becoming flatter, the minute sculpture on this part of valve is

radial, crossed towards the outer edge by growth lines.

Inside (articulamentum).— White, teeth sharp; slits in head valve

probably 10; median valve, 1/1; tail valve, 7; eaves spongy and

in median valves much thickened at slit, the perforations in the

spongy eaves are very large near the insertion plate but smaller

towards the tegmentum ; in the tail valve the perforations measure

20 » to 25 w; sutural laminae well defined and jugal sinus very

broad.

Gurdle.—The girdle is damaged, is creamy white irregularly banded

with pale brown, sprinkled over the brownish portions are a number

of minute black “ grains” that give a greyish tone to the brown.

The girdle is densely covered with irregular, arenaceous scales, very

similar, though smaller, to the girdle scales of T. (C.) cinereus L.; there

VOL. Xxx, PART 1.

18 Annals of the South African Museum.

is a well-defined girdle-fringe composed of long, very slender, glassy

spicules.

Measurements.—The whole shell dry, except tail valve, which was

detached, 5X 3-5 mm., but as girdle was curled have quoted 5x 4 mm. ;

head valve, 2°51 mm.; median valve, 3°3X1:5 mm.; tail valve,

2°25 X 1:25 mm. ; girdle spicules (three measured), 162 pw, 175 p, 225 w

respectively in length, in thickness tapering from 25 » to 12 p. Scales

so irregular that it is difficult to determine their diameter; it is

about 12 pw. Quite a large number of these have what looks like a

pigmented nucleus; this dark spot is a distinct circular pit, with a

shining, black substance at the base, the pits are about 3 y in diameter

and may be terminals of nerve fibres, and correspond with the micro-

pores of the tegmentum, but its occurrence in minute girdle scales is,

I believe, quite a new discovery. Angle of divergence, 90°.

Habitat.—Port Alfred, South Africa. Body, with radula, had been :

removed.

‘Note.—The suggestion made by Iredale in 1914, that Lepidochiton

should replace Craspedochilus Sars., I have not adopted, as it requires

additional investigation.

Subfamily CALLOCHITONINAE Thiele.

Genus Callochiton Gray.

Subgenus Trachyradsia Dall., syn. Stereochiton Dall.,

syn. Hudoxoplax Iredale & May.

Callochiton (Trachyradsia) castaneus (Wood).

(Pl. II, fig. 24; Pl. III, figs. 25-27.)

Chiton castaneus, Wood, Gen. Conch., p. 13, pl. 1, figs. 2-3; pl. in,

figs. 2-3, 1815; Sowerby, Conch., i, fig. 114; Reeve, Conch. Icon.,

pl. v, fig. 25. C. cerasonus Chemn., Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 63;

C. bicolor Spengler, 1797, non Gmelin, 1791; ? C. fulgetrum, Reeve,

loc. cit., pl. xii, fig. 71, 1847; % C. dentatus, Spengler, Skriv. Nat.

Sels., v, 4, p. 88, 1797 (if C. dentatus Spengler, 1797, is C. castaneus

Wood, it would antedate Wood’s name); C. planatus Spengler, loc.

cit., p. 91; C. fulgetrum Reeve is considered by Sykes, Proc. Mal.

Soc. Lond., 1, pt. 3, p. 832, 1894, as conspecific with C. castaneus Wood ;

Callochiton (Stereochiton) castaneus, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 52;

C. (T.) castaneus, Thiele, loc. cit., p. 108; Hudoxochiton castaneus,

i te

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 19

Ashby, loc. cit., p. 89; Callochiton (Trachyradsia) castaneus, Ashby and

Cotton, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., 1930, not C. castaneus Quoy and

Gaimard, nor C. castaneus Couth.

Note.—Older references extracted from Pilsbry, Man. Conch.

General Appearance.—Two from Table Bay, S.A. Mus., No. 4872,

colour burnt sienna (Ridgway, pl. 11), with, in the smaller example

(127-5 mm. dry) towards the girdle on each valve, a pale yellow

blotch ; two S.A. Mus., Nos. 4875, 4881, the larger (41 x 27 mm. curled

and dry), beautifully mottled and streaked with yellow, pinkish buff,

and chocolate; two specimens from Port Alfred, U.S. Nat. Mus.,

labelled Ischnochiton Crawfordi, No. 249828, one liver colour and

bright pink inside, the other liver colour in end valves only. Shell

broad, flat, and carinated, sculpture minutely decussate; girdle

clothed with shuttle-shaped or broadly needle-shaped scales, which

are often detached.

Head Valve.—Flat, laterally very broad, anteriorly very short,

decorated under 20 mag. evenly with minute decussate pattern,

under 65 mag. is seen the minute, parallel scratching common to

members of this genus, and also “ eye-dots’’ easily seen under this

power in all valves.

Median Valve.—Flat, carinated, laterally broad, anteriorly short,

side slope low and straight, sculpture similar to the anterior valve,

lateral area slightly raised, eye-dots numerous in this area situated

in defined pits, the eyes are 25 uw in diameter.

Tail Valve.—Wide, flat, carinated, mucro slightly anterior of

median, sculpture similar to other valves, posterior slope slightly

convex.

Girdle.—Wide and capable of great expansion, densely clothed with

“needle-like” scales, which in their exposed parts measure 112 x 25 p.

Thiele (loc. cit.), p. 106, quotes Nierstrasz (Zool. Jahrb. Syst., v, p. 23),

that the needles of C. castaneus Wood have an entirely different shape

from those of typical Callochitons. I disagree with this statement ;

both the girdle scales and the radula of this species are quite typical

of the genus Callochiton.

Inside (articulamentum).—Colour, white shading to pink at apex

and towards margin of valves, in some nearly all pink. Head valve—

insertion plate well produced, slits 22, teeth very irregular, with

irregular, rounded edge, partially propped; eaves spongy, over-

hanging but little. Median valve—slits 4/4, teeth and eaves similar

to head valve; sutural laminae shallow but extended laterally and

joined across the middle line, jugal sinus a mere indentation in the

20 Annals of the South African Museum.

articulamentum. Tail valve—slits 18, insertion plate and sutural

laminae similar to other valves.

Measurements.—Head valve, 8X3 mm.; median valve, 9:5x 4:5

mm.; tail valve,7-5x4-5mm. Angle of divergence, 125°.

Note.—Ashby, without seeing a specimen, listed this species as

a Hudoxochiton in his paper describing the Turton Collection, because

of its similarity in published figures with the Australian Hudozoplax

mnornatus Ten. Woods; and because May considered Hudoxoplax

a subgenus of Hudoxochiton. Having since examined a juvenile

E. «nornatus, he found it a true Callochiton, and Ashby and Cotton

have placed it in the section T'rachyradsia.

Family Mopauipae Pilsbry.

Plaxiphora simplex Haddon.

(Pl. III, figs. 28-31.)

P. simplex, Haddon, Challenger Expd., Polyplacophora, xv, p. 33,

pl. iii, figs. 138 a-c, 1886; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 320, pl. Lxvii,

figs. 43-46, 1892.

Introduction.—Dr. Barnard of the South African Museum has for-

warded to me two examples of a Plaxiphora from Tristan da Cunha,

with the request that I would include a description in this paper ;

although the locality is extra-limital I am glad to comply with the

request. These two examples are too eroded to allow of a full

description; I therefore transcribe Haddon’s type description,

adding notes on the two examples now before me.

Haddon’s Description (Haddon also includes Carpenter’s MS.

description, but furnishes a better one of his own) :—

‘Shell smooth, simply marked with lines of growth, flat sides

meeting at a variable angle. Anterior value—small, surface smooth.

Under surface with 8 slits, teeth fairly long, smooth, and sharp ;

eaves short. Intermediate valve—central area smooth, flat. Lateral

areas inconspicuous, with two or three very faint radiating ridges.

Under surface with a median horizontal rib-like swelling, sutural

laminae broad but not deep; jugal sinus wide and shallow; one

lateral slit; eaves short. Posterior valve—very small and flat,

greatly corroded; umbo apparently flat and terminal; posterior

border thickened. Under surface—sutural laminae as in intermediate

valves, but the jugal sinus is comparatively narrow and deep; slits

and teeth absent; posterior border much swollen. Gzrdle—very

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 21

thick and fleshy, upper surface having a spongy appearance owing

to being beset with very short, horny spines, which are scarcely

raised above the surface; there are tufts of longer spines, three to

nine in each tuft, opposite the sutures of the valves; these have

no definite position round the anterior valve. Situated outside

these are numerous scattered similar tufts, usually somewhat smaller

in size, which pass into an imperfect peripheral fringe of spines.”

In the two examples before me the tegmentum has been eroded,

except the narrow strip protected by the overlapping valves and

at the sides at the girdle; the only sculpture visible is narrow growth

grooving parallel with the margin of shell, but in the anterior valve

there is some evidence of broad ray-ribbing or folding.

Inside.—Pale blue, eaves slightly spongy and overhung, but

insertion plate extends beyond ; teeth straight edged and fairly sharp,

slits broad; head valve 8, median valve 1/1, tail valve unslit, with-

out true insertion plate, the articulamentum being thickened at the

edge. Sutural laminae well produced, straight along front line, sinus

between wide in median valves and almost joined across the median

line by a shallow extension of the articulamentum ; in tail valve the

jugal sinus is narrower and the laminae do not join across the median

line; in all valves the tegmentum is bowed outwards in the jugal

sinus.

Girdle.—The “ short horny spines which are scarcely raised above

the surface,” mentioned in Haddon’s type description, are short,

blunt spicules or elongate scales (either term can be used), the one

measured was 75 uw long and 25 uw wide; these are packed so closely

together that only the rounded ends are visible, and give the spongy

appearance mentioned by Haddon.

Measurements.—Given by Haddon: 40x27 mm., divergence 125°;

32X18 mm., divergence 130°; 45x25 mm.; S.A. Mus. example

disarticulated. Head valve, 7:°75x3-:5 mm.; median valve, 10-5 x

5-5 mm.; tail valve, 8x4 mm.

Note.—Haddon described and figured a second species of Plaxiphora

from Tristan da Cunha, under the name P. carpenteri, from a single

very juvenile costate example, 14x9 mm. I would point out the

possibility that there is only one variable species represented in that

island. In Australia, along the coasts of Victoria, South Australia,

Tasmania, and Western Australia, we have a costate form and a non-

costate form living together in most places in varying proportions

according to the localities. It appears there are intermediate forms

between these, and although three names at least have been proposed

22 Annals of the South African Museum.

for special forms, we believe they will prove to be representatives of

one very variable species. Also be it noted that in the juvenile stage

the costate sculpture is usually much stronger.

Haddon states that of the four examples the two larger were

dredged in 100 and 150 fathoms respectively, and the two smaller

were shore shells. In Australia this species is essentially littoral in

habitat. The set in the South African Museum were collected on

the shore.

Family IscHNocHITONIDAE Pilsbry.

Subfamily CHAETOPLEURINAE Thiele.

Chaetopleura papilio (Spengler).

(Pl. III, figs. 32, 33.)

Chiton papilio, Spengler, Skriv. Nat. Sels., p. 86, 1797 ; C. castaneus,

Quoy and Gaimard (not Wood), Zool. Voy. d’Astrol., p. 387, pl. Ixxiv,

fig. 33; C. watsoni, Sowerby, Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 288, 1840; Conch.

Illust., figs. 81, 82, 180. C. papilio, Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Moll.,

p. 41, 1848; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. vi, fig. 32 (a, 6). Chaetopleura

watsoni, Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken, ii, p. 380, pl. xxxi,

fig. 15 (dentition); C. papilio, Thiele, Revis. Syst. Chit., p. 74,

1909; Pilsbry, loc. cit., xv, p. 72; Ashby, loc. cat., p. 90;. Thielem

Schultze, Forsch. Reise, iv, p. 269, 1910.

General Appearance.—Very strongly raised, slightly carinated but

steeply arched; dorsal-pleural area very finely more or less longi-

tudinally grooved; lateral areas raised, upper portion smooth, outer

irregularly, finely, radially grooved, with scattered, circular pustules.

Colour, vandyke brown to chocolate (Ridgeway, pl. xxviii), dorsal

area darker brown edged paler.

Head Valve.—Strongly raised, upper half smooth, lower irregularly,

sub-obsoletely, radially grooved and decorated with irregularly spaced

rows of circular, convex pustules; ground colour irregularly flecked

with pale markings.

Median Valve.—The median valves vary in shape in the same

example to an unusual degree. Valve 6 is the least damaged and is

now described: elevated, keeled near the beak and arched anteriorly,

side slope steep and slightly convex, dorsal-pleural area closely

longitudinally grooved, the portion of the pleural area abutting on

the lateral forms a shallow trough, over a good part of which the

grooving is absent; lateral area raised, almost smooth except for

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 23

scattered, somewhat irregular, radial rows of small, circular, convex

pustules, all areas crossed by growth grooves.

Tail Valve.—Raised, arched, mucro median, grooving sub-obsolete

in dorsal-pleural area, portion behind mucro steep and slightly convex,

most of area smooth but some faint, widely spaced grooving and scat-

tered pustules, similar to the lateral areas, towards posterior margin.

Inside (articulamentum). — White outside and pinkish brown

towards centre of all valves. Head valve badly broken, insertion plate

seems well produced forward and multislit, eaves solid. Median valve

—sutural laminae large, produced forward, joined across the middle

line by a bilobed extension of the articulamentum, a slit on either

side almost separating this process from the sutural laminae, the

centre of this process in the jugal sinus is subdentate; slits 1/1.

Tail valve—insertion plate narrower than that of head valve, slits

9, teeth rather blunt, irregular, and some propped and fluted, much

as in the genus Callochiton, others only grooved, edge of teeth rounded

and irregular, sutural laminae and process in jugal sinus similar to

median valves.

Measurements.—Whole shell before disarticulation, dry and a little

curled, 38x20 mm.; other examples up to 48x26 mm.; head

valve too damaged to measure ; median valve No. 6, 17-512 mm. ;

tail valve, 137-5 mm. ; angle of divergence, 100°.

Habitat.—S.A. Mus. (Nos. 4887, 4889), Kalk Bay, False Bay.

Liideritzbucht (Thiele).

Chaetopleura pertusus (Reeve).

(Pl. III, figs. 34-36.)

Chiton pertusus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. xvi, fig. 88, 1847; C. pus-

tulatus, Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Moll., p. 42, pl. i, fig. 7, 1848; Ischno-

chiton pertusus, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 103, pl. xx, figs. 18-19 ;

I. pertusus, Carpenter MSS., quoted by Pilsbry, p. 104 (not of Reeve) ;

Chaetopleura pustulatus, Pilsbry, loc. cit., xv, p. 73, pl. x, figs. 23-26,

1893 ; Ashby, Mal. Soc. Lond., xviii, pt. 2, p. 90, 1928; Ischnochiton

pertusus, Ashby, wbid., p. 90.

Introduction.—The following is Reeve’s description of his Chaton

pertusus: “Shell oblong ovate, valves elevated in the middle, very

closely grooved throughout, ridges of the central areas thin, converg-

ing towards the umbones, interstitial grooves pricked, posterior edge

of the valve serrated ; dark red sprinkled with a few minute white

dots, ligament horny, very sparingly beset with short bristles.”

24 Annals of the South African Museum.

Locality.—Simons Bay, Cape of Good Hope.

Pilsbry referred C. pertusus Rve. to the genus Ischnochiton on the

strength of MSS. notes of Carpenter on two examples on the Cuming

Coll. Brit. Mus. It is quite evident that the examples referred to

by Carpenter were not Reeve’s shell at all; for Reeve stated that the

girdle of his C. pertusus was “ horny, very sparingly beset with short

bristles,’ whereas the shell described in Carpenter’s notes possessed

“ischnoid scales . . . imbricating and striated.” Mr. G. C. Robson

has kindly sent to me for this examination the shell Carpenter

described ; it has, as Carpenter states, typical ischnoid girdle scales,

and obviously is not the shell described by Reeve.

I propose to recognise Reeve’s C. pertusus in Chiton pustulatus

Krauss, for Reeve’s description, figure, and locality can well be

applied to that species; as C. pertusus Rve. antedates C. pustulatus

Krauss, this latter name becomes a synonym of the former.

General Appearance.—The example disarticulated (S.A. Mus., No.

6766) from St. James, False Bay, is a curled and faded speci-

men, probably was picked up on shore and had been bleached by

sunshine.

The ground colour is pinkish brown, the dorsal ridge in valve 2 is

cream white, a narrow streak of same colour is present near the beak

in all median valves. Shell is carinated, side slope rather steep and

slightly convex, dorsal and pleural areas longitudinally ribbed with

irregular bridging, which near the beak forms a complete network ;

lateral areas and end valves beset with scattered pustules and ray

ribbed in varying degrees. Girdle leathery, beset with scattered long

hairs and scattered very short, stout spicules.

Head Valve.—Raised, probably smooth at apex; in example

described this is broken and worn, slope of valve almost straight

(very slightly convex), steep, sculptured with shallow, irregular,

broad, radiating riblets; down the centre of each riblet is a row of

pyziform to circular, convex, widely spaced grains; the surface of

shell, apart from this sculpture, is smooth, a few riblets bifurcate.

Median Valve.—These valves vary considerably in longitudinal

measurement, slightly carinated, side slope slightly convex, becoming

straight towards girdle; the dorsal area is not defined; the dorsal-

pleural area is decorated with longitudinal rows of narrow, beaded,

granulose riblets, the grains are widely spaced; on the umbo some

of these riblets converge, the interspace between the riblets is about

three times the width of the riblets themselves and is deeply and

widely pitted ; on the anterior third, especially towards the beak, the

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 25

riblets converge and the pits become proportionally smaller and

closer together, forming a complete cellulose or network sculpture in

the juvenile portion of the shell. Krauss describes the dorsal-

pleural area as “ longitudinally subgranose and cancellated,”’ and the

lateral area as “ delicately punctulate and sparsely sculptured with

elevated cylindrical pustules ”’ (Pilsbry’s translation). In some of the

valves this description is complete, in others there are in the lateral

area shallow ray ribs similar to the anterior valve; the small punc-

tures referred to by Krauss are widely spaced and follow the shallow

groove between the riblets where present.

Tal Valve.-—Medium size, mucro slightly ante-median, raised,

slope behind commencing rather steep and rapidly becoming flat,

slightly concave towards the girdle. Sculpture in front of mucro

completely bridged across, forming a complete network or lattice-

work pattern; behind the mucro sculpture similar to head valve,

except the ray-riblets are absent on portion immediately behind

mucro.

Inside (articulamentum).—White with a pink blotch on either side

of the beak. Head valve--insertion plate produced forward and

slightly thickened at slits; slits 10, deeply cut; sinus carried to the

tegmentum ; teeth thick, rather blunt, with some shallow and incon-

Spicuous groovings on upper side. Median valve—sutural laminae

large and produced forward, anterior edge straight, jugal sinus

medium but possessing a bilobed extension of the articulamentum

which is notched on either side and finely dentate in centre; callus

pronounced, tegmentum folded over at the posterior margin. Tail

valve—sutural laminae shallower than in the median valves, process

in the jugal sinus present but not produced beyond the tegmentum as

in median valves, edge straight not bilobed; insertion plate short,

very thick, slits 14 and very broad, the 2 lateral teeth on either

side similar to those of head valve but the centre ones are small,

the slits are widest in the centre, teeth more or less grooved and

propped ; the eaves in all valves overhang and are much thickened

on the inside.

Gurdle.—All Krauss says about the girdle is “ Reddish-yellow,

sparsely clothed with long brownish hairs.” The example under

examination seems to have been almost three times the length of the

specimen described by Krauss; quoting from my notes: Girdle

leathery, beset with scattered long hairs and scattered, very short,

stout spicules. The other example without any date, from same

museum, which I call No. 2, has scattered all over the girdle small

26 Annals of the South African Museum.

clusters of slender pale brown hairs, and in addition portions of the

girdle are beset more closely with short, stout, pointed spicules, a

large proportion of which are dark brown; the girdle surface being

covered with minute, arenaceous scales through which the bunches

of hairs and spicules push their way.

Measurements.—The whole shell, which was dry and curled, is

estimated to have measured 38 mm. in length. Head valve,

8-5X5 mm.; median valve, 105-5 mm.; tail valve, 5X7-5 mm.

Angle of divergence, 90°.

Habitat.—The example S.A. Mus., No. 6766, from St. James, False

Bay ; the other example I am placing with this species is without

data. Simon’s Bay (Reeve), Natal, on shore (Wahlberg), two valves

from Port Alfred, U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 250622.

Chaetopleura destituta Sykes.

(Pl. IV, figs. 37-39.)

C. destituta, Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., v, p. 195, text-fig.,

1902; Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond:, xviii, pt. 2, p..90, 1928.

Introduction.—In the material from the South African Museum are

two examples without name or data, Nos. 4874 and 4880 respectively ;*

the latter has a note attached: “‘? C. setiger, idenfd. J. H. Ponsonby ” ;

both these, I am confident, may be rightly referred to Sykes’ species ;

the following is the description of No. 4874 except where otherwise

stated.

General Appearance.—Description of the larger No. 4880; shell

slightly carinated but much flatter than C. papilio; valves beaked,

dorsal-pleural area mostly smooth but showing a little longitudinal

grooving on most valves, end valves and lateral areas almost unsculp-

tured except for growth lines and a little shallow, radial ribbing and

a few small pustules showing in places; the girdle is leathery, with

scattered dark-coloured spines and encroaches at the sutures. Colour,

No. 4880 vandyke brown; smaller disarticulated example, No.

4874, walnut brown (Ridgway, pl. xxviii).

Head Valve.—Broad and flat, without ornamentation except for

shallow, broad, sub-obsolete ray-ribs.

Median Yalve.—Carinated, flat ; side slope shallow, convex ; dorsal-

pleural area showing on and near the jugum, shallow, sub-obsolete,

longitudinal grooving ; the portion of the pleural area abutting on the

lateral area forms a shallow trough; lateral area shallowly raised ;

* Probably from Sea Point, Table Bay.—EpirTor.

}

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 27

most of the pleural and all the lateral area is without sculpture

except for shallow, concentric growth grooves.

Tai Valve.—Laterally broad and shallow, mucro median, anterior

portion without sculpture except shallow growth grooves, posterior

portion possessing shallow, sub-obsolete ray-ribs and growth grooves.

Inside (articulamentum).—Anterior valve broken, only 4 teeth

remaining, insertion plate well produced forward, multislit, the

existing 4 teeth are rather blunt and straight edged. Median valve

No. 7—sutural laminae large but less produced forward than C. papilio,

the Jugal sinus possesses a spade-like extension of the articulamentum

which is not bilobed as in C. papilio, the two lateral slits are carried to

the tegmentum, also this process is more or less vertically grooved

throughout. Tail valve—sutural laminae and jugal sinus similar to

median valves ; insertion plate narrower than head valve, is damaged,

but slits have been 10; teeth irregular and those present mostly

straight edged, irregularly fluted on outside.

Measurements.—The larger, No. 4880, 68x34 mm.; No. 4874,

40x25 mm. Head valve too broken to measure; median valve

No. 7, 18X10 mm.; tail valve, 14-5x8-5 mm. Angle of divergence,

110°.

Conclusion.—Although the sculpture is variable and what there is

approaches C. papilio, the form of shell seems to indicate a distinct

species.

Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin).

(Pl. IV, figs. 40-42.)

Chiton gigas, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., xi, p. 3206, 1788; Spengler,

Skriv. Nat. Sels., iv, p. 101, 1795; Wood, Gen. Con., p. 12, 1814;

Brugiére, Ency. Meth., clxi, fig. 3; Lamarck, An. s. Vert., vu, p. 490 ;

Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat., xxxvi, p. 543; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 65 ;

Krauss, Die Stidafrik. Moll., p. 40, pl. iil, fig. 3 (young); H. and A.

Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., p. 475; Sowerby, Marine Shells 8. Africa, p. 50.

Chaetopleura gigas, Shuttleworth, Bern. mitt., p. 67, 1853. Acantho-

pleura gigas, Gray, P.Z.S., 1847, pp. 68, 169. Chiton sub-qigas, Blain-

ville, Dict. Sci. Nat., p. 543 (juvenile); C. albus, Barbut, Gen. Ver. of

Lin., pt. 2, 1788 (not of Linn.). Dinoplax gigas, Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,

xiv, p. 254, pl. lvu, figs. 21-32, 1892; D. fossus, Sykes, Proc. Mal.

Soc. Lond., 11, p. 277, 1899; D. gigas alfredensis, Bartsch, U.S. Nat.

Mus. Bull., xci, 1915; Thiele, Rev. Syst. Chitonen, p. 73, 1909;

Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., xvii, pt. 2, p. 83.

Introduction.—This species is most variable in sculpture. Ashby

28 Annals of the South African Museum.

(loc. cat., p. 83) discusses the extent of variation very fully and con-

cludes the discussion in the following words. ‘‘ It must be admitted

that the coarsely sculptured form described by Sykes as D. fossus and

the minutely sculptured form described by Bartsch as D. g. alfredensis

are sufficiently different to warrant specific separation provided there

existed no intermediates, or if the most diverse forms were limited

to definite localities ; in this last case they might have been treated

as subspecies, as was done by Bartsch in his alfredensis, but in face

of the fact that all three forms occur at Port Alfred and that a com-

plete series of intermediates from one extreme to the other can be

obtained, we cannot in my opinion do other than consider D. fossus

Sykes and D. gigas alfredensis Bartsch as synonyms of D. gigas

(Gml.), retaining these names to distinguish the respective varieties

if so desired.”’

_ General Appearance.—Broad, strongly carinated, the lateral areas

much raised, end valves and lateral areas decorated with numerous,

broken, radial riblets, sub-obsolete in some examples; the dorsal-

pleural area varying much in the strength of the ornamentation,

the coarser forms showing sublongitudinal, irregular, wavy riblets

crossed by transverse riblets, forming an irregular cellulose sculpture,

while the smoother forms so modify this sculpture that they appear

minutely decussate and in places merely punctate. The girdle in

perfect examples is densely spiculose.

Head Valve.—Large and broad, decorated with numerous, closely

packed, broken, radial riblets; several deep, concentric growth sulci

are present; the interstices are irregularly pitted, giving a pectinate

appearance to the sides of the riblets.

Median Valve.—In the example photographed, which represents

var. fossus, valve 3 certainly has a slight beak, is strongly

carinated, side slope straight, the dorsal ridge is almost smooth, the

dorsal-pleural area is decorated with numerous wavy, sublongitudinal,

bifurcating riblets which contract and widen in a most peculiar way,

these riblets are separated from one another by deep interspaces,

which are termed by Sykes in his description of fossus “ stab-like

markings.” The lateral area is strongly raised and decorated with

7 ray-riblets, the interspaces are minutely granulose. The colour

of the valve is silvery grey, mottled with pale brown; the beak is

red.

Tail Valve.—Small as compared with other valves, carinated

but flat, dorsal area raised and narrowly wedge shaped, mucro post-

median; anterior to mucro, sculpture similar to dorsal-pleural area

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 29

in median valves; area posterior to mucro, sculpture similar to

that of head valve, but strongly raised.

Inside (articulamentum).—White shading to grey or pink towards

the apex. Head valve—insertion plate greatly thickened in senile

shells, and eaves then almost absent, slits 10; teeth fairly regular,

sharp edged, but grooved on outside, simulating serrated teeth.

Median valve —insertion plate much thickened at slit, slit 1/1, eaves at

slit. Tail valve—insertion greatly thickened, slits 10, inconspicuous,

narrow, and cut on diagonal; insertion grooved, almost laminated

outside ; sutural laminae in median valves well produced, straight

edged, joined across middle line, jugal sinus only indicated by bilateral

slit, but in tail valve the sutural lamina are more produced forward,

anterior edge curved outwards, jugal sinus almost completely occupied

by a spade-like process, which is bowed outwards.

Gurdle.—Spiculose in juvenile or well-preserved examples, densely

clothed with short, mostly brown spicules measuring 90X13 yp, also

at sutures, and scattered bunches are slender spicules, and also with

these and at girdle-fringe, long, stout, striate, white spicules; one

measured was 560 X 75 p.

Measurements.—Senile shells roughly measured because curled,

110x50 mm.; 104x53 mm. Separate valves of senile shell No.

A5333 : head valve, 38 x 22 mm. (eroded) ; median valve, 40 x 20 mm.;

tail valve, 29x16 mm. Angle of divergence, 110°. Gills extend

full length of foot.

Habitat.—Port Alfred (example here figured) ; Kowie; Kalk Bay ;

_Algoa Bay ; Durban.

Subfamily IscHNOCHITONINAE Pilsbry.

Ischnochiton oniscus Group.

Pilsbry (loc. cit., p. 98) proposed an “Ischnochiton textilis”’

Group, but as is shown later under the heading I. textilis (Gray),

Pilsbry was under a misconception as to the true character of Gray’s

species, and had concluded that it was a near ally of I. onascus (Krauss),

whereas it belongs to Pilsbry’s group Radsiella. In the material

placed in my hands there are four distinct species in all of which

the sculpture is so alike that it is difficult to separate them on shell

sculpture alone. In all the sculpture may be termed minutely

decussate. But each of the four are easily distinguished by the

character of the girdle scales. It must be remembered that to see

these characters clearly it is necessary that the girdle scales are clean

30 Annals of the South African Museum.

dry, and not eroded by the action of chemicals such as formalin, the

action of which is fatal to fine sculpture. The four species referred

to the above group are I. oniscus (Krauss), I. elizabethensis Pilsbry,

¢ I. ludwigi (Krauss MSS.) Pilsbry, and J. hewitti n. sp. The identi-

fication of J. ludwigi from Krauss’ definition is doubtful.

Ischnochiton oniscus (Krauss).

(Pl. LV, figs. 43-46.)

Chiton oniscus, Krauss, Siidafrik. Moll., p. 39, pl. iu, fig. 4, 1848.

Ischnochiton oniscus, Pilsbry, loc. cit., xiv., p. 100, pl. xx, fig. 125,

1892; Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., i, pt. 3, p. 133, 1894; Sykes

states: I. macgillwrayr Pilsbry (in part); and J. vwiridulus of

‘* Challenger,’ not of Couthouy ; I. oniscus, Thiele, loc. cit., pp. 111,

113; Ashby, loc. cit., p. 90; Sykes, Naut., xu, No. 3, p. 41, July

1898.

The following is Pilsbry’s description : “‘ The valves as well as the

girdle appear smooth to the naked eye, but the lateral areas are

visible. Under the lens the central areas are very finely punctate on

the dorsum, and on the pleural they are longitudinally striated ; these

striae continue upon the lateral areas, becoming wavy striae there.

The end valves have feeble wavy striae towards the margins, and have

10 slits in their insertion plates. The intermediate valves are

strongly convex, 5 mm. wide and 4 mm. long, rounded at both sides,

and having a single slit in each insertion plate.”

Slits.—I have disarticulated two examples: No. 1 measuring

19xX6 mm.; head valve, 12 slits; median, 1/1; tail, 10. No. 2,

head valve, 9; median valve, 1/1; tail valve, 9 slits. While in the

genus Acanthochiton the slitting in the end valves is most regular,

in the IscHNOCHITONIDAE and other genera where there is multi-

slitting, even in the same species there is often irregularity in the

slitting of the end valves. Angle of divergence, 90°.

Scales.—The girdle scales are quite distinct from those of J. eliza-

bethensis Pilsbry in that they are smaller, more or less opaque, brown

in colour except the edges, which are whitish, flat, not imbricated

or turned over or polished, asin that species ; they are partly erect, but

placed so closely together that only a small part of each scale is visible,

making them appear smaller than they really are; the angle at

which the scales are attached to the girdle gives them a chafiy

appearance. Under a simple lens, x20, the scales appear smooth

(as stated by Pilsbry), but under 65 mag. the striae can be just

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 31

perceived, and when magnified about 130 times the striae are well

marked, about sixteen extending up to the apex of each scale; the

scales measure 87 p to 110 p» in width.

Colour and Pattern.—In my paper on the Chitons in the Turton

Collection (loc. cit.) I pointed out that colour and pattern have little

or no specific value in Polyplacophora. This species and I. eliza-

bethensis both vary and have many colour patterns in common, and,

strange to say, similar colours and patterns recur in Australian and

New Zealand species. I add, “ We are hardly justified in assuming

that similarity of environment is the only inducing cause.” Then

follow a list and description of eight colour varieties lettered A to H.

Ischnochiton oniscus alfredensis n. subsp.

(Pl. V, fig. 54.)

Introduction.—From the Oxford Museum comes a single example

of a very elongate form of Ischnochiton closely allied to I. oniscus ;

from the Transvaal Museum come two examples, both much curled,

which I am considering conspecific with the first named, which was

collected by Col. Turton at Port Alfred, while those from the Trans-

vaal Museum were collected at Umkomaas, Natal. In face of the

very limited available material and the inconspicuous and indefinite

character of the sculpture, I am contenting myself with simply

indicating the differences between it and its near allies.

Comparisons.—It differs from I. elizabethensis in possessing much

smaller girdle scales and in the longitudinal ribs of the pleural area

being further apart; from I. oniscus sensu stricto in that the girdle

scales are a little larger, are bent over, and imbricating and semi-

translucent and polished. The longitudinal ribbing in the pleural

area is more spaced and only traverses that area towards the girdle.

In form it differs from both in that the whole shell is narrower,

longer, more elevated, and carinate ; the tail valve is proportionally

longer, especially in the larger example, which is figured and selected

as the holotype. The anterior edge of the sutural laminae is straight

as in I. elizabethensis, but the jugal sinus is narrower than that

species ; the dorsal ridge is smooth, but this may not be constant.

Inside: (articulamentum).—Greyish white. Head valve—slits 10,

teeth sharp and straight edged, insertion plate well developed, eaves

deep. Median valve—slits 1/1, sutural laminae anterior, margin

straight, jugal sinus narrower than J. oniscus sensu stricto or I. eliza-

bethensis. Tail valve (slightly damaged)—10 slits, Jugal sinus similar.

32 Annals of the South African Museum.

Measurements.—Holotype, 12-55 mm. (dry, girdle curled) ; para-

type (disarticulated) —head valve, 3-5xX2 mm.; median valve,

4x2 mm.; tail valve, 352-5 mm. Angle of divergence, 90°.

Note.—The tail valve of the disarticulated paratype is beautifully

ray-marked with dark rays, which look like hollows between ribs.

Ischnochiton elizabethensis Pilsbry.

(Pl. IV, figs. 47-49.)

I. euzabethensis, Pilsbry, Naut., vill, p. 9, 1894; Chiton marginatus,

Sowerby, Catalogue Marine Shells of 8. Africa, p. 50, 1892 (non-

Pennant); Sykes, Naut., xu, No. 3, p. 41, 1898; Ashby (loc. cit.),

[Oa AU)

The following is a copy of Pilsbry’s type description: “‘ Shell

small, elliptical-oblong, elevated at an angle of 105°; carinated, the

side slopes somewhat convex. Colour whitish or buffish olive, finely

and closely mottled all over with light olive green, or having angular

patches of olive at the sides of each valve; sometimes with black-

green triangles on the ridge of some valves; the posterior margins

of valves more or less tessellated light and dark. Girdle indistinctly

tessellated with numerous small, green bars or patches. Intermediate

valves not beaked, valves finely granulated throughout, the sculpture

closely resembling that of Trachydermon cinereus L.; lateral areas

slightly raised ; posterior valve having the central mucro somewhat

prominent, posterior slope concave. Interior bluish, with a pair of

darker green rays in each intermediate valve ; the inflected posterior

margin tessellated. Sutural plates small, separated by a very wide,

straight, smooth sinus. Anterior valve having 10, intermediate

valves 1/1, posterior valve 11 slits; teeth smooth and sharp, slit-

rays showing as whitish lines ; posterior tooth in intermediate valves

short, removed from the posterior margin of valve by its own length.

Eaves narrow. Girdle densely clothed with smooth, flattened,

imbricating scales. Length, 104 mm.; breadth, 7 mm. Habitat,

Port Elizabeth, South Africa.”

Slitting of Insertion Plate-—Example (1) before disarticulation

measured 158 mm., interior white; head valve, 13 slits; median

valve, 1/1; tail valve, 10; (No. 2) head valve, 12; median valve,

1/1; tail valve, 10.

Girdle Scales.—Under pocket lens, x 20, very thin, translucent, flat,

and polished, very broad, edge smooth; if detached, the scale is

seen to be much bent over, causing complete imbrication, the

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 33

exposed portion only shows a little bending. Under 65 mag. the

anterior portion of scale is seen to be smooth, but behind that there

is distinct scratching; the number of parallel striae counted under

130 mag. are 25-30; scales measured were 150-200 wp.

Comparisons.—In I. elizabethensis the sculpture is less coarse than

in I. oniscus, the granules more circular; in oniscus the granules of

the pleural area are confluent and arranged in distinct longitudinal

rows right across this area, whereas in elizabethensis this longitudinal

arrangement of the grains forms wavy riblets which do not completely

cross the pleural area; briefly, in addition to the stronger sculpture

of I. oniscus, the scales are much smaller, semi-erect, and have a

chafiy appearance ; whereas in J. elizabethensis the scales, in addition

to being larger and broader, are polished, translucent, and imbricating.

Both species vary extremely in colour pattern. Ashby (loc. cit.)

describes ten colour varieties, lettering them A-J.

Ischnochiton hewitti nu. sp.

(Pl. V, figs. 50-53.)

Introduction.—There are three shells from the Albany Museum

(Nos. 8079, 8082, and 8085), and five from the South African Museum

(No. 6757). All are bleached, but those under No. 6757 seem to have

been immersed in some eroding solution, perhaps formalin, which

has much injured the sculpture. These all show a distinct type of

girdle scale, with a few, mostly three, strong, widely spaced ribs,

instead of the exceedingly minute, numerous, parallel scratching

present in the three preceding species. The best of the rather poor

examples available was sent to me by Mr. John Hewitt, from the

Albany Museum, who has been chiefly instrumental in getting me

to undertake this monograph, and I have much pleasure in naming

this species after him.

General Appearance.—Hlliptical, subcarinated, slightly beaked,

lateral areas raised, sculpture generally minutely decussate, girdle

clothed with more or less erect scales, which are ornamented with

3-5 very strong riblets, which are widely and deeply separated.

The whole shell is biscuit colour; but, as the inside is pale bluish

green, the tegmentum may have been somewhat the same.

Head Valve.—Raised, much eroded, sculpture minutely granulose,

a little sub-obsolete ray grooving is suggested, 2 concentric growth

grooves.

Median Valve.—Arched, not carinated, side slope convex, dorsal

VOt4y Xk PART [. 3

34 Annals of the South African Museum.

area is not defined ; the dorsal-pleural area decussated with minute

granules arranged at first in diagonal rows, gradually becoming

larger and arrangement of rows longitudinal towards the girdle, the

beak is sub-obsolete; lateral area is raised, 2 shallow growth

sulci, and towards the girdle there is a slight suggestion of shallow

ray grooving (it is possible that this feature may be more in evidence

in larger and better preserved specimens).

Tail Valve.—Large, mucro ill defined, central, anterior portion

small and minutely decussate, posterior portion fully twice the size

of the anterior from which it 1s separated by a diagonal fold ; general

sculpture minutely decussate, but towards the girdle there are 2

well-defined, concentric, growth grooves ; between the growth grooves

towards the girdle are concentric rows of large grains or shallow

knobs, so arranged that the grooves between are numerous and radial ;

this suggests the possibility of the presence of broken, —— ribbing

in the outer portion of senile shells.

Inside (articulamentum).—In daylight pale greenish blue. Head

valve—teeth irregular, edge straight and sharp, slits 13, eaves deep.

Median valves—slits 1/1, sutural laminae small and weak, jugal sinus

very broad. Tail valve—teeth very irregular in width, otherwise as

in head valve, slits 12, sutural laminae weak, jugal sinus broad.

Measurements.—Whole shell (No. 8085), 137 mm.; the largest

(No. 8079), 1457-5 mm.; head valve, 25x4:5 mm.; median

valve, 2X5 mm.; tail valve, 3x4:-5mm. Angle of divergence, 90°.

Comparisons.—As before stated, the girdle scales are most distinct

as regards the sculpture in J. hewitiv; the longitudinal riblets in

pleural area are shallow, subgranulose, and flattened at top, and

direction of riblets wavy-diagonal ; whereas in J. oniscus these riblets

are almost straight, outer riblets not granulose, and strongly raised ;

as compared with J. elizabethensis the granules in the pleural area

are better defined but smaller.

Habitat.—Table Bay.

Note.—Since typing the above I have found a box with a few

more of the above species (S.A. Mus., No. 6757), also from Table

Bay, all eroded and labelled I. elizabethensis. Some have a distinctly

bluish-coloured tegmentum. If the erosion is due to natural causes,

the species may live in shallow water and belong to the half-tide

horizon ; if so, non-eroded examples should be looked for in positions

shaded from sunlight or from complete exposure thereto.

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 35

Ischnochiton ludwigi (Krauss MSS.) Pilsbry.

(Pl. V, fig. 55.)

I. ludwigi, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 99, 1892.

Pilsbry (loc. cit., p. 100) quotes Krauss MSS. description of a var.

punctulata, and on page 99 quotes another MSS. name of Krauss

Isch. zebra. As nothing in respect to these seems to have been pub-

lished by Krauss, and the notes published by Pilsbry without figures

are quite inadequate for identification, we must consider both names

as nomina nuda. On page 99 Pilsbry writes as follows: “‘ Krauss

describes specimens collected by him, and which he at one time

considered a new species which he intended naming C. ludwigi. His

description is as follows: Shell ovate-elongate, semi-pellucid, sub-

carinated ; white in the middle; the sides ashen green, often spotted

with brown; interior white. Front valve lunate, tail valve rather

depressed, submucronate in the middle; intermediate valves having

the central areas finely punctate on the ridge, longitudinally striolate

at the sides; lateral areas and end valves radiately rugulose-striated.

Girdle ashen, submaculated, scaly, the scales small and oblong,

excessiwely finely multicarinated. Length, 22 mm.; breadth, 11 mm.

Table Bay.”

Pilsbry considered that this belonged to the group I call “ oniscus

group.” It will be seen that the definition deals mostly with colour

and pattern, features which in Chitons have little or no specific

value. The only distinctive portion of the definition are the

words “the scales small and oblong, excessively finely multi-

carinated.”’

In the same box from the Albany Museum with J. hewitti, all under

the name I. elizabethensis, was a dissimilar example, No. 5078,

measuring 9X5-5 mm. dry. The girdle scales are distinct from any

other members of the “ oniscus group,” and correspond with Krauss’

description of the scales, as above. The sculpture is minutely

decussate, but much hidden by some gummy matter; I suggest that

it be identified with a query as J. ludwigi Pilsbry, as he was the first

publisher of this name. The correctness of this somewhat doubtful

determination must be left till more and larger material is available ;

if no more examples are met with I should recommend this example

being considered an exotic specimen, and consider C. ludwigi (Krauss

MSS.) Pilsbry a nomen nudum.

36 Annals of the South African Museum.

Short Key of the Oniscus Group.

A. Girdle scales smooth, or striae reduced to mere scratching.

1. Scales variable in size, flat or biscuit shape, not strongly bent over,

suberect . : ; : ‘ i : 5 " oniscus

2. Scales very broad, apex smooth and polished, much bent over and com-

pletely imbricated : : ‘ ‘ ; : elizabethensis

B. Girdle scales coarsely ribbed.

1. Scales very coarsely ribbed, with few riblets (3 to 5) . : hewitti

2. Scales with numerous riblets, riblets less than half as wide as in hewitti

? ludwigr

Subgenus Radsiella Pilsbry.

Section Radsiella, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, pp. 54, 139, 1892.

Pilsbry defines his section Radsiella as follows: “‘ Valves and

girdle entirely similar to the ordinary Ischnochiton, but the insertion

plates of the intermediate valves having two or several slits,” with

Ischnochiton tridentatus Pilsbry, the type species. Pilsbry, as shown

hereunder, did not include J. textilis (Gray) in this section, and I

had in MSS. proposed to place the following three distinctive South

African forms under a new subgenus, which I proposed to name

“ Diktuonus”’ on the ground of the multislitting of the median

valves and of the peculiar network sculpture. I then noted Pilsbry’s

Radsiella section ; I have not seen the type species I. tridentatus from

Lower California, but his definition equally fits the three following

species: I. textalis (Gray), I. delagoaensis n. sp., and . tagrinus (Krauss) ;

should the three species, on comparison with I. tridentatus, be found

to be not consubgeneric, I suggest that the name “ Diktuonus”’ be

adopted therefore, with J. textilis (Gray) as type species.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) textilis (Gray).

(Pl. V, figs. 56-58.)

Chiton textilis, Gray, Spic. Zool., pt. 1, p. 5, 1828; Ischnochiton

textilis, Pilsbry (part only), Man. Conch., xiv, p. 98 (non teztilis

Pilsbry, as described bottom of page 99); JI. textilis, Thiele, loc. cit.,

p. 111, pl. vin, fig. 40; non J. textilis, Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., i,

pt. 3, p. 182, 1894. Thiele in Schultze, Forsch. Reise, iv, p. 269, 1910.

Introduction.—Pilsbry does not appear to have been able to see

an example of the true J. textilis (Gray) and assumed it was allied to

I. oniscus, this error being due to the brevity of Gray’s description

and the fact that his figure was useless. Until receiving one of

Gray’s cotypes from the British Museum it was my intention to

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 37

recognise Gray’s C. textilis in C. tigrinus (Krauss), as it appeared to

me that Reeve figured that shell under the name “ teztilis.”” But

since receiving the cotype from the British Museum I realise that the

shell I had described in MSS. is Gray’s teztilis. The following is

Gray’s definition: “Shell oblong, elongate, white, pellucid when

young, green with a white central band; end valves and lateral

areas of the middle valves finely, radially striated and concentrically

wrinkled ; central area closely and minutely punctated, and behind

finely, longitudinally striated; margin (girdle) white, minutely

scaly. Length one inch and a half.”” To make this brief description

apply to this shell the word “ behind ” has to be emended to “ before,”’

as the median areas are longitudinally striated anteriorly only. Also

Gray’s remarks about the juvenile form quite probably do not apply

to this species. I have seen nojuvenile. I am accepting the example

sent from the British Museum, No. P739, as being a true cotype of

Gray’s C. teztilis.

General Appearance.—Shell rather shallow, arched not keeled ;

sculpture of dorsal-pleural area changing anteriorly in mature shells

into coarse, wavy, longitudinal ribbing, with irregular bridging

across; lateral areas and end valves decorated with radiating coarse

rugose riblets; girdle unusually broad, in dried example 3 mm. on

either side, representing a fraction over one-third of total width

of the animal, probably a still larger proportion when alive.

Head Valve.—Valve large, raised, decorated with closely packed

radiating riblets (which measure from 162 pw to 250 w in width towards

the girdle), these riblets are broken by several concentric growth

grooves. Colour, cartridge buff (Ridgway, pl. xxx); the colour is

deeper at the concentric grooves, forming banding of a deeper

shade.

Median Valve.—Laterally broad, arched ; the posterior third of the

dorsal area is eroded on all specimens, including the example described ;

the dorsal area is not defined, the dorsal-pleural area is decorated

with coarse network sculpture, the cells or mesh vary from lanceolate

to ovate, but many near the umbo are confluent; near the anterior

margin the network pattern is departed from and becomes a series of

longitudinal, sinuate, highly raised, convex ribs, the grooves between

being deep and narrow, both the ribbing and the interspaces are

irregular and in many places the ribs are confluent. In the largest

of the four specimens from Saldanha Bay the network sculpture has

been entirely eroded and only the conspicuous, sinuate, longitudinal

ribs left on the anterior portion of shell. The lateral area is strongly

38 Annals of the South African Museum.

raised and decorated with bifurcating radial ribs, similar to those of

the head valve but coarser, and are partially broken by deep, con-

centric growth grooves.

Tail Valve.—Valve large, mucro slightly ante-median, eroded,

sculpture in front of mucro, similar to the dorsal-pleural area in the

median valves; the portion of valve behind the mucro is same as

in anterior valve except that the concentric growth grooves are more

numerous and deeper, breaking the radial riblets almost into grains

(300 ys wide).

Girdle is broad, 3 mm. wide, clothed with rather large imbricating

white scales which are bent over anteriorly, the exposed portion

appears smooth but under 65 mag. the basal half is seen to be closely

scratched or shallowly grooved ; it is possible that the grooving of

the scales may have been affected by some solution in which the

shells may have been placed.

Inside (articulamentum).—Inside white. Head valve—teeth sharp,

slits 18, eaves overhanging, solid. Median valve—sutural laminae

produced forward, jugal sinus very wide, teeth sharp, slits in valve 2,

4/4, but in valve 3, which is figured, insertion is broken. Tail valve

—slits 14, all teeth except fourth same as head valve, but show a

tendency to change in character, becoming irregularly crenate with

corresponding short grooves inside, tegmentum bowed outward in

the jugal sinus. :

Measurements.—The shell described, S.A. Mus., No. A5340, before

disarticulation was dry and curled, estimated 35x17 mm. _ In this

condition the girdle occupies over one-third of the width; head

valve, 9X5 mm.; median valve, 11 x4 mm.; tail valve, 9X6 mm. ;

angle of divergence, 105° (valve 4).

Habitat.—Saldanha Bay (west coast); False Bay. Liideritzbucht

(Thiele).

Note.—Several examples, in spirit, have recently been sent to me by

Dr. Barnard from Saldanha Bay; the largest measures 35 x 20 mm.

Gills median, stopping 4 mm. short of either end of the foot. Gull

laminae or plumes, 35/35.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) tugronus (Krauss).

(Pl. V, figs. 59-62.)

Chiton tigrinus, Krauss, Die Stidafrik. Moll., p. 38, pl. im, fig. 5,

1848; Chiton solea, Sowerby, Conch., i, fig. 61 (undescribed) ;

C. textilis, Reeve (not Gray), Conch. Icon., pl. xvi, fig. 88, 1847 ;

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 39

I. tigrinus, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 143, pl. xix, figs. 60-63, 1892 ;

Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., xviii, pt. 2, p. 90, pl. vii, fig. 16, 1928.

Introduction.—I have selected an example given to me by the British

Museum, because both in size and markings it is almost identical with

the type described by Krauss.

General Appearance.—Hlliptical, dorsal-pleural areas

pricked,”’ lateral areas and end valves coarsely sculptured with radial

granulose riblets, girdle clothed with rather large, finely striate,

imbricating scales. Colour in disarticulated example somewhat

faded, pale pinkish brown with wavy, sub-longitudinal banding of a

darker shade; I count four to five of these bands on each side of

median valves; this colour pattern is shown by Krauss in his figure.

The South African Museum example, No. A5249, is uniformly cacao

brown (Ridgway, pl. xxviii).

Head Valve.—Raised, carinated, side slope almost straight, decor-

ated with about 70 closely packed, irregular, granulose, radiating

riblets; these are crossed by several granulose, concentric growth

ridges ; three or more wavy colour bands are present.

Median Valve.—Raised, carinated, dorsal-pleural area decorated

with a cellular or semi-network pattern, of which the interspaces are

more or less circular; lateral area raised, rather narrow, decor-

ated with 7 rather confused but coarsely granulose, radial riblets,

numerous growth grooves cross these ribs, the granulation at these

points being very coarse, having the effect of together forming

coarse granulose transverse ridges.

Tail Valve.—Raised, mucro almost median, anterior portion

similar to dorsal-pleural area in median valves ; the slope immediately

behind mucro is steep, rapidly becoming flatter, making the posterior

slope slightly convex ; ornamentation similar to that of the lateral

areas, although the concentric growth ridges are a little more marked ;

there is immediately behind the mucro and in some of the interspaces

a minute granulated surface to the shell; colour banding and

blotching is present.

Inside.—White to greyish white with a tinge of pink near the

umbo. Head valve—eaves overhanging, insertion plate well produced,

slits 16, deeply cut; teeth sharp, straight edged. Median valve—

sutural laminae fairly large, anterior edge almost straight, jugal sinus

medium, tegmentum slightly bowed outwards in the sinus; tbe

slitting is irregular, valves 3 and 5 have 2 slits one side and 1

the other, valves 4 and 6 have 2/2; teeth sharp. Tail valve—13

slits, teeth sharp and fairly even.

‘cellulose or

40 Annals of the South African Museum.

Girdle.—Clothed with rather large, thin, imbricating scales which

are finely striate.

Measurements.—Whole shell, 21-5x10-5 mm. (girdle not quite

flat) ; head valve, 7:75 x 4:5 mm.; median valve (No. 5), 10 4:5 mm. ;

tail valve, 8x5 mm.; angle of divergence, 90°.

Habitat.—Examples before me from Port Elizabeth, Port Alfred,

St. Sebastian Bay.

Comparisons.—This species is easily distinguished from J. teatilis

in that this shell is carinated and teztilis is arched, the latter is dis-

tinctly broader; the sculpture of the dorsal-pleural areas in this is

consistently throughout a cellulose or canvas-like sculpture, whereas

textilis has a network sculpture in which the meshes are longitudinally

drawn out, this sculpture changing anteriorly into wavy, longitudinal

riblets ; the jugal sinus in teztilis is much broader than it is in tegrinus.

It is distinguished from J. delagoaensis in that the latter possesses

large-mesh network sculpture and no radial ribbing in the lateral

areas.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) delagoaensis n. sp.

(Pl. VI, figs. 63-66.)

Introduction.—South African Museum, No. A6589, is a unique

Ischnochaton collected by Dr. K. H. Barnard at Delagoa Bay. In this

the network sculpture described in J. textilis attains its highest per-

fection; the beauty of this shell in sculptural design and delicacy

of tracery is unsurpassed in any other member of this genus. It

is with much regret that in the interest of accurate description I

have been compelled to disarticulate this unique specimen, and the

more so as the head valve is cracked.

General Appearance.—Hlliptical, low elevation, subcarinated, side

slope convex, the end valves and lateral areas ornamented with

irregular, wavy, jagged riblets and a little netting, the dorsal-pleural

area ornamented with large-mesh netting sculpture; girdle clothed

with small, imbricating, striated scales; colour, all valves show pale

blue blotches and all sculpture is pure porcelain white.

Head Valve.—Rather flat and wide laterally, porcelain white with

scattered, irregular blotches or streaks of very pale greenish blue

(possibly in the living shell these colour marks may be conspicuous) ;

sculpture towards the apex network, at the apex itself (apex worn)

probably minutely granulose ; the outer half of valve is ornamented

with vermiform, wavy, irregular riblets which on the lateral portions

have a somewhat concentric arrangement.

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 41

Median Valve.—Rather flat, carinated, side slope not steep, convex,

not beaked ; ridge without sculpture, rest of dorsal area and pleural

area sculptured with beautiful network ; under 20 mag. the net is seen

to be composed of strings white as porcelain, the mesh commencing

small on the jugal tract and increasing rapidly both anteriorly and

laterally, the net is drawn out longitudinally so that the mesh is a

series of elongate rhomboids (one of these measured is 140 px 87 4) ;

the lateral area is raised, minutely granulose at the jugum (i.e. the

juvenile portion of shell), changing into a series of partly diagonal,

merging into sub-concentric, wavy, irregular riblets; but there is

also on the anterior side of this area a little netting similar to that

of the dorsal-pleural area except that the mesh is elongate vertically

and not longitudinally.

Tail Valve.—ULarge, elevated, mucro median, the slope immediately

behind vertical then concave, due to the rapid flattening of this

portion ; sculpture of the anterior portion similar to dorsal-pleural

areas of median valves; the sculpture immediately behind the mucro

is granulose, the rest of the posterior sculpture is composed of more or

- less parallel, wavy, or broken riblets, which are arranged longitudinally

to commence with, but rapidly curving concentrically towards the

middle line.

Inside (articulamentum).—White. Head valve—insertion plate

shallow, slits 10, teeth sharp, irregular, slits deeply cut, eaves over-

hang. Median valve—slits 1/1, sutural laminae shallow, jugal sinus

broad. Tail valve—slits 11. In median valves tegmentum is

narrowly turned over but unsculptured.

Gurdle.—Clothed with white, flat, thin, imbricating small scales,

apparently smooth and polished, measuring laterally 150 uw, much less

vertically, under65 mag. I could not detect any scratching, but under

a higher magnitude I counted 12 striae on one scale.

Measurements.—Whole shell, 10<6:5 mm.; head valve broken ;

median valve, 4:°75x2 mm.; tail valve, 4x 2:5 mm.; angle of diver-

gence, 100°.

Habitat.—Delagoa Bay.

Comparisons.—The large network sculpture of this species is very

distinct from the cellulose sculpture of J. tagrinus Krauss; it more

nearly approaches the sculpture of J. textilis Gray, but in that species

the strands or riblets forming the network are much coarser and

change anteriorly into coarse longitudinal ribs, a feature quite absent

in the species under examination ; also in teztilis the lateral areas are

radially ribbed, which is not the case in delagoaensis. At first I

42 Annals of the South African Museum.

thought that this might be the juvenile form of J. textilis, but although

in all the specimens of J. textilis before me the juvenile portion of

the shell is eroded, I am satisfied from the data advanced that

I. delagoaensis is quite distinct.

Note.—Thiele, loc. cit., p. 90, pl. ix, figs. 32-36, describes and figures

an. sp. of Chiton under the name Chiton (Clathropleura) peregrinus

Thiele. The figure shows in the median valve a network sculpture

that suggests J. textilis, but the other sculpture is certainly distinct.

Thiele believed that it came from Algoa Bay.

Family CHITONIDAE Pilsbry.

Subfamily CHITONINAE Pilsbry.

Use of subgeneric names Clathropleura, Rhyssoplax, and Anthochiton

discussed. Thiele (Das Gebiss der Schnecken, u, p. 367, 1893) proposed

the use of the name Clathropleura Tiberi (Bull. Soc. Mal. Italy, in,

p. 136, 1877) as a subgenus of the genus Chiton L., citing C. siculus

Gray=C. sulcatus, and adopted this name throughout his later work

of 1909. Pilsbry subsequently (Man. Conch., xv, p. 67) selected

Callochiton laevis (Mont) as type of Clathropleura Tiberi. Iredale

(Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., ix, 1910) points out that Tiberi gave no

diagnosis, but listed three species in his paper C. laevis, C. corallinus

Riss., and C. sulcatus, with C. siculus Gray as synonym. Iredale then

states that the concluding portion of Tiberi’s paper containing the

C. siculus Gray was printed on the cover of the next volume, dated

1878, and he therefore assumes that the two volumes were not pub-

lished at the same time. He then cites C. laevis (already cited by

Pilsbry, 1893) as Tiberi’s type of Clathropleura. He then proposes

the use of Thiele’s subgenus Rhyssoplax with type C. affinis Issel as

a substitute for the subgenus Clathropleura as used by Thiele, with

Anthochiton Thiele, 1893, as a synonym; basing his treatment on the

grounds (Int. Rules, Article 30a) that C. sieulus Gray “ was not in-

cluded under the generic name at the time of its original publication.”

TI submit (1) that no evidence has been adduced to prove that the

two volumes in which Tiberi’s paper was published were not issued at

one andthe same time. (2) That the name “ C. affinis Issel ” was not

published by Thiele until his second work of 1910. (3) That therefore

Thiele’s subgeneric name Anthochiton, with Chiton tulipa Quoy and

Gaimard as type of the genus, dates from Thiele’s earlier work of

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 48

1893, p. 377. (4) As no adequate definition has yet been published

to warrant the elevation to generic status of any of the three names

quoted above as proposed as subgenera by Thiele, I have in this

monograph elected to use none of them. Their proposal was based

almost entirely on characters of the radula.

Chiton. tulipa Q. and G.

C. tulipa, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. |’ Astrolabe, Zool., ii, p. 389, pl.

Ixxiv, figs. 35-36, 1834; Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Moll., p. 37; Reeve,

Soaene leon, pl. wi, fig. 18; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 185,

1892; Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., 1, pt. 3, p. 134, 1894; Ashby,

Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., xvii, pt. 2, p. 87, 1928; C. cymbiola, Sowerby,

Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 292, 1840.

The following is Pilsbry’s description: “Shell oval, oblong,

elevated, acutely carinated, the side slopes nearly straight. Surface

smooth and polished throughout. Ground colour buff or whitish,

suffused and closely mottled all over with reddish chestnut, fawn or

purple brown, usually longitudinally streaked in the central areas,

zigzageed or tessellated on the end valves, and articulated on the

diagonal lines with the darker colour. Sometimes parts of some

valves or several whole valves are of a uniform dark brown colour.

The central areas are smooth except for slight growth lines and a

microscopic granulation which covers the whole surface. Lateral

areas well raised, flat, rarely with slight radii, smooth in the excavation

at the diagonal line, a lens shows a few very short longitudinal

grooves in some specimens. Tail valve elevated with central umbo.

Interior very light blue green, each valve rayed with brown at the

beaks. Anterior valve having 8, central valves 1/1, posterior valve

12 shits; teeth pectinated, eaves short, spongy, grooved along the

teeth. Sinus narrow, denticulate. Girdle, solid, closely covered.

Angle of divergence, 100° to 112°, with smooth, convex scales.”’

Habitat.—I have seen examples from the following localities :

St. Sebastian Bay, Simons Bay, Camps Bay (west coast of Cape

Peninsula), and Port Alfred.

Chiton tulipa alfredensis Ashby.

(Pl. VI, figs. 67-69.)

C. tulipa alfredensis, Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., xviii, pt. 2, p. 87,

1928. Ashby, in describing this variety or subspecies (which status is

44 Annals of the South African Museum.

justified must remain for workers on the spot to determine) on page

88, says: “The example I am selecting as type is, in common with the

others, much curved, and measures along the dorsal ridge about 45 mm.,

has 10 to 12 grooves, with their corresponding short longitudinal

ribs on each valve. In other respects they are similar to C. tulipa s.s.

Pilsbry states: ‘ The short traces of grooves at the diagonal line are

rarely visible without a lens,’ whereas in all the examples under

discussion the grooves are most marked and easily seen if looked

at laterally without a lens. I certainly consider this very distinct

form deserves a name, judging from the fact that all the half-grown

to adult specimens in this collection from Port Alfred have this

feature. I am giving it the subspecific name of alfredensis. Quoy

and Gaimard, in the original description, make no mention of ribs or

pits in the pleural areas, neither do they figure such. I would there-

fore indicate that C. tulipa s.s. is the smooth ungrooved form.”

“The more perfect girdle scales in my holotype are translucent,

highly polished, and closely, minutely striate, the apices minutely

pitted under 65 mag.; they are also much bent over. The inside is

bluish, translucent, insertion plate thick and pectinate, anterior valve

8 slits, median valve 1/1, tail valve 11, sutural laminae large,

sinus between medium and the laminae joined across by a series of

10 or more blunt denticles ; in the median valves the articulamentum

is much thickened at the edge of the lateral areas, and the thickened

eaves perforated by a series of holes which are most likely nerve-

fibre channels.” Angle of divergence, 93°. This last paragraph will

equally apply to C. tulupa s.s. In conclusion: As far as I can de-

termine, all or nearly all the Port Alfred examples in the various col-

lections assembled before me belong to the subspecies alfredensis, but

I have seen a specimen said to come from Camps Bay (west side of

Cape Peninsula) which exhibits similar grooving and nibbing ; there-

fore it looks likely that alfredensis is not a true geographic race but

one of two distinct forms that exist side by side: future work must

decide this.

Chiton crawford: Sykes.

(Pl. VI, figs. 70-73.)

C. crawfordi, Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., 11, p. 279, 1899 ; Ischno-

chiton (in error) crawfordi, Ashby, loc. cit., p. 90, 1928.

General Appearance.—Hlliptical, carinated, slightly beaked, lateral

areas much raised; the whole shell is smooth except for a series of

pits and grooves in the pleural area, where it abuts on the lateral,

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 45

which commence near the jugum as small pits and increase rapidly

in size till, as the girdle is approached, they traverse the whole of

this area ; girdle broad, clothed with rather large imbricating scales ;

colour and pattern are variable, in shades of pink, olive, and dark

brown.

Head Valve.—Broad and elevated, minutely decussate all over,

possessing several distinct but shallow concentric growth grooves.

Median Valve.—Much elevated and carinated, side slope steep but

slightly convex, dorsal area and upper portion of pleural minutely

decussate; the only striking feature is the existence of a series of

pits and grooves in the pleural area, commencing near the jugum as

small pits and rapidly increasing in size until they form deep and

broad grooves, traversing longitudinally the whole of the area.

I count 6 of these latter, separated from each other by very broad

and strong ribs; from these to the jugum are 8 pits and gashes,

making a total of 14 in all; narrow transverse growth grooves

cross the smooth portion of the dorsal-pleural area. Lateral area

strongly raised and without sculpture except the minute decussation.

Tail Valve.—Unfortunately this valve in the disarticulated example

is an abnormality, being a combination of parts of both 7th and

8th valves; mucro about central, posterior slope concave, anterior

portion similar to pleural areas, and posterior similar to lateral areas,

strongly raised separating rib.

Inside (articulamentum).—White, teeth serrate, eaves do not

overhang, insertion plate extends beyond the eaves; head valve

8 slits, median valve 1/1, tail valve, Sykes gives 9 slits. The

sutural laminae are shallow, laterally broad, jugal sinus narrow; a

strongly serrate spade-like process connects across the sinus except

for a bilateral slit.

Girdle.—Clothed with rather large, polished, imbricating scales,

the exposed portion shuttle shaped, and grooved with shallow, closely

packed striae; actually the scales are bent double, the exposed half

imbricating.

Measurements.—Three examples have been sent to me from the

Natal Museum, and a single median valve from the Oxford Museum,

this latter collection by Col. Turton at Port Alfred. Whole shells,

26x14 mm., 199-5 mm., and 18x10 mm. respectively ; head valve,

84:5 mm.; median valve, 10X6 mm.; tail valve (abnormal), 9x7

mm.; angle of divergence, 90°.

Habitat.—Port Shepstone ; Port Alfred. Sykes gives Algoa Bay as

locality of his type.

46 Annals of the South African Museum.

Chiton barnardi n. sp.

(Pl. VI, figs. 74-76 ; Pl. VII, fig. 77.)

Introduction.—There are two examples in the collection from the

South African Museum of a very striking and hitherto undescribed

Chiton which I have pleasure in naming after the discoverer Dr.

K. H. Barnard. These are numbered respectively A6590, A5331; both

were collected at the Island of Mozambique ; as the latter 1s in better

preservation and retains its colour I am making it the holotype and

disarticulating the paratype.

General Appearance. — Holotype curled, shell much elevated,

slightly carinated, side slope steep and convex, end valves and lateral

areas decorated with strong, subnodulose ribs, dorsal area smooth on

most valves, and pleural area deeply and broadly longitudinally

grooved ; girdle clothed with imbricating scales. Colour of holotype

ochraceous salmon (Ridgway, pl. xv), girdle same colour, banded with

white, the sides of the tail valve blotched with brown. Paratype—

the colour of this specimen has faded, but shows a broad, pale, dorsal

band on all valves after the second, with brown pleural areas.

Head Valve.—Strongly raised, anterior slope steep, convex,

decorated with 10 broad, strongly raised, rounded ribs, which are in

places shallowly, transversely ridged, and subgranulose at the side.

Median Valve.—Subcarinated and highly arched, side slope steep,

convex, dorsal area defined, broadly wedge shaped and smooth.

Pleural area possesses 9 deep, longitudinal grooves, all except the

four nearest the dorsal ridge practically cross the area, although

stopping just before actually reaching the anterior margin. Lateral

area—this area 1s narrow and composed of 2 strongly raised, broad,

subnodulose, rounded ribs.

Tail Valve.—Dorsal area smooth, except that, in common with some

of the median valves of holotype, the first pair of longitudinal grooves

are bowed upwards across the dorsal area, otherwise the anterior

sculpture is similar to that of the pleural areas. The whole valve

is truncated at the mucro, the posterior margin of valve is immediately

beneath the mucro (which is in centre of valve), so that a vertical

line would cut both the shell margin and the mucro. The posterior

portion of valve is convex, decorated with 8 very strong radiating

ribs ; these in the holotype number 10 and are sub-obsoletely nodulose.

This difference is still more apparent in the head valve, for in the

holotype the lateral nodules on the ribs in that valve almost bridge

across the intervening sulcus.

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 47

Inside.—Greyish white, translucent, polished; eaves barely over-

hang, spongy ; teeth thick with bluntly serrate edge, grooved outside,

smooth inside; anterior valve, slits 9; median valve, slits 1/1;

tail valve, slits 13 (one of which seems an interpolation and a true

slit); teeth very irregular and in the centre small, much grooved,

dentate, and crowded; sutural laminae rather shallow, jugal sinus

medium, narrowly joined across the median line, edge in sinus

minutely serrate.

Girdle.—Clothed with large, imbricating scales, the grooving or

fluting on the scales is easily detected under 20 mag., a short

spiculose girdle-fringe is present on holotype. Detached scales

measure 150 X 90, are translucent and deeply grooved with 7-8

grooves.

Measurements.—W hole shells too curled to measure; anterior valve

(No. 4), 2-52-75 mm.; median valve, 452-5 mm.; tail valve,

2-52-75 mm. Angle of divergence, 80°.

Habitat.—Mozambique Island.

In conclusion.—The spongy eaves, the serrate extension of the

articulamentum across the jugal sinus, and the peculiar truncated

tail valve suggest possible justification for subgeneric separation, but

for reasons I have advanced under the heading “ Subgeneric Discus-

sion ’’ I leave it under the genus Chiton.

Subgenus Sypharochiton Thiele.

Sypharochiton, Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken, u1, p. 365, 1893 ;

type of subgenus Chiton pellis-serpentis Quoy and Gaimard.

Chiton (Sypharochiton) nigrovirens Blainville.

cel VEL ies, 78-31.)

Chiton nigrovirens, Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat., xxxvi, p. 538, 1825 ;

Haddon, Challenger, Polyplac., p. 22, 1886. C. capensis, Gray, Spic.

Zool., p. 5, 1828; Hanley, in Wood, Index Test. Suppl., 1, fig. 11;

Reeve, Conch. Icon., xxii, fig. 151; Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Moll., p. 37.

C. ngrovirescens, Sowerby, Cat. 8. Afr. Mollusca, 1892. C. negrovirens,

Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., i, pt. 3, p. 1382, 1894. C. (Sypharo-

chiton) nigrovirens, Ashby, loc. cit., pp. 91, 93, pl. vu, fig. 17; Thiele

in Schultze, Forsch. Reise, iv, p. 269, 1910.

General Appearance.—Hlliptical, raised, arched, not carinated,

strongly beaked ; end valves and lateral areas decorated with shallow

48 Annals of the South African Museum.

ray-riblets ; dorsal-pleural area indistinctly, longitudinally grooved ;

colour black, girdle banded; most other examples are grey and

badly eroded; girdle clothed with large, solid, opaque, imbricating

scales.

Head Valve.—Raised, rather large, laterally wide, decorated with

about 30 closely packed, radial riblets, which are subgranulose ; the

whole surface of shell is minutely decussate.

Median Valve.—Arched, not carinated, side slope flat and convex ;

the dorsal-pleural area longitudinally but feebly grooved, the portion

towards the jugum almost smooth ; lateral areas raised and decorated

with about 6 radial, granulose riblets.

Tail Valve.—Large, mucro anterior, defined ; posterior slope steep ;

posterior portion double the size of the anterior, due largely to the

lateral expansion of the shell; anterior portion unsculptured except

for narrow growth grooves and minute granulation ; posterior portion

similar to the head valve.

Inside (articulamentum).—Bluish grey, except insertion plates and

sutural laminae, which are dirty white ; eaves spongy, insertion plate

well produced. Head valve—slits 12, narrow and deeply cut; teeth

irregular and sharply serrate ; tegmentum narrowly infolded at the

apex. Median valve—slits 1/1, serrate; sutural laminae shallow, jugal

sinus very broad, and articulamentum extending one-third across on

either side. Tail valve—slits 15; teeth uneven, very serrate; articula-

mentum shallowly joined across, edge bluntly dentate.

Girdle.—Clothed with large, solid, dull, opaque, imbricating scales

without striae.

Measurements.—Whole shell (photo), 14 x 8-5 mm.; head valve,

7x3 mm.; median valve, 853 mm.; tail valve, 6X3°-5 mm.;

angle of divergence, 110°.

Habitat.—False Bay (S.A. Mus., 45337), Table Bay; one example

(S.A. Mus., No. A5338) from Liideritzbucht, S.-W. Africa; Port

Alfred ; Liideritzbucht (Thiele).

Juvenile.—From the Turton Coll. (U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 125380)

comes a juvenile example showing absence of sculpture except for

microscopic granulation and growth lines.*

* Note by K. H. Barnard. Thiele (/oc. cit., 1910) refers to the presence of young

under the mantle (girdle) edge. The same fact was observed in the case of the

specimens collected by me at Smitswinkel Bay, False Bay, in July 1912. The

young are about ‘75 mm. in length.

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 49

Subfamily LIOLOPHURINAE Pilsbry.

Subfamily Lrolophurinae, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 232, 1892.

Pilsbry’s diagnosis must be enlarged and made to correspond with

subfamily Acanthopleurinae, Thiele (loc. cit., p. 117, 1909).

Note.—It must be admitted that the restricted genus Liolophura

is not as typical as is the genus Acanthopleura of the group assembled

by Thiele (and quite rightly so, I think), under his subfamily Acantho-

pleurinae ; but under the International Rules of Nomenclature we

are compelled to accept the earlier name.

Acanthopleura brevispinosa (Sowerby).

(Pl. VII, fig. 82.)

Chiton brevispinosa, Sowerby, Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 287, pl. xvi,

omer ls40> Conch., ii, fig. 136; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 52°;

Acanthopleura brevispinosa, Rochbrune, Nouv. Arch. du Mus., p. 240,

1881; A. afra, Rochbrune, Bull. Soc. Philom., p. 192, 1881-2; A.

quatrefaget, Rochbrune, loc. cit., p. 117, 1880-1; Journ. de Conch.,

p. 44, 1881; Ashby, loc. cit., p. 91, 1928; A. spinigera, Odhner,

Arkiv Zool: Band., ii, No. 6, p. 21, 1919.

Note.—Pilsbry placed this species under his subgenus Amphitomura,

of which A. borbonica Des. is the type species. I find a close resem-

blance between the various forms of Acanthopleura found on the coasts

of the Indian Ocean, and think it quite possible that a careful in-

vestigation might necessitate considering most, if not all, as geogra-

phical races, 7.e. subspecies of Chiton gemmatus Blainville (Dict. Sci.

Nat., xxxvi, p. 544, 1825). At least the fairly extensive material in

my own collection points to the futility of generically separating up

the members of this group on the definitions supplied by various

workers.

General Appearance.—Broad, subcarinated, beaked, shell much

eroded, sculpture consisting of coarse, broken, wavy, irregularly

granulose, more or less concentric riblets. Girdle very broad, beset

thickly with short, stout, blunt calcareous spicules, with numberless

much shorter spicules thickly intermingled. The end valves and the

lateral areas are furnished with “‘eyes”’; the example is not dis-

articulated ; colour brown, with a dark dorsal stripe margined by

a pale band. |

Head Valve.—Very large, flat, upper half eroded, outer half dec-

orated with wavy, concentric rows of granulose riblets, changing

VOn, xxx, PART |;

50 Annals of the South African Museum.

in parts into disconnected grains; numerous “‘eyes”’ are present,

mostly in the grooves.

Median Valve.—Valve 2 measures longitudinally half as much again

as the others, subcarinated, beaked, upper third eroded, central

portion decorated with widely spaced, irregular granules, which

become much larger towards the girdle and are there arranged

concentrically ; “ eyes’? most numerous near the girdle.

Tail Valve.—Badly eroded, mucro at posterior third, sculptured

with granules arranged concentrically ; eyes quite numerous on the

non-eroded portion.

Inside.—Pilsbry gives “ anterior valve 7-8, central 1, posterior 2,

slits, and a number of irregular serrations ; anterior teeth moderately

long, finely pectinated outside; posterior teeth very short, blunt,

obsoletely pectinated.”’

Girdle.—Densely clothed with coarse, blunt, short, calcareous

spicules, the interspaces crowded with very short almost pebble-like

spicules.

Measurement.—Dry, much curled, 25x21 mm. Angle of diver-

gence, 130° (Pilsbry).

Habitat.—Mozambique elwhid (S.A. Mus., No. A5330).

Omthochiton literatus (Krauss).

(Pl. VII, figs. 83-86.)

Chiton literatus, Krauss, Die Stidafrik. Moll., p. 36, pl. iu, fig. 6;

C. wahlbergi, Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Moll., p. 36, pl. 11, fig. 1 ; Onitho-

chiton literatus, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv, p. 251, pl. lv, figs. 22-28,

1892 ; Plaxiphora wahlbergi, Pilsbry, loc. cit., p. 322, pl. lv, figs. 17-18,

1892 ; Onithochiton literatus and O. wahlbergi, Thiele ? same species,

Rev. Syst. der Chit., p. 98, 1909; Ashby, loc. cit., p. 91, note 92,

1928 ; O. lyall1, Odhner (non-Sowerby), Faun. Malac. de Madagascar,

pe 40; 1919 Arkiy."Zool., B. 12, No.6.

Introduction.—It will be seen from the above synonomy that I

consider C. literatus and C. wahlbergi, both of Krauss, as conspecific.

Pilsbry considered C. wahlbergi as belonging to the genus Plaxiphora,

treating it as the only representative of a distinct group. I noticed

that Krauss’ figure of the whole shell, in both proportion and shape,

is that of a typical Onithochiton and not that of a Plaxiphora; the

insertion plate and head valve, as shown in his figures, are character-

istic of the genus Onithochiton and not of that of Plaxiphora, and in

addition Krauss states “ girdle brown, leathery, velvety,” a descrip-

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 51

tion that could not apply to the strongly spiculose girdle of the

genus Plaxiphora.

Krauss, immediately under his figure of C. wahlbergi, figures another

Onithochiton, which is not eroded as is the first figure; this he calls

C. literatus. In this figure the shape of the valves is similar to that

of C. wahlbergi, except that the tail valve is a little pointed, whereas

wahlbergi is blunt, due no doubt to erosion. I consider these con-

specific, for the following reasons: (a) It is unlikely that two distinct

species of the restricted genus Onithochiton will be living together ;

(6) the amount of variation revealed in Krauss’ figures and descrip-

tions and in the series of examples now before me is no more than is

common in the species found along the Western Australian coast

from Shark Bay in the north to the Leeuwin in the south, and called

Onithochiton quercinus occidentalis Ashby. Since writing the fore-

going notes I have read a translation of Thiele’s work of 1910, in

which he states that he had come to the same conclusion.

General Appearance.—Animal elongate, sides parallel, not wider in

the middle as in most Chitons, shell arched, strong, broken, growth

grooves around outer margin of all valves ; sculpture of dorsal-pleural

area covered with numerous, deep, longitudinal, and diagonal grooves.

These grooves in the lateral areas are broken and irregular; the

ground colour is dark and the sculpture several shades of lighter

brown. “ Eyes,” with a grey cornea 36 yu in diameter, are so scattered

over the head valve, on the outer margin only in the tail valve, and

in the lateral area of the median valves.

Head Valve.—The sculpture of two-thirds of the non-eroded portion

of the example under examination consists of a series of large irregular

and very angular, flattened grains, which in the main follow the

concentric grooves. These, almost blocks of flattened sculpture, are

in places joined across the concentric growth grooves ; those furthest

from the girdle are still more irregular and vermiform; “eyes” are

scattered over this valve.

Median Valve.—The shell is very flat, the dorsal-pleural area is

decorated with numerous flat-topped, diagonal riblets, converging

anteriorly. These ribs are separated by deep grooves, which are less

than half the width of the riblets; these are broken where crossed by

growth grooves; the lateral areas are crossed by a series of large,

irregular grains, which are more circular than in the head valve, the

grains follow deep, concentric growth grooves; “eyes” present on

anterior half of this area.

Tail Valve.—Very flat, mucro undoubtedly posterior but eroded,

52 Annals of the South African Museum.

anterior portion similar to dorsal-pleural area, valve bent over later-

ally ; posterior portion very narrow, growth grooves follow contour

of margin and converge at the mucro; numerous “ eyes”’ present.

Inside (articulamentum).—White. Anterior valve—insertion plate

well produced, slits 8, teeth regular, closely and deeply grooved on

outside, smooth inside, edge of teeth finely serrate, eaves shallow.

Median valve —slits 1/1, very broad, edge of teeth numerously

grooved, sutural laminae strongly produced forward, jugal sinus

wide, laminae joined across the middle line by an extension of the

articulamentum, which is deeply serrate. Tail valve—insertion

plate obsolete, the articulamentum ending in a callus, eaves

much overhung.

Girdle.—Under pocket lens brown and felty, but under 65 mag.

seen to be densely covered with short, stout, rather blunt spicules ;

one measured was 125 x 25 p.

_ Measurements.—Whole shell, dried and curled, 20x12 mm.; head

valve, 7°5X4:5 mm.; median valve, 106 mm.; tail valve, 8x 4:5

mm.; angle of divergence, 105°.

Habitat.—Scottburgh ; Port Shepstone; Umkomaas; Port St.

Johns; Durban Bay.

Note.—Since the descriptions were written and figures made I have

received from the Natal Museum several uncurled examples of this

shell. One almost perfect example, measuring 35x20 mm., is

broadly banded down the centre with bright chestnut, and beautifully

mottled on either side with cream markings arranged in a sort of

scalloped pattern. The sculpture differs little from the foregoing

description. Some examples have but little sculpture left, except

the deep growth grooves that follow the outer margin; in others

these grooves are almost absent, and most of the valves are covered

with the irregular grooved and ribbed sculpture described herein.

I am grateful to Dr. EK. Warren, Director of the Natal Museum, for

so kindly sending along these specimens, for they fully confirm the

conclusion already come to that C. wahlbergi and C. literatus are

conspecific. The latter name has line precedence.

Chitons which have been incorrectly credited to the South African

Fauna or about which there is grave doubt.

Acanthochiton spiculosus Reeve.—Sykes states this was recorded

from Port Elizabeth by Sowerby, in error; it is a West Indian

species.

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 53

Plaxiphora carmichaelis Gray, 1828.—Sykes considers this con-

specific with Chiton setiger King, 1831, and therefore Gray’s name

antedates that of King. It is a South American species.

Ischnochiton cyaneopunctatus, Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Moll., p. 40,

pl. mi., fig. 2, 1848. Krauss’ figure and description fit perfectly with

Ischnochiton lentiginosus, Sowerby, Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 293, 1840.

A common shell in New South Wales, Australia. It is evident that

through error Krauss described an Australian species in mistake for

a South African one. That South Africa does possess a blue spotted

Ischnochiton I have shown in my description of J. delagoaensis; but

this species belongs to a group of the genus Ischnochiton, entirely

different from the species described and figured by Krauss, and is

only known up to the present by the unique example described

herein. Itis, however, quite possible that delagoaensis extends down

along the Zululand and Natal coast.

Ischnochiton pruinosus Gould, 1846, is a South American shell in-

correctly recorded as from South Africa by Sowerby under the name

of Chiton pruinosus.

Acanthopleura afra, Rochebrune, 1881, and A. quatrefagesi, Roche-

brune, 1882, have both been recorded as from the Cape of Good Hope

and Madagascar. Pilsbry included them in his list of “‘ Insufficiently

described Chitons,” and Sykes expressed grave doubts as to the

correctness of the localities given. I have included both as synonyms

of Acanthopleura brevispinosa Sowerby.

Extra-limital Chitons.

I am not clear as to what the recognised boundaries are of the

Faunal Region of South Africa, but I assume that Madagascar is not

included; but as it is likely that there may be species common to

both sides of the Mozambique Channel I give below names of those

species listed or described by Dr. Nils Hj. Odhner in his paper on

“ Faune Malacologique de Madagascar, 1919.”

Acanthochiton aberrans, Odhner, p- 22, Majunga; A. penicillatus,

Deshayes, p. 40, Tamatave; Choneplax indicus, Deshayes, p. 40,

Tamatave; Ischnochiton rufopunctatus, Odhner, p. 21, Majunga ;

Acanthopleura spinigera, Sowerby, p. 21, Majunga. This I have

queried (supra) as being A. brevispinosa (Sowerby), but have pointed

out that this, as well as A. spinigera Sow., are probably subspecies

of A. gemmatus Blainville, 1825. Onithochiton lyellu, Sowerby, p. 40,

Tamatave—this record I have placed under 0. literatus (Krauss).

Annals of the South African Museum.

CHECK LIST OF SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

Crass AMPHINEURA.

OrpER POLYPLACOPHORA (Blainville emend.) Gray, 1821.

(PRIMITIVE.)

SuBorDER EOPLACOPHORA Pilsbry, 1900. (Palaeozoic only.)

Family GRYPHOCHITONIDAE Pilsbry, 1900. (Palaeozoic only.)

SUBORDER PROTOCHITONINA Ashby, 1928.

Family PRotocHiTonipaE Ashby, 1925. (Fossil only.)

Family ACANTHOCHITONIDAE Hedley, 1916.

Subfamily aFossOCHITONINAE Ashby, 1925. (Fossil only.)

(ADVANCED.)

Subfamily AcANTHOCHITONINAE Ashby, 1925.

Genus Acanthochiton Gray emend., 1821.

Acanthochiton garnoti (Blainville), 1825.

Acanthochiton turtoni Ashby, 1928.

Acanthochiton turtoni var. tenuwigranosus Ashby.

Genus Notoplax H. Adams, 1861.

Notoplax productus (Pilsbry), 1892.

Subfamily cRYPTOPLACINAE Thiele, 1909.

Genus Cryptoplax Blainville, 1918.

Cryptoplax sykest Thiele, 1909.

Cryptoplax dupuisi Ashby (Madagascar).

(PRIMITIVE. )

SUBORDER LEPIDOPLEURINA Thiele, 1909.

Family LEPIDOPLEURIDAE Pilsbry, 1892.

Genus Lepidopleurus Risso, 1826.

Lepidopleurus sykest (Sowerby), 1903.

(ADVANCED.)

SuBoRDER CHITONINA Thiele, 1909.

Family CALLOCHITONIDAE Thiele, 1909.

Subfamily TRACHYDERMONINAE Thiele, 1909.

Genus T'rachydermon Carpenter, 1863.

Subgenus Craspedochilus Sars, 1878.

Trachydermon (Craspedochitus) turtoni Ashby, 1928.

Subfamily CALLOCHITONINAE Thiele, 1909.

Genus Callochiton Gray, 1847.

Subgenus T'rachyradsia Dall, 1878.

Callochiton (Trachyradsia) castaneus (Wood), 1815.

Family Mopaipaz Pilsbry, 1892.

Genus Plaxiphora Gray, 1847.

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 55

Plaxiphora simplex Haddon (Tristan da Cunha).

Family IscHNocHITONIDAE Pilsbry, 1892.

Subfamily CHAETOPLEURINAE Thiele, 1909.

Genus Chaetopleura Shuttleworth, 1853.

Chaetopleura papilio (Spengler), 1797.

Chaetopleura pertusus (Reeve), 1847.

Chaetopleura destituta Sykes, 1902.

Genus Dinoplax Dall, 1882.

Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin), 1788.

Subfamily iscHNOCHITONINAE Pilsbry, 1892.

Genus Ischnochiton Gray, 1847.

Ischnochiton oniscus (Krauss), 1848.

Ischnochiton oniscus alfredensis Ashby.

Ischnochiton elizabethensis Pilsbry, 1894.

Ischnochiton hewitti Ashby.

Ischnochiton ludwigi (Krauss MSS.) Pilsbry, 1892.

Subgenus Radsvella Pilsbry, 1892.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) textilis (Gray), 1828.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) tigrinus (Krauss), 1848.

Ischnochiton (Radstella) delagoaensis Ashby.

Family Cuitonipae£ Pilsbry, 1892.

Subfamily curroninaz# Pilsbry, 1892.

Genus Chiton Linne, 1758.

Subgenera Clathropleura, Rhyssoplax, and Anthochiton (not used).

Chiton tulipa Quoy and Gaimard, 1834.

Chiton tulipa alfredensis Ashby, 1928.

Chiton crawfordi Sykes, 1899.

Chiton barnardi Ashby.

Subgenus Sypharochiton Thiele, 1893.

Chiton (Sypharochiton) nigrovirens Blainville, 1825.

Subfamily LIOLOPHURINAE Pilsbry, 1892.

—=ACANTHOPLEURINAE Thiele, 1909.

Genus Acanthopleura Guilding, 1829.

Acanthopleura brevispinosa (Sowerby), 1840.

Genus Onithochiton Gray, 1847.

Omithochiton literatus (Krauss), 1848.

=O. wahlbergi Krauss, 1848.

EXPLANATION OF TEXT-FIGURES 1 AND 2.

Fig. 1. Composite diagram of a Chiton to illustrate terminology. Parts of the

shell: A, Head valve; B, Six median valves; C, Tail valve ; D, Girdle ;

K, Dorsal area; F, Pleural area; G, Lateral area ; H, Mucro. Sculpture:

I, Radial ribbing ; J, Longitudinal ribbing; K, Granulose; L, Radial

granulose ribbing; M, Radial bifurcating ribbing; N, Scales (smooth

or striate); O, Tufts of spicules or hair tufts; P, Calcareous spines ;

Q, Girdle-fringe. (Adapted from Iredale and Hull, 1923.)

Fic. 2. Cryptoplax sykesi Thiele: a, whole animal; 6b, head valve; c, seventh

valve; d, eighth valve. (From Sykes.)

12.

Annals of the South African Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PuateE I.

. Acanthochiton garnoti (Blainville). Cape. Whole shell. Ashby Coll. x4.

. Acanthochiton garnoti (Blainville). Cape. Head valve, showing broad in-

sertion plate with 5 slits. Ashby Coll. x 6%.

. Acanthochiton garnoti (Blainville). Same example as No. 2. Median valve.

x 6h,

. Acanthochiton garnoti (Blainville). Same example as No. 2. Tail valve,

having 2 slits only. X 6$.

. Acanthochiton turtont Ashby. Port Alfred. Holotype. Whole shell. Oxford

Mus. xX 6}.

. Notoplax productus (Pilsbry). Jeffrey’s Bay. Whole shell curled, showing

great width of girdle. Trans. Mus., No. 759. x about 53.

. Notoplax productus (Pilsbry). Same example as No. 9. Head valve. x5.

Notoplax productus (Pilsbry). Same example as No. 9. Median valve, in-

sertion plate broken, slit inconspicuous. X54.

Notoplax productus (Pilsbry). Same example as No. 9. Tail valve, showing

very broad slits. 5%.

Puate II.

. Acanthochiton turtoni Ashby. Holotype. Same example as No. 5. Holotype.

Head valve, incomplete insertion plate. 7.

. Acanthochiton turtoni Ashby. Holotype. Same example as No. 5. Median

valve. 7.

. Acanthochiton turtont Ashby. Holotype. Same example as No. 5. Tail

valve. x7.

. Acanthochiton turtont var. tenuigranosus nov. Port Alfred. Holotype of

variety. Ashby Coll. x5.

. Cryptoplax dupuisi n. sp. Madagascar. Holotype. (Straightened out for

photo.) Whole shell, showing small, widely spaced valves. Ashby Coll. x4.

. Cryptoplax dupuisin. sp. Madagascar. Holotype. Same example as No. 14.

x 24.

. Lepidopleurus sykest (Sowerby). Dredged off Cape Point. Whole shell, much

curled. S.A. Mus., No. A5343. X44.

. Lepidopleurus sykesi (Sowerby). Sameexampleas No. 16. Headvalve. x6.

. Lepidopleurus sykest (Sowerby). Same example as No. 16. Median valve,

showing weak sutural laminae. x6.

. Lepidopleurus sykesi (Sowerby). Same example as No. 16. Tail valve. x6.

. Trachydermon (Craspedochilus) turtoni Ashby. Port Alfred. Holotype.

Whole shell. Oxford Mus. x7.

. Trachydermon (Craspedochilus) turtont Ashby. Holotype. Same example as

No. 20. Head valve. x7.

. Trachydermon (Craspedochilus) turtont Ashby. Holotype. Same example as

No. 20. Median valve. x7.

. Trachydermon (Craspedochilus) turtont Ashby. Holotype. Same example as

No. 20. Tail valve. x7.

Callochiton (Trachyradsia) castaneus (Wood). Table Bay. S.A. Mus.,

No. 4872. Whole shell. x5.

‘

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 57

Prate ITT.

25. Callochiton (Trachyradsia) castaneus (Wood). Port Alfred. (Trans. Mus.,

36.

37.

No. 754, now Ashby Coll.). Head valve. x6.

. Callochiton (Trachyradsia) castaneus (Wood). Same example as No. 25.

Median valve. x6.

. Callochiton (Trachyradsia) castaneus (Wood). Same example as No. 25.

Tail valve. x6.

. Plaxiphora simplex Haddon. Tristan da Cunha. Part of girdle. x4.

. Plaxiphora simplex Haddon. Same example as No. 28. Head valve. x4.

. Plaxiphora simplex Haddon. Same example as No. 28. Median valve. x4.

. Plaxiphora simplex Haddon. Same example as No. 28. Tail valve. x4.

. Chaetopleura papilio (Spengler). Kalk Bay. S.A. Mus., No. 4887. Median

valve. Note spade-like process in jugal sinus. x4.

. Chaetopleura papilio (Spengler). Same example as No. 32. Tail valve. x4.

. Chaetopleura pertusus (Reeve). False Bay. S.A. Mus., No. 6766. Head

valve. x5.

. Chaetopleura pertusus (Reeve). Same example as No. 34. Median valve.

x5.

Chaetopleura pertusus (Reeve). Same example as No. 34. Tail valve. x5.

Prats IV.

Chaetopleura destituta Sykes. S.A. Mus., No. 4880. Whole shell, about

natural size, girdle expanded a little for photo.

. Chaetopleura destituta Sykes. S.A. Mus., No. 4874. Half median valve.

x4.

. Chaetopleura destituta Sykes. Same example as No. 38. Tail valve. x4.

. Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin). Port Alfred. Head valve. Ashby Coll. x4.

. Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin). Same example as No. 40. Median valve. x4.

. Dinoplax gigas (Gmelin). Same example as No. 40. Tail valve. x4.

. Ischnochiton oniscus (Krauss). Port Shepstone. Whole shell. Natal Mus.

x44.

. Ischnochiton oniscus (Krauss). Port Alfred. Head valve. Ashby Coll. x4.

. Ischnochiton oniscus (Krauss). Same example as No.44. Median valve. x4.

. Ischnochiton oniscus (Krauss). Same example as No. 44. Tailvalve. x4.

. Ischnochiton elizabethensis Pilsbry. Port Alfred. Head valve. Ashby Coll.

mt:

. Ischnochiton elizabethensis Pilsbry. Same example as No. 47. Median valve.

KT:

. Ischnochiton elizabethensis Pilsbry. Same example as No. 47. Tail valve.

avis

PrarE V.

. Ischnochiton hewitti n. sp. Table Bay. Holotype. Whole shell. Albany

Mus., No. 8085. x44.

. Ischnochiton hewittin. sp. Same example as No. 50. Holotype. Head valve.

x 52.

. Ischnochiton hewitti n. sp. ‘Same example as No. 50. Holotype. Median

valve. X53.

FIG.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

71.

72.

73.

74.

75.

76.

Annals of the South African Museum.

Ischnochiton hewitti n. sp. Same example as No. 50. Holotype. Tail valve.

x 53.

Ischnochiton oniscus alfredensis n. subsp. Port Alfred. Holotype. Whole

shell. Transvaal Mus. x6.

Ischnochiton ludwigi ? (Krauss MSS.) Pilsbry. ? Table Bay. Albany Mus.

Part of Mus. No. 5078. x65.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) textilis (Gray). Saldanha Bay. Head valve. S.A.

Mus., No. A5340. x5.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) textilis (Gray). Same example as No. 56. Median

valve. x5.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) textilis (Gray). Same example as No. 56. Tail valve.

x5.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) tigrinus (Krauss). Port Elizabeth. Head valve.

Ashby Coll. x44.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) tigrinus (Krauss). Same example as No. 59. Median

valve. x44.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) tigrinus (Krauss). Same example as No. 59. Tail

valve. x41.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) tigrinus (Krauss). Same example as No. 59. Whole

shell. x44.

Puate VI.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) delagoaensis n. sp. Delagoa Bay. Holotype. Whole

shell. S.A. Mus., No. A6589. x7.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) delagoaensis n. sp. Same example as No. 63. Head

valve, broken. x6.

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) delagoaensis n. sp. Same example as No. 63. Median

valve. [e~G:

Ischnochiton (Radsiella) delagoaensis n. sp. Same example as No. 63. Tail

valve. x6.

Chiton tulipa alfredensis Ashby. Port Alfred. Holotype. Head valve. X44.

Chiton tulipa alfredensis Ashby. Same example as No. 67. Median valve,

showing longitudinal pitting, which feature alone separates it from typical

C.tulipa. x44.

Chiton tulipa alfredensis Ashby. Same example as No. 67. Tail valve. X4$.

Chiton crawfordi Sykes. Port Shepstone. Whole shell. Natal Mus. X65.

Chiton crawfordi Sykes. Port Shepstone. Head valve. Another example.

Natal Mus. x44.

Chiton crawfordi Sykes. Same example as No. 71. Median valve. x44.

Chiton crawfordi Sykes. Same example as No. 71. Tail valve and part

of valve 7 have been welded together, making this example an abnormal

seven-valved shell. x44.

Chiton barnardi n. sp. Mozambique Is. Paratype. Head valve. S.A.

Mus., No. A6590. x nearly 6.

Chiton barnardi n. sp. Same example as No. 74. Median valve. X nearly 6.

Chiton barnardi n. sp. Same example as No. 74. Tail valve. X nearly 6.

FIG.

78.

FEB

80.

81.

82.

83.

84.

85.

86.

Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons). 59

Puate VII.

Chiton barnardi n. sp. Mozambique Is. Holotype. Whole shell, curled.

Bea. Mus...No: Abasl. <7. :

Chiton (Sypharochiton) nigrovirens Blainville. Cape. Whole shell. Ashby

Coll. x4#.

Chiton (Sypharochiton) nigrovirens Blainville. Same example as No. 78.

Head valve, slightly damaged. x nearly 5.

Chiton (Sypharochiton) nigrovirens Blainville. Same example as No. 78.

Median valve. xX nearly 5.

Chiton (Sypharochiton) nigrovirens Blainville. Same example as No. 78. Tail

valve. xX nearly 5.

Acanthopleura brevispinosa (Sowerby). Mozambique Island. S.A. Mus.,

No. A5330. Portion of photograph of whole shell, curled, showing the

calcareous spines of the girdle. X34.

Onithochiton literatus (Krauss). Port Shepstone. Whole shell much eroded,

but showing concentric grooving of C’. wahlbergi and longitudinal grooving of

C. literatus of Krauss. S.A. Mus., No. A5332. x2.

Onithochiton literatus (Krauss). Another example from Port Shepstone. Head

valve, showing serrate insertion plate. Ashby Coll. x5.

Onithochiton literatus (Krauss). Same asexample No. 84. Median valve. x5.

Onithochiton literatus (Krauss). Same example as No. 84. Tail valve. X95.

; a!

Pera ane |

JI | Ab) HN ee ARMM aisle i

‘ a é

e +

° Na 5

\ ‘i 4 \

€ ’ tre * , * § ¢

mn Pee ae Tt: e !

‘ r 2

ewe a0 Gass 1 +, ba o~ f a . an vst oe

. oO = . pea . °

ate t . . > ai ode ’ o Nee ‘

Fe | cane a . © ri

¥ P te pif gitayy Aber Ce ‘ er prert

\- a‘? . ‘ =eieda Fs ot ' . ta rae ey

- % .

e+ “-F rey

’ ** rg :

e “ . . :

‘ 4 i‘

- ' * ‘ <i ,

sore f ; (an f We

oie Sher y, mee ‘

’

a 7 “4 . r 7

ly ‘ ‘ cae Ae es

sa, cu alt? eine haay d & " ‘

Fe ag ae fos tS

eee ow ‘ ee . wt

: i = a a ” a

is gh ¢ re - oe “ f

sw te * ~ ia a 4 ae % rr Z ~ .

- ‘ a ‘ ba

- + . = . ; Ae:

Ne ke © tbe aie ' F

* . . ~ *. - ‘

- » ‘ -

Gs 7 uc * r

, c® ” tes .

‘

, * c

i F

‘

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

Ashby, photo.

SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

Plate I.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

Ashby, photo.

SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

Plate II.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate III.

Ashby, photo.

SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate IV.

Ashby, photo.

SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

=the

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate V.

Tay

‘

Whey

Ashby, photo.

SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate VI.

Ashby, photo.

SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate VII.

=e 78

Ashby, photo,

SOUTH AFRICAN CHITONS.

( 61 )

9. A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae

| (Insecta, Thysanura).—By F. SILVESTRI.

(With 24 Text-figures.)

Turis note comprises descriptions of seven species and three varieties

of Japygidae, of which all but one are new ; with the addition of

Parajapyx afer Silv., they include the two species already known

from the region. The list of species and varieties is as follows :—

Japyx purcella Per.

J. purcella var. gravior NOV.

J. peringueyt Nov.

J. gilli nov.

J. mallyi nov.

J. tragardhi nov.

J. barnardi nov.

J. barnardi var. relata nov.

J. fullert nov.

Parajapyz afer Silv.

P. afer var. transvaalica nov.

This number must certainly represent only a small proportion of

the species to be found in the various parts of the Union, and further

collecting is greatly needed to obtain fuller material for determining

the affinities of the South African J apygidae with those of East and

West Africa.

On the basis of the species here described we can divide the South

African species of the genus Japyz into four groups. To the first

group belong J. purcelli, J. peringuey?, J. mally, J. gula; to the

second J. tragardhi; to the third J. barnardi ; and to the fourth

J. fulleri. The first two groups are closely related to each other, as are

also the third and fourth. When we have more material available tor

microscopical examination, especially as regards the first urosternite,

it will be possible to settle the taxonomic value of this grouping. For

the present I prefer to keep all the species under the genus Japyt.

IT express my thanks to Dr. Leonard Gill, Director of the South

62 Annals of the South African Museum.

African Museum, for his kindness in sending me for examination

the Japygidae preserved there, on which this note is principally based.

Japyx purcella Per.

Figs. 1-3.

? Japyx capensis Peringuey in litt. (nomen nudum), Bormans, Ann.

Soc. ent. Belgique, xxxi (1887), C.R., p. xcv.

Japyx purcellt Peringuey ex parte ($), Ann. South African Museum,

11 (1902), p. 133.

Femina.—Corpus plus minusve obscure ochraceum, abdomine a

segmento septimo ferrugineo, segmenti decimi carinis et forcipis

marginibus et apice nigrescentibus.

Caput supra setis sat longis c. 12+12 et nonnullis brevibus in-

structum; antennae 36-(37-) articulatae, articulis setis sat longis,

LTR EN an

my ee

log 2

Fic. 1.—Japyxz purcelli: a, antennae laevae pars proximalis prona; B, ejusdem

articulus decimus quintus; c, pes paris tertii a tibiae apice; D, urosterni

primi dimidia pars postica; E, ejusdem organi subcoxalis particula magis

ampliata; F, urosterni tertii dimidia pars; G, maris urosterni tertii pars

antica mediana ; H, maris apertura genitalis cum appendicibus.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 63

brevibus et brevioribus ut fig. 1, 4, B demonstrant instructis, tricho-

bothriis superis internis sat longis ;

maxillae primi paris lobus

internus laminis pectinatis 5; submentum machrochaetis duabus

sat longis et setis nonnullis brevibus et

brevioribus instructum.

Thorax: pronotum setis longis et sat

longis 5+5, brevibus 3+3, meso-et

metanotum praescuto setis paucis brevi-

bus et brevioribus instructo, scuto setis

sat longis 6+6 et 5+5 brevibus et

brevioribus. —

Pedes sat setosi, tarso quam praetar-

sus magis quam duplo longiore infra

setis robustioribus 6--6 instructo, prae-

tarsi ungue postico quam anticus parum

longiore, unguicula mediana sat bene

evoluta.

Abdomen: tergitum primum prae-

scuto eidem metanoti simili, scuto setis

duabus submedianis subposticis sat

longis ; tergita 3-7 setis sat longis 4+4

et paucis brevibus et brevioribus in-

structa ; tergiti sexti angulus posticus

rotundatus, septimo in processum brevi-

orem triangularem productus ; segmen-

tum octavum quam septimum parum

longius et parum angustius lateribus

postice rotundatis; segmentum nonum

brevius.

Urosternum primum organis subcox-

alibus perlatis inter sese tractu parum

lato remotis, setis glandularibus brevis-

simis crebris 1—3 seriatis et serie postica

Fic. 2.—Japyx purcelli : abdo-

minis pars postica a segmento

sexto prona.

setarum brevissimarum subtiliorum inter sese parum remotis in-

structis, superficie pone organum subcoxale setis brevibus et brevi-

oribus sat numerosis 2-5 seriatis; urosterni parte mediana postica

setis brevissimis 2+2 submedianis, superficie cetera, ut eadem

urosternorum sequentium setis sat longis nonnullis traverse 4-seriatis

et setis aliis brevioribus et brevissimis partum numerosis instructa.

Stili robusti, seta proximali-externa breviore ; vesiculae parvae.

Segmentum decimum supra inspectum parum longius quam latius,

64 Annals of the South African Museum.

carinis aliquantum convergentibus, setis sat longis 6+6 et nonnullis

brevissimis instructum, acropygio sat magno, margine super forcipis

condylum dorsualem angulatim producto.

Forceps quam segmenti decimi longitudo paullum brevior, brachiis

asymmetricis, brachio laevo magis attenuato dente postmediamo

Cee ae

parvo obtuso, margine proximali tuberculis acutis ao. tubercula

dicta margine parum sinuato tuberculis perparvis ei margine

postdentali vix crenulato, brachio dextero dente , praemediano

8 +

magno acuto, margine praedentali tuberculis 7 vel 7 tuberculo

primo supero perparvo, margine postdentali fere usque ad apicem

paullum profunde crenulato.

Papillae genitales laterales setis brevissimis 13-14 instructae.

Mas.—Urosterni tertii pars mediana antica ad praesternum fovea

lata transversali subelliptica margine mediano postico sinum brevem

formante ab urosterni superficie laminari fere omnino opercu-

latum.

Appendices genitales subconicae, breviores, persetosae.

Long. corporis ad 20 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi 2-35 mm., long.

antennarum 5 mm., forcipis 1-8 mm.

Juvenis (fig. 3).—Long. corporis 6-5 mm. lat. urotergiti septimi

-65 mm. |

Antennae 36-articulatae.

Urotergitum septimum angulo postico haud producto.

Urosternum primum organis subcoxalibus parvis inter sese unius

latitudine remotis setis glandularibus brevissimis uniseriatis inter

sese basi approximatis et serie postica setarum brevissimarum

subtiliorum minus numerosis instructa.

Forcipis brachium laevum dente postmediano sat magno, margine

5 : ’

praedentali tuberculis = brachium laevum margine praedentali

tuberculis =

Habitat.—Africa Australis: Exempla hic descripta clar. K. H.

Barnard ad Platteklip, Table Mt., Cape Town legit et alia ad Noord-

hoek Forest (Cape Peninsula); inter exempla quatuor a clar.

W. F. Purcell lecta tria antennas 37-articulatas habent. Ego ipse

exempla quatuor legi in humo ad Stellenbosch (Cape Province).

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 65

Observatio.—Speciei huius exempla ex viciniis Capetown antennis

36-articulatis typica retineo, cetera a Peringuey ad eamdem relata,

antennis 42-articulatis instructa, referenda sunt ad Japyx peringueyt.

coat

Fic. 3.—Japyx purcelli, juvenis: A, antennae laevae articulus quintus pronus ;

B, urotergitorum sexti et septimi dimidia pars prona; ©, urosterni dimidia

pars postica; D, abdominis segmentum decimum pronum cum forcipe.

Japyx purcellt Per. var. gravior nov.

Figs. 4, 5.

Exempla vidi duo ad River Zonder End Mts., a clar. K.H. Barnard,

quae a forma typica differunt charaecteribus sequentibus.

VOL Xxx, PART. I. 5

> @

11h fi [

Fic. 4.—Japyx purcelli var. gravior: A, pes paris tertii a tibiae apice; B, tergiti

sexti pars lateralis postica ; c, tergiti septimi pars lateralis postica; D, uro-

- sterni primi pars mediana postica; E, ejusdem organi subcoxalis particula

magis ampliata ; F, urosternorum primi et secundi dimidia pars ; G, abdominis

segmenti decimi pars postica dorsualis. ;

Fia. 5.—Japyx purcelli var. gravior: abdominis pars postica a segmento

sexto prona.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 67

Antennae 38-articulatae.

Segmentum decimum abdominale supra mensum parum latius

quam longius.

Forcipis brachii dexteri dens proximalis magnus (major quam

formae typicae).

Long. corporis ad 24 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi 2-90 mm., long.

antennarum 6 mm., forcipis 2-1 mm. ©

Japyx peringueyt sp. nD.

Figs. 6, 7.

¢ Japyz purcelli Peringuey 2, Ann. South African Museum, ii (1902),

p. 134.

Mas.—Corpus ochraceum abdomine a segmento octavo ferrugineo

carinis et forcipis marginibus et apice nigrescentibus.

Caput supra setis sat longis c. 15+15 et aliis magis numerosis

Aid

yi 7 riya e

Ci) 21, bh iar Labbahibibd Uh Hib

TATA MEAT pt tN] Re

Fic. 6.—Japyx peringueyi : A, antennae laevae pars proximalis prona ; B, ejusdem

articulus decimus secundus ; C, pes paris tertii a tibiae apice; D, urotergiti

sexti pars postica lateralis; E, urotergiti septimi pars postica lateralis ;

F, urosterni primi dimidia pars postica ; G, ejusdem organi subcoxalis particula

magis ampliata ; H, urosterni tertii dimidia pars; I, maris regionis genitalis

dimidia pars.

68 Annals of the South African Museum.

brevibus et brevioribus instructum ; antennae 44-articulatae (antenna

altera exempli alius 45-articulata) articulis setis longis usque ad

articulum tertium brevibus et brevioribus ut fig. 6, A, B demonstrant,

‘trichobotriis superis internis parum

longis, maxillae primi paris lobus in-

ternus laminis pectinatis 5 instruc-

tus, palpus labialis -24 mm. longus,

setis nonnullis brevibus instructus.

Thorax: pronotum setis longis

5-+5, brevibus et brevioribus 12+12

instructum; mesonotum praescuto

setis brevibus 3-++3, scuto setis longis

8-+8, brevibus et brevioribus 14+14,

metanotum prescuto setis brevibus

1+1 submedianis, scuto setis longis

T-+-T.

Pedes tarso quam praetarsus fere

triplo longiore infra setis robusti-

oribus 9+9 instructo, praetarsi ungue

postico quam anticus paullum longi-

ore.

Abdomen: tergitum primum prae-

scuto eldem metanoti simili, scuto

setis duabus submedianis sat longis

subposticis ; tergita 3-7 setis longis

4+4 et brevibus et brevioribus c.

10+10 instructa, tergiti sexti angulus

posticus rotundatus, septimi in angu-

Fic. | Lee peringueyi: abdo- lum brevem angustum subobtusum

minis pars postica a segmento productus; tergitum octavum quam

sexto prona. : .

septimum parum brevius et parum

angustius lateribus postice haud productis ; tergitum nonum brevius.

Urosternum primum organis subcoxalibus inter sese unius latitudine

remotis setis grandularibus brevissimis 2—3 inordinatim seriatis et

serie postica setarum brevissimarum subtiliorum instructis, superficie

pone organum subcoxale setis sat numerosis brevibus et brevioribus

2-4 inordinatim seriatis, urosterni parte postica mediana setis

minimis 2+-2 instructa, urosterni superficie cetera setis nonnullis sat

longis transverse 4-seriatis et setis magis numerosis brevioribus et

brevissimis.

Stili et vesiculae consueta.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 69

Segmentum decimum supra inspectum paullum latius quam

‘longius carinis distinctis setis sat longis 6+6 et setis nonnullis

brevissimis instructum, acropygio latiusculo, angulo externo supra-

condyloideo acuto.

Forceps robusta, segmenti decimi latitudinem subaequans, brachiis

asymmetricis, brachio laevo dente postmediano sat magno, margine

praedentali aliquantum sinuato tuberculis ap) SMP postdentali

parum profunde crenulato, brachio dextero dente proximali magno,

margine praedentali denticulis = margine postdentali parum pro-

funde crenulato.

Appendices genitales subconicae.

Long. corporis ad 20 mm., lat. urosterni septimi 2-48 mm., long.

antennarum 6 mm., forcipis 1-7 mm.

Habitat.—Exempla duo typica clar. K. H. Barnard ad Waaihoek

Kloof, Goudini (apud Worcester) legit et in Museo Capense asservata.

Observatio.—Species haec, in memoriam clar. L. Peringuey dicata,

a J. purcell, Per. antennarum articulorum numero, earumdem

articulis a quarto setis longis destitutis, urosterni organo subcoxali

minus lato, maris urosterno tertio fovea antica destituto facile

distinguenda est.

Japyx gilli sp. n.

Bigs. 329:

Mas.—Corpus ochraceum abdomine a segmento septimo ferrugineo,

forcipis apice et marginibus nigrescentibus.

Caput supra setis nonnullis brevibus et aliis brevioribus (in exemplo

typico maxima pro parte abruptis) instructum; antennae: laeva

24-articulata sed apice certe anormali, dextera ? (in exemplo typico

haud integra); setis ut fig. 8, a-c, demonstrant, trichobothriis

superis internis parum longis; maxillae primi paris lobus internus

laminis pectinatis 5 instructus; palpus labialis elongatus -26 mm.

longus, submenti macrochaetae quam ejusdem latitudo ec. 5

breviores.

Thorax: pronotum setis sat longis 3+3 et nonnullis brevioribus ;

meso-et metanotum praescuto setis nonnullis brevibus, scuto setis

sat longis 5+5 et nonnullis brevibus (in exemplo typico maxima pro

parte abruptis). .

Pedes bene setosi tarso quam praetarsus aliquantum magis quam

70 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fic. 8.—Japyx gilli: a, antennae laevae pars proximalis prona; B, articulus

decimus secundus ; ©, antennae laevae pars apicalis anormalis; D, pes paris

tertii a tibiae apice; E, urotergiti septimi pars lateralis postica ; F, urosterni

primi dimidia pars postica; G, ejusdem organi subcoxalis particula magis

ampliata ; H, urosterni tertii dimidia pars; 1, segmenti decimi pars postica

cum forcipe supina.

duplo longiore infra setis 8+8 robustioribus instructo, praetarsi

ungue postico quam anticus aliquantum longiore, unguicula mediana

bene evoluta.

Abdomen: tergitum primum praescuto eidem metanoti simili,

scuto setis duabus submedianis posticis et setis nonnullis brevibus

instructo, tergita 3-7 setis sat longis 4+4 et nonnullis brevibus

instructa; tergiti sexti angulus posticus rotundatus, septimi in

processum breviorem subconicum productus; ejusdem tergiti

lateribus parum convergentibus; segmentum octavum quam

septimum parum longius et parum angustius angulo laterali postico

rotundato, segmentum nonum brevius.

Urosternum primum organis subcoxalibus perlatis inter sese brevi

tractu remotis, setis glandularibus brevissimis crebris 3-5 inordinatim

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 71

transverse seriatis et serie postica setarum brevissimarum subtiliorum,

‘superficie pone organum subcoxale setis numerosis brevibus 3-5

inordinatim seriatis, urosterni margine postico mediano setis brevis-

simis 4+4 instructo, urosterni superficie

cetera setis minus brevibus parum numero-

sis transverse 5-seriatis instructa.

Stili et vesiculae consueta.

Appendices genitales breves subcylin-

draceae, paullum attenuatae apice con-

vexo persetosae.

Segmentum decimum supra inspectum

paullum longius quam latius, carinis dis-

tinctis, setis 7+7 sat longis et nonnullis

brevibus (in exemplo typico maxima pro

parte abruptis), acropygio lato, brevi,

postice late rotundato.

Forceps quam segmenti decimi latitudo

parum longior, brachiis parte distali sub-

unciformi, brachio laevo dente postmedi-

ano (fig. 8, 1, et 9) perparvo, margine

praedentali tuberculis perparvis =)

gine postdentali tuberculis perparvis 7

brachio dextero dente praemediano sat

magno, margine praedentali tuberculis ie

margine postdentali paullum profunde

crenulato.

Long. corporis 18 mm., lat. urotergiti

septimi 2-22 mm., long. antennarum 4:5

mm., forcipis 1-9 mm.

Fie. 9.—Japyx gilli: abdomi-

nis pars postica a segmento

sexto prona.

Habitat.—Capetown: exemplum typicum tantum vidi a clar.

R. W. E. Tucker lectum et in Museo Capensi asservatum.

Observatio.—Species haec, quam animo grato clar. Dr. Leonard

Gill dico, forcipis forma ab affinibus (J. purcelli, J. periqueyt) distinc-

tissima est.

72 Annals of the South African Museum.

Japyx mallyi sp. n.

Figs. 10, 11.

Mas.—Corpus ochroleucum ab abdominis segmento octavo pallide

ferrugineum forcipis marginibus badiis.

Caput supra setis brevioribus numerosis et paucis brevibus instruc-

tum; antennae 42-articulatae, articulis setis longis, brevibus et

Fic. 10.—Japyx mallyi: a, antennae laevae pars proximalis prona; B, ejusdem

articulus vigesimus ; ©, pes paris tertii a tibiae apice; D, urotergiti septimi

pars postica lateralis ; E, urotergiti octavi pars postica lateralis ; F, urosterniti

primi dimidia pars postica; G, ejusdem organi subcoxalis particula magis

ampliata; H, urosterni quinti dimidia pars; 1, maris urosterni tertii pars

mediana antica ; J, ejusdem foveae dimidia pars magis ampliata ; K, ejusdem

fovae seta magis ampliata; L, maris regionis genitalis dimidia pars.

brevioribus ut fig. 10, a, B demonstrant instructis, trichobothriis

superis internis parum longis, maxillae primi paris laminis pectinatis 5,

palpus labialis 1-3 mm. longus.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 73

Thorax: pronotum seta 1+1 sat longa, 4+4 brevibus et setis

sat numerosis brevioribus instructum ;

meso-et metanotum praescuto

setis duabus submedianis brevibus et nonnullis brevioribus, scuto

setis 6+6 longis et sat longis (5-5

per metanotum) et setis sat numero-

sis brevioribus instructo.

Pedes tarso quam praetarsus ali-

quantum magis quam duplo longiore,

praetarsi ungue postico quam anti-

cus parum longiore, unguicula medi-

ana bene evoluta.

Abdomen: tergitum primum prae-

scuto eidem metanoti simili, scuto

setis duabus subposticis sublaterali-

bus parum brevibus et setis sat

numerosis brevioribus instructo ; ter-

gita 3-7 setis sat longis et setis bre-

vioribus paucis instructa; tergiti

sexti angulo postico postice rotun-

dato, septimi in processum brevem

angustum producto; tergitum octa-

vum septimum longitudine subae-

quans et quam idem parum angustius,

lateribus postice acute aliquantum

productis ; tergitum nonum brevius.

Urosternum primum organis sub-

coxalibus inter sese unius latitudine

remotis, setis glandularibus brevis-

slmis numerosis, crebris 1-2 seriatis

et serie setarum subtiliorum brevis-

simarum inter sese parum remotis

instructis, superficie pone organum

Fie. 11.—Japyx mallyi : Abdominis

pars postica a segmento sexto.

subcoxale setis brevibus inordinatim 2-4 seriatis et poris paucis

sparsis, urosterni parte postica mediana setis minimis duabus medi-

anis, urosterni superficie cetera ut urosternum sequentium setis sat

longis parum numerosis (praesterni serie exclusa) 3-serlatis et setis

nonnullis brevioribus.

Stili seta proximali stili apicis libellam fere attingente ; vesiculae

parvae, bene distinctae.

Appendices genitales conicae, breviores.

Segmentum decimum supra inspectum subaequae longum atque

74 Annals of the South African Museum.

latum carinis distinctis, setis longis 6--6 et aliis brevibus et brevissimis

magis numerosis instructum, acropygio lato, brevissimo.

Forceps segmenti decimi latitudo subaequans, brachio laevo dente

aliquantum postmediano sat magno, margine praedentali aliquantum

sinuato tuberculis a) Mente postdentali paullum profunde crenulato,

brachio dextero dente aliquantum praemediano magno, margine

praedentali tuberculis = margine postdentali parum profunde

crenulato.

Long. corporis ad. 14 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi 1-7 mm., long.

antennarum 3:2 mm., forcipis 1-15 mm.

Habitat.—East London: exemplum typicum a R. M. Lightfoot

lectum et in Museo Capense asservatum.

Observatio.—Species haec, amicissime clar. C. W. Mally dicata,

a J. purcelli Per. antennarum articulorum numero, urosterni primi

organo subcoxali minus lato, urotergiti septimi angulo postico

angustiore distincta est.

Japyx tragardhi sp. n.

Figs. 12, 13.

Japyx purcelli Silv. nec Peringuey, Arkiv f. Zoologi, vi (1913),

Non ps (> tga wae

Femina.—Corpus ochroleucum abdomine a segmento octavo

badio-ferrugineo, segmenti decimi carinis et forcipis marginibus et

apice nigrescentibus.

Caput supra setis brevibus c. 15+15 et aliis parum magis numerosis

brevioribus instructum; antennae 33-articulatae, articulis setis

longis, brevibus et brevioribus ut fig 12, 4, B demonstrant instructis,

trichobothris superis internis parum longis; maxillae primi paris

laminis pectinatis 5; submentum macrochaetis duabus sat longis et

setis nonnullis brevibus et brevioribus instructum.

Thorax: pronotum setis longis et sat longis 5+5 et nonnullis

brevioribus, mesonotum praescuto setis duabus submedianis sat

longis et nonnullis brevissimis, scuto setis sat longis 7-++7 et nonnullis

brevibus et brevioribus instructo, metanotum scuto setis sat longis

5-5.

Pedes sat setosi, tarso quam praetarsus duplo longiore infra setis

robustioribus 4-+-4 instructo, praetarsi ungue postico quam anticus

aliquantum longiore unguicula mediana bene evoluta.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 75

Fic. 12.—Japyzx tragardhi : a, antennae laevae pars proximalis prona ; B, ejusdem

articulus vigesimus ; ©, pes paris tertii a tibiae apice ; D, urotergitorum sexti

et septimi dimidia pars; E, urotergiti septimi pars postica lateralis magis

ampliata; F, urosterni primi dimidia pars postica; G, ejusdem organi sub-

coxalis particula magis ampliata ; H, urosterni quarti dimidia pars.

Abdomen: tergitum praescuto eidem metanoti et mesonoto simili,

scuto setis duabus sat longis submedianis subposticis et setis nonnullis

brevioribus et brevissimis; tergita 3-7 setis sat longis 6+6 et setis

nonnullis brevioribus et brevissimis instructa; tergiti sexti angulus

posticus rotundatus, septimi in processum longum angustum acutum

productus; tergitum octavum quam septimum parum brevius et

quam idem parum magis angustius lateribus postice haud productis ;

tergitum nonum brevius.

Urosternum primum organis subcoxalibus parum latis inter sese

magis quam unius latitudo remotis, setis glandularibus brevissimis 1-3

inordinatim seriatis et setis brevissimis subtilioribus posticis uni-

seriatis instructis, superficie pone organum subcoxale setis brevioribus

5, uniseriatis et 3 brevibus, nec non poris glandularibus minimis

paucis instructa, urosterni parte mediana postica organo glandulari

lato (-26 mm.) subelliptico setis minimis 6+6 et poris minimis 4+4

76 Annals of the South African Museum.

(an semper ?) instructo, urosterni superficie cetera ut eadem uroster-

norum sequentium (fig. 12, H) setis parum brevibus nonnullis trans-

verse 4-seriatis et setis minimis spar-

sis aucta.

Stili et vesiculae consueta.

Segmentum decimum supra _ in-

spectum subaeque longum atque

latum carinis convergentibus setis

longis 8+8, nonnullis brevibus et

aliis sat numerosis brevissimis in-

structum, acropygio sat magno pos-

tice parum sinuato, margine postico

supra forcipis condylum dorsualem

angulatim aliquantum producto.

Forceps quam segmenti decimi

latitudo paullum brevior, brachiis

asymmetricis, brachio laevo dente

aliquantum postmediano parvo ob-

tuso, margine praedentali aliquan-

Ome

tum sinuato tuberculis — instructo,

Fic. 13.—Japyz tragardhi: abdo- 10

minis segmentum decimum cum

foreiperpeanine margine postdentali fere usque ad

apicem crenulato, brachio dextero

dente praemediano magno subacuto, margine praedentali denticulis

tribus, margine postdentali fere usque ad apicem crenulato.

Long. corporis ad 15 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi 1-7 mm., long.

antennarum 3-2 mm., forcipis 1-2 mm.

Habitat.—Exempla duo Dr. I. Tragardh ad Sweet-Waters (Natal)

legit.

Observatio.—Species haec clar. Dr. I. Trigardh amicissime

dicata, a J. purcelli Per. antennarum articulorum numero, urotergiti

septimi angulo postico, urosterni primi organo glandulari mediano

postico et forcipis brachio dextero denticulis praedentalibus tantum

uniseriatis multo distincta est.

Japyx barnardi sp. un.

Figs. 14, 15.

Corpus stramineum abdominis a segmento octavo ochroleuco

forcipis marginibus badiis.

Caput supra setis brevibus c. 15+15 instructum; antennae

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 77

26-articulatae, articulis setis longis brevioribus et brevibus ut fig. 14,

A, B demonstrant instructis, trichobothriis superis internis sat longis ;

maxillae primi paris laminis pectinatis 5, palpus labialis -09 mm.

longus. |

Thorax : pronotum setis longis et sat longis 5++5, meso-et metano-

tum praescuto setis duabus submedianis sat longis et duabus sub-

Fic. 14.—Japyzx barnardi : a, antennae dexterae pars proximalis prona ; B, ejusdem

articulus decimus quintus; c, pes paris tertii a tibiae apice; D, urotergiti

sexti pars lateralis postica ; E, urotergiti septimi pars lateralis postica ; F, uro-

sterni primi dimidia pars postica; G, urosterni quarti dimidia pars; H, maris

urosterni tertii pars mediana antica; I, maris regionis genitalis dimidia pars.

lateralibus brevioribus, scuto setis longis et sat longis 6-+6 et nonnulla

breviore instructo.

Pedes bene setosi, tarso quam praetarsus paullum magis quam

duplo longiore infra setis 5+5 robustioribus, praetarsi unguibus

attenuatis ungue postico quam anticus aliquantum longiore,

unguicula mediana sat bene evoluta.

Abdomen: tergitum primum praescuto eidem metanoti simili,

scuto setis duabus submedianis subanticis et 2+2 submedianis et

sublateralibus subposticis, tergita 3-7 setis sat longis et brevibus

11 (vel 12) +11 (vel 12), tergiti sexti angulus posticus late rotundatus,

septimi in processum breviorem subtriangularem productus ; tergi-

tum octavum septimum longitudine subaequans et quam idem

78 Annals of the South African Museum.

aliquantum angustius lateribus postice rotundatis; segmentum

nonum brevius.

Urosternum primum organis subcoxalibus sat latis inter sese parum

minus quam unius latitudo remotis, setis glandularibus brevioribus

10 uniseriatis et setis subtilioribus

brevissimis posticis 20 c. instructis,

superficie pone organum subcoxale

setis paucis ut cetera urosterna in-

structa, urosterni parte postica medi-

ana parum arcuatim producta, poris

indistinctis (an semper ?) et utrimque

setis duabus minimis aucta, uro-

sterni superficie cetera setis paucis

sat longis transverse 4-serlatis et non-

nullis brevissimis instructa.

Stili seta proximali externa brevi,

vesiculae multo bene distinctae,

parvae.

Segmentum decimum supra in-

spectum parum latius quam longius

carinis nullis, setis 8-+1-+8 sat longis

et nonnullis brevibus et brevioribus

instructum, acropygio breviore.

Forceps quam segmenti decimi

latitudo parum longior, brachiis

asymmetricis dente peculiari desti-

tutis, brachio laevo sinu praemediano

sat profundo affectu, sinus angulo

basali tuberculis conicis sat magnis

—, quorum duo supera basi connata,

sinus margine cetero tuberculis vix

Fie. 15.—Japyx barnardi: abdo- econspicuis 5 superis et 7 inferis,

minis pars postica a segmento : : :

Seas margine post sinum integrum, bra-

chio dextero margine proximali sub-

recto integro, margine distali etiam integro, margine intermedio

denticulis 6, quorum primus parvus acutus, ceterl gradatim minores.

Mas.—Urosternum tertium fovea transversali antica transversa

setis c. 14 instructa. ,

Appendices genitales breviores, subconicae, setis nonnullis brevibus

instructae.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 79

Long. corporis 6 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi -78 mm., long. anten-

narum 1-35 mm., forcipis -6 mm.

Habitat.—Exempla duo legi in humo infossa ad Stellenbosch.

Observatio.—Species haec, quam clar. Dr. K. H. Barnard dico,

forcipis forma inter omnes descriptas distincta est.

Japyz barnardi sp. n. var. relata nov.

Fig. 16.

Mas.—Urosterni primum organissubcoxalibus latisinter sese parum

minus quam unius latitudo remotis, setis glandularibus brevioribus 20

uniseriatis et setis subtilioribus brevissimis posticis c. 18.

Fic. 16.—Japyx barnardi var. relata: A, urosterniti primi dimidia pars postica ;

B, ejusdem organi subcoxalis particula magis ampliata; ©, maris urosterni

tertii pars mediana antica; D, forcipis brachium laevum supinum.

Urosternum tertium parte mediana antica fovea glandulari

transverse subelliptica setis brevioribus c. 22 instructa.

Forcipis brachii dexterl1 margine proximali vix trisinuato.

Characteres ceteri ut in forma typica.

Long. corporis 6 mm.

80 Annals of the South African Museum.

Habitat.—Exemplum descriptum in Museo Capense asservatum

ad Newlands (Cape Peninsula) clar. Dr. W. F. Purcell legit.

Japyx fullert sp. n.

Figs. 17, 18.

Mas.—Corpus albicans abdomine a segmento septimo ochroleuco,

forcipe maxima pro parte badio.

Caput supra setis c. 10+10 sat longis et paucioribus brevissimis

instructum; antennae 26-articulatae, articulis setis sat longis

brevibus ut fig. 17, 4, B demonstrant, trichobothriis superis internis

EAT ay

S558 \ '

} a

<—— 4

6 ©)

~——— 4

———

—

}

’

‘

> » ‘

“

3 ,

’

Qo JPSiocsne Sos coos oS Soccottesse

Fic. 17.—Japyx fullert : A, antennae dexterae pars proximalis prona; B, ejusdem

articulus decimus quartus; C, pes paris tertii a tibiae apice; D, urotergiti

septimi pars lateralis postica ; E, urosterni primi dimidia pars postica ; F, uro-

sterni quarti dimidia pars; a, stilus urosterni septimi; H, stilus urosterniti

primi; I, maris urosterniti tertii pars mediana antica; J, maris regionis

genitalis dimidia pars.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 81

longis; maxillae primi paris laminis pectinatis 5, palpus labialis

brevissimus.

Thorax: pronotum setis sat longis et brevibus 5+5, meso-et

metanotum praescuto setis duabus submedianis brevibus, scuto

setis sat longis et brevibus 5-+5,

brevioribus 2-++2 instructo.

Pedes tarso quam praetarsus Bf SL er eee x a

magis quam duplo longiore infra fic |

setis robustioribus 4-++3 instructo, [ \

praetarsi unque postico quam anti- |

cus parum longiore, unguicula i Vaal yi

mediana sat bene evoluta. ae ie 4

Abdomen: tergitum primum / "\

praescuto eidem metanoti simili, )

scuto setis sat longis duabus sub- i /

medianis subposticis, tergita 3-7 :

setis sat longis 5+5 et paucis

brevissimis, tergiti sexti angulo

postico rotundato, septimi in pro- he ea !

cessum sat longum angustiorem Washes dee a

acutum producto ; tergitum octa- te: \i

vum septimum longitudine sub- | |

aequans et quam idem parum Cee ata, a \ ae

angustius lateribus postice haud

productis, tergitum nonum bre-

vius.

Urosternum primum organis sub-

coxalibus inter sese unius latitu-

dine remotis, setis glandularibus

brevioribus et brevissimis 16

uniseriatis et setis brevissimis Fic. 18.—Japysx fullert : abdominis pars

subtilioribus posticis c. 11 in- Ni Gacy © Ee

structis, superficie pone organum

subcoxale serie transversali setarum breviorum, urosterni parte

mediana postica poris vel disculis haud distinctis (an semper ?)

et setis minimis submedianis 2+2 instructa, superficie cetera ut

eadem urosternorum ceterorum (praeter praesternum semper) setis

paucis sat longis transverse 4-seriatis et setis aliis brevissimis

instructa.

Urosternum tertium parte mediana antica fovea transversali lata

angustissima, setis destituta, instructum.

VOU. XXX, PART |. 6

82 Annals of the South African Museum.

Stili seta laterali nulla (an semper ?), processu proximali supero

brevissimo ; vesiculae bene distinctae.

Appendices genitales conicae, setis paucis brevibus instructae.

Segmentum decimum supra inspectum parum ad basim latius

quam longius carinis indistinctis, setis longis 5+5 et aliis modice

numerosis brevissimis, acropygio brevissimo latiusculo.

Forceps quam segmenti decimi latitudo parum brevior, brachiis

asymmetricis robustis, brachio laevo dente submediano sat magno,

margine praedentali parum sinuato tuberculis 3? margine postdentali

parum profunde crenulato, brachio dextero dente praemediano sat

magno, margine praedentali tuberculis duobus uniseriatis, margine

postdentali sat profunde crenulato. .

Long. corporis 4 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi -45 mm., long.

antennarum 1-1 mm., forcipis -3 mm.

Habitat.—Exemplum typicum ad Pretoria (Transvaal) in humo

infossum legi.

Observatio.—Species haec, quae 1n memorian clar. amici mei

Claude Fuller dicata est, urosterni primi fabrica ad J. barnards

proxima est, sed urotergiti septimi et forcipis forma distinctissima est.

Parajapys afer Silv.

Parajapyx grassianus Silv. var. afer Silv. Arkiv f. Zoologi, Bd. 8,

Noe pp. ie leave

This species was collected in Natal (Durban and Stamford Hill) by

Dr. Tragardh.

Parajapysz afer var. transvaalica nov.

Bugs, 19520:

Corpus albicans abdominis segmento decimo et forcipe ochraceis.

Caput supra setis 19+19 brevibus vel sat brevibus instructum,

antennis 18 (dextera)—19 (laeva) articulatis, setis vide fig. 19, B, o.

Thorax: pronotum setis 7-++7, mesonotum praescuto setis duabus,

metanotum praescuto setis 2+2, scuto setis 9+9.

Pedes breves tarso quam praetarsus c. 4 longiore, praetarsi unguibus

subaequalibus.

Abdominis tergitum primum praescuto setis 2+2, tergita 2-7

praescuto setis 1+1-++1, scuto angulis posticis rotundatis setis 9--9,

quarum 6 sat longae sunt.

Urosternum primum organis subcoxalibus latis setis saltem 40,

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 83

’

‘

-J

‘

Fie. 19.—Parajapyx afer var. transvaalica: A, caput et thorax usque ad metanoti

praescutum prona; B, antennae dexterae pars proximalis; c, ejusdem pars

apicalis; D, tarsus et praetarsus supra inspecti; E, urosterni primi dimidia

pars ; F, ejusdem dimidia pars postica magis ampliata ; G, urosterniti secundi

dimidia pars; H, stilus magis ampliatus; I, segmenti decimi pars postica

ventralis ; J, forcipis brachium dexterum pronum.

biseriatis instructis, superficie pone organum subcoxale serie setarum 6

aucta, superficie cetera setis paucioribus instructa; urosterna 2-3

vesiculis permagnis transverse ovalibus; stili processu spiniformi

externo breviore aucti et setis duabus brevissimis internis.

Abdominis segmentum octavum subaeque longum atque latum ;

segmentum nonum fere duplo latius quam longius; segmentum

decimum supra mensum paullum longius quam latius, setis 6+6 sat

84 Annals of the South African Museum.

longis et setis 4++4 brevioribus instructa, acropygio sat magno

subtriangulari, margine pos-

tico infero sinu mediano sat

profundo et per margines

irregulariter serrulato, parte

submediana margine postico

irregulariter lobulato.

Forceps quam segmenti

decimi latitudo aliquantum

brevior brachiis subaequali-

bus margine dente basali

minimo, pone dentem basa-

lem paullum sinuato, dente >

secundo perparvo, dente ter-

tio sat magno, dentibus

quarto et quinto parvis,

parte postdentali breviore

crassluscula, angustata.

<S Long. corp. 3-2 mm. ; lat.

= urotergiti. septimi -36 mm.,

ys long. antennarum -78 mm.,

LO \ZA forcipis -2 mm.

Z Patria.—Africa australis :

2 De Pretoria (Transvaal), exem-

» \

)

»)

WARN

plum typicum in humo infos-

sum legi.

Observatio.—Species haec

a forma typica ex Durban

(quae antennis 20-articulatis

instructa est) antennarum

articulorum numero et or-

ganis subcoxalibus latioribus

setis magis numerosis 1n-

structis saltem sat distincta

Fic. 20.—Parajapyx afer var. transvaalica :

abdominis pars postica a segmento sexto. est.

Japyx hutchinsona sp. n.

_ Bigs: 2124.

Femina.—Corpus colore consueto ; caput setis parum longis ce. 12

+12 et setis brevibus, brevioribus et brevissimis sparsis instructum ;

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 85

antennae 40-articulatae, articulis setis longis, brevibus et brevioribus

ut fig. 21 (1-2) demonstrant, trichobothriis superis internis brevibus

ex fovea perparva orientibus; maxillae primi paris lobus internus

laminis pectinatis 5, palpus labialis 0-32 mm. longus.

Thorax: pronotum setis sat longis 5++5 et nonnullis brevibus et

brevioribus instructum ; mesonotum praescuto setis brevibus 4+4

Fig. 21.—Japyx hutchinsoni: 1, antennae laevae 1-7 supra inspecti: 2, ejusdem

- antennae articulus vigesimus; 3, pes paris tertil a tibiae parte distali;

4, urosterni primi et secundi dimidia pars; 5, urosterni primi dimidia pars

postica ; 6, ejusdem organi subcoxalis particula magis ampliata; 7, feminae

valvae genitales antice inspectae; 8, maris urosterni tertii pars mediana

antica; 9, ejudsem urosterni processus detectus et magis ampliatus; 10,

maris apertura et appendices genitales.

et allis brevissimis numerosis, scuto setis longis et sat longis 8+8 et

nonnullis brevibus et brevioribus, metanotum scuto setis longis et

sat longis 5-15.

Pedes tarso quam praetarsus fere triplo longiore infra setis robus-

tioribus 8-+7, praetarsi ungue postico quam anticus aliquantum

longiore unguicula breviore.

Abdomen: tergitum primum praescuto setis duabus subme-

dianis brevibus, scuto setis duabus submedianis anticis brevibus,

duabus sat longis submedianis supposticis et setis paucis (6-8)

brevioribus, tergita 3-7 setis 5+5 sat longis, paucis brevibus et

brevioribus et aliis aliquantum numerosis minimis; tergiti sexti

angulus posticus subrectus, septimi in angulum sat longum acutum

productus; tergitum octavum quam septimum parum brevius et

angustius lateribus rotundatis ; tergitum nonum brevius.

86 Annals of the South African Museum.

Urosternum primum organis subcoxalibus inter sese unius latitudine

remotis, setis glandularibus brevissimis 2-3 inordinatim seriatis et

setis uniseriatis posticis inter sese aliquantum remotis et quam

glandulares parum longioribus instructis, superficie pone organum

- eh)

Fig. 22.—Japyx hutchinsoni:

corporis pars postica a seg-

mento sexto prona.

subcoxale setis brevibus sat numerosis

2-3 inordinatim transverse seriatis et

setis nonullis brevissimis, urosterni parte

mediana setis brevissimis 2-+-2 instructa,

urosterni superficie cetera setis longis,

brevibus sat numerosis 4—5 transverse

serlatis et setis brevioribus et brevis-

simis nonnullis instructa.

Urosterna cetera setis longis, brevi-

bus, brevioribus primo similia, vesiculis

perpatrvis, stilis robustis.

Segmentum decimum spura inspectum

parum latius quam longius, carinis sub-

lateralibus subintegris setis sat longis

5+5 et nonnullis brevibus et breviori-

bus, acropygio sat magno postice late

rotundato.

Forceps robusta segmenti decimi lati-

tudinem subaequans, brachiis asym-

metricis, brachio laevo dente postme-

diano sat magno margine praedentali

parum sinuato tuberculis oo

primus superus, tria infera quam cetera

majora sunt, margine postdentali tuber-

culis Ee perparvis gradatim evanescen-

tibus, brachio dextero dente proximali

2 : me

magno, margine praedentali laterculis go PREP aE postdentali infero

fere usque ad apicem tuberculato (vel crenulato).

Long. corporis ad 20 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi 3, long. anten-

narum 6, forcipis 2.

Larva prima (fig. 23): long. corporis 6 mm., lat. urotergiti septimi

0-65, long. antennarum 1-85, forcipis 0-55.

Corpus tantum setis brevissimis parum numerosis instructum.

A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japygidae. 87

Antennae 40-articulatae, setis tantum nonnullis brevissimis ab

articulo quarto uniseriatis instructis.

Abdominis tergitum septimum angulis rotundato, urosternum

primum organo subcoxali indistincto, forceps brachiis subaequalibus

subconicis, setis brevissimis parum numerosis instructis at brachii

Fic. 23.—Japyzx hutchinsoni, prima larva: 1, antennae dexterae pars proximalis ;

2, ejusdem articulus vigesimus; 3, corporis pars postica a segmento sexto

prona; 4, pes paris tertii tarsus et praetarsus.

laevi margine interno denticulo spiniformi submediano minimo et

brachii dexteri denticulo minimo fere opposito et spinulis minimis

aliis 4-5 instructo.

Pedes praetarsi ungue postico quam anticus fere duplo longiore,

unguicula mediana nulla.

Mas.—Urosternum tertium fovea mediana pone praesternum et

ex foveae parte postica processu subtriangulari latiusculo apice

rotundato superficie setis plumatis robustis numerosi aucta instructum.

88 Annals of the South African Museum.

Appendices genitales longiusculae setis vide fig. 21 (10).

Habitat.—Devils Bosch Swellendam (G. F. Hutchinson, 12, xu,

26 legit).

Observatio.—Species haec, clar. G. F. Hutchinson dicata, a J. perin-

gueyt antennarum articulorum numero, urotergiti octavi depressione

laterali et maris processu tertio antico sternali distinguenda est.

Fic. 24.—Japyx hutchinsoni, varietas: 1, urosterni tertii processus anticus

detectus ; 2, forcipis brachium laevum.

Varvetas.—Mares duos ex eodem loco vidi, qui magnitudine (corporis

long. ad 29 mm.) et forcipis brachii laevi partis distalis margine

integro, nec non urosterni tertii processu majore distincti sunt, sed

feminis absentibus ut mares heteromorphi ejusdem speciei ad tempora

considerandi sunt.

3. A South African Species of Protura.—By H. WoMERSLEY,

ASS BES.

(With 2 Text-figures.)

Tuts order of insects, first discovered by Professor Silvestri in Italy,

has so far only been recorded from America, India, Java, and most

European countries.

During seven weeks spent in Cape Town on entomological research

on behalf of the Australian Commonwealth Council for Scientific

and Industrial Research, intensive search was made for African

members of the order as opportunity offered.

It was, however, not until a few days before leaving that, in

company with Dr. Lawrence of the Cape Town Museum, I was success-

ful in finding a few specimens in the Orangezicht district of the town

itself.

The situation was a piece of vacant land on which were a number

of large stones lying in the clayey soil. This type of locality is

similar to that in which I have found many species of Proturans in

England.

From this locality two specimens were secured, although altogether

four were observed. During the next day or two other specimens

were seen in a similar location on the lower slopes of Devil’s Peak.

I was not successful in tubing these.

I have now been able to study the two specimens that were cap-

tured, and shall here describe them as a new species of the genus

Acerentulus of Berlese. Further search will no doubt bring to hght

other South African members of this interesting and primitive order.

The two specimens will be deposited in the South African Museum

at Cape Town.

[ ORDER, etc.

90 Annals of the South African Museum.

OrnpER PROTURA Silv.

Famity ACHRENTOMIDAE Berl.

Subfam. ACERENTOMINAE Wom.

Genus Acerentulus Berl.

Acerentulus capensis sp. nov.

(Text-figs. 1, 2.)

Length (extended in acetic acid) 1350p. Head 105 py long by

76 x wide, ratio of length to width (Ll)=1-4. Labrum not produced.

Pseudocelli large, round, 10 yw diameter. Fronto-medial cephalic

setae 14 yw, basal 10-12 p.

Head generally fairly well chitinised.

Thorax well chitinised. Anterior legs 225 pw, tarsus 72 p, claw

evenly curved 18 p, tarsal ratio (TR)=4-0, tarsal setae at tip 30 p,

middle legs 150 x, posterior legs 165 p.

Abdomen well chitinised, tergal apodemes well developed and

evenly curved. Abdominal appendages on segments I-III typical

of the genus, anterior pair 40 pw long by 20 p wide, with parallel

sides. Pectines on segment VIII normal.

Chaetotaxy. This is shown for segments VII-X in the figures.

On III-VI it is similar to that on VII. On the other segments it is

not sufficiently clear to describe. On tergites [X—X the setae are

the usual six, of equal length and twice as long as the chitinised

portion. On the corresponding sternites they are four, the outer

ones being twice as long as the chitinised part, but the medial setae

only one-third the length of the outer setae.

In members of this genus few characters of specific value can be

found. Those used in the above description, namely, the ratios

Ll and TR and the arrangements of setae on the tergites and sternites,

as well as their relative lengths, are of most value and can be con-

sidered as reliable.

yf Protura.

ves O

A South African Spec

vow

“TIA 89}1910,—% “OMT

“AOU *

ds sasuadno snpnjuaiooy

A soqyiu404

“LT

4. A New Solifuge

( 93 )

and Scorpion from South-West Africa.

By JoHN HeEwirt.

(With 3 Text-figures.)

Solpuga striata Krpln.

(Text-fig. 1.)

Beit. z. Kennt. Land- u. Stisswasserfauna Deutsch-Siidwestafrikas,

Skorpiones u. Solifugae, p. 124, fig. 1, 1914.

Tas species, founded on a very immature specimen from farm

“ Voigtsland,’’ about 38

closely allied to celeripes

Hirst.* We have a series

of adult male examples

from Okahandja—which

is only about 20 miles

distant from “ Voigts-

land ’’—and from farm

** Quickborn,”’ near Oka-

handja, presented by Mr.

R. D. Bradfield, which

presumably belong to

striata, assuming that

only one species of this

sroup occurs in Damara-

kms. east of Windhuk, is apparently very

Fic. 1.—Solpuga striata Krpln. Upper mandible

and flagellum of adult male.

land. They may be the same also as the species recorded from

Damaraland recently , under the name of sericea Poc., a species

founded on Salisbury specimens: for they have relationships with

that species.

The Okahandja males have the following characters :—

Upper surface of chelicera with some spiniform bristles and a few

long bristly setae ; base of flagellum high with well-rounded outline,

* Manchester Memoirs, lvi, No. 2, p. 10. fig. 2, 1911.

+ Dr. R. Lawrence in Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. xxv, p. 261, 1928.

94 Annals of the South African Museum.

margin of hinder half brown, otherwise the colour is pale; free

portion of flagellum flattened antero-posteriorly ; viewed from above

it is broadest at the base, thence tapering quite regularly to the

apex which is finely pointed ; in side view the ascending portion is

lightly curved, becoming suddenly curved downwards and narrowing

rather abruptly near the apex. No tooth on the superior inner

margin of the fang nearits base. Stridulatory area with seven ridges.

Lower jaw with short fang, but the apex of the first tooth is slightly

nearer to the apex of the basal tooth than to the tip of the fang.

Lower jaw with feathered bristles on the inner surface.

The flagellum of these specimens is shorter than that of celeripes,

and the apical end is not so sharply differentiated as in that species ;

but quite probably they will prove to be connected by intermediates.

Total length, including chelicerae, 18 mm.

Chelypus shortridgei sp. nov.

(Text-fig. 2.)

Type.—A single adult male specimen collected by Captain G. C.

Shortridge at a locality about 10 miles north of Karakuwisa, in the

bed of the Omuramba-Omatako River, about 140 miles N.N.H. of

Grootfontein township, South-West African Protectorate, on May 4th

1929. It is the first record of the genus from South-West Africa.

The species is closely related to C. macronyx Hewitt (Records

Albany Museum, in, p. 214, 1919), taken in some part of North-West

Rhodesia. The surfaces of the chelicerae and head-plate are apparently

more spinose or granulate than in shortridgev, and there are differences

in the form of the flagellum apically. The presence of a distinct

double row of teeth in the lower jaw may also prove peculiar to short-

ridget. In both species, however, only a single specimen is known.

Lower Jaw.—The terminal fang is strongly upturned. No large

teeth whatever, but two dental rows are clearly represented; the

inner row, consisting only of several indistinct denticles, is quite

short, extending from the distal end of the patch of stiff setae to

the base of the fang; outer row long, including two small teeth

basally and a few minute denticles mostly distal thereto; between

the two small teeth is a single denticle situated nearer to the basal

tooth.

Upper Jaw.—Upper surface with rather stiffish hairs and a few

minute and slender spinules towards the base of the fang, especially

on the inner side. Fang well curved downwards. A small dense

A New Solifuge and Scorpion from South-West Africa. 95

patch of about 17 or 18 short spines on the mesial surface just posterior

to the large black tubercle situate dorsally near the base of the fang

on itsinner side. Posterior to this tubercle and more mesially situate

are two other moderate sized black tubercles. There is only one

functional row of teeth, the outer row; it includes 5 widely spaced

teeth, the middle one the largest ; the inner row is represented by

a single minute denticle basally and a tubercle immediately adjacent

to the basal enlargement of the flagellum. Mesial surface with long

silky hairs except over the “ stridulatory area’; also, in the region

where feather-bristles occur in Solpuga the hairs are relatively stiff.

Fic. 2.—Chelypus shortridgei sp. nov. Upper jaw and flagellum, inner side.

Lower jaw: above, inner side; below, outer side.

Stridulatory area with a reticulation of fine grooves but no parallel

ones, and none arranged longitudinally.

Flagellum is freely rotatable; has a large cup-like base; has a

flattened membranous extension at the basal curve; is bifid at the

apex, both portions being finely pointed, the inner one being tooth-

like and much shorter than the other.

Head-plate bearing long hairs and with very minute dust-like

granulation scarcely visible under a hand-lens. Two distinct ocular

tubercles, the eye on the outer side of each.

Legs.—Claws of third leg both longer than the peduncle, of the

one only slightly, of the other 14 times longer. (Claws of II lacking

in specimen.) Patella II with a row of 6 spines on the outer side.

Patella III with the extensive granulated area bordered on one side

by a row of 9 short stout spines, basal ones strongest, and on the

other side by 3 longer spatulate spines near the distal end. A row

of weaker spines probably occurs along tibia and tarsus III, but the

spines are missing in the specimen except one on the tarsus.

96 Annals of the South African Museum.

Colour.—Very pale throughout, except anterior portion of head-

plate which is infuscated, spines and spinous areas which are reddish ;

fang of upper jaw up to the two mesial dorsal tubercles and the whole

of the lower jaw except the hairy parts dark chestnut.

Total length, including chelicera, 21 mm.

The occurrence of two rows of teeth in the lower jaw is noteworthy.

In Solpuga an inner row is more or less represented, but only in

rudimentary form towards the base of the jaw. In that genus the

inner tooth row may perhaps be represented distally by a sharp

but not prominent ridge on the inner surface of the terminal fang.

In the specimen now described, the inner row of teeth is not in

any way represented towards the base of the jaw, being only found

distal to the patch of bristles; none of which are feathered, but is

not continued into the terminal fang as a ridge.

In the genus Ceroma the inner tooth row of the lower jaw is also

represented by a prominent ridge more nearly in the position occupied

by that of Chelypus ; it is continued, however, into the terminal fang,

but only very feebly so.

I take this opportunity of recording the type locality of Chelypus

barbert Purcell as Zandkuil. The late Mr. H. Barber told me that

it was taken in June, “‘ running round and round and winding about

on the ground.” On the other hand, Captain Shortridge remarks

that the specimen he collected was walking as slowly as a tortoise

over loose sand; it was pugnacious like an ordinary Solpuga and

the hooked legs appeared to be grasping organs.

Opisthophthalmus opinatus (Simon).

Ann. Soc. ent. France, p. 382, 1887.

This species, described under the name of Mossamedes opinatus,

and supposed to have been collected in Mossamedes, is still imperfectly

known. Simon described the hand as “supra laevis obsoletissime

tuberculo-striata,’ and the tergites as “‘subtilissime punctata.”

According to Kraepelin, all the tergites and sternites are “fein

nadelstichig,’ whilst the hand has a “ wulstigen kiel,” and its inner

surface “‘ nadelstichigen wulsten’”’; also the smooth interocular area

is “‘ nadelstichig.”” Whether Kraepelins’ two accounts (Das Tierreich,

Scorpiones, p. 130; and Jahrb. der Hamburg. Wiss. Anst., xi, 1,

p. 81, 1894) are based on precisely the same form as that described

by Simon is a point not determinable from their descriptions ; quite

possibly they are not so, for the pectinal teeth of the female are

A New Solifuge and Scorpion from South-West Africa. 97

16-18 according to Simon, 19-21 according to Kraepelin. The form

described below as

Opisthophthalmus opinatus bradfieldi subsp. nov.

was collected by Mr. R. D. Bradfield in limestone crevices at Krantz-

berg in the Namib desert, near Usakos, South-West African Pro-

tectorate. The types are one adult female and one subadult male ;

Fic. 3.—Opisthophthalmus opinatus bradfieldi subsp. nov. Type male (left)

and female (right) specimens from Krantzberg.

these and two other examples were kindly presented to the Albany

Museum by Mr. Bradfield. The more important characters are:

carapace with a smooth and polished interocular area which is free

of punctations except on each side about four faint ones in the female,

sides of carapace granular but not coarsely so, anterior lobes with

granular edge which is lightly curved, median incision deep and

quite short, median groove deep in front of the median eyes and

its margins granular, becoming faint and shallow near the median

incision where it bifurcates, although in the male the bifurcation is

imperfect ; tergites I-VI of female all with scattered punctations

which are superficial and not conspicuous, of male without puncta-

tions or almost so; all the sternites with punctations, but quite few

in number and almost entirely confined to the sides; caudal seg-

ments with granular superior keels, II-IV with subspiniform end-

WOT x <x. PART J. i

98 Annals of the South African Museum.

teeth, I and II without inferomedian keels (7.e. not defined on the

mesial side), III with inferomedian keels which have several puncta-

tions but no granules, IV with granulations and punctations; hand

quite stout in female, less so in male—but apparently not so pro-

minently lobed asin the type—finger-keel much broken up into isolated

granules, only in the distal half more or less continuous, the outer

portion of the upper surface with rather small well-separated granules,

and down the middle an accessory keel represented by a rather

irregular row of granules, the inner portion of the upper surface

well curved, in female entirely covered with isolated but closely

packed flattish tubercles which are rounded or oval or irregular, in

male with large granules less closely packed and not much flattened,

accessory keels being lacking in female, feebly indicated in male ;

no punctations traceable on the upper surfaces of the hand; lower sur-

face of hand well granulated over the inner portion; antero-dorsal

keel of brachium fairly smooth but weakly crenulate, postero-dorsal

keel granular and very indefinite; antero-dorsal crest of humerus

granular and very well defined; fourth tarsus with 2 spines on its

anterior edge below, the superior lobe much shorter than the lateral

lobes; protarsi I and II with 3 longer spines on the outer side

superiorly, and below with 5 short spines in the distal half of the

segment; genital operculum much longer relatively in the female ;

pectinal teeth of male 24-25, of female 17-19, the scape in the female

being free of teeth over a distance equal to about a third of its length ;

another small male has 23 pectinal teeth. Chelicerae with well-

developed stridulatory lamellae.

Colour.—Carapace, tergites and tail brown, not very dark; legs

and vesicle yellow; palps a darker brown in the adult female, but

not in male and young, the keels not conspicuously darker except

distally in the female.

Measurements.—Length of carapace, M. 13, F.17; breadth thereof,

M. 12-2, F. 17; distance from hind margin to median eyes, M. 5-5,

F. 6:6; length of tail, M. 41, F. 61; length of caudal segment V,

M. 9:5, F. 15:2; breadth thereof, M. 3:5, F. 4:5; breadth of hand,

M. 9-5, F. 14-5; length of hand—back, M. 8, F.11; length of movable

finger, M. 11-5, F. 17.

The male, though so much smaller than the female, is apparently

sexually mature, judging from the opercular characters. It may be

noted that the proportions of the hand are not very different in the

two sexes, less so than is usual between fully adult specimens in this

genus. There is a difference in the nature of the surfaces of the

A New Solifuge and Scorpion from South-West Africa. oe

tergites which are smooth and polished in the female, but quite

matt in the male. An important character of the species is the

depth and shortness of the median incision of the carapace and the

abbreviated bifurcation of the median groove; in this respect, the

species agrees well with a Pandinus and differs from any typical

Opisthophthalmus. In the stridulatory characters it agrees entirely

with the latter and likewise in the pedipalp generally. The chief

distinctive characters of bradfieldi seem to be those furnished by the

surfaces of the hand.

According to Mr. Bradfield, this scorpion has a very restricted

range at Krantzberg, occurring only on about one acre of limestone

rock in which it occupies crevices about 2 feet deep which seem to

be partly made by the animal.

(101)

5. A New Peripatopsid from the Table Mountain Caves.

By R. F. Lawrence, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Arachnida.

(With 3 Text-figures.)

THE Peripatus forms in Africa are all found at the extreme south

of the continent with the exception of one equatorial species ; strangely

enough, no representative has as yet been found in Madagascar.

These southern forms were defined in 1899 by Purcell, working at

the South African Museum, and he divided them into two groups,

a predominantly Western and an Eastern one, the former consisting

of six species, the latter of only one. The Eastern, a more primitive

and smaller form, is represented by the one genus Opisthopatus,

while the Western species are all included in the genus Peripatopsis.

These groups are distinguished by embryological as well as structural

divergences. In the Eastern type, Opisthopatus, the uterus of the

female contains embryos at different stages of development and

the young are born at different times during the year, while in the

Western Cape forms, Peripatopsis, the uterine embryos are all more

or less at the same stage of development and the young are born

at intervals of a few days to a week during the same month, usually

May.

The geographical distribution of the six species of Perzpatopsis is

as follows: moseleyi, the most eastern form, is found in Natal and

the eastern parts of the Cape Province. The more central parts of

the Cape Province are occupied by sedgwicki and clavigera, sedgwicki

being known from Grahamstown, Humansdorp, and Knysna, while

clavigera seems to be more localised, being found only at Knysna.

Proceeding westwards, balfourz and capensis have roughly the same

distribution in the south-west corner of the Cape; it isa fairly wide one

and perhaps reaches as far eastward as Knysna. P. leonina, a small

species with a larger number of legs than the other Cape species, has

a peculiarly localised distribution, being found in the Cape Peninsula

on Signal Hill and nowhere else ; its distributional area thus nowhere

overlaps those of the other species as those of balfouri and capensis

overlap each other, these latter two species being found together in

most localities of the Cape Peninsula, and also at Swellendam.

102 Annals of the South African Museum.

Recently two further species

have been added—zntermedia

from Swellendam described by

Hutchinson in 1928 (Ann. South

African Museum, vol. xxv, pt.

li, p. 337), and that described

in the present paper.

The Cape Peninsula, the ex-

treme south-western corner of

the African continent, thus pos-

sesses four species of Peripa-

topsis, a greater number than

any other locality in Africa ; it

is also significant that the species

with an extremely limited dis-

tribution all occur in the Cape

Peninsula.

The caves in which these

specimens were found occur

near the top of Table Mountain

in sandstone formation, and

appear to have been formed

either by pressure rifting apart

the cleavage fissures or by the

action of water. The cave of

which fig. 1 represents a dia-

grammatic longitudinal section

is remarkably deep and laby-

rinthine, a tortuous and narrow

entrance leading down about

100 feet below the surface to

the main gallery, which is fairly

roomy with a sandy floor.

The walls of this chamber are

damp and slimy from the water

which is constantly percolating

through fissures in the rocks.

There is in this lowest part of

the cave absolute darkness, and

the only vegetation seems to

consist of a small greyish lichen

SMALL EMTRANCE TO CAVE

ISH Ltd Ls

* P

Wi) YR Y/N i

(71

UY &

—?>

y w/,

YY YIU /, Uy JU, Uy

PUTT

WY WL"

WW YELL

ats

eLs

xl le

AHF

0 10

(From The Mountain Club Annual, No. 13, 1909-10.)

Localities where specimens of Peripatopsis were found marked P.

Fia. 1.—Elevation of Table Mountain Caves.

A New Peripatopsid from the Table Mountain Caves. 103

doubtfully referred to Lecanora. As might be expected, the fauna

of the cave is meagre, the animal most plentifully represented being

Speleiacris tabulae, a peculiar form of Orthopteron with slender

elongated antennae and legs, belonging to a group not found outside

of South Africa; these are found in comparatively large numbers

running about on the walls of the cave. Under stones were found

a Collembolid and one or two Coleoptera; among the crustacea an

Isopod and an Amphipod; the Arachnida were represented by two

species of Opiliones, one false scorpion and two species of Araneae,

a minute red Argiopid spider and a Dictynid spider (Auximus

longipes) ; Myriopoda were represented by a single specimen belong-

ing to the order Polydesmoidea. Of all these, only one species of

Opilionid, Speleosiro argasiformis, was eyeless, but this belonged to

a primitive suborder, the Cyphophthalmi, whose members are in

nearly all cases blind.; another member of this suborder has been

recorded from caves in the Ukraine.

The specimens of Peripatopsis found, four in number, were taken

under stones or climbing up the wet almost vertical walls of the

cave, and were observed by the light of electric torches to be dead

whitein colour. Two specimens which were not immediately drowned

died after twenty-four hours, although kept under conditions which

would have ensured survival in the case of P. capensis or P. balfourt.

Pervpatopsis alba n. sp.

(Text-figs. 2, 3.)

Colour.—Body dorsally and ventrally, appendages, dead white,

claws dirty white tipped with brown, body above in the middle line

with a thin opaque stripe extending from the anterior end of the

head to a little before the posterior end of the body, where it becomes

evanescent ; this stripe corresponds exactly in position to the narrow

median black stripe on the dorsal surface of P. balfourt.

Hyes absent.

Skin resembling that of P. balfouwrz, consisting of numerous conical

papillae, which are themselves covered with much smaller granules ;

these conical papillae a little larger than but similar in shape to those

of P. balfourt.

Segments of body with 8 or 9 larger annulations.

Legs 18 in number, all with distinct claws, the last (genital) pair

of legs minute but with distinct claws; in the male the penultimate

pair of legs very noticeably shorter than the preceding pair; middle

104 Annals of the South African Museum.

pad of legs more than twice but not three times as broad as the proximal

pad; the foot much more elongate than in any other species of

Peripatopsis ; the legs themselves distinctly longer than in other

species; compared with balfouri (fig. 2, c, d) the legs from where they

join the body to the beginning of the foot are slenderly conical and

Fie. 2.—Peripatopsis alba g, a, ninth leg; 6, sole and foot of same enlarged;

c, legs 7-11 seen from the side; d, legs 8-12 of P. balfourz seen from the side.

taper a little distally, while in balfourt they are bluntly rounded.

No trace of coxal organs in any of the legs.

Measurements.—Larger male specimen: length of body about

51 mm.; length of legs in the middle of body, 2-1 to 2-6 mm. ;

foot, -8 to -°9 mm.

Types: 1 adult male, 1 subadult female.

This Peripatopsis most nearly resembles P. balfouri; it has the

same number of legs and the structure of the integument is very

similar. If it were not for the distinctly longer legs this species

A New Peripatopsid from the Table Mountain Caves. 105

would appear to be an aberrant form of balfouri, an eyeless and un-

pigmented mutant of the latter. The most arresting feature of this

animal is perhaps the total lack of pigmentation ; search under low

and high powers of the microscope failed to reveal the slightest trace

of it. This is the more striking in that Onychophora from all parts

of the world are characteristically and strongly pigmented; the

velvety blackish-green colour of balfouri is the most striking feature

Fic. 3.—a, Peripatopsis alba on left, balfowri on right, dorsal view ;

b, the same, ventral view (slightly larger than life size).

of the animal to an observer seeing it for the first time. Purcell

described four colour varieties for P. capensis, but none of them

with any tendency towards albinism.

With regard to the eyeless condition of this Peripatopsid, only

one other member of the Onychophora has thus far been recorded

displaying a similar absence. In 1914 Kemp described an eyeless

form, Typhloperipatus, from north-eastern India (Records of the

Indian Museum, vol. viii, pt. 6, p. 471). These specimens were found

only under stones on hilly sloping ground at an altitude ranging

from 1200 to 2000 feet, a habitat almost precisely identical with that

of our normal-eyed Peninsula species P. capensis and P. balfouri.

In Typhloperipatus, of a large number of specimens captured, both

the adults and the young were normally pigmented, and it would

106 Annals of the South African Museum.

therefore seem that if the eyeless and unpigmented conditions are

recessive mutant characters in Onychophora, they are not linked

characters. Kemp described a patch of flat lanceolate scales on the

ventral surface of the antennae, considering these to be “ tactile in

function, compensating in some degree for the complete loss of

sight’; such a structure does not exist in Peripatopsis alba. A

section through the brain showed in the case of Typhloperipatus a

well-developed optic ganglion, but there was no differentiation of the

epidermis to form a cornea, and no trace of a lens or retina; owing

to the paucity of material it has been impossible to repeat this in-

vestigation or to give any account of the internal anatomy in the

case of Pervpatopsis alba.

The occurrence of unpigmented and blind animals living in dark-

ness has been so thoroughly discussed by differing schools of evolu-

tionary thought that it would be futile to add to the already immense

literature on the subject. It only remains to add that no member

of the Onychophora has as yet been found living in such a habitat

as Peripatopsis alba, and that it is probably the most typical caverni-

colous animal that has yet been encountered in South Africa. This

environment is an ideal one for Onychophora as far as physical con-

ditions go; there is a constant supply of water percolating into the

caves throughout the driest seasons of the year, providing that uni-

formly high degree of humidity and an almost constant temperature

within very narrow extremes, both of which factors occurring together

provide optimum conditions for Onychophora. Animals living under

these conditions are exempt from two catastrophes which destroy

numbers of Onychophora in the Cape Peninsula every year—mountain

fires and droughts.

Owing to the increase of population and the taking over of waste

land for habitable purposes there is a danger of Peripatopsis tending

towards extinction in the Cape Peninsula. It is now only found in

the less frequented ravines and slopes of the mountain. Moseley

demonstrated the tracheate nature of Peripatus with specimens which

he captured behind Coghill’s Hotel at Wynberg in 1873; such a

capture would be an impossibility at the present day. In a small

ravine on the Camps Bay side of Kloof Nek, near Lion’s Head, the

author a few years ago collected twenty-four specimens in a couple

of hours; since the municipality have cleared and drained the spot,

providing amenities for picnic parties and sightseers, no specimen

of Peripatopsis has ever been found, though repeated search has

been made. P. leonina is almost if not totally extinct owing to

A New Peripatopsid from the Table Mountain Caves. 107

numerous fires and the planting of pine tree forests on Signal Hill,

the only locality where it has ever been known to exist.

Key to the Species of Peripatopsis.

1. Last pair of legs with neither claws nor rudiments of feet : ‘ bavaneers

Last pair of legs with normal feet and claws . : : : ; Bh at ed

2. 17 pairs of claw-bearing legs ‘ ‘ ; : : capensis, Grube.

21-22 pairs of claw-bearing legs. : : : moseleyz, Wood-Mason.

3. Eyes absent, body unpigmented . : : : : alba, n. sp.

Kyes present, body pigmented. ; 4,

4. Many of the papillae of the upper part of the body seat baie salakosd

in the apical part ; 17 pairs of claw-bearing legs : clavigera, Purcell.

None of the dorsal and lateral papillae clavate; 18 or more pairs of claw-

bearing legs . : : : é é : : : aT,

5. 18 or 19 pairs of claw- basing legs : : : : : : = COGS

20-22 pairs of claw-bearing legs . : : : ; ‘ ; Sealy ie

6. Coxal glands present in legs 1-16 : : . wmtermedia, Hutchinson.

Coxal glands not present in legs 1-16 . : , . balfouri, Sedgwick.

7. 20 pairs of claw-bearing legs : ; : ; . sedgwicki, Purcell.

21-22 pairs of claw-bearing legs . 3 : 3 ; leonina, Purcell,

CH 109%%)

6. On a Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa—

By R. J. Tittyarp, M.A., Sc.D. (Cantab.), D.Sc. (Sydney),

foe... F.LS., F.G.8., FHS. -N.Zinst.. C.MLZ.S.

(With 13 Text-figures.)

THE subject of this paper is a small collection of stone-flies received

for study from the South African Museum, Capetown, through the

kindness of Dr. E. L. Gill, Director of the Museum. Most of the

specimens were collected by Dr. Barnard, Assistant Director, in the

course of his researches on the fauna of the Cape mountain ranges.

The collection has proved to be of very great interest both from the

systematic and the zoogeographical view-points. The probable ex-

istence of a group of PERLARIA of southern (Notogaean) origin was

suggested by me (i lit.) from the study of the known Perlarian

faunas of other southern lands, e.g. Australia, New Zealand, and

Southern Chile; but it would have been impossible to indicate in

detail its probable composition beyond stating that any or all of the

three known southern or Notogaean groups would be represented in

it. These groups are as follows :—

1. The ancient and extremely restricted family AUSTROPERLIDAE

(Tillyard, 1921). As this family les undoubtedly very close to the

actual original stem-form of the whole Order, and is to-day only

represented by a single genus, Austroperla, in New Zealand, and

another closely allied genus, Tasmanoperla, in Tasmania and the

mountains of South-eastern Australia, one would scarcely expect to

find it in South Africa. No representatives of it occur in the present

collection.

2. The dominant southern family LEPTOPERLIDAE. This group,

consisting for the most part of small, inconspicuously coloured forms,

is abundant in New Zealand, particularly in the South Island, in

Tasmania, the colder parts of South-eastern Australia, and the colder

mountainous regions of South America, including Tierra del Fuego.

It has a typical Notogaean distribution and is undoubtedly of southern

origin. It appeared to me that there might easily be found repre-

sentatives of this group in South Africa, and I must admit that it was

110 Annals of the South African Museum.

mainly with the expectation of discovering such forms that I begged

Dr. Barnard to search the mountainous regions of the Cape Province

for these particular stone-flies. Nevertheless, no specimens of this

family occur in the collection before me, and it seems now extremely

doubtful that they occur there at all. We must, however, remember

that, although this family is extremely well represented on the main-

land of Australia, it remained undiscovered for very many years,

owing to the fact that most of the species are very dull, retiring

insects, seldom found on the wing, and mostly occurring in late winter

or early spring. In Tasmania and New Zealand they are far too

abundant to escape notice, and have been known for a much longer

period.

3. A small group of peculiar genera belonging to the widespread

family NEMOURIDAE (s. lat.) and consisting of the genera Udamocercia

End. (1909) from Tierra del Fuego, Spaniocerca Till. (1923) from New

Zealand, Tasmania, and South-eastern Australia, and Notonemoura

Till. (1923) from New Zealand only. These are very small stone-

flies, even more inconspicuous than the smaller species of LEPTOPER-

LIDAE, along with which they usually occur, but in much smaller

numbers. I anticipated that some form closely related to Spaniocerca

would probably occur on Table Mountain and other elevated parts of

Cape Province, and in this I have not been disappointed. The

present collection contains no less than four species belonging to this

group and referable to two distinct genera, both new to science. Dr.

Barnard is to be highly congratulated on bringing this interesting

group to light.

The systematic interest of these new forms lies in the fact that they

undoubtedly form a link between the family NEMouRIDAE (s. sér.)

and the small family Leuctripar. Enderlein, who defined the first

genus of the group, viz. Udamocercia (1909), does not accept the

opinion of most HKuropean specialists that the genus Leuctra should

constitute a distinct family. He takes all the Nemouroid forms as

constituting a single family, NEMouRIDAE (s. lat.), which he divides

into two subfamilies, TAENIOPTERYGINAE and NEMOURINAE, on the

form of the tarsi. (See fig. 2, in TAENIOPTERYGINAE the three seg-

ments of the tarsus are nearly equal in length). Other Huropean

authors, however, tend more and more to treat the TAENIOPTERYGIDAE

as a distinct family, and also separate out the somewhat aberrant

genus Leuctra, which, on its tarsal characters, belongs to the sub-

family NEMOURINAE, as a distinct family of its own, LEUCTRIDAE.

It appears to me that Enderlein takes the wider and sounder

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 111

view of the problem. Those authors who study chiefly the Huropean

forms cannot fail to note the differences between Leuctra and the rest

of the European Nemourinag, and therefore they tend to separate

them out into two distinct families. Nemoura itself, including all

its component subgenera (which are sometimes considered as good

genera) stands out as the most highly evolved member of the whole

group, particularly in the highly developed “ X-form”’ venational

grouping at and below the endings of the subcosta in both wings.

Leuctra is also a highly developed type in quite another direction ;

its venation has never developed the “ X-form,”’ but it has specialized

in the reduction of the anal area of the hind-wing. It is not possible,

logically, to fit any of the three known southern genera into either

the Nemoura-group or the Leuctra-group; they lie just about half-

way between them. The new forms discovered in South Africa

share this character also. The first question one puts to oneself is

“Are these forms NEMouRIDAE or LEUcTRIDAE?” ‘The answer is

“Neither.” The next question is, whether a new family or sub-

family group should be made forthem. At this point I feel compelled

to join forces with Enderlein, and to point out that it seems most

logical to conclude that we are, after all, only concerned with a single

complex of family rank, the NEMouRIDAE, into which all these allied

forms should go. It then becomes apparent that, as in so many other

cases, the southern group of genera is nearest to the original type of

the family, and that, in working its way into the Northern Hemis-

phere, this same group has evolved into at least two, or perhaps (if

the TAENIOPTERYGIDAE be included) three distinct types. Even so,

Iam unable to grant subfamily rank to the genus Leuctra, for to do so

would again place us in a quandary as to what to do with the southern

genera, which share almost equally Nemoura-like and Leuctra-like

characters.

My conclusion, then, is that these forms are to be classified as

NemovuripaEz. On the form of the tarsi, they belong to the sub-

family NEMOURINAE, as also does the genus Leuctra.

_ In the collection before me another group of stone-flies is repre-

sented, viz. the family PERLIDAE, subfamily NEOPERLIDAE, by a

single genus and species. This differs from the other species in the

collection in being a larger and more striking form, found further

north, and evidently of tropical origin. Thus we find in this restricted

South African Perlarian fauna the same two elements, broadly

speaking, as we find in Australia, New Zealand, and South America,

viz. a true southern or Notogaean remnant and a northern immigrant

112 Annals of the South African Museum.

race, though the latter does not belong to the group (HUSTHENIIDAE)

which occurs in other southern countries.

As a fair amount of the material sent was in alcohol, and as it is

impossible to define small and obscure species of stone-flies without

careful preparations and mounts, the types of all the new species

have been dissected and mounted on slides. The wings are first of

all dissected off, cleared and mounted in Canada Balsam. The body

is then macerated in 10 per cent. KOH solution, cleared and mounted

separately. Where available, both sexes have been thus treated.

Pinned specimens are considered as paratypes.

Note oN VENATIONAL NOMENCLATURE IN THE ORDER PERLARIA.

It has by now been satisfactorily established that the Order PER-

LARIA as it exists to-day is a small offshoot of the originally more

dominant Order PROTOPERLARIA (family LEMMATOPHORIDAE) so well

represented in the Lower Permian Beds of Kansas (Tillyard, 1928a,

19280). An analysis of the various types then extant indicates clearly

that the genus Artinska Till. contains within itself all the necessary

ancestral characters for the modern Order PERLARIA. It is logical

to assume that all the other Lower Permian genera died out, and that

Artinska itself, by further specializations, gave rise at some later

geological date to the first true representatives of the Order PERLARIA.

These cannot have been very different from the existing family

AUSTROPERLIDAE.

The study of the Order PROTOPERLARIA resolves some outstanding

puzzles in the venation of PErRLaria. Long ago Comstock (1918,

p. 249) wrote as follows :—

“‘T am convinced . . . that only the first forking of the radial

sector, the division of this vein into veins R,+-, and R,+5, is primitive

(i.e. for the PERLARIA); and that in those cases where the radial

sector is more than two-branched, the additional branches have been

developed secondarily.

“It is also evident that only the first forking of media, the division

of this vein into veins M,+., and M,+-,, is primitive, for the farther

branching of these veins is too inconstant and erratic to be considered

primitive.”

As Comstock had postulated, for his hypothetical ancestral type of

wing-venation, a four-branched Rs and also a four-branched M, the

above facts remained for him an unsolved puzzle.

Now in all the Proroperiaria the vein called M by Comstock

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 113

proves to be compounded of Lameere’s two elements, viz. the anterior

convex vein MA and the posterior concave vein MP. Further, it is

universally true in this fossil Order that MA in the hind-wing is

fused basally for a stretch with Rs. In modern PERLARIA (see figs.

1, 3, 13) such a fusion is universally present in the hind-wing between

Rs and the assumed vein M of Comstock. Moreover, in all PROTOPER-

LARIA, both in the fore- and-hind-wings, MP is seen to be an process of

degradation, its basal portion having lost its chitinization and having

become a mere concave groove in the wing membrane. The logical

outcome of this process, if continued further, would be to eliminate

this vein altogether, and to leave, in consequence, a rather wide

field between veins MA and Cu,. The more archaic types of existing

PERLARIA have sucha broad field. In Artinska we can see that already

the cross-vein formation is leading up to the alignment of a series of

medio-cubitals and inter-cubitals, as in recent PERLARIA. Also, in

Artinska, there remain many types with MA in the fore-wing still

quite separate from Rs, though the tendency to fuse basally with that

vein, already achieved in the hind-wing, is seen to be actually con-

summated in many types of Proropertaria. Further, Artinska

has both MA and Rs basically two-branched, which is the condition

postulated by Comstock as ancestral for the Order PERLARIA.

An examination of any archaic type of PERLARIA, e.g. one of the

AUSTROPERLIDAE or HUSTHENIIDAE, indicates the strong convex

nature of the vein called M by Comstock. This vein, however, is

always a concave vein in other Orders. Thus we arrive at a complete

proof that the media of the PERLARIA is the convex vein MA of

Lameere, and that the concave vein MP (Comstock’s M) has been

suppressed long ago.

A further point of interest is that all PROTOPERLARIA possess only

two anal veins in the fore-wing, 1A and 2A, both convex. In the

hind-wing, 1A is simple ; 2A forms a four-branched anal fan, of which

the first branch is forked. This agrees with the tracheation of

nymphal wings of Pertaria. The vein called 3A by Comstock is

merely a branch of 2A, secondarily developed.

In view of the above evidence I have labelled the media in this

paper MA, using the notation MA, and MA, for its two primary

branches ; and I have also discontinued the notation 3A in the system

of anal veins.

WOE SX. PART 21, 8

114 Annals of the South African Museum.

Famity PERLIDAE.

Subfamily NEOPERLINAE.

Enderlein (1909) defines the subfamily NEoPERLINAE by the follow-

ing characters :—Only two ocelli present. Two axillary veins (7.e. a

forked 2A) run out from the basal anal cell in fore-wing. Beyond the

anastomosis (?.e. transverse cord) in fore-wing, Rs is usually three-

branched, seldom two- or four-branched.

The absence of the median ocellus and the forked nature of the

vein 2A in fore-wing appear to be sound characters on which to base

this subfamily. There is, however, so much variation in the venation

of that part of the wing distad from the transverse cord that I think

the condition of Rs should be omitted from the definition.

Genus OCHTHOPETINA End.

1909. Stettin, Entomol. Zeit., 70 Jahrg., p. 324.

This genus was separated off from Neoperla Needham by Enderlein

to contain the Ethiopian and Oriental species originally included

within Neoperla. The type of the latter genus is N. clymene (Newm.)

from North America, and it originally included species also from

South America as well as Africa and Malaya. The North American

forms are easily distinguished from all the rest by the fact that, in the

hind-wing, the fused basal portions of veins Rs and M (fig. 1, Rs+M)

is very short, whereas in the other forms it is much longer, either

about equal to, or longer than, the forked parts of these veins pro-

ceeding from it to the transverse cord. The genus Ochthopetina

End., type O. aéripennis End. from Java, is distinguished from the

genus Macrogynoplax End., which includes the South American

species, by the short subgenital plate of the female ; in Macrogynoplax

this plate is double as long as the rest of the sternite, and nearly

reaches the posterior border of the tenth sternite.

As I have not seen any of the Oriental species of Ochthopetina, I

am not able to criticise Enderlein’s placing of the Ethiopian and Orien-

tal forms together in one genus. If they are really as closely related

as Enderlein’s grouping would lead us to suppose, the fact is of con-

siderable interest, as it reinforces a large number of similar cases in

other groups of insects.

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 115

Ochthopetina transvaalenstis (End.).

(Fig. 1.)

1909. Zool. Anz., xxxiv, p. 402 (Zoutpansberg).

Of this apparently widespread species the collection contains five

specimens: two from M‘fongosi, Zululand, collected by W. EH. Jones,

March 1911, and three from Otjimbumbe, Kunene River, South West

2A A 2A

Fie. 1.—Ochthopetina transvaalensis (End.). Wings. Length of fore-wing 15 mm.

Comstock-Needham System of notation, except MA, anterior or convex media.

Africa, collected by the Museum expedition to South West Africa,

March 1923.*

The length of the fore-wing ranges from 13 to 16 mm. ; its venation

distally from the transverse cord is very variable, and in some speci-

mens M appears to be three-branched, owing to the upper fork of

* There are other specimens in the South African Museum collection from the

following localities :—Erikson’s Drift, Kunene River (Museum Expedition, March

1923); Lydenburg, Transvaal (P. Kroeger); Howick, Natal (Symons, 1917) ;

Krantzkop, Natal (K. H. Barnard, November, 1917); Upington, Cape (Sollier,

1919).—Ep1Tor.

116 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cu, becoming transferred to it and the lower fork of the same vein

developing an additional small distal fork. Also the most posterior

branch of Rs, 7.e. R4+5;, may arise from the transverse cord or it may

arise markedly distad from it. Other variable characters are :—the

number and position of the cross-veins between M and Cn, in fore-

wings, and of the intercubitals in both wings; the length of Sc in

hind-wing (sometimes ending close up to the transverse cord, sometimes

well short of it); the number and position of the pterostigmatic

veinlets ; the closeness of the ocelli (sometimes practically touching,

sometimes nearly one diameter apart) ; the distinctness of the typical

sculpturing of the head and pronotum ; and the size and colouration

of the specimen (one specimen from Zululand is markedly darker than

the rest).

Attention should be drawn to the peculiar character of vein 2A in

the hind-wing (fig. 1). This vein, after approaching very close to 1A

at about one-third of its length, bends strongly away from it before

it forks at about two-thirds of its length. This character appears

to me so peculiar that I think it should be included in the generic

definition, if, as I surmise, it occurs in other species of Ochthopetina.

The Oriental species should be studied also for the condition of this

vein.

Famity NEMOURIDAE.

Subfamily NEMOURINAE.

The subfamily is easily recognised by the form of the tarsi, in which

the second segment is much shorter than either of the other two

(fig. 2).

Fic. 2.—Aphanicerca capensis n. g. et sp. Middle tarsus with apex of tibia and

tibial spur. Xx 100.

The two new genera represented in the collection may be distin-

guished as follows :—

Fore-wing with Rs and M arising separately from R; no striking colour-pattern

Aphanicerca n. g.

(Genotype A. capensis n. sp.)

Fore-wing with Rs and M arising together from R; a striking colour-pattern of

broad dark transverse fasciae present : : . Desmonemoura n. g.

(Genotype D. pulchella n. sp.).

Collection of. Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 117

APHANICERCA 0. g.

(Figs. 2-9.)

3 Fore-wing (fig. 3).—Sc ending on costa at or near its middle, and

supported either at or just before its end by a cross-vein descending

to R, and continuous with the transverse cord. Pterostigma very

long, without veinlets (rarely an adventitious one, or part of one).

Fic. 3.—Aphanicerca capensis n. g. et sp. Wings. Length of fore-wing 7 mm.

Venational notation as in fig. 1.

Rs arising from R at a very marked angle (sometimes almost a right

angle) at about one-fifth to one-fourth of wing-length, and dividing

into two branches, R,+, and R,+,, either at, or very slightly distad

from, the transverse cord. M arising by a much more acute angle

separately from R at one-sixth of the wing-length or less from base.

Cu, simple, extending far beyond end of Cu, to a point not far short

of apex of wing. All the veins distad from transverse cord very

evenly spaced, subparallel; no cross-veins in this part of wing,

except an occasional adventitious one just distad of transverse cord

between lower branch of M and Cu,. Between base and transverse

cord, normally only two cross-veins between M and Cuy,, rarely three.

118 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hight to eleven intercubital cross-veins, of which two or three lie

distad from the lower end of the transverse cord. Only two anal

veins, connected not far from base by a strong cross-vein. 1A simple,

wavy. 2A with a descending spur about half-way, thence more or

less arched.

Hind-wing (fig. 3) with strongly arched costa to end of Se (at

about half-way or slightly less). Rs forking markedly distad from

transverse cord. Rs and M arising together from R by a very short

common stalk, with descending cross-vein to Cu,. A single inter-

cubital cross-vein placed well distad from level of transverse cord.

Anal fan narrow, with five simple veins, including 14; the fifth

rather short, and with a very short spur-vein at its base.

Legs with tibia longer than femur; tarsi short, their second seg-

ment much shorter than either of the other two.

Cerci vestigial or absent.

Genotype.—A phanicerca capensis 0. sp.

This genus shows marked affinity with Spaniocerca Till. from

Australia and New Zealand, particularly in the mode of origin of Rs

and M in fore-wing, in the general structure of the hind-wing, in the

form and details of the anal areas of both wings, in the arrangement

of the cross-veins between M and Cu, in fore-wing, the intercubitals

in fore-wing, and the single distally placed intercubital cross-vein in

hind-wing. It is easily distinguished by the form of Sc, which, in

Spantocerca, arches up to touch the costa and then curves gently

down on to R,, with an extension in the form of a pterostigmatic

veinlet further distad, and also by the absence of the sharp downward

curve of Cu, on leaving the transverse cord, which is a marked feature

of Spaniocerca. In these characters one must regard the new genus

as being more archaic than Spaniocerca itself, though in other respects,

notably in the structure of the male genitalia, it appears to be more

specialised.

The new genus is also allied to Notonemoura Till. from New Zea-

land, from which it can be distinguished by its narrower and longer

wings, narrower anal fan of hind-wing, absence of pterostigmatic

veinlets, and form of Sc ; this latter vein, in Notonemoura, forks evenly

at its distal end. Notonemoura agrees with Aphanicerca in the even

arrangement of the veins of the distal part of the fore-wing, but the

fork of Rs takes place in such a way that a short portion of R,+ 3 1s

included in the transverse cord, while Rs itself continues through the

cord directly along R,+;; in like manner, in Notonemoura, a short

portion of the upper branch of M forms part of the cord, but M itselt

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 119

runs through the cord directly into its lower branch. Thus the

composition and form of the cord in these two genera is markedly

different. This is also true for the hind-wing, where, in Notonemoura,

the intercubital cross-vein is very small and closer to the base of the

cord, the three veins M,+,, Cu,, and Cu, running very close together.

There appear to be three closely allied species of this genus in the

collection, which may be distinguished as follows :—

1. Comparatively large species, fore-wing about 8 mm. long, with more or less

clearly marked pale irregular band crossing the darker wing about its middle :

male with large dorsal processes on abdominal segment 7 . A. capensis n. sp.

Comparatively small species, fore-wing 5-6 mm. long, of uniform colouration ;

male without dorsal processes . ‘ : : ; : : : 2.

2. Paraprocts of male with paired flagella; edges of copulatory groove strongly

denticulate . ; : : : : : A. denticulata n. sp.

3. Paraprocts without flagella ; edges of copulatory groove only extremely minutely

serrate ° : : : : : : : A. barnardi n. sp.

Aphanicerca capensis n. sp.

(Figs. 2-4.)

S$. Total length, 6-4 mm. ; hind-leg, 7 mm.; fore-wing, 7 mm. long

by 2 mm. wide. General colour, medium brownish fuscous, the head

and antennae darker, with a slight russet tinge, the pronotum dark

fuscous, the legs brownish tinged with russet, and much darkened

towards distal ends of femora; fore-wings subhyaline tinged with

light brownish fuscous, with a markedly more hyaline area, of irregular

shape, crossing the middle, just distad from the transverse cord, and

much broader posteriorly than anteriorly; this pattern gives the

wings, when folded, a marked appearance of alternate light and

dark transverse areas, but too diffuse and irregular to be termed

fasciation (contrast the colour-pattern of the wings in Desmonemoura

n. g. below) ; hind-wings subhyaline.

Head about as wide as pronotum; ocells very small; antennae

(broken) evidently as long as, or longer than, fore-wing, scape large,

longer than wide, pedicel about as wide as long but much smaller

than scape, third segment subcylindrical, much narrower than pedicel,

nearly thrice as long as wide, fourth and following segments much

shorter than third, cylindrical, becoming gradually longer towards

the distal end of the organ; thirty-one segments are present in left

antenna of holotype male (broken); mazillary palpi with small

first and second segments, third and fourth equal, longer, fifth longer

than fourth, oval. Hyes black, occiput dark russet.

120 Annals of the South African Museum.

Thorax.—Pronotum squarish, slightly broader posteriorly, lateral

margins slightly convex, dark fuscous tinged with russet in middle ;

pterothorax considerably wider than prothorax.

Abdomen about 3 mm. long; dorsally from the posterior margin

of seg. 7 there is developed a pair of very strong, diverging processes

shaped as in fig. 4a, dark brown with black ridges. Cerci, 0-3 mm.

long, rather slender, hairy, with rounded apices (fig. 4c). Paraprocts

Fic. 4.—Aphanicerca capensis n. g. et sp. a, Dorsal processes of segment 7,

male. 120. 6, Subgenital plate, male. 60. c, Cercus, male. x60.

d, Paraproct, male. x60.

(fig. 4d) 0-4 mm., subtriangular, with a dorsal extension forward

from hinder angle in the form of a hard, rather slender process with a

slightly enlarged denticulate area on its lower margin; these two

processes, in the position of rest, lie close to one another and to the

middle line. Subgenital plate (fig. 4b) large, sheath-like, its apex

somewhat pointed and ending in a softly chitinous flap; a small,

softly chitinized process projects below its base.

Wings.—General scheme of venation as given in the generic defini-

tion (fig. 3). Of specific value may be noted the very characteristic

ending of Sc and also the ending of Cu, well beyond half-way along the

posterior margin.

2. Somewhat more robust and darker coloured than male; fore-

wing 7-8 mm. long. Abdomen ending in a pair of broadly triangular

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 121

subanal plates, hairy, with moderately pointed and slightly nodding

apices ; cerci very short, broadly rounded at apex, hairy.

Occasional additions to the normal venation are to be seen in both

sexes, notably an additional cross-vein above Cu, in fore-wing, just

distad from transverse cord; an additional (third) medio-cubital

cross-vein in fore-wing ; a pterostigmatic veinlet, either wholly or only

partially formed, just distad from end of Sc in both wings; doubling

of the subanal veinlet or strut from 2A to posterior margin in

fore-wing.

Types.—Holotype male and allotype female, mounted on slides,

the bodies treated with KOH, the wings cleared and mounted separ-

ately ; both from tube of specimens preserved in alcohol, taken on

Table Mountain, by K. H. Barnard, 25th January 1929.

Localities.—Table Mountain, Cape Town (October 1917 and

January 1929); Winterhoek Mountains, Tulbagh (August 1929) ;

Wellington Mountains, 4000 feet (December 1924); Jonker’s Hoek,

Stellenbosch (May 1924). A dark female form, with the pale area

of the fore-wings much restricted, was taken at Lemoens Hoek,

Heidelberg, Cape Province, in November 1927. A small male, fore-

wing only 5-8 mm. long, and a small female were taken at Klein

Drakenstein, October 1925. The species is evidently widespread

and not uncommon at high altitudes. All specimens collected by

Ke. Barnard.

Aphanieerca denticulata n. sp.

(Figs. 5, 6a.)

3. Total length, 6 mm.; fore-wing, 5°7 mm. long by 1°8 mm. wide.

General colouration dull brownish fuscous, head and antennae some-

what darker; legs medium brownish fuscous, femora not markedly

darkened apically.

Head.—The antennae differ from those of A. capensis n. sp. in having

the scape almost bulbous, very wide, and not longer than wide,

the pedicel only half as wide as the scape, and not longer than wide,

the third and following segments not cylindrical, but all somewhat

wider distally than basally, the third barely twice as long as wide,

the fourth and following segments shorter than the third, but becom-

ing gradually longer distally. Forty-seven segments can be counted

on one antenna and forty-five on the other, neither being complete.

The maxillary palpi have the third segment longest, and both third

and fourth are widest distally ; the fifth segment is markedly more

122 Annals of the South African Museum.

pointed apically than in A. capensis, and is also the longest segment

of the five.

Thorax.—The pronotum is markedly wider than long, sub-rectang-

ular, with a fine median longitudinal line.

Abdomen.—There are no dorsal processes as in A. capensis 0. Sp.,

but there is a median grooved appendage developed below and between

the cerci which is not present in A. capensis. Viewed ventrally, this

Se R,

Rats

yrs

MA,

2A 1A

Gis

' Fia. 5.—Aphanicerca denticulata n. g. et sp. Fore-wing. Length 5-7 mm.

Venational notation as in fig. 1.

appendage is scissors-shaped (fig. 6a), with the two loops placed

posteriorly and the narrow process projecting anteriorly ; the sides

of this latter are markedly denticulate. The paraprocts are much

larger, their forward processes weakly chitinized, double. Cerca

shorter and stouter than in A. capensis, hairy. Subgenital plate

very short, basal appendage minute. ~

Wings (fig. 5) almost unicolorously tinged with brownish fuscous,

slightly darker at base and along costa of fore-wing. Venation closely

similar to that of A. capensis, but with Sc arching up distally to end

in costa exactly at the point where the transverse cross-vein descends

to the transverse cord. Cu, not quite as long as in A. capensis, in

fore-wing ; in hind-wing the distal intercubital cross-vein is placed

nearer margin of wing than base of transverse cord.

2 unknown.

Type.—Holotype male, mounted on slide, body treated with KOH,

wings cleared and mounted separately, from specimen preserved in

alcohol, taken on Winterhoek Mountains, Tulbagh, by K. H. Barnard,

August 1929.

Aphanicerca barnardi n. sp.

(Figs. 6b, 7-9.)

3. Total length, 5 mm.; fore-wing, 5:4 mm. General colour

brownish. This species is evidently closely allied to A. denticulata

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 128

a b

Fie. 6.—Aphanicercella n. subg. Dorsal grooved appendage of male, flattened by

mounting. 120. a, A. denticulatan. sp. 6, A. barnardi n. sp.

Sc R,

Cu,

Fic. 7.—Aphanicerca barnardi n. g. et sp. Fore-wing. Length 5-4 mm. Vena-

tional notation as in fig. 1.

Fie. 8.—Aphanicerca barnardi n. g. et sp. Male appendages cleared in KOH 10

per cent. solution, and drawn before mounting. a dorsal, b ventral, and

c lateral views.

124 Annals of the South African Museum.

n. sp., and like the latter differs from A. capensis in having no dorsal

processes on the abdomen of the male and in possessing a median

grooved appendage below and between the cerci. This appendage

(fig. 6b) differs in shape from that of A. denticulata, and the margins

of its anterior process are not denticulate but only very minutely

crenulate. The paraprocts also differ in form, their forward processes

begin single, strongly chitinized, but ending in rather soft, fleshy

projections. Cercz short and stout, larger than in A. denticulata and

with longer hairs. Subgenital plate broad and well developed, shaped

as in fig. 8b, with a short but quite distinct basal appendage. Fig.

8a, b, c shows the very complex male genital region in dorsal, ventral,

and lateral view respectively.

Wings (fig. 7) subhyaline, with brownish fuscous veins. The

descending cross-vein of the subcosta is placed definitely before the

end of that vein. At the curve of Rs in fore-wing, close to its origin,

there is a short spur-vein directed basad, suggesting the course of

evolution by which, very probably, the fused condition of Rs and M

in the fore-wing of the next genus (Desmonemoura n. g.) has been

attained. Anal area of fore-wing markedly narrower than in A.

denticulata, the course of [A being different and closer to Cuy.

2 closely similar to male in general appearance. Ventrally the

abdomen has a transverse hard chitinous area on seg. 7, a divided

subgenital plate on seg. 8, a large, partially divided subanal plate

on seg. 10, and small, fairly slender, slightly curved cerci, as shown

Thay ioe 8),

Types.—Holotype male, mounted on slide, body treated with KOH,

wings cleared and mounted separately, from specimen preserved in

alcohol; taken at Fairy Glen, Worcester, Cape Province, by K. H.

Barnard, June 4, 1929. Allotype female (abdomen only) similarly

treated, from damaged example, same series of specimens. Paratype

male, from same locality, mounted entire on slide. Abdominal

appendages of g, mounted on slide, from damaged specimen in

alcohol; also wings and legs on separate slides.

Following the practice of some European authors, the above three

species may be divided into two groups having subgeneric rank, as

follows :—

Male with dorsal processes from seventh abdominal segment, but without a dorsal

grooved appendage below and between cerci Subgenus Aphanicerca n. g.

(Type Aphanicerca capensis n. sp.)

Male without any dorsal processes, but with a dorsal grooved appendage below

and between cerci . j - 4 : Subgenus A phanicercella n. subg.

(Type Aphanicerca barnardi n. sp.)

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 125

Ce OU Ce e.g

. LY Soe hea a

dk Ae Be)

es v

chp

Fic. 9.—Aphanicerca barnardi n. g. et sp. Last four segments of abdomen of

female, ventral view. x56.

Fie. 10.—Desmonemoura pulchellum n. g. et sp. Wings. Length of fore-wing

5-8 mm. Venational notation as in fig. I.

126 Annals of the South African Museum.

A. barnardi n. sp. is designated as the type of the new subgenus

Aphanicercella because both sexes are known and it appears to be a

commoner species than A. denticulata n. sp.

DESMONEMOURA DN. g.

(Fig. 10.)

This genus is to be regarded as a specialised offshoot from the

older genus Aphanicerca n. g. It differs from it in the following

characters :—

Fore-wing with Rs and M arising by a common stalk from R, and

with a strongly marked pattern of dark transverse fasciae. Male

with very complex terminal appendages, possessing two pairs of

forcipate appendages, one pair formed from the cerci and another

from the paraprocts.

Genotype.—Desmonemoura pulchellum n. sp.

Desmonemoura pulchellum n. sp.

(inas, WO, 10.)

3. Total length, 7 mm.; fore-wing, 5-3mm. long. General coloura-

tuon strongly banded in very pale and very dark brown. Head,

pterothorax, and end of abdomen dark brown, prothorax and most of

abdomen very pale; legs pale, except last segment of tarsus, which

is dark.

Head.—Antennae with basal segments somewhat similar to those

of A. capensis (broken) ; mazuillary palpi also similar to those of A.

capensis in form, but longer, being about as long as the width of the

head.

Thorax.—Pronotum rectangular, somewhat wider than long, with-

out a mid-longitudinal line.

Abdomen.—No dorsal processes present. The very complex

terminal appendages are shown in ventral view in fig. 11; note the

cerci (c) forming one pair of forcipate appendages, distinguished by

the hairs on their distal portions, and a second pair of forcipate

appendages formed from the paraprocts (pp), and not hairy; there

is also a complex median appendage, a pair of shorter processes, and

a triangular subanal plate with small basal hairy process (bp).

Wings.—Fore-wing (fig. 10) beautifully banded with irregular

transverse fasciae of dark brown ona pale, subhyaline ground. Four

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 127

of these bands may be distinguished, the first and third not reaching

the costa, and the fourth occupying the apical area of the wing. The

second fascia reaches posteriorly to the end of Cu,, which is barely

beyond the level of the end of Sc. Hind-wing (fig. 10) mostly darkly

Fie. 11.—Desmonemoura pulchellum n. g. et sp. Appendage of male, flattened

by mounting. Ventral view. xX 56. bp, Basal process of subgenital plate;

c, cercus; pp, process of paraproct.

shaded, but with pale, subhyaline area extending along costa from

transverse cord to near apex and extending right across to posterior

margin covering the apical part of Cu.

2 similar to male, but without the forcipate appendages ; subanal

plate divided into two broadly triangular lobes, pale in colour ;

subgenital plate also pale, shorter.

Types.—Holotype male, mounted on slide, body treated with KOH,

wings cleared and mounted separately, from specimen preserved in

alcohol, taken at Banhoek, near Stellenbosch, by K. H. Barnard,

October 7, 1929. Allotype female, pinned specimen, taken by K. H.

Barnard on Winterhoek Mountains, Tulbagh, 4000 feet, November

1917. One paratype from same locality, two from Tradouw Pass,

Swellendam, November 1925 (K. H. Barnard).

128 Annals of the South African Museum.

SSS 5

o??

> a

Pt)

: :

S CS oO

O OF 7)

‘QS

coy ie

Tosa

Fie. 12.—Full-grown larva of an

undetermined species of Aphani-

cerca from Banhoek near Stellen-

bosch. 16. Missing portions

of antennae and cerci restored.

LARVAE.

(Figs. 12, 13.)

In the collection are two specimens

of larvae of Perlaria preserved in

alcohol, both from Banhoek, near

Stellenbosch (taken by K. H. Barnard,

October 7, 1929). Neither of these

larvae possess any external gills. The

smaller of them is in the last instar,

and has the venational scheme clearly

marked on the wings as pale veins on

a fuscous background. It is therefore

possible to determine the genus with-

out any doubt, and the venation proves

that this larva belongs to the genus

Aphanicerca. It isin rather poor con-

dition, with the antennae and cerci

badly broken off. After treatment

with KOH, the larva was cleared and

mounted on a slide, and one of the

maxillary palpi was dissected out.

Fig. 12 shows the reconstructed larva

(length of body 6 mm.), with prob-

able form of antennae and cerci; fig. 13

shows the structure of the maxillary —

palp. The general colour of this larva

is pale brownish, without any pattern.

A comparison with known larvae of

Nemoura and Leuctra shows that this

larva is, as might be expected, some-

what intermediate between the two.

In its general form it comes closest to

Nemoura, particularly in the large and

robust legs and robust build of thorax.

The mandibles have both incisor and

molar series of teeth strongly de-

veloped, but the ciliation of the inner

margin is only poorly developed. The

maxilla differs from that of both Ne-

moura and Leuctra in that the galea

Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South Africa. 129

and lacinia are just about of equal length; in these other genera

the galea is the longer, especially in Nemoura. The maxillary palp

has the distal segment longest, rather narrow oval in shape, some-

what pointed (fig. 13).

The larger larva, which is in better condition, was cleared and

mounted without treatment by KOH. It is in the penultimate

instar and therefore its generic position

cannot be determined from the wing-vena-

tion. As, however, the colouring is medium

brown on the thorax and legs, with the

head and most of the abdomen markedly

darker, it is reasonable to suppose that it

belongs to the strongly banded species

Desmonemoura pulchellum n. g. et sp.,

adults of which were taken by Dr. Barnard

along with it. Length of body, 7-2 mm. ;

antenna, 4:8 mm.; cerci, 3°8 mm. The

general form is very similar to the smaller

larva, but there are some important differ-

ences, as follows: The maxillary palpus has

the last segment narrow, cylindrical, with

apex bluntly rounded; the pronotum is i

: Fie. 13.—First maxilla of

more rectangular, markedly wider than the larva, shown in fig. 12,

long ; the legs are even more robust than of an undetermined species

3 : : : of Aphanicercan.g. X90.

in the smaller species, and in particular the

femora are much broader, with a flattened fusiform outline; the

tenth segment of the abdomen is divided or notched medially, and

the paraprocts are very hairy ; the antennae and cerci are much as

in the restoration of the smaller larva in fig. 12, the segments of the

cerci having whorls of a few short hairs at the apex (omitted in the

figure).

VOL. XXX, PART l. eats

130 Annals of the South African Museum.

REFERENCES,

Comstock, J. H., 1918.—‘‘ The Wings of Insects,’’ Comstock Publishing Co.,

Ithaca.

ENDERLEIN, G., 1909.—“‘‘ Classification of the Perlaria,’’ Zool. Anz., 1909, xxxiv,.

. pp. 385-419.

TILLYARD, R. J., 1921.—‘‘ A new Classification of the Order Perlaria,’’ Canad.

Entom., February 1921, pp. 1-11.

1923.—‘‘ The Stone-flies of New Zealand (Order Perlaria), with

descriptions of new genera and species,” Trans.

N.Z. Inst., pp. 197-217.

1928a.—‘‘ Kansas Permian Insects,’ Part 10: The new 7

Order Protoperlaria: a study of the typical genus

Lemmatophora Sellards,’”’? Amer. Journ. Science, xvi,

pp. 185-220.

oh. », 1928b.—‘‘ Kansas Permian Insects,” Part 11: The Order

Protoperlaria, family Lemmatophoridae (continued),”’ |

Amer. Journ. Science, xvi, pp. 313-348.

>> 99

2? 99

( 131 )

7. New South African Solifugae.—By R. F. Lawrence, B.A., Ph.D.,

Assistant in Charge of Arachnida.

(With 4 Text-figures.)

THE following paper consists of descriptions of two monticolous

forms of Solpuga. Previously 3 new species of Solpuga and 1 of

Blossia have been described (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxix, pt. 1,

p. 153) from altitudes of 4000 feet and over on the mountain ranges

of the Cape system. These and the following species seem to point

to the fact that a rich and peculiar Solifugid fauna inhabits the higher

altitudes of these mountains. A new species of Daesia is described

from the Garies region in Little Namaqualand.

Gen. Sotpuea, Licht.

Solpuga cycloceras, n. sp.

(Fig. 1, a-c.)

344, Swartberg Pass, near Oudtshoorn, 5000-6000 feet altitude.

Colour.—Headplate, mandibles, thoracic tergites reddish brown,

—

Fig. 1, a.

palps and legs reddish brown, the distal segments (especially in

fourth leg) blackish; abdomen above blackish in the middle with

a few coarse yellow hairs, sides reddish brown, thickly covered

with silvery yellow hairs; sternites of abdomen light yellow-brown,

132 Annals of the South African Museum.

blackish at the sides, covered with light yellow hairs; fourth pair

of legs with long golden-yellow hairs; malleoli narrowly margined

with black.

Flagellum as in fig. 1, a, b,¢; basal enlargement high, almost triangu-

lar; narrowed portion seen from the side rising from a point just

posterior to the second tooth of the upper

——__—>=> jaw, widest just above its origin, and then

b tapering finely and regularly to a point

which is provided with a small transparent

fo) membrane near its tip (fig. 1, 5). Seen

from above the width tapers regularly to

its distal apex.

Dentition.—Apex of upper jaw short

c and rather blunt at its tip, provided

Ge uote. above on its inner side with a short keel

or crest bearing a small tooth at its apex

(fig. 1, c); outer series of teeth of the upper jaw as in fig. 1, a, inner

series consisting of a fairly large distal tooth separated by a space ~

from 2 small proximal teeth the second of which is very minute.

Spination.—Mandibles at the sides and in the distal half above

with stout, erect, apically cleft setae, upper and lower jaws on inner

side lined with 1 or 2 rows of feather bristles ; about 12 stridulatory

ridges ; headplate sparsely provided with stout, erect, apically cleft

setae, posteriorly with long coarse and wavy setose hairs; between

these a fairly dense covering of much shorter prickly setae ; thoracic

tergites with long coarse wavy hairs; legs with some long silky

hairs, especially in the fourth pair (these however not forming a

mane); metatarsus of palp scopulated below except in basal

fifth.

Measurements.—Total length of largest specimen, 25 mm. ;

mandible, 6-5 mm.; width of headplate, 555 mm.; tibia of palp,

5:7 mm.; metatarsus+tarsus of palp, 6-8 mm.; total length of

smallest specimen, 22 mm.

Solpuga brachyceras, n. sp.

(Fig. 2, a, 6.)

1 g, Swartberg Pass, near Oudtshoorn, 5000-6000 feet altitude.

Colour as in S. cycloceras.

Flagellum as in fig. 2, a, seen from the side; basal enlargement

fairly low and bluntly rounded; shait of flagellum short, rising

New South African Solvfugae. 133

just posteriorly to the second large tooth of the upper jaw; at its

base the axis of the flagellum is turned obliquely laterally so that

almost the entire anterior surface is seen from the side ; the proximal

half does not taper so suddenly as the distal half, which ends in a fairly

fine point ; there are no serrations, but the anterior surface of the

shaft is faintly striated in its proximal two-thirds.

Dentition.—Fang-tip of upper jaw with a keel above on the inner

side (fig. 2, 6) more prominent than that of S. cycloceras ; a distinct

tooth between the apex of fang and the two first teeth, remaining

Fig. 2, a. Fig, 2, b.

teeth of the outer series as in S. cycloceras. The inner series cannot

be seen.

Spination.—Mandible above in distal half with stout, erect setae,

these not present at the sides; 10-11 stridulatory ridges; headplate

with a few stout erect setae anteriorly, posteriorly and at the sides

with long coarse wavy hairs; legs with some long silky hairs, fourth

leg without a mane; metatarsus of palp scopulated below except at

the apex and basal fifth.

Measurements.—Total length, 20 mm.; mandible, 5-7 mm.; width

of headplate, 4-5 mm. ; tibia of palp, 5 mm.; metatarsus+ tarsus of

palp, 6 mm.

Both the preceding species come under the lateralis, erythronota,

erythronotoides, intermedia group.

134 Annals of the South African Museum.

Gen. Dazrsi1a Karsch.

Daesia garvesensis, 0. sp.

(Fig. 3, a-c.)

1 g, Kamieskroon; 1 9, Garies, Little Namaqualand.

3. Colour.—Headplate with deep violet infuscation, except for a

small round yellow spot on each side of the ocular tubercle, and a

Fic. 3, a-c.

large trilobed yellow marking in the middle (the middle lobe much

larger than the lateral lobes) ; mandibles yellow, with 3 longitudinal

blackish stripes united distally by an obliquely transverse thicker

blackish stripe, inner side of mandible with an obliquely transverse

blackish stripe distally, not as long as the corresponding stripe on

the outer side; abdomen above with 3 longitudinal blackish stripes

composed of a spot on each tergite, below with a faint blackish stripe

at the sides of the terminal tergites; appendages infuscated violet,

New South African Solifugae. 135

especially palps and fourth leg, femur of palp not infuscated except

at apex, and an inferior stripe on inner side.

Flagellum as in fig. 3, a, 6b, ¢; when rotated forwards the tip of

the flagellum falls short of the fang-tip by a little; seen from the

inner side (fig. 3, 6, c), the inner surface is slit along its distal third,

the edges of the aperture being finely membraneous, transparent, and

slightly frayed, the apex is cup-like, with a finely serrated edge ; seen

dry (fig. 3, c), the circumference of the flagellum is a fairly wide ©

raised flange enclosing an oval anteriorly pointed shallow depression ;

at the point where the flagellum suddenly narrows the flange is folded

on itself. :

Dentition as in fig. 3, a, seen from the outer side; upper jaw in

front of flagellum with a pointed tooth directed slightly outwards ;

outer series of the upper jaw with the first large tooth followed by

2 small intermediate teeth, the first of these minute; inner series

consisting of 2 larger alternating with 2 smaller teeth; lower jaw

with 2 minute intermediate teeth between the two main teeth, the

first of the former almost imperceptible; 7 or 8 stridulatory

ridges.

Spination.—Mandibles especially in the anterior half with some

stout setae above and at the sides ; headplate with a few slender setae ;

metatarsus of palp on inner side below with a stout truncated spine

at apex and four setose spines becoming more slender proximally,

outer side with a row of 3 truncated spines distally and 2 setae

proximally ; tibia below with a row of 4 long curved setae on each

side, femur below with a row of about 6 similar setae on inner side.

Abdomen more thickly covered with hair at the sides than in the

middle above.

Measurements.—Total length, 18 mm.; mandibles, 4 mm.; width

of headplate, 3-6 mm.; tibia of palp, 5-8 mm.; metatarsus+ tarsus,

6-5 mm. :

A single female from Garies (about 12 miles from Kamieskroon)

without doubt belongs to the same species as the above male.

2. Colour as in g.

Dentition.— Upper jaw with two large main teeth followed by

2 small intermediate teeth, the first slightly smaller than the second,

then another large main tooth followed by 4 moderate ones ;

lower jaw with 1 small intermediate tooth; metatarsus of palp

spined as in 4, tibia below on each side with 3 very long, stout, almost

prone setae (those of § almost erect) springing from large tooth-like

136 Annals of the South African Museum.

processes, these setae much stouter than in $; femur at inner apex

below with 1 similar seta.

Measurements.—Total length, 22 mm.; mandible, 5 mm.; width of

headplate, 4:5 mm.; tibia of palp, 4:8 mm.; metatarsus-+ tarsus,

5-6 mm.

This species differs from allied forms such as hottentotta, lineata,

pearsoni, in having a distinct tooth on the dorsal surface of the upper

jaw.

(18%)

8. Some Collembola of the Family Sminthuridae from South Africa.

—By H. Womerstey, A.L.S., F.E.S. (Division of Economic

Entomology, Australian Council for Scientific and Industrial

Research).

(With Plates VITI-XIII.)

THE species recorded and described in this paper comprised a number

of specimens collected by myself during a short period in Cape

Province during August and September 1930, as well as a number in

the collection of the South African Museum, Cape Town. For the

opportunity of studying this latter collection I am indebted to Dr. L.

Gill, Director.

Altogether some six species and two varieties are here recorded

from South Africa. They are as follows :—

Sminthurinus niger Lubbock.

Rs terrestris sp. 0.

. pallidus sp. n.

Rastriopes lineata sp. n.

Deuterosminthurus marmoratus sp. 0.

Z var. barnardi n.

Dicyrtomina minuta O.F. form africana n.

OrpER COLLEMBOLA Lubb.

SusBorD. SYMPHYPLEONA C.B.

Famity SMINTHURIDAE Lubb.

Subfam. SMINTHURIDINAE C.B.

Genus Sminthurinus C.B.

Sminthurinus niger (Lubb.).

(Plate VIII, figs. 1-6.)

1873. Lubbock, Monogr. Collemb., p. 111, pl. vi.

A number of specimens of this well-known European hot-house

species were found under the loose bark of a fallen log at Stellenbosch,

138 Annals of the South African Museum.

C.P., 12/8/30. Although not previously known from South Africa,

it was recorded by Wahlgren in Results of the Swedish Zool.

Exped. to Egypt and the White Nile, 1901, as having been found

under leaves near Cairo.

Sminthurinus terrestris sp. n.

(Plate IX, figs. 1-5.)

Diagnosis: Size 1:5 mm. Colour uniformly deep blackish violet.

Appendages somewhat lighter (fig. 1).

Eyes 8+8, on deeply pigmented patches. Antennae nearly half

as long again as the head ; ratio of head diag. : ant. I: Il: Il: 1V=

11:1$:3:4:7; ant. IV unringed with small terminal knob; pro-

tuberance on ant. III small and simple as in Sminthurinus aureus

Lubb.

Legs of normal length; tibiotarsus with three fine clavate hairs

(figs. 2, 3), which are only half the length of upper claw. Claws

similar on all feet. Upper claw (figs. 2, 3) with a single inner tooth

slightly beyond the middle and with an outer sheath distally. Basally

the outer edge of upper claw is finely serrated as in Sminthurus niger

Lubb. Lower claw with broad, somewhat angular inner lamella and

subapically with a fine seta reaching to apex of upper claw.

Furca short ; ratio of dentes to mucro=54: 2; mucro with inner

edge of lamella finely serrated (fig. 4). Ratio of mucrodens to hind

tibiotarsus=8 : 8.

Genital appendage of female fimbriated (fig. 5).

Clothing of short and sparse setae.

This species was extremely abundant on the surface of the ground

beneath a strong growth of Cape Weed (Cryptostemma calendulaceum),

both in the University Orchard at Stellenbosch and in a similar

habitat at the Marsh Memorial Homes at Rondebosch. My dates

are for Stellenbosch 24/7/30 and 22—24/8/30 and for Rondebosch

throughout August 1930. |

Co-types in the South African Museum, Cape Town.

Plate VIII.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

“‘qqu'T sabi snurnyjunug— 9g-T “SST

Ce Se Sd EP Bd

44 ou

4 es

LY ase pte

Nees aera =o ae ok = L

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

; th aval Sa

(i ise

‘ Fo!

Plate IX.

terrestris sp. N.

ULUNUS

Frias. 1-5.-—Sminth

Pe:

sh i

Some Collembola of the Family Sminthuridae from S. Africa. 1438

Sminthurinus pallidus sp. n.

(Plate X, figs. 1-7.)

Diagnosis: Size 0-9 mm. Colour entirely of a light yellow with

no pigment even on the eye patch (fig. 1).

Eyes 8+-8, two being much smaller than the rest (fig. 1).

Antennae longer than the head; ratio of head diag.: ant. I: II:

TIT: 1V=8:1:14:24:5; ant. IV slightly clavate and unringed ;

ant. III with the wart-like prominence trilobed (fig. 2), and subapical

sensory organ as in fig. 3.

Legs of normal build, III rather longer than I and IL; tibiotarsus

with three clavate hairs (figs. 4, 5); upper claw with a fine tooth just

beyond middle, lower claw with an angular untoothed broad inner

lamella. On leg I it has a subapical seta reaching to tip of upper

claw (fig. 5).

Furca short, ratio of dentes to mucro=34 : 13 ; mucro (fig. 6) with

plain inner lamella; ratio of mucrodens to hind tibiotarsus=5 : 5.

Female genital appendages fimbriated.

Clothing of short sparse setae, which are a little longer analwards

and on appendages. |

Only a single specimen of this distinct species was captured although

one or two more were seen. It occurred in the same locality as the

previous species at Stellenbosch, Cape Province, 28/9/30.

Type in the South African Museum.

Hitherto the only known species of Sminthurinus recorded from

Africa were S. niger Lubb. recorded by Wahlgren from Cairo, and

S. stenognathus described by Borner from the Isle of Fundu, in

“ Collembola aus Ostafrika, Madagaskar und Siidamerika,” “ Reise

in Ostafrika,” 1907. This author in the same paper places Schétt’s

Sminthurus piluliferus from the Cameroons in this genus. Schétt’s

species, however, has a distinctly annulated fourth antennal joint,

and possesses no clavate hairs on the tibiotarsus. Both these char-

acters were used by Borner himself in 1906 (“ Das System der

Collembola,”’ Mitt. Nat. Mus. Hamberg) for separating his genus

Arrhopalites from Sminthurinus. Schott’s pilulvferus then must be

regarded as belonging to the genus Arrhopalites of Borner.

The four species of Sminthurinus now known from Africa may be

distinguished by the following table :—

144 Annals of the South African Museum.

niger. terrestris. stenognathus. pallidus.

Size : , 1-0 mm. 1-5 mm. 0-6 mm. 0-9 mm.

Ratio head 8 Wh:1$232 427 4:1:14: 8: le dds2eer

diag. to ant. 2: 52

segments.

Ratio dentes 5: 24-3 54:2 24:1 34:14

to mucro.

Ratio mucro- 54:5} 8:8 124+: 11 5:5

dens to hind

tibiotarsus.

Ratio head 8: 105 11: 153 aS 8:10

diag. to an-

tennae.

Claws . .|L different | I, II, and III | I different from | I different from

from II | alike. II and III. IT and hie

and III

No sheath | Sheath on | No sheath. No sheath.

on upper] upper claw.

claw.

Mucro . . | Toothed. Toothed. Toothed. Not toothed.

Female appen- | Fimbriated. | Fimbriated. Simple. Fimbriated.

dages.

Colour . . | Black. Black. Violet. Yellow.

Sminthurinus pallidus comes nearest to the Kuropean S. aureus

Lubb., but is easily recognised by the compound structure of the wart-

like protuberance on ant. III and the simple untoothed mucrones.

In the first of these characters it agrees with the species of this genus

described from Australia (Results Dr. Mjoberg’s Exp. to Australia,

1917) by Schott, in that the protuberance is three-lobed.

Subfam. SMINTHURINAE C.B.

Genus Rastriopes C.B.

Rastriopes lineata sp. n.

(Plate XI, figs. 1-7.)

Diagnosis: Size 1-6 mm. Colour deep violet-black, especially on

the flanks, mid-dorsally is a pale whitish longitudinal line. Antennae

violet. Legs and furca, except on basal joints, lighter.

Hyes 8+8 on deep violet patches (fig. 2).

Antennae half as long again as the head, ratio head diag. to antennal

joints=11:14:3:4:8; ant. IV strongly subdivided into 17-18

sections, apically with a large extrusible knob in the usual groove ;

ant. III basally with 4-5 long, strong setae (fig. 3).

ee ee Tee 8,

rea ST

Plate X.

Ann, S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

“ius

ds sn

pyyod snuunyumng— 1-1 “Sdiyt

10,

an xXx. PART |.

S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

Plate XI.

Fias. 1-7.—Rastriopes lineata sp. n.

te ee

a qe y

Some Collembola of the Family Sminthuridae from S. Africa. 149

Legs normal, claws similar on all feet, upper claw without teeth,

lower claw with only a narrow inner lamella. Tibiotarsi with 2: 3:3

strong, broadly clavate hairs; on hind legs on inside besides the

usual setae is a special arrangement of five strong spines in a row.

This organ corresponds with the “ Rastraldornen ” of Bérner on the

presence of which he erected this genus. The spines in our species

are, however, distinctly not serrated.

Furca fairly long, reaching to ventral tube, ratio dentes: mucro

=53:12; mucro without teeth.

Female genital appendages wanting ?

Clothing of short sparse setae.

Type, a solitary specimen in the South African Museum.

Locality.—Under a fallen twig, Kloof Nek, Cape Town, 27/7/30.

I have also seen four immature specimens of this interesting form,

together with a large number of a small Hypogastrura collected by Dr.

K. H. Barnard from the surface of rain pools at Cape Town, 9/5/16.

In spite of the simple structure of the “ Rastraldornen,”’ this

species appears definitely to belong to Bérner’s genus. The only

other species of Rastriopes from Africa is amphygia described by

Borner from South-West Madagascar. In this form the spines

comprising the “ Rastral”’ organ are six in number, and apically

toothed. |

Genus Deuterosminthurus C.B.

Deuterosminthurus marmoratus sp. n.

(Plate XII, figs. 1-7.)

Diagnosis: Size 3-0 mm. Colour black and white mottled (fig. 1),

tip of tibiotarsi, dentes, and ant. IV lighter.

Hyes 8+8 on black patches. Antennae one-third as long as head,

ratio head diag. to antennal joints=4$:1:14:14:3; ant. IV sub-

divided into 14 sections; ant. III basally divided giving the appearance

of a fifth joint; ant. IV with an apical knob lying in a deep groove.

Legs normal. Claws short and broad without inner teeth, lower

claw with only very narrow inner lamellae and with subapical setae,

longest on III, reaching past tip of upper claw (figs. 3, 4). Tibio-

tarsi with 3:3: 2, strong, broadly clavate hairs (figs. 3, 4). Setae

on inner side of tibiotarsi are strong and conspicuous, but irregularly

arranged and not as in Rastriopes.

Furca: ratio dentes to mucro=3:1; dentes slightly annulated

dorsally ; mucro without teeth on edges of inner lamellae.

150 Annals of the South African Museum.

Anal appendages of female strong, and at tip broadly lobate.

Co-types in the South African Museum.

The description of this species is based on four specimens in the

collection of the South African Museum, which were collected by

Dr. Barnard from rain pools at 4000 ft. in the Hottentots Holland

Mountains, January 1916, and on top of Kalk Bay Mountain, Cape

Peninsula, 12/1/12. Other specimens taken in the same localities, but

amongst grass, were rather smaller, greenish, and with no mottling,

but did not differ morphologically. This variety I propose to name

after my friend Dr. Barnard. In spirit the mid-dorsal line is dark,

and there is a purplish pigmented spot on the anal segments and a

slight streak of the same colour on the flanks of abd. IV.

Subfam. DicyRToMINAE C.B.

Genus Dicyrtomina C.B.

Dicyrtomina minuta O. Fab. form africana nov.

(Plate XIII, figs. 1-4.)

This seems to be a distinct form of this well-known European

species, only differing in colour and very slight and unimportant

variations in morphological details. |

It is somewhat larger than the English forms. Its colour is gener-

ally greenish black, and mottled much as in the form ornata Lubb.

The antennae are deeply pigmented except IV, which is almost

colourless, as are the legs and furca.

Locality.—On native olive bushes, Elsenburg, 24/7/30, and also

Elsenburg, 28/8/27 (coll. Dr. Hesse).

The type form of this species as well as its variety, coulonz Nic., has

been recorded by Dr. Handschin from Algeria (Zeitsch. f. wiss.

Insektenbiol., Bd. III, 1926).

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

Plate

XII.

Fies. 1-7.—Deuterosminthurus marmoratus sp. n.

Plate XIII.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

‘U DUDIU{D ULIOJ

O Dinuiw Humowhog—

‘SOLT

Some Collembola of the Family Sminthuridae from S. Africa.

Oo FP & De DS Oo FR WD

Ano F WD

ASD oO fF WD

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PuateE VIII.

Sminthurinus niger Lubb.

. Side view of animal.

. Protuberance on ant. ITI.

. Hind foot.

. Fore foot.

. Dentes and mucro from side.

. Female genital appendage.

Puate IX.

Sminthurinus terrestris sp. n.

. Side view of animal.

. Hind foot.

. Front foot.

. Dentes and mucro from side.

. Female genital appendage.

PLATE X.

Sminthurinus pallidus sp. n.

. Side view of animal.

. Third antennal segment, showing protuberance.

. Subapical sensory organ on ant. ITI.

. Hind foot.

. Front foot.

. Dentes and mucro from side.

. Female anal appendage.

Puate XI.

Rastriopes lineata sp. n.

. Animal from side.

. Eye patch.

. Ant. ITI and IV.

. Hind foot and tibiotarsus.

. Front foot.

. Dentes and mucro from side.

. Catch.

155

156

AD OP WD =

Hm Co bo

Annals of the South African Museum.

PLatEe XII.

Deuterosminthurus marmoratus sp. 0.

. Animal from side.

. Antennae.

. Front foot.

. Hind foot and tibiotarsus.

. Furca from side.

. Catch.

. Female anal appendage—7a, from above; 7b, from side.

Puate XITI.

Dicyrtomina minuta O. Fab. form africana n.

. Animal from side.

. Apex of ant. IIT and whole of ant. IV.

. Hind foot.

. Mucro and apex of dentes.

PART IL, containing: ee Ses

10.

AL.

| a aos : So. oe

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South

African Museum. VI-VII1.- ie Ji R. LE B. TOMLIN,

M.A. (With 10 Text-figures.) ue

Some South African Machilidae ‘(Chaysanewey wes

‘“Womersuzy, A.LS., F.E.S., Entomologist, Australian

Council for Scientific and- Spaisaeaen Research. (Pub-

- lished by pees of the CG; S. I. RD Beas oe test

= figures.) ~

_ F.L.S., Assistant Director. (With 80 Text-figures.) ©

| ISSUED JULY 1982, PRICE 20s.

Fee 22 See : PRINTED FOR THE SoS Ge aa | =

3 "TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN “MUSEUM -

= BY - NEILL AND 00., EMD. - Sale eS

Soe c= 212 Boe eee EDINBURGH, = se Res Ses Sg

Dixtedations to the Crustacean Katina of South ifn: :

No. 11. Terrestrial Isopoda. By K. H. Barnarp, D. Be;

( 157 )

9. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South

African Museum. VI-VIII.—By J. R. te B. Tomuin, M.A.

(With 10 Text-figures.)

VI. Famity FASCIOLARIIDAE.

I HAVE seen very few examples of the genus Fasciolaria from South

Africa. Sowerby is responsible for the solitary record of the common

Indo-Pacific F. filamentosa Lam. from Durban, and that of F.

trapezium L. from Natal.

F. badia Krauss is a synonym of Reeve’s lugubris, described in the

previous year. Of F. heynemanni Dunker much more material is

required to determine its variability.

Attention may be called to two species described by Strebel in

Mitteil. aus dem Naturh. Museum, xxviii, pp. 31 and 33 (Jahrb.

Hamburg. Wiss. Anstalt., xxvii): one called F. dunkerz from Elim

is a very young shell which will probably prove eventually to be the

young of some larger, known species; the other, F. scholvieni, is a

fine shell, over 6 inches in length and 24 inches in breadth, labelled

“Cape.” Both are in the Scholvien collection.

The South African Museum has a fine, dead shell even larger than

this, though it has lost 2 or 3 of the apical whorls, dredged on the

Agulhas Bank.

_ This is a perfectly distinct species from Ff’, scholuien, and I propose

to call it |

Fasciolaria agulhasensis n. sp.

It is a large solid shell, with traces of a brownish periostracum,

8 (remaining) whorls, columella much arched, and a long canal some

7 mm. broad.

The whorls are regularly sculptured with spiral ridges which vary

a good deal in breadth and strength ; as a rule the stronger and weaker

spirals are alternate, but at times two weaker ones come together ;

there is a particularly strong peripheral ridge on the body-whorl,

and an equally strong one 7 mm. above, which becomes an obtuse

central keel on the upper whorls.

Aperture elliptical in shape.

Long. 74 inches ; diam. max. 3;’¢ inches.

MO UXe, PART 2. | 11

Wee,

SEP 0 1939

158 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, 28 fathoms (S.A. Mus., No. A6539).

The canal is not quite perfect, and is somewhat bent to the right

abnormally, owing to an injury.

It differs from F. scholvieni especially in the shape of the aperture

and in the character of the spiral sculpture. In general appearance

it is not unlike some specimens of Hemifusus morro (L.), but that

Fic. 1.—Fasciolaria agulhasensis n. sp.

shell, of course, has not the columellar plaits that distinguish a

Fasciolaria.

Latirus mosselensis n. sp.

Shell turreted, fusiform, rimate, with spire produced; whorls

eleven in number, acutely nodulous a little below the middle of each

whorl, with an additional row of much weaker nodules below the

periphery of the body-whorl ; canal long and quite straight ; colour

of periostracum brownish terracotta, columella and interior bright

Tae]

TEE

;

LIME

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the South African Museum. 159

pinkish ; columella quite straight, with two plaits obscure and only

just traceable; the length of aperture and canal is almost exactly

half the total length.

Long. 53-5 mm.; diam. max. 23 mm.

Hab. off Mossel Bay, 27 fathoms, two live specimens (S.A. Mus.,

No. A3504).

Fic. 2.—Latirus mosselensis n. sp. Type on left, paratype on right.

This fine species has somewhat the build of L. armatus A. Ad.,

but is much larger with a longer canal; the surface is noticeably

smooth but for the nodules, which are below the periphery of each

whorl instead of above as in armatus.

The operculum is typically Fasciolariud, pear-shaped, pointed at

the apex with apical nucleus; colour light-brown; narrowly concave

on the columellar side; growth-lines very numerous and regularly

semicircular.

VII. Famity FISSURELLIDAE.

A very considerable number of species has been described or

recorded, under the generic heading of “ Fissurella,” from the Cape.

Most of these belong to the genus Diodora Gray, of which the

160 Annals of the South African Museum.

genotype is an English species, D. apertura (Montagu)—a shell of

very much the same appearance as D. australis (Krauss).

The list includes several doubtful names, and has been materially

increased by misidentifications.

One species, Fissurella robusta Sowerby, described from Port

Elizabeth on a single imperfect specimen, has all the appearance of

a fossil, and should, I think, be omitted from the list of recent species.

F. conioides (Reeve) was erroneously described as a Cape species :

it is endemic in the Cape Verde Isles.

Gmelin’s Patella caffra is a Fissurella, but unlike any South African

species, though assigned by its author to the Cape of Good Hope.

It has never been certainly identified, and is omitted from the

Manual of Conchology, vol. xii. The figure on which it is based

looks like one of the true Fissurellas from South America, especially

as it is said to have a dark border inside.

D. fumata (Reeve) is another name which we may reject. It was

described from an unknown locality, but is identical with the Carib-

bean alternata Say. The South African records were doubtless

based on shells of elevata Philippi. It seems rather unwise of Boog

Watson, in the Challenger Report, p. 34, to have assigned his un-

identifiable, broken shell from Sea Point to any definite specific name,

even with a query.

D. cruciata (Krauss) is preoccupied by a species of Gould’s from the

East, and has been renamed crucifera Pilsbry. I have seen examples

of this in the collection of the S.A. Museum from Tongaat, Natal.

D. australis (Krauss). The 8.A. Museum has this from Port

Elizabeth and Delagoa Bay.

Gen. FISSURIDEA Swainson.

The type of this group, Ff. galeata (Helbling), is the only species

given in Tryon’s Manual. It is characterised by a very small per-

foration which opens forward rather than upward, while the apex of

the shell leans forward and tends to overhang the anterior margin.

It is a species of the Far East.

Fissurella parviforata Sowerby * is evidently closely related to

galeata Helbling, while it has the foramen still smaller and the apex

still further forward. I therefore transfer it to the genus Fissuridea.

Bartsch in the Turton Report ¢ placed six species in Fissuridea,

but I regard the first five as belonging to Diodora.

* Journ. of Conch., vi, p. 12, pl. i, fig. 7, 1889.

f. U.S: NatoMus! Bull’91, po L777 nord.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the South African Museum. 161

F. parviforata Sow. was described from Port Elizabeth: the

S.A. Museum has it from Mossel Bay and Kalk Bay. I have received

it from Ascension Island, and the specimens from St. Helena identified

doubtfully by Smith * as gibberula Lam. ? belong to parviforata.

Gen. MacHRocHISMA Swainson.

The single South African species belonging to this genus (which

Swainson spelt as above) has usually been assigned to M. producta

A. Ad., and though Sowerby identified different specimens at various

times as producta A. Ad. and compressa A. Ad., I have but little hesi-

tation in thinking that all belonged to a single form.

I fail to see, however, why it was ever identified with the Australian

forms, and proceed to describe it as

Machrochisma africana n. sp.

The shell is rather broadly rectangular, the length being a little

more than twice the breadth, and the two ends are almost similarly

rounded ; the slit is half the total

length of the shell, narrowing

rather gradually from the margin,

which is noticeably depressed and

strongly thickened at the broad end

of the slit; in colour it is rather

vaguely blotched and _ streaked

with red on a light ground; the

sculpture consists of fine, regular

ridges radiating downwards from

the slit to the margin all round,

with somewhat irregular concentric

growth-lines which produce bead-

ing where they cross the ridges.

Long. 22 mm.; diam. max.

10 mm.

Hab. Port Alfred (Becker).

A young shell from the same

locality measures 10x4-5, thus maintaining practically the same

proportions.

The S.A. Museum has specimens from Scottburgh (Burnup). It

* P.Z.S. Lond., 1890, p. 295.

162 Annals of the South African Museum.

is also reported from Port Elizabeth, from Umvoti, and from

Pondoland.

M. producta A. Ad. differs from M. africana by its more acutely

saddle-shaped form and by its very different shape; thus a typical

South Australian example measures 25 x 8, and another 24 x 8.

Gen. EMARGINULA Lamarck.

The first and only record of this genus from South Africa will

be found in Ann. Natal Museum, vol. u, pt. 1, p. 209, where Smith

records from Tongaat H. micans A. Adams, which was originally

described from Rains Island. I have not seen this Tongaat shell,

but from the explanations necessary to fit it into micans one is very

much tempted to suspect that it will eventually prove distinct.

The following fine deep-water species is not a perfect shell, but the

sculpture is so very clear, fresh, and perfect that there can be no

difficulty in recognising it again

with the aid of the excellent

photograph now given.

Emarginula pulchreclathrata n. sp.

A fine species, somewhat similar

in size and form to £. sicula Gray

from the Mediterranean and to

E. superba Hedley from Tasmania,

but differing from both in sculp-

ture. The South African shell has

a series of alternately stronger and

weaker ridges radiating from apex

to margin, crossed nodosely by con-

centric threads ; both stronger and

weaker ridges vary somewhat in

degree, and as a rule the weaker

ones first appear some little dis-

tance below the apex; the whole

arrangement constitutes a very marked and beautiful piece of

lattice-work.

The apex is bent over to form a small hooked beak.

Long. 19 mm; lat. 12°5smm,

Hab. off Saldanha Bay in 55 fathoms (S.A. Mus., No. A3617).

Fic. 4.—Emarginula pulchreclathrata

n. sp.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the South African Museum. 163

Gen. PARMAPHORELLA Strebel.

In 1907 Strebel * described an Antarctic shell as Tugalia antarctica,

and mentioned that it had long been in the Hamburg Museum with

the MS. name of Parmaphorella antarctica, given by Pfeffer. While

recognising that there was a good deal to be said for Pfeffer’s sugges-

tion of making it the type of a new genus, Strebel eventually decided

to class the shell in Tugalia, owing to its very worn and weathered

condition.

In 1907 also, but later than Strebel, Melvill and Standen f likewise

described a Tugalia antarctica from the collections of the Scottish

National Antarctic Expedition. This was a shell of very similar

character to Strebel’s antarctica, though specifically distinct. It was

renamed T. melvilli by Thiele in 1912.T

I do not think that there can be any doubt that these two forms,

together with a third which is obviously congeneric and now to be

described, constitute a genus distinct from Tugalia, and that Pfefier

was right in his suggestion.

Strebel only mentions the existence of this label to reject it as

far as the generic part is concerned, but I suppose that this con-

stitutes publication, however paradoxical the situation, and that

Parmaphorella must be credited to Strebel, the genotype being

~ Tugalia antarctica Strebel.

The shell of Parmaphorella has all the facies of a deep-water

molluse in its thinness and coloration; it 1s much more convex

than Tugalia and has the apex prolonged into a regular hooked

beak, hollow within, which almost overhangs the margin.

There is a rather ill-defined anal notch from which a shallow,

well-marked groove within runs right up to the apex, with an en-

larged, conspicuous, external rib corresponding to the groove. The

posterior margin is moderately flattened out into a sort of flange,

rather in the manner of the genus Plesvothyreus Cossmann, though to

a less degree. The sculpture of Parmaphorella is much finer than that

of Tugalia, and variously differentiated on the external anal rib ;

thus in P. melvilli (Thiele) the original figure, cited above, correctly

shows this rib at least twice the breadth of the others and regularly

crossed by the concentric striae. In Tugala there is no alteration

of sculpture to mark the anal rib.

* Zool. Jahrb., xxv, p. 105, pl. ii, fig. 26, a—e, 29/8/1907.

+ Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xlvi, p. 128, fig. 1, 21/12/1907.

t Deutsche Siidpolar Exp., xiii, p. 197, pl. xii, fig. 6.

164 Annals of the South African Museum.

Parmaphorella barnardi n. sp.

Shell thin, white, convex, oblong; apex at the posterior end

produced in the form of a hollow beak very nearly to the posterior

margin, which is somewhat splayed out to form a sort of flange ;

anterior margin distinctly grooved,

the groove running within right up

to the apex, and marked outside

by a corresponding, outstanding

rib, broad at the base and narrow-

ing by degrees to quite a sharp

keel on the apex; surface can-

cellated throughout, the concentrie

striae being the stronger, except

at the posterior end, and rather

rough and irregular.

Long. 19 mm. ; “diame me

12 mm.

Hab. Cape Point, N. 50° E., 18

miles, 180 fathoms, a dead shell

(S.A. Mus., No. A3623).

Another specimen from same locality, with apex broken, measures

21x15 mm.

Named in honour of Dr. K. H. Barnard, the Assistant Director of

the South African Museum.

Fic. 5.—Parmaphorella barnardi n. sp.

VIII. Famiry BUCCINIDAE.

Gen. GLYPTEUTHRIA Strebel.

Until 1905 the genus EHuthria Gray included a small but rather

varied assemblage of species mainly from the Magellanic province

and from New Zealand, with stragglers up the Pacific coast of America

right away to Japan. It has as its type the well-known Mediterranean

Murex corneus of Linné, a solid, nearly smooth shell with the upper

part of each whorl much appressed, the canal long and recurved,

while the operculum is oval with apical nucleus.

Strebel * distributed his Magellanic material into 3 new subgenera,

Pareuthria, Glypteuthria, and Anomacme, and it may be well here to

fix H. meridionalis Smith as the type of Glypteuthria, and Fusus

plumbeus Philippi as the type of Pareuthria. The third subgenus is

monotypical. All the species assigned to these three groups agree in

having a very short, incipient canal and a normal Huthriid operculum.

* Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.), xxii, pp. 600, 627, 633.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the South African Museum. 165

I have no hesitation in following Thiele * in raising Glypteuthria

to generic rank.

It contains a homogeneous group of species which are characterised

by their more obvious sculpture, in which axial ribs and spiral cords

play a fairly equal part ; this sculpture begins early, though according

to Strebel the protoconch is smooth. In all the examples before me

the apex is badly worn. |

The South African Museum has dredged two forms in deep water

that I regard as belonging to this genus, and they are described

below.

Glypteuthria capensis n. sp.

Shell elongate, solid, of a dirty white colour, seven-whorled ; sculp-

ture consisting of numerous regular, curved, axial ribs, about sixteen

Fic. 6.—Glypteuthria capensis n. sp.

in number on the body-whorl, and of close spiral cords which vary

a good deal in degree and are noticeably finer immediately below the

* Handb. Syst. Weichtierkunde, pt. i, p. 318, 1929.

166 Annals of the South African Museum.

suture ; aperture elongate, more than twice as long as broad ; canal

broad and short, very slightly recurved ; columella deeply excavate ;

operculum that of a normal Huthra.

Long. 29 mm. ; diam. max. 12 mm.

Aperture, 12 x 5-5 mm.

Hab. Cape Point, N. 41° E., 38 miles, 318-400 fathoms (S.A. Mus.,

No. A3446), several living examples.

Glypteuthria solidissima n. sp.

Shell elongate, very strong and solid, greyish white; whorls

convex, seven (?) in number (the apex being decollate) ; sculpture

consisting of numerous straight axial ribs which only reach the upper

part of the body-whorl above the periphery—on the penultimate

Fic. 7.—Glypteuthria solidissima n. sp.

whorl there are about 18, and of fairly close spiral cords alternating

with a varying number of finer threads ; there are about 12 of these

cords on the body-whorl, and the 4 or 5 uppermost ones are irregu-

larly interrupted by the axial ribs; suture impressed; columella

deeply excavate; canal rather long and recurved; aperture long

oval, denticulate within.

Long. 27 mm.; diam. max. 12-5 mm.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the South African Museum. 167

Aperture, 8 x 4 mm.

Hab. off Cape Point, 11 miles, in 45 fathoms, one example (S.A.

Mus., No. A3543).

This differs from G. capensis in sculpture, in the form of the canal,

and in the convexity of the whorls.

In addition to the above the South African Museum has three

species, all new, which do not seem referable to any established genus

or section. These three constitute a homogeneous little group of

nearly related forms, which I feel sure ought to be placed in prox-

imity to Euthria and its allies, though unluckily the soft parts and

operculum are missing in every specimen.

All three are abyssal; in the case of one species exact data are

lacking, but it has the unmistakable facies of a deep-water shell, and

is known to have occurred, like the other two, in the dredgings of the

“ Pieter Faure.”

The three species are of an extremely graceful attenuate form,

reminding one not a little of the palaearctic species of Colus Réding

(Stpho auct.); the shells are finely and closely spirally grooved,

white, covered with a very thin, delicate, shiny periostracum which

is slightly cream-tinted ; canal broad and short; aperture rather

less than half the length of the shell.

For this little group I propose the genus Charitodoron * as a new

group of the Buccinidae, and name the three species after Hesiod’s

version of the names of the three Graces—Euphrosyne, Aglaia, and

Thalia.

The genotype is C. ewphrosyne, which I proceed to describe.

Charitodoron euphrosyne gen. et sp. nov.

Shell gracefully elongate, spindle-shaped, white with very pale

yellowish periostracum, marked longitudinally with numerous in-

conspicuous, irregularly spaced ribs; whorls 7, regularly spirally

lirate with shallow punctate striae, there being 9 striae on the

penultimate and on the antepenultimate whorl; below the periphery

of the last whorl are numerous furrows, much deeper and broader

than those on the rest of the shell; canal broad and very short ;

aperture elongate oval.

Long. 27 mm.; diam. max. 9 mm.

Aperture: long. 11 mm.; lat. 4-5 mm.

* “ Gift of the Graces.”

Itc. 8.—Charitodoron euphrosyne Fic. 9.—Charitodoron aglaia n. sp.

n.g., N. Sp.

Fic. 10.—Charitodoron thalia n. sp.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the South African Museum. 169

Hab. off Cape Point in 660-700 fathoms, two examples (S.A.

Mus., No. A3441).

At least one whorl is missing in both examples of this species.

Charitodoron aglaia n. sp.

Bears considerable resemblance to the last species, but has 9

whorls, is obviously more slender, and has a more decidedly yellowish

periostracum, which is thicker, and on the last 4 whorls makes the

spiral striae all but indiscernible; on the earlier whorls the striae

are evident, strong, and punctate; the longitudinal ribs or growth-

lines are weaker and much more inconspicuous than those in euphro-

syne ; the body-whorl is furrowed only on the lower half of the infra-

peripheral area.

Long. 26 mm.; diam. max. 8 mm.

Aperture: long 11 mm.; lat. 3-5 mm.

Hab. South Africa, two examples (S.A. Mus., No. A3440).

Details as to the habitat of this species are unfortunately lacking.

Charitodoron thalia n. sp.

The third species differs materially from the two already described ;

in form it is quite reminiscent of the palaearctic Colus propinquus

(Alder). It has 8 whorls, but is not so elongate as the other two

and increases more rapidly in diameter; the longitudinals are very

fine, numerous, and strongly arcuate; the spiral lirae are more

obvious through the periostracum, stronger throughout, and not

punctate—11 or 12 in number on each whorl; the body-whorl is

regularly lirate throughout, the lrae becoming broader and coarser

below the periphery ; canal slightly narrower and longer; aperture

much as in C. aglaia.

Long. 21 mm.; diam. max. 8 mm.

Aperture: long. 9 mm.; lat. 3 mm.

Hab. off Cape Point in 131 fathoms, one example (S.A. Mus.,

No. A1742).

I ought to say that the Museum is very much indebted to Mr.

A. E. Salisbury for almost all the photographs here used.

Ke nh

10. Some South African Machilidae (Thysanura).—By H. WoMERSLEY,

A.L.S., F.E.S., Entomologist, Australian Council for Scientific

and Industrial Research. (Published by permission of the

CSc...)

(With 3 Text-figures.)

THE members of the family of Bristle-tails treated of in this paper

comprised five species belonging to three genera. All the genera can

be placed in the subfamily Mevnertellinae Carpenter, as distinguished

by the abdominal sternites possessing very small triangular medial

parts and in no segment having more than a single pair of exsertile

vesicles.

The specimens consisted of a number collected by myself while in

Cape Town district during August and September 1930, on behalf

of the Entomological Division of the Australian Council for Scientific

and Industrial Research.

In addition to my own captures I have been privileged to examine

a number of specimens in the collections of the South African Museum.

For this, I am indebted to Dr. L. Gill, Director, and Dr. K. H. Barnard,

Assistant Director. To these gentlemen I offer my warmest thanks.

Specimens of those species collected by myself will be deposited

in the Museum of the Division of Entomology, Canberra, Australia,

and also in the South African Museum, Cape Town.

OrpER THYSANURA Lubb.

Famity MACHILIDAE Grassi.

Gen. MAcHILIODES Silv.

Machiloides malagassus Silv.

This species was originally described by my friend Professor Silvestri

from Madagascar, from the female sex only (Nuovi Generi e Specie

di Machilidae, Redia, ii, 1904). Later he redescribed it from both

sexes, from British East Africa (Sj6stedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped.,

savill (2), p. 13, pl. 3, figs. 17—27, 1908 [vol. m, 1910).

172 Annals of the South African Museum.

In Cape Colony, it appears to be the commonest species, and can

be found almost anywhere under the stones on the mountain slopes.

My captures are dated as follows :—

Slopes of Table Mountain, Kirstenbosch, 2/8/30.

55 ss : Cape Town, 10/8/30.

» > i zs 10/8/30.

s» y - i 27/8/30.

, Lion’s Head, * 14/8/30.

In the Museum collection this species is represented by specimens from

Gt. Winterhoek Mt., Tullbagh, C.P., Nov. 1916

Keeromberg, Worcester, C.P., Sept. 1930

Forebay, near Mossel Bay, C.P., Jan. 1931 Coll

George, C.P., Jan. 1931 K H B

Keurbooms River, C.P., Jan. 1931 a

Pietermaritzburg, Natal, Nov. 1917

Krantzkop, Natal, Nov. 1917

Machiloides spinipes Silv.

This species, originally described by Silvestri from Natal and

Zululand (Tisanuri del Natal, Arkiv f. Zool., Bd. 8, No. 1, p. 14,

fig. 11, 1913), was not found in the Cape Province, but in the Museum

collection were specimens collected at Pietermaritzburg, Natal,

Nov. 1917, by Dr. Barnard.

Machilordes silvestri n. sp.

Description.—Colour (in life) light grey with small dark spots or

reflections, giving the insect a very close resemblance to the granite

boulders on which it is to be found.

Hyes large, rounded, but slightly narrower than deep, touching

medially for about half the depth (fig. 1). Paired ocelli elongate,

transverse, inwardly club-shaped, separated by less than a diameter

(iiss 1):

Antennae longer than body, basal joint 14 times as long as broad,

cylindrical. Flagellum gradually tapering, distally separating into

sections of as many as 15 segments, annulated brown and white.

Maxillary palpi with the segments subapically marked with dark

brown pigment, ratio of lengths of joints—male, 1$:3:3:3$:5:5:34;

female, 24: 4$:34:4:64:7:4; joint I with the usual processes in

both sexes as in the preceding species, joint IJ in male with an inner

a i

EE ee eee ee

Some South African Machilidae (Thysanura). 173

subapical chitinous hook which is almost straight and simple, in

female simple, joint III in both sexes simple, jomt IV in male sub-

apically dilated with a bunch of strong scale-like setae (fig. 1).

Labial palpi as in fig. 1.

Thorax only slightly arched. Coxae of legs II and III with

normally developed stylets, tibiae not unduly spined.

Abdomen: tergites as in malagassus Silv., exsertile vesicles on

sternites I to VII.

Fie. 1.—Machiloides silvestri n. sp.: 1, eyes and paired ocelli, front view; 2, eye

and one ocellus from side; 3, basal jomts of antennae; 4, maxillary palpi

of female ; 5, maxillary palpi of male, joints II toIV; 6, labial palpi; 7, leg

III; 8, 4th sternite ; 9, 7th sternite ; 10, penis.

Penis short, gonapophyses absent in male.

Ovipositor long, annulated, reaching tips of lateral cerci.

Lengths: Body 9-10 mm., antennae 13 mm., median cercus

13 mm., lateral cerci 4 mm.

Habitat—On the surface of granite boulders on the lower slopes

of the mountains along the coast.

Localities.—Co-types: Fish Hoek, C.P., 23/8/30; Hout Bay, C.P.,

9/8/30 ; Camps Bay, C.P., 10/8/30 ; Kloof Nek, C.P., 31/8/30.

This species is intermediate in many respects to the two other

South African species of Machiloides. In the shape of the eyes it

approaches spinipes, but the maxillary palpi in the male are more

like those of malagassus, excepting the presence of the setae on the

VOL. XXX, PART 2. 12

174 Annals of the South African Museum.

fourth joint. In habitat as well as in colour it is markedly distinct

from the latter.

As already stated, the genus Machiloides was erected by Silvestri

in 1904, when he quoted Machilis appendiculata Silv. as the type,

from Chili. Machilis anceps Nic., also from Chili, and malagassus

were later referred to this genus.

In a conspectus of the genera of Machilidae (Redia, ii, 1904), he

places Machiloides as agreeing with Praemachilis in having gona-

pophyses on the 8th and 9th segments of the male. Earlier in the

same paper in describing the genus Machiloides, he states :

‘““Male.—Segmenta abdominalia 8 nm. et 9 nm. appendicibus

genitalibus duabus subcylindricis aucta.”’

In the original descriptions of appendiculata and anceps no mention

is made of the presence or absence of these organs, and all species

of this genus described since by other authors as well as Professor

Silvestri himself do not possess them. This is the case in the new

species described in this paper.

If, then, a re-examination of the types of appendiculata by Silvestri

has revealed the presence of such organs in this particular species,

his description of the genus may be explained. If this is so then it

would seem to be advisable to subdivide the genus into at least two

subgenera on the presence or absence of these organs, keeping

appendiculata as type of Machiloides s.str. and malagassus as type —

of the other part.

Table for the South African Species of Machilordes Silv. (males).

1. Joint II of maxillary palpi simple without any subapical chitinous hook in

male sex. Joint III considerably shorter than II, with a prominent fleshy

lobe on which are numerous short spines . . spinipes Silv.

Joint II of maxillary palpi with a subapical ORitinoUs hooks joint III simple

and more than half as long as II A 5 2.

2. Eyes deeper than wide. Paired ocelli ciatimetly vonatiiered mietiialle and

definitely separated from lower border of eyes. Light grey species of littoral

habitat . d 3 silvestri sp. nov.

Hyes wider than doop. Patred aoe ith Ane parallel sides, only slightly

separated from lower border of eyes. Brownish species of more inland

habitat . : : : : : : : : malagassus Silv.

Gen. HYPOMACHILODES Silv.

Hypomachilodes capensis n. sp.

Description.—Colour (in life) dark brown, showing dark reflections.

Eyes of moderate size, each being slightly wider than deep (fig. 2),

Some South African Machilidae (Thysanura). ATS

touching medially for 3 of their depth. Hach eye has three diagonal

streaks running upwards and outwards. Paired ocelli (fig. 2) elongate,

transverse, strongly clubbed inwards, distance apart less than a

diameter. Single ocellus indeterminate.

Antennae slightly shorter than body, strikingly annulated with

brown and white, basal joint cylindrical, twice as long as wide (fig. 2),

distally the antennal sections contain up to 14 joints, the apical three

joints of each section are white.

——- jj vA 9

Fic. 2.—Hypomachilodes capensis n. sp.: 1, single eye and ocellus ; 2, basal joints

of antennae; 3, joints I and II of maxillary palpi of male; 4, labial palpi;

5, leg III, coxa; 6, leg III, apex; 7, mandible; 8, sternite VII; 9, male

gonapophyses ; 10, penis.

Maxillar palpi long, attenuated, ratio of lengths of joints—male,

1222 715:12:3:25:2; female, 14:2:13:14:2): 24: 14; jomt |

in both sexes with usual processes, IJ in male only with an acute

short and cruved chitinous tooth. Labial palpi as in fig. 2. Man-

dibles as in fig. 2.

Thorax moderately arched. Only coxae of third legs with stylets,

which are but little shorter than normal (fig. 2).

Abdomen : Sternites with medial portions scarcely visible, exsertile

vesicles present in a single pair on I-VII, stylets on II-IX, stylet IX

twice as long as stylet VIII.

176 Annals of the South African Museum.

Male: Penis short, gonapophyses present on segments VIII and

IX, distinctly but finely annulated (fig. 2).

' Female: Ovipositor long, annulated, seven times as long as stylet

ax.

Lengths : Body 8-9 mm., antennae 6-7 mm., cerci ?.

Habitat.—On fallen twigs in small coppice.

Locality.—Clovelly, Fish Hoek, C.P., 23/8/30. Four specimens.

This genus was erected by Silvestri for a species from Texas, chiefly

on the presence of stylets on the coxae of third legs only. In his

table referred to above, he gives the absence of male gonapophyses

as a generic character. My remarks therefore under the genus

Machiloides will apply also to this genus.

Gen. MACHILELLUS Silv.

Machilellus delagoensis n. sp.

Description.—Colour (in alcohol, denuded of scales) yellowish white.

HKyes rounded, slightly broader than deep, touching medially for

Fic. 3.—Machilellus delagoensis n. sp.: 1, eyes and paired ocelli; 2, basal antennal

joints ; 3, male maxillary palpi; 4, labial palpi; 5, leg 1; 6, leg III; 7, penis ;

8, mandible.

a short distance, upper angle formed by the eyes large and obtuse.

The pigment and facets of the eyes do not extend to the margins,

Some South African Machilidae (Thysanura). TT

hence there appears to be a space between the eyes (fig. 3). Paired

ocelli, elongate transverse, inwardly club-shaped, separated by rather

more than a diameter. |

Antennae rather shorter than body, basal joint cylindrical, twice

as long as broad, sides parallel (fig. 3). Maxillary palpi long and

attenuated, ratio of joints—male, 2: 24:14:2:34:3:2; female,

14: 21:14:2:3:21:12; joint I with usual processes, inner lobe

more pronounced in male, II in male without subapical tooth but

with a subapical fleshy lobe (fig. 3). Labial palpi as in fig. 3.

Thorax moderately arched. All legs without coxal stylets. Front

femora broader than on middle or hind legs.

Abdomen : sternites as in M. meaicanus Silv.

Male : penis short, gonapophyses absent.

Female : ovipositor long, annulated, reaching to tips of lateral cerci.

Length: Body 9 mm., antennae 7 mm., medial cercus ?, lateral

cerci 4 mm.

Localittes.—Co-types, Delagoa Bay, Oct. 1912, coll. K.H.B.;

-Krantzkop, Natal, Nov. 1917, coll. K.H.B.; Matroosberg, Hex

River Mits., C.P., Jan. 1917, coll. K. H. B.; Clanwilliam, C.P., Sept.

19st coll K.H. B.

The following table is appended as a guide to the separation of the

known genera of Machilidae belonging to the subfamily Meznertellinae.

Synopsis of Genera of Meinertellinae.

1. Exsertile vesicles on sternites I to VII : 3

Exsertile vesicles only on sternites II-IV. ees U sid iit with coxal

processes. Paired ocelli triangular . : : : Allomachilis Silv.

2. Coxal processes on legs II and III : : : : 3 atc

Coxal processes only on leg III or wanting . ‘ : cpt Ae

3. Paired ocelli elongate, transverse, male gonapophyses nee? or absent

Machiloides Silv.

Paired ocelli triangular. Second joint of max. palpi with sensory hairs on

subapical process . : : : ; : Nesomachilis Tillyard.

4. Coxal processes on leg III . : : ; : : : 3 ake

Coxal processes wanting on alllegs_. : : : : : een

5. Kyes large, much deeper than wide. Paired cerci slightly longer than body.

Subapical process of joint II of max. palpi not hook-like

Megalopsobius Silv.

Hyes normal, wider than deep . : : aie

6. Coxal process on leg III reduced. Male aeupenlinees Syne

Hypomachilodes Silv.

Coxal process on leg III normal . : : : Machilontus Silv.

7. Male sex without tarsal scopulae ‘ : : ; f ‘ Spek)

Male sex with dense black tarsal scopulae . : ‘ : ; i Se

178 Annals of the South African Museum.

10.

. Tarsal scopulae present in both sexes . : { : Meinertellus Silv.

Tarsal scopulae confined to male sex . 5 . . Meinertelloides Wom.

. Paired ocelli not elongate, subrotund, and almost touching lower edge of

eyes. : : ; : ; ; : : Machilinus Silv.

Paired ocelli transvers : ; : ; i : : = Or

Eyes large, deeper than wide. Paired ocelli transversely oblique. Medial

portion of abdominal sternites almost invisible . . Macropsontus Silv.

Kyes normal. Sternites of abdomen with the medial portion distinctly visible.

Male genital appendages present or absent. . . Machilellus Silv.

(179 )

11.—Contributions to-the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director.

No. 11. TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA.

(With 80 Text-figures.)

Tue following account of the South African Woodlice cannot by any

means claim to be exhaustive. Although quite a large collection has

been accumulated by the South African Museum, the areas in which

collecting has been done are exceedingly small in comparison with

the total area under consideration. An enormous amount of work,

both in the field and in the laboratory, remains to be done before a

monograph of the woodlice can be attempted. This preliminary

study, however, may prove useful to future students.

Historically there is but little to say about the woodlouse fauna

of South Africa. The first 6 species were described in 1833 by

Brandt. Guérin described 1 in 1836, and Krauss 2 in 1843. No

further species were recorded during the next forty years, until

Budde-Lund published his Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria in 1885.

Even then only 6 more species were added, some of which had been

collected by the botanist J. F. Drege in the course of his travels in

the Cape and Natal in the early years of the nineteenth century.*

A gap of ten years followed, until in 1893 the arachnologist Simon

travelled in South Africa and collected some woodlice which were

described by Dollfus (1895). Seven species were added to the fauna

list. Purcell described the curious termitophilous Phylloniscus in

1903. In 1904 Budde-Lund revised the genus “ Armadillo” and

recorded 4 species. The German South Polar Expedition added

another species (Budde-Lund, 1906); and Schultze’s expedition

collected 15 more species (Budde-Lund, 1909).

* See Meyer, E. H. F., Comment. Plant. Afr. Austr. collegit J. F. Drege, Leipsic,

1835. It is interesting to note that Mr. J. L. Drege, who supplied Entomostraca to

G. O. Sars through Dr. Purcell, also contributed to this Museum, round about the

year 1897, some of the woodlouse material utilised in this paper. I have not been

able to discover whether Mr. J. L. Drege was a descendant or relative of the earlier

naturalist.

180 Annals of the South African Museum.

Thus in 1910 Stebbing was able to list 32 (plus 2 introduced)

species in his General Catalogue of South African Crustacea. By

accident, however, he omitted 6 of Dollfus’s species and all the

*“* Armadillos ’ of Budde-Lund’s 1904 revision. On the other hand

he admitted 4 species from the Congo,* a region considerably removed

from South Africa, even with the wide limits set to it for purposes

of this work, viz. as far north as 15° S. lat. (Mossamedes—Mozam-

bique). Stebbing therefore should have listed 43 truly South African

species, plus 2 introduced.

In the last two decades 28 species have been added, though some

of these are in my opinion synonyms. Including the new species

and records in this work, the fauna list at present comprises 139

species, plus 6 introduced species.

This large increase in the fauna list is due to the energy of the

past and present members of the staff of the South African Museum,

beginning with the late Dr. Purcell and Mr. Lightfoot. In the lists

of localities under each species the collectors are acknowledged by

their respective initials, thus: Dr. Purcell (W. F. P.), Mr. Lightfoot

(R. M.L.), Dr. Haughton (8. H.H.), Me. Tuckes > (Rea)

Mr. Drury (J. D.), Dr. Lawrence (R. F. L.), Dr. Hesse (A. J. H.),

Dr. Gil (EK. L. G.), Dr. Boonstra (Ll. D. B.), Me: Vhormed( teas

The names of authors responsible for already published localities are

quoted in full.

The localities in South West Africa, including Ovamboland and

the Kaokoveld, will be found in the map accompanying Connolly’s

report on the Non-marine Mollusca of that region (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus.,

vol, xa0x, pt. 2, 19a);

In the following descriptions the colours of the living animals are

given whenever I have personally observed them, or the specimens

when received at the Museum have been preserved for so short a

time as to preclude any great changes. In nearly all cases a prolonged

immersion in alcohol causes the usual slaty or greyish colour to fade,

at first to a grey and yellowish mottling, and eventually to a uniform

pale yellowish. The colours given by Budde-Lund therefore are

often misleading. In the colour notes, the word antennae always

refers to the second antennae.

Teratology.—Regrettable as it is, attention must be drawn to

* Viz. Ligia gracilipes B-L., Niambia squamata B-L., Diploexochus (Poly-

acanthus) aculeatus B-L., and Eubelum lubricum B-L. By “South Africa”

Budde-Lund (1885) evidently understood Africa south of the equator. The

mistake has been followed by Jackson (1922) and Panning (1924).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 181

the illustrations in Collinge’s 1919 and 1920 papers. Of the 17

figures of the whole animal in these papers, 7 are abnormal as regards

the number of peraeon segments, and | also as regards the number

of pleon segments ; two of them show 8 peraeon segments, four only

6 segments, and one shows only 5 segments; fig. 1 on pl. 14 (1919) also

shows 4 pleon segments with expanded pleurae instead of only 3.

It is incredible that so many abnormal specimens should have been

included in the comparatively small collection submitted to this

author. I have never met with any variation in the number of

peraeon segments, and I have found only a single reference to such

an abnormality (Goto, Annot. Zool. Jap., v, 1906, pl. 279, fig. 8;

Ligia with 8 peraeon segments). The errors in the figures in question

must therefore be ascribed to the artist (though Collinge himself

mentions 8 “‘ mesosomatic ” segments in Akermania, 1919, p. 231) ;

but if mistakes in such a major feature as the number of seg-

ments can occur, one’s confidence in the accuracy of the details is

considerably shaken.

Introduced Species.—In Stebbing’s 1910 Catalogue only 2 such

species were listed: Porcellio scaber and Porcellionides pruinosus,

Dollfus’s record (1895) of Philoscia elongata from Cape Town being

omitted. The first species was recorded by Budde-Lund (1885)

from Cape Town; the second by Dollfus (1895) from Cape Town,

Hebron, and Hamman’s Kraal. In 1920 Collinge recorded Philoscia

muscorum, and also P. pruinosus, from Natal.

I am now able to report the presence in Cape Town of 2 more

species: Porcellio laevis and Armadillidium vulgare, making a total

of 6 introduced species. It is rather surprising that P. laevis and

A. vulgare have not been previously reported, unless they are indeed

quite recent importations.

P. pruinosus is the most widely spread species, and it may possibly

be of interest to give some of the dates when it was collected, though

of course this is no guide as to the date of its actual first appearance

in these localities. Hebron and Hamman’s Kraal 1893 (coll. Simon),

Johannesburg 1898, Clanwilliam 1898, 3 localities in South West

Africa 1911 (see Panning 1924), Durban 1912 (K. H. B.), Pieter-

maritzburg 1915, Zak River 1916, Salisbury 1917, Zululand 1918,

Bulawayo 1924, Masiene (Portuguese Hast Africa) 1924.

Termitophilous and Myrmecophilous Species —Budde-Lund (1909,

p- 66) draws attention to the fact that termitophilous forms belong

to the “ Ligiids ” [Ligiidae + Trichoniscidae], which like the Termites

are an ancient group; whereas the Oniscid forms, e.g. Platyarthrus,

182 Annals of the South African Museum.

Leptotrichus, are found in ants’ nests, both Oniscids and ants being

of much later evolution.

In South Africa the only truly termitophilous genera, 7.e. those

found only in Termite nests, are Phylloniscus, Schéblia, Titana, and

Kogmania, all of which belong to the Trichoniscidae. It is probable

that more of these interesting forms await discovery.

There are no truly myrmecophilous genera or even species

apparently. Several species, e.g. Daploexochus saldanhae, pawper-

culus, conisaleus, have been found in ants’ nests under stones, but

they may also occur under stones where there are no ants.

Mountain Fauna.—In the course of researches on the fauna of the

mountain ranges of the Cape Province, special attention has been

paid to the woodlice, with the result that a goodly number of new

forms has been discovered. Nevertheless it is certain that many

more will be found by further and more intensive collecting.

For the most part the woodlice of the mountain fauna belong to

the Armadillidiids (Dzploerochus). Among the Oniscids the genus

Gerufa inhabits the upper levels in contradistinction to the allied genus

Niambia which is characteristic of the plains and lower levels. The

most interesting discovery, however, is the presence of several species

of primitive Trichoniscids belonging to the genera Trichoniscus and

Paranotoniscus, one of the former being a large cavernicolous form.

So far as can be seen from our present knowledge, the effects of

isolation are well marked, and the main mountain ranges and massifs

are characterised by their own series of species. But much work

remains to be done in tracing out the areas of distribution of species

which are hitherto known only from a single locality.

Acknowledgments.—As in the case of my other Crustacean works

I am under deep obligations to Dr. Calman of the British Museum.

In 1920 Dr. Calman very kindly permitted me to examine the Budde-

Lund collection of Terrestrial Isopods and Budde-Lund’s MSS. notes,

which are preserved in the British Museum. The Budde-Lund MSS.

contain several unpublished figures. One of these is here reproduced,

and five figures have been drawn from specimens in the Budde-Lund

collection.

My thanks are also tendered to Dr. Warren, Director of the Natal

Museum, and to Mr. Hewitt, Director of the Albany Museum, for

sending me material for examination.

To the Royal Society of South Africa and the Research Grant

Board I am indebted for grants-in-aid, which have enabled me to

investigate specially the mountain fauna.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 183

The Zoological Survey of Ovamboland and the Kaokoveld, which

was carried out by the South African Museum, and produced several

interesting species, was sponsored by the Administration of South

West Africa.

Key to the families.

(Adapted from Chilton, 1901.)

I. Mandibles with well-developed molar. Inner lobe of Ist maxilla with 3

plumose setae.

A. Uropoda elongate, exposed. 1st antenna 3-jointed, mobile.

1. Flagellum of 2nd antenna many jointed. Two penes . Lagiidae.

2. Flagellum of 2nd antenna usually not more than 6-jointed. A

single penis. : : : : : Trichoniscidae.

B. Uropoda opercular, concealed under telson. Ist antenna single jointed,

immobile : ; : : é ; é 3 Tylidae.

II. Mandibles without molar, its place taken by a brush-like seta or tuft of setae.

A. Inner lobe of maxilla 1 with 2 plumose setae.

1. Maxilliped with palp large, well developed, the inner plate acute

Detonidae.

2. Maxilliped with palp small, feeble, the inner plate truncate.

a. Uropoda produced, reaching beyond telson, which is usually

narrow and conically produced. Usually unable to roll

up into a complete ball : : . Oniscidae.

6. Uropoda short, not reaching beyond telson, which is usually

short and broad. Usually able to roll up into a complete

ball : : : : : . Armadillidiidae.

B. Inner lobe of maxilla 1 with 5-15 plumose setae : . Eubelidae.

The only family which is omitted is Helleriidae, which does not

occur in Africa (see under Tylidae).

Fam. LIGIIDAE.

1885. Lugiae (part). Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 242.

1898. Ingudae. Sars, Crust. Norw., u, p. 155.

1907/8. ‘ (part). Racovitza, Arch. Zool. exp. gen., ser. 4,

vol. vii, p. 145, and ix, p. 244.

1922. rr Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, 1, p. 67.

1928. is Verhoefi, Zool. Anz., lxxvi, pp. 25-36 and

113-123.

Eyes large. First antenna 3-jomted. Second antenna with

multi-articulate flagellum. Mandible with molar, which, however,

carries no seta or penicil. Maxilla 1, inner lobe with 3 plumose

setae. Maxilliped 7-jointed, 7.e. with 5-jointed palp arising from the

184 Annals of the South African Museum.

moderately large 2nd joint. Five pairs of double branched pleopods ;

outer (opercular) branches (lobes or rami) without air-cavities. The

inner branch of 1st pleopod not modified as a copulatory organ.

Uropods not opercular, wholly exposed. Vasa deferentia opening

separately at apices of two penes. Five pairs of brood lamellae on

peraeon segments 1-5; no cotyledons (ef. fig. 13, p. 226).

The family is here regarded in the same restricted sense as in

Sars’ work, namely, excluding the Trichoniscids. It is the most

primitive family of woodlice.

Gen. Licta Fabr.

1795. Ligia. Weber, Nomencl. Ent., p. 92.

OSs ee Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 301.

1814. Ligyda. Rafinesque, Anal. Nat., p. 101.

1885. Ligia. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 258.

LOS as: Dollfus, Feuille J. Natur., 3rd ser., 24 année (geogr.

distribution).

HS9Sr Sars, Crust. Norw., 1; p. 155.

1399. Chilton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist: (7)j) nu poeeem

(sexual characters).

LOO) isis Id., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vii, p. 106.

30. Ligyda. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 673.

1907. Lngia. Hewitt, L.M.B.C. Memoirs, No. 14.

LOG Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 462.

LON eee. Tait, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., xxxvu, pp. 50-94

(immersion experiments, moulting, limb-taxis).

LOLSah aes Hansen, Dan. Ingolf Exp. III, v, p. 201 (peduncle

of 2nd antenna).

1920. Logyda. van Name, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xl,

DoiZ:

1920. Ligia. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 472.

1922 re Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1, p. 683 (re-

vision and bibliography).

O22 Ae 58 Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, 1, pp. 12, 30, 36, 42,

AT, 52.

NOZA Sais Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswasserf. S.W.

Afr., u, p. 195 (mouth-parts).

1924.

Fs Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xi, p. 29 (gut).

1925) Tait, Scot. Nat. Edin., p. 13 (adaptations to

shore life).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 185

1926. Ligia. Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1, p. 885 (mor-

phology of head).

Ll ae Id., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xix, p. 129.

25. Id., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1, p. 569 (morphology

of head).

25) a, Verhoeff, Zool. Anz., lxxvi, p. 115.

25. ,, Arcangeli, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, v, p. 15 (brood-

pouch). .

2 ae Nicholls, J. Mar. Biol. Assoc., n.s., xvii, p. 655

(habitat, feeding, gut, etc.).

Telson with postero-lateral angles developed, though often small

or only slightly produced. Peduncle of uropod not produced on inner

distal angle, rami arising close together, subequal in length.

We owe to Jackson (1922) a valuable revision of this genus, based

on an examination of the British Museum material, which includes

Budde-Lund’s collection. I have also examined this material, but

not in the thorough and detailed manner that Jackson has done. In

fact I only examined two characters, the penis (more accurately penes)

and the 2nd pleopod.

The first of these characters is ignored by Jackson, and of the

pleopods he says (p. 687): “ I have not found the pleopods to be of any

systematic value.” On the contrary I find most excellent specific

- characters in the copulatory stylet on the 2nd pleopod, as well as in

the penis.

The penis has been figured by Sars (1898, pl. lxx), Chilton (1899,

pl. viii), and Hewitt (1907, pl. iv, fig. 4) for oceanica; by Chilton

(1901, pl. ii) for novae-zealandiae ; and by Chilton (1916, fig. 15) for

exotica. Chilton in both 1901 and 1916 refers to it in connection with

the 1st pleopod, and says (1901, p. 113) it “ no doubt springs from the

last segment of the mesosome but is adherent to the protopodite of the

pleopod and in dissection always comes away with it.” He also states

that it is grooved throughout its length and together with the endo-

podite (stylet) of the 2nd pleopod forms a tube for the passage of the

semen.

The penis does arise from the posterior margin of the 7th peraeon

segment, in fact right from the very edge, but in my experience is

not adherent to the Ist pleopod, and does not come away with the

latter in dissection. Nor do I find that itis grooved. In some species

it lies in a groove of the stylet on pleopod 2. These two appendages

thus give mutual support, rendering the conibined appendage more

rigid for purposes of intromission. There would seem to be no object

186 Annals of the South African Museum.

in the penis being grooved and forming a tube with the stylet, as

the orifices of the vasa deferentia are situated at the apex of the penis

(Hewitt’s 1907 figure is correct, though in the text he says “ base’’’).

(Cf. also Arcangeli, 1927, Richerche di Morph. e Biolog. Anim.,

ni, No. 2.)

From a taxonomic point of view the penes of oceanica and nozae-

zealandiae are quite distinct. I give figures here of four other types to

confirm the specific value of this character. In the South Australian

species (which is quite distinct from novae-zealandtae as shown by the

_ Se Or rr

b Cc

Fie. 1.—Ligia. Penes of: a, “ filicornis ’’ B-L. (MSS.) from Colon (specimen in

British Museum); 6, exotica; c, a South Australian species; d, dilatata,

glabrata, and natalensis.

stylet on 2nd pleopod) it is very long (fig. 1, ¢), reaching almost to

the end of the telson, as also does the stylet on 2nd pleopod. In the |

specimen in the British Museum, ex coll. Budde-Lund, bearing

Budde-Lund’s MS. name “ filicornis,” from Colon, the distal portion

is abruptly narrower than the basal portion (fig. 1, a). In three

South African species (fig. 1, d) the penis is triquetral in section, and

the flat inner surface can be closely adpressed to that of its fellow ;

the distal portion can be spayed outwards by means of a “ pseudo-

articulation,” a thinning of the chitin.

As regards the stylet on the 2nd pleopod, the figures of Sars, Hewitt,

and Chilton indicate that this appendage also is a character of taxo-

nomic importance. The South African species, here figured (fig. 2),

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 187

are quite distinct, and for further confirmation future students may

be referred to the British Museum collection, where they will find that

pallasw, olfersr, cinerascens, “ filicornis,” for example, show specific

differences. Jackson has united dentipes B-L. with exotica, but the

stylet is quite different. New Zealand and South American material

of novae-zealandiae should be carefully compared, as it may be possible

to uphold Dana’s cursor (cf. Chilton, 1924, N.Z. Journ. Sci. Techn.,

V1, p. 287).

Panning (1924) has given some interesting details of certain differ-

ences in the mouth-parts, and on this basis has suggested a very

a b C d

Fie. 2.—ligia. Stylet on pleopod 2 ¢ of: a, dilatata ; b, glabrata ;

c, natalensis ; d, exotica.

close relationship between the South African species, dilatata, glabrata,

and natalensis, and the New Zealand species novae-zealandiae. To

his observations can be added the fact that the inner plate of the

maxilliped of dilatata and natalensis conform to the type figured by

him for glabrata, 1.e. the apex is rounded and there are 2-3 short

conical spines subterminally on the inner margin, proximal to which

the margin is setulose.

Four species are known from Africa south of lat. 15° S., but gracilipes

from Portuguese Congo (Kabinda, 5° 8.), as stated in the introduction,

is not included.

The first three species are closely allied as regards the penis,

peraeopods 1-3 in 3, outer ramus of Ist pleopod 3, the ear-like lobes

external to bases of 2nd antennae, the telson, and the mouth-parts.

188 Annals of the South African Museum.

Key to the South African species.

A. Telson evenly convex between the postero-lateral points.

1. Body in adult $ broadly oval. ¢ stylet on pleopod 2 apically pointed.

a. Peduncle of antenna 2 fairly stout, reaching end of peraeon segment

2, flagellar joints stout : : : : dilatata.

6. Peduncle of antenna 2 slender, reaching and of segment 3, flagellar

joints slender. : i . dilatata var. gracilior.

2. Body in both sexes elongate oval. ¢ sate on ie 2 apically spatulate.

a. Antenna 2 reaching end of peraeon . 4 : glabrata.

b. Antenna 2 reaching end of pleon ; : ; . natalensis.

B. Telson with a median point. : : u f ; exotica.

Ingia dilatata Brat.

(Bigs. Wd3) 2) a3) a.)

1833. Ligia dilatata. Brandt, Consp. Oniscid, p. 172 (10).

1843. _,, a Krauss, Stidafrik. Crust., p. 62.

Sey es is Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 262.

OOO ae if Id., in Schultze, Reise, ii, p. 64.

1105) » Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 437.

1920. ~ Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 475, pl.

xxvii, figs. 19-27.

L922) % Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 701.

1924. ,, ns Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 236.

Body broadly oval in adult g, narrower in 9 and young, dorsal

surface minutely granulate. Antennary tubercles (7.e. the ear-like

lobes external to the bases of 2nd antennae) more rounded, and their

ventral surface less convex, than in oceanica. Epimera, except on

lst segment, distinctly separated from tergites by grooves, which,

however, are indistinct in young. Pleon considerably narrower than

peraeon. Telson with distal margin evenly convex, postero-lateral

angles very slightly produced.

Antenna 2 reaching to end of 4th peraeon segment (measured round

the margins of segments), peduncle not beyond end of 2nd segment,

flagellum 15-18 jointed, jomts not twice as long as broad, shortly

setose. Mouth-parts as in glabrata.

Peraeopods 1-3, 5th joint ovately expanded in 3, oblong in 9;

6th joint of peraeopod 7 scarcely 6 times as long as broad.

Penis as figured, apex minutely setulose.

Pleopod 1 in g, outer ramus with inner distal angle rounded (not

pointed as in oceanica). Stylet on pleopod 2 in ¢ apically curved

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 189

outwards, acute, the seminal groove opening at apex, inner margin

setulose only at base.

Uropods not quite half length of body, rami half as long again as

peduncle, which is cylindrical, outer margin not keeled.

Fic. 3.—Ligia. a, dilatata; b, c, apical margin of telson of natalensis

and exotica respectively.

$ 22x15 mm., ovigerous? 17x9mm. Greenish-brown or olivace-

ous, uniform, eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: West and east shores of Cape Peninsula

(W.F.P. and K.H.B.); Kleinmond, mouth of Bot

River, Caledon Div. (K. H. B.).

Great Namaqualand : Liideritzbucht (Budde-Lund).

Ligia dilatata var. gracilor n.

This form cannot be considered as more than a variety of the

typical form. Both are found on the Cape Peninsula, but it has not

VOL. XXX, PART 2. Ls

m0. Annals of the South African Museum.

been determined how far, if at all, the colonies of the two forms

overlap.

Adult $$ scarcely grow quite as broad in comparison with the

length, as in the typical form. Antenna 2 much more slender,

reaching at least to end of 6th peraeon segment, peduncle reaching

to end of 3rd segment, flagellum 18-22 jointed, most of the joints

twice as long as broad.

Peraeopod 7, 6th joint at least 6 times as long as broad.

Uropods half or a little more than half length of body, rami

nearly twice as long as peduncle.

3 22x13 mm., ovigerous 9 17 x9 mm.

Localities.—Cape Province: West and east shores of Cape Pen-

insula (W. F. P. and K. H. B.) ; Dassen Island (R. M. L.) ; Hermanus

(Ro MM: 1).

Ingia glabrata Brdt.

(Rigs ed 2-103)

1833. Lagia glabrata. Brandt, Consp. Onisc., p. 172 (10).

Sy Stes | = Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 62.

S855 aes . Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terrestr., p. 263.

1895. 7. ie Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Tr., viii, p. 350.

VOLOE &. es re Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 437.

1922.5 oe 3, Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 692, pl. i,

fig. 5, pl. u, fig. 6.

1922. ,, glabratus. Stebbing, K. Ver. Handl. Goteb., xxv, p. 4.

1924. ,, glabrata. Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswasserf.

wo. WA, vol. 11, p: 195, fie swale

W928 oe i Verhoeff, Zool. Anz., Ixxvi, p. 123, figs.

Body narrow-oval in both. sexes, dorsal surface minutely granulate.

Antennary tubercles on head as in dilatata. Hpimera, except Ist,

which is not marked off at all, indistinctly marked off. by grooves.

Pleon not much narrower than peraeon. Telson with distal margin

evenly convex, postero-lateral angles very slightly produced.

Antenna 2 reaching end of 6th or 7th peraeon segment, peduncle

slender, reaching middle or end of 3rd segment, flagellum 15-20

jointed, joints not twice as long as broad, shortly setose.

Maxilla 1, inner plate apically produced in a rounded lobe beyond

the origin of the 3 stout setae. Maxilliped with inner plate apically

rounded, with 2-3 subterminal short conical spines on inner margin.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 191

-Peraeopods 1-3, 5th joint ovate in J; 6th joint of peraeopod 7 at

least 6 times as long as broad.

Penis as in dilatata.

Pleopod 1 in g, outer ramus with inner distal angle rounded.

Pleopod 2, ¢ stylet slightly enlarged at base, apex spatulate, curving

outwards, the margins of the seminal groove ending terminally in

short points, outer distal margin thin, laminate, inner margin thickly

setulose for nearly three-quarter length.

__Uropods not quite half length of body, rami half as long again as

peduncle, which is cylindrical with outer margin not keeled.

$6 18x8 mm., ovigerous? 16x8mm. Grey, faintly irrorated with .

lighter, eyes black.

Localities —Cape Province: Table Bay (Krauss) ; West shore of

Cape Peninsula (W. F. P. and K.H.B.); Dassen

Island (R. M. L.); Dyers Island (Stebbing).

Great Namaqualand: Liideritzbucht (Panning).

Stebbing’s record from Dyers Island (off Danger Point) is the only

record from the south coast, and it is possible that his specimens

should really be identified as dilatata var. gracilior.

Ingia natalensis Clige.

(Migs: 1k d= 2; 65¢3..0:)

1920. Ligia natalensis. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 474,

pl. xxvui, figs. 9-18. |

eee, Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 700.

Body narrow-oval in both sexes, dorsal surface minutely granulate.

Epimera, except first, which is not marked off at all, indistinctly

separated. Pleon not much narrower than peraeon. Telson with

distal margin not quite evenly convex, but very feebly angular

between the quadrate, postero-lateral angles.

Antenna 2 very slender, reaching to middle or end of pleon, peduncle

reaching end of 3rd peraeon segment, flagellum 20-24 jointed, joints

twice as long as broad, shortly setose. Mouth-parts as in glabrata.

Peraeopods 1-3, in g¢ 5th joint ovate; 6th joint of peraeopod 7 at

least 6 times as long as broad.

Penis as in dilatata.

Pleopod 1 in g, outer ramus with inner distal angle rounded.

Pleopod 2, ¢ stylet slender, apically spatulate, curving outwards,

apex minutely setulose, seminal groove ending laterally in indistinct

192 Annals of the South African Museum.

points, outer distal margin thin, laminate, but not so abruptly

expanded as in glabrata, inner margin setulose from base to apex.

Uropods not quite half length of body, rami half as long again as

peduncle, which is cylindrical, outer margin not keeled.

3g 12x5 mm., ovigerous 912x6 mm. Slaty-grey, irrorated with

lighter, eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Victoria Bay, George (S. H. H. and

C.T.); Knysna (R.M.L.); Keurbooms River

(K.H.B.); Port Elizabeth (S.Afr. Mus.); East

London (R. M. L.).

Natal: Umbhlali (N. of Durban), Winkle Spruit (S. of

Durban) (Collinge).

Ingia exotica Roux.

(Migs-el 7b: 2ivds sore)

1828. Ligia exotica. Roux, Crust. Medit., pt. 3, pl. xiii, fig. 9.

1905. Ligyda ,; Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54,

p. 676, figs. 716-718 (synonymy).

19092 Tagia. Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow, Reise, 11, p. 303.

LONG) ae. - Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 462, figs. 1-22.

1920. Ligyda ,, van Name, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,

xlii, p. 72, figs. 27-30.

1922) Ligier Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 693, pl. u, fig. 10.

[924 ; Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswasserf.

SW AS, ap.) 1965 fie. Means

192% <5 Arcangeli, Boll. Zool. Portici, xx, p. 268.

Body narrow-oval in both sexes, dorsal surface granular. HEpimera

distinctly separated. Pleon not much narrower than peraeon.

Telson, distal margin with sharp median triangular point, one or two

short more or less sharp points between the median point and the

acute postero-lateral points.

Antenna 2 very long, reaching to middle or end of pleon or even

beyond, flageilum 28-55 jointed, joints not twice as long as broad,

shortly setose.

Maxilla 1, inner plate not apically produced beyond insertion of

the terminal setae. Maxilliped with inner plate apically truncate,

with several stout conical spines.

Peraeopod 1, 6th joint with small lobe-like apical process in ¢;

peraeopods 1-3 in ¢ with 4th and 5th joints expanded as in oceanica,

devoid of spines and roughened with minute oblique ridges.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 193

Penis straight, slender, evenly tapering.

Pleopod 1 in ¢ outer ramus with inner distal angle not produced.

Pleopod 2, 3 stylet straight, apex rounded, outer apex setulose, seminal

groove opening terminally.

Uropods slightly more than half length of body, rami half as long

again as peduncle, which is cylindrical with outer margin not keeled.

30x17 mm. Slaty-grey, eyes black.

Localities.—Natal: Durban (K. H. B.).

Portuguese East Africa: Mozambique Island

(Ko BEB):

Distribution.—Warm shores of Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.

On the west coast of Africa it has been recorded from Senegal, and

Banana in the Belgian Congo.

Fam. TRICHONISCIDAE.

1898. Trichoniscidae. Sars, Crust. Norw., ui, p. 159.

1907/8. 3 Racovitza, Arch. Zool. exp. gen., ser. 4,

vols. vii and 1x.

1909. “ Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, u, p. 67.

1922. ‘, Wabrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, pp. 53, 71.

Kyes small or wanting. First antenna 3-jointed. Second antenna

with flagellum composed of usually not more than 6 or 7 joints.

Mandible with molar, which may or may not carry a brush-like seta

or penicil. Inner lobe of maxilla 1 with 3 plumose setae. Maxilliped

with palp feebly jointed. Five pairs of double-branched pleopods ;

outer (opercular) lobes without air-cavities ; inner lobe of lst in dg, as

well as that of 2nd, modified as a copulatory organ. Uropods not

opercular, exposed, but sometimes partly covered by telson. Vasa

deferentia opening separately at apex of a single median penis. Five

pairs of brood lamellae or segments 1-5; no cotyledons (cf. fig. 13,

p- 226).

Although separated by Sars, the members of this family have

been grouped with the Ligidae by Racovitza and Budde-Lund.

In view of the fundamental differences in the anterior pleopods in

both sexes, especially in the 3, it seems better to adopt Sars’

classification.

The original Trichoniscids have been divided into a large number of

genera and subgenera. The main divisions are based on the structure

of the mandible. In the Trichoniscine and Haplopht halmine groups

194 Annals of the South African Museum.

the molar carries no penicil (not to be confused with the one or more

penicils situate between the cutting edge or apex and the molar); in

the Titanethid group such a penicil occurs on either one or both

mandibles.

The South African genera are disposed as follows :—

molar without a penicil . Trichoniscus, Paranotoniscus, Phylloniscus.

molar with a penicil : : ; . Kogmania, Titana, Schoblia.

The following key, however, is based on more convenient external

characters.

Key to the South African genera.

1. With eyes.

a. Pleurae not developed on any segments of pleon . , Trichoniscus.

b. Pleurae developed on segments 3-5 ; : . Paranotoniscus.

2. Without eyes.

a. Head produced horizontally over bases of antennae.

i. Body nearly circular, depressed : ; i Phylloniscus.

ii. Body ovate, convex , ; : : ; ; Titana.

b. Head not produced over bases of antennae.

i. Broadly ovate, pleon not immersed in peraeon . . Kogmania.

ii. Nearly circular, pleon immersed in peraeon . : : Schéblia.

Gen. TRICHONISCUS Brandt.

1833. Trichoniscus. Brandt, Consp. Crust. Onisc., p. 12.

1857. Philougria. Kinahan, Nat. Hist. Rev., iv, p. 281.

1898. Trichoniscus. Sars, Crust. Norw., u, p. 160.

1901. bs Verhoeff, Zool. Anz., xxiv, p. 74.

1901. pres Chilton, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond., vin, p. 114.

1906. e Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix,

Oa.

1907/8. Fs Racovitza, Arch. Zool. exp. gen., ser. 4,

vols. vil and ix.

1928. sf Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1, p. 572 (mor-

phology of head).

Eyes present, consisting usually of 3 ocelli. Pleon abruptly

narrower than paraeon, the pleurae not prominently developed.

Left mandible with 2 penicils, right mandible with 1 penicil; molar

in both mandibles without penicil. Inner ramus of uropod attached

at postero-internal angle of peduncle, both rami ending in a tuft of

setules.

There are a number of subgenera of Trichoniscus, chiefly charac-

terised by differing numbers of penicils in the mandibles. The South

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 195

African species described below belong to Trichoniscus sensu stricto

as defined above.

Some of the European species inhabit caves and grottoes, and it is

interesting to find a subterraneous species in South Africa.

All the South African species are monticolous. In addition to the

species described below, I have found specimens of this genus on

Matroosberg, Hex River Mts., and in the southern Cedarberg Mts.,

east of Citrusdal; but the material is too sparse to justify descrip-

tion. Further collecting in the mountains will certainly bring to

light additional species.

Key to the South African species.

I. Large species, 14 mm. Cavernicolous E : : : : tabulae.

II. Smaller species, 8 mm. or less.

A. Surface nitidulous.

1. Smooth, non-granulate.

a. Telson truncate. 4:5-5 mm. . : : . hottentoti.

b. Telson rounded. 3mm. . é 5 : . natalensis.

2. Granulate.

. a. Granules irregularly arranged. 65mm. . ‘ ventosus.

6. Granules arranged in transverse series.

i. 4 series on peraeon segment 1, and 3 on each of segments

2-7. 45mm. . : : , s capensis.

ii. 3 series on peraeon segment 1, and 2 on each of segments

2-7. Head very convex. 4 mm. . moruliceps.

B. Surface shagreened.

1. Non-granulate. 5mm. . : : ‘ . austro-africanus.

2. Granulate.

a. Granules irregularly arranged. 8 mm. : . georgensis.

6. Granules arranged in transverse series.

i. 2-3 series on segment I.

a. 4mm. Brownish-grey . : : . horae.

fp. 2-5-3mm. Head and pleon pale, peraeon segments

banded . ‘ : : : . cestus.

li. 5-6 series on segment 1.

a. 4-5 series on segments 2-7. 6:5 mm. swellendami.

fp. 3 series on segments 2-7. 5 mm. . riversdalet.

Trichoniscus tabulae un. sp.

(Fig. 4.)

Ovate, moderately convex, minutely shagreened, with scattered

setules. Head without marked frontal margin, lateral lobes rather

well developed ; eyes composed of 3 fused ocelli. |

196 Annals of the South African Museum.

Peraeon segments with postero-lateral angles of segments 1-3

rounded-quadrate, of segment 4 quadrate, of segments 5-7 slightly

acute. Epimera without oblique keels. The epimera of segments

2-4 in 9 appear to be not demarcated, but no actually ovigerous 9?

have been obtained. Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 shortly acute,

but not projecting. Telson broader than long, apex truncate.

Antenna 1 as in pusillus (Sars, pl. lxxu, fig. 1). Antenna 2 with

Fic. 4.—Trichoniscus tabulae n. sp. a, b, Dorsal and lateral views of head; c, 6th

joint of peraeopod 7 ¢, with portion further enlarged (some of the spines

omitted) ; d, maxilla 2; e, penis.

flagellum 10-11-jointed. Mouth-parts as in pusilus. Molar without

penicil. Outer lobe of maxilla 2 distinctly demarcated.

Peraeopod 7 in g, 6th joint with an ovate area in middle of wpper

surface bearing palisade-like rows of outstanding spines.

Five pairs of brood-lamellae. Penis expanding slightly distally

with an apical point bearing spiniform processes on each side. Pleo-

pods 1 and 2 in ¢ as in Paranotoniscus (q.v.), the filiform stylet in

pleopod 1 apically bifid; the stylet on pleopod 2 more slender and

elongate, apically shortly bifid.

Uropod, inner ramus two-thirds length of outer ramus, both narrow,

tipped with a few fine setules.

14x55 mm. Creamy-white, faintly and to a varying degree

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 197

suffused with brownish-grey, chiefly on epimera and mid-dorsal line ;

antennae, uropods, and peraeopods pale, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B.).

This interesting species is found in the caves, known as the Wyn-

berg Caves, on Table Mt., about 80-100 feet below the surface. It

has been found only in the lowest of the series of caverns, and is

completely shut off from light. The pigmentation appears to be in

course of disappearing, but no actual albino specimens have been

found. The eyes are as well developed as in other species, and still

retain the black pigment.

The associated fauna in this cave comprises a pure white Peripatus

(Perzpatopsis alba Lawrence, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xxx, p. 101, 1931),

the curious Acridiid Speleiacris tabulae (see Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xxix,

pp. 150, 273, 1929), and two species of Harvest-Spiders (see Lawrence,

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxix, pp. 348, 422, 1931).

Trichoniscus hottentoti n. sp.

(Fig. 5, a.)

Ovate, moderately convex, smooth, nitidulous (even under a high

power), with a few scattered setae which are easily lost. Head with

frontal margin scarcely marked, lateral lobes small; eyes with 3

contiguous ocelli, which often appear as if only 2.

Peraeon segments 1-3 with postero-lateral angles rounded, 4-6

quadrate, 7 very shortly produced. Epimera without oblique keels.

Pleurae of pleon not projecting. Telson broader than long, apex

truncate.

Flagellum of antenna 2 4-jointed. Mouth-parts as in pusillus,

epipod of maxilliped narrowing evenly to an acute apex.

Peraeopod 7 without sexual differences.

Five pairs of brood lamellae, arising from bases of peraeopods 1-5.

Penis expanding very slightly distally, with a filamentous apical

point about half the length of the basal part, and minutely serrate

at its base on each side (cf. fig. 6 of Paranotoniscus, but apical point

is here longer). Pleopod 1 in 3, outer lobe shortly triangular, broader

than long, apex blunt, inner lobe with long filiform stylet (cf. Para-

notoniscus) ; 1n 2 outer lobe subtriangular, broader than long, inner

lobe small, rounded. Pleopod 2 in J, outer lobe transversely oblong,

inner lobe with lst joint short, 2nd elongate, tapering, acute (cf.

Paranotoniscus) ; in 2 outer lobe as in g, inner lobe narrow, elongate,

extending some distance beyond outer lobe, apex subacute.

198 Annals of the South African Museum.

Uropod, inner ramus three-quarter length of outer, both narrow.

4-5-5 x 15-175 mm. Chestnut-brown, faintly mottled with lighter

marks dorsally, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Hottentots Holland Mts., 3000-4000 ft.

(K. H. B., 1916) ; Wellington Mts., 3000 ft. (K. H. B., 1922).

Fie. 5.—Trichoniscus. a, hottentoti n. sp. with eyes and telson further enlarged

(the telson in the figure of the whole animal is drawn too long); 0b, head of

moruliceps n. sp.; c, head of swellendami n. sp.

Except that there are faint indications of tubercles across each

peraeon segment, the Wellington Mts. specimens do not differ from

those of the Hottentots Holland Mts. The difference scarcely justifies

specific separation.

Trichoniscus natalensis n. sp.

Similar to hottentoti, but smaller, paler in colour, and with the apex

of telson broadly rounded. Epimera of segments 2-4 demarcated

in 9. ;

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 199

3x1:25 mm. Pale amber or yellowish, eyes darker.

Locality.— Natal: Pietermaritzburg and Krantzkop (K. H. B., 1917,

29 only).

Trichoniscus ventosus ni. sp.

Ovate, smooth, nitidulous, with a few scattered short setules.

Head with frontal margin scarcely marked, lateral lobes small; eyes

of 3 contiguous ocelli.

Peraeon segments with minute scattered granules, not definitely

arranged in transverse series.

Telson nearly twice as wide as long, apex truncate.

65x3mm. Slaty-grey, with paler flecks and mottling, eyes black,

peduncle of uropods pale.

Locality.—Cape Province: Waaihoek Mts., Goudini, Worcester

District (K. H. B., 1928).

The specific name refers to the name of the locality Waaihoek =

Windy-corner.

Trichoniscus capensis n. sp.

Resembling hottentoti, but head and peraeon with transverse series

of low rounded tubercles; 3 series on head, 4 on peraeon segment

1, and 3 series on each of the other segments, the tubercles ex-

tending on to the epimera, which have no oblique keels. A single

transverse series of granules is faintly indicated on pleon segment 3.

Lateral lobes of head rather well developed.

45x2mm. Whitish, with faint greyish irroration, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B., 1929).

Like hottentoti the specimens were collected among damp moss and

earth near waterfalls.

Trichoniscus moruliceps n. sp.

(Fig. 5, 0b.)

Differing from capensis in having 3 rows of tubercles on peraeon

segment 1, and 2 on each of the other segments, and in the rather

more convex occiput with slightly stronger tubercles. The 3 ocelli

of each eye are strongly convex and protuberant, whereas in capensis

(and hottentoti) they scarcely project above the general surface of the

head; the head consequently bears considerable resemblance to a

mulberry.

4x1-5mm. Pale greyish, faintly irrorated, eyes black.

200 Annals of the South African Museum.

Locality.—Cape Province : Jonkershoek Mts., Stellenbosch (K. H. B.,

1924).

The single specimen was found in a Termite nest.

Trichoniscus austro-africanus 0. sp.

Resembling hottentotc, but larger and with the surface distinctly

shagreened. Penis rather more strongly expanded apically, just

before the terminal point.

5 x 2-25 mm. Brownish, faintly marbled, eyes black.

Locality. Cape Province: Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B.).

Found in damp moss near streams and runnels.

Trichoniscus georgensis Nn. sp.

Ovate, shagreened, with a few scattered setules. Head with frontal

margin obsolete, lateral lobes well developed, subacute; 3 ocelli in

a triangle.

Peraeon and pleon segments with numerous small irregularly

arranged granules. Telson twice as broad as long, apex truncate,

postero-lateral angles rather sharply quadrate.

8x3-25 mm. Slaty-grey, with paler mottling and a pale lateral

stripe along the junctions of epimera with their segments, eyes black,

peduncle of uropods grey, legs suffused.

Locality.—Cape Province: George (K. H. B., 1931).

Found among humus in the wooded kloofs on the mountain slopes,

2500-3000 ft.

Trichoniscus horae nu. sp.

Surface minutely shagreened, with scattered setae. Head smooth,

frontal margin not marked, lateral lobes small; eye composed of

3 ocelli, in line on the margin.

Peraeon segment | with 2 transverse rows of small rounded tubercles,

6 in each row, and a series of minute granules on hind margin; seg-

ments 2—7 each with a single row of 6 tubercles, and minute granules

on hind margin. Epimera of segments 2-7 each with a single tubercle

in the centre, no oblique keels. Epimera 2-4 very clearly demarcated

from their segments in 9.

Telson broader than long, apically broadly rounded.

4x1:75 mm. Brownish-grey, irrorated with paler, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Swellendam Mts. (K. H. B., 1925,

99 only).

Named after the “ Clock’ peaks in the vicinity of Swellendam.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 201

Trichoniscus cestus 0. sp.

Similar to horae, but smaller and differently coloured.

2-5-3 x 1-25-15 mm. Head, peraeon segment 1 and the pleo-

telson pale cream ; peraeon segments 2—7 each with a brownish-grey

transverse band, which anteriorly is much broken up by pale streaks

and spots, the anterior margin being quite clear of dark colouring ;

eyes black ; antennae grey, legs more or less suffused.

Locality.—Cape Province: Riversdale Mts. (K. H. B., 1926).

A pretty and distinctively marked little species.

Trichoniscus swellendami n. sp.

(Fig. 5, ¢.)

Minutely shagreened. Head without marked frontal margin, lateral

lobes moderate ; eyes of 3 contiguous ocelli in a triangle; dorsal

surface of head with about 6-7 transverse rows of evenly spaced

small rounded granules.

Peraeon segment 1 with 5-6 transverse series of small granules ;

segments 2—7 each with 4-5 series. Epimera without oblique keels.

Pleurae shortly acute, adpressed. Segments 1-3, and less con-

spicuously also 4, with a transverse series of small granules on hind

margin.

Telson broader than long, subtriangular, apex narrowly truncate

(but owing to the pale semi-transparent border appearing at first

sight to be subtriangular).

65x25 mm. Slaty-grey, head and peraeon variegated with paler,

the margins of the segments clearly marked with paler, pleon uniform,

eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Swellendam and Riversdale Mts.

(K. H. B., 1925 and 1926).

Collected in damp earth and debris at heights of 3500-4000 ft.

Trichoniscus riversdalei nu. sp.

Surface minutely shagreened, without setae. Head granulate,

frontal margin not marked, lateral lobes moderate, eyes of 3 ocelli

arranged nearly in line on margin.

Peraeon segment 1 with 5 transverse series of small rounded

tubercles ; segments 2-7 each with 3 series, which are continued

on to the epimera. Epimera without oblique keels.

202 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pleon segments 1-3 with minute granules along hind margin ;

indications of similar granules also on segments 4 and 5.

Telson broader than long, apically truncate.

5x2-5mm. Pale greyish-cream, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Riversdale Mts. (K. H. B., 1926).

Paranotoniscus, n.g.

Eyes consisting of 3 ocelli. Antero-lateral angles of head acute.

Epimera more or less discontiguous ; 2-4 demarcated in (ovigerous) 9.

_Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 expanded. Mouth-parts and uropods

as in T'richoniscus.

This genus closely resembles the New Zealand genus Notoniscus

Chilton (1915, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxii, p. 418), but has better

developed pleurae on the 3rd pleon segment, and thus resembles

Haplophthalmus. Both Notoniscus and the present genus differ from

Haplophthalmus in having 3 ocelli and acute antero-lateral angles of

head.

All the species are found in wooded kloofs on the mountains.

Key to the species.

1. Peraeon with 6 series of dorsal tubercles. Pleurae of pleon segment 3 not

reaching the marginal outline.

a. Pleon segments 1-3 each with 2 dorsal tubercles, segments 4 and 5 each

with one tubercle . : : capensis.

b. Pleon segments 1, 2, 4, 5 without Paberblon seumete 3 with a transverse

series of 6 tubercles . ‘ , . tuberculatus.

2. Peraeon with 2 (main) series of dorsal Piticlos: Ploweas of pleon segment 3

reaching the marginal outline.

a. Length more than twice breadth . : : - montanus.

b. Length twice breadth.

i. Pleon segment 1 with medio-dorsal tubercle. No tubercles on hind

margin of head . . : . latus.

ii. Pleon segment 1 without fuberole: ead swith 2 tubercles on hind

margin . : : ; : . . . ornatus.

Paranotoniscus capensis 0. sp.

(Fig. 6, a—d.)

Elongate-oval, central portion of dorsum convex. Head with pro-

minent medio-frontal tubercle, followed by a large rounded, obscurely

tri-tuberculate tubercle, behind which are 2 rounded tubercles ;

antero-lateral angles subacute. Eyes with 3 prominent, equidistant

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 203

ocelli. Antero-lateral angles of peraeon segment 1 reaching to eyes,

rounded ; epimera discontiguous ; dorsal surface with 6 series of

longitudinal tubercles, of which the outermost is the least con-

spicuous and nearer to its neighbour than the latter is to the

submedian tubercle. Pleon segments 1 and 2 with pleurae not

developed, segment 3 with acute triangular pleura not forming part

of the marginal outline ; segments 4 and 5 with well-developed sub-

acute pleurae. Segments 1-3 each with 2 submedian dorsal rounded

tubercles ; segments 4 and 5 each with a median elongate tubercle

Fic. 6.—Paranotoniscus n.g. a, Whole animal of capensis n. sp., with eye further

enlarged, and diagrammatic cross-section of peraeon; 6, penis and pleopod

1 3; c, pleopod 2 9; d, pleopod 2 3; e, whole animal of montanus n. sp.,

with diagrammatic cross-section of peraeon.

slightly overhanging the posterior margin. Telson rather broader

than long, apically truncate.

Antenna 1, 1st joint stout, 2nd one-third as long as Ist, 3rd as long

as 2nd but abruptly narrower, tipped with 3-4 setules. Antenna 2

stout, 5th joint longer than 4th, flagellum shorter than 5th joint,

4-jointed. Epipod of maxilliped apically subacute.

Peraeopod 7 without sexual differences. Five pairs of broad

lamellae arising from bases of peraeopods 1-5. Penis stout, slightly

dilated apically, with small apical point which is laterally serrate.

Pleopod 1 in 3, outer lobe subtriangular, inner lobe narrow, with

long filiform stylet ; in Q not observed, probably very small. Pleopod

2 in g, outer lobe short, transverse, inner lobe stout, 2nd joint tapering

204 Annals of the South African Museum.

to acute apex ; in 9 outer lobe short, transverse, inner distal angle

shortly and subacutely produced inwards, inner lobe moderately

elongate.

Uropod, peduncle broad, outer margin straight, outer ramus stout,

inner ramus attached near base of inner margin, shorter than outer

ramus.

3°5x1-5 mm. Pale brown or straw colour, eyes black.

Locality—Cape Province: Table Mt., Cape Town, 2000-3000 ft.

GHB):

Found under stones in damp places, and in damp moss.

Paranotoniscus tuberculatus n. sp.

Resembling capensis, but surface more densely and strongly

setulose and papillose ; head strongly convex, without distinct large

tubercles, but thickly covered with small tubercles. Peraeon segments

with 6 series of tubercles and with additional smaller intervening

tubercles, especially on Ist segment. Epimera with an oblique ridge

bearing several minute granules. Pleon less strongly convex medio-

dorsally than in capensis ; pleon segments 1 and 2 without tubercles,

segment 3 with a transverse series of 6 tubercles, the outermost one

smallest ; pleurae of segment 3 not reaching marginal outline.

2-5x1:25 mm. Pale brown, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Langeberg Range, north of Heidelberg,

2000 ft. (KH B., 1927):

Paranotoniscus montanus Nn. sp.

(Fig. 6, e.)

Elongate-oval, rather strongly convex, minutely granulate and

closely setose and papillose, especially near margins. Head with

prominent medio-frontal point, followed by a large median tubercle

which is apically obscurely bifid ; antero-lateral angles acute. Antero-

lateral angles of peraeon segment 1 reaching beyond eyes almost to

apices of lateral angles of head. Epimera not so markedly dis-

contiguous as in capensis. Dorsum with two series of longitudinal

tubercles, more prominent posteriorly, segment 1 also with 2 sub-

median rounded tubercles. Pleurae of pleon segment 3 acutely

triangular, reaching to marginal outline of segments, 4 and 5 well

developed.

In other respects resembling capensis.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 205

5x2mm. Pale slaty-grey or chestnut, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Hottentots Holland Mts., 4000 ft.

Ga. B., 1916).

Found in damp moss near waterfalls.

Paranotonscus latus n. sp.

Resembling montanus but broader, the width equal to half the

length, head more deeply sunk in Ist peraeon segment, a median

tubercle on hind margin of Ist pleon segment, and the ocelli placed

more in a straight line, the hinder two in contact or even fused.

8x4mm. Pale brown or straw-colour.

Locality—Cape Province: Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts.,

Caledon Div. (K. H. B., 1919, 1920, 1928).

Found among damp leaves and humus. Young examples of the

same size as montanus are easily distinguished by the greater breadth.

Paranotoniscus ornatus 0. sp.

Surface much more strongly granulate and papillose than in latus,

and with additional tubercles. Two tubercles on hind margin of

head, one on outer flanks of the dorsal tubercles on segments 1-5, and

one at junctions of epimera with their segments on all peraeon seg-

ments, these latter tubercles more prominent anteriorly. Pleon with

a definite though rounded median ridge, without tubercle on Ist

segment, but with a slightly raised hump on segments 4 and 5.

7x30 mm. Brownish, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Wellington Mts., 2000-3500 ft. (K. H. B.,

1922, 1924, 1931).

Gen. PHyLitoniscus Purcell.

1903. Phylloniscus. Purcell, Trans. §. Afr. Philos. Soc., xiv,

p. 409.

Subcircular, depressed. Head broad, subsemicircular, produced

horizontally forwards and entirely concealing bases of antennae. Hyes

absent. Peraeon segment 1 transverse, not embracing head. Epimera

lamellate. Pleon not much narrower than peraeon (except segments 1

and 2); pleurae well developed. Telson broader than long. Right

mandible with 1 penicil, left mandible with 2 penicils, molar without

penicil in both mandibles. Inner lobe of 1st maxilla with 2 unequal

subterminal setae. Inner lobe and palp of maxilliped very short,

VeGte GX PART 2. 14

206 Annals of the South African Museum.

epipod obsolete. Peraeopod 7 with sexual differences. Pleopod 1

in 2 obsolete ; inner (branchial) lobe of pleopod 3 rudimentary or

obsolete, of pleopods 4 and 5 considerably smaller than outer (oper-

cular) lobe. Inner ramus of uropod lamellate, bearing a single strong

spine-seta on inner distal angle, outer ramus terete, with apical tuft

of setae.

Budde-Lund’s supposition (1909) that this genus should belong to

the “ Ligiidae ”’ rather than to the Oniscidae has proved to be correct.

It is closely allied to Tatana as regards the inner lobe of Ist maxilla,

the maxilliped with the obsolete epipod, and the structure of the

apical joint of Ist antennae. The mandibles, however, have no

penicil on the molar, and therefore, if so much importance be attached

to this character, Phylloniscus does not belong to the Titanethid

group at all.

Phylloniscus braunsi Purcell.

(Fig. 7.)

1903. Phylloniscus braunst. Purcell, loc. cit., p. 410, figs. 1-3.

1908. o , Wasman in Schultze, Reise, i, p. 444,

pl. xxule, fig. 6.

1909. + i Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, u,

plaixwe

1910. be . Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust.,

p. 438.

Surface minutely granular. Head with 13-15 radiating ribs,

counting one on each postero-lateral margin, central basal part with

3 rows of tubercles, the hindermost row being the most regular and

consisting of 6 tubercles. Peraeon segment 1 with 2 rows of tubercles,

segments 2-7 each with one row, in which often larger and smaller

tubercles alternate. HEpimera with 1 rib near anterior margin, and

one oblique running to postero-lateral corner. Pleon segments 1-5

each with one row of tubercles, the rows on segments 2-5 without

a median tubercle. Pleurae with 2 ribs like the epimera. Telson

broader than long, apically rounded (when viewed flat), with 2

longitudinal ribs (when viewed obliquely from above these ribs cause

the apex to appear emarginate, as described by Purcell).

Third joint of antenna 1 longer than either Ist or 2nd joints, curved

outwards, with numerous papillae on its inner distal surface, com-

parable with those in Titana mirabilis (cf. Budde-Lund, 1909, pl. vii,

fig. 4). Second maxilla without trace of a lobe on outer distal margin.

Peraeopod 7 in 4, inner distal angle of 3rd joint with a projecting

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 207

lobe set with fine spinules on its margin. Five pairs of brood lamellae

arising from bases of peraeopods 1-5. Penis narrow lanceolate, apex

acute.

Pleopod 1 in 3g, outer lobe triangular, apex subacute and cury-

ing gently outwards, inner lobe narrow with a fine filiform stylet.

Pleopod 2 in g, outer lobe small, ovate, inner lobe stout, apically

acute.

Uropod, inner ramus widening slightly distally, upper surface

slightly concave, the inner margin slightly costate.

Fic. 7.—Phylloniscus braunsi Purcell. a, Whole animal; 6, portion of peraeon

segment of var. eutheles n.; c, d, uropod of typical form and of var. eutheles ;

é, maxilliped; f, 2nd-4th joints of peraeopod 7 g; g, penis and pleopod 1 3;

h, pleopod 2 J; 7, pleopod2 2: Jj, k, 1, pleopods 3-5 respectively ; m, antenna 1.

8x7mm. Cream of whitish.

Localities —Cape Province: Willowmore and Matjesfontein (Pur-

cell); Laingsburg (R.M.L.); Grahamstown (S.A. Mus.); Garies,

Namaqualand (A. J. H.).

Found in the galleries of Termes viator and mossambicus.

Var. eutheles n.

Some specimens from Upington, collected by Father Sollier,

resemble the typical form except in the following respects: all the

ribs and tubercles are much stronger and more prominent, the

tubercles are all of the same size, and stand up on the peraeon seg-

ments like rounded buttons ; the inner ramus of the uropod is nearly

parallel-sided, both inner and outer margins costate, and the upper

208 Annals of the South African Museum.

surface therefore distinctly grooved. These features are found in

the young as well as the adults.

7-25 x5-75 mm. Creamy white.

The host is not recorded.

Gen. Trrana B-L.

1909. Titana. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, ii, p. 65.

Narrow-oval, convex. Head with frontal margin produced for-

wards over bases of antennae. Eyes absent. Epimera contiguous.

Pleon slightly narrower than peraeon, pleurae not expanded. Telson

short, rounded. Flagellum of antenna 2 3-jointed. Right mandible

with 1 penicil, left mandible with 2 penicils, right molar with penicil.

Inner lobe and palp of maxilliped very short, epipod obsolete. Uropod,

peduncle suightly longer than broad, longitudinally grooved, rami

terete, subcontiguous, with 1-2 apical setae.

Trtana merabilis B-L.

(Fig. 8, a.)

1909. Trtana mirabilis. Budde-Lund, loc. cit., p. 65, pl. vii,

figs. 1-10.

1910. x «i Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 438.

Surface smooth. Five pairs of brood lamellae arising from bases

of peraeopods 1-5. °

6x2-5mm. Creamy white.

Localities—Cape Province: Steinkopf, Namaqualand (Budde-

Lund); Upington (S.A. Mus.); Willowmore (S.A. Mus.).

Collected by Dr. Schultze in the nests of Termes viator, and by

Father Soller in company with Phylloniscus braunsi var. eutheles,

host unrecorded. The specimens from Willowmore collected by Dr.

Brauns are all small and immature, and no host is recorded.

Kogmania n.g.

Broadly oval, depressed. Head with frontal margin raised into

a prominent ridge, but not produced forwards over bases of antennae.

Eyes absent. Epimera lamellar. Pleon not abruptly narrower than

peraeon (except segments 1 and 2), segments 3-5 with well-developed

pleurae. Telson short, subtriangular. Peraeopod 7 without sexual

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 209

differences. Right mandible with 1 penicil, left mandible with 2

penicils, right molar with penicil. Uropod, rami close together,

unequal, tipped with setae.

This genus belongs to the Titanethid group, being closely allied to

Titana as regards the mandibles.

Fie. 8.—Titana mirabilis B-L. (left). Schéblia fulleri Silv. (after

Silvestri) (right).

Kogmania depressa n. sp.

(Fig. 9.)

Surface minutely granular. Anterior margin of head nearly twice

as wide as base, raised into a prominent transverse ridge, arcuate and

curving ventrally in the middle. Head and peraeon segments each

with 2 very low transverse ridges which are feebly tuberculate.

Pleon segments 1 and 2 each with a transverse row of feeble tubercles.

Telson broader than long, apically rounded in g, almost subacute in 9.

Antenna 1, 3rd joint tipped with a bunch of stiff hooked setae.

Antenna 2 stout in 2 but broken, only two short joints of the flagellum

remaining. Inner lobe of maxilla 1 with one subterminal seta. Maxilli-

ped as in Haplophthalmus (Sars, 1898, pl. Ixxiv), but palp without

visible joints, inner lobe narrow, epipod tapering to an acute apex.

210 Annals of the South African Museum.

Peraeopods stout, not strongly spinose. Five pairs of brood

lamellae arising from bases of peraeopods 1-5. Penis tapering

evenly.

Pleopod 1 in 4, outer lobe triangular, inner lobe filiform; in 9

small. Pleopod 2 in 3g, 2nd joint of inner lobe apically acute; in 9

aE eres

Sey deus py RAY CES cm »'|

loo GSROUUOVGY

/ iN Las

a b

Fia. 9.—Kogmania depressa n.g.,n. sp. a, Whole animal g; b, telson 9; c, front

view of head; d, antenna 1; e, right mandible; f, penis and pleopod 1 g;

g, pleopod 22; h, pleopod 2 g.

outer lobe small, pointed, and directed transversely inwards, inner

lobe narrow elongate, apically blunt.

Uropod, peduncle broader than long, rami arising on distal margin

at same level and close together, outer ramus broad, basal width 23 in

length, inner ramus half length of outer, narrow, both tipped with

setae.

5x3mm. Creamy white.

Locality.—Cape Province: Kogmans Kloof, Montagu (K. H. B.,

1922).

Found under a stone in gallery of a Termite nest.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 211

Gen. Schoblia B-L.

1909. Schoblia. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, i, p. 65.

1918. Termitoniscus. Silvestri, Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, xu, p. 290.

Circular, depressed. Head not produced forwards over bases of

antennae. Hyes absent. Peraeon segment 1 embracing sides of

head; segment 7 embracing pleon. Epimera lamellate. Pleon

much narrower than peraeon, pleurae developed into backwardly

directed points on segments 3-5 or 4. and 5. Telson transverse, very

short. Second antenna with very stout peduncle, flagellum minute,

2-3-jointed. Right mandible with 1 penicil, left mandible with 2

penicils, left molar only with penicil (Budde-Lund), both molars with

penicils (Silvestri). Inner plate of lst maxilla with 3 unequal setae.

Maxilliped with basal joint produced on outer distal angle, palp

conical (obscurely 2-jointed, Silvestri), inner plate slender, epipod

obsolete. Peraeopods similar (¢ unknown). Uropod, peduncle

elongate, cylindrical, outer ramus subequal in length, tipped with

minute setules, inner ramus attached ventrally near base of peduncle,

short, tipped with one seta.

Termitoniscus is clearly synonymous with Schéblia, though the two

species are distinguishable. The only differences are in the molar

penicil, which according to Budde-Lund is present in the left mandible,

but in both mandibles according to Silvestri (“‘ mola et appendice

eidem mandibulae laevae similibus,” but fig. II, 6, does not show the

molar penicil very clearly) ; and in the pleon, of which segments 3-5

are shown produced in Budde-Lund’s figure of circularis, whereas

Silvestri states that only segments 4 and 5 are produced in fullerv.

With such extraordinarily close resemblances in other respects the

union of the two genera is imperative. In fact when more abundant

material comes to hand it may prove that only one species should be

recognised.

Key to the species.

1. Pleon segments 3-5 acutely produced. 5 tubercles on posterior margin of head.

3 tubercles on pleon segments 1 and 2 : F ‘ é circularis.

2. Pleon segments 4 and 5 acutely produced. 7 tubercles on posterior margin of

head. 4 tubercles on pleon segments land2 . 5 ‘ . fullerr.

Schoblia circularis B-L.

1909. Schéblia circularis. Budde-Lund, loc. cit. p. 66, pl. vii,

figs. 11-21.

212 Annals of the South African Museum.

The specific characters are indicated in the key ; in other respects

the tubercles are in agreement with those of the following species.

2x2mm. White.

Locality.—Portuguese East Africa: Quilimane (Budde-Lund).

Collected by Dr. Stuhlmann from nest of Termes monodon.

Schoblia fuller (Silv.).

(Fig. 8, 6.)

1918. Termitoniscus fulleri. Silvestri, loc. cit., p. 292, figs. 1, 2.

(Also published in Ann. R. Scuola Agric. Portici, xv.)

3x3 mm. Straw coloured.

Locality.—Portuguese East Africa: Beira (Silvestri).

Collected by Claude Fuller from nest of Termes bellicosus f.

mossambica.

Fam. TYLIDAE.

1885. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 272.

1893. Stebbing, Hist. Crust., p. 423.

1910. fd., Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 439.

Head concrete, with raised shield-like epistome. LHyes large.

Epimera of all the peraeon segments except the Ist demarcated by

a distinct suture; 4th epimeron smaller than the 2nd and 3rd ;

Sth—-7th epimera large. —

Pleon segments distinct, not coalesced. Telson short and broad,

transversely oval or subquadrangular.

Pronotum extremely narrow, linear (cf. Pentheus officunalis).

First antenna single-jointed, immobile. Second antenna stout,

flagellum 4-jointed, the 4th joint minute.

Mandible with molar which has 1-4 plumose setae arising below

its Inner apex, a bunch of several (12-15) penicils between the setose

pad and the molar.

Maxilla 1, inner lobe with 3 plumose setae. Maxilla 2 with only

a single lobe, apically notched. __

Maxilliped, inner plate apically truncate, with several penicils,

palp 2-3-jointed, with groups of stout spinules.

Peraeopods stout, 6th joint in the last 3 pairs (in adult) distinctly

shorter and stouter than in the anterior 4 pairs ; no sexual differences.

Dactylar seta clavate, present in young, but worn off in older

examples.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 213

First pair of pleopods rudimentary in both sexes. Pleopods 2-5

double-branched, the outer branch pleated, branchial.

Peduncle of uropod opercular, covering the anus, invisible dorsally,

with a minute terminal outer ramus.

Vasa deferentia opening separately, without penes, on the thin

membrane behind the sterna of 7th peraeon segment.

Five pairs of brood lamellae.

Able to roll up into a complete ball.

This family contains the single genus Tylos. The genus Hellerva

von Ebner, 1868 (syn. : Syspastus, Budde-Lund, 1879, Syntomagaster,

Costa, 1882, and Syngastron, Costa, 1883), is sometimes included in the

family (Budde-Lund, 1906, and Calman, 1909). Budde-Lund (1906,

p- 73) regards the two genera as the extreme representatives of an

ancient and isolated group. Although there are certain characters

common to both (epimera 2-7 demarated, maxillae 1 and 2, maxilli-

peds, and uropods), nevertheless the differences are very great (in

Helleria pleon segments 1-5 fused, mandible with only one free penicil),

and it seems better to place Helleria in its own family, Helleridae, as

Budde-Lund in 1885 * and Stebbing in 1893 have done. Helleria is

a mountain woodlouse found in Italy, Corsica, Sardinia, and along

the Rivieran coast (see Arcangeli, Atti Soc. It. Mus. Civ. Milan, lu,

p. 481, 1914).

The presence of the epimeral sutures, mandibular molar, and 3

plumose setae on inner lobe of maxilla 1 indicate a certain affinity

to the Ingiidae and Trichoniscidae; and I follow Chilton (1901)

and Stebbing (1910) in placing the Tylidae immediately after these

families.

Gen. Tytos Aud.

1825. Tylos. Audouin, Explic. Planches Crust. Egypte, p. 287.

1843. = Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Crust., p. 63.

1856. Rhacodes. Koch in Rosenhauer, Die Thiere Andalusiens,

p. 422.

1868. Tylos. von Ebner, Verh. zool. bot. Ver. Wien, xviii,

pp. 104 sqq.

Ta89, .,, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., pp. 273 sqq.

ols aes Stebbing, loc. cit., p. 423 (vindication of name).

iL) Chilton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 2nd ser., vol. viii,

p. 120.

* The names Syspasti B-L. or Syspastidae Arcangeli, 1914, are inadmissible (see

Stebbing, 1893, p. 425).

214 Annals of the South African Museum.

1906. Tylos. Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix, p. 73

(revision).

1909.:. si; Holmes and Gay, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxvi,

p. 376.

POROL Wy ibys Stebbing, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxi, p. 227.

TOTO: - .,, Id., Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 439.

1922. — ,, Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, pp. 12, 19, 45, 54 (scale-

spines, Ist antenna, maxilliped).

HOBAE is Barnard, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., xii, p. 29 (gut).

WDB # i655 Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 567, 574

(structure of head).

With the characters of the family.

The genus contains about 15 species (some of which are inadequately

described) distributed over the Mediterranean, West Indies, Indo-

Pacific, Japan, New Zealand, 8. American and South African regions.

All the species are beach-dwellers and apparently nocturnal (v. infra).

There are several interesting anatomical peculiarities which have

not yet been thoroughly studied, owing to the difficulty of obtaining

material. Apart from the difficulties of actual collecting, 2.e. digging

in the sand or visiting a particular locality after dark, the internal

organs of the animals are extraordinarily difficult to preserve satis-

factorily. It is necessary to make one or more insertions in the

articular membranes between the segments in the living animal and

pour in some strong preservative (95 per cent. strong alcohol with

5 per cent. glacial acetic is a good mixture). Some of the more im-

portant features from a taxonomic point of view may be briefly

mentioned.

There are two pairs of hepato-pancreatic glands extending almost

to the end of the intestine, without anterior extensions, submoniliform

in appearance, the two glands on either side opening by a common

lateroventral orifice into the posterior end of the stomach. For

description and figure of the stomach see Barnard, 1924.

The 2nd to 5th pairs of pleopods are double branched. As Stebbing

(1893, p. 423, and 1910, p. 228) remarks, von Ebner in 1868 was

perfectly correct in this statement. There is indeed nothing very

unusual in the pleopods except that those of pleon segment 1 are

rudimentary (cf. von Ebner, p. 110). I find, however, that these

latter pleopods are present in both sexes. In the 2nd pleopods

the peduncle is much reduced ; the inner ramus is small in the Q,

but in the $ is modified as usual into an intromittent organ. In

the 3rd—5th pleopods the peduncle is well developed, and the inner

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 215

ramus in both sexes is nearly as large as the outer ramus, but

quite thin (fig. 10).

Stebbing (1910, p. 228, and fig. on pl. xxiii) says the uropods are

“‘bilaminar.””’ Even in small specimens, not much larger than

Stebbing’s, there are not two distinct laminae, but only a thickening

of the “ opercular ” plate on its dorsal (inner) surface forming a circular

rim, which coincides closely with the circular opening on the under

surface of the telson in which the anus is situated (fig. 11, e).

The vasa deferentia open separately, without external penes, on

the delicate membrane of the 1st pleon segment in the sunken groove

between the projecting and strongly chitinised sterna of peraeon

segment 7 and the 2nd pleon segment. Whether they open actually

or --- ed.

Fig. 10.—Tylos. a, Inner (dorsal) view of pleopod 3; 6, outer (ventral) view of

pleopod 2 g, with stylet viewed from the side and cross-section of same ;

c, outer view of pleopod 2 9. In } and c the hind margin of sternum of 7th

peraeon segment and the rudimentary pleopod 1 are shown; in 6 also the

opening of one of the vasa deferentia.

on the Ist segment is not certain, as the whole membrane between

the 7th peraeon segment and the 2nd pleon segment is very delicate,

and there are no definitely chitinised plates representing the sterna of

the Ist pleon segment (fig. 10, b).

Calman (1909, Crustacea in Lankester’s Treatise on Zoology, pt. 7,

fase. 3, p. 212) says it is very improbable that the vasa deferentia

“ perforate the copulatory appendages of the second pleopod as they

have been stated to do in the Tylidae.”’ This evidently refers to

von Ebner’s remarks (1868, pp. 108, 109), but “ perforate” is an

incorrect rendering of von Ebner’s word “miinden ” (“ Die Samen-

leiter miinden . . . jederseits in das hohle Stielplattchen des zweiten

Schwanzanhanges, an dem sich die Ruthe befestigt’”’). From the

figure here given, it will be seen that the vasa deferentia discharge

their contents opposite to the bases of the stylets.

Von Ebner’s description of the stylets (Ruthen, or appendices

216 Annals of the South African Museum.

masculinae), however, is not correct. He says (loc. cit., p. 108) they

form long narrow “ Blatte ... welche im Innern einen Kanal

fiihren, der an der Spitze offen endet.”” The shape of the stylet in

the two South African species is as given in fig. 10,b; the dorsal edge

is thick and rigid, whereas the ventral edge is thin; in cross-section

the stylet is concave on the inside, 7.e. the side adjacent to its fellow, so

that the two stylets together form a channel for the passage of the sperm.

There are the usual five pairs of brood-lamellae (oostegites) in

the 2. As I have not yet succeeded in obtaining any actually ovigerous

specimens, it cannot be stated whether the brood-pouch or marsupium

projects ventrally (as in Ligia, etc.), or is pushed inwards as in the

“ conglobating ”’ Cubarids (cf. p. 226 and fig. 13), nor whether coty-

ledons are developed or not. (But see Arcangeli, Ann. Mus. Zool.

Univ. Napoli, vol. v, No. 33; pp. 7, 12, 15, 1929.)

Jackson (1928, p. 575) says the head appears never to have possessed

a frontal line. There is, however, as Heller mentioned, a faint im-

pressed line joining the anterior margins of the eyes, though obsolete

medio-dorsally, which might well be interpreted as the frontal line.

The rarity of these woodlice in collections seems to be due to their

nocturnal habits, as briefly mentioned by Budde-Lund (1906, p. 73,

and 1909, Res. Swed. Exp. Egypt and White Nile, pt. 3, p. 11).

During the day the animals remain buried at a depth of some 6-12

inches in the sand above high-water mark. There is no indication

at the surface of where the animal has burrowed down, except in

some cases a shallow pit 4-1 inch in depth. The animals lie rolled

up at the bottom of their burrows. At dusk they ascend to the

surface and feed on the seaweed and other vegetable matter washed

up by, the sea.

The subangular particles of food found in the stomach and intestine

measure on an average about 1 mm. in diameter, in specimens 30

mm. in length, but some fragments may be longer: 2x1x0-5 mm.

Some specimens kept for twelve hours in a damp cloth were as

lively as when collected. Another batch submerged in fresh water

for a similar period were comatose, but revived rapidly on removal

from the water.

Key to the South African species.

1. Granulate. Ventral processes of 5th pleon segment large, nearly meeting in

middle line in front of uropods, and concealing the 4th and 5th pleopods

granulatus.

2. Smooth. Ventral processes of 5th pleon segment small, not produced medianly,

and only partly concealing the 5th pleopods s Ps: capensis.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 217

Tylos granulatus Krss.

1843. Tylos granulatus. |

1285. ,, Rs

1906. _,, tb

1909. __,, i

LSLON ,, is

1924, r

ego4 ‘

(Fig. 11, a, 6.)

Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Crust., p. 64,

pl. 4, fig. 5.

Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 275.

-Id., Deutsch. Stidpol. Exp., ix, p. 75,

pl. 3, figs. 21-24.

Id., Schultze, Reise, 1, p. 70.

Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 439.

Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Stisswas-

serf. SW A341 pe 2;

Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 236.

Surface granulate. Hpistome subsemicircular, length 4—% of width.

Fie. 11.—Tylos granulatus Krss.

a, Side view of whole animal; 6, ventral view

of pleon segments 4 and 5 and telson. T'ylos capensis Krss.: c, frontal view

of antenna 1, epistome, clypeus and upper lip; d, ventral view of pleon

segments 4 and 5 and telson ; e, inner (dorsal) view of uropod, and profile of

inner edge (socket of outer ramus shaded).

Inner margins of pleurae of 5th pleon segment curving inwards,

the apices of the pleurae slightly overlapping the dorsal surface of

telson. Apical margin of telson convex.

Ventral processes of 4th pleon segment anteriorly subacute, diverg-

ing from the ventral’ processes of 5th pleon segment, which are very

large, subtriangularly expanded, meeting in middle line in front of the

uropods, and completely concealing both the 4th and 5th pleopods.

Peduncle of uropod subtrigonal.

Up to 50x25 mm. Dirty-white or creamy, eyes black.

218 Annals of the South African Museum.

_ Localities.—Cape Province: Table Bay (Krauss, also W. F. P.) ;

Milnerton and Melkbos Strand (K. H. B.) ; Saldanha

Bay (K. H. B.); Hondeklip Bay (K. H. B.).

Great Namaqualand: Liideritzbucht (Budde-Lund and

Panning) ; Anichab (Budde-Lund) ; Prince of Wales

Bay (Budde-Lund).

Damaraland : Swakopmund (Panning).

A fossil specimen of Tylos of probably late Tertiary age has been

recorded from the bedded sands above the diamondiferous gravel,

oyster line, at Alexander Bay, Namaqualand (Haughton, Trans. Geol.

Soc. S. Afr., xxxiv, p. 27, 1931). The granulate surface of the

specimen resembles that of granulatus, but a definite identification is

precluded because the ventral side of the pleon is concealed in hard

matrix.

A minute Oligochaet lives among the pleopods. It is 2-5-3 mm.

in length, whitish, with 4 bundles of straight and apically simple

spines on each segment, usually 3 spines in each bundle. It may

be termed Hnchytraeus tylidis n. sp.

Tylos capensis Krss.

(Fig. 11, ¢, d.)

1843. Tylos capensis. Krauss, Die Siidafrik. Crust., p. 64, pl. iv,

fig. 6.

Sores a Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 276.

OOS 53 F Id., Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., 1x, pp. 73, 74,

pl. iu, figs. 14-18.

1906. ,, <incurvus. Id., ibid., p. 79, pl. iii, fig. 41.

1910. ,, capensis. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 439.

Surface minutely granulose (smooth in comparison with granulatus).

Epistome subsemicircular, but slightly longer than in granulatus in

proportion to its width, length 3—? of width.

Inner margins of pleurae of 5th pleon segment nearly straight, the

apices of the pleurae scarcely overlapping telson. Apical margin of

telson slightly convex, or almost straight, sometimes even slightly

concave.

Ventral processes of 4th pleon segment anteriorly obliquely truncate,

approximate to those of the 5th segment which are small, rounded, not

expanded medianly, not extending as far forwards as anterior margin

of uropods, and only partly concealing the 5th pleopods.

Peduncle of uropod trapezoidal.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 219

Up to 34x15 mm. Dirty-white or creamy, eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Simonstown, False Bay (Budde-Lund) ;

Somerset Strand and Gordons Bay, False Bay (Steb-

bing); Muizenberg and Strandfontein, False Bay

(W. F. P. and RAne eye Kliemmond (K- H: B.);

Wilderness, near George (K.H.B.); Keurbooms

River, Plettenberg Bay Distr. (K.H.B.); Whitney,

Alexandria Div. (S.A. Mus.) ; East London (R. M. L.).

Natal: (Budde-Lund ; zncurvus).

After examination of a large number of specimens, I cannot but

regard Budde-Lund’s figure 14 (1906) of the epistome as that of an

abnormal specimen. There is very little difference between the

epistomes of granulatus and capensis, the latter being only oes less

semicircular than the former.

Budde-Lund’s insufficiently described incurvus from Natal appears

to be synonymous. The concave apical margin of the telson is the

only diagnostic character Budde-Lund was able to give, and many

specimens of capensis, especially when viewed from behind and

slightly from the ventral aspect, show a concave margin. The occur-

rence of capensis as far east as East London also points to the likeli-

hood of its presence on the Natal coast. (See fig. 39.)

As regards localities, Krauss recorded this species as well as

granulatus from Table Bay. This must be regarded as an error in

labelling, as all the examples I have seenfrom Table Bay are granulatus,

and all those from False Bay are capensis. These animals form one of

the most marked differences between the faunas of the west and east

sides of the Cape Peninsula. If this separation of the two species,

one from Table Bay northwards and the other from False Bay east-

wards, is proved to be a fact by further and more intensive collecting,

it leads to the interesting, though perhaps fruitless, speculation as to

why there was no transgression of one species into the area of the

other when the sea was continuous across the present Cape Flats

between Table Bay and False Bay.

Fam. DETONIDAE.

1853. Scyphacinae. Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., p. 716.

1901. Scyphacidae. Chilton, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond., vui, p. 121

(on p. 103; Scyphaerdae typ. err.).

1905. i Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54,

p- GH.

220 Annals of the South African Museum.

1906. Detoninae. Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix, p. 84.

1910. Detonidae. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 444.

1915. Seyphacidae. Chilton, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxii, p. 487.

1922. 4 Wabhrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, p. 80.

LSPA by Lohmander, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Ilxxii,

art. 7, mp nGe

First antenna, 3-joited; second antenna, flagellum 3-4-jointed.

Mandible without molar, its place taken by a tuft of setae. Inner

lobe of maxilla 1 with 2 plumose setae. Maxilliped, palp well devel-

oped, longer than inner plate but obscurely jointed. Five pairs of

double-branched pleopods; outer (opercular) branches without air-

cavities ; inner lobe of Ist pleopod in g, as well as that of the 2nd

pleopod, modified as a copulatory organ. Uropods not opercular,

exposed but partly concealed by telson, rami cylindrical. Vasa

deferentia opening separately at apex of a single median penis.

The family should take its name from the earliest genus: Deto

Guérin, 1836. The members of the family are all beach dwellers, and

occur on the coasts of North America (both Atlantic and Pacific),

Mediterranean, Australasia, 8. Pacific Islands, South America and

South Africa.

Key to the known genera.

A. Peduncle of uropod dilated, simulating pleura of pleon.

1. Outer lobe of maxilla 1 with ae fringe of long setae on outer distal

margin . . Armadilloniscus (syn. Actoniscus).

2. Maxilla 1 Phone stich fines f ‘ : : : : Actaecia.

B. Peduncle of uropod not dilated.

1. Outer lobe of maxilla 1 with recurved spines on inner margin

Scyphacella.

2. Outer lobe of maxilla 1 with the usual apical spines.

a. Outer lobe of maxilla 1 with strong fringe of setae on outer distal

margin . : F : : : Scyphoniscus.

b. Maxilla 1 without such fiitee:

i. Kyes large, crescentic . 5 : : Scyphax.

ii. Eyes moderate, reniform or pubenculas ‘ : . | Were;

iii. Eyes small (6 ocelli) : : : : : Detonella.

Gen. Dreto Guérin.

1836. Deto. Guérin, Mag. Zool., année vi, notice 21, p. 1.

1906.1 e Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., 1x, p. 84 sqq.

1915. ,, Chilton, loc. cit., p. 437 (monograph of genus).

* Cf. Nicholls and Barnes, Jour. Roy. Soc. West Austr., xii, 1926. Chilton does

not mention this feature in his 1901 paper.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 221

1922. Deto. Wahrberg, loc. cit., pp. 11, 25, 30, 37, 44, 54, 80.

Le Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswasserf. 8.W.A.,

u, p. 183 sqq.

ae Lohmander, loc. cit., p. 9.

£928. ,, Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc., i, p. 578 (morphology of

head).

Kyes moderate, reniform or subcircular, with numerous ocelli. Outer

lobe of maxilla 1 without recurved spines on inner margin, and with-

out strong fringe of long setae on outer distal margin. Peduncle

of uropod not dilated. Five pairs of brood lamellae arising from

bases of peraeopods 1-5; a single median cotyledon (see p. 226) on

segments 2-5. |

The typical species of the genus have the outer ramus of uropod

extending much beyond the inner ramus (subgen. Deto B-L., 1906),

and occur in South Africa, St Paul Island (Indian Ocean), and

Australia. The New Zealand and South American species have the

outer ramus of uropod not reaching beyond the inner ramus (subgen.

Vinneta B-L., 1906). A further difference appears to be found in

the penis (see p. 224, footnote).

Deto echinata Guérin.

(Fig. 12.)

1836. Deto echinata. Guerin, loc. cit., p. 2, pl. xiv.

BSE, as Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 234.

L90G. ..; “ Id., Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix, p. 85, pl. iv,

figs. 37, 38.

POLO: 3 ie Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 444.

GH, i Chilton, loc. cié., p. 440, pl. xxxix, figs. 1-3.

1915. ,, acwnosa. Id., ibid., p. 441, pl. xxxix, figs. 4-18 (non

Budde-Lund).

1922. ,, echinatus. Stebbing, K. Vet. Handl. Goteb., xxv, p. 5,

pl.iand pl. un, A.

1924. ,, echinata and acinosa. Panning, loc. cit., p. 185 sqq.,

figs. 4-9.

Chilton has figured a fully adult 3 of the typical echinata form with

the long incurved spines ; the spines are not so strongly incurved as

represented, the figure evidently intending to indicate the length

rather than the actual curvature.

The species, however, grows to a much larger size than Chilton

records, viz. ¢ 30 mm. (excl. uropods), 2? 22 mm. .

VOU. Xxx, PART 2. 15

222 Annals of the South African Museum.

Panning has endeavoured to distinguish between echinata and

acinosa and armata, but although he definitely regards armata as a

Synonym, he seems to have been unwilling to accept acinosa as

synonymous with echinata. He suggests that these two very closely

allied species may give rise to hybrids.

To one who has observed this remarkable woodlouse in vast numbers

on the beach, and collected handfuls of examples ranging from the

Fic. 12.—Deto echinata Guérin. a, b, 9 and ¢ of typical form ; in the latter the

dorsal spines drawn sloping backwards more than they really do; c, ¢ of

form acinosa (=armata).

newly hatched (2.e. freed from the brood pouch) young of 3-5 mm. up

to the largest sizes, there is only one conclusion, namely, that the

acinosa of Chilton and Panning is only the not fully grown form of

echinata. The words “ not fully grown ” are used advisedly, and do

not imply that such forms are not sexually mature. Females start

breeding when about 13 mm. long, and males of 15 mm. have fully

developed copulatory organs and are presumably also sexually

mature.

The growth changes are as follows :— )

Up to 8-9 mm. no trace of dorsal tubercles, except very faint

beginnings of the interocular ones on head.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 223

Up to 12 mm. the dorsal tubercles in $ well developed but not

longer than 1 mm., in 9 fully developed.

After reaching a length of about 15 mm. the dorsal projections in 3

begin to assume the character of spines, and begin to curve inwards.

In the largest specimens they reach a length of 6mm. In the Q the

projections remain as rounded tubercles.

The typical form has a pair of short tubercles in 2, and long up-

standing spines in 3, on the head and each peraeon segment. There

are often 2 or more low tubercles in front of the spines on head and Ist

peraeon segment in both sexes. Pleon without spines or tubercles

in both sexes. Size: ¢ up to 30 mm. x13 mm., 9 22 x9 mm.

Slaty-grey, or greenish, with lighter specks and vermiculations

{see Panning, fig. 5); occasionally whole margin of body and the

uropods are whitish ; often a paler median stripe, which is particularly

noticeable as pale patches on peraeon segments 4 and 7 in young and

small specimens ; eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Table Bay (Krauss, Chilton, also S.A.

Mus.); Hout Bay, Cape Peninsula (S.H.H., K.H.B.) ;

Dassen Island (R.M.L.); Lamberts Bay (S.A. Mus.) ;

Dyers Island (Stebbing, also J. D.); Hermanus (Chil-

ton, R.M.L.).

Great Namaqualand : Liideritzbucht (Panning).

Panning has described 18 and 20 spined forms from Liideritzbucht

along with the typical form, 7.e. there is a pair of spines on the 38rd

pleon segment, or both 3rd and 4th segments respectively.

Form acinosa B-L. (1885, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 235). As described

by Budde-Lund this is a smaller and more strongly granulate form

than echinata. Ihave found a colony of this form at Kleinmond (C.P.)

(February 1927). It is somewhat lighter in colour, with the light

patches on peraeon segments 4 and 7 very distinct. Sizeg14x6mm.,

9213x5-5mm. I have also seen a specimen of this form from Knysna,

but I failed to find any specimens of Deto near Keurbooms River

along the shore of Plettenberg Bay (1931), or on the Natal coast (1912).

Thus the most easterly locality for Deto is as yet Knysna (fig. 39).

Both sexes of this form are much more strongly granulate, many of

the granules being more properly termed tubercles. The spiniform

processes on the peraeon in the largest $ reach a length of 1 mm.

On the posterior segments there is often an extra tubercle outside

the normal one, and on segment 7 there may be thus 4 equal-sized

tubercles. In addition there are in the ¢ pairs of tubercles on pleon

segments 3 and 4, or 2-4, or in the largest specimens 2-5, 7.e. there are

224 Annals of the South African Museum.

altogether 12 pairs of spines, as Panning found in armata (loc. cit.,

p. 192, fig. 10). The copulatory appendages are exactly like those of

the typical form (cf. Chilton, 1915, figs. 14, 15; also Budde-Lund’s

figure of armata, 1909, pl. iv, fig. 36. Contrast with Chilton’s figs. 38

and 57 of aucklandiae and bucculenta).*

If any of the forms is to bear the name of acinosa, it would seem to

be this small, strongly granulate form, but comparison with Budde-

Lund’s type is essential. All the examples seen by Chilton (ex 8.A.

Mus.) are typical half-grown echinata, and probably also all Panning’s

examples should be reckoned as echinata. There is, however, barring

the smaller size (ovigerous 99 from 8 mm.) and stronger granulation

of the whole dorsal surface, no tangible feature which will separate

acunosa from echinata.

It also seems that armata from St. Paul Island (Indian Ocean) is

correctly regarded as synonymous with the acinosa form.

This woodlouse occurs in vast numbers among the rocks and

boulders from between tide-marks to a short distance above high-

water mark, migrating seaward with the ebb and retreating to the

shelter of the larger rocks with the incoming tide. It feeds on sea-

weed and other objects washed up on the beach. Females with ova

and broods have been observed during the summer months from

November to April.

Fam. ONISCIDAE.

1885. Oniscoidea (part). Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 75.

1898. Oniscidae. Sars, Crust. Norw., vol. ii, p. 169.

1904. Oniscoidea (part). Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 34.

1905. Oniscidae. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54,

p. 592.

1922. < Wabhrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, p. 86.

First antenna 3-jointed. Second antenna, sockets usually large,

flagellum 1-3-jointed. Mandibles without molar, its place taken by

a brush-like seta or tuft of setae. Maxilla 1, inner lobe with 2 apical

plumose setae. Maxilliped, inner plate and palp small, almost

rudimentary. Penis single. Five pairs of brood lamellae; coty-

* Deto (Deto) marina, of which I have seen examples from Freshwater Bay,

agrees with echinata in these appendages. ‘Thus there is a further small difference

between Deto and Vinneta. D. marina differs from the acinosa form in being still

more strongly granulate-tuberculate, and in having broader antero-lateral lobes

(strictly speaking, antennary lobes) on the head.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 225

ledons present (ef. fig. 13, p. 226). Five pairs of double-branched

pleopods, outer branches with or without pseudo-tracheae. Inner

branches of pleopods 1 and 2 small or sometimes obsolete. Uropods

exposed, produced, extending beyond telson and pleurae of last pleon

segment. Usually not able to roll up into a (complete) ball.

It is difficult to separate the Armadillidiuidae satisfactorily from

the present family. Budde-Lund (1904, p. 34) rejected his earlier

division, and proposed a new arrangement of subfamilies and tribes.

For the sake of convenience Sars is here followed ; the Oniscids being

forms which usually cannot roll up into a ball, the Armadillidids

being those which can do so.

Although this habit of rolling-up or “conglobating”’ is not of

importance in classification, it has led to a remarkable modification

in the position of the brood-pouch in the female. Budde-Lund in

1885 (p. 15) was under the impression that a brood-pouch, formed by

the lamelliform oostegites arising at the bases of the peraeopods (1-5),

was absent in the “ Armadilloidea.”’ In 1910 (p. 11) he stated that

he had found it in some species of Armadillidium, but admitted that

negative evidence in other cases was not definite proof of its absence.

Omer-Cooper (1926, p. 356) refers to the matter, and shows that in

Periscyphis the brood lamellae or oostegites are present in ovigerous

females. I do not, however, agree with the words he uses: ‘‘ The

young are carried in internal pouches, similar to those found in the

Sphaeromdae, not in a marsupium formed by the oostegites below

the sterna. ...” Inall the forms I have examined, and which are

dealt with in this work, the eggs or young are retained in a chamber

which is of exactly similar construction both in the conglobating

and the non-conglobating forms. The dorsal wall of this chamber is

formed by the sterna, the ventral wall by the overlapping oostegites.

The only difference is one of position relative to the general shape

of the body. In the non-conglobating species the brood-pouch or

marsupium bulges ventrally, which obviously prevents the animal

from rolling up. In the conglobating species this difficulty is over-

come by pushing the whole marsupium, so to speak, into the body of

the animal, whereby the gut and the hepatic tubules become con-

siderably squeezed up towards the dorsal body-wall. The oostegites

do not bulge, but lie flat, and simulate the true sternal plates. At

a casual glance a female of a conglobating species is not patently

ovigerous, which fact led to Budde-Lund’s former erroneous

impression.

The diagrams here given (fig. 13) will show at once why the use

226 Annals of the South African Museum.

of one term for the brood-pouch of a non-conglobating form, and

another term for that of a conglobating form, is not justified. Even

the extension and invagination of the membrane between the 5th

and 6th sternites cannot be described as an internal pouch.*

From the roof of the brood-pouch, 7.e. from the sternites, several

delicate processes hang down. These processes have been termed

“ cotyledons ” (see Zimmer, Handb. Zool., iii, pp. 728, 744, 1926-27).

ALEK. NG

Fig. 13.—a, 6, Diagrammatic cross-sections of peraeon of ‘“‘ non-conglobating *”

(e.g. Marioniscus) and “ conglobating”’ (e.g. Periscyphis or Diploexochus)

woodlice, showing gut, hepatic tubules, and cotyledons; c, diagrammatic

sagittal section of peraeon and pleon of a conglobating woodlouse of the

Cubarid type. Nerve-cord represented by a single line; sternites num-

bered ; the dotted line indicates the invaginated extension of the sternal

membrane between sternites 5 and 6.

They are always present (in the Oniscine woodlice), though varying

in number and position, e.g. Marioniscus spatulifrons and Periscyphis

kunenensis have 2-3 on each of segments 3-5, Nahia hirsuta and

Bethalus mucidus have 2-3 on each of segments 2—5 (cf. Vandel, Bull.

Biol. Fr. Belg., lix, pp. 344 sqq., 1925; and also Arcangeli’s remarks

on the incubatory pouch, Ann. Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoli, v, No. 23,

pp. 6 sqq., 1929).

In order to study successfully the very numerous genera of this

family, it is necessary to appreciate some of the anatomical termino-

logy introduced by Budde-Lund. In 1910 he printed in Sjéstedt’s

Kilimandjaro-Meru Expedition (vol. 11, pp. 8-10), a very handy

* The pouch of the kangaroo is external.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 227

“conspectus morphologicus generum Oniscinarum.” The Ist and

5th characters employed in this conspectus can be usefully defined

and figured here.

The 1st character is the number of “free” penicils or plumose

setae on the mandible, which Budde-Lund explains in his 1909 paper

(p. 54). Internal to the “lacinia mobilis” or secondary cutting

plate is a setose pad which bears in the left mandible 2 penicils, in

the right only 1 penicil. Between this pad and the molar penicil

there may be either one “free” penicil (e.g. Hiatoniscus, fig. 32) or

several penicils (e.g. Porcellio, fig. 21). The molar penicil itself varies

in composition, as may be seen from the figures of Philoscia (fig. 16,

a-c).

The other character (5 in the conspectus) concerns the sides of

the head. In Budde-Lund’s words the “ partes pleurales capitis ”

are either “concretae”’ or “linea marginali verticali * decurrente

manifesto discretae’’ (1908, p. 296, and 1910, p. 10). Jackson

(1928, p. 582), using a somewhat different terminology, describes the

latter form of head as having the supra-antennal line meeting the

marginal line on the antennary tubercle. But as the terms “ con-

crete ’ and “ discrete’ are short and convenient, they are used here.

In the discrete head (figs. 16%, 20, 21a, 29, 33) the marginal line curves

down about below the middle of the eye, whereas in the concrete head

(figs. 167, 31, 32) it is carried forward to the anterior margin of the

eye, where it is more or less distinctly joined to the supra-antennal

line. These two types of head are easily observed and distinguished.

Whether all the characters used by Budde-Lund are of importance

in separating genera or establishing their inter-relationships may be

open to discussion. But if later authors had always taken account

of his characters, there would not be several genera (e.g. Ennurensis,

Hemiporcellio, or Paraniambia) hanging, so to speak, incertae sedis

because the characters discussed above were not mentioned.

The structure of the penis is very uniform. That of Porcellionides

(fig. 22) may be taken as typical It is lanceolate in shape, more

or less expanded at the apex. In cross-section it is subtrapezoidal,

thick medianly, with more or less expanded lateral flanges. These

lateral flanges are continued slightly beyond the (ventral) acute

apex. The ventral surface, 7.e. the surface facing the observer when

* Jackson (1926, p. 888) translates this as “marginal line of vertex,” and

points out that the line is not a vertical line as has been assumed. In the present

context, however, Budde-Lund evidently means that the pleural parts of the head

are separated by the marginal line curving downwards (more or less) vertically.

228 Annals of the South African Museum.

the animal is laid on its back, issmooth andeven. The vasa deferentia

run along the dorsal side of the penis, and in contiguity for nearly

the whole length.* Distally they diverge to open by separate lateral

pores. After discharge the course of the sperm would seem to be

guided by a more or less well-developed groove on the distal portion

of the stylet (endopod) of pleopod 1. Cf. also Arcangeli, Ric. Morfol.

Biol. Anim., i, p. 2, Naples, 1927.

The stylets (endopods) of both pleopods 1 and 2 in the ¢ occasion-

ally exhibit small and inconspicuous differences, which in some cases

may be used as specific characters (cf. figs. 15, 18, 22, 25, 29, 31,

32, 33).

Key to the South African genera.

I. The 2 plumose setae on inner lobe of maxilla 1 very short and stout (fig. 14, e)

Hora.

II. The 2 setae more or less elongate and slender (fig. 29, e).

A. Epistome not bulbous. Palp of maxilliped narrowing to a more or less

acute apex, with groups of setae or spinules (fig. 16, g, h).

1. Flagellum of 2nd antenna 3-jointed.

a. Pleon not much narrower than peraeon, the pleurae well

_ developed.

i, Convex . : : , : : . Alloniscus.

ii. Depressed . : s . Marioniscus.

6. Pleon abruptly narrower ‘Ran peraeon, the Aleta small or

very small . : : ‘ ‘ Philoscia.

2. Flagellum of 2nd antenna 2- jointed

a. Head discrete (figs. 16k, 20, 21a, 29, 33).

i. Head prominently trilobed. Telson apically produced

Porcellio.

ii. Head not prominently trilobed. Telson not apically

produced.

a. Pleon distinctly narrower than peraeon. Mandible

with several penicils : Porcellionides.

B. Pleon not much narrower than peraeon. Mandible

with one penicil.

* Peduncle of uropod not flattened or excised

externally (fig. 24). Telson dorsally im-

pressed. Rudimentary pseudotracheae

Niambia.

** Peduncle of uropod externally flattened

and excised (fig. 27). Telson not dorsally

impressed. No pseudotracheae Gerufa.

*** Peduncle of uropod externally keeled and

distally excised (fig.29) . Inchanga.

* Vandel’s statement (Bull. Biol. Fr. Belg., lix, p. 322, 1925) that they fuse, and

also his figures 2, A and B, seem to be erroneous. His fig. 12, after Friedrich, is

correct.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 229

b. Head concrete (figs. 16/, 31, 32).

i. Telson bluntly triangular. Eye submarginal. Krantzia.

ii. Telson apically produced. Eye marginal . Hiatoniscus.

B. Epistome bulbous (fig. 33). Palp of maxilliped broad, bluntly rounded,

without groups of setae or spinules (fig. 33) : . Rhyscotus.

SPHERILLONINE Group.

1904. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 41.

1908. Jd., in Voeltzkow, Reise, 1, p. 267.

1912. Id., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xv, p. 371.

1926. Omer-Cooper, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 353.

1927. Jackson, Insects of Samoa (Brit. Mus.), vol. vil, pt. 3, p. 2.

The distinguishing feature of the series of genera grouped together

by Budde-Lund in this subfamily is the lst maxilla. The two plumose

setae on the inner lobe are very short and stout ; also there is usually

a marked difference in length between the outer and inner groups of

spines on the outer lobe, the outermost spine being especially long

and strong.

On this character Budde-Lund considered the subfamily well

characterised, but apparently there are no collateral characters, and

Omer-Cooper doubts whether its separation from the Oniscine series

is justified.

Jackson would dispense with the subfamily altogether because the

single character of the stumpy setae on maxilla 1 is a character of

no taxonomic importance, and seems to have arisen independently

in various “ genera ”’ which are not otherwise closely related. I agree

with Jackson, but use the above heading for the sake of quoting

thereunder the relevant literature.

The genera, with short stumpy setae on maxilla 1, are mostly

tropical and subtropical. Several species are known from the islands

of the Indo-Pacific Ocean and Madagascar, but the species described

below is the first to be found in South Africa.

Hora n.g.

Head discrete. Epimeron of Ist segment with entire margin.

Epimera of segments 2-4 not demarcated (but no actually ovigerous

shortly triangular. |

Flagellum of 2nd antenna 2-jointed, 1st joint nearly equal to 2nd.

Maxilla 1 with outer 3 spines (Nos. 1, 3, 4) on outer lobe strong, the

230 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ist especially elongate, with a small slender spine (No. 2) at its base,

the inner 4 spines much shorter, slender, apices entire; inner lobe

with 2 very short and stout plumose setae, outer distal corner rounded.

Dactylar seta filiform, apically blunt.

No pseudotracheae.

Peduncle of uropod externally grooved.

This genus resembles Paraphiloscia Stebb., 1900 (Pseudophiloscia

B-L., 1904), but has a 2-jointed flagellum on antenna 2.

Hora damae n. sp.

(Fig. 14.)

Surface shagreened but otherwise smooth, with scattered minute

scale-spines laterally along hind margins of segments, and on telson.

Fic. 14.—Hora damae n.g., n. sp. a, Portion of pleon segments 4 and 5, telson,

and left uropod, with scale-spine further enlarged ; 6, distal joints of peraeopod

1 3, with spines and dactylar seta further enlarged; c, d, outer ramus of

pleopod 1 9 and ¢ respectively ; e, f, inner and outer lobes of maxilla 1.

HKyes rather small, ocelli 12.

Projecting portions of pleurae 14-2 times mid-dorsal length of

segments, 5 extending to level of half telsonic length. Telson with

sides straight or slightly concave, apex broadly rounded.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 231

Antenna 2 extending to end, or slightly beyond, of peraeon seg-

ment 3, slender, 4th joint almost twice 3rd, 5th equal to 3rd plus

4th, flagellum three-quarter length of 5th, its 1st joint nearly as

long as 2nd.

Peraeopods 1-4 in $ with strong fringe of spines. Dactylar seta

of all peraeopods elongate, filiform, apically blunt.

Pleopod 1, outer branch broader than long, in J ovoid, apically blunt,

in 2 subtriangular, apex subacute, outer margin slightly sinuous.

Uropod, peduncle externally flattened and impressed, inner ramus

about as long as external margin of peduncle, outer ramus longer.

11 x3-5-4 mm. Slaty-grey, marbled with whitish or pale yellowish

on head and peraeon, pleon uniform, antennae grey, legs and uropods

more or less suffused, eyes black.

Locality——Cape Province: Langeberg Range at Swellendam,

3500-4000 ft. (K. H. B., 1925).

The series of peaks at Swellendam are known as the “Clock”

peaks, hence the generic name. This woodlouse is easily recognised

by its narrow body, and a glance at the surface ornamentation,

uropods, and Ist maxilla will distinguish it from the narrow-bodied

Niambia angusta. The projecting outer spines of the 1st maxilla are

very noticeable, even prior to dissection.

ONISCINE Group.

The 2 plumose setae on inner lobe of Ist maxilla are slender and

more or less elongate.

Gen. ALLOoNISCUS Dana.

1854. Alloniscus. Dana, Proc. Ac. Philad., vii, p. 176.

1885. 53 Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 224.

1904. Arhina. Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 44.

1905. Alloniscus. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 593.

1908. a Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow Reise, 11, p. 295 (dis-

cussion of genus).

1913. Id., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xv, p. 385.

1915. Arhina Collinge, Rec. Ind. Mus., xi, p. 147.

1916. Alloniscus. Chilton, Mem. Ind. Mus., v, p. 474.

1922. ne Collinge, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxv, p. 108.

1928. Arhina. Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 582 (mor-

phology of head).

232 Annals of the South African Museum.

Convex. Head discrete. Epimera and pleurae large. Telson

triangular.

Flagellum of 2nd antenna 3-jointed.

Molar represented by a tuft of setae; 1 free penicil between

secondary cutting edge and the molar tuft in both mandibles.

Maxilla 1, outer lobe with all the spines simple.

Maxilliped, inner plate apically setose, with or without a small

penicil on inner apex, 2nd joint of palp with 2 tufts of setae on inner

margin, 3rd joint with apical tuft (see Budde-Lund, 1904, pl. vi,

fig. 11 ; 1908, pl. xv, figs. 29, 44; and Collinge, 1915 and 1920).

Pleopods, outer branches all with pseudobrancheae.

Uropod, peduncle with outer edge entire.

In adult 2 some of the epimera are demarcated from their segments

by a groove or impressed line free of surface .sculpturing.

Budde-Lund instituted the genus Arhina for a species which he at

first considered an Alloniscus, and placed the genus in the “ Spheril-

loninae,” far removed from the “ Alloniscinae.” Collinge (1915)

considered Arhina closely related to Alloniscus, an opinion with which

Jackson (1928, p. 583) concurred. That there is no character by

which the two genera can be separated seems to be indicated by the

fact that specimens from the Chilka Lake in India were described by

Collinge in 1915 as a n. sp. of Arhina, and in 1916 referred independ-

ently by Chilton to Alloniscus.

The genus contains a number of very closely related species dis-

tributed from California through the Indo-Pacific region to Mada-

gascar and South Africa. The animals frequent the shore.

Alloniscus marinus Cllge.

(Fig. 15, a-c.)

1920. Alloniscus marinus. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 476,

pl. xxix, figs. 28-38.

Ovate, strongly convex, minutely granulate and setulose. Anterior

margin of head sinuate, frontal margin not strong, lateral lobes small.

Hyes well developed. Epistome slightly gibbous between bases of

lst antennae (cf. Budde-Lund’s figure of pallidulus, 1909, p. 15,

fig. 17). Lateral margins of peraeon segment 1 thin, not reflexed,

without internal tooth or groove. Epimera of segments 2-4 in ? —

demarcated by a narrow non-granulate line (cf. pallidulus Budde-

Lund, 1885, p. 228). Pleurae of pleon segment 5 extending to level

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 233

of telsonic apex. Telson broader than long, margins straight, apex

blunt.

Peraeopods 1-4, inner margins of 4th and 5th joimts with dense

fringe of strong spines whose apices are bifid (cf. Wahrberg, 1922,

fig. 7, A. pallidulus) ; in 2 less densely spinose.

Peraeopods 5-7, 4th and 5th joints with strong spines, mostly in

pairs, 6th with about 6 strong spines on inner margin; in Q rather

less strongly spinose.

Dactylar seta of all peraeopods clavate.

Fie. 15.—Alloniscus marinus Cllge.: a, Whole animal; 6, dactylus and spine

from 5th joint of peraeopod 1 ¢; c, penis and pleopod 1 g. Marioniscus

spatulifrons n.g., n. sp.: d, whole animal; e, f, g, dorsal, frontal, and lateral

views of head; h, uropod; 7, penis and pleopod 1 g; 7, pleopod 2 g; &k,

dactylus of peraeopod 1; /, spine from 5th joint of peraeopod 1 ¢.

Penis and pleopods as figured by Chilton, 1916 (cf. also Budde-

Lund, 1909, pl. xv, fig. 32, pugmentatus). Inner branch of pleopods 1

and 2 obsolete in 9.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, extending a little beyond telsonic apex,

outer margin straight, slightly keeled longitudinally on lower outer

edge, outer ramus as long as peduncle, inner ramus slightly shorter

and more slender than outer, both terete.

12x7mm.,alt.4mm. As preserved, pale yellowish, suffused with

grey mottling, a black spot at junction of each peraeon segment

with its epimeron, eyes black.

Localities —Natal: Durban Bay (Collinge, and S.A. Mus.) ;

Winkle Spruit (Collinge) ; Amanzimtoti (W. F. P.).

Cape Province: Port St. Johns (S.A. Mus.).

234 Annals of the South African Museum.

Although closely related to pallidulus from the Hast Indies and

Madagascar as regards the epistome (post-frons, Jackson), which

I find is slightly gibbous and not slightly concave as Collinge says,

this species would seem to be distinguished by the regular series of

lateral black spots. I have seen no actually ovigerous females.

Collinge’s specimens and the South African Museum specimens from

Durban Bay were all collected on Salisbury Island at the same time

by Mr. H. W. Bell-Marley.

Marvoniscus n.g.

Like Alloniscus but depressed, head with prominent frontal margin

and lateral lobes, dactylar seta acute. Five pairs of brood lamellae.

The following species, for which this genus is proposed, apparently

simulates in the development of prominences on the head the Cali-

fornian species mirabilis and cornutus, hitherto included in the genus

Alloniscus.

Marionscus spatulifrons n. sp.

(Fig. 15, d-l.)

Depressed, broadly oval, broader in adult $ than 9, surface minutely

granulate. Head with a low rounded ridge running from the postero-

lateral angle to the front margin forming an “ eyebrow” over the

eye, front margin produced in a large ovate lobe, deeply concave

dorsally, sometimes slightly angular in front, lateral lobes small,

narrow, acute, laterally compressed but prominent; epistome with

a low rounded median boss. Antero-lateral angles of peraeon seg-

ment 1 rounded, reaching to level of eyes. Pleurae of pleon segments

3-5 well developed, apically acute, those of segment 5 reaching slightly

beyond level of telsonic apex. Telson broader than long, bluntly

triangular, apex rounded.

Antenna 2 reaching to end of segment 2, 2nd joint not expanded on

inner margin, 5th half as long again as 4th, flagellum shorter than 5th,

1st and 3rd joints subequal, 2nd slightly shorter.

Peraeopods 1-4, 4th and 5th joints in $ with dense fringe of strong

spines, whose apices are trifid ; in Q less strongly spinose.

Peraeopods 5-7, 4th—6th joints with pairs of strong spines, more

numerous in ¢ than in @.

Dactylar seta in all peraeopods apically acute.

Penis rather broadly lanceolate.

Pleopod 1 in g, inner branch tapering to a narrow pointed apex,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 235

which is turned outwards at the tip, inner branch obsolete in 9 ;

outer branch in both sexes with the outer margin deeply incised.

Pleopod 2, outer branch in ¢ triangular, outer margin sinuous, in

2 less produced at inner distal angle ; inner branch obsolete in 9.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, slightly widening distally, outer margin

straight, entire, rather strongly keeled, outer ramus as long as

peduncle, inner ramus arising a little proximal to outer ramus and

half its length, both rami terete.

6 16x10 mm., 2 15x8 mm.; alt. 2-5-3 mm. Slaty-grey, with

lighter marks on head and peraeon, usually a pale medio-dorsal patch

on pleon segments 1-3, the concavity of the frontal lobe on head

dark grey, almost black; eyes black, antennae, legs, and uropods more

or less suffused.

Locality.—Cape Province: Hout Bay, Cape Peninsula (K. H. B.).

This species, which is very distinct from typical Alloniscus in the

shape of the body, is found on the beach under stones, in company

with Deto echinata.

Gen. PuHintosc1a Latr.

1804. Philoscia. Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., vu, p. 48.

1885. a Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 207.

1898. ah Sars, Crust. Norw., ui, p. 172.

1908. e Verhoefi, Arch. Biont., u, p. 343.

1908. os Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow Reise, ui, p. 289

(subgenera).

1917. . Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., i, p. 576.

1922. of Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, p. 92.

Pleon narrower than peraeon, pleurae small or very small. Telson

triangular, apex more or less acute, but not produced. Flagellum of

2nd antennae 3-jointed. Mandible with 1 free penicil. Peraeopods

1—4 more densely setose or spinose in § than in 2. Pleopods without

or with rudimentary pseudotracheae.

The very numerous species of this genus have been distributed

among a number of subgenera, with more or less satisfactory results.

In dealing with the South African representatives the characters set

out by Budde-Lund have been found consistent and useful, though

unfortunately it seems necessary to institute two new subgenera.

Besides the head (cf. p. 227), these characters are drawn from the

peduncle of the uropod, the molar penicil, the spines on the outer

lobe of the 1st maxilla, the inner plate of the maxilliped, and the

pleurae. They are illustrated here by fig. 16.

236 Annals of the South African Museum.

For specific purposes the outer branch of the 1st pleopod in the 3

may be used in conjunction with other characters; and, with the

caution that an occasional individual aberration may occur, will be

found reliable. For example, I have seen examples of hirsuta, occur-

ring in association with typical examples, in which the proximal point

bounding the excision tends to become rounded or obsolete. This

Fic. 16.—Philoscia. a, 6, c, molar penicil of P. muscorum, Setaphora, and

Benthanops ; d, e, f, inner spines on outer lobe of maxilla 1 of P. muscorum,

Setaphora, and Benthanops; g, h, inner plate and palp of maxilliped of

Aphiloscia and Setaphora; 1, j, margin of pleon segment of Aphiloscia vilis

and Nahia hirsuta; k, discrete head of N. hirsuta; 1, concrete head of

Aphiloscia vilts; m, n, pleopod 2 g, and penis and pleopod 1 ¢ of A. vilis;

o-r, outer lobe of pleopod 1 ¢ of S. cingulata, N. hirsuta, S. demarcata, and

Benthanops fulva respectively ; s—v, outer view of peduncle of uropod of

Komatia, P. muscorum, Aphiloscia and Setaphora (also Nahia) respectively.

may occur on one side only, its fellow on the opposite side being

normal. There are minute differences in the apices of the inner

branch of the same appendage, as may be seen from fig. 18.

The 2nd antennae also, it may be noted, are subject to some varia-

tion in the proportions of the joints, especially the flagellum, owing to

injury when young and consequent rejuvenation. In a long series

these points are easily discounted, but single specimens might con-

ceivably lead one astray.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 237

Key to the South African subgenera and species.

I. Eye composed of several ocelli.

A. Head concrete (fig. 16, 7) : 3 : : . Aphiloscia vilis.

B. Head discrete (fig. 16, &).

1. Peduncle of uropod triangularly excised on outer edge (fig. 16, f)

Philoscia muscorum.

2. Peduncle of uropod keeled on outer edge (fig. 16, s)

Komatia marginata.

3. Peduncle of uropod grooved on outer edge (fig. 16, v).

a. Inner plate of maxilliped hirsute (fig. 16, h) . Setaphora.

i. Postero-lateral angles peraeon segments 5—7 subquadrate.

a. Mottled . : : ; 3 3 - mina.

6. Transversely banded : ; , cingulata.

ii. Postero-lateral angles peraeon segments 5-7 acute

demarcata.

6. Inner plate of maxilliped spinose (fig. 16, g) Nahia hirsuta.

II. Eye composed of a single large ocellus_ . : ‘ . Benthanops fulva.

Insertae sedis. : s : : : : : . Philoscia elongata.

Subgen. Philoscia.

Head discrete, no frontal marginal line. Pleurae shortly produced.

Molar penicil with several branches arising from a common stalk

(fig. 16, a). Apex of inner plate of maxilliped spinose. Peduncle of

uropod broad, outer margin with slight triangular depression, the

lateral keels bounding this depression meeting near base (fig. 16, f£) ;

inner ramus inserted almost at same level as outer ramus.

Philoscia (Philoscia) muscorum (Scop.).

(Figs. 16, a, d, 7; 19, a).

1763. Oniscus muscorum. Scopol, Entom. Carniolica, p. 415.

1898. Philoscia ,, Sars, Crust. Norw., u, p. 173, pl. Ixxvi,

1906. ~ - Webb and Sillem, Brit. Woodlice, p. 29,

fig. 44 and pl. x.

1920. x sy Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 478.

(ee Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, p. 8.

Surface with scattered setules dorsally and laterally, posterior

margins of segments with a regular series of setules.

Postero-lateral angle of peraeon segment 7 quadrate, reaching to

end of pleon segment 3. Pleurae of segments 3-5 shortly produced,

visible in dorsal view, the portions projecting beyond the hind margins

WObe XXk, PART 2: 16

238 Annals of the South African Museum.

being about half the mid-dorsal length of the segments.* Telson

triangular.

Peraeopods 1-3 in g, 4th and 5th joints with slender, apically entire

spines (fig. 19, a).

Pleopod 1 in g, outer branch apically bluntly rounded, outer margin

sinuous.

Uropod, greatest width of peduncle greater than length of outer

margin, outer surface triangularly depressed, but not deeply, inner

ramus three-quarter length of outer ramus.

8-5x3:-5 mm. Reddish-brown or fulvous, with lighter patches,

mid-dorsal line dark, antennae and legs more or less banded with

light and dark, eyes black.

Localities.—Natal: Hilton Road and Mid-Illovo (Collinge).

Distribution.—EHurope, North Africa.

This species is the genotype of the genus Philoscia.

The above description is taken from English examples ; I have seen

no South African specimens. It is evidently a casual importation.

Subgen. Aphiloscia B-L.

1908. Aphiloscia. Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow, Reise, u, p. 291.

Head concrete, frontal margin more or less distinct. Pleurae pro-

A Cc

Fie. 17.—a, Aphiloscia vilis B-L. ; 6, Setaphora cingulata n. sp. ;

c. Setaphora demarcata Q n. sp.

duced. Molar penicil consisting of a single unbranched seta. Apex

of inner plate of maxilliped spinose (fig. 16, g). Inner spines on outer

* See fig. 24, c for these measurements.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 239

lobe of maxilla 1 bifid. Peduncle of uropod broad, outer edge with

triangular depression, with a slight bulge in middle, the lateral keels

bounding the depression meeting a short distance from base and

continued as a single keel to base (fig. 16, uw); imner ramus arising

proximally to outer ramus.

Philoscia (Aphiloscia) vilis B-L.

(fies. 16, 9,2, 15m, 1, we Mila; ey d- 19) ¢:)

1885. Philoscia vilts. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 210.

1908. Aphiloscia ,, Id., loe. eit) pe 202.

1910. a - Stebbing, Gen. Cat.8. Afr. Crust., p. 443.

1917. Philoscia dilectum. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., i, p. 597,

pl. xlu, figs. 21-31.

1920. e s Id. wid., pie) pl. xxvn, fie, 8

(figure shows only 6 peraeon seg-

ments).

Surface with minute scattered setules, regularly spaced short

setules on hind margins of segments (fig. 16, 2).

Postero-lateral angle of peraeon segment 7 quadrate (cf. Sars, 1898,

pl. Ixxvi, muscorum), reaching nearly to end of pleon segment 4

(middle of the segment, not end of pleura). None of the epimera

demarcated in 9. Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 acutely produced,

the projecting portions a little longer than the mid-dorsal length of

segments, visible in dorsal view. Telson triangular, apically dorsally

impressed.

Flagellum of antenna 2 subequal to 5th joint of peduncle, its joints

subequal.

Peraeopods 1-3 in g, spines on 4th and 5th joints apically slightly

expanded and minutely trifid (fig. 19, c).

Pleopod 1 in g, outer branch apically blunt, outer margin slightly

concave (fig. 16, ») ; apex of inner branch, fig. 18, d.

Uropod, greatest width of peduncle at least equal to length of

outer margin, outer edge triangularly depressed, inner ramus half

length of outer ramus.

11x5 mm. Plumbeous or greeny-brown, mottled with lighter,

but very variable; epimera usually dark, usually a dark stripe

laterally (where the epimera merge into the tergites) with a light stripe

externally; median line of peraeon and pleon usually light, flanked

with dark; telson dark, often with 2 light dots; Ist-3rd joints and

240 Annals of the South African Museum.

basal half of 5th joint of antennae orange (whitish in alcohol), the rest

grey, 2nd joint of peraeopods sufiused with grey ventrally; eyes black.

Localities —Cape Province : East London (Collinge).

Natal: widely distributed. Pietermaritzburg and other

localities (Collinge) ; Inchanga, Port Shepstone, and

Scottburgh (K. H. B.); Howick (W. F. P.).

Zululand : M’fongosi (Collinge and W. H. J.).*

Portuguese East Africa: Masiene (R. F. L.).

Transvaal: Sabie Game Reserve (HK. L.G.); Kaap-

muiden (R. W. E.T.); Louis Trichardt (R. W. EH. T.);

Zoutpansberg (R. F. L.).

Rhodesia: Bulawayo (R. W.E.T.).

Ovamboland: Mafa, N. of Ondongua (K. H.B.).

Although the specimen (presumably the type) in the British

Museum (ex coll. Budde-Lund) is in fragments, comparison with

Natal specimens removes all doubt as to the identity of dalectum and

vis.

The exact locality of the original specimen is unknown; it was

collected by the botanist Drege, who travelled widely not only in the

Cape but also in Natal (see p. 179).

Komatia subgen. n.

Head concrete, frontal margin distinct. Pleurae produced. Molar

penicil consisting of a single unbranched seta. Inner plate of

maxilliped spinose. Inner spines on outer lobe of maxilla 1 bifid.

Peduncle of uropod broad, outer edge convex, slightly keeled longi-

tudinally (fig. 16, s).

Resembling Aphiloscia except in the uropod. In this respect there

seems to be a resemblance to Phalaba B-L., 1910, but in the latter the

inner ramus arises far anterior to the outer ramus.

Philoscia (Komatia) marginata n. sp.

(Migs slo iys ls sae) old.)

Surface with minute scattered setules.

Postero-lateral angles of peraeon segment 7 slightly more acute

than in vilis. Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 acutely produced, the

projecting portions longer than the mid-dorsal length of segments.

Telson triangular, apically acute, dorsally impressed.

* A native name, not Mt. [Mount] Fongosi as Collinge writes it.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. .241

Flagellum of antenna 2 subequal to 5th joint of peduncle, its 1st

joint longest, 2nd slightly shorter, 3rd slightly shorter than 2nd.

Peraeopods 1-3 in 3, spines on 4th and 5th joints apically trifid

tie. 19, d).

Pleopod 1 in g, outer ramus as in vilis, but apex more acute; apex

of inner branch, fig. 18, a.

Uropod, greatest width of peduncle equal to length, outer edge

convex, with a slight longitudinal keel, outer ramus a little longer

than peduncle, stout, outer margin grooved, inner ramus arising

almost at same level as outer, stout, 2 length of outer ramus.

11x5 mm. Slaty-grey, uniform but slightly irrorated on either

‘=

Fig. 18.—Apex of stylet (endopod) of pleopod 1 g of: a, S. demarcata and

K. marginata; 6, S. mina and cingulata; c, N. hirsuta; d, A. vilis; e,

B. fulva.

side of median line, lateral margin of epimeron of segment 2, and

postero-lateral corners of epimera of segments 3-7 orange, pleon

uniform slaty-grey, uropods orange, Ist-3rd joints and distal half of

5th joint of antennae orange, eyes black.

Locality.— Portuguese East Africa: Wanetsi River (a tributary of

the Komati River) (S.A. Mus.).

The South African Museum is indebted to Mr. H. W. Bell-Marley

for this interesting species.

Subgen. Setaphora B-L.

1908. Anchiphiloscia. Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., May,

-p. 28, and October, p. 555 (part:

karongae).

1908. Setaphora. Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow, Reise, ii, p. 290.

242 Annals of the South African Museum.

1912. Setaphora. Id., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xv, p. 386 (list

of species).

1922. Anchiphiloscia. Stebbing, K. Vet. Handl. Goteb., xxv, p. 6.

Head discrete, frontal margin obsolete. Pleurae small, adpressed.

Molar penicil consisting of a single unbranched seta (fig. 16, 6). Apex

of inner plate of maxilliped minutely hirsute, with 1 or 2 short plumose

setules, but no spines (fig. 16, ). Inner spines on outer lobe of maxilla

1 bifid (fig. 16, e). Peduncle of uropod longer than broad, outer

edge channelled, the bordering keels parallel, not converging basally

(fig. 16, v) ; mner ramus arising proximally to outer ramus.

It is a question whether Anchiphiloscia Stebb., 26th May 1908,

should take precedence over Setaphora B-L. Budde-Lund’s paper

in Voeltzkow, Reise, vol. 1, Heft 4, in which Setaphora is fully diag-

nosed, is quoted by himself as published in 1908, though the cover of

Heft 4 bears date 1909, without any month given. Wahrberg quotes

the date as 1909.

Budde-Lund (Sjostedts Kilimandjaro Exp., p. 17, 1910) considers

the genotype of Anchiphiloscia, viz. karongae, to be synonymous

with S. suarezi. On the other hand Stebbing’s abstract of 26th May

scarcely discloses the differential features of his new genus; and as

he accepted the genus Setaphora when he revised Budde-Lund’s

posthumous paper in 1912 (Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, p. 386), while at

the same time claiming the priority of his Paraphiloscia 1900 over

Budde-Lund’s Pseudophiloscia (loc. cit., 1912, p. 372, footnote), we

may allow Setaphora to stand.

Moreover, Stebbing in 1922 records his own species A. karongae

with the second species cunningtoni as a synonym, so that evidently

he neither regarded his genus as the same as Setaphora, nor agreed

with Budde-Lund (1910) that cunningtoni and karongae belonged to

two separate subgenera.

The final decision rests on the actual date of Budde-Lund’s 1908

paper, and the re-examination of Stebbing’s species karongae.

Philoscia (Setaphora) mina B-M,.

(Hiessile Soe a9 ece:)

1885. Philoscia mina. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 219.

1910. ‘ » Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 443.

(Non mina Dollfus, 1893. Seychelles.)

Surface sometimes with a few setules laterally, none on hind

margins of segments. |

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 248

Postero-lateral angles of peraeon segment 7 rounded-quadrate

(blunter than in muscorum), scarcely reaching end of pleon segment 3.

Pleurae of segments 3-5 very short, adpressed, not visible in dorsal

view, about one-quarter mid-dorsal length of segments. None of the

epimera demarcated in ¢. Telson triangular, apex acute in large

specimens, but frequently rounded in young examples, slightly

impressed dorsally.

Antenna 2 slender, 5th joint longer than 4th, flagellum equal to

5th joint.

Peraeopods 1-3 in 3, spines on 4th and 5th joints apically bifurcate,

each branch apically bifid (fig. 19, e).

—

a b & re

Fic. 19.—Spines from 5th joint of peraeopods 1-3 ¢ of: a, P. muscorum; 4,

S. cingulata and demarcata; c, A. vilis; d, K. marginata; e, S. mina:

f, N. hirsuta and B. fulva.

Pleopod 1 in 3, outer branch more definitely incised than in

congulata, but less so than in hirsuta ; apex of inner branch (fig. 18, 5).

Uropod, peduncle longer than wide, inner ramus one-half length of

outer ramus.

Up to 13x5 mm., ovigerous 99 from 8 mm. upwards. Horny-

yellowish, more or less suffused with minute grey dendritic specks,

which are more or less confluent along the sides, mid-dorsal line, and

margins of segments; sometimes almost or quite uniform yellowish ;

legs pale, sometimes with a few speckles, lst-3rd joints of antennae

orange, rest dark slaty-grey, eyes black.

Localitees—Natal: Howick (W.F.P.); Durban, Inchanga, and

Scottburgh (K. H. B.); Port Edward, South Coast (Natal Museum).

Distinguished by the very short pleural points, and the speckly

244 Annals of the South African Museum.

coloration ; the contrast of colour in the antennae is very striking

in life, but often fades in alcoholic material.

The exact position of this species was not defined by Budde-Lund.

In 1906 (pp. 71, 90) he grouped hirsuta and mina from South Africa

and pubescens from New Zealand together, although in 1904 (p. 43)

he had already incorporated pubescens in Pseudophiloscia. In 1908

(p. 290) Nahia is instituted for hirsuta “ and others,’ but mina is

not specifically mentioned.

Budde-Lund’s description fits the present specimens, and the colour

he gives for the antennae leaves no doubt that they should be referred

to his species: ‘‘ad basin flavescens, ad apicem nigrescentes ; arti-

culorum basis flava.”’

The original specimens were collected by Drege either in the Cape

or Natal.

Philoscia (Setaphora) cingulata n. sp.

(Bigst165 05 lit vOre al eeibr) ml Ohiam

Closely resembling mina, with which it agrees in the shape of the

outer branch of pleopod 1 ¢ (fig. 16, 0), but differing in the colour

pattern. Flagellum of antenna 2 a little longer than 5th peduncular

joint. Spines on 4th and 5th joints of peraeopods 1-3 in ¢ deeply

bifurcate, the points entire (fig. 19, 6).

7x3 mm. Pale yellowish, with broad greyish bands across front

of head between eyes, and across the peraeon and pleon segments,

on the latter usually interrupted in the middle line ; antennae pale

greyish, legs pale without grey marks ; eyes black.

Localities.— Natal: Port Shepstone (K.H.B., 1912); Howick

(Wo KP.)

The widely different colour pattern at once separates this form

from mina. Even in the most strongly suffused examples of the

latter species the grey pigment does not form a band across the

anterior margin of the Ist peraeon segment.

Philoscia (Setaphora) demarcata un. sp.

(Bigs, 16g sol (e.6 al Sas 910.)

Surface with scattered setae, becoming longer on epimera and on

pleon and telson.

Postero-lateral angles of peraeon segments 5-7, especially 7, acute.

Epimera of segments 2-4 in 9 demarcated. Pleurae of segments 3-5

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 245

acutely produced, but not spreading, projecting portions equal to

mid-dorsal length of segments. Telson triangular, apex acute.

Peraeopods 1-3 in g, spines on 4th and 5th joints as in cingulata

(ig. 19, 5).

Pleopod 1 in 3g, outer branch apex acute, outer distal margin

excised, but not as deeply as in hirsuta (fig. 16, g); apex of inner

branch (fig. 18, a).

Uropod, greatest width of peduncle nearly equal to length, inner

ramus half length of outer ramus.

7x3 mm. Brownish-fulvous, with lighter and darker mottling.

Locality.— Natal: Pietermaritzburg (K. H. B., 1917).

This species is at once distinguished from all the other South African

species of Philoscia by the acute postero-lateral angles of peraeon

segments 5-7, and in the 2 by the demarcated epimera on segments

2-4 (cf. Budde-Lund, 1908, pp. 295, 296).

Subgen. Nahia B-L.

1908. Naha. Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow, Reise, 1, p. 290.

Head discrete, frontal margin obsolete. Pleurae small, adpressed.

Molar penicil consisting of a single unbranched seta. Apex of inner

plate of maxilliped spinose. Uropod as in Setaphora.

At present this subgenus contains only the one species, as mina 1s

more properly included in Setaphora, and pubescens (New Zealand)

has gone into Paraphiloscia Stebb., 1900 (Pseudophiloscia B-L., 1904).

Philoscia (Nahia) hirsuta B-L.

(Bisse 16:4, 4p, 0; 918, eg (1s 7)

1906. Philoscia hirsuta. Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix,

p. 89, plo m5. figs. 42-52" (fies. 42

: and 43 are transposed).

1908. i i Id., in Voeltzkow, Reise, u, p. 290.

1910. Nahia _ Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 442.

1917. Philoscia warreni. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., i, p. 578,

pl. xlu, figs. 10-20.

1920. 5, H Id., tbid., vy pO AUIS pl xxv ie. 1.

1922. Anchiphiloscia karongae. Stebbing, K. Vet. Handl. Goteb.,

xxv, p. 6 (non A. karongae Stebb.,

+1903) =

* Stebbing here includes cunningtoni as a synonym of karongae in spite of

Budde-Lund’s opinion (1910, p. 17) that the two species belong to two separate

246 Annals of the South African Museum.

Surface with scattered setules, more numerous and longer laterally,

and on pleon segments and telson, hind margins of segments not

setulose (fig. 16, 7).

Postero-lateral angles of peraeon segment 7 quadrate, reaching to

about end of pleon segment 4. None of the epimera demarcated

in 9. Pleurae of segments 3-5 very shortly produced, adpressed,

scarcely visible in dorsal view, the projecting portions less than half

the mid-dorsal length of segments. Telson triangular, dorsally not

impressed.

Flagellum of antenna 2 a little longer than 5th joint, its joints

subequal or the Ist a little longer than either 2nd or 3rd.

Peraeopods 1-3 in 3, spines on 4th and 5th joints deeply bifurcate,

each branch with a subterminal denticle (fig. 19, f).

Pleopod 1 in g, outer branch apically acute, outer margin distally

excised (fig. 16, ») ; apex of inner branch (fig. 18, c).

Uropod, peduncle longer than wide, inner ramus half length of

outer.

11x5 mm. (Collinge says 14 mm.); ovigerous 92 from 7 mm.

upwards. Slaty-grey, mottled and irrorated with lighter, basal joints

of antennae always grey, though the basal part of each segment of the

peduncle may be pale, legs and uropods more or less suffused, as may

be also the outer branches of pleopods 3-5, and sometimes the penis,

eyes black.

Localities. —Cape Province : Cape Peninsula and Cape Flats (Budde-

Lund and K.H.B.); Houw Hoek (tees:

Fransche Kraal, Gans Bay (Stebbing); Bredasdorp

(R. F.L.); Swellendam (K.H.B.); Mossel Bay

(W.F.P.); Forebay, near Mossel Bay (K. H. B.) ;

Pocaltsdorp (W.F.P.); Wilderness, near George

(S. H. H. and ©. 7T.); Knysna (R. FOL) >) ater

booms River (K. H. B.); Addo Bush (J. D.); Port

Alfred; Alice (S. H. H.); East London (Collinge) ;

Katberg (Albany Mus.); Grahamstown (Albany

Mus.).

Natal: Durban and other localities (Collinge) ; Inch-

anga, Pietermaritzburg, and Krantzkop (K. H. B.,

TENE)

Zululand : M’fongosi (Collinge and W. E. J.).

subgenera: karongae to Setaphora, being very likely a synonym of S. suwarezi, and

cunningtont to Aphiloscia, being possibly a synonym of A. maculicornis. See

supra, p. 242.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 247

Collinge does not describe the Ist pleopod in 3, but from an examina-

tion of my Natal specimens there can be no doubt that warrenz is a

synonym. From the coastal distribution of this species it seems

highly probable that Stebbing’s specimens from Gans Bay should be

referred here.

From the material at hand it appears that ovigerous 99 are found

in the Cape from October to March, and in Natal from November

to January. I have seen no specimens as large as 14 mm. (unless

the uropods be included in this measurement), but the Natal specimens

tend to be larger than those from the Cape.

The species is found among dead leaves and humus, and occurs on

the margins of salt or brackish vleis (Noordhoek and Zeekoe Vleis,

Cape Peninsula, K. H. B.) or estuaries (Keurbooms River, K. H. B.).

It does not occur on the upper slopes or top of the Cape Peninsula

mountains.

Benthanops subgen. n.

Head discrete, frontal margin obsolete. Pleurae small, adpressed.

Molar penicil consisting of a tuft of plumose setae, each arising

separately (fig. 16, c) (as in Balloniscus, Budde-Lund, 1908, p. 289,

pl. xvi, fig. 3), not joined together in a common stem as in P. muscorum.

Apex of inner plate of maxilliped with one spine. Inner 5 spines on

outer lobe of maxilla 1 strongly serrate (fig. 16, f); the 2 plumose

setae on inner lobe elongate. Peduncle of uropod with outer edge

channelled. Eye consisting of a single large ocellus.

This subgenus is very close to Benthana B-L., 1908, which comprises

4 species from Brazil, Chile, and Peru (Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

1926, p. 193 sqq.), and is characterised by the serrate spines on outer

lobe of Ist maxilla. In the subgenus Benthana Jackson included also

minima Dollfus from the Iberian Peninsula. This last species agrees

with the typical species of Benthana, but has the eyes simple, 7.e. each

eye consists of only a single ocellus. Whether minima should be

separated on this account is perhaps an open question.

The form here included in a new subgenus agrees with minima in

the simple eyes, and is separated from the typical species of Benthana

in the molar penicil ; and also the 2nd maxilla which has no apical

cleft.

Philoscia (Benthanops) fulva n. sp.

(ies 165 ¢,j, 73 18, e; LF e203)

Surface with scattered setules, more noticeable in the young,

regularly spaced setules on hind margins of segments.

248 Annals of the South African Museum.

Postero-lateral angles of segment 7 quadrate. None of the epimera

demarcated in 9. Pleurae of segments 3-5 shortly produced, just

visible in dorsal view, projecting portions not more than half mid-

dorsal length of segments. Telson broader than long, margins feebly

concave, apex narrowly rounded or subacute.

Antenna 2 reaching to middle of 4th peraeon segment, slender,

5th joint equal to 3rd plus 4th, flagellum subequal to 5th, Ist joint

longest, 2nd and 3rd subequal.

Fie. 20.—Philoscia (Benthanops subgen. n.) fulva n. sp.

Whole animal with lateral view of head.

Maxilla 1, outer plate with 4+5 spines, inner spines with fine and

close serrations on inner margins.

Maxilliped as in Benthana (Jackson, loc. cit., 1926, figs. 136, 147,

159), but with only a small spine on inner plate.

Peraeopods 1-3 in 3, spines on 4th and 5th joints deeply bifurcate

as in hirsuta (fig. 19, f).

Pleopod 1 in g, outer branch apex blunt, outer margin slightly

concave (fig. 16, 7); apex of inner branch (fig. 18, e).

Uropod, peduncle with outer edge grooved, outer ramus twice

length of peduncle, inner ramus arising from almost same level as

outer ramus, about one-third length of outer ramus.

Up to 7x25 mm. Yellowish-horny, very faintly marbled with

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 249

_ darker fulvous brown, eyes glistening brown. In some specimens

there are well-marked dark brown markings on a whitish or yellowish

ground colour, eyes dark brown.

Localities.—Cape Province: Table Mt. and other mountains in the

Cape Peninsula (K.H.B.); Palmiet River Mts., near Kleinmond

(K. H.B.); Zwartberg, Caledon (K. H. B.).

The dark specimens are very much rarer than the ordinary yellowish

form, from which they cannot be distinguished morphologically, and

appear to be merely melanistic aberrations.

The species occurs under stones and among humus in the bushy

or wooded ravines of the mountains; it does not occur at low levels.

Philoscia elongata Dollf.

1879. Philoscia pulchella. Budde-Lund, Prosp. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p- 2 (see deser.).

1884. , elongata. Dollfus, Bull. Soc. Etud. Sc. Paris,

Tme An.

1885. re pulchella. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 214.

1892. he elongata. Dollfus, Ann. Soc. Esp. d’Hist. Nat.,

<eL, p. “£66.

1895. - ss Id., Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., vii, p. 350.

1896. = se Id., Wiss. Mitt.. Bosn. Herzog, iv,

p. 586.

1914. x pulchella. Arcangeli, Atti Soc. It. Sc. Nat. Milan,

li, p. 479.

1923. ss elongata. Id., Bol. Mus. Zool. Anat. Torino,

KXXVll, nS:, Nevoe pps i= pl ae

1924. Ba > Id., Trabaj. Mus. Cienc. Nat. Barcelona,

iv, No. 12, p. 24.

1925: As - Id.,” Abh. Senekenbs » Geen sexx.

p. 136.

1926. Ko vs Id., Senckenbergiana, vi, p. 268.

1926. iL is Id., Atti Mas! Civ’ St." Nat’ Trieste,

Xl, p. 42.

This Mediterranean (South Europe and North Africa) species was

recorded from Cape Town by Dollfus (1895).

* Tn vol. xxxviii, 1923, papers 1-3 are numbered vol. “ xxviii,” which is evidently

a laps. typ.,as papers 4-14 are correctly numbered as belonging to vol. xxxviii.

Arcangeli in 1926 (Trieste), p. 58, quotes the number “ xxvili”’ in his bibliography.

250 Annals of the South African Museum.

The original description is inaccessible to me, and Budde-Lund’s

1885 description is insufficient to place the species in any definite

subgenus (as is probably also the original description).

One of the characters which separates it from muscorum and all the

South African species is the length of pleon segments 1 and 2, which

are scarcely shorter than the other pleon segments (Budde-Lund,

1885, and Arcangeli, 1923, pl. 1, fig. 5); in fact Arcangeli’s figure

shows the first segment ($) as twice the length of any of the

others. The pleurae of segments 3-5 are very small, adpressed.

Sides of telson straight. Peduncle of uropod externally sulcate

(Budde-Lund).

Arcangeli (1923) describes and figures a modification in the Ist

peraeopod and the fifth pleopod of the g, which he suggests may be

assumed only at the period of copulation ; and he expresses a warning

against using these modifications as specific characters.

The 5th joint of peraeopod 1 is ovately expanded, almost sub-

circular, in the left peraeopod, but less expanded in the right; the

6th joint also is somewhat more lanceolate in the left than in the right.

A similar but less marked modification occurs in the 2nd peraeopod.

The figure shows a few large spines on the inner margin of the 4th and

5th joints, not the thick brush of spines which is usual in the 2.

Expansion of the 5th joint of peraeopod | in g occurs also in variegata

Dollf. (see van Name, Amer. Mus. Novitat., No. 206, p: LL, mes si:

20, 1926; and Arcangeli, Boll. Lab. Zool. Gen. Portici, xxv, p. 18,

fig. v, 4, 1930), and according to van Name in muscorum ; in the latter

species I have not found any expansion in English examples.

The most remarkable modification is the extreme extension of the

outer ramus of the 5th pleopod into a long slender process, which is

channelled on its inner margin, and protrudes far beyond the telsonic

apex, and even beyond the apices of the uropods.

Arcangeli (1925, Monit. Zool. Ital., xxxvi, p. 105) has recorded a

local race of this species, which exhibits protandrous hermaphroditism

and also parthenogenesis. As in Rhyscotus (see p. 287, infra) the males

retain the external genitalia during the female phase. Normal

females exist alongside the hermaphrodites. The latter only function

as males during or at the end of their first year of life; they fertilise

the genuine females of the same age. The following year the testes

degenerate and the ovaries mature. It seems that the young males

cannot fertilise the older and larger genuine females, and the evidence

goes to show that the latter are parthenogenetic. The fertilised eggs

of the young females develop into protandrous hermaphrodites,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 251

while the large females produce genuine females parthenogenetically

(summary from Jackson, Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci., lxxi, 1928).

Gen. PorcELiio Latr.

1804. Porcellio. Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Inst., vii, p. 45.

1885. x Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 82.

1898. A Sars, Crust. Norw., 1, p. 176.

1907. is Verhoeff, SB. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, p. 229

(subgenera).

1908. . Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow, Reise, 1, p. 280

(subgenera).

Body smooth, granulate, or tuberculate. Head discrete, lateral

lobes well developed, frontal lobe usually projecting. Pleon not much

narrower than peraeon, pleurae well developed. Telson apically

produced.

Antenna 2, flagellum 2-jointed, the two joints subequal. Mandible

with several penicils between the secondary cutting plate and the

molar penicil, which consists of a tuft of plumose setae.* Peraeopods

1-3 and sometimes also 7 sexually dimorphic. Outer branches of

pleopods 1 and 2, or 1-5, with pseudotracheae. Peduncle of uropod

externally grooved or excised, outer ramus often larger in ¢ than

in @.

This large genus has been subdivided into a number of subgenera.

Budde-Lund (1908) lists 21 subgenera, divided into two groups

according to the spines on outer lobe of maxilla 1, but not otherwise

defined except by their respective genotypes. Verhoefi, however,

had previously subdivided the genus, and irrespective of the character

selected by Budde-Lund for his two major groups. Verhoeff, e.g.,

places hoffmanseggiu, rathker, scaber, and obsoletus, inter alia, in his

Euporcellio, whereas Budde-Lund makes each of these species the

type of a subgenus. Verhoeff indicates no genotypes, but places

laevis as the first species of his Mesoporcellio. This latter name there-

fore may be definitely regarded as coinciding with and antedating

Budde-Lund’s Gymnoderma, genotype laevis.

The sexual difference in the 7th peraeopod is in the shape and size

of certain of the jomts; in the Ist-3rd peraeopods it les in the

increased number of spines on the anterior and lower surfaces of the

* Sars’ figure (1898 pl. Ixxvii) is not quite correct. The molar penicil consists

of several plumose setae each arising separately, as I have checked by examination

of Norwegian and other examples of scaber.

252 Annals of the South African Museum.

4th and 5th joints and the minute structure of these spines (ef.

Wahrberg, 1922).

The armature of spines on the anterior peraeopods in the ¢ is

regarded by Verhoeff as a cleansing apparatus (Putzapparat) and the

term is accepted by Wahrberg (1922, pp. 94, 153). The term seems to

be incorrect, for it is not clear why the ¢ requires to be cleaner than

the 2, or requires a stronger brush of spines to effect the same purpose

as the comparatively few spines in the 9. It seems, on the other hand,

clear that this brush of spines on the anterior peraeopods of the g

is for the purpose of securing a grip on the 9 during copulation,

and Verhoefi would have been more correct in using the term

‘* Haftapparat.”

Porcellio (Porcellio) .scaber Latr.

(Fig. 21, a-c.)

1804. Porcellio scaber. Latreille, loc. cit., p. 45.

1885. Pr * Budde-Lund, loc. cit., p. 129.

1895. e si Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., vii, p. 349.

1898. i % Sars, loc. cit., p. 176, pl. xvi.

1906. is - Webb and Sillem, Brit. Woodlice, p. 32,

fig. 47 and pl. xin.

1906. 3 a Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix,

p. 88.

1909. a ie Id., in Schuitze, Reise, i, p. 58.

1910. ds 5 Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 440.

1922. . We Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, p. 4, fig. 1.

Surface with transverse rows of rounded tubercles on head and

peraeon segments, and on posterior margins of pleon segments.

Frontal and lateral lobes on head equally prominent. Telson as long

as broad, apex acute, dorsally slightly grooved.

Flagellum of antenna 2 subequal to 5th peduncular joint, its two

joints subequal. Four of the inner spines on outer lobe of maxilla 1

bifid. Peraeopod 7 not differing in the two sexes. Peraeopods 1-4

in ¢ with thick brush of spines (fig. 21, c). Dactylar seta on all

peraeopods simple, acute. Pseudotracheae on pleopods | and 2.

Up to 16x75 mm. Slaty-grey, uniform or variously mottled.

Localities.—Cape Province: Cape Town (Dollfus and 8.A. Mus.) ;

Cape Flats (Budde-Lund).

Distribution.—Cosmopolitan. It occurs on the islands of St. Paul

and New Amsterdam (Indian Ocean), and St. Helena (Budde-Lund).

The South African Museum has examples from Tristan d’Acunha.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 2538

In and around Cape Town this species seems to be far less common

than laevis.

b = d

Fig. 21.—Porcellio. a, b, lateral view of head, and apex of mandible of scaber ;

c, d, spines from peraeopod 1 ¢ of scaber and laevis respectively.

Porcellio (Mesoporcellio) laevis Latr.

(Fig. 21, d.)

1804. Porcellio laevis. Latreille, loc. cit., p. 46.

1885. = ef Budde-Lund, loc. cit., p. 138.

1898. Ml 43 Nars, loc. ed.) p: Si mpl: becixs fig

(synonyms).

1906. is us Webb and Sillem, Brit. Woodlice, p. 35,

fig. 51 and pl. xvii.

1906. “ a Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix,

p- 88.

1922. e = Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, p. 182, figs. 9, 58.

Surface smooth or very feebly tuberculate, chiefly on posterior

margins of pleon segments. Frontal lobe not quite so prominent as

the lateral lobes. Telson broader than long, apex acute, dorsally

grooved.

Flagellum of antenna 2 less than 5th peduncular joint, its 1st joint

VOLAaks. PART 2. AW

254 Annals of the South African Museum.

slightly longer than 2nd. All spines on outer lobe of maxilla 1 entire.

Peraeopods 1-4 in § with thick brush of spines (fig. 21, d). Peraeopod

7 not sexually different. Dactylar seta on all peraeopods simple,

acute. Pseudotracheae on pleopods | and 2.

Up to 20x10 mm. Slaty-grey, with a few faint lighter markings

on either side of the median line.

Localitves.—Cape Province: Cape Town and environs (R.M.L.,

K.H.B.); Somerset West (A. J. H.).

Distribution.—Cosmopolitan. Has been recorded from St. Helena

(Budde-Lund).

This species is very common in gardens in Cape Town and suburbs,

and in many areas seems to have almost entirely superseded scaber ;

but apparently has not spread further than to Somerset West.

Gen. PORCELLIONIDES Miers.

1877. Porcellionades. Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 668, 676.

1879. Metoponorthus. Budde-Lund, Prosp. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 4.

1885. - Id., Crust. Isop. Terr., pp. 76, 161.

1898. x Sars, Crust. Norw., ii, p. 183.

1908. 2 Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow, Reise, ii, p. 285.

1911. Porcellionides. Stebbing, Rec. Ind. Mus., vi, p. 188.

1928. i Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1928, 1,

p. 584 (morphology of head).

Body smooth or granulate. Integument thin, not strongly chitin-

ised or calcified. Head discrete, lateral lobes small and frontal lobe

obsolete, frontal line continued round the lateral lobes and meeting

the marginal line below the eye. Pleon abruptly narrower than

peraeon, pleurae moderate orsmall. Telson triangular, not produced.

Antenna 2 flagellum 2-jointed, Ist joint slightly longer than 2nd.

Mandible with several penicils between secondary cutting plate and

the molar penicil, which consists of a tuft of plumose setae, with or

without a short common stem. Peraeopods 1-3 in § more strongly

spinose than in 2. Outer branches of pleopods 1 and 2, sometimes

aiso 3, sometimes 1-5, with pseudotracheae. Peduncle of uropod

externally grooved or excised. ‘

Stebbing gives the reasons why Porcellionides must displace

Metoponorthus.

The genus is represented in South Africa only by an imported

cosmopolitan species.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 255

Porcellionides pruinosus (Brdt.).

(Fig. 22.)

1833. Porcellio pruinosus. Brandt, Consp. Onisc., pp. 181 (19),

188 (26).

1885. Metoponorthus ,, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 169.

1895. me of Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., vii,

p- 350.

1898. s i Sars, Crust. Norw., 1, p. 184, pl. xxx,

fig. 2.

1906. /< ie Webb and Sillem, Brit. Woodlice, p. 37,

fig. 53 and pl. xix.

1909. Ms Ps Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, i, p. 58.

1909. < ae Id., Res. Swed. Zool. Exp. White Nile,

ii, Terr. Isop., p. 4.

1910. as te Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust, p. 440.

1911. Porcellionides ,, Id., Ree. Ind. Mus., vi,.p. 189.

1920. . Ee Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 479,

pl. xxix, figs. 39-47.

1922. 2 uF Richardson, Voy. Rothschild Ethiop.,

i, p. 33.

1922. Metoponorthus ,, Wahrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, pp. 6, 27,

148, figs. 2, 8, 9, 51.

1924. e by Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswas-

serf. S.W. Afr., ui, p. 176.

PSE. e 5, Brian, Rev. Suisse Zool., xxxviii,

p. 439, figs. 32-38 (var. africana).

Surface smooth. Faint indications of transverse series of granules

or very low tubercles on head and peraeon segments. LEpistome with

a V-shaped raised line (in Jackson’s terminology, 1928, this V separates

the postfrons from the profrons).

Antenna 2, Ist joint of flagellum slightly longer than 2nd.

Peraeopods, distal margin of 3rd joint, distal and inner margins of

4th and 5th joints, with close-set short stout spines in all peraeopods

in 2; in the g this marginal armature is absent on the inner margins

of 4th and 5th joints in peraeopods 1-3, which carry instead a thick

patch of spines.

Pleopod 1 in g, apex of inner branch with a few setules, a row of

minute granules along inner margin.

Uptollx5imm. Slaty-grey, faintly mottled, margins of peraeon

256 Annals of the South African Museum.

and pleon segments sometimes pale, legs and antennae greyish with

white markings. The blue-grey colour of live specimens is due to a

bloom which is easily rubbed off; preserved specimens fade to a

reddish-brown colour.

a ais.

Fig. 22.—Porcellionides pruinosus (Brdt.). a, 6, Distal joints of peraeopod 1 9

and ¢ respectively, with spines and dactylar seta (d.s.) further enlarged;

c, profile view of penis, ventral surface to left; d, penis and stylet of pleopod

1 g, dorsal view, with cross-section of penis across middle and near apex (in

the cross-sections the dorsal surface is uppermost, and the vasa deferentia

are represented by dotted circles).

Localities.—Cape Province: Cape Town (Dollfus, W. F. P., and

K.H.B.); Cape Flats (Budde-Lund) ; French Hoek

(W.F.P.); Clanwilliam (R.M.L.); Zak River

(S.A. Mus.); Steinkopf (Budde-Lund); Bowiesdorp

(K.H.B.); Graaf Reinet and Beaufort West

(S. H. H.); Lovedale (8S. H. H.); Avontuur (W. F. P.);

Port Elizabeth (S.A. Mus:); Port” St.) Wiebms

(S.A. Mus.); Grahamstown (S.A. Mus. and Albany

Mus.) ; Fort Brown (Albany Mus.) ; Swellendam and

Riversdale (K. H. B.); Kimberley (J. H. Power) ;

Richmond (C. T. and L. D. B.).

Natal: Pietermaritzburg (Collinge and K.H.B.);

Durban (Collinge and K. H. B.); M’fongosi, Zululand

(S.A. Mus.).

Portuguese East Africa: Masiene (R. F. L.).

Transvaal: Hebron and Hammans Kraal (Dollfus) ;

Sabie Game Reserve (H. L.G.); Johannesburg (S.A.

Mus.).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 257

Rhodesia: Bulawayo and Salisbury (R. W. E. T.).

Damaraland: Swakopmund, Neudamm, Windkoek,

Okahandja, Omaruru (Panning); Outjo (R.F.L.

and A. J.H.); Otjituo (R. W. EH. T.).

Angola: Vila da Ponte, Kubango R. (Brian).

Distribution.—Cosmopolitan.

This species is only found in the neighbourhood of human

habitations.

The differences noted by Collinge are not constant, even in Natal

examples, and cannot be used to characterise a local race. I have

compared South African specimens with specimens from Norway

(ex G. O. Sars) and South England. For example, the spines on outer

lobe of maxilla 1 are bifid in European specimens, and the outer apex

of inner lobe of maxilla 1 is acutely pointed in South African speci-

mens. The inner branch of pleopod 1 in ¢ corresponds exactly with

that of Huropean examples.

Gen. Niampia B-L.

1904. Niambia. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 37.

1908. i Id., in Voeltzkow, Reise, ii, p. 280 (also p. 295,

epimeral sutures).

1909, as Id., in Schultze, Reise, ii, p. 59.

1910. As Id., Sjostedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., ii, 21,

pp: >, 9, 10:

1924. Thomsenia. Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswasserf.

S.W. Afr, vol. 1, p: Wa

Surface more or less densely covered with setae or scale-spines,

which are usually clavate or battledore-shaped, most numerous

laterally and on margins of segments and on telson.

Head discrete. Eyes small or moderate, ocelli less than 20.

Epimeral sutures present on segments 2-4 in 9. Pleurae of pleon

segments 3-5 well developed. Telson short, triangular, apex more or

less acute, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 short, flagellum 2-jointed, 2nd joint 2-3 times as long as

1st. Mandible with single free penicil, molar penicil consisting of

several setae on a very short stem (7.e. a single branched seta). Maxilla

1, outer lobe with the 4 inner spines either apically bifid, usually

feebly so, or simple (Niambia s.s.), or strongly serrate (subgen. Man-

boa), inner lobe with 2 unequal plumose setae. Maxilliped, inner plate

with 1 spine, and 2 denticles on outer distal corner.

258 Annals of the South African Museum.

Peraeopods 1-3 in $ with thick brush of strong spines on lower and

anterior surfaces of 4th and 5th joints. Dactylar seta in all peraeopods

apically acute. Peraeopod 7 not dimorphic.

Outer branches of all pleopods with rudimentary pseudotracheae.

Uropod, peduncle short, externally evenly convex, 2.e. elliptical in

cross-section, outer ramus stout.

There appears to me to be considerable doubt as to the validity of

Thomsenia, even if it be admitted only as a subgenus. Some of the

characters relied upon by Panning as differential are, however,

common to Niambza, e.g. the maxilliped and inner lobe of maxilla 1.

The inner spines of the outer lobe of maxilla 1 are often so feebly

bifid, some of them actually entire, in typical Niambia, that this

character is valueless even for specific purposes. The very slender

spine (No. 4) which leans up against the 3 strong outer spines, as

shown in Panning’s figure, I have not found in any of the numerous

examples of Niambia examined, including several specimens of griseo-

flavus, a species which I believe may be identical with Panning’s

species (see p. 264). As for the recurved integumentary spinules,

they are in lateral view indistinguishable from the ordinary squamose

spines which cover the surface in all species of Niambia. In view of

these doubts Thomsenia cannot be accepted otherwise than as a sub-

genus. Even the one character which might be used to separate a

subgenus, viz. the shortness of the outer ramus of the uropod, is ruled

out by flavescens where the peduncle and outer ramus are subequal

in length, thus forming a transition.

The genus has hitherto been known only from the south-western

portions (Port Elizabeth westwards) of South Africa, and northwards

to the Congo, and possibly Senegal. In 1906 (p. 89) Budde-Lund

said he knew of two undescribed species from the Cape and Natal, but

in 1909 he described no species from Natal, unless he regarded Port

Elizabeth (hirsuta) as being in Natal. Collinge (1917, p. 568) mentions

having specimens of this genus, with a (?), in the collection in his hands,

but likewise did not describe any species from Natal. There are none

in the South African Museum collection collected by Dr. Purcell ;

nor did I find any myself in that region. It is interesting therefore to

find that there are two species from Portuguese Hast Africa and

Rhodesia which are very closely related to the typical Niambia, but

for which I consider it advisable to institute a new subgenus (see

fig, 39).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 259

Key to the South African species.

I. Inner spines of outer lobe of maxilla 1 more or less bifid, sometimes very

feebly so, or even entire (fig. 24, a) . : : Subg. Niambia.

A. Antenna 2, 4th joint subequal to, or very slightly longer than 3rd.

1. Pleura of segment 5 extending to or nearly to, or a little beyond,

telsonic apex.

a. Outer ramus of uropod longer than peduncle.

i. Rather strongly granulate. Apex of outer branch of

pleopod 1 g acute. : squamata (Congo).

ii. Feebly granulate. Apex of outer branch of pleopod 1 ¢

excised, bifid . : : truncata.

6. Outer ramus of uropod equal to porate Apex of outer

branch of pleopod 1 blunt : . _ flavescens.

c, Outer ramus of uropod shorter than pednables Apex of outer

branch of pleopod 1 blunt . damarensis, griseo-flavus.

2. Pleura of segment 5 not nearly reaching telsonic apex.

a. Ocelli 9 : : : : : : ; pallida.

b. Ocelli 14 : ‘ : : modesta.

B. Antenna 2, 4th joint distinctly eee sha ard.

1. Outer branch of pleopod1cordiform. Telsonmuchshorterthan.broad.

a. Narrow. Outer branch of pleopod 1 ¢ with sinuous outer

margin, without projection : : angusta.

b. Broader. Outer branch of pleopod 1 ¢ with a projection on

outer margin.

i, Ocelli 12-16. Antenna 2 reaching end of peraeon

segment 2 ; : : capensis.

ii. Ocelli 8-9. Antenna 2 rondhing ond of peraeon seg-

mentl1 . : formicarum.

2. Outer branch of pleopod 1 longer shat broad; aubivianeuler outer

margin deeply excised. Telson nearly as long as broad

longicauda.

II. Inner spines of outer lobe of maxilla 1 strongly serrate (fig. 24,6) subg. Manibia.

A. Broad. Ocelli 10 , “ : : : : : : lata.

B. Narrower. Ocelli 6 : ; E : : ; : Microps.

Niambia squamata (B-L.).

(Fig. 23, 2.)

1885. Leptotrichus squamatus. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 196.

1904. Niambia squamata. Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 37.

1909. - . Id., Schultze, Reise, 1, p. 60, pl. vi,

figs. 1-3.

1910. " i Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust.,

p. 441.

1920. i. es van Name, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.

Hist., xlii, p. 102, figs. 122-126.

260 Annals of the South African Museum.

(? Non Panning, 1924, see modesta, infra.)

Surface minutely but rather strongly granulate.

Eyes small, ocelli 16 (Budde-Lund), “ few ” (van Name).

Projecting portions of the pleurae (as indicated on fig. 24) twice, or

nearly twice, mid-dorsal length of segments, those of segment 5

extending almost to level of telsonic apex. Telson with sides con-

cave, apex acute, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 a little longer than one-third body length (Budde-Lund),

reaching to middle of Ist peraeon segment (van Name’s figures),

3rd and 4th joints subequal.

Pleopod 1, outer branch about as broad as long, or rather broader,

in ¢ cordiform, apex acute, outer margin slightly sinuous (Budde-

Lund and van Name); in 9 proportionately broader, outer margin

concave near apex (van Name).

Uropod, outer ramus longer than peduncle.

75x45 mm. Slaty-grey, with paler markings laterally.

Localitves—Landana and Chinchoxo, Portuguese Congo (Budde-

Lund); Benin (Budde-Lund MSS.) ; (?) Senegal (Dollfus) ; Zambi,

Congo mouth, Belgian Congo (van Name).

This species is not South African, but is included to make the

account of the genus complete. Panning was himself not certain of

the identity of his specimens with squamata, and it seems far more

likely that they should be referred to one of the truly South African

species.

Niambia truncata (Brdt.).

(Fig. 23, a, 0b.)

1833. Porcellio truncatus. Brandt, Consp. Oniscid., pp. 19, 28.

1885. Leptotrichus ,, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 195.

1904. Niambia truncata. Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 37.

L906. Fe: BA Id., Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix, p. 89.

S09 ee i Id., in Schultze, Reise, i, p. 60, pl. vi,

figs. 4-14.

19095 brunnea. Id., ibid., p. 61, pl. vi, figs. 15-25.

1909. __,, horsuta. Id., ibid., p. 62, pl. vi, figs. 29-31.

LOO truncata, brunnea, hirsuta. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8.

Afr. Crust., pp. 441, 442.

1924.7 7 Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswas-

serf. S.W.A., 11, p. 193.

Surface with faint indications of granules.

Hyes with 12-16 ocelli (Budde-Lund : truncata 10, brunnea 16).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 261

Projecting portions of pleurae 14-2 times longer than mid-dorsal

length of segments ; of 5 extending nearly to level of telsonic apex.

Telson, sides concave, apex acute, slightly impressed dorsally.

Antenna 2 reaching to, ora little beyond, end of peraeon segment 1,

4th joint a little longer than 3rd.

Peraeopods 1-3 in ¢ strongly fringed on lower and anterior surfaces

with spines, most of which are apically bifid, some multifid ; in Q the

spines are less numerous, and all are of the latter type.

k ! m n

Fic. 23.—Niambia. Outer ramus of pleopod 1 of: a, b, truncata f and 9; c, d,

flavescens g and Q; e, f, griseo-flavus gf and 2; g, h, angusta g and Q; i,

squamata ¢ (after Budde-Lund); Jj, lata 2; k-m, capensis ¢ (three forms);

n, capensis 2. (In all cases the inner margin to right.)

Pleopod 1, outer branch about as broad as long, in 5 outer margin

with a triangular projection near apex (or apex can be described as

having a semicircular or angular excision); in @ outer margin

angularly incised.

Uropod, outer ramus longer than peduncle.

Up to 16x8 mm. Slaty-grey, with lighter mottling on head and

peraeon, telson and each pleon segment with 2 small pale dots, often

inconspicuous or absent, antennae grey, legs pale, eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Cape Town and Simonstown (Budde-

Ind, also R.M.L. K.8.8.); Port Hlizabeth

(Budde-Lund: truncata and hirsuta); Kamaggas

and Steinkopf (Budde-Lund: brunnea); Faure

(W.F.P.); Saldanha Bay (K.H.B.); Vredenburg

and Clanwilliam (S.A. Mus.); Garies and Kamies-

kroon (A. J. H.and R. F.L.); Lilyfontein (K. H. B.);

Tulbagh (W. F. P.); Steinthal, Tulbagh (K. H. B.).

Damaraland: Walvis Bay (Budde-Lund); Okahandja

(Panning).

262 Annals of the South African Museum.

There is little doubt that brunnea is synonymous. A specimen in

the Budde-Lund collection in the British Museum labelled brunnea is

nearly uniform slaty-grey. Specimens which have been long in

alcohol fade to a pale straw or fulvous colour.

Of the numerous specimens examined I have not found one with

the number of ocelli typical for truncata (10); the number varies

irrespective of locality between 12 and 16.

I am inclined to regard hirsuta as a young truncata. The outer

branch of pleopod 1 (labelled as that of 2 in Budde-Lund’s figure 31,

but obviously a typ. laps.) is exactly like that of truncata. Budde-

Lund recorded both species from Port Elizabeth ; in fact, the speci-

mens of both species were collected by Dr. Brauns on the same day,

and it is highly probable that they were found actually together.

The young of truncata (8-5 mm.) frequently have a few long setae

on the epimera, but these are usually lost in specimens as long as

7 mm. Budde-Lund does not indicate them in his figure 30. As

mentioned below, the antennae are relatively longer in juveniles.

The following growth-changes take place. In juveniles taken from

the brood-pouch the telson is bluntly triangular, the sides slightly

convex, and projects very much beyond the pleurae of 5th pleon

segment. In specimens about 3-5 mm. in length the telson has

straight sides and the apex still projects beyond the 5th pleurae. At

about 5 mm. the telson has assumed its adult form.

The 2nd antennae in young specimens are proportionately longer

than in the adult, and the clavate setae are far more numerous and

prominent.

The outer branch of pleopod 1 in young specimens (3-5 mm.) of

both sexes resembles that of adult capensis. In the ¢ the projection

on the middle of outer margin gradually shifts distally. Consequently

it is difficult to separate young specimens of this species from capensis,

unless they are caught in association with the adults, though they

are usually paler in colour and lack the lateral pale marks on the

peraeon.

This species is confined to the lower levels and does not ascend the

upper slopes of the mountains.

Niambia flavescens Brurd.

(Fig. 23, c, d.)

1924. Niambia flavescens. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 233,

fig. 2.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 263

Surface closely and distinctly granulate.

Lateral lobes of head rather better developed and more prominent

than in other species. Eyes small, ocelli 10.

Projecting portions of pleurae about 14 times mid-dorsal length of

segments ; 5th extending at least to level of telsonic apex, usually a

little beyond. Telson very short, sides concave, apex acute, dorsally

impressed.

Antenna 2 reaching to end of peraeon segment 1, 4th joint a little

longer than 3rd, 5th a little longer than 4th, flagellum a trifle shorter

than 5th, its 2nd joint twice length of Ist.

Peraeopods 1-3 in ¢ as in truncata.

Pleopod 1, outer branch about as broad as long, outer margin

incised, more deeply so in 2 than in 2.

Uropod, outer ramus equal to peduncle.

8x3mm. Pale slaty-grey, with pale yellowish markings, antennae

and legs pale.

Localities.—Ovamboland : several localities (Barnard), as far north

as Namakunde on the boundary line of Angola.

Niambia damarensis (Pann.).

1924. Thomsenia damarensis. Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siiss-

wasserf. S.W.A., ui, p. 173, fig. 1.

Surface with regularly spaced minute backwardly directed spines.

HKyes very small, number of ocelli ?.

Projecting portions of pleurae twice mid-dorsal length of segments ;

5 extending beyond level of telsonic apex. Telson very short, sides

concave, apex acute.

Antenna 2 very short, scarcely reaching end of peraeon segment 1,

3rd and 4th joints subequal, 5th 14 times as long, flagellum slightly

shorter than 5th, its 1st joint slightly shorter than 2nd.

Peraeopod 1 with thick brush of spines on 4th and 5th joints.

Pleopods 2.

Uropod, outer ramus shorter than peduncle.

10x5-3 mm. Brownish yellow with lighter markings.

Locality.— Damaraland : 50 km. south of Waterberg (Panning).

The above characters are taken from Panning’s description. It is

not clear what the words “‘ Die Analfiisse sind . . . kaum langer als

das Telson’”? mean; unless the width of the telson is intended.

The figure shows the uropods slightly shorter than the width, and

much longer than the length of the telson. The description does

264 Annals of the South African Museum.

not mention the pleopods. The original specimens should be re-

examined.

Niambia griseo-flavus Brnrd.

(Fig. 23, e, f.)

1924. Niambia (?) griseo-flavus. Barnard, Ann. §. Afr. Mus., vol.

xx, p. 234, fig. 3.

Surface minutely granulate.

Kyes small, ocelli 10.

Projecting portions of pleurae twice mid-dorsal length of segments,

5 projecting beyond level of telsonic apex. Telson very short, sides

concave, apex acute, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 short, reaching to or almost to end of peraeon segment 1,

srd and 4th joints subequal, 5th a little longer, flagellum shorter than

5th, its 2nd joint twice length of Ist.

Peraeopods 1-3 in 3 as in truncata.

Pleopod 1, outer branch about as broad as long in 3, broader in 9,

cordiform, outer margin slightly sinuous, more so in 9 than in d.

Uropod, outer ramus shorter than peduncle.

10x3-5 mm. Pale slaty-grey, with pale yellow markings, the

yellow colour sometimes predominating, antennae and legs pale,

uropods more or less suffused.

Localities. —Ovamboland : Andoni (Barnard).

Damaraland: Namutoni(K.H.B.); Otjituo(R.W.E.T.).

I think it very probable that these specimens are really Panning’s

species damarensis, but as the pleopods of the latter are not described,

and there are other uncertainties (see p. 263), I keep the two forms

separate. The very slender spine on the outer lobe of maxilla 1 is

not present in this species, of which several examples have been

specially examined in this respect; moreover, the normal number

of the inner series of spines appears to be only 4, though in one

case 5 were found.

Niambia pallida B-L.

1909. Nambia pallida. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, u, p. 61,

pl. vi, figs. 26-28.

1910. 3 sn Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 441.

Eyes small, ocelli 14.

Pleurae of pleon segment 5 much shorter than telson, which is

apically impressed.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 265

Antenna 2 equal to two-fifths body length, 4th joint slightly longer

than 3rd.

Pleopod 1, outer branch broader than long, in 3 apex blunt, outer

margin slightly incised near apex, in Q outer margin sharply incised

about in middle (cf. fig. 23, d of flavescens).

8-10x3-4 mm. Pale grey, mottled with whitish laterally.

Localities —Cape Province: Steinkopf (Budde-Lund).

Great Namaqualand : Kubub (near Liideritzbucht) and

Possession Island (Budde-Lund).

Niambia modesta B-L.

1909. Niambia modesta. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, u1, p. 62,

figs. 32-34.

1910. 33 ae Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust., p. 442.

1924. a ze Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siisswas-

serf. 8.W.A., u, p. 173.

Eyes small, ocelli 9. .

““ Epistome with the bulbous frons produced ” (Budde-Lund).

Pleurae of pleon segment 5 much shorter than telson, which is

apically impressed.

Antenna 2 scarcely exceeding one-third body length, 3rd and 4th

joints subequal.

Pleopod 1, outer branch in § and 9 as in pallida.

6x2-5mm. Pale grey, subunicolorous.

Localities —Damaraland : Grootfontein (Budde-Lund).

Great Namaqualand: Liideritzbucht, Kuibis, and

Seeheim (Panning).

It is probable that this form will prove synonymous with pallida.

Kubub, whence the latter was recorded, lies between Liideritzbucht

and Kuibis. The descriptions of the two species disclose no essential

difference, unless it be in the epistome and frons. Im the absence

of comparative figures it is impossible to say how far this is merely

a verbal difference.

Niambia angusta B-L.

(Fig. 23, g, h.)

1909. Niambia angusta. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, ui, p. 63,

pl. vi, figs. 35-37.

a Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 442.

cf Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siiss-

wasserf. §.W.A., 11, p. 178.

1910. a

1924. 9

266 Annals of the South African Museum.

Surface with very faint indications of granules.

Eyes with 12-14 ocelli.

Projecting portions of pleurae about as long as mid-dorsal length

of segments; of 5 extending to level of about half telsonic length.

Telson, sides concave, apex acute, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 extending to end of peraeon segment 1 or a little

beyond, 4th joint 14 times 3rd, 5th subequal to 3rd plus 4th, flagellum

subequal to 5th, its 2nd joint twice length of Ist.

Peraeopods 1-3 in ¢ as in truncata.

Pleopod 1, outer branch about as broad as long, cordiform, outer

margin slightly sinuous, more so in 9 than in 3.

Uropod, outer ramus longer than peduncle.

7-8 x 2-5-3 mm. Pale slaty-grey, mottled, eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Steinkopf (Budde-Lund) ; Lilyfontein

(K. H.B.); Clanwilliam (R.M.L.); Matjesfontein

and Triangle * (W. F. P. and R. M. iz)

Great Namaqualand: Liideritzbucht (Panning).

Niambia capensis (Dollf.).

(Figs. 23, k-n ; 24, c-1.)

1895. Metoponorthus capensis. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., viii,

p. 350, fig. 9.

1904. Niambia us Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop.

Verr.,.p. 3:

1906. bs re Id., Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix,

Dood:

1909. 2 Ks Id., in Schultze, Reise, ti, p. 63,

pl. vi, figs. 39, 40.

1909. » pusilla. Id., wbid., p. 63, pl. vi, fig. 38.

1909. » marginepapillosa. Id., vbid., p. 64, pl. vi, fig. 41.

1910. 5 capensis. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust., p. 441.

1910. » pusilla and marginepapillosa. Id., ibid., p. 442.

2 non Panning, 1924, p. 173 (pusilla).

Surface with faint indications of granules.

Kyes with 12-16 ocelli.

Projecting portions of pleurae subequal to mid-dorsal length of

segments, of 5 not extending to level of telsonic apex.

Telson, sides concave, apex acute, slightly impressed dorsally.

* Now called Matroosberg on the railway.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 267

Antenna 2 extending to end of peraeon segment 2, 4th joint distinctly

longer than 3rd, 5th subequal to 3rd plus 4th, flagellum subequal to

5th, its 1st joint distinctly longer than broad.

Peraeopods 1-3 in ¢ as in truncata.

Pleopod 1, outer branch usually longer than broad, outer margin

in g with a triangular, subacute process about in middle, in 9 sinuous.

Fic. 24.—Niambia. a, b, Apex of outer lobe of maxilla 1 of Niambia sensu stricto

and Manibia subgen. n. NN. capensis: c, 5th pleon segment and telson,

indicating how the relative lengths of the segment (a) and its pleural portion

(6) are measured; d, surface and one scale-spine further enlarged, with

profile of latter; e, f, spines from peraeopod | of g and Q respectively ; g, h,

dorsal and ventral views of peduncle of uropod ; 2, cross-section of peduncle

of uropod, dorsal surface uppermost, outer margin to right.

Uropod, outer ramus longer than peduncle.

Up to 6x 2-5 mm., or slightly larger, up to8x4 mm. Slaty-grey,

mottled with paler on head and peraeon, usually a pale lateral mark

on each peraeon segment (where the epimera join the segments),

each pleon segment with 2 small pale dots, often faint or absent,

but when present the two series converge posteriorly, antennae grey,

legs more or less suffused, eyes black. Occasionally the peraeon is

predominantly yellowish with 3 longitudinal dark stripes.

Localitves—Cape Province: Cape Town (Dollfus); Simonstown

(Budde-Lund); Cape Peninsula generally (W.F.P., R.M.L.,

K.H.B.); Riebeck Kasteel (K.H.B.); Gouda (R.M.L.); Citrusdal

268 Annals of the South African Museum.

(K.H.B.); Clanwilliam (R.M.L.); Bitterfontein (K.H.B.);

Lilyfontein (K. H. B.); Gordons Bay (W. F. P.); Caledon (W. F. P.,

K. H.B.); River Zonder End (K. H.B.); Swellendam (K. H. B.);

Riversdale (K.H.B.); Ceres (W.F.P.); Forebay (KeaSB:

Pocaltsdorp and George (W.F.P.); Graaf Reinet and Beaufort

West (S. H. H.); Avontuur (W. F. P.); Doorn River, Oudtshoorn

Distret (Ss: H:'H: and C..T.):

It seems clear that pusilla and marginepapillosa, recorded by Budde-

Lund from the same locality as capensis, are synonymous, at least

with Budde-Lund’s species. It is not clear whether Budde-Lund

actually saw Dollfus’ type, but there is a noticeable conflict between

Budde-Lund’s concept of capensis and Dollfus’ figure as regards the

extent of the pleurae of pleon segment 5. Nor have I seen among the

specimens here referred to capensis any with such slender 2nd antennae

as shown in Dollfus’ figure, in which they correspond more with those

of a Gerufa than a Niambia. I have, however, seen a Cape Town

specimen corresponding exactly in coloration with Dollfus’ description.

Panning has recorded pusilla from Penguin Island, off Liideritz-

bucht; but unless a large series of specimens is collected at one and

the same time and place, the identification of such small specimens is

very uncertain. |

Similar growth changes to those mentioned under truncata occur

in this species also, as regards the antennae and telson. In young ¢

the outer branch of pleopod 1 has the outer margin entire, the pro-

jection develops gradually.

Like truncata, this species inhabits low levels and the lower slopes

of the mountains ; in the Cape Peninsula it does not seem to ascend

above 1000 or 1500 feet. I have found it under logs on a sandy

beach (Forebay).

Niambia formicarum nd. sp.

Resembling very closely capensis. Antenna 2 shorter and stouter,

reaching only to end of peraeon segment 1, 5th joint not as long as

3rd plus 4th, flagellum slightly shorter than 5th, its lst joint scarcely

longer than broad.

Eyes small, inconspicuous, 8-9 ocelli.

5-8 x 2:25-4 mm. Uniform pale yellowish or cream, eyes rather pale.

Localities. —Cape Province: River Zonder End (K. H. B.) ; Caledon

(K.H.B.); Matjesfonten (W.F.P.); Touws River (R.M.L.);

Laingsburg (W. F. P.); Prince Albert Pass (W. F. P.) ; Clanwilliam

(S.A. Mus.).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 269

This form is scarcely more than a variety of capensis, though it

differs markedly in the number of ocelli. The habitat, however, is

different as it seems always to be associated with ants (Messor and

Camponotus). Two 929° from a termite nest at Fort Brown (Albany

Mus.) appear to belong to this species, but in the absence of g¢ they

are not definitely assigned here.

Niambia longicauda Brurd.

(Fig. 25.)

1924. Niambia (2?) longicauda Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx,

p. 235, fig. 4.

Surface minutely granulate.

Eyes small, ocelli 10.

Projecting portions of pleurae twice mid-dorsal length of segments,

5 extending to level of about 2—? telsonic length. Telson nearly as

long as broad, lateral margins strongly concave, converging to long

acute apex, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 reaching to, or a trifle beyond, end of peraeon segment 1,

4th joint distinctly, though not greatly, longer than 3rd, 5th slightly

longer than 4th, flagellum shorter than 5th, its 2nd joint twice Ist.

Peraeopods 1-3 in ¢ as in truncata, but the spines very stout,

apically slightly clavate, 3- or 4-dentate.

Pleopod 1, outer branch longer than broad, especially in 3, apex

rounded, outer margin excised, outer and inner margins in g, outer

margin in 9, thickly set with very minute scabrosities.

Pleopod 2, outer branch in ¢ subtriangular, longer than broad,

apex acute, outer margin minutely scabrous.

Uropod, outer ramus subequal to peduncle.

5x2mm. Slaty-grey, with pale markings, antennae and legs pale,

uropods more or less suffused.

Localities—Damaraland : Sandup (Barnard) ; Tsumeb (K. H. B.) ;

Namutoni (K. H. B.); Outjo (K. H. B.).

Ovamboland : Andoni (Barnard).

Kaokoveld: Kamanyab(K.H.B.); Warmbad (R.F.L.) ;

Kaoko Otavi (K. H. B.).

A very distinctive species, both in the telson and the pleopods.

Manibia subgen. n.

Differing from typical Nzambia in having the inner spines of the

outer lobe of maxilla 1 strongly serrate. Flagellum of antenna 2 with

the 2nd joint 24-3 times the length of the Ist.

VOL. Sex, PART 2: 18

270 Annals of the South African Museum.

In both the species described below no more than 4 inner spines

on the outer lobe of maxilla 1 could be detected (cf. griseo-flavus).

This subgenus bears a similar relationship to Niambia as Benthana

and Benthanops do to Philoscia.

Fic. 25.—Niambia longicauda Brnrd. a, Pleopod 2 ¢ with portion of margin

further enlarged ; 6b, penis and pleopod 1 4, outer ramus separated ; c, outer

ramus of pleopod 1 9; d, spine from 5th joint of peraeopod 1 @.

Niambia (Manibia) lata n. sp.

(Figs. 23,7; 24,6; 26.)

Unusually broad. Surface minutely granulate.

Head deeply sunk in peraeon segment 1, the antero-lateral angles of

the latter extending to the anterior margin of eyes. Kyes small,

ocelli 10.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 271

Epimera of segments 2-4 in 9 demarcated.

Projecting portions of pleurae 14-2 times mid-dorsal length of

segments, 5 extending to level of telsonic apex. Telson very short,

sides concave, apex acute, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 reaching slightly beyond end of peraeon segment 1, 4th

joint slightly longer than 3rd, flagellum a little longer than 5th, its

2nd joint 3 times Ist.

Pleopod 1, outer branch in 2 about as long as broad, apex blunt,

outer margin angularly incised.

Uropod, outer ramus longer than peduncle.

Fic. 26.—Niambia (subgen. Manibia) lata n. sp. Head and peraeon segment 1,

with scale-spine further enlarged.

4-5x2-8 mm. As preserved, pale grey, with lighter markings,

antennae, legs and uropods pale.

Locality.—S. Rhodesia: Sanyati Valley (S.A. Mus.).

This species is considerably broader proportionately to its length

than any other species of Niambia. The single ovigerous 2 was

collected by Capt. R. H. Stevenson.

Niambia (Manibia) microps n. sp.

Not unusually broad. Surface minutely granulate.

Head not deeply sunk in peraeon segment 1, resembling typical

Niambia. Eyes very small, ocelli 6.

Epimera of segments 2—4 in 2 demarcated.

Projecting portions of pleurae 1} times mid-dorsal length of seg-

ments, 5 extending nearly to level of telsonic apex. Telson very

short, sides concave, apex acute, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 reaching to end of peraeon segment 1, 3rd and 4th joints

subequal, flagellum equal to 5th, its 2nd joint 23 times Ist.

272 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pleopod 1, outer branch in 2 resembling that of lata.

Uropod, outer ramus longer than peduncle.

4-5x2 mm. (ovig. 2). As preserved, yellowish with indications of

slaty-grey coloration, antennae, legs pale, eyes black.

Locality.—Portuguese East Africa: Maxixe, near Inhambane

(R. F.L.).

Although no ¢ is present, the small number of ocelli indicate that

this form is distinct from any of the other species.

Gen. GreruFa B-L.

1909. Gerufa. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, ii, p. 58 (subgen.

of Porcellio). |

HONOR 1 35 Id., Sj6stedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., im, 21,

| Pps 6.950:

Surface shagreened, densely covered with usually clavate or battle-

dore-shaped scales, which are most numerous laterally and on the

margins of the segments, and on telson ; sometimes the scales may be

spine-like or apically forked.

Head discrete. Hyes large, prominent, ocelli at least 18, usually

20-22.

Epimeral sutures present on segments 2-4 in 9.

Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 well developed.

Telson short, rounded-triangular, dorsally convex, not impressed.

Antenna 2 long, slender, flagellum 2-jointed, 1st joint 4-3 length of

2nd.

Mouth-parts as in Niambia (sensu stricto).

Peraeopods as in Niambia. Dactylar seta apically acute.

Pleopods without pseudotracheae.

Uropod, peduncle stout, external surface flattened and impressed,

d.e. triquetral in cross-section, the dorsal margin marked by a faint

keel, the ventral margin by a strong keel, outer ramus longer than

peduncle, slender.

Although closely allied to Nambia, this genus is easily distinguished

by the flattened outer surface of the peduncle of uropod, and the more

slender outer ramus of uropod, and antenna 2.

Contrary to what is found in Niambia, where the outer branch of

pleopod 1 in ¢ often forms useful specific characters, there is in the

present genus a uniformity which renders this appendage of no

specific value.

In conflict with Budde-Lund’s statement and figure, I find only 4

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 273

large inner spines on the outer lobe of maxilla 1, as in Niambia.

Owing to the refraction of the chitin of these spines, and the frequent

overlapping of their bases, an optical illusion is easily possible causing

the appearance of a slender and shorter simple spine between two of

the apically bifid ones (cf. Budde-Lund’s fig. 46, pl. vi, 1909). The

only certain way to determine the number of spines is to separate

and splay them with a fine needle before mounting on the slide.

The species of this genus are typically mountain forms.

This genus is not to be confused with the Eubeline genus Gerutha

B-L., 1912.

Key to the South African species.

1. Scale-spines clavate, subtriangular.

a. Eyes not very large.

i. Smaller: 7x3 mm. ; : . ‘ : . harticornis.

ii. Larger: 11 x5 mm. : ; : : . 3 montana.

b. Eyes very large. ‘ : : : macrops.

2. Scale-spines hair-like, slender, apically forked . : . . marmorata.

Gerufa hirticornis B-L.

(Fig. 27.)

1909. Gerufa hirtecornis. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, ii, p. 59,

pl. vi, figs. 42-56.

1910. * ‘i, Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust.,

p. 442.

Surface with numerous low rounded granules, scale-spines sub-

triangular, apically truncate.

Eyes with 20-22 ocelli.

Projecting portions of pleurae 14 times longer than mid-dorsal length

of segments, 5 not extending to level of telsonic apex. Telson rounded

triangular, sides straight or slightly convex.

Antenna 2 reaching to middle or end of peraeon segment 3, with

rather long outstanding setae arranged in longitudinal rows.

Peraeopods 1-3 in g, 4th and 5th joints with numerous spines on

lower surface ; in 2 spines less numerous. The marginal spines in all

the peraeopods in both sexes are more or less expanded, in some cases

a single expansion on either side, in some cases a double expansion ;

sometimes no expansion at all is visible.

Pleopod 1, outer branch in g as broad as long, apex blunt, outer

margin nearly straight ; in 2 broader than long.

Uropod, outer ramus 12 to almost 2 times length of peduncle.

274 Annals of the South African Museum.

Up to 7x3 mm. (gg smaller than 99). Slaty-grey, with pale

mottling on head and peraeon, a series of pale marks along each side

at junctions of epimera, and often another pale mark externally, pleon

usually with 2 large pale spots on each segment, the two series diverg-

ing posteriorly, telson also with pale marks, antennae, legs and

uropods suffused with grey, eyes black. |

Localities—Cape Province: Cape Flats (Budde-Lund); Cape

Peninsula (K. H. B.); French Hoek (W. F. P.) ; Hottentots Holland

ES ea

tee Pera

Fia. 27.—Gerufa hirticornis B-L. a, Head and antenna 2; 6, pleon segment 5 and

telson, with scale-spine further enlarged; c, distal joints of peraeopod 1 g,

with dactylar seta and 2 spines further enlarged ; d, spine from peraeopod of

2; e, f, outer ramus of pleopod 1 ¢ and Q respectively (inner margin to left) ;

g, dorsal view of left uropod; h, ventral view of peduncle of uropod, with

outer view and cross-section, in the latter dorsal surface above, outer margin

to right.

Mts. (K.H.B.); Wellington Mts. (K.H.B.); Great Winterhoek

Mts., Tulbagh (K.H.B.); Waaihoek Mts., Goudini (K. H. B.) ;

Keeromberg and Hex River Mts., Worcester Distr. (K. H. B.);

Riebeck Kasteel Mt. (K.H.B.); Kleinmond Mts. (K.H.B.);

Caledon (K.H.B.); Montagu (K.H.B.); Langeberg Mts. at

Swellendam, Riversdale, and Heidelberg (K. HH. B.); Seven Weeks

Poort Berg in the Zwartberg Range (K. H. B.); Doorn River, N. of

Montagu Pass, Outeniqua Range (S.H.H. and C.T.); Cedarberg

Mts., Clanwilliam (K. H. B.).

The two rows of short stout spines on the 2nd joint of antenna 2

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 275

shown in Budde-Lund’s figure are not apparent. The irregularity

in the occurrence of the expansions on the spines on the peraeopods

may possibly be due to some action of the preserving fluid ; neverthe-

less these peculiar spines seem to be characteristic.

Although Budde-Lund recorded this species from the Cape Flats

(coll. Schultze) I have not found it in such low-lying localities ; it

occurs on the slopes of the mountains from about 1000 ft. upwards

(Cape Peninsula), and is a characteristic mountain woodlouse, living

at 5000 ft. on the Great Winterhoek Mts. and Langeberg Range, and

7000 ft. on the Zwartberg Range.

The diverging series of large pale spots on the pleon, often confluent

into two stripes, are characteristic, though they may be entirely

obsolete. Contrast the converging series of small dots in Niambia

capensis.

Gerufa montana n. sp.

(Fig. 28, ¢.)

Surface with faint indications of granules, scale-spines rather

narrow, apically more or less bifid.

HKyes with 20 ocelli.

Projecting portions of pleurae 14-2 times longer than mid-dorsal

length of segments, 5 extending to level of about two-thirds length

of telson. Telson triangular, sides straight, apex narrowly rounded,

slightly convex dorsally.

Antenna 2 extending to about middle of peraeon segment 3,

slender, 4th joint nearly twice as long as 3rd, flagellum shorter than

5th, subequal to 4th, its 1st joint about three-quarters length of 2nd.

The rows of outstanding setae relatively shorter and less conspicuous

than in hirticornis.

Peraeopods and pleopods as in hirticornis.

Uropod, outer ramus 1? times length of peduncle.

11x5 mm. Slaty-grey, with lighter markings on either side of

median line, pleon uniform, telson with 2 pale dots, epimeral sutures

on segments 2-4 in 2 marked with pale lines, antennae grey, legs and

uropods more or less suffused, eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Great Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh, 5000

ft. (K.H.B.); Langeberg Range, N. of Riversdale and Heidelberg,

3500-4000 ft. (K. H. B.); Seven Weeks Poort Berg in Zwartberg

iramge, (O00 ft. (K. H.B.). -

This species resembles hirticornis in the relative size of the eyes and

other features, but is a much larger species.

276 Annals of the South African Museum.

Gerufa macrops NX. sp.

(Fig. 28, a, 6).

Surface with faint indications of granules, scale-spines subtriangular,

less numerous and narrower than in hirticornis, apically excised.

Eyes very large, composed of 18 large ocelli.

Projecting portions of pleurae 1-14 times mid-dorsal length of

segments, 5 not reaching level of telsonic apex.

In other respects resembling herticornis.

Fic. 28.—Gerufa. a, b, Head and scale-spine of macrops n. sp.; c, scale-spine of

montana n. sp.; d, e, part of 5th pleon segment, and scale-spine of marmorata

n. sp.

10x5 mm. (gS smaller). Colour as in hirticornis, but more

frequently mottled, z.e. the dark and light colours more equal in

proportion, sometimes the pale colour predominating.

Localities.—Cape Province: Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts.

(K. H. B.); Swellendam Mts. (K. H. B.).

This species is also a mountain species. It does not, however,

occur in such open habitats on the slopes or near the crests of the

ranges as hirticornis, but in the forest and bush in the ravines. Thus

it is common in the Oudebosch at River Zonder End, and in the upper

portions of the “ Duivelsbosch ” at Swellendam.

Though composed of fewer ocelli than in hirtecornis, the eyes are

much larger ; the head looks almost like that of a Ligia.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 277

Gerufa marmorata Nn. sp.

(Fig. 28, d, e.)

Surface with faint indications of granules, thickly covered with

slender spine-like or hair-like scale-spines, with a few scattered longer

ones laterally on the epimera and pleura, the scale-spines on the

hind margins of the segments and on the telson slender, deeply

forked.

HKyes with 20 ocelli.

Projecting portions of pleurae 14-2 times mid-dorsal length of

segments, 5 extending to about level of half telsonic length. Telson

rounded-triangular, sides straight or very slightly concave, apex

blunt, not dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 extending to end of peraeon segment 2, or middle of 3.

Peraeopods and pleopods as in hirticornis.

Uropod, outer ramus 14 times length of peduncle.

10-11 x4-5 mm. ($$ smaller). Variously mottled and marbled

with slaty-grey, rufous, fulvous brown, orange, or yellow, some

specimens predominantly slaty-grey, others rufous, fulvous, or

yellowish, antennae and uropods grey, brown or reddish, legs more

or less suffused, eyes black.

Localities —Cape Province: George (K. H. B.); Wilderness, near

Beae (oH AH. and C.T.); Knysna (R. F.L. and J. D:); Keur-

booms River (K.H.B.); Doorn River, N. of Montagu Pass,

Outeniqua Range (S. H. H. and C. T.).

This very beautiful species is common in the bush and forest areas

of the above localities. The colour pattern is quite different from that

of the other species.

Inchanga n.g.

Surface thickly covered with scale-spines, obovate in shape.

Head discrete, with frontal margin. Eyes small, 8-10 ocelli.

Epimera of segments 2—4 in 9 demarcated.

Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 well developed.

Telson triangular, apically acute.

Antenna 2, flagellum 2-jointed, 2nd much longer than Ist.

Mandible with a single free penicil, molar penicil with short stem

and several branches, outer margin without spines.

Maxilla 1, outer lobe with 4+4 spines, one of the outer spines very

slender, 2 of the inner spines feebly bifid, 2 simple ; inner lobe with

2 subequal plumose setae.

278 Annals of the South African Museum.

Maxilliped, inner plate with 2 denticles near outer distal corner,

and | spine near inner distal corner.

Peraeopods 1-3 more strongly spinose in g than 2. Dactylar seta

slender, acute.

Pleopods with rudimentary pseudotracheae.

Uropod, peduncle with fine longitudinal keel on outer margin, and

distally slightly excised, inner ramus inserted proximally.

This genus somewhat resembles Trichorina, but the peduncle of

uropod is like that of Agnara or Angara (= Agabiformius) (subgenera

of Porcellio). From Nagara (also a subgen. of Porcellio) it differs in

having no spines on outer margin of mandible. The outer lobe of

maxilla 1 with its very slender spine is distinctive, though reminiscent |

of Thomsenia (p. 258).

Inchanga natalensis n. sp.

(Fig. 29.)

Surface finely and closely covered with larger and smaller granules,

the larger ones forming two more or less distinct transverse series on

peraeon segments 2-4, and a single series on segments 5-7.

Head, frontal margin distinct, costate, slightly produced in middle,

lateral lobes small, considerably below level of front margin, rounded,

front minutely granulate, slightly bulbous in middle and concave

below. Eyes small, 8-10 ocelli.

Antero-lateral angles of peraeon segment 1 rounded, reaching eyes.

Projecting portions of pleurae twice mid-dorsal length of segments,

5 not reaching telsonic apex. Telson triangular, sides concave, apex

acute, dorsally impressed.

Antenna 2 reaching only just beyond end of Ist peraeon segment,

3rd and 4th joints subequal, 5th shorter than 3rd plus 4th, flagellum

shorter than 5th, its 1st joint one-third length of 2nd.

Pleopod 1, outer branch longer than broad, in 3 apex acute, outer

margin strongly sinuous, in @ apex subacute, outer margin less

sinuous.

Uropod, peduncle not quite reaching telsonic apex, outer margin

flattened, with a keel on lower margin, and apically shortly incised,

outer ramus longer than peduncle, outer margin feebly keeled, inner

ramus more than half length of outer ramus, slender.

4-5 ($)-6-5 ()x2-3 mm. Pale straw, faintly irrorated with light

grey along the sides of peraeon and pleon, and hind margins of peraeon

segments, eyes black.

Locality. Natal: Inchanga (K. H. B., 1917).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 279

Fic. 29.—Inchanga natalensis n.g.,n.sp. a, b, c, Dorsal, frontal, and lateral views

of head; d, portion of peraeon segment 2; e, f, apices of inner and outer

lobes of maxilla 1; g, dactylus of peraeopod; h, spine from 5th joint of

peraeopod 1; 2, outer ramus of pleopod 1 2; Jj, penis and pleopod 1 dg;

k, 1, dorsal and ventral views of uropod ; m, outer view of peduncle of uropod ;

mn, cross-section of peduncle of uropod, dorsal surface above, outer margin to

right ; 0, scale-spine.

Inchanga (?) virgiliae n. sp.

(Fig. 30.)

Peraeon strongly convex, the epimera bent outwards nearly

horizontally. Surface with larger and more closely set granules than

in natalensis, but covered with similar scale-spines. Granules

forming about 5 transverse series on peraeon segment 1, and 3 series

on segments 2-7.

Head similar in structure to that of natalensis, but the front more

strongly produced in the middle line, and the lateral lobes larger and

more prominent.

Epimera subquadrangular, anterior angle of 1st somewhat acutely

produced forwards.

Antenna 2 missing. In other respects, including the mouth

parts, peraeopods with their spines, and the uropods agreeing with

natalensis.

280 Annals of the South African Museum.

45x15 mm. Pale greyish, epimera and pleurae with unusually

wide pale margins (dotted line in figure).

Locality.—Cape Province: Keurbooms River, Plettenberg Bay

District (K. H. B., 1931).

A single specimen found under a log on the banks of the estuary

(Virgilia capensis, the Keurboom tree).

Although resembling natalensis in the structure of the head and the

mouth parts, the strongly convex body with its nearly horizontal

Fic. 30.—Inchanga (?) virgiliae n. sp. a, Dorsal view of head; b, peraeon segments

1 and 2; c, diagrammatic cross-section of peraeon.

epimera is so different that I place the species in the genus Inchanga

with some considerable doubt, pending the discovery of more material.

Krantzia n.g.

Surface sparsely covered with minute obovate scale-spines.

Head concrete, lateral margin continued round below eye on to

lateral lobe, frontal margin distinct. Eyes small, submarginal, 10

ocelh.

Hpimera of segments 2-4 in 2 demarcated.

Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 moderately developed, acute.

Telson triangular, apically rounded.

Antenna 2, flagellum 2-jointed, Ist joint slightly shorter than 2nd.

Mandible with a single free penicil, molar penicil branched, with a

short stem, outer margin without spines.

Maxilla 1, outer lobe with 4 +4 spines, the inner ones strong, simple.

Maxilliped, inner plate with sharp point on inner distal corner, and

a subterminal spine.

Peraeopods 1-5 with strong fringe of spines in 3, 6 also more

strongly spinose in ¢ than in 9, 7 strongly dimorphic in g and 9.

Dactylar seta slender, acute.

Pleopods without pseudotracheae.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 281

Uropod, peduncle with outer margin entire, keeled, inner ramus

inserted proximally.

On referring to Budde-Lund’s conspectus of the Oniscine genera

(1910, p. 8 sqq.) this form runs down to the genera Nos. 8-13, but

none of these have a “ concrete” head. In side view the form of the

head closely resembles that of Sunniva (cf. Budde-Lund in Voeltkow,

Reise, pl. xu, fig. 2), but the margins of the first 2 peraeon segments

are not cleft posteriorly. This latter character will also exclude

Saidjahus and Amboumnia (for the latter see Omer-Cooper, 1926, p. 352,

where the name is erroneously spelt ““Ambouina’’) among the

Spherillonine genera with biarticulate flagellum to antenna 2.

In general appearance this form is a Porcellionid, and the modifica-

tion of the 7th peraeopod in ¢$ resembles that in certain species of

Porcellio (Sars, 1898) or Periscyphis (Omer-Cooper, 1926).

Krantza poecila n. sp.

(Fig. 31.)

Surface with scattered minute scale-spines, chiefly laterally and on

hind margins of segments, and on telson.

Head, front margin bluntly produced beyond level of lateral lobes,

disappearing laterally above the eyes, lateral lobes rounded, a slight

transverse groove behind frontal margin, front with slight median

vertical ridge, concave below. LHyes small, ocelli 10.

Projecting portions of pleurae subequal to mid-dorsal length of

segments, 5 not reaching to level of telsonic apex. Telson broader

than long, triangular, apex broadly rounded, sides slightly concave.

Antenna 2 slender, reaching middle of peraeon segment 3, 4th joint

twice 3rd, 5th not quite as long as 3rd plus 4th, flagellum shorter than

5th, its Ist joint two-thirds length of 2nd.

Peraeopods 1-5 in g, 4th and 5th joints with dense fringe of apically

expanded spines, 6th with a few spinules and setules on inner margin ;

in 9 4th and 5th joints with few spines.

Peraeopod 6 in 9, 4th and 5th joints with simple spines and setules

on inner margin; in 9 similar but spines less numerous.

Peraeopod 7 in ¢ stronger than the other peraeopods, 3rd joint

lobed on anterior surface of the outer margin, inner apex produced in

a short subacute point, 4th shorter and narrower than 3rd, its lower

(inner) margin keeled, basal angle subquadrate, 5th cylindrical,

longer than 4th, 6th longer and narrower than 5th; in 2 not differing

from peraeopod 6. Dactylar seta in all peraeopods slender, acute.

282 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pleopod 1, outer branch in ¢ ovoid, apically bluntly rounded,

outer margin slightly excised apically, inner branch very stout, apex

curved outwards ; in 2 outer branch transversely oblong.

Uropod, peduncle broader than long, outer margin entire, keeled,

outer ramus longer than inner, which itself is slightly longer than

peduncle, outer margin of outer ramus deeply grooved.

5-5 x2 mm. (3g), 6-5 x 2°75 mm. (2). Pale straw colour, marbled

with brown or purplish brown, a medio-dorsal dark line more or less

ee)

Cae

Fic. 31.—Kranizia poecila n.g., n. sp. a, 6, c, Dorsal, frontal, and lateral views

of head; d, scale-spine ; e, distal joints of peraeopod 1 ¢, with frontal and

profile views of spines further enlarged; f, g, 2nd—4th joints of peraeopod

7g and Q respectively ; h, penis and pleopod 1 ¢ ; 7, outer ramus pleopod 1 9

(inner margin to right); j, 5th pleon segment and telson; k, J, ventral and

dorsal views of uropod ; m, cross-section of peduncle of uropod, outer margin

to right.

distinct, 1st-3rd joints of antennae pale, rest brown, legs and uropods

pale, eyes black.

Localities.—Natal: Krantzkop, Pietermaritzburg, and Inchanga

(K.H.B., 1917).

The spines of the anterior peraeopods in ¢ in an ordinary mounted

preparation appear to be simply hooked, the points being deflexed

proximally. When specially mounted, however, they are seen to be

apically expanded, as shown in the figure. Spines of this shape have

not been found as yet in any other South African woodlouse.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 283

Hiatoniscus n.g.

Head concrete. Eyes marginal. Epimera more or less discon-

tiguous. Pleon rather broad, pleurae lamellate. Telson triangular,

apically produced.

Flagellum of antenna 2 2-jointed. Mandible with 1 free penicil,

molar penicil consisting of a tuft of setae. Inner spines on outer lobe

of maxilla 1 bifid, inner lobe with apex scarcely wider than the bases

of the 2 subequal elongate, plumose setae. Maxilla 2 with the outer

apical division (representing the outer lobe) largerthaninner. Mazxilli-

ped with inner plate spinulose. Peraeopods 1-3 in § with rather

more numerous spines than in 2; peraeopod | in g with large patch

of spinules on anterior surface of 5th joint. Peraeopod 7 not sexually

dimorphic. Dactylar seta on all peraeopods simple, acute. Five

pairs of brood lamellae. Pleopods without pseudotracheae. Uropod,

peduncle rather thin dorso-ventrally, and thinning to the outer edge,

which is sharply keeled, and extends without bifurcation to the

insertion of outer ramus, inner ramus inserted basally, longer than

outer ramus.

Resembling Oniscus in the pleopods and uropods, but with a 2-

jointed antennal flagellum. It differs, however, from both Oniscus

and Porcellio in the concrete head, and the 2nd maxillae and mandibles.

The uropod is remarkably like that of Periscyphis or Hiallum. The

name is taken from the gaps between the epimera in the first species.

There is a superficial resemblance to Mahehia B-L., 1912, but the

plumose setae on inner lobe of maxilla 1 constitute a decisive difference.

Key to the species.

1. Depressed, granulate, with gaps between epimera 2 ‘ : griseus.

2. Convex, smooth, no gaps between epimera : ; ‘ - contractus.

Hiatoniscus griseus n. sp.

(Fig. 32, a-1.)

Body subdepressed. Surface strongly granulate. Frontal margin

of head forming a wide, gently convex lobe, a deep groove behind the

raised edge, marginal line continuous with the lateral lobe (antennary

tubercle) and fading out on the front below the frontal margin, front

of the head with a slightly raised vertical ridge ; eyes marginal, with

about 24 ocelli. |

Antero-lateral angles of peraeon segment 1 reaching nearly to

284 Annals of the South African Museum.

lateral lobes of head. Transverse rows of rounded tubercles in

5 series on segment 1, in 3 series on segments 2-6, and 2 series on

segment 7. Anterior margins of epimera of segments 2-7 more or less

obliquely bevelled off.

A single transverse row of tubercles on each of pleon segments 1-5.

Telson longer than basal width, distally produced into a subacute

point, 2-3 transverse rows of tubercles, but always a pair of tubercles

at the base (laterally) of the apical depression or groove.

AFA 2 Sco o vu 2avVey

#is Yes 2a 2 2 OTN

PIG gs VIDIO

‘

b.599 2255539950

ofp oo ve 92 22 2G

M2 3 333233355

Fie. 32.—Hiatoniscus griseus n.g., n. sp. a, Whole animal; 3, c, lateral and

frontal views of head; d, apex of mandible; e, distal joints peraeopod 1 J,

with spines further enlarged ; f, dactylus of peraeopod ; g, penis and pleopod

1¢; h, pleopod 2 3; 7, dorsal view of uropod, with cross-section of peduncle,

dorsal surface uppermost, outer margin to left. H. contractus n. sp.: 9, telson

and uropod ; &, inner lobe of maxilla 1.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint not strongly expanded internally, 5th half as

long again as 4th, flagellum shorter than 5th joint, 2nd joint nearly

twice length of Ist.

Mandibles with cutting edge entire or feebly tridentate, secondary

cutting edge obscurely bifid, one free penicil, molar penicil consisting

of a tuft of setae. Maxilla 1, inner spines of outer lobe bifid. Maxilla

2, outer apical division larger than inner division. Maxilliped, inner

plate with 2 spinules on inner and 2 on outer apex.

Peraeopods 1-3 in § without a strong brush of spines, but with more

spines than in 9; peraeopod 1 with a patch of short spinules on inner

anterior surface of 5th joint.

Pleopod 1 in 3, inner branch tapering to a fine acute point, outer

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 285

branch cordiform, with outer margin excised (as in Oniscus asellus).

Pleopod 2 in 3, outer branch with inner angle strongly and slenderly

produced.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, longer than broad, outer ramus short,

subequal to width of peduncle, inner ramus inserted basally, half as

long again as outer ramus.

Uptollx6mm. Slaty-grey on a semi-transparent whitish ground

colour, the grey portions being chiefly the lateral parts of the peraeon

and pleon, the posterior margins of the segments, tubercles, and the

front of the head above insertion of the antennae, eyes black; in

alcohol the whole animal, except the eyes, fades to a yellowish

white.

Localities.—Cape Province: Table Mt. and Kalk Bay Mts.,

Cape Peninsula (K. H. B.); Hottentots Holland Mts. (K. H. B.);

Zwartberg at Caledon (K. H. B.).

This species only occurs at the upper levels, in the ravines and in

damp places near krantzes at the top of the mountains. It is found

under stones, but prefers living under one stone resting on another

rather than under stones resting directly on the ground.

Hiatoniscus contractus n. sp.

(Fig. 32, 7, k.)

Body convex. Surface minutely squamulose-granulose, the lateral

rugae very feebly developed. Head similar to that of griseus, but the

epistome relatively more gibbous in consequence of its being less

excavated on either side of the middle line for the reception of the

2nd antennae; lateral lobes (antennary tubercles) in dorsal view

less prominent, rounded.

Epimera without any unusual intervening gaps.

Telson apically less acute than in griseus, rounded, dorsally with

shallow median longitudinal groove almost from base to apex.

Antenna 2, flagellum with Ist joint much shorter than 2nd, scarcely

more than one-quarter its length. Peraeopods rather stouter than

in griseus. Uropod, inner ramus a little longer than peduncle and

extending to apex of telson.

7x3 mm. Slaty-grey, with subparallel series of pale marks in

the position of the lateral rugae on peraeon segments. The Rivers-

dale specimens are more abundantly marked with paler, there being

a medio-dorsal stripe and a series of marks at junctions of epimera

with their segments.

VObe MkX, PART 2. 19

286 Annals of the South African Museum.

Localities —Cape Province: Langeberg Mts. at Swellendam and

Riversdale, 3000-4500 ft. (K. H. B., 1925, 1926).

Hxcept as regards the above characters this species resembles

griseus. The peraeopods are armed in the same manner and with the

same types of spines.

Gen. Ruyscotus B-L.

1879. Stenomacrus. Budde-Lund, Prosp. Gen. spec. Crust. Isop.

Terr., p. 5 (nom. nud.)

1885. Rhyscotus. Id., Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 191.

1905. NP Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54,

p- 630.

1905. Hypergnathus. Id., ibid., p. 631.

1908. Rhyscotus. Budde-Lund in Voeltzkow, Reise, ii, p. 298

(conspectus spec.).

- 1928. 4 Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc., i, p. 586 (morpho-

logy of head).

1928. 3 Id., Quart. J. Microsc. Sei, thea aen

(hermaphroditism).

1930. c. Arcangeli, Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, xxv, p. 30.

Head discrete. Epistome (Jackson: frontal lamina) strongly

gibbous, separated from head by a groove.

Pleon narrower than peraeon, but not much narrower, pleurae of

segments 3-5 moderate or rather small.

Telson triangular.

Antenna 2, flagellum 2-jointed, the joints subequal, or 2nd longer

than Ist.

Mandible with one free penicil, molar penicil composed of a tuft of

plumose setae.

Maxilla 1, outer lobe with 4+1+5 spines, one very slender spine

adjoining the 4 strong outer ones, the inner 5 (or 4 of them) minutely

serrate or pectinate ; inner lobe with 2 subequal plumose setae.

Maxilla 2 broad at base, tapering to bilobed apex.

Maxilliped very broad, inner plate and palp reduced, the latter

broad and apically rounded.

Peraeopods, anterior ones apparently not more strongly spinose in

6 than in 2; ungues either long and simple, or short with a vesicle

below them. 7th peraeopod apparently not dimorphic.

Pleopod 1 without, pleopods 2-5 with rudimentary, pseudotracheae.

Uropod, peduncle neither channelled nor keeled on outer surface,

inner ramus inserted proximally, outer ramus longer than inner.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 287

On account of the bulbous epistome and the form of the maxilliped

Budde-Lund considered that this genus should be placed in a distinct

subfamily (1904, p. 36, and 1908, p. 298). The genus is known from

Central and South America, West Indies, Comoro Islands, French

Congo, and South West Africa. This distribution is interesting,

especially as species with the long ungues and species with the short

ungues and vesicles are found both in America and Africa.

Jackson has shown that the species of this genus are protandrous

hermaphrodites, and that the external male genitalia are retained

throughout life even in the female phase.

Rhyscotus bicolor Brnrd.

(Fig. 33.)

1924. Rhyscotus bicolor. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx, p. 235.

Ise . e Brian, Rev. Suisse Zool., xxxvi, p. 435,

figs. 17-30 bis (var. angolae).

Surface regularly but somewhat sparsely granulate, on the pleon

the granulation confined to the hind margins of the segments, with

sometimes a faint additional transverse row across the middle of each

segment. Hpistome minutely rugulose.

Hyes with about 14 ocelli.

Postero-lateral angles of peraeon segments 1-3 rounded, 4 and 5

subquadrate, 6 and 7 acute.

Telson broader than long, sides strongly concave, apex acute.

Antenna 2, 5th joint longer than 4th, flagellum equal to 4th, its two

joints subequal, usually the Ist slightly longer than 2nd.

Maxilla 1, only 4 (Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5) of the inner series of spines

on outer lobe pectinate, the remaining one (No. 4) shorter and

simple.

Peraeopods, distal margins of 3rd—5th joints with short stout:

close-set spines; ungues simple, long, without vesicles. Anterior

peraeopods in ¢ not specially spinose, all the spines simple.

Penis widest at base, tapering evenly, the ventral surface sculptured

with minute scabrosities.

Pleopod 1 in g, inner branch tapering to a slender point, inner

margin minutely spinulose.

Uropod, peduncle oval in cross-section, distal margin externally

with a small semicircular excision, inner ramus subequal to peduncle,

outer ramus externally grooved.

288 Annals of the South African Museum.

Up to 12x 4:5 mm. (3). Slaty-grey, head and peraeon obscurely

marked with more or less longitudinal light yellowish spots, postero-

lateral angles of peraeon segments and the peduncle of uropod yellow,

legs and 1st and 2nd joints (or Ist-3rd) of antennae pale yellow, outer

branches of pleopods grey, outer ramus of uropod grey or pale yellow,

eyes black. In some examples the whole of the peraeon is orange-

yellow, and all gradations between the extreme colorations may occur.

Fic. 33.—Rhyscotus bicolor Brnrd. a, b, Frontal and lateral views of head; c,

distal joints peraeopod 1 4, with spine further enlarged ; d, apex of outer lobe

of maxilla 1; e, maxilla 2; f, inner plate and palp of maxilliped ; g, penis and

pleopod 1 4, with surface sculpturing of penis further enlarged; h, pleopod

23; 2,9, 3rd and 5th pleopods; k, dorsal view of uropod, with cross-section

of peduncle ; /, outer view of peduncle of uropod.

Localities —Ovamboland: Ongandjera and Kunene River (K.H.B.).

Kaokoveld: Warmbad and Zesfontein (R.F.L.); Kaoko

Otavi and neighbourhood (K. H. B.).

Damaraland: Belina, near Outjo (K. H.B.).

Angola: Vila da Ponte, Kubango River (Brian).

The species is common in the north-west of the Kaokoveld and

Ovamboland regions of South West Africa, the most southerly and

easterly locality being Outjo. Its nearest relative seems to be

globiceps B—L. from Loango in the French Congo (fig. 39).

Of the numerous (nearly 100) specimens from the above localities

all are males. Not being aware at the time of collection (Ovamboland,

1923; Kaokoveld, 1926) that the members of this genus exhibited

protandry, I made no special examination of the specimens or search

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 289

for females. The largest 3d are ripe, as is shown by the congealed

mass of sperm on the penis and Ist pleopods, evidently squeezed out

when the animals were put into alcohol.

The pseudotracheae in this species seem to be slightly different

from those figured by Budde-Lund for ortonedae (1908, Voeltzkow,

Reise, vol. li, p. 17, figs. 24-28). On the 2nd—4th pleopods there

are four tubular structures running subparallel from base to

apex; on the 3rd and 4th pleopods there is an oval clear space in

the middle of the appendage. In pleopod 5 there are two more or

less distinct clear spaces, but no tubes. Whether these structures

really are tubes, tracheal or vascular, could not be determined ; the

second one from the inside appears to be definitely a tube, while

the others appear more like clear spaces.

Fam. ARMADILLIDIIDAE.

1885. Armadilloidea. |Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 14.

1898. Armadillidudae. Sars, Crust. Norw., ui, p. 187.

1904. Armadillidae. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 96.

1910. Armadilloidea. Id., Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,

ii, ppe es 9, LO

1910. Armadillidiuidae or Cubaridae. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr.

Crust., p. 444.

1922. wy Wabhrberg, Ark. Zool., xv, p. 195.

First antenna 3—-jointed. Second antenna, sockets usually small,

flagellum 2-3-jointed. Mouth-parts as in Omiscidae. Penis and

pleopods as in Oniscidae. Five pairs of brood lamellae ; cotyledons

present (fig. 13). Uropods exposed, but short, not extending beyond

telson and pleurae of last pleon segment, outer ramus if large inserted

terminally, if small usually not inserted terminally.

As Armadillidium Brdt. apparently precedes Cubaris Brdt. (see

Stebbing, Willey’s Zool. Res., v, p. 649, 1900), the family must un-

fortunately follow the longer generic name, unless the structure of the

uropod is considered important enough to justify two families.

In spite of Stebbing’s exposition (loc. cit., 1900) of the invalidity of

Armadillo (as the name of a Crustacean), Budde-Lund not only uses

the name in 1904, but in 1909 uses it as a subgenus with type officinalis

Desm. This subgenus therefore needs renaming. Van Name (1920,

p- 97, footnote) has stated that Cubaris as a subgenus must be used

for the “ typical Old World section ” of the group. But Budde-Lund

290 Annals of the South African Museum.

has already used Cubaris for the subgenus of which murinus Brdt. is

the type. It seems, therefore, as if Pentheus Koch might suit for the

officinalis section (see Budde-Lund, 1885, p. 50 and 1904, p. 97), but

I do not definitely propose this as I have had access to the works of

neither Brandt nor Koch.

I consider, however, that Budde-Lund’s subgenera may well be

elevated to the rank of genera, in spite of certain forms which

appear to be somewhat transitional and thus soften the sharp lines

of demarcation drawn by Budde-Lund.

For example, aenigma and cingulatus (pp. 372, 373), which in struc-

ture of the head and number of mandibular penicils are forms of

Diploexochus, have the very broad pronotum characteristic of Bethalus

and Cubaris. On the other hand macrodens (p. 311) is a Bethalus as

SOS

av Sy

ay oe

a a b

Fic. 34.—Apex of left mandible of : a, Bethalus ; 6, Cubaris; showing in the one

case a single free penicil, and in the other several penicils.

regards the head and mandible, but has an unusually narrow pro-

notum. It seems to me that the characters of the head and mandible

are likely to be of greater phylogenetic significance than the width of

the pronotum, in which there is every gradation from the very narrow,

almost “linear ”’ form (e.g. officinalis, formicarum), to the very broad

form (secutor, aenigma) occupying one-quarter or even one-third of

the dorsal length of the segment (see fig. 75, e).

In the following key, therefore, the importance of the pronotum is

subordinated to the characters of the head and the mandible.

The character of the epimeron of the Ist peraeon segment also

shows so many transitions from the typical Bethalus type (thin,

expanded, with small, more or less rudimentary internal tooth) to

that of Diploexochus (more or less thickened, with the outer margin

of the internal tooth continued forwards as a raised line or ridge, thus

forming a more or less extensive groove between it and the actual

margin), that hard and fast divisions are not possible (cf., e.g., the

figures of limbatus, barbertoni, macrodens, aenigma, nigricans, orphanus).

The subdivision of the old “‘ Cubaris ’ complex is therefore still

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 291

open to revision. But there is no doubt that the characters used by

Budde-Lund are worthy of close examination, and the description

of a species of ‘‘ Cubaris,”’ which omits all mention of the mandibular

penicils and the pronotum, must be regarded as inadequate.

The position of some of the species described below I myself regard

as unsatisfactory and subject to revision when further collecting has

brought together more material.

Although included in the generic diagnoses, the groove on the

anterior surface of the 5th joint of peraeopod 1 is a feature without

much significance. It does not seem to have been mentioned before

except by Wahrberg for Buddelundia (1922, p. 209), but occurs

apparently throughout the family more or less conspicuously developed

(Armadillidium, “‘ Cubaris ” officinalis, etc.), and in both sexes.

Key to the South African genera.

T. The space between telson and pleura of 5th pleon segment filled by the

peduncle of uropod, the outer ramus of which is narrow, terete, often very

small, and inserted more or less on the internal margin of peduncle.

A. Telson triangular.

_l. Antennary tubercles combined with lateral lobes of frontal line

(figs. 35, 36, 37).

a. Margin of peraeon segment | typically thickened, reflexed, and

separated by a groove. Outer ramus of uropod inserted

terminally : : E . Periscyphis.

b. Margin of peraeon segment 1 iis a: reflexed, not separated

- by a groove. Outer ramus of uropod inserted on inner

margin of peduncle . : : : Hekelus.

2. Antennary tubercles forming distinct Fabbed ridges on epistome

(fig. 38) : : : : . Lxzaes.

B. Telson more or less quadrangular or Guten esteeen apical margin

broadly rounded or truncate. Antennary tubercles not distinct.

1. Mandible with 1 free penicil (fig. 34, a).

a. Lateral marginal line of head disconnected from epistome

(fig. 46). Pronotum broad, at least one-fifth (except

macrodens) : : : : : Bethalus.

6. Lateral marginal line continued on to aegianome (fig. 77).

i. Pronotum broad.

a. Epimera discontiguous, margin of Ist thin

Akermania.

fp. Epimera contiguous, margin of Ist grooved through-

out its length, hind corner cleft Synarmadillo.

ii. Pronotum usually narrow.

a. Postero-lateral corner of peraeon segment 1 not

cleft : ‘ : . Polyacanthus.

B. Postero-lateral corner of peraeon segment 1 cleft

Diploexochus.

292 Annals of the South African Museum.

2. Mandible with several ee ee 34, b).

a. Pronotum broad . ; ; : Cubaris.

6. Pronotum narrow . s Anchicubaris.

II. The space between telson and pleura of 5th ton ssatnahi filled by the broad,

spatulate outer ramus of uropod, attached terminally to the peduncle

which is not (or scarcely) visible dorsally . : : Armadillidium.

Synarmadillo Dollf. is included in the above key, as it occurs in

tropical Africa and Madagascar, and has been found in the Belgian

Congo (van Name, 1920). See Arcangeli, Atti Soc. It. Sc. Nat., Ixvi,

1927.

Gen. PERISCYPHIS Gerst.

1873. Periscyphis. Gerstaecker, in von der Decken, Reise, iii,

pt. 2, p. 525.

1885. Cercocytonus. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 42.

1885. Periscyphs. Id., abid., p. 293.

1904. a Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 37.

1908. X Id., in Voeltzkow, Reise, ii, p. 278.

1909. 3 Id., Res. Swed. Zool. Exp. White Nile, pt. 3,

Terr. Isop:, p- 40:

1926. os Omer-Cooper, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 354

(revision of genus).

1929: - Arcangeli, Ann. Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoli, v,

INON 23, 3pe il:

Head concrete ; frontal marginal line usually interrupted in middle,

feeble, sometimes complete; antennary tubercles combined with

frontal line. Hyes well developed.

Peraeon segment 1 with (except in two species and one n. sp.

described below) margin thickened (Omer-Cooper: “ girdle ’’) and

separated from rest of segment by a more or less deep groove. Pos-

tero-lateral corner entire. Margins of segments 2 and 3 not thickened

either dorsally or ventrally in typical species. Pronotum broad.

Pleurae moderately or well developed. Telson triangular, sides

concave, apex acute.

Antenna 1, 3rd joint not elongate, with apical tuft of setae. An-

tenna 2, flagellum 2-jointed, Ist joint not shorter than 2nd in typical

species. Mandible with one free penicil; molar penicil a single

strong, more or less branched, plumose seta. Maxilla 1, outer lobe

with 4+5 (6) spines, all entire in typical species ; inner lobe with 2

rather long setae. Maxilla 2 broad, inner lobe small, outer lobe much

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 293

expanded, a small lobe below latter on outer margin. Mazxilliped,

inner plate spinose, palp slender, not drawn out into processes.

Peraeopods 1-3 or 4 (? in all species) in 3 with strong fringe of spines

on 4th and 5th joints. Peraeopod 7 with 3rd joint often more strongly

expanded on anterior margin in $ than in 9.

Pleopods 1 and 2 with pseudotracheae.

Uropod, peduncle large, outer edge flattened, thin, inner ramus

inserted proximally, outer ramus small or minute, often inserted

subterminally on dorsal surface.

Omer-Cooper has given a very valuable revision of this genus, which

is entirely African in distribution, occurring chiefly in the north-

eastern region but extending southwards to Nyasaland.

The first described South African species, by an unfortunate error,

was attributed to the Eubeline genus Periscyphops, and thus was

responsible for the institution of Brian’s species. It conflicts with

Omer-Cooper’s diagnosis in one or two points. The margins of

peraeon segments 1-3 are thickened ventrally, the 2nd and 3rd only

slightly ; the Ist flagellar joint of antenna 2 is much shorter than the

2nd; the inner series of spines on outer lobe of maxilla 1 comprises

6 spines, 3 of which are apically notched, 3 simple, one of the latter

being shorter than the rest. Peraeopods 1-4 in the ¢ are strongly

fringed ; this may not actually be a difference, as Omer-Cooper only

mentions peraeopod 1 as being strongly fringed and says no detailed

study was made of the 2nd-6th peraeopods. The spines composing

these fringes are of a different shape from those of trivialis figured by

Omer-Cooper ; this may be only a specific character.

On account of the above differences it seems advisable to separate

kunenensis from the typical species of Periscyphis, though it may be

doubted whether the differences should be accorded more than

subgeneric value.

For remarks on the brood-pouch, and an objection to Omer-

Cooper’s terminology, see supra, p. 225.

Key to the South African species.

1. Antenna 2, flagellar joints subequal, or Ist longer than 2nd. Maxilla 1, inner

spines of outer lobe simple : : : : : . Periscyphis.

Girdle absent ; ; : : : : : : . chindeensis.

2. Antenna 2, Ist joint much shorter than 2nd. Maxilla 1, some of the inner

spines on outer lobe trifid. : : : : : . Angaribia.

Girdle present, well developed _—_. : : 5 : . kunenensis.

294 Annals of the South African Museum.

Periscyphis chindeensis n. sp.

(Fig. 35.)

Surface smooth, minutely granulate. Head with marginal line

continued round lower margin of eye on to lateral lobes and across the

front, but frontal line not raised or even strongly marked.

Peraeon segment 1, girdle completely absent, margin not thickened,

postero-lateral corner as in kunenensis (fig. 36) ; segments 2 and 3 with

margin not thickened. Pronotum §.

Telson broader than long, sides deeply concave, apex subacute.

}

ee,

rv neat 24)

YG pas

4 Yat Ye

Fie. 35.—Periscyphis chindeensis n. sp. a, 6b, Dorsal and frontal views of head ;

c, uropod ; d, peraeopod 1 ¢; e, f, g, three views of spines from 5th joint of

peraeopods 1-3 ¢.

Antenna 2, 5th joint 13 times 4th, flagellum ? length of 5th joint, the

two flagellar joints subequal.

Maxilla 1 typical, outer lobe with 4+5 spines, all the latter simple.

Peraeopods 1-3 in 3g, 5th joint with strong apically expanded and

hooked spines set in 3 rows on lower margin, lower apex of 4th

joint also with 2-3 similar spines in peraeopods 1 and 2, but not

in peraeopod 3.

Pleopod 1 3 as in wittatus Omer-Cooper.

Uropod, peduncle with basal width greater than length, inner

ramus not nearly reaching inner distal angle of peduncle, outer ramus

about % length of inner, inserted terminally.

75x4 mm. Yellowish-white, a very faint dark median stripe

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 295

(mainly due to the gut showing through), and a series of obscure dark

oval or subtriangular spots laterally (at position of junctions of

epimera), one on each of peraeon segments 1-7 and pleon segments

3-5, antennae and legs pale, eyes black.

Locality.—Portuguese East Africa : Chinde, mouth of the Zambezi

River (K. H. B., 1912).

The single § specimen was found in the sand dunes near the shore.

In the absence of a girdle or any groove on peraeon segment 1 this

species resembles vittatus Omer-Cooper and civilis B-L., but the head

is hke that of latissimus Omer-Cooper. As regards the flagellum of

antenna 2 and maxilla 1 it is a typical Periscyphis. The most re-

markable feature is the expanded and hook-like spines on the anterior

peraeopods. They are so different from those of triwvialis as figured

by Omer-Cooper, and kunenensis, that it appears quite likely that the

spines on the anterior peraeopods of the g might afford specific

characters ; Omer-Cooper did not specially examine this feature.

Angaribia subgen. n.

Peraeon segments 1-3 with the margins ventrally thickened.

First joint of flagellum of antenna 2 much shorter than 2nd joint.

Maxilla 1, outer lobe with some of the spines of the inner series

apically notched (trifid).

Peraeopods 1-4 strongly fringed in ¢ with trifid spines.

The name is taken from the Arabic: angarib, a couch, in allusion

to the flat brood-lamellae on which the eggs and embryos lie, though

this feature is found throughout the Armadillidid series (cf. p. 225).

Periscyphis (Angaribia) kunenensis (Brnrd.).

1924. Periscyphops Cimenonsts Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xx,

p: Zol!

1931. Periscyphis monardt. Brian, Rev. Suisse Zool., xxxviii,

p- 430, figs. 1-16 bis.

Surface smooth, minutely granulate. Head with marginal line

continued round lower margin of eye on to lateral lobe, but not con-

tinuous across front ; front with a median vertical low rounded ridge ;

limits of frontal and dorsal parts of head clearly defined, but without

any actual line except immediately next the eye where there is a

slight transverse impression. Upper margin of clypeus well marked,

slightly notched medianly.

nth

——

296 Annals of the South African Museum.

Girdle well developed, without any anterior depression (i.e. it is

convex right around to the anterior margin), extending nearly to

postero-lateral corner of segment; margin of segment 1 thickened

ventrally as well as dorsally ; antero-lateral margins of segments 2

and 3 slightly thickened ventrally. Pronotum 3.

Telson about as broad as long, apex rounded, but not broadly, sides

strongly concave.

Antenna 2, 5th joint 14 times 4th, flagellum shorter than 5th joint,

its 1st joint one-half length of 2nd.

Maxilla 1, three (Nos. 1, 3, 4) of the six spines of inner series on outer

Fie. 36.—Periscyphis (subgen. Angaribia n.) kunenensis (Brnrd.). a, Whole

animal; 6, side-view of head and peraeon segment 1; c, front view of head ;

d, spine from peraeopod 1; e, f, apices of inner and outer lobes of maxilla 1 ;

g, ventral surface of peraeon segments 1-3; h, dorsal view of uropod, with

cross-section of peduncle, dorsal surface above, outer margin to right.

lobe apically notched, trifid, the 5th spine shorter than the others ;

inner lobe with outer distal angle rather strongly rounded. Maxilla

2 and maxilliped as in Omer-Cooper’s figs. 10-12.

Peraeopods 1-4 3, 4th and 5th joints strongly spinose, the spines

apically trifid, the median point much longer than the others.

Pleopod 1 g as in wndulata, Omer-Cooper’s fig. 41. Pseudotracheae

on pleopods 1 and 2 very rudimentary.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, inner distal angle projecting

beyond outer angle, inner ramus extending nearly to inner distal

angle of peduncle, outer ramus terminal, one-half length (or nearly)

of inner ramus.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 297

Up to 10-11x 4 mm. (g¢¢ smaller than 99). Slaty-grey with faint

lighter marks dorsally, arranged more or less in two series, usually

a pale spot laterally on each peraeon segment at position of junctions

of epimera, legs and first 3 joints of antennae pale, uropods pale

orange, eyes black.

In the Kaokoveld specimens the dorsal light marks are more or

less confluent into large light patches; in some specimens the light

colour predominates, but the pleon is nearly always uniformly dark,

though the pleurae of segment 5 are pale sometimes. There is one

completely pale (albino) 2 from Kaoko Otavi, even the eyes being

brown instead of black.

Localities —Ovamboland: Kunene River and Mafa (Barnard).

Kaokoveld: Kamanyab and Kaoko Otavi (K. H. B.,

1926).

Angola: Vila da Ponte, Rio Mbalé, Kubango River

(Brian).

This species has several points of likeness to the Abyssinian undulata

Omer-Cooper, thus the girdle, shape of telson, uropods, and pleopod 1

ii".

The Kaokoveld specimens are larger and more strongly mottled

than those collected in Ovamboland.

Hekelus n.g.

Head concrete; lateral marginal line continued past eyes on to

lateral lobes of frontal line, which in front view is strongly declivous

laterally, and interrupted in middle by a raised cuneiform narrow

shield. Antennary tubercles combined with lateral lobes of frontal

line.

Epimera contiguous, margin of Ist thin, not reflexed. Hind margin

of peraeon segment 1 sinuous. Pronotum very broad. Pleon rather

narrow. ‘Telson triangular.

Antenna 2 with 2-jointed flagellum. Mandible with a single free

penicil. Maxilla 1 with some of the inner spines on outer lobe bifid,

inner lobe apically scarcely wider than the bases of the 2 subequal

slender and elongate plumose setae. Maxilliped with spinulose inner

plate, and palp without setose processes.

Peraeopod | with groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod, peduncle broad, proximally, apically narrowing, outer

ramus cylindrical, rather stout, inserted on inner margin, inner

ramus long.

298 Annals of the South African Museum.

The head seems to bear most resemblance to that of Scleropactes

(Jackson, 1928, fig. 16), one of the Spherillonine genera. There is

a certain similarity to Adinda B-L. (of which Paraperiscyphis Stebb.

is a Synonym) in the uropod, but the maxilliped has no setose processes

on the palp.

Hekelus episimus 0. sp.

(Fig. 37.)

Body rather narrow, strongly convex. Surface minutely granul-

ate. Rugae distinct. Head strongly convex dorsally, with 2 shallow

grooves from posterior margin converging forwards and petering out

Fic. 37.—Hekelus episimus n.g.,n. sp. a, b, c, Frontal, dorsal, and lateral

views of head ; d, dorsal view of uropod ; e, telson.

before reaching the projecting cuneiform process on epistome. LHyes

rather large, 18-20 ocelli.

Peraeon segment 1 with epimeral margin thin, subvertical, not

reflexed. No internal lamina or tooth on either segment 1| or 2.

Pronotum of segment 2 one-third, of posterior segments nearly one-

half the dorsal length of segment.

Pleon rather narrow, pleurae slender. Telson triangular, broader

than long, apex narrowly rounded, dorsally unsculptured, strongly

convex proximally, less so distally.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint slightly broader and shorter than 4th, 5th

11 times 4th, flagellum equal to 4th joint, its 2nd joint 2-24 times Ist.

Tracheal areas on pleopods small.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, stout proximally, narrowing distally to

an asymmetrically rounded apex which projects beyond apex of

pleurae of pleon segment 5, outer ramus extending almost to apex

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 299

of peduncle, inner ramus long, extending to level of apex of outer

ramus and almost to apex of telson.

7x2-75 mm. Dark slaty-grey, sometimes, especially in young,

with a series of paler spots at junctions of epimera, eyes black,

antennae and legs slaty-grey.

Localities.—Cape Province: Table Mt. and Kalk Bay Mt., Cape

Peninsula (K. H. B.) ; Noordhoek Forest, Cape Peninsula (K. H. B.).

The Noordhoek Forest (altitude 500 ft.) specimens have a more

narrowly pointed telson, and are definitely mottled; but otherwise

they are not distinguishable from the specimens from higher altitudes.

This woodlouse lives amongst leaves and humus in the forest and

bush-filled kloofs on the mountain slopes.

Eixzaes n.g.

Head concrete ; antennary tubercles forming distinct ridges over

the antennal sockets ; epistome with a median triangular raised shield.

Peraeon segment 1 with epimeral margin reflexed, hind corner cleft.

Segment 2 with ridge on lower surface near anterior margin, but no

tooth. Pronotum very broad. Telson triangular.

Antenna 2 with 2-jointed flagellum. Mandible with a single free

penicil. Maxilla 1 with 9 spines on outer lobe, 3 or 4 of the inner

ones feebly bifid, inner lobe with 2 slender subequal plumose setae,

outer apex of lobe rounded.

Peraeopod | with feeble groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, outer ramus well developed, cylindrical,

inserted dorsally near inner margin, inner ramus long.

This genus closely resembles Armadillidium in the structure of the

head (cf. Jackson, 1928, p. 592, fig. 19), but the upper margin of the

median shield is continuous with the frontal line, which meets the eye

but does not form projecting lateral corners in front of the eye.

Both the species described below live in the bush and forest in

sheltered (€&-Cays) kloofs of the mountains.

Exzaes sylvatica un. sp.

(Fig. 38, a—g.)

Surface strongly squamulose, scale-spines triangular, broad and

short. Rugae obsolete. Eyes with 9-10 ocelli.

Peraeon segment 1, margin reflexed, slightly costate, not grooved,

hind corner unequally cleft. Segment 2, epimeron with a distinct

300 Annals of the South African Museum.

rounded ridge, but no projecting or free tooth. Pronotum of seg-

ment 2 2-1, of posterior segments 1-2 of dorsal length.

Telson slightly broader than long, sides slightly concave, apex

subacute, dorsally smoothly convex, no median ventral groove.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 5th 14 times 4th, flagellum

three-quarter length of 5th, its 2nd joint 3—4 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than wide, outer distal corner rounded,

outer ramus extending to apex of peduncle, inner ramus long, project-

ing a little distance beyond telsonic apex.

Fic. 38.—Hazaes sylvatica n.g., n. sp. a, 6, Lateral and frontal views of head ;

c, telson ; d, dorsal view of peraeon segments 1-3; e, ventral view of peraeon

segments 1 and 2; f, ventral view of uropod ; g, scale-spine. Hazaes bicolor

n. sp.: A, scale-spine.

Tracheae occupying one-third (at most) of the pleopods.

5x2mm. Pale slaty-grey, uniform, eyes black.

Localities—Cape Province: Knysna Forest (J. D.); George Forest

(Ket BS:

Exzaes bicolor n. sp.

(Fig. 38, A.)

Distinguished from sylvatica as follows: eyes larger, with 12-14

ocelli, scale-spines obovate, longer than wide, apically rounded, and

coloration.

9x35 mm. Slaty-grey, mottled with dull orange or yellowish,

head almost always orange or yellow, rarely suffused medio-dorsally,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 301

eyes black, legs pale greyish, peduncle of antennae grey, flagellum

white.

Locality.—Cape Province: Oudebosch Forest, River Zonder End

Mts. (K. H. B.).

: Gen. BetHatus B-L.

1904. Armadillo (part). Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

pp. 97, 127 (Section vii).

1900.

zt Id., in Voeltzkow, Reise, 11, p. 275.

1909. Bethalus.

Id., in Schultze, Reise, 11, p. 54 (subgen. of

Armadillo).

1910.

i Id., Sj6stedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,

Ti, spel

Head concrete, antennary tubercles not distinct, epistome without

median raised shield, but separated from dorsal surface of head by a

ANGOLA

Kunene re z @ NG ate

a ~ * SOULHERN

Hoanib RY 74 e@..._ Etosha Pan ie = i s

e / RuopEsIA } i § a0

2 : epee . ran ae i &®

SOUTH WEST*, SA eel ca A SY Fa?)

oe ae rae OSA

SEEN ARRICA 3 ; bs

e :

“ ee BECHUANALAND , 2

e : /

SE / &

3 /

' e: { ay B P

25 / e : oes. Us E 2

! a: nn TRANSVAAL ;

oe e: oe (/ 5

q OF eer | (ame

1 Cit D5

- e: :

( ah Ns, A

s/ I {ORANGE FREE

R- ok * STATE poe

Orant® . ; ; a NATAL Thecls Fe

e - .

: i :

0 oe /

. Z

CAPE PROVINCE

Olifants R:

"Zimuubu R:.

35,

Fie. 39.—Chart showing the recorded distribution of the following genera.

Tylos

indicated by thickened coast-line, Deto by cross-lines on the coast, Rhyscotus

by @, Periscyphis by &. Bethalus occurs east of the broken line, and also in

Madagascar.

Niambia occurs west of the dotted line; the subgenus Manibia

occurs in two localities marked by g.

Ole OXX. PART -2).

302 Annals of the South African Museum.

more or less deep groove, lateral marginal line not continued on to

epistome (fig. 46).

EKpimera large and thin; on segment | reflexed, not grooved, hind

corner not cleft; internal tooth or fold usually small, often very

small, tooth on segment 2 sometimes obsolete. Hind margin of

segment 1 sinuate.

Pronotum occupying at least § of dorsal surface (except in macrodens).

Antenna 2 with 2-jointed flagellum. Mandible with a single free

penicil. Maxilla 1, inner lobe with 2 slender subequal plumose setae,

outer apex rounded.

Peraeopod 1 with groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, subquadrate, or subtriangular, inner and

outer rami well developed, both cylindrical.

Genotype: ngrinus B-L.

In 1909 Budde-Lund excluded emumitus (from Siam) from his

Section vii. If we exclude also tenuipunctatus and depressus (both

from St. Vincent, W.I.), which Budde-Lund doubtfully placed in this

section in 1904, the genus is seen to be confined to South Africa and

Madagascar. In Budde-Lund’s MSS. in the British Museum four

more Madagascan species are included in the genus.

The distribution in South Africa (fig. 39) is interesting in comparison

with that of the allied Cubarid genera.

Key to the South African species.

I. Epistome not strongly raised above dorsal level of head (fig. 43). Postero-

lateral corner of peraeon segment 1 rounded.

A. Internal tooth on peraeon segment 2 small, usually not extending to

margin.

1. Telson coarctate.

a. Inner ramus of uropod short.

i. Telson with two tubercles and a median keel limbatus.

ii. Telson nearly smooth.

a. Without rugae. Tooth on segment 2 very small

pretoriensts.

fp. With rugae. Tooth on segment 2 larger rhodesiae.

b. Inner ramus of uropod long . : : : panurus.

2. Telson not or scarcely coarctate.

a. Telson with 2 tubercles at base of median keel . cordatus.

b. Telson without tubercles at base.

i. Telson medianly keeled.

a. Distal portion of telson longer than wide mngrinus.

f. Distal portion of telson at least as wide as long

tradouw?.

ii. Telson smooth ‘ ‘ : : . stricticauda.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 303

B. Internal tooth on segment 2 stronger.

1. Tooth on segment 2 not extending to antero-lateral margin. In-

ternal lamina on segment 1 strong . . macrodens.

2. Tooth on segment 2 extending to margin, aad partially visible

externally in lateral view : - . barbertonr.

II. Epistome strongly raised (fig. 46). Postero- eT corner of segment 1

subtruncate.

A. Peraeon segments without medio-dorsal posterior processes.

1. Peduncle of uropod not narrowed distally, filling up the space

between telson and pleura of 5th pleon segment mucidus.

2. Peduncle of uropod strongly narrowed apically, leaving a gap

between telson and 5th pleon segment - : warren.

B. Peraeon segments with medio-dorsal pointed process on hind margin of

at least one segment.

1. Processes on all segments : : ‘ secutor.

2. A short process on 7th segment only, or on 6th and 7th barnardt.

Bethalus limbatus (Brdt.).

(Fig. 40, a—c.)

1833. Cubaris lambata. Brandt, Conspect., xxvii, p. 4,

pliiivy fe 1S:

1885. Armadillo lumbatus. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p- 39.

1895. 55 griseo-albus. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., viii,

p. 347, fig. 5.

1904. 3 limbatus. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop.

Terr., p..128,, pl. x, fig. 33.

Surface minutely granulate (the apparent granulation really formed

by minute transverse impressions). Rugae on head and peraeon

segments feeble. Hpistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segments 1 and 2 both with feeble internal tooth. Seg-

ment 7 very slightly thickened below (Budde-Lund).

Telson a little broader than long, apical margin convex, sides

incurved, dorsally with 2 rounded tubercles at base, followed by a

low median ridge ; a feeble median impression ventrally.

Antenna 2 slender, 2nd joint of flagellum 3-4 times length of Ist.

Uropod, peduncle subquadrangular, outer ramus short, inner ramus

short, 14 times length of outer ramus, extending scarcely midway to

apex of telson.

10x5 mm. Slaty grey, with pale flecks dorso-laterally ; some-

times variously mottled, the epimera and especially the pleurae often

pale ; uropods usually orange or dull reddish.

304 Annals of the South African Museum.

Localities.—Cape Province: Cape Town and Port Elizabeth

(Budde-Lund) ; Matjesfontein (Dollfus, also W. F. P. and R. M. L.);

Port Elizabeth (S.A. Mus., per J. L. Drege); Zwartkops, near Port

Elizabeth (K. H. B.); Uitenhage (K. H. B.); Addo Bush (J. D.);

Vogelfontein, Prince Albert Div. (A. J. H.); Drielings Kloof, be-

tween Laingsburg and Ladismith (K. H. B.); Beaufort West

(W. F. P.); Victoria West (A. H. H.); De Aar (W. F. P.); Naauw-

poort (W. F. P.); Hanover (W. F. P.); Cradock (W. F. P.) ; Laings-

burg (W. F. P.); Montagu (W. F. P.); Knysna (R. M. L.); Mossel

Bay (W. F. P.); Zwartberg Pass, Prince Albert (W. F. P.); Seven

Weeks Poort and Meiringspoort, Zwartberg Range (K. H. B.);

Doorn River, north of Montagu Pass, Oudtshoorn Dist. (S. H. H.

and ©. T.); Richmond (L. D. B. and C. T.); Fort Brown (Albany

Mus.) ; Rosmead (Albany Mus.); Grahamstown (Albany Mus.).

Fic. 40.—Bethalus limbatus (Brdt.). a, Two varieties of internal tooth on epimeron

2; 6, ventral view of epimera | and 2; c, telson and uropods. JB. pretoriensis

(Dollf.) : d, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2; e, telson and uropods.

Although there appears to be an appreciable difference in the

figures of the telson given by Budde-Lund and Dollfus, griseo-albus

seems to be undoubtedly synonymous with limbatus. I have com-

pared Port Elizabeth specimens sent to the South African Museum

by J. L. Drege with Budde-Lund’s specimen in the British Museum,

and have also examined numerous specimens from Matjesfontein, the

type locality of griseo-albus. Dollfus says the length of the telson

is greater than its width, but his figure shows the length exactly

equal to the (visible) width. Normally the length is slightly less than

the width, but not quite so much less as in Budde-Lund’s figure.

In all the specimens I have seen, even those from Port Elizabeth,

the fold (Budde-Lund: duplicatura) on the under side of the 7th

epimeron is obsolete ; perhaps Budde-Lund is referring to the faint

longitudinal (7.e. parallel with lateral margin) ridge found on the under

side of the 3rd—7th epimera in many species (cf. fig. 46, mucidus).

The Knysna specimens differ slightly in having the internal teeth

on segments 1 and 2, especially that on segment 1, rather more

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 305

strongly developed ; that on segment 1 is flanked on the outside by

an indication of a thickening similar to that in barbertoni (fig. 45),

but less conspicuous. In other respects the specimens are typical.

In some specimens, chiefly among those from the more north-

easterly localities (e.g. Victoria West, Richmond), the tooth on

segment 2 extends to the antero-lateral margin, or even overlaps it

very slightly, as in barbertoni (fig. 45).

When identifying specimens reference should be made to Dvzplo-

exochus disjunctus, which at first sight is very similar in appearance.

Bethalus pretoriensis (Dollf.).

(Fig. 40, d, e.)

1895. Armadillo pretoriensis. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., vii,

p. 348, fig. 7.

1904. - = Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 130, pl. x, fig. 34.

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae indistinct. Epistome not

strongly raised, in front view with a faint median V-shaped impression

above, bounded below by a more or less distinct ridge.

Peraeon segments 1 and 2 with small internal teeth. Segments 5-7

not thickened on under surface.

Telson as long as basal width or a little longer, sides slightly in-

curved, apical margin almost straight, dorsally smooth with a very

slight and inconspicuous median impression near base; ventrally

with median groove.

Antenna 2 slender, 2nd joint of flagellum 3-4 times length of 1st.

Uropod, peduncle distally subquadrate, outer angle bevelled off,

outer ramus moderately long, inner ramus a little longer than outer

ramus, extending midway, or a little farther, to apex of telson.

8x4 mm. Grey, mottled laterally, with margins of peraeon and

pleon often pale reddish, uropods red.

Localities.—Transvaal: Pretoria (Dollfus); Johannesburg and

Modderfontein (W. F. P.); Junction of Marico and

Crocodile Rivers (R. W. E. T.).

Bechuanaland : Vryburg (Dollfus).

Bethalus rhodesiae un. sp.

(Fig. 41, a, b.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct. Epistome not

strongly raised, with a shallow V-shaped median impression above.

306 _ Annals of the South African Museum.

Internal tooth on segment 1 small; that on segment 2 larger,

extending nearly but not quite to antero-lateral margin, and not

visible in external view. Segments 5-7 not thickened below.

Telson a little broader than long, apical margin slightly convex,

sides incurved, dorsally with very faint median elevation ; ventrally

with median groove in basal half.

Antenna 2 moderately slender, 2nd joint of flagellum 3-4 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle apically subquadrate, outer ramus extending a little

Fie. 41.—Bethalus rhodesiae n. sp. a, Ventral view of epimera 1 and 2; 5, telson

and uropods. B. panurus (B-L.); c, telson and uropods, from Budde-Lund’s

type of specimen in the British Museum.

more than half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus a little more than

half length of peduncle, extending } distance to apex of telson.

6x2-5 mm. In alcohol dark slaty-brown, uropods light (probably

red in life).

Localities.— Rhodesia : Umtali (S.A. Mus.) ; Bulawayo and Salis-

bury (R. W. E. T.) ; Sanyati Valley (S.A. Mus.).

Distinguished from pretoriensis by the tooth on segment 2 and the

more distinct rugae; and from barbertont by the teeth on both

segments | and 2.

Bethalus panurus (B-L.).

(Fig. 41, c.)

1904. Armadillo panurus. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

peelole

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised, very faintly impressed medio-dorsally.

Internal tooth on segment 1 small and feeble ; that on segment 2

almost obsolete.

Telson scarcely broader than long, apical margin slightly convex,

sides slightly incurved, dorsal surface smoothly convex.

Uropod, outer ramus extending nearly to apex of peduncle, which

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 307

is obtusely rounded, inner ramus long, extending almost to apex of

telson.

7x3°3 mm.

Locality.—Natal (Budde-Lund).

The obsolete rugae and smoothly convex telson are included in the

above description from an inspection of Budde-Lund’s type in the

British Museum. I have seen no other examples.

Bethalus cordatus (Dollf.).

(Fig. 42.)

1895. Armadillo cordatus. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., viii,

p. 349, fig. 8.

1904. P i Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 129.

Surface granulate. Rugae distinct, forming on each peraeon

segment a continuous transverse series. Epistome not strongly

raised, with 2 granules bordering a shallow median impression.

Fig. 42.—Bethalus cordatus (Dollf.). a, Telson and uropods of East London

specimens; 6, ventral view of epimera | and 2 of East London specimens ;

c, telson and uropods of Bloemfontein specimen (after Dollfus).

Internal teeth on segments 1 and 2 small, that on segment

2 obscure.

Telson slightly broader than long or about as broad as long, sides

scarcely incurved, apical margin straight (in Dollfus’ figure slightly

concave), dorsally with 2 strong longitudinally elongate tubercles

near base followed by a median longitudinal keel.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint of flagellum 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle subquadrangular, but outer distal angle rounded,

outer ramus short, extending } distance to apex of peduncle, inner

ramus extending 4-2 distance to apex of telson.

308 Annals of the South African Museum.

Up to 7x3 mm. (Dollfus: 41:75 mm.). In alcohol, grey-brown,

uropods red.

Localities.—Orange Free State : Bloemfontein (Dollfus).

Cape Province: East London (R. M. L.).

The East London specimens are so like Dollfus’ description and

figure that I think they must be identified with his species; they

differ in the slightly shorter telson and the outer ramus of uropod.

Bethalus nigrinus (B-L.).

(Fig. 43, a, b.)

1885. Armadillo nigrinus. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 37.

1904. hs y Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 131,

pl. x, figs. 35, 36.

1917. Cubaris reticulatus. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iii, p. 570,

pl. xl, figs. 11-21.

1920. - * Id., «bid., iv, pl. xxvu, fig. 2 (figure

shows 8 peraeon segments).

1917. Cubaris longicauda. Id., abid., iii, p. 574, pl. xli, figs. 21-31.

1920. sy Hf Id., abid., iv, pl. xxvijy fig, OM (feure

shows only 6 peraeon segments).

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae moderately distinct but not

strong. Hpistome not strongly raised, evenly convex, slightly sloping

backwards above.

Internal teeth on segments 1 and 2 very small and inconspicuous,

mere granules. Segments 5-7 not transversely thickened below.

———;

Fic. 43.—Bethalus nigrinus (B-L.). a, Front view of head ; 6, telson and uropods.

B. siricticauda (Dollf.): c, telson and uropods from specimen in Budde-Lund

collection in British Museum; d, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2, after

Dollfus.

Telson scarcely broader than long, distal portion subrectangular,

longer than broad, apical margin slightly convex, sides scarcely

incurved, dorsally with slight median longitudinal ridge or keel ;

ventrally with median groove.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 309

Antenna 2, 2nd joint of flagellum 2-3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle narrowing distally, apex narrowly rounded,

not always completely filling the space between telson and 5th

pleon segment, outer ramus rather long, but not quite reaching

apex of peduncle, inner ramus long, scarcely reaching apex of

telson.

Up to 12-14 x 6-7 mm. Slaty-grey, or brownish, often more or

less reticulated, with pale dorso-lateral flecks, or mottled, epimera and

uropods often pale.

Localities.—Cape Province : Cape Town and Port Elizabeth (Budde-

Lund); Pondoland (Budde-Lund MSS.); Port Alfred

(Collinge, and Albany Mus.) ; East London (W. F. P.

and R.M.L.); Port St. Johns (S.A. Mus.) ; Grahams-

town (W.F.P., and Albany Mus.); Fort Brown

(Albany Mus.); Amatola Mts. (W. F. P.); Knysna

(W. F. P. and R. F. L.); Keurbooms River (K. H. B.);

Wilderness, near George (S. H. H. and C.T.); Kaai-

mansgat, near George (K. H. B.); Pacaltsdorp (S.A.

Mus.); Bredasdorp (R. F. L.).

Natal: Pietermaritzburg (Collinge); Durban, Inchanga,

and Krantzkop (K. H. B.); Port Edward, near Port

Shepstone (Natal Mus.); M’fongosi, Zululand (S.A.

Mus.).

Portuguese Hast Africa: Masiene (R. F. L.).

In 1885 Budde-Lund gave the locality as “‘ Cape of Good Hope ”’

with a query, probably collected by Drege ; in 1904 he gave the above

more exact localities without, however, indicating the source of his new

material (if it was new material). JI very much doubt the occurrence

of the species anywhere near Cape Town.

The distal portion of the telson is often slightly broader than in

Budde-Lund’s 1904 figure, and the peduncle of uropods is broader,

filling up nearly the whole space between the telson and 5th pleon

segment. I have seen an example from Port Alfred, and find the

anterior “raised lateral bosses’? mentioned by Collinge are non-

existent ; the deceptive appearance as shown in Collinge’s fig. 31

is due to a couple of pale spots.

There is some slight variation in the width of the distal portion of the

telson, even in specimens from the same locality, and the keel on the

telson tends to be sharper and more distinct in examples from the

eastern localities than in those from the western districts. But no

hard and fast distinction can be found sufficient to justify keeping

310 Annals of the South African Museum.

either reticulatus or longicauda as a variety. Budde-Lund’s figure

does not show the keel on the telson.

As far as can be judged from the present known localities, this

species appears to be a coastal species, though it occurs inland at

Grahamstown and the Amatola Mts. At Keurbooms River and the

localities near George it is found under logs and in the bush on the

sand-dunes bordering the shore.

I have seen specimens labelled reticulatus in Collinge’s handwriting

from the type locality ez Natal Museum. They prove to be in-

distinguishable from nigrinus (and longicauda!), and show that

Collinge’s figs. 18 and 21 have been badly executed. The internal

tooth on segment 1 is represented as too large and too near the lateral

margin, and the apical portion of the telson as too stumpy.

Bethalus tradouw2 nu. sp.

(Fig. 44, d, e.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae moderately distinct. Epi-

stome not strongly raised.

Epimeral margin of segment | reflexed, under-surface tumid but

not so strongly as in macrodens, internal tooth moderate, traceable to

about half-length of lateral margin. Internal tooth on segment 2

strong, nearer anterior margin than in macrodens.

Fra. 44.—Bethalus macrodens n. sp. a, Telson and uropods ; 6, marginal view of

epimeron 1; c, ventral view of epimera land 2. B.tradouwin.sp.: d, ventral

view of epimera 1 and 2; e, telson and uropods.

Telson broader than long, distal portion broader than long, sides not

incurved, apical margin straight, dorsally with slight median ridge.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint of flagellum 4 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle narrowing distally, outer ramus extending halt-

way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus extending half-way to apex of

telson.

6x38mm. Slaty-grey, variegated with lighter.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 311

Localities.—Cape Province: Langeberg Mts. at Tradouw Pass and

Riversdale (K. H. B.).

As regards the internal tooth on segment 1 this species occupies

a position intermediate between limbatus and macrodens, but the

quadrangular distal portion of the telson is distinctive.

Bethalus stricticauda (Dollf.).

(Fig. 43, c, d.)

1895. Armadillo stricticauda. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., viii,

p. 348, fig. 6.

1904. 6 7 Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 132, pl. x, figs. 37, 38.

Epistome not strongly raised, with a low median tubercle.

Internal teeth on segments 1 and 2 small.

Telson longer than wide, distal portion longer than wide, sides

slightly incurved, apical margin slightly convex.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint of flagellum 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle subquadrangular, filling space between telson

and 5th pleon segment, outer ramus reaching nearly to apex of

peduncle, inner ramus long, extending to apex of telson.

9x4mm. Grey-brown, lighter at sides, uropods red.

Locality.— Transvaal: Makapan Caves (Dollfus).

This species is very near to nigrinus, differing in the more rounded

apex of the telson and the slightly wider (less narrowed) apex of

peduncle of uropod.

Bethalus macrodens nu. sp.

(Fig. 44, a-c.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct, forming on each

segment a transverse series of rounded but rather conspicuous

tubercles, continuous across the middle line. Epistome not strongly

raised.

Epimeral margin of segment 1 strongly reflexed so that under

surface is strongly tumid, the actual margin thin, internal tooth large,

its outer margin traceable almost to antero-lateral corner of segment.

Internal tooth on segment 2 strong but slender, in the middle of the

epimeron, not adjacent to anterior margin.

Pronotum on segment 2 one-eighth, becoming on posterior segments

one-sixth.

Telson very slightly broader than long, sides incurved, apical

312 Annals of the South African Museum.

margin almost straight, dorsally with 2 rather conical tubercles near

base, and a more longitudinally elongated median tubercle about at

level of insertion of outer rami of uropod.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint of flagellum 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle narrowing distally, but apex subquadrate, outer

ramus moderate, extending half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus

short, twice as long as broad, extending one-quarter distance to apex

of telson.

10x5 mm. Slaty-grey, mottled with paler.

Locality.x—Cape Province: Groot Vaders Bosch, Langeberg Mts.,

near Heidelberg (K. H. B.).

In general appearance (thin and strongly reflexed epimeral margin

of lst segment) and structure of head this species is a Bethalus, but

it has an unusually narrow pronotum, especially on segment 2.

A further transition to Diploexochus is shown in the indication of a

groove parallel to, but some little distance removed from, the margin

of Ist segment. It resembles somewhat lombatus as regards the

telson, but the teeth on segments 1 and 2 are quite distinctive.

Bethalus barbertoni n. sp.

(Fig. 45.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised.

Internal tooth on segment 1 rather small, flanked on outside by a

rounded thickening, without, however, any groove between it and the

SSSSSSSs

Fie. 45.—Bethalus barbertoni n. sp. a, Telson and uropods; 6, ventral view of

epimera 1 and 2; c, external lateral view of epimera | and 2.

margin; that on segment 2 rather well developed, forming a flap

which extends to anterior margin, and is visible from outside in

lateral view. Epimera of segments 5-7 with slight transverse thicken-

ings below.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 313

Telson a little broader than long, apical margin slightly convex,

sides incurved, dorsally smooth, with a small shallow median pit near

base (obscure in juveniles) ; ventrally with median groove at base.

Antenna 2 rather stout, flagellum distinctly more slender than

peduncle, 2nd joint 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle apically subquadrate, outer ramus not reaching

apex of peduncle, outer inner ramus half-length of peduncle, extending

half-way to apex of telson.

13x6 mm. Slaty-grey, with pale dorso-lateral flecks, uropods

pale.

Localities.—Cape Province: Port St. Johns (S.A. Mus.).

Transvaal: Barberton (S.A. Mus.); Komatipoort

(R. W. E.T.); Kaapmuiden (R. W.E.T.); Sabie

Game Reserve (E. L. G.).

Portuguese East Africa: Wanetsi River, tributary of

Komati River (S.A. Mus.) ; Inhambane (K. H. B.) ;

Maxixe (R. F. L.).

In the shapes of the internal teeth on segments 1 and 2, this species

forms somewhat of a transition to Diplexochus, but the mandible and

pronotum show it to be better placed in Bethalus.

The Port St. Johns specimens have a slightly shorter telson.

Bethalus mucidus (B-L.).

(Fig. 46.)

1885. Armadillo mucidus. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 32.

1904. a Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 131.

1904. re latufrons. Id., cbid., p. 132, pl. x, figs. 39-44.

Surface minutely granulate (appearance really caused by minute

transverse impressions). Rugae distinct laterally but scarcely so

medio-dorsally. Epistome considerably raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with postero-lateral corner subtruncate, emar-

ginate ; internal tooth prominent, obtuse, externally connected with

the lateral margin by a slight thickening ; internal tooth on segment 2

obtuse.

Epimera of segments 5 and 6 ventrally thickened. On epimera

2-7 there is a transverse or slightly oblique ridge on dorsal surface.

On epimera 2-7 there is also a faint submarginal ridge (i.e. parallel

with body axis) on the lower surface.

Telson a little broader than long, apical margin almost straight,

sides slightly incurved, dorsally somewhat convex basally, often with

314 Annals of the South African Museum.

an obscure median impression, followed by an obscure medio-longi-

tudinal ridge ; ventrally with median groove.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint of flagellum 2 to nearly 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle narrowing distally, outer ramus reaching nearly

to apex of peduncle, inner ramus extending 3—? distance to apex

of telson.

Up to 20x 9 mm. (g3 smaller than 99). Slaty-grey or brownish,

sometimes uniform with the lateral rugae pale, but usually more or

less strongly mottled, antennae more or less suffused, eyes black.

Fia. 46.—Bethalus mucidus (B- L.). 4, 6, Frontal and lateral views of head ;

c, telson; d, ventral view of epimera Boys ; e, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2;

ihe external lateral view of epimera | and 2.

Localities.—Cape of Good Hope (Budde-Lund, coll. Drege, see

pelt).

Natal: Port Natal (= Durban) (Budde-Lund); Aman-

zimtoti (W.F.P.); Umgeni Valley (S.A. Mus.) ;

Durban and Inchanga (K. H. B.).

Portuguese Hast Africa: Lorenzo Marques (K. H. B).

As regards mucidus and latifrons, the former is not represented in

the Budde-Lund collection in the British Museum, but the two

descriptions are so extraordinarily alike that one cannot doubt the

synonymy. Both mucidus and latifrons have the high raised epistome,

and the “ duplicatura ” on the under surface of the 5th—7th epimera.

In some specimens from the Umgeni Valley the basal median

impression on the telson is better marked than usual; consequently

the raised portion on either side shows up better, and in some speci-

mens the telson might almost be described as basally bituberculate,

and bears a close resemblance to that of warrent.

— ——_-

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 315

Bethalus warren (Clige.).

(Fig. 47.)

1917. Cubaris warreni. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., 1, p. 569,

pl xi ess 10:

1920. Re x Id., ibid., iv, pl. xxvii, fis. 1.

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct. Hpistome consider-

ably raised.

Peraeon segment | with postero-lateral corner subtruncate, internal

tooth acute; internal tooth on segment 2 subacute, extending to

Fic. 47.—Bethalus warreni (Clige.). a, Telson and uropods of Howick specimen ;

b, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2 of same; c, telson and uropods after

Collinge.

anterior margin. Epimera of segments 5-7 with transverse thicken-

ing below.

Telson broader than long, apical margin nearly straight, sides

scarcely incurved, dorsally with 2 low tubercles basally, followed by

a slight medio-longitudinal ridge ; ventrally with median groove.

Antenna 2 very slender, especially the flagellum, 2nd joint 24

times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle subtriangular, narrowing (in the typical form)

to a pointed apex, and leaving a marked gap between telson and

5th pleon segment, but sometimes subacute, outer ramus extending

nearly to apex of peduncle, inner ramus long, extending nearly to

apex of telson.

Up to 12x5-5 mm. Im alcohol, greenish brown, with lighter

mottling.

Localities.—Natal: Krantzkop (Collinge) ; Howick (W. F. P.).

Neither the mandibles nor the pronotum were mentioned in the

original description. The species is assigned to Bethalus on account

of the internal teeth on segments 1 and 2. The two specimens from

316 Annals of the South African Museum.

Howick confirm this. They can scarcely be regarded otherwise than

as a variety of warrent. The only feature in which they do not agree

with Collinge’s description is the uropod; and it should be noted

that the shape of the uropod in the whole figure of the animal on

pl. xxvii (1920) is quite different from that in figs. 9 and 10 accom-

panying the original description.

Bethalus secutor (Jackson).

(Fig. 48.)

1924. Cubaris secutor. Jackson, J. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxxvi, p. 25,

pls. 1, 11.

Surface strongly setose. Rugae distinct. Epistome strongly

raised.

Peraeon segments with the hind margin produced backwards in a

median point, feeble on segment 1 but becoming progressively larger,

Fig. 48.—Bethalus secutor (Jackson). a, Lateral view of whole animal (epimeron

of segment 3 defective) after Jackson, surface setae omitted; 6, telson and

uropods after Jackson.

that on segment 7 flanked on either side by a sharp tubercle. Internal

teeth on segments | and 2 well marked.

Telson about as broad as long, apical margin nearly straight, sides

incurved, dorsally bituberculate at base.

Uropod, peduncle narrowing to a narrowly rounded apex, but not

leaving any gap between telson and 5th pleon segment, outer ramus

moderately long, extending about to apex of peduncle, inner ramus

moderately long.

8:5x5 mm. In alcohol, slaty-blue, flecked with grey.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 317

Locality.— Zululand : Lower Umfolosi (Jackson).

This remarkable species should be included in the genus Bethalus.

The pronotum is broad, and the mandible has a single free penicil.

Moreover, it possesses the same features which distinguish mucidus

and warreni from the other species, viz. the strongly raised epistome,

the transverse ridge of 2nd—7th epimera, the subtruncate postero-

lateral corner of peraeon segment 1, and also (apparently) the trans-

verse ridge on underside of 5th and 6th (but not 7th) epimera.

Bethalus barnardi (Clige.).

1920. Cubaris barnardi. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 482,

pl. xxxi, figs. 67-76.

In general resembling secutor, but much less strongly sculptured.

The median projection on the peraeon segments is not developed at

all on segments 1-4, only very feebly on 5, and moderately on 6

and 7 (cf. Collinge’s fig. 67). Internal tooth on segment 1 similar

to that of mucidus.

Epimera of segments 5-7 with transverse ridge on lower surface,

the anterior and inner portion of the epimera being thickened (cf.

mucidus). There is a slight longitudinal (7.e. parallel with body axis)

ridge across the pleurae of pleon segment 3, continuing the line of the

submarginal edge of the thickenings on epimera 5-7, and sometimes

a much fainter ridge on pleon segment 4 also.

Pronotum on segment 2 one-quarter, on posterior segments almost

or quite one-third.

Antenna 2 slender, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint

24-3 times Ist.

Uropod, outer ramus longer than in secutor, extending almost to

apex of peduncle, and equal to 2 length of inner ramus.

Up to 16x 7-5 mm. (20-5 mm., Collinge). In alcohol, brownish or

greyish, mottled, eyes black.

Localities —Natal: Sarnia and Winkle Spruit (Collinge); M’fongosi,

Zululand (Collinge ; also §.A. Mus.); Pietermaritzburg and Krantz-

kop (Natal Mus.).

I have examined a large number of specimens collected by Mr.

W. E. Jones, in size from 4 mm. upwards. The sculpturing does not

vary, so that this form and secutor may be considered separate species.

The differences in sculpture and outer ramus of uropod are certainly

great enough to justify specific rank. The difference in length of

pronotum is perhaps not really so great. Jackson’s fig. 1, on pl. i,

VOL. Xx PART 2. 21

318 Annals of the South African Museum.

has the visible portion of the pronotum on segment 7 slightly greater

than }, z.e. not including the median projection. But whether

barnardi should be separated from mucidus is very doubtful; the

question can only be cleared up by detailed collecting and observation,

whether forms with a short process on hind margin of 7th segment

occur in the same locality together with forms without any trace

of a process.

Gen. AKERMANIA Cllge.

1919. Akermania. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 230.

Head concrete, antennary tubercles not distinct, epistome adnate

to head dorsally, lateral marginal line of head continuous with margin

of epistome. ,

Epimera, especially 1 and 2, spread out more or less horizontally,

margin of Ist thin, internal teeth on Ist and 2nd well developed.

Pronotum very broad, 3—? length of segment.

Antenna 2 with 2-jointed flagellum. Mandible with a single free

penicil. Inner lobe of maxilla 1 with 2 slender, subequal plumose

setae, outer apex quadrate.

Peraeopod 1 with feeble groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, outer ramus minute, cylindrical.

Genotype: spinosa Clige.

But for the broad pronotum, this form could be included in Poly-

acanthus ; in fact it bears a very close external resemblance to

P. aculeatus. The broad pronotum, however, points to Bethalus, and

in spite of Collinge’s opinion that Akermania is widely separated from

Cubaris or any of the allied genera, it seems to me to be essentially

related to Bethalus, though the lateral marginal line of head is con-

tinued on to the epistome as in Cubaris.

The lst antennae are present.

Nicholls and Barnes (1926, J. Roy. Soc. West Austr., xi, pp. 149,

153, 154) draw attention to the strong likeness between their Cubaris

wilsmoret and Akermania spinosa. In my opinion wilsmorer should

be transferred to Akermania, provided it has a broad pronotum,

which feature is not mentioned by the authors.

Akermania spinosa Clige.

(Fig. 49.)

1919. Akermania spinosa Collinge, loc. cit., p. 230, pl. xiv, figs.

1-12 (fig. 1 shows 8 peraeon segments and 4 expanded pleon segments).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 319

Surface minutely setulose, with numerous short spinous processes,

whose bases are connected by low ridges.

Head with 3 transverse rows of spines, the anterior row with 4,

the middle one with 6, the posterior one with 3 spines. Epistome

distinctly, though not strongly, raised above dorsal surface of head ;

dorso-lateral angles rounded and partly covering eyes in frontal view

(contrast Collinge’s fig. 2), in front convex above, concave below,

Fic. 49.—Akermania spinosa Clige. a, Lateral view of whole animal; 6, ventral

view of epimera 1-3.

the dorsal margin medianly slightly recurved, and in some positions

appearing slightly emarginate.

Peraeon segment 1 with 3 transverse rows of spines, respectively

with 4, 4, 10 spines. The two outside ones of the posterior row

should perhaps be reckoned to the middle row, when the formula

would read 4, 8, 6. EHpimera nearly horizontal, internal tooth or

lamina strong, subquadrate.

Peraeon segments 2-6 each with 2 transverse rows of spines,

respectively with 4 and 10 spines. Hpimera becoming less horizontal

posteriorly, 2 and 3 narrowed, 4-6 less so, internal tooth on 2 pro-

minent, acute in ventral view, but rounded in lateral view (visible

externally), 3-6 each with a transverse ridge below, well marked

on 3, but fainter on the other epimera.

Peraeon segment 7 with 2 transverse rows of spines, respectively

with 8 and 4 spines. |

Pleon segments 3-5 with the pleurae slightly spread, but not quite

horizontal, each with 2 submedian spines.

320 Annals of the South African Museum.

Telson much broader than long, apical margin straight, shorter

than length, dorsally with 2 spines.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd joint of flagellum

3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle broad proportionately to length, apex sub-

quadrate, completely filling space between telson and 5th pleon

segment, outer ramus minute, inner ramus extending half-way to

apex of telson.

4x2mm. Pale straw-colour, segments 1 and 7 rather irregularly

suffused with brown, chiefly laterally, eyes black.

Localities.—Natal: Umblali and Winkle Spruit (Collinge) ; Stella

Bush, Durban (K. H. B.).

There may be some variation in the number and arrangement

of the spines. The above description is taken from my Durban 9.

Collinge’s fig. 2 shows 3 series on the head, with respectively

3, 6, 3 spines ;_ his fig. 1 shows 2 rows with 4 and 5 spines respectively.

He states that there are 2 rows on the segments of the mesosome

(peraeon) ; his fig. 1 shows only 1 row of 6 spines on segment 1, and

2 rows of 6 each (usually) on segments 2-7 ; fig. 7, a transverse view

of segment 1, shows 2 rows of 4 and 10 spines. These differences

are probably due to the draughtsman, who also seems at least partly

responsible for the manifest inaccuracies of fig. 1.

The lst antennae are quite distinct in my specimen. The uropods

fill the space between telson and 5th pleon segment. Nevertheless

there cannot be the slightest doubt that the Durban specimen, from

a locality roughly midway between the two original localities, is

conspecific.

Gen. PoLtyacANntuus B-L.

1904. Armadillo (part). Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

pp. 97, 116 (Section iv).

1909. Polyacanthus. Id., in Schultze, Reise, u, p. 54 (subgen.

of Armadillo).

Head concrete, antennary tubercles not distinct, epistome without

median raised shield, lateral marginal line of head continuous with

epistome.

Hind margin of peraeon segment | sinuate. Epimeron of segment 1

large, thin ; internal teeth on segments 1 and 2 small.

Pronotum narrow.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, flagellum 2-jointed.

Mandible with a single free penicil. Maxilla 1 with 2 unequal rather

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 321

short plumose setae on inner lobe, the outer apex of wee iS

rounded.

Uropod, peduncle oblong, outer ramus cylindrical, minute.

Genotype: aculeatus (B-L.).

Key to the species.

1. Head and peraeon spinose : : . : : aculeatus.

2. Head and peraeon rugulose and fuilpereules : ‘ ‘ transvaalensis.

Polyacanthus aculeatus (B-L.).

1885. Armadillo aculeatus. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 289.

1904. Polyacanthus _,, Id., Revs Crusta sop; err, p. 117,

plex, mes. LOSI.

Head with 4 spines in a transverse row. Peraeon segments each

with 6 spines in a transverse row, the 2 median ones smaller than

the others. Pleon segments 3-5 each with 2 small spines. Telson

as long as broad, subquadrangular, sides incurved.

7x4 mm.

Locality.—Chinchoxo, Portuguese Congo (Budde-Lund).

This is not a South African species, but is included for the sake

of completeness and comparison with the following species.

Polyacanthus transvaalensis n. sp.

(Fig. 50.)

Strongly convex, Ist epimeron and the pleurae spread out more or

less horizontally, the other epimera less so. Surface strongly squamu-

lose with smaller squamulae interspersed among the larger ones,

especially on hind margins of segments.

Head rugulose. Hyes well developed. Epistome strongly raised

above dorsal surface of head, in front flat, dorsal margin gently convex,

dorso-lateral angles quadrate.

Peraeon segment 1 with a V-shaped median boss anteriorly, flanked

by 2 smaller rounded bosses on either side, about 12 elongate rugae in

a transverse series, and a series of small rounded tubercles on the hind

margin alternating with the rugae.

Peraeon segments 2-7 distinctly divided into a smooth anterior

portion and a raised posterior portion, the latter bearing on each

segment a transverse series of about 14 rugae, followed by smaller

tubercles alternating with them.

322 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pronotum of segment 2 one-twelfth, of posterior segments about

one-tenth dorsal length of segment.

Kpimeron of segment 1 large, thin, splayed outwards but not

reflexed ; internal tooth on both segments 1 and 2 small, rounded.

Segments 5-7 with faint longitudinal (¢.e. parallel to body axis)

ridge about midway between insertion of peraeopods and lateral

margins of epimera.

Pleon segments 3-5 each with 4 rounded bosses, the 2 inner ones

larger than the outer ones, especially on segment 5.

Telson longer than broad, anterior and posterior widths subequal,

Fie. 50.—Polyacanthus transvaalensis n. sp. a, Dorsal view of peraeon segment 1;

6, 5th pleon segment, telson, and uropods ; c, ventral view of epimera | and 2.

sides incurved, apical margin nearly straight, dorsally with a prominent

rounded boss proximally, divided by a medio-longitudinal groove.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd joint slightly longer than 4th,

flagellum scarcely as long as 4th joint, much narrower than 5th, its

2nd joint 3 times Ist.

Peraeopod 1 with very feeble groove on anterior surface of 5th

joint.

Uropod, peduncle considerably longer than wide, distally narrowed

to a subquadrate apex, which extends slightly beyond margin of telson

and pleurae of 5th pleon segment, outer ramus minute, inner ramus

short, twice as long as broad.

9x4mm. Slaty-grey, eyes black, antennae and legs pale.

Locality.— Transvaal: Zoutlansberg (R. F. L.).

This species is referable to Budde-Lund’s Section iv = Polyacanthus.

The name proves to have been unfortunately chosen, as this species is

not spinose like aculeatus. It forms an interesting extension of the

genus.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 323

Gen. D1ipLoExocHuus Brdt.

1833. Dzploexochus. Brandt, Conspect. Onisc.

1904. Armadillo (part). Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

pp. 97, 100 (Section 11).

1909. Dzploexochus. Id., in Schultze, Reise, ii, p. 54 (subgen. of

- Armadillo).

1910. ae Id., Voeltzkow, Sjéstedts Kilimandjaro-

Meru Exp., in, p. 11.

Head concrete, antennary tubercles not distinct, epistome without

median raised shield, adnate to dorsal surface of head, lateral marginal

line of head continued on to epistome.

Hind margin of peraeon segment 1 more or less sinuate. Epimeron

of segment 1 with margin thin or costate, more or less completely

grooved, at least near hind corner, internal fold and tooth well

developed ; internal fold or tooth on segment 2 usually well developed.

Pronotum narrow or very narrow, seldom exceeding one-seventh of

length of segment, usually much less.

Antenna 2 with 2-jointed flagellum. Mandible with a single free

penicil. Maxilla 1 with 2 subequal slender plumose setae on inner

lobe, the outer apex of which is rounded.

Peraeopod | with groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod, peduncle oblong or subquadrangular, outer and inner rami

moderate or more usually short, often very short, the outer ramus

being minute or obsolescent, when present cylindrical.

Genotype : in 1904 Budde-Lund gave clausus B-L. (S. America) as

genotype of his Section ui, but in 1909 substituted echinatus Brdt.

(S. America).

According to Budde-Lund (1904) the genus extends over the

north-eastern and north parts of South America (one species in Chile),

central and southern parts of North America, West Indies, Canary

Islands, Cape Verde Islands, and Africa (one species in South Spain).

Some of the species, however, may perhaps have been wrongly assigned.

This is the most numerous, and the most difficult genus of the

Cubarids. As will be seen from the following pages, a moderate

amount of collecting has produced a large increase in the number of

known species ; and obviously many more still await discovery.

As a generic character the width of the pronotum, especially

if taken in conjunction with other characters, appears to be sound,

though subject to considerable range. At one end of the scale it is

very narrow, as in Budde-Lund’s Section 1 (Pentheus officinalis) ; at

ie] Co

Se a a a ee ee

324 Annals of the South African Museum.

the other end it is very broad as in Bethalus. As a specific character

there need be no hesitation in using it, in spite of the gradation.

But I express no opinion as to whether it can be regarded as an

indication of affinity. The species are here arranged according to the

width of the pronotum solely for the sake of convenience.

Neither the distribution nor the habitats of the species disclose any

correlation between the width of the pronotum and the environment.

All the species with very narrow pronotum are subtropical (synopsis

la), but there are also subtropical species with only a moderately

narrow pronotum (rhodesiensis, makuae, tugelae; excluding aenigma

and cingulatus as outstanding peace ae in the whole genus). Most

of the species have a pronotal width of ~,—;4 (synopsis lc) and they

are mostly congregated in the southerly and south-westerly areas of

South Africa, the explanation being merely that more collecting has

been done in these areas. There are species living in the plains, as

well as species living on the mountain-tops. Myrmecophily does not

afford an explanation. The faculty of “ conglobation ” seems to be

no better developed in those species with a narrow pronotum than in

those with a wide pronotum; though one would like to think that

some correlation might be demonstrable by a close study of the habits

and habitats of the animals.

The tabularis group, comprising tabularis, ecaudatus, albanyensis,

and hypselos, is interesting as showing the same method of inter-

locking of peraeon segments 1 and 2 as is found in Mucrocercus.

D, tuberosus (Budde-Lund, 1904, pl. x, fig. 1) from the West Indies

also exhibits the same feature.

Instead of a dichotomous key, I have followed Budde-Lund in

giving a synopsis of the South African species. By elimination a

specimen can be run down to a group of species, and can then be

identified by reference to the descriptions and figures.

la. Pronotum very narrow, linear, 54,—3/; of | formicarum, ovampoensis, kaoko-

dorsal length of segment a | ensis, nanus, obliquidens, thom-

2 measured) sent, damarensis, salisburyensis.

16. Pronotum narrow, ;;-;5 . : . saldanhae, steenbrasi.

{nmigricans, pachytos, dollfust, mixtus,

kogmani, albescens, rufescens,

coloratus, flavescens, _ festivus,

montagui, oraniensis, herscheli,

Da T° orphanus, alticola, rhodesiensis,

pauperculus, polythele, meiringi,

albert, tugelae, pusillus, tabularis,

ecaudatus, albanyensis, hypselos.

lc. Pronotum moderately narrow,

— =. ee

ld.

le.

If.

2a.

2b.

3a.

3b.

3c.

4a.

Ab.

5a.

5b.

6a.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 325

pubescens, conisaleus, makuae,

| limenites, hypsinephes, zwart-

bergensis, mnebulosus, furcatus,

| castor, celsicauda.

disjunctus, longipes, quadrimacu-

Pronotum rather broad, 3-4 : d { z iesaoe ee itil,

Pronotum broad, }+—} . é : . aenigma, cingulatus.

Unknown : orbicularis, liliputanus, natalensis, truncatus.

Epistome rising considerably above \

dorsal surface of head : <¥

Pronotum moderate, {-+

formicarum, makuae, orbicularis.

Epistome not strongly raised . . all other species.

Epistome feebly demarcated from head { kaokoensis, thomsen, damarensis,

dorsally . J ; : : . | saldanhae, steenbrasi, pilula.

‘ovampoensis, kaokoensis, nanus,

salisburyensis, saldanhae, steen-

Peraeon segment 1 grooved along whole! brasi, mixtus, kogmani, meiringt,

alberti, tugelae, pusillus, tabularis,

makuae, aenigma, liliputanus,

\ natalensis.

length of epimeral margin

Peraeon segment 1 partially grooved . all other species.

Peraeon segment 1 without marginal albanyensis, hypselos, pubescens,

| formicarum, oraniensis, herscheli,

| conisaleus, longipes, quadrimacu-

groove . : ; ; : ‘

latus, cingulatus.

lovampoensis, nanus, obliquidens,

Peraeon segment 1 with hind corner thomseni, salisburyensis, saldan-

equally or subequally cleft (z.e. the hae, steenbrasi, nigricans, kogmant,

inner lamina or tooth extends back-- herscheli, alberti, tugelae, pusillus,

wards to, or almost to, the level of pubescens, conisaleus, zwartberg-

hind margin of segment) . : : ensis, nebulosus, gordoniensis,

' pilula, orbicularis, liliputanus.

Peraeon segment 1 distinctly unequally \

cleft s : : ; ; ay all other species.

all of la except thomseni; 1b;

dollfusi, albescens, alticola, rho-

desiensis, pauperculus, polythele,

meiringi, alberti, tugelae, pusillus,

tabularis, ecaudatus, albanyensis,

Outer ramus of uropod minute or

obsolescent

hypselos, pubescens, conisaleus,

makuae, longipes, quadrimacu-

latus, gordoniensis, pilula, cingu-

latus, orbicularis.

Outer ramus of uropod distinct . . all other species.

kaokoensis, thomseni, steenbrasi,

Inner ramus of uropod long, extending herscheli, tugelae, tabularis, ecau-

beyond half-way to apex of telson (as datus, albanyensis, makuae, fur-

visible from below) . : ‘ : catus, aenigma, cingulatus, lili-

putanus, natalensis.

A a a a ee

326 Annals of the South African Museum.

6b. Inner ramus of uropod not exceeding

half length of telson, mostly much ;all other species.

shorter . : ; |

ovampoensis, kaokoensis, nanus,

obliquidens, thomseni, salisbury-

7a. A ridge or thickening on lower surface ensis, saldanhae, mixtus, kogmani,

of epimera of segments 5-7 5 é albescens, coloratus, flavescens,

festivus, montagui, pubescens,

conisaleus, makuae.

kaokoensis, thomseni, salisbury-

segments 3-5 in addition to the ; :

ensis, pubescens, conisaleus.

above ridge on segments 5-7

7c. A ridge across peduncle (ventral sur- mention. hier

face) of uropod ; ees

7b. A similar ridge on pleurae of "|

Diploexochus formicarum B-L.

(Fig. 51.)

21895. Armadillo orbicularis. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr.,

vill, p. 345, fig. 2 (non B-L.).

1909. Diploexochus formicarum. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise,

ll, p. 57, pl. v, figs. 44-56.

1910. a # Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr.

Crust., p. 447.

Rugae distinct, segment 1 with 7 granules on anterior margin, the 2

median ones largest, followed by 2 transverse rows of granules, the

posterior ones smaller, segments 2-7 distinctly divided into a smooth

anterior portion and a raised posterior portion bearing 2 transverse

rows of granules on each segment, the granules of the posterior row

smaller than the anterior ones; pleon segments 3-5 each with a

transverse row of granules.

Eyes moderate. Epistome considerably raised above surface of

head.

Peraeon segment 1, margin thin, slightly reflexed, not grooved,

hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth small; internal tooth on

segment 2 small.

Pronotum very narrow, linear.

Telson slightly broader than long, sides slightly incurved, apical

margin almost straight, dorsally with 2 submedian rounded ridges or

elongate tubercles proximally.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd joint longer than 4th, flagellum

equal to 4th joint, its 2nd joint not quite 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle considerably longer than wide, narrowing to the

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 327

subquadrate apex, outer ramus minute, inner ramus short, twice as

long as broad.

3°5x1-6 mm. In alcohol, greyish-white, unicolorous.

Localities.—Bechuanaland: Vryburg (Dollfus); Kooa, Kalahari

(Budde-Lund).

Although it is clear that the orbicularis of Dollfus is not the true

orbicularis of B-L., I am not quite sure that it is the same as formi-

carum. Dollfus says the lst peraeon segment is grooved throughout its

length, and that the epistome is not raised above the level of the head.

faa NY] wp

Fic. 51.—Diploexochus formicarum B-L. a, 5th pleon segment, telson and uropods

after Budde-Lund ; 0, dorsal view of uropod after Budde-Lund ; ¢, telson of

orbicularis Dollf. non B-L., after Dollfus.

But his figure of the telson and uropods resembles Budde-Lund’s figures

of these parts, except for the absence of the two ridges on the telson.

The (comparative) nearness of the two localities is in favour of

specific identity.

Diploexochus salisburyensis un. sp.

(Fig. 52.)

Surface minutely granulate (shagreened). Rugae obsolete or very

faintly indicated. Epistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1, epimeral margin thick, reflexed, grooved

throughout its length, hind corner equally cleft, mternal tooth

rounded ; internal tooth on segment 2 well developed.

Pronotum very narrow, almost linear, 4, of dorsal length of segment.

Epimera of segments 5—7 with a transverse (7.e. to body axis) ridge

on lower surface, petering out slightly before reaching margin.

Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 with a low ridge or thickening on

lower surface near hind margin.

Telson a little broader than long, sides incurved, apical margin

nearly straight, dorsally raised with a shallow more or less conspicuous

oval or lozenge-shaped impression.

SS ee a ee ———

328 Annals of the South African Museum.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 4 times

the Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, apex subquadrate, outer ramus

very small but distinct, inner ramus short, twice as long as broad,

extending scarcely half-way to apex of telson.

Up to9x3-5 mm. In alcohol, greyish, eyes darker.

Locality.—Rhodesia : Salisbury (R. W. E. T.).

Fic. 52.—Diploexochus salisburyensis n. sp. a, Ventral view of epimera 5—7 and

pleura of pleon segment 3; 6, telson and uropods ; ¢, ventral view of epimera

1 and 2.

Compared with obliquidens this species has a narrower epimeron on

peraeon segment 2, with a less oblique tooth, a slightly more convex

telson with a slightly stronger impression. The margin of peraeon

segment 1, moreover, is grooved throughout.

Diploexochus ovampoensis (Brurd.).

(Fig. 53, d.)

1924. Cubaris ovampoensis (part). Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx,

Pa o2e tee

Surface minutely squamulose-granulose. Rugae feebly developed.

Hpistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with a low rounded median boss anteriorly,

obscurely divided by a medio-longitudinal faintly impressed line ;

epimeral margin reflexed, grooved throughout its length, hind corner

equally cleft, internal tooth rounded ; internal tooth on segment 2

strong, narrow, curving obliquely posteriorly.

Pronotum very narrow.

Epimera of segments 5-7 with transverse ridge on lower surface.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 329

Telson broader than long, sides slightly incurved, apical margin

nearly straight, dorsally convex and tumid proximally, with a faint

medio-longitudinal impressed line.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint a trifle longer than 4th, 2nd flagellar joint

24 to nearly 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle about as broad as long, or very slightly longer

than broad, apex subquadrate, outer ramus minute, inner ramus

short, twice as long as broad.

Up to 6x2-5 mm. Slaty-grey, with lighter reticulation on head

and peraeon, lateral margins usually paler, eyes black.

a c

Fic. 53.—Diploexochus obliquidens n. sp. a, Ventral view of epimera 1 and 2,

with marginal view of epimeron 1; 6, telson and uropods. D. nanus B-L.:

c, telson and uropods, after MSS. drawing by Budde-Lund in British Museum.

D. ovampoensis (Brnrd.): d, telson and uropods.

Localities.—Ovamboland : Namakunde and Ongandjera (Barnard).

This species has a slightly stouter internal tooth on segment 2, and

a more tumid telson than obliquidens, in both of which characters it

is very close to nanus ; it differs, however, from both these species in

having the whole margin of segment 1 grooved. Jam unable to deter-

mine whether this species is the same as bituberculatus B-L., 1910,

from Kilimanjaro, which has the whole margin of segment 1 grooved,

and the MSS. figure of which shows a telson similar to that of ovam-

poensis. Only a comparison of actual specimens can decide.

Re-examination of the original specimens shows that the specimens

from Krikson’s Drift, formerly included under this species, are really

referable to the form here identified as nanus.

330 Annals of the South African Museum.

Diploexochus obliquidens n. sp.

(Fig. 53, a, 6.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, reflexed, grooved in posterior

half, but the groove faintly traceable for about 3 length, hind corner

equally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal tooth on segment

2 strong, but narrow, curving obliquely posteriorly.

Pronotum very narrow, linear, s'> of dorsal length of segment.

Epimera of segments 5-7 with transverse ridge on lower surface.

Telson a little broader than long, sides gently incurved, apical

margin nearly straight, dorsal surface slightly raised with a small

very faint median impression.

Antenna 2, 2nd joint a trifle longer than 4th, 2nd flagellar joint

2-24 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle: a little longer than broad, apex subquadrate,

outer ramus very small but distinct, inner ramus short, twice as long as

broad.

Up tollx5mm. Slaty-grey, lateral margins pale, eyes black.

Localities.—Transvaal: Messina (R. W. E. T.); Sabie Game Re-

serve (EK. L.G.); Zoutpansberg (R. F. L.).

This species is very close to nanus B-L. from the Mt. Meru district

in Tanganyika ; it is distinguished by the obsolete rugae, the slightly

broader 2nd segment, the narrower internal tooth on segment 2, and

the less convex telson; the latter difference is deduced from Budde-

Lund’s description “‘ valde tumido ”’ and his MSS. figure of the telson.

Diploexochus nanus B-L.

(Fig. 53, c.)

1910. Diploexochus nanus. Budde-Lund, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-

Meru Exp., iii, p. 12, pl. u, figs. 9-15.

1924. a a Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siiss-

wasseri. 8.W. Afr., ii, p. 178.

1924. Cubaris ovampoensis (part). Barnard, Ann. §. Afr. Mus.,

XX, p. 232.

This form agrees with ovampoensis except that the groove on

segment 1 extends only half-way or at most two-thirds along the

margin, and the peduncle of uropod is apically narrower.

Up to7x3 mm. Colour like that of ovampoensis.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 331

Localities —Ovamboland: Kunene River, near Erikson’s Drift

(Barnard).

Kaokoveld: Kaoko Otavi, Otjitundua, and Okorosave

(K. He B.)3 Warmbadi(R. FE. Li and A.J. H.).

Damaraland: Karibib (Panning).

Great Namaqualand: Seeheim (Panning).

These specimens are evidently the same as those which Panning,

with some hesitation, referred to nanus. Without comparison of

actual specimens, there seems to be considerable justification for

Panning’s decision, and I follow him here. The main difference which

Panning found was caused by a misconception. In measuring the

length of the pronotum, Panning included the smooth anterior half

of the segment as well as the true articular surface. All the speci-

mens | have seen conform to Budde-Lund’s description of the pro-

notum as very narrow (so ~ 15).

It is curious that Budde-Lund’s bituberculatus and nanus differ

from one another in the extent of the groove on segment 1, and the

apical width of the peduncle of uropod, exactly as do ovampoensis

and the South West Africa form assigned to nanus. Budde-Lund’s

MSS. in the British Museum contains unpublished figures of the telson

of both species.

Diploexochus thomseni Pann.

(Fig. 54.)

1924. Diploexochus thomseni. Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siiss-

wasserf. 8.W. Afr., 1, p. 177, fig. 2.

Surface minutely squamulose-granulose. Rugae obsolete. Epi-

stome feebly demarcated from dorsal surface of head, with a small

V-shaped median impression dorsally.

Peraeon segment 1 smooth on anterior margin. Epimeral margin

thick, reflexed, grooved in posterior third, hind corner subequally

cleft, internal tooth rounded, visible externally in lateral view.

Internal tooth on segment 2 small, oblique.

Pronotum very narrow, about ; of dorsal length of segment.

Epimera of segments 5-7 thickened below, forming transverse, or

on segment 7 angularly oblique, ridges. Similar oblique ridges on

pleurae of pleon segments 3-5.

Telson broader than long, distal portion slightly broader than long,

sides gently incurved, distal margin slightly convex, dorsally evenly

convex ; ventrally with median groove at base.

332 Annals of the South African Museum.

Antenna 2, 2nd joints and 4th subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3-4

times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle slightly longer than broad, apex subquadrate,

apical margin 3 length of apical margin of telson, outer ramus small,

extending 1} to apex of peduncle, inner ramus rather long, extending

2-3 to apex of telson, 3-4 times as long as broad.

Fic. 54.—Diploexochus thomsent Pann. a, External lateral view of epimeron 1 ;

6, ventral view of epimeron 2; c, telson and uropods; d, front view of head ;

e, ventral view of epimera 5-7 and pleurae of pleon segments 3-5.

Upto7x3mm. Slaty-grey, with paler dorso-lateral flecks, lateral

margins often pale, eyes black.

Localities—Damaraland : Waterberg and Okahandja (Panning) ;

Waterberg (R. W. E. T.).

Local variety of thomsen.

Distinguished from the typical form by the telson and uropod.

The telson is at least as long as broad, or even a little longer than

broad, the distal portion also slightly longer than broad. The

peduncle of the uropod is narrower, the apical margin being only

one-quarter the length of the apical margin of telson.

5x2mm. Slaty-grey.

Localities.—Damaraland: Narebis and Outjo (K. H. B.).

Kaokoveld: Kamanyab (R. F. L. and A. J. H.); Kaoko

Otavi (KEesBa)

When typical Waterberg specimens are placed side by side with

specimens from the Kaokoveld the differences are obvious. Never-

theless the latter can be regarded only as a local variety. Among

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 333

several specimens from Narebis (a locality intermediate between

Waterberg and the Kaokoveld) some are intermediate as regards the

length of telson and width of uropods, while a few are definitely of

the Kaokoveld form.

Diploexochus damarensis Pann.

1924. Diploexochus damarensis. Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siiss-

wasserf. 8.W. Afr., ii, p. 181.

In many respects agrees with thomseni, but the groove on Ist

segment slightly longer, extending almost half-way along the thickened

margin, which is more strongly reflexed. A slight ridge on under side

of epimeron 3 and a slight thickening on 4; the following segments

show “ nothing remarkable,” from which it may be assumed that the

transverse ridges, so clearly defined in thomseni, are here absent. The

same may be said of the pleurae of segments 3-5.

Pronotum narrow.

Telson half as long again as broad, the distal portion also half as

long again as broad, sides incurved, dorsally with medio-longitudinal

keel.

Antenna 2, 2nd flagellar joint 4 times Ist.

Uropod, outer and inner rami both very small, twice as long as

wide.

Locality.— Damaraland : Neudamm, near Windhoek (Panning).

I have seen no examples referable to this species. The type material

should be compared with that of longipes and quadrimaculatus.

Diploexochus kaokoensis nu. sp.

(Fig. 55.)

Surface minutely squamulose-granulose. Rugae obsolete. Epi-

stome not demarcated from dorsal surface of head except at the sides,

convex above, biconcave below for the reception of the 2nd antennae.

Peraeon segment 1 quite smooth on anterior margin. Epimeral

margin thick, reflexed, grooved for nearly its whole length, the whole

groove visible externally in side view, hind corner unequally cleft,

internal tooth rounded. Internal tooth on segment 2 small, oblique.

Pronotum very narrow, ;; of dorsal length of segment.

Epimera of segments 5-7 with faint oblique or transverse ridge on

lower surface. |

Pleurae of pleon segments 3-5 with a similar ridge.

VOL. XXX, PART 2. 22

334 Annals of the South African Museum.

Telson broader than long, distal portion short, rectangular, sides

and apical margin straight, dorsal surface evenly convex.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3

times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle as broad as long, apically broadly subquadrate,

outer ramus very small, inner ramus extending almost to apex of

telson, about 4 times as long as broad.

Up to5x1-:75 mm. Slaty-grey, eyes black.

Locality.— Kaokoveld : Kaoko Otavi (K. H. B.).

( N ;

Fie. 55.—Dziploexochus kaokoensis n. sp. a, Ventral view of epimera 1 and 2;

b, dorsal view of uropod; c, telson and uropods; d, external lateral view of

epimeron lI.

The complete obliteration of the dorsal margin of the epistome,

except for a short distance at the sides, is distinctive. This feature,

the completely grooved margin of lst segment, broad uropod, and

short rectangular distal portion of the telson easily distinguish this

species from thomsent.

Diploexochus saldanhae nu. sp.

(Fig. 56, c-e.)

Strongly convex. Rugae distinct, tubercular, on the peraeon seg-

ments arranged in 2 transverse rows, the anterior row on segment |

with 4 rounded tubercles rather larger than the others, the tubercles

on the other segments subequal in size, more elongate ; segments 2-7

with the smooth anterior portion sharply divided from the raised,

tuberculate, posterior portion. Pleon segments 3-5 with a series of

rounded granules distally.

Epistome scarcely raised above level of head, convex above, deeply

biconcave below. Hyes well developed, marginal.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 335

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, grooved throughout its

length, hind corner equally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal

tooth on segment 2 well developed. Epimeron of segment 2 narrowed

distally.

Pronotum about ;—;.

Segments 5-7 with transverse ridge on lower surface.

Telson half as wide again as long, distal portion short, sides slightly

incurved, apical margin straight, slightly reflexed, dorsally with 2

submedian rounded ridges or elongate tubercles.

Fic. 56.—Diploexochus steenbrasi n. sp. a, Ventral view of epimera 1 and 2, with

marginal view of epimeron 1; 6, 5th pleon segment, telson, and uropods.

D. saldanhae n. sp.: c, ventral view of epimeron 2; d, 5th pleon segment,

telson, and uropods ; e, marginal view of epimeron 1.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd joint slightly longer than 4th,

flagellum equal to 4th joint, its 2nd joint 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle as broad as long, apically subquadrangular, outer

ramus minute, inner ramus short, twice as long as broad, extending

half-way to apex of telson.

4-25x 1:75 mm. Pale greyish, hind margins of peraeon segments

often darker, eyes dark.

Locality.—Cape Province: Saldanha Bay (K. H. B., 1912).

This species would appear to be close to, but distinct from,

orbicularis. Budde-Lund’s original description states, inter alia,

“ sublaevis ”’ and “ oculi parvi”’; both of which features do not

fit the present specimens.

Found under stones, sometimes, but not always, in conjunction

with ants.

Diploexochus steenbrasi un. sp.

(Fig. 56, a, 6.)

Similar to saldanhae, but peraeon segment 1 with the cleft at hind

corner not so wide, internal tooth on segment 2 smaller, peraeon

336 Annals of the South African Museum.

segments 5-7 without inferior ridge, telson with a third elongate

median tubercle distal to the 2 proximal ones, inner ramus of uropod

extending 3 to apex of telson.

3°5X1-5mm. In alcohol, pale cream.

Locality—Cape Province: Mouth of Steenbras River, south of

Gordon’s Bay (W. F. P.).

A species obviously allied to saldanhae. I have seen only one

specimen.

Diploexochus nigricans (Brdt.).

(Fig, 97, a57b3)

1833. Cubaris ngricans. Brandt, Conspect. Onisc., p. 191 (29).

1885. Armadillo _,, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 22.

1904. . si Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 114, pl. ix,

fig. 42.

1910. Diploexochus ,, Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust.,

p. 445.

Strongly convex. Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct ;

peraeon segment 1 also with a low median boss on anterior margin,

often divided into two, but sometimes almost obsolete. Epistome

not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1, groove extending at least half-way along margin,

often 2 or ?, hind corner not very unequally cleft, internal tooth

extending nearly to hind corner, rounded ; internal tooth on segment

2 well developed and prominent, but not large.

Pronotum {.

Usually no ridge on under-surface of epimera of segments 6 and 7,

but sometimes a very slight one.

Telson distinctly broader than long, apical margin almost straight,

sides incurved dorsally, with 2 low rounded tubercles proximally,

followed by a low medio-longitudinal elongate tubercle; ventrally

grooved only at base.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joimts subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3-4

times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle slightly longer than broad, apex subquadrangular,

distal outer angle very little rounded, outer ramus small, extending

scarcely half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus short and stout,

extending half-way to apex of telson.

Up to 9x4 mm. Dark slaty-grey or blackish, uniform but the

rugae usually lighter, and the uropods often pale brownish or reddish.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 337

Localities. — Cape Province: Cape Town and Port Elizabeth

(Budde-Lund); Cape Town, slopes of Signal Hill, Devil’s Peak,

and Table Mt. (W. F. P., R. M.L., and K.H.B.); Riebeck Kasteel

(K. H.B.); Helderberg, Somerset West (K. H.B.); Tulbagh Poort

oy P.); Touws River'(R. M.L.); Ceres (W. F. P., R. M.L., and

KH. B.); Matjesfontem (R. M.L.); Slanghoek (W. F. P.);

Brandvlei, Worcester (W. F. P.); Hottentots Holland Mts.

(K. H. B.); French Hoek Pass (K. H. B.) ; Houw Hoek (W.F. P.) ;

Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (K. H. B.); Matroosberg, Hex River

Mts. (K. H. B.) ; Tradouw Pass, Swellendam (K. H. B.) ; Keeromberg,

Worcester (K. H. B.); Langeberg Mts. at Garcia’s Pass, Riversdale

(K.H.B.); Fore Bay, near Mossel Bay (K. H. B.); Robinson Pass,

Outeniqua Range (K.H.B.); Wilderness, near George (K. H. B.) ;

Avontuur (W. F. P.).

It may be possible later when considerably more material has been

obtained from intervening localities, to distinguish local varieties.

Thus the Ceres specimens have the margin of peraeon segment 1

particularly well grooved ; those from Keeromberg and the north side

of Garcia’s Pass have the rugae unusually distinct. In the Fore Bay

specimens there are traces of an incipient development of tiny

tubercles on pleon segments 3-5, which is definitely recognisable

in the Wilderness specimens. Here there are 6 tubercles on both

segments 3 and 4, and 4 on segment 5. This form, if it stood alone

without the intermediate Fore Bay form, would probably be regarded

as a distinct species.

At present only one form is sufficiently outstanding to merit a

varietal name, viz. :

nigricans var. major Nn.

Distinguished from the typical form only by the presence of a

distinct (but not strong) ridge on lower surface of epimera of segments

5-7, and by its larger size: 11x 5 mm.

Localities —Cape Province: Caledon (W.F.P.); Bredasdorp

Gin. I).

Diploexochus pachytos n. sp.

(Fig. 57, ¢.)

Resembling nigricans, but with the margin of segment 1 more

strongly reflexed, in consequence of which the internal convexity,

culminating in the internal tooth, is very prominent. In other words,

the hind part of the marginal groove, and the cleft, are much wider

338 Annals of the South African Museum.

than in ngricans. The two proximal tubercles on the telson are

somewhat elongate.

8x4mm. Slaty-grey, uropods often pale or reddish.

Locality.—Cape Province: Wellington Mts. (K. H. B.).

Fie. 57.—Diploexochus nigricans (Brdt.). a, Telson and uropods ; 6, ventral view

of epimera 1 and 2, with marginal view of epimeron 1. JD. pachytos n. sp.:

c, marginal view of epimeron 1. JD. dollfusi n.n.: d, telson and uropods ;

€é, marginal view of epimeron 1.

Diploexochus dollfusi nom. nov.

1895. Armadillo nigricans. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., vii,

p. 345, fig. 1 (non Brandt-Budde-Lund).

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae moderately distinct. Epistome

not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with marginal groove not extending so far

forwards as in nigricans, and the hind corner more unequally cleft ;

internal tooth on segment 2 as in negricans. Epimera of segments 6

and 7 without ridge on lower surface.

Telson only slightly broader than long, sides incurved, apical

margin slightly convex, dorsally as in nigricans, but the basal tubercles

less conspicuous, the median keel longer and more distinct.

Uropod, peduncle distinctly narrower than in nigricans, the distal

outer angle more rounded, outer ramus minute, inner ramus longer

than in nigricans, extending half-way to apex of telson.

Up to7x3 mm. Dark slaty-grey, legs and uropods pale.

Localities.—Cape Province: Cape Flats at Wynberg and Diep

River, Cape Peninsula (W. F. P.); Noordhoek Flats, Cape Peninsula

(K. H. B.).

I have seen only a few specimens of this form, which is evidently

the same as that figured by Dollfus, and differs from the specimens

identified by Budde-Lund as nigricans.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 339

Diploexochus miatus (B-L.).

(Fig. 58, a, 0.)

1904. Armadillo miztus. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

pe Lis.

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct, though not very

obvious medio-dorsally. Anterior margin of segment 1 with 2 low

rounded tubercles. EHpistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, reflexed, grooved through-

out its length, hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded.

Internal tooth on segment 2 well developed, somewhat oblique.

Fie. 58.—Diploexochus mixtus (B-L.). a, Telson and uropods; 6, ventral view of

epimera 1 and 2, with marginal view of epimeron 1. D. kogmani n. sp. :

c, ventral view of epimera | and 2, with marginal view of epimeron 1; d, 4th

and 5th pleon segments, telson, and uropods.

Pronotum -3, (-1).

Epimera of segments 5-7 and pleura of pleon segment 3 with distinct

ridge on lower surface. :

Telson a little broader than long, sides incurved, apical margin

nearly straight, dorsally with 2 rounded tubercles proximally, followed

by a medio-longitudinal rounded ridge.

Antenna 2, 4th joint slightly longer than 2nd, 2nd flagellar joint

3-4 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle as broad as long, outer ramus small, extending

one-third to apex of peduncle, inner ramus short, extending half-way

to apex of telson.

9x4mm. In alcohol, unicolorous yellow.

Localittes.—Cape Province: Port Elizabeth (Budde-Lund); Avon-

tuur (W.F. P.).

If these Avontuur specimens are correctly assigned to Budde-Lund’s

species, I would consider mixtus more an ally of nigricans than a

transition between flavescens and festivus. They have no ridge on

the pleura of pleon segment 3, but they are not in very good condition.

The outer distal angle of peduncle of uropod is noticeably quadrate.

340 Annals of the South African Museum.

Diploexochus kogmani n. sp.

(Fig. 58, c, d.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct, continuous across the

dorsum. Epistome not strongly raised. Anterior margin of seg-

ment 1 with 2 median rounded tubercles. Posterior margins of seg-

ments with a second transverse series of small tubercles, appreciably

smaller than those constituting the ordinary rugae. Segments divided

into a smooth anterior portion and a raised posterior portion.

Pronotum ;.

Peraeon segment | with margin grooved throughout its length, the

groove narrow anteriorly, widening posteriorly, hind corner equally

cleft, internal tooth rounded ; internal tooth on segment 2 narrow,

somewhat oblique.

Epimera of segments 5-7 with slight ridge on lower surface.

Pleon segments 3-5 with feeble tubercles on hind margins, and a

well-marked elongate tubercle or ridge on (dorsal surface) each pleura.

Telson broader than long, sides incurved, apical margin slightly

convex, dorsally with 3 tubercles, rather broad based, but low and

rounded.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3-4

times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle broader than long, apex subquadrangular, outer

ramus small, extending half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus

short, broad, extending half-way to apex of telson.

6x2-5mm. Slaty-grey, somewhat mottled.

Locality.—Cape Province: Kogman’s Kloof, between Ashton and

Montagu (K. H. B., 1922).

Closely allied to mxtus, but peraeon segment 1 with a narrower

groove on margin, and the hind corner equally cleft, more strongly

sculptured, and shape of telson different.

Diploexochus albescens B-L.

(Fig. 59, a, 0.)

1909. Diploexochus albescens. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, ui,

p: 56, pliv, figs. 20 5a:

1910. H, i Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8. Afr. Crust.,

p. 447.

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae quite distinct. Hpistome not

strongly raised.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 341

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, grooved in posterior half,

hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded ; internal tooth

on segment 2 subacute, oblique.

Pronotum 54-14.

Epimera of segments 4-7 with low oblique ridge on lower surface.

Telson a little broader than long, apical margin almost straight,

sides slightly incurved, dorsally smooth.

Antenna 2 slender, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint

2-24 times Ist.

Fic. 59.—Diploexochus albescens B-L. a, Telson and uropods; 6, ventral view of

epimera 1 and 2, with marginal view of epimeron 1. D. rufescens B-L.:

c, telson and uropods ; d, ventral view of epimera 1-4.

Uropod, peduncle quadrangular, outer ramus minute, inner ramus

short, twice as long as broad.

Up to 14x7 mm. In alcohol, dirty whitish, eyes dark.

Locality—Cape Province: Port Nolloth (Budde-Lund and

iV L.).

The specimens collected by Lightfoot have been compared with

Budde-Lund’s specimens in the British Museum.

Diploexochus rufescens B-L.

: (Hig. 59, c,d.)

1909. Diploexochus rufescens. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, ui,

p. 56, pl. v, figs. 12-28.

1910: %, i. Stebbing, Gen. Cat. 8S. Afr. Crust.,

p. 447.

Surface minutely squamulose-granulose. Rugae obsolete or almost

so, traceable as a series of small feeble granules. Epistome not

strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin not as thick as in albescens, reflexed,

grooved in posterior third, hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth

rounded. Segment 2 with a thickening on anterior margin (of

342 Annals of the South African Museum.

epimeron), but not, or scarcely, forming a definite lamellate flange

or tooth.

Pronotum ;'5, sometimes +.

Epimera of segments 2-7 with a short, faint, slightly oblique ridge

near postero-lateral corner on lower surface.

Telson a little broader than long, distal portion broader than long,

sides strongly incurved, apical margin convex, dorsally convex, smooth,

sometimes with very faint indications of tubercles proximally.

Antenna 2 slender, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 1st flagellar joint.

unusually long, half or a trifle more than half as long as 2nd.

Uropod, peduncle longer than wide, apex subquadrate, outer ramus

small, but extending nearly half-way to apex of peduncle, inner

ramus very short, twice as long as broad, extending only one-quarter

distance to apex of telson.

Up to 13x6-5mm. Pale dull brownish, the epimera, hind margins

of peraeon segments, and whole of pleon darker brown or slaty-

greyish, eyes black, antennae pale grey, legs whitish. The contrast

between the ground colour and the darker markings is less conspicuous

in life than after preservation.

Localities.—Cape Province: Kamaggas (Budde-Lund); Kamies-

kroon (R. F. L. and A. J.H.); Hell’s Kloof, Richtersveld (S.A.

Mus.); Springbok and Concordia (K. H. B.); Lilyfontein, Kamies-

bere, (Ke He Be):

In the specimens in the Budde-Lund collection in the British

Museum the 4 tubercles at the base of telson, as shown in Budde-

Lund’s figure, are generally absent, as they are in most of my

specimens. There are, however, sometimes faint indications, and

in the single specimen from Hell’s Kloof (in poor condition) there

are 2 distinct but small granules followed by a faint keel. Except

that the telson is also shorter than usual, this specimen is otherwise

quite normal.

Diploexochus coloratus n. sp.

Agreeing with rufescens except as follows: segments 3-7 with a

slight transverse (7.e. to body axis) thickening or ridge on anterior

portion of lower surface of epimera, in addition to the oblique ridge

on the posterior portion ; the peduncle of uropod is proportionately

stouter, only a little longer than broad (in fact, very like Budde-

Lund’s fig. 27 of rufescens, whereas the typical rufescens has a uropod

more like fig. 28) ; and the coloration.

Up to 10x4-5 mm. Ground colour pale cream or white, inner

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 343

half of epimera dark slaty-grey or blue-black, joined across the hind

margins of each segment by a similar dark band, which is more or

less interrupted in the middle, except on segment 1, where it forms

a fairly extensive median patch; dorsal parts of pleon, and the telson

dark slaty-grey ; outer (marginal) parts of epimera, hind margins of

each peraeon segment medio-dorsally, the pleurae of pleon segments

3-5, and the uropods suffused with clear orange. Sometimes the

orange may extend over the telson, pleon, and a considerable part

of the medio-dorsal area of the peraeon. Antennae pale grey, legs

white.

Locality.—Cape Province: Kridouw, between Citrusdal and Clan-

william (K. H. B., 1931).

In life this woodlouse is a most striking animal, and quite distinct

from the dull brownish rufescens.

Diploexochus flavescens (Brdt.).

(Fig. 60, a-c.)

1833. Cubaris flavescens. Brandt, Conspect. Onisc., p. 191 (29).

1885. Armadallo i‘, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 20.

1904. i be Ids, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.;p. 101, pl x,

fig. 5.

1910. Diploexochus ,, Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust., p.

445.

1917. Cubaris trilobata. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., ii, p. 575,

pl. xli, figs. 1-9.

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, grooved in posterior third,

hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth strong, rounded-sub-

truncate. Internal tooth on segment 2 well developed, narrowly

rounded.

Pronotum 5 or a little more.

Epimera of segments 5-7 with transverse, somewhat oblique, ridge

on lower surface ; pleura of pleon segment 3 with a similar ridge.

Telson as broad as long, sides incurved, apical margin slightly

convex, dorsally slightly convex at base, and with low medio-longi-

tudinal ridge ; ventrally grooved in basal half.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint scarcely

twice Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, slightly narrower distally,

344 Annals of the South African Museum.

outer ramus extending half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus

reaching half-way to apex of telson.

Up to 12x6 mm. Slaty-grey, brownish or greeny-brown, more

or less mottled with lighter, antennae grey, eyes black. Young

specimens are often more conspicuously mottled. Specimens in

alcohol fade through a more or less variegated yellow to a uniform

pale yellow or dirty cream.

Localities.—Cape Province : Cape Town and Port Elizabeth (Budde-

Lund); Grahamstown (Collinge, also Albany Mus. and W. F. P.) ;

Fort Brown (Albany Mus.); Doornnek, Alexandria Div. (S.A. Mus.

ex Drege); Amatola Mts. (W.F.P.); Adelaide (8S. H. H.); Zuur-

berg (Albany Mus.); Bushman’s River (Albany Mus.) ; Addo Bush

Fic. 60.—Dziploexochus flavescens (Brdt.). a, Ventral view of epimera 1 and 2, with

marginal view of epimeron 1; 6, telson and uropods; c, ventral view of epimera

5-7 and pleura of pleon segment 3. JD. festivus (B-L.): d, dorsal view of

uropod ; e, telson and uropods.

(J.D.); Zwartkops, Port Elizabeth (K.H.B.); Avontuur (W. F. P.) ;

Knysna (W. F. P.); Keurbooms River (K. H. B.).

In 1904 Budde-Lund substituted “Cape Town” for “Cape of

Good Hope.” I doubt whether this species has ever been found

actually at Cape Town.

I have seen many specimens from Grahamstown, the type locality

of trilobata, and find them identical with specimens from Zwartkops

and other localities which have been compared with specimens in the

Budde-Lund collection. The trilobed inner lobe of maxilla 1 with

its 3 plumose setae (Collinge) is either an abnormality or a mis-

interpretation of a mounted preparation.

The telson often has the distal margin straighter than in Budde-

Lund’s figure, and I have seen one specimen in which it was slightly

concave.

Diploexochus festivus (B-L.).

(Fig. 60, d, e.)

1904. Armadillo festivus. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 112, pl. 1x, figs. 40, 41.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 345

Close to flavescens. Rugae present, though obscure, especially in

larger specimens ; peraeon segment 1 obscurely bituberculate near

anterior margin in younger specimens. Internal teeth on segments 1

and 2 as in flavescens. Ridge on epimera of segments 5-7 present as

in flavescens, but often obscure on pleura of pleon segment 3.

Telson a little broader than long, rather more strongly carinate

than in flavescens and obscurely bituberculate basally.

Uropod, peduncle broader than in flavescens, and inner ramus shorter

and stouter, extending scarcely more than one-third to apex of telson.

Up to12x6mm. Slaty-grey, more or less mottled with lighter.

Localities.—Cape Province: Port Elizabeth (Budde-Lund); Matjes-

fontein (W. F.P.); Montagu (W. F.P. and K.H.B.); Kogman’s

Kloof, Montagu (W. F. P.); Touws River (W. F. P.).

The specimens here assigned to this species have the outer distal

angle of peduncle of uropod more rounded than in Budde-Lund’s

figure, and a somewhat shorter and stouter inner ramus. The ridge

on pleura of pleon segment 3 is variable, sometimes distinct, some-

times very obscure.

Diploexochus montagut nu. sp.

(Fig. 61, a,b.)

Close to flavescens and festivus, but telson broader than long and

distinctly trituberculate; peduncle of uropod stouter than in

Fig. 61.—Diploexochus montagui n. sp. a, Dorsal view of uropod; 6, telson and

uropods. D. herscheli-n. sp.: c, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2; d, telson

and uropods. D. oraniensis (Dollf.): e, ventral view of epimera | and 2;

f, telson and uropods (e and f after Dollfus).

flavescens, as in festivus. Oblique ridges on epimera of segments

5-7 and pleura of segment 3 even more distinct than in flavescens.

346 Annals of the South African Museum.

10x4mm. Slaty-grey, lateral margins and uropods pale.

Localities.—Cape Province : Ashton (W. F. P.); Montagu (K. H. B.,

1922).

Diploexochus oraniensis (Dollf.).

(Fig. 612.73)

1895. Armadillo oraniensis. Dollfus,, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., viii,

p. 346, fig. 4.

1904. nf “ Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 114, pl. ix, fig. 39.

Rugae ? distinct. Peraeon segment 1 with a single inconspicuous

median boss on anterior margin. Hpistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment with epimeral margin not grooved, hind corner

unequally cleft, internal tooth small. Internal tooth on segment 2

well developed. |

Pronotum 54-7).

Telson a little longer than wide (in figure: very slightly wider than —

long), sides incurved, apical margin convex, dorsally evenly convex.

Antenna 2, 2nd flagellar joint 4 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than wide, outer ramus extending half-

way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus scarcely extending more than

half-way to apex of telson.

7x3mm. Grey with a series of lateral clear spots, uropods red.

Localities.—Orange Free State : Bloemfontein (Dollfus).

Transvaal : Hammans Kraal, near Pretoria (Dollfus).

In having no marginal groove on segment 1 this species resembles

the species of Bethalus, but it has a narrow pronotum (Budde-Lund,

1904, p. 102). There is certainly a great likeness to Bethalus pretort-

ensis, which has a slightly longer telson and a slightly longer outer

ramus of uropod. I have seen no specimens.

Diploexochus herscheli n. sp.

(Fig 61, ¢, d.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae feebly developed. Epistome

only slightly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thin, reflexed, not grooved, hind

corner nearly equally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal tooth

on segment 2 strong.

Pronotum ;4.

Telson broader than long, sides incurved, apical margin slightly

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 347

convex, dorsally with median keel which is proximally forked ;

ventrally with median groove.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3-4

times Ist. i

Uropod, peduncle as broad as long, apex subquadrangular, outer

ramus moderate, slightly beyond half-way to apex of peduncle, inner

ramus long, almost reaching to apex of telson.

45x2mm. Slaty-grey, mottled.

Locality.—Cape Province: Majuba Nek, Herschel District (Albany

Mus.).

The forked sculpture on the telson resembles that of furcatus, but

in other respects the two species are quite distinct.

Diploexochus orphanus n. sp.

(Fig. 62, a, 0.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae obsolete. EHpistome not

strongly raised, convex dorsally, concave ventrally.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin moderately thick, reflexed, narrowly

grooved in posterior half, hind corner unequally and narrowly cleft,

Fic. 62.—Diploexochus orphanus n. sp. a, Telson and uropods ; 0b, ventral view of

epimera 1 and 2, with marginal view of epimeron 1. OD. alticola n. sp.: c,

pleon segment 5, telson and uropods.

internal tooth rounded. Internal tooth on segment 2 slight, some-

what oblique and subacute.

Pronotum +5.

Telson broader than long, apical portion broader than long, sides

slightly incurved, apical margin convex, dorsally with very slight

median keel.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 24

times first.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, apically subquadrate, outer

ramus’ extending half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus short,

348 Annals of the South African Museum.

twice as long as broad, extending scarcely half-way to apex of

telson.

Up to7x3 mm. Slaty-grey, head and the dorso-lateral portions

of peraeon segments more or less flecked with paler.

Locality.—Cape Province: Kamiesberg (K. H. B., 1931).

This form was found on the Weeskind (Orphan) Kop, on the

western edge of the Kamiesberg, overlooking Garies.

Diploexochus alticola n. sp.

(Fig. 62, c.)

Strongly convex, with low tubercles. Surface with minute

squamulae (scale-spines). Head with low granules and corrugations.

Eyes well developed. Epistome very feebly raised, in centre almost

adnate, dorsally convex, ventrally biconcave for reception of 2nd

antennae.

Peraeon segment 1 with 4 rather large, but low and rounded,

tubercles or warts on anterior margin, and 2 transverse rows of

smaller tubercles behind. Segments 2-7 distinctly divided into a

smooth anterior portion and a raised posterior portion, each with 2

transverse rows of tubercles, the hinder row with 14-16 tubercles.

EKpimeral margin of segment | rather thin, reflexed, grooved only

at hind corner, which is unequally cleft, internal tooth rather larger

than in polythele, rounded. Internal tooth on segment 2 moderate.

Pronotum 54-75:

Segments 5-7 with slight transverse ridge on lower surface of

eplmera.

Pleon segments 3-5 each with a single row of low tubercles, con-

taining 6, 6, and 4 tubercles respectively.

Telson broader than long, posterior portion very short, sides

shghtly incurved, apical margin straight, dorsally strongly convex,

with 2 large, but low and rounded, longitudinal ridges.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle as broad as long, apex subquadrate, outer ramus

minute, inner ramus short, twice as long as broad.

5x2mm. Pale slaty-grey, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Zwartberg Pass, Prince Albert Div.

(Kee Bs, 1929).

In ornamentation and other features (epimeron of segment 1)

allied to formicarum, but distinguished by the shape of the telson,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 349

the feebly raised epistome, and the uropod. It differs from polythele

by having the tubercles low and wart-like instead of conically raised.

Diploexochus rhodesiensis n. sp.

(Fig. 63, a, 6.)

Strongly convex. Surface minutely squamulose-granulose. Head

rugulose. Eyes well developed. Epistome not strongly raised,

convex above, biconcave below.

Peraeon segment 1 with 3 large, but low and rounded, bosses in

middle of anterior margin, arranged in a triangle, 2 in front and 1

behind, flanked by a similar dorso-lateral boss (often subdivided

into 2), with intervening smooth areas ; followed by a transverse row

Fig. 63.—Diploexochus rhodesiensis n. sp. a, Telson and uropods; 6, ventral view

of uropod. D. pawperculusn.sp.: c, ventral view of uropod. JD. polythele

n. sp.: d, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2; e, pleon segment 5, telson, and

uropods.

of more elongate low tubercles or rugae; posterior margin with a

band of small granules.

Epimeral margin moderately thick, reflexed, grooved only in

posterior third, hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded.

Segments 2-7 distinctly divided into a smooth anterior portion

and a raised posterior portion, the latter with a transverse row of

about 14 low tubercles, followed behind by a band of small granules.

Epimeron of segment 2 subacutely narrowed below; epimera of

segments 3 and 4 less narrowed, 5-7 subquadrate, without flange or

ridge on lower surface. Internal tooth on segment 2 well developed,

but not or scarcely visible externally in lateral view.

Pronotum ;..

Pleon segments 3-5 granulate, without larger tubercles.

Telson 14 times as broad as long, posterior portion very short,

sides incurved, apical margin nearly straight, dorsally with a large

VOL: XXX, PART 2. 23

390 Annals of the South African Museum.

boss covered with small granules and with a medio-longitudinal

groove.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint 3 times 1st.

Uropod, peduncle as long as broad, strongly but evenly narrowed

to a truncate apex, inner margin straight, outer ramus obsolete, inner

ramus short, twice as long as broad.

Up to 5x2-:25 mm. Pale slaty-grey, rugae lighter, eyes dark.

Localities. Rhodesia: Bulawayo and Salisbury (R. W. EH. T.).

Damaraland: Namutoni (K. H. B., 1921).

Great Namaqualand: Nakob (K. H. B., 1925).

The Rhodesian specimens were found in the nests of Phezdole ants.

Diplocxochus pauperculus n. sp.

(Fig. 63, c.)

Very like rhodesiensis except as follows: peraeon segment | with

only the 2 foremost bosses on anterior margin ; sculpturing in general

feebler, and the hind margins of the peraeon segments not distinctly

granulate ; peduncle of uropod slightly longer than broad, narrowing

to a rounded apex, inner margin concave, inner ramus relatively

larger.

5x2 mm. Pale slate-grey, rugae lighter.

Locality.—Cape Province: Fore Bay, near Mossel Bay (K. H. B.,

1931).

Found under stones and logs, sometimes in association with ants.

Diploexochus polythele n. sp.

(Fig. 63, d, e.)

Strongly convex and tuberculate. Surface with minute squamulae.

Head with 3 transverse rows of conical tubercles, with 8 (or 10), 6,

and 4 tubercles in front, middle, and hind row respectively. Eyes

well developed. Epistome not strongly raised, convex above, bi-

concave below.

Peraeon segment 1 with 4 transverse rows of 4, 3, 14, and 10 conical

tubercles respectively, the tubercles of the anterior two and of the

posterior two rows alternating. Segments 2-7 distinctly divided

into a smooth anterior portion and a raised posterior portion, each

segment with 2 rows of about 10 tubercles each, alternating, more or

less elongate, especially those of the hinder row on each segment.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 351

Epimeral margin of segment 1 moderately thick, reflexed, grooved

only in its hinder third, hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth

rounded. Internal tooth on segment 2 moderate.

Pronotum ;4,—74.

Segments 5-7 without ridge on lower surface of epimera.

Pleon segments 3-5 each with a single row of tubercles, respectively

8, 8, 6, the outermost one on segments 3 and 4 being situate on the

pleurae.

Telson broader than long, distal portion very short, sides feebly

incurved, apical margin nearly straight, dorsally with 4 tubercles

en care.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle about as broad as long, narrowing to the sub-

quadrate apex, outer ramus obsolete, inner ramus short, twice as

long as broad.

4-5x 1:75 mm. Pale slaty-grey, eyes black.

Localityi—Cape Province: Zwartberg Pass, Prince Albert Div.

ger B:, 1929).

In ornamentation this species is comparable with regulus van Name,

1920, from the Belgian Congo.

Diploexochus meiringi un. sp.

(Fig. 64, a.)

Convex and tuberculate. Surface with minute squamulae. Head

with 2 transverse rows of tubercles low rounded, 5in each row. Eyes

well developed. Epistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with 2 transverse rows of low rounded tubercles,

6 in anterior row, the two median ones largest, and 8 in posterior row.

Segments 2-7 distinctly divided into a smooth anterior part, and a

raised posterior portion, the latter with a transverse row of 16 some-

what longitudinally elongate tubercles, the outermost ones being on

the epimera.

Epimeral margin of segment 1 moderately thick, reflexed, grooved

along its whole length, hind corner unequally cleft. Internal tooth

on segment 2 somewhat narrow and oblique.

Pronotum 54-74.

Segments 5-7 with very faint transverse ridges.

Pleon segments 3 and 4 each with 2 rounded tubercles set far apart

near junction with pleura, less far apart on segment 4 than on seg-

352 Annals of the South African Museum.

ment 3; segment 5 with 4 tubercles. The tubercles on segments 3

and 4 together with the outer ones on segment 5 are in two converging

lines conforming with the narrowing of the segments. Each pleura

with a rather elongate tubercle.

Telson broader than long, distal portion very short, sides feebly

or not at all incurved, apical margin nearly straight, dorsally with 3

conical tubercles.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint 3 times Ist.

e f

Fic. 64. Diploexochus meiringi n. sp. a, Pleon segments 3-5, telson and uropods.

D. alberti n. sp.: 6, telson and uropods. JD. tugelae n. sp.: c, telson and

uropods ; d, ventral view of epimera l and 2. JD. pusillus B-L.: e, telson and

uropods ; f, dorsal view of uropod. (e and /f after Budde-Lund.)

Uropod, peduncle about as broad as long, narrowing to the sub-

quadrate apex, outer ramus minute, inner ramus scarcely twice as

long as broad.

5x2 mm. Slaty-grey, somewhat rufous on the epimera and

pleura, uropods reddish.

Locality.—Meiring’s Poort Bere! Zwartberg Range, 6900 ft.

(K. H. B., 1932).

Closely allied to polythele but with a different arrangement of

tubercles, and epimeron of segment 1 grooved throughout its length,

The latter feature is found in alberti, which, however, is an almost

smooth species, the telson in particular showing no trace of any

tubercles.

Diploexochus alberta n. sp.

(Fig. 64, 0.)

Strongly convex. Surface minutely granulate. Rugae faintly

indicated. Eyes well developed. Epistome not strongly raised.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 353

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, grooved throughout its

length, hind corner equally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal

tooth on segment 2 well developed, the epimeron narrowed below.

Pronotum 7;-75.

Segments 5-7 without ridge on lower surface of epimera.

Telson about 14 times as broad as long, distal portion short, sub-

quadrangular, apical margin straight, dorsally medianly convex, with

a faint median impression proximally.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle a little broader than long, apically subquadran-

gular, outer ramus minute or obsolete, inner ramus short and stout,

twice as long as broad.

6x2-25 mm. Slaty-grey, uropods pale reddish.

Localities.—Cape Province: Zwartberg Pass, 5500 ft., Prince Albert

Div. (K.H.B., 1929); Meiringspoort Berg, Zwartberg Range,

6900 ft. (K. H. B., 1932).

This form does not appear to be referable to orbicularis, as the eyes

are by no means small, and the peduncle of uropod is distinctly broader

than long.

Diploexochus tugelae un. sp.

(Fig. 64, c, d.)

Surface minutely granulose. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised. Hyes well developed.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin grooved throughout its length,

hind corner subequally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal tooth

on segment 2 well developed, oblique.

Pronotum 7-75.

Telson broader than long, distal portion very short, sides straight,

apical margin slightly convex, dorsally smooth, with a very faint

median impression proximally.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd flagellar joint 4 times as long as the

very short Ist.

Uropod, peduncle as broad as long, apically subquadrate, outer

ramus minute, inner ramus extending almost to apex of telson.

3x1lmm. Greyish-white, eyes black.

Locality.—Natal: Krantzkop (K. H. B., 1917).

Differs from pusillus in the elongate inner ramus of uropod.

Found in ants’ nests under stones. Krantzkop is near the south

bank of the Tugela River, which divides Natal from Zululand.

354 Annals of the South African Museum.

Diploexochus pusillus B-L.

(Fig. 64, e, f.)

1909. Diploexochus pusillus. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, u,

p. 57, pl. v, figs. 39-43.

1910. - Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust.,

p. 447.

21924, a is Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land. Siiss-

wasserf. S.W. Afr., ui, p. 167.

HKyes small, ocelli 14. Epistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, grooved for its entire length,

hind corner subequally cleft.

Pronotum and internal tooth on segment 2 ?

Telson short, almost twice as wide as long, sides slightly incurved,

apical margin nearly straight.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3 times

Ist.

Uropod, peduncle much wider than long, outer ramus minute, inner

ramus very small, twice as long as wide, only about 4 length of

peduncle.

3°09 1-6mm. Unicolorous reddish-brown.

Localities.—Cape Province: Cape Flats, near Cape Town (Budde-

Lund).

Great Namaqualand: Liideritzbucht (Panning).

A comparison of Panning’s and Budde-Lund’s specimens would be

useful. As some of the characters were not included in Budde-Lund’s

description, the identity of Panning’s specimens is, to say the least,

doubtful.

Diploexochus tabularis un. sp.

(Fig. 65, a—e.)

Surface minutely granulose. Rugae distinct but not prominent,

more prominent on segment 7 than anteriorly. ‘Two inconspicuous

bosses on anterior margin of segment 1.

Eyes small, 2-3 ocelli. Epistome not strongly raised, a slight

median impression above, biconcave below, the junction of the two

areas marked by a rather distinct arcuate line.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin grooved throughout its length, but

the groove often difficult to trace, hind corner unequally cleft,

internal tooth rounded and projecting beyond the true postero-lateral

corner of segment, consequently visible externally in lateral view.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 355

Epimeron of segment 2 narrowed to a subacute point, internal tooth

well developed, visible externally behind the epimeron in lateral

view.

Pronotum +-7s.

Segments 2-7 distinctly divided into a smooth anterior portion and

a raised posterior portion. Epimera of segments 5-7 with thickening

on lower surface near anterior margin.

Fic. 65.—Diploexochus tabularis n. sp. a, Telson and uropods; 6, external lateral

view of segments 1-3; c, dorsal view of uropod; d, frontal view of head ;

€, marginal view of epimeron 1. JD. ecaudatus n. sp.: f, marginal view of

epimeron 1. JD. albanyensis n. sp.: g, marginal view of epimeron l. D.

hypselos n. sp.: h, pleon segment 5, telson and uropods; 7, dorsal view of

uropod ; 7, external lateral view of head and peraeon segments 1-4; &, frontal

view of head; /, marginal view of epimeron 1.

Telson twice as broad as long, distal portion extremely short, apical

margin nearly straight, dorsally tumid with a faintly indicated medio-

longitudinal impression proximally.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd flagellar joint 3-4 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle much broader than long, subquadrangular, outer

ramus obsolete, inner ramus extending to apex of telson and very

nearly to level of apex of peduncle.

3X1:25 mm. White, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Table Mt., Cape Town, lower and upper

slopes (K. H. B.).

Although found in a locality so close to where pusillus was found,

I do not think these specimens can be identical with Budde-Lund’s

356 Annals of the South African Museum.

species. He would surely have remarked on the prominent size of the

internal teeth on segments 1 and 2 if they were of the same form as

here ; in fact he says of the lst peraeon segment “ post subaequaliter

fisso.”’ Here the hind corner is certainly not subequally cleft. Further,

the uropod differs from his figure, and there are fewer ocelli in the eyes.

Budde-Lund does not mention the width of the pronotum.

Found among humus and damp leaves, and in ants’ nests under

stones, from an altitude of about 1000 ft. up to 3000 ft.

Diploexochus ecaudatus un. sp.

(Fig. 65, f.)

Resembling tabularis except as follows: ocelli 4 (-5); rugae and

tubercles slightly more prominent, on the posterior segments indis-

tinctly divided into two transverse series, with the tubercles alternat-

ing in the 2 series ; margin of peraeon segment 1 grooved only at hind

corner ; pleon segments 3-5 with just a hint of tuberculation.

2-75x1 mm. Whitish, eyes black.

Localities.—Cape Province: Zwartberg, Caledon (K. H. B., 1918) ;

River Zonder End Mts. (K. H. B., 1928); Langeberg Mts., at Rivers-

dale (K. H. B., 1926).

The specific name may refer to the very short telson, which the

species has in common with its allies, and to the “‘ River without End ”

mountain range. Although the Caledon Zwartberg is now separated

from the River Zonder End range, it appears to have been connected

with it in the past more intimately than with other mountain massifs.

A considerable gap occurs between the River Zonder End and Lange-

berg ranges; the nearest approximation occurring at Swellendam.

No specimens have yet been obtained from the Swellendam area of the

Langeberg.

Diploexochus albanyensis n. sp.

(Fig. 65, g.)

Resembling tabularis and ecaudatus except as follows: all surface

sculpturing more rugged ; ocelli5; both the dorsal marginal line and

the transverse line across front of epistome more strongly marked

and arcuate; rugae and tubercles more strongly developed than in

ecaudatus ; 2 distinct rows of alternating tubercles on each segment,

there being 6 tubercles (no median one) in anterior row, and 5 in

posterior row, not counting the tubercle at junction of each epimeron

and its segment; margin of segment 1 scarcely grooved, but deeply

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 357

and widely cleft at hind corner; pleon segments 3-5 each with a

transverse series of 3 distinct tubercles (1 median and 1 dorso-lateral

on either side) ; telson with 2 submedian tubercles proximally.

31:25 mm. In alcohol, greyish, eyes black.

Localities—Cape Province: Katberg Forest (J. Hewitt, Albany

Mus.) ; Grahamstown (J. Hewitt, Albany Mus.).

Diploexochus hypselos n. sp.

(Fig. 65, h-l.)

Resembling tabularis, ecaudatus, and albanyensis except as follows :

ocelli not traceable ; head, peraeon, and pleon with strong mamilli-

form tubercles; in 2 series on head and peraeon segments, with 2

median bosses in addition on anterior margin of segment 1; anterior

row on peraeon segments with 4 (no median tubercle) and posterior

row with 5, not counting the tubercle at junction of epimera and seg-

ments; margin of segment 1 thick, but not actually grooved, hind

corner widely and unequally cleft; when the animal is completely

rolled up, the epimera of both segments 2 and 3 fit into this cleft ;

internal tooth on segment 2 obsolete, in consequence of the pushing

forward of the 3rd epimeron; pleon segments 3-5 each with a single

series of tubercles, 2, 4, and 4 respectively, the 2 on segment 3 being

especially large (like those on the peraeon); telson more than twice

as wide as long, distal portion very short and narrow, dorsally with 3

tubercles, 2 being submedian proximally, the third median on the

apical margin, occupying the whole of the distal portion of the

telson ; antenna 2, peduncle very short and stout, with flagellum only

one-third width of 5th joint, shorter than 5th joint, its 2nd joint 3

times Ist; peduncle of uropod as long as broad, the inner basal

surface projecting inwards, outer ramus obsolete, inner ramus short,

not reaching apex of telson.

3X 1-25 mm. Creamy-white.

Locality.— Natal: Krantzkop (K. H. B., 1917).

This is the most remarkable species of the tabularis group. The

suppression of the internal tooth on segment 2 in response to the

pushing forward of segment 3 appears to be unique. The telson and

uropod are also noteworthy.

In ants’ nests under stones. The dorsal sculpturing is not unlike

the highland country in the district where this little woodlouse was

found.

358 Annals of the South African Museum.

Diploexochus pubescens (B-L.).

(Fig. 66, a—d.)

1885. Armadillo pubescens. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 287-

1904. . " Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 114.

1910. Diploexochus ,, Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust.,

p. 446.

Strongly convex. Surface distinctly granulate and covered with

rather long bristle-like scale-spines. Rugae distinct, and in addition

a series of larger granules along hind margins of peraeon segments,

covered, however, by the smaller granules and hairs like the rest of the

surface.

Eyes well developed. Epistome not strongly raised, convex and

minutely granulate above, smooth and concave below.

Fic. 66.—Diploexochus pubescens (B-L.). a, Ventral view of epimeron 1; 6, telson

and uropods; c, external lateral view of peraeon segments 1-3; d, ventral

view of epimera 5-7 and pleurae 3 and 4. JD. conisaleus n. sp.: e, hind view

of 7th peraeon segment, pleon, and telson.

Peraeon segment 1 with a large, but low, wart-like median tubercle

on anterior margin, flanked by a similar but longitudinally elongate

one on either side (with intervening smooth area), posterior margin

with a series of numerous rounded tubercles. Peraeon segments 2—7

divided into a smooth anterior portion and a raised posterior portion,

the latter with 2 transverse rows of tubercles, 14-16 in each row.

Epimeral margin of segment 1 strongly reflexed, not grooved,

hind corner subequally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Epimera 2-4

narrowed below to subacute points; internal tooth on segment 2

large, rounded, projecting backwards, visible externally in lateral

view, and forming with the apex of its epimeron a cleft into which

the 3rd epimeron fits.

Segments 5-7 and pleon segments 3 and 4 with a strong longi

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 359

tudinal (parallel with body axis) flange on lower surface, external to

which the epimera and pleurae are bent outwards more or less

horizontally ; the flange is faint on segment 4.

Pronotum $+.

Telson twice as broad as long, distal portion very short, sides

scarcely incurved, apical margin straight, dorsally convex and slightly

tumid proximally, with faint indication of a median groove.

Antenna 2 stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint

3 times Ist. |

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, apex subquadrangular, outer

ramus minute or obsolete, inner ramus 24 to nearly 3 times as long

as wide, extending about half-way to apex of telson.

Up to 11x45 mm. Dirty whitish, eyes dark; usually covered

with particles of earth.

Localities.—Cape of Good Hope (Budde-Lund).

Cape Province: Grahamstown and environs (Albany

Mus.) ; Kasouga (Albany Mus.).

Natal: Stella Bush, Durban (K. H. B., 1912).

There can be little doubt that this is Budde-Lund’s pubescens,

although he makes no mention of surface sculpturing ; in a small

specimen this is not too obvious and is more or less concealed by the

distinctive hirsute covering. In the following species (conisaleus),

on the other hand, the tubercles are more prominent, especially those

on peraeon segment 7, even in a specimen equal in size to Budde-

Lund’s specimen, and could not have been overlooked by him.

The only feature in which these specimens appear to differ from

Budde-Lund’s description is in the epistome, which was originally

described as “frontem multo superante.’ By comparison with

other species the epistome cannot be described as strongly raised

above the dorsal surface of the head.

The single original specimen was collected by Drege at the “‘ Cape

of Good Hope” (see p. 179). In 1904 Budde-Lund substitutes the

exact locality “Cape Town” without any justification.

Diploexochus conisaleus n. sp.

(Fig. 66, e.)

Closely resembling pubescens, but distinctly and strongly tuber-

culate. Surface more squamulose than granulose, and with longer and

more hair-like scale-spines; the hind margin of each peraeon seg-

ment, however, is clothed with much shorter, bristle-like, scale-spines.

360 Annals of the South African Museum.

Head with numerous low tubercles. Epimera and pleurae of

segments 3 and 4 as in pubescens. Peraeon segments | and 2-6 as in

pubescens.

Segment 7 with 2 large rounded submedian tubercles, composed of

2—4 more or less confluent tubercles, and dorso-laterally a relatively

enormous rounded boss on each side.

Pleon segments 3-5 each with 2 submedian rounded tubercles.

Telson in shape like that of pubescens, but with 2 submedian

rounded tubercles proximally, continuing the line of those on pleon

segments 3-5.

Antenna 2 and uropod as in pubescens, the latter with minute

outer ramus.

Up to 9x4 mm. Dirty white, eyes dark; usually covered with

particles of earth, so that the sculpture is only seen properly in a

freshly moulted specimen.

Locality.—Natal: Inchanga (K. H. B., 1917).

Closely allied to pubescens but quite easily distinguished.

Young taken from the brood-pouch are devoid of both tubercles and

the hair-like scale-spines. Specimens 2-5 mm. long are tuberculate,

but without the conspicuous bosses on segment 7, and are more

thickly covered with long hairs than the adults; at 5 mm. these

bosses are prominently developed.

Found under stones, with or without ants’ nests, and among dead

leaves and humus.

Diploexochus makuae un. sp.

(Fig. 67.)

Surface minutely squamulose-granulose. Rugae moderately dis-

tinct, but not continuous across dorsum. LEpistome strongly raised,

convex above, dorso-lateral angles quadrate.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, reflexed, grooved for almost

its entire length, hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth broadly

rounded. Internal tooth on segment 2 strong, not adjacent to anterior

margin, transverse, subquadrate.

Pronotum }4-+.

Segments 3-7 each with transverse ridge anteriorly on lower

surface of epimera, and a short longitudinal (parallel to body axis)

ridge posteriorly, the latter well marked only on segments 5-7.

Telson broader than long, sides incurved, apical margin nearly

straight, dorsally gently convex, with a faint median impression

(naked) near base ; ventrally with median groove basally.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 361

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, apex subquadrate, outer

ramus minute, inner ramus moderate, 3 times as long as wide, ex-

tending two-third distance to apex of telson.

7x3mm. Slaty-grey, mottled with paler.

Locality.— Portuguese East Africa: Masiene (R. F. L.).

Closely similar to salisburyensis and obliquidens in several features,

but distinguished by the strong internal tooth on segments | and 2,

Fic. 67.—Diploexochus makuae n. sp. a, Telson and uropods; 8b, c, ventral view

of epimera | and 2.

broader pronotum, and the presence of the longitudinal ridges on

lower surface of epimera 3-7.

The rugae of the woodlouse resemble the parallel series of raised

cicatrices with which the members of the Makua tribe ornament

their faces and bodies.

Diploexochus lamenites n. sp.

(Fig. 68, a-c.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae on head and peraeon obsolete.

EKpistome not strongly raised, slightly impressed in front medio-

dorsally.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thin, reflexed, feebly grooved

for one-third its length, hind corner very unequally cleft, internal

tooth rounded. Internal tooth on segment 2 small, near the anterior

margin.

Pronotum 4-+. |

Segments 5-7 without thickening on lower surfaces of epimera.

362 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pleurae of pleon segments 4 and 5 with a slight transverse ridge on

lower surface ; a similar, but less conspicuous ridge on segment 3 also.

Telson slightly broader than long, apical margin slightly convex,

sides incurved, dorsally with 2 faint ridges basally, converging

posteriorly (with a minute tubercle between them), followed by a

faint short medio-longitudinal ridge ; ventrally without any median

groove ; margin above bases of uropods somewhat tumid.

Antenna 2 slender, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint

twice lst (sometimes scarcely twice).

Fic. 68.—Diploexochus limenites n. sp. a, Ventral view of epimera | and 2, with

marginal view of epimeron 1; 6, ventral view of pleurae of segments 3-5,

uropod, and telson ; c, telson and uropods. JD. hypsinephesn.sp.; d, ventral

view of epimeron 2; e, marginal view of epimeron 1.

Uropod, peduncle apically subquadrangular, ventral surface with

a slight transverse ridge, outer ramus short, extending half-way to

apex of peduncle, inner ramus very short.

Up to 13x65 mm. In alcohol, faded to a uniform cream.

Locality.—Cape Province: Mossel Bay (W. F. P.).

This species and the next one are distinguished from all other

South African species by the transverse ridges on lower surface of the

pleurae of pleon segments (3) 4 and 5, and the peduncle of uropod.

Diploexochus hypsinephes n. sp.

(Fig. 68, d, e.)

Differing from lamenites only in having a distinct groove on peraeon

segment 1, extending half-way along margin, the internal tooth

on segment 2 stronger, nearer the middle of epimeron, and apically

subacute.

Up to 15x75 mm. Slaty-grey, more or less mottled with pale

cream.

Localitues.—Cape Province: Zwartberg Range, at Seven Weeks

Poort Berg (Ladismith); and the Zwartberg Pass (Prince Albert),

4000-5000 ft. (K. H. B., 1928, 1929).

fal tad

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 363

This form is very close to limenites, but the differences are quite

clear when specimens of the two forms are laid side by side. More-

over, the respective localities are widely separate, though the inter-

vening country, including the Outeniqua Range, has not yet been

searched.

Diploexochus zwartbergensis n. sp.

Distinguished from nigricans by the broader pronotum (}-+), the

feebler groove on peraeon segment 1, extending only one-third along

margin, and the presence of a distinct ridge down the centre of the

pleurae of pleon segments 3-5.

8x4mm. Slaty-grey, uropods usually reddish or orange.

Localities —Cape Province: Zwartberg Range, at Seven Weeks

Poort Berg (Ladismith); and the Zwartberg Pass (Prince Albert),

pies B., 1928, 1929).

Diploexochus nebulosus n. sp.

(Bic. 62,6.)

Resembling nigricans very closely, and dollfusi still more closely,

but distinguished by the broader pronotum and the straight sides of

the distal part of telson.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin as in dollfusi. Median ridge on

telson is quite distinct from the 2 proximal tubercles, not in any way

joined to them as it is in fwrcatus.

"6%

Fic. 69.—Diploexochus disjunctus n. sp. a, Telson and uropods. D. nebulosus

n.sp.: 0b, telson and uropods ; c, ventral view of epimeron 1 (that of disjunctus

is similar). D. furcatusn.sp.: d, telson and uropods.

Peduncle of uropod as broad as long, but narrowed distally, outer

distal angle rounded, outer ramus extending half-way to apex of

peduncle, inner ramus extending half-way to apex of telson.

6x2-5mm. Slaty-grey, sometimes mottled, uropods often pale.

Localities.—Cape Province : Langeberg Range, at Swellendam and

Zuurbrak (K. H. B., 1925).

364 Annals of the South African Museum.

Diploexochus furcatus n. sp.

(Fig. 69, d.)

Resembling nigricans and dollfusi, except as follows: margin of

peraeon segment 1 thin, grooved only in its posterior third, hind

corner unequally cleft ; internal tooth on segment 2 smaller and less

prominent ; pronotum +; telson with sides feebly incurved, the 2

basal tubercles and the distal median ridge united to form a Y-shaped

ridge ; inner ramus of uropod longer, extending two-thirds to apex

of telson.

5x2mm. Slaty-grey, uropods pale.

Localities.—Cape Province: Palmiet River Mts., Kleinmond

(K. H. B., 1927); River Zonder End Mts. (K. H. B.).

The Y-shaped ridge on telson is somewhat like that of herschelt, q.v.

Some very similar specimens (S.A. Mus., No. A 7993) were found

on Keeromberg, Worcester District, in association with nigricans.

They are rather less strongly rugulose, the fork on the telson less

marked, the tooth on peraeon segment 2 more adnate, and the inner

ramus of uropod shorter. Without more material from intervening

localities I hesitate either to assign these specimens to furcatus, or to

regard them as another new species.

Diploexochus disjunctus n. sp.

(Fig. 69, a, ¢.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct. Anterior margin

of peraeon segment 1 with 2 feeble rounded tubercles. Epistome not

strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thin, grooved only at hind corner

which is unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal tooth

on segment 2 rather small, not prominent.

Pronotum 3-}.

Telson broader than long, sides incurved, apical margin convex,

dorsally with 2 conical tubercles proximally and a median elongate

or conical tubercle distally.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3 times

Ist.

Uropod, peduncle slightly longer than wide, distally narrowed,

outer distal corner rounded, outer ramus small, extending half-way to

apex of peduncle, inner ramus short, extending half-way to apex of

telson.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 365

7x3:25 mm. Slaty-grey, sometimes mottled, and uropods some-

times pale.

Localities.—Cape Province : Langeberg Range, at Riversdale (east

of Garcia’s Pass) and Lemoenshoek (K. H. B., 1926, 1927).

Near to furcatus but with slightly broader pronotum and the

median tubercle on telson quite separate from the 2 basal ones. The

resemblance to Bethalus limbatus is very close, but the size and position

of the internal tooth on segment | is an easy mark of distinction.

Diploexochus castor n. sp.

(Fig. 70.)

Surface minutely squamulose. Rugae tubercular. Head dorsally

with 3 transverse rows of rounded tubercles. Epistome not strongly

raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with 4-5 transverse rows of rounded or some-

what longitudinally elongate tubercles, the rows not always clearly

Fie. 70.—Diploexochus castor n.sp. a, Pleon segments 4 and 5, telson and

uropods of g; 5, the same of 2; c, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2.

distinct from one another, about 12-14 tubercles in each row. Seg-

ments 2-7 divided into an anterior smooth portion and a raised

posterior portion, the latter with 3 transverse rows of tubercles, the

hindermost row of each segment on the hind margin, which thus has

a scalloped appearance. Upper surface of epimera of segments 2-7

each with 1-3 tubercles.

Epimeral margin of segment 1 not thick, reflexed, grooved in

posterior half, but the groove faintly traceable to about two-thirds

length, hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal

tooth on segment 2 small, oblique, subacute.

Segments 3-7 with a slight transverse (to body axis) ridge on lower

surface of epimera.

Pronotum }.

VOU. Xe, PART 2. 24

366 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pleon segments 1-5 each with a single transverse row of tubercles

on hind margin, respectively 6, 8, 10, 8, and 6 in number, and an

elongate tubercle or ridge on each pleura.

Telson in g nearly half as long again as wide, sides strongly incurved,

apical margin strongly convex, dorsally with 2 rounded tubercles

at base followed by a median elongate tubercle or short ridge, all

three often very indistinct ; in ? broader than long, sides strongly

incurved, apical margin convex, postero-lateral angles rounded,

dorsally with 2 submedian rounded tubercles near base, followed by a

median elongate tubercle or short ridge.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 3

times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, outer distal angle rounded,

outer ramus extending half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus

short, 2-24 times as long as broad, extending in $ one-quarter, in 9

barely half-way, to apex of telson.

Up to 8x3 mm. Slaty-grey, sometimes with lighter mottling,

lateral margins of peraeon, pleon, and apex of telson yellowish, eyes

black, antennae grey, legs pale.

Localities. — Cape Province: Lilyfontein and Modderfontein,

Kamiesberg (K. H. B., 1931).

Klipvlei, near Garies (A. J. H. and C. T., 1931).

The dorsal sculpture varies somewhat. In most of the 99 the

tubercles are strong, either low and rounded or sharply conical ; ina

few 92, however, they are feebly developed. In most of the $3, on the

other hand, the reverse is the case, though some younger gd are as

strongly tuberculate as the 99.

The remarkable development of the telson in the ¢ seems to occur

only in fully grown $¢g, smaller ones resembling the 9. As there are

no structural differences, except the telson and the usually stronger

sculpturing of the 9, and as both forms were found together under the

same stones, there is no question that only one, sexually dimorphic,

speciesis present. The telson of the J strongly resembles a beaver’s tail.

Diploexochus celsicauda un. sp.

(Fig. 71.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae feebly indicated. Hpistome

not strongly raised, in fact scarcely raised at all in the middle.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin not very thick, grooved in posterior

third, hind corner unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal

tooth on segment 2 near anterior margin, slight.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 367

Pronotum }-}.

Telson in g considerably longer than broad, distal portion shield-

shaped, sides incurved, apical margin with median point, with the

margin on either side straight, dorsally with a high medio-longi-

tudinal keel beginning a short distance from base ; in 2 broader than

long, sides incurved, apical margin with a slight point, margin on

either side nearly straight, dorsally with a slight medio-longitudinal

ridge, not extending above the general level of the dorsal profile.

Antenna 2 slender, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar

joint twice Ist.

Uropod, peduncle in § longer than broad, in 2 as broad as long,

apically subquadrate, outer ramus extending half-way to apex of

Fig. 71.—Diploexochus celsicauda n. sp. a, b, Telson and uropods of ¢ and Q

respectively ; c, lateral view of telson and uropod of 3; d, ventral view of

epimera | and 2, with marginal view of epimeron 1.

peduncle, inner ramus short, twice as long as broad, extending in 9

one-third distance to apex of telson.

Up to 11-5 (g), 11 (2), x 4:5 mm. Uniform straw-colour or buff, hind

margins of peraeon segments sometimes (especially in preserved speci-

mens) somewhat darker, eyes black, antennae greyish-brown, legs pale.

Localities.—Cape Province: Van Rhyns Dorp and Bitterfontein

(K. H. B., 1931); Garies (A. J. H., 1930).

This species, like castor, is remarkable for the sexual dimorphism,

In 36 of 4 mm. length the telson is like that of the 9 with a slightly

stronger median ridge; at 5 mm. the telson is a little longer than

broad.

Diploexochus longipes B-L.

1909. Diploexochus longipes. Budde-Lund in Schultze, Reise, ii,

p. 55, pl. 5, figs. 8-11.

1910. re a Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust.,

p. 446.

1924. . re Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xx,

p. 233.

368 Annals of the South African Museum.

Surface minutely squamate. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thin, not grooved, hind corner

unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded.

Pronotum # (original description) ; 4-+ in MSS. conspectus.

Segments 2-7 “‘ duplicatura inferiore epimerorum nulla.”

Telson scarcely broader than long, sides strongly incurved, apical

margin nearly straight.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar jomt about

twice Ist. .

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, outer ramus minute, imner

ramus short, twice as long as broad.

10x5 mm. In alcohol, yellowish, hind margin of segments with

inconspicuous dark spots.

Locality — Damaraland : Okahandja (Budde-Lund).

On a cursory examination of the Budde-Lund collection in the

British Museum, it seemed to me that this species was very likely

synonymous with quadrimaculatus.

Diploexochus quadrimaculatus B-L.

(Fig. 72, d, e.)

1909. Diploexochus quadrimaculatus. Budde-Lund, Schultzes Reise,

ii, p. 54, pl. 5, figs. 1-7.

1910. in Bs Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr.

Crust., p. 446.

1924. i ay Panning, Beitr. Kennt. Land.

Stisswasserf. 8.W. Afr., ii,

pa Lie:

1924. e ve Barnard, Ann. §. Afr. Mus.,

XX, p. 233.

Surface minutely squamate. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin rather thin, not grooved, hind

corner unequally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal tooth on

segment 2 small.

Pronotum almost 3 (original description) ; 4-+ in MSS. conspectus.

Segments 3-7 with a slight thickening on lower surface of epimera.

Telson slightly broader than long, sides strongly incurved, a minute

median impression proximally (not mentioned by Budde-Lund).

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 369

Antenna 2, 2nd joint shorter than 4th, Ist flagellar joint slightly

longer than 2nd.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, outer ramus minute, inner

ramus very small, not longer than broad (description), twice as long

as broad (figure).

11-12 x5-5 mm. In alcohol, yellow, a series of 4 dark spots on

hind margin of the segments.

Fic. 72.—Diploexochus gordoniensis n. sp. a, Telson and uropods; b, dorsal view

of uropod ; c, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2. D. quadrimaculatus B-L. :

d, telson and uropods; e, ventral view of epimera 1 and 2. (d and e from

specimen in Budde-Lund collection in British Museum.)

Locality. Great Namaqualand: Keetmanshoop (Budde-Lund) ;

Kuibis (Panning).

This species, known only from two localities in the southern portion

of South West Africa, and gordoniensis, which occurs up to the border

of South West Africa, are undoubtedly very close. The obviously

unequal cleft of peraeon segment 1, however, easily separates them,

and the telson is more coarctate here than in gordoniensis. Both have

the minute bare impression at base of telson.

Budde-Lund in his MSS. conspectus has placed both this species

and longipes under division 4b. ‘‘ Pronotum breve, tamen {-} dorsi

vix brevius,” thus conflicting with his original descriptions of both

species. The length of the Ist flagellar joint is unusual.

370 Annals of the South African Museum.

Diploexochus gordomensis n. sp.

(Fig. 72, a-c.)

Surface minutely, but distinctly, granulate, especially on posterior

portions of peraeon segments. Rugae obsolete. Epistome not

strongly raised, dorsally reflexed.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, reflexed, grooved in posterior

half, hind corner subequally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal

tooth on segment 2 oblique, subacute, but not nearly so strongly

separated from epimeron as in, e.g., thomsen.

Pronotum 3-1.

Segments 5-7 with slight transverse ridge on lower surface of

eplmera.

Telson a little broader than long, sides incurved, distal portion also

wider than long, apical margin slightly convex, dorsally nearly evenly

convex, with a very faint median impression at base (not really

impressed, but naked, not covered with the minute squamulae

occurring over the rest of the surface).

Antenna 2 not very slender, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint twice Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, apex subquadrate, outer ramus

minute, inner ramus very short and stout, scarcely twice as long as

broad, extending barely more than 4+, at most 4, distance to apex

of telson.

Up to 10x4 mm. Pale dull brownish, hind margins of segments

and dorsal parts of pleon darker brown or slaty-greyish, epimera,

pleurae, and distal part of telson usually paler, eyes black, antennae

and legs pale.

Localities.—Cape Province: Dyason’s Klip, Keimoes, Vaalhoek,

north bank of Orange River opposite Kakamas,

Zwaardraai, Reimvasmak, Noap Hills, Narugas,

Aries, Bak River (K. H. B. and S. H. H., 1925).

Great Namaqualand: Nakob (K. H. B., 1925).

In the shape of the telson and the coloration similar to rufescens,

but distinguished by the internal teeth on segments 1 and 2, the

absence of the oblique ridges on lower surfaces of epimera, and the

wider pronotum. From quadrimaculatus, which also has a wide

pronotum, it is distinguished by the subequal cleft of segment 1.

All the above localities are situate in Gordonia, on the north side

of the Orange River, Nakob being just over the border in South West

Africa ; the Bak River and Aries are on the border line.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 371

Diploexochus pilula n. sp.

(Fig. 73.)

Strongly convex, surface very smooth. Rugae quite obsolete.

Kpistome demarcated above from head only by a very obscure line,

front convex above, concave below. Eyes small, ocelli 6.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, reflexed, grooved in posterior

half, hind corner equally cleft, internal tooth rounded. Internal

tooth on segment 2 small, subacute.

C . iS

Fic. 73.—Diploexochus pilula n. sp. a, Lateral view of head; 6, external lateral

view of epimeron |; c, telson and uropods; d, ventral view of epimera 1

and 2.

Pronotum }.

Telson a little broader than long, sides incurved, apical margin

slightly convex, dorsally evenly convex; ventrally with median

groove near base.

Antenna 2, 4th joint a little longer than 2nd, 2nd flagellar joint

2-24 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle slightly longer than broad, apically narrowed,

apex subquadrate, outer ramus minute, inner ramus moderately

short, 24 times as long as broad, extending half-way to apex of telson.

Up to 7x 2:75 mm. In alcohol, whitish, eyes black.

Locality.—Cape Province: Katberg Forest (J. Hewitt, Albany Mus.).

Resembling thomseni in the feebly demarcated epistome and the

thick, reflexed margin of segment 1.

372 Annals of the South African Museum.

Diploexochus aenigma nu. sp.

(Fig. 74.)

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae distinct, but not continuous

across dorsum. Epistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with a low triangular boss (obscurely sub-

divided) in middle of anterior margin. Epimeral margin thick,

reflexed, grooved throughout its length, hind corner unequally cleft,

internal tooth broad, rounded-truncate, with a smallindent. Internal

tooth on segment 2 short, transverse, adjacent to anterior margin.

Pronotum broad, one-quarter dorsal length of segment.

fils” & :

: ~

be Ss)

Fic. 74.—Diploexochus aenigma n. sp. a, Telson and uropods; b, ventral view

of epimera 1 and 2; c, peraeon segment l.

Segments 3-7 with slight transverse ridge on lower surface of

epimera.

Telson broader than long, distal portion subquadrate, sides slightly

incurved, apical margin almost straight, dorsally gently tumid at

base with a very shallow oval median impression.

Uropod, peduncle about as broad as long, outer ramus short,

extending half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus long, reaching

almost to apex of telson.

9x4 mm. Slaty-grey, with a medio-dorsal lighter stripe, pleurae

pale.

Locality.— Natal: Stella Bush, Durban (K. H. B., 1912).

This species is close to burnuwpi in external appearance, but distin-

guished by the dorsal sculpturing and the telson being relatively

shorter proportionately to its width.

The width of the pronotum is quite exceptional for a Drploexochus,

but the species seems to fit into this genus better than into the

others.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 373

Diploexochus cingulatus n. sp.

(Fig. 75.)

Strongly convex. Surface minutely granulate. Rugae not strong,

but distinct, forming on each segment a transverse slightly raised

band continuous across the dorsum. Epistome not strongly raised,

slightly reflexed dorsally, biconcave ventrally.

Peraeon segment | with 2 slight rounded bosses in middle of anterior

margin. Epimeral margin thin, reflexed, slightly costate, hind corner

shortly cleft, the outer margin of the internal lamina forming the

margin of the epimeron, and visible externally in lateral view. Internal

tooth on segment 2 slight, adjacent to anterior margin.

Pronotum on segment 2 slightly less than 4, on posterior segments 4.

Fic. 75.—Diploexochus cingulatus n. sp. a, Dorsal view of uropod; 8b, telson and

uropods; c, external lateral view of epimera 1 and 2; d, ventral view of

epimera | and 2, with marginal view of epimeron |; e, lateral view of peraeon

segment 3, showing articular surface or pronotum (unstippled).

Telson broader than long, distal portion very short, its sides scarcely

incurved, apical margin almost straight, dorsally tumid with 2 low

rounded tubercles basally, followed by a similar median one.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd

flagellar joint 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle stout, as broad as long, outer distal corner

rounded, inner margin slightly concave, outer ramus minute, near

apex, inner ramus long, 3 times as long as broad, extending almost

to apex of telson.

6x2mm. Pale greyish.

Locality.— Natal: Stella Bush, Durban (K. H. B., 1912).

This species is remarkable for the breadth of the pronotum

(unless it should be assigned to another genus), the interlocking of

the lst and 2nd epimera, and the position of the outer ramus of

uropod.

374 Annals of the South African Museum.

Species Cubaridarum incertae sedis an inquirendae.

Diploexochus orbicularis (B-L.).

1885. Armadillo orbicularis. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 23.

1904. x Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 100.

1910. Diploexochus _ ,, Stebbing, Gen. Cat. S. Afr. Crust.,

p. 446.

Strongly convex, “ sublaevis.” Eyes small, ocelli few. Epistome

dorsally adpressed and scarcely raised above level of head.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin thick, grooved, hind corner equally

cleft.

Telson much shorter than broad, sides slightly curved, distal

portion very short, transversely concave, apical margin straight,

reflexed.

Uropod, peduncle a little longer than broad, outer ramus minute,

inner ramus short.

' 7x38-2mm. In alcohol, uniform blackish.

This species was described from a single defective specimen,

supposed to have come from the Cape of Good Hope. Im 1904

Budde-Lund quotes the reference to Dollfus and apparently accepts

Dollfus’ identification. In view of the discrepancy as regards the

telson, this interpretation cannot be conceded. Budde-Lund was

unable to assign the species definitely to any one of his sections.

Diploexochus liliputanus (Dollf.).

1895. Armadillo liliputanus. Dollfus, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., vin,

p. 346, fig. 3.

1904. ea 4: Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 114.

Rugae distinct. Peraeon segment 1 with a median bituberculate

boss on anterior margin. Epistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 grooved for almost its entire length, hind corner

neatly equally cleft (Dollfus’ figure), internal tooth truncate or

emarginate. Internal tooth on segment 2 well developed.

Telson a little wider than long, sides incurved, apical margin nearly

straight, dorsally with 2 low rounded tubercles proximally.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint twice Ist.

Uropod, peduncle as wide as long, outer ramus distinct, not quite

reaching apex of peduncle, inner ramus extending two-thirds distance

to apex of telson.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 375

4x1:75 mm. In alcohol, brown-grey, margin paler, uropods red.

Locality Transvaal: Pretoria (Dollfus).

Budde-Lund places this species in his section I] = Diploexochus,

but makes no mention of the pronotal width either in his 1904 or

his MSS. conspectus. Both this character and the mandible should

be checked on the type material. I have seen no specimens which

could be identified with this species.

It resembles aenigma in the emarginate internal tooth on seg-

ment 1, and perhaps the bituberculate boss on segment 1, but there

the resemblance ends; the telson of aenigma is shorter, with less

incurved sides.

Cubaris natalensis Clige.

1917. Cubaris natalensis. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., ii, p. 573,

pl. xdi, figs. 11-20:

1920. . a Id., ibid., iv, pl. xxvii, fig. 4 (figure shows

only 6 peraeon segments).

Body smooth. Epistome not strongly raised apparently.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin grooved for its entire length, hind

corner unequally cleft. Internal tooth on segment 2 rather small.

Telson broader than long, distal portion about as long as broad,

sides straight, apical margin nearly straight, dorsally evenly convex.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint twice Ist.

Uropod, peduncle longer than broad, apex subquadrate, outer

ramus extending half-way to apex of peduncle, inner ramus long,

nearly reaching apex of peduncle.

75 mm. In alcohol, brown with the positions of the lateral rugae

paler.

Locality.—Natal : Krantzkop (Collinge).

Mandible and pronotum not described. From the character of the

lst epimeron the species appears to be almost certainly a Diploexochus.

The nearest form which I have seen is aenigma, but apparently the

rugae are not distinct (except by the coloration) in natalensis. From

the description and figure it is not possible to say whether the internal

tooth on segment 1 in natalensis has the notch characteristic of

aenigma.

Cubaris truncatus Clige.

1920. Cubaris truncatus. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 480, pl.

xxx, figs. 48-56 (the figure of the whole animal shows only 5 peraeon

segments).

376 Annals of the South African Museum.

Surface finely granulose. Rugae apparently not distinct (except

by coloration). Epistome not strongly raised.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin grooved for about three-quarters

its length (fig. 54), hind corner unequally cleft. Internal tooth on

segment 2 well developed, adjacent to anterior margin (fig. 54).

Telson broader than long, distal portion about as broad as long,

sides slightly incurved, apical margin straight, dorsally apparently

evenly convex or with a slight median keel proximally (fig. 56).

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint twice Ist.

Uropod, peduncle slightly longer than wide, apex subquadrate,

outer ramus extending two-thirds to apex of peduncle, inner ramus

rather short.

12-5 mm. In alcohol, yellowish-brown with darker brown dorsally

and laterally, flecked with yellow.

_ Localityn—Cape Province: Port Alfred (Collinge).

I have seen no specimens. The type was stated to be in the

Albany Museum, but does not seem to have been returned thither.

Gen. CuBARIS Brdt.

1833. Cubaris (part). Brandt, Conspect. Oniscid.

1904. Armadillo (part). Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

pp. 97, 118 (section vi).

1909. Cubaris. Id., in Schultze, Reise, u, p. 54 (subgen.

of Armadillo).

Head concrete, antennary tubercles not distinct, epistome without

median raised shield, lateral marginal line of head continuous with

margin of epistome.

Pronotum broad, at least one-fifth dorsal length of segment.

Hind margin of peraeon segment 1 more or less sinuate.

Epimera large and thin, margin of lst more or less reflexed, some-

times grooved, the internal tooth on both 1st and 2nd small.

Mandible with several (at least 4) penicils. Inner lobe of maxilla 1

with 2 subequal slender plumose setae, outer apex rounded.

Peraeopod 1 with groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod with oblong peduncle, and well-developed cylindrical outer

ramus.

Genotype: murinus Brdt.

Excluding the doubtful species referred to this genus by Budde-

Lund (1904, p. 120), the genus is distributed over the Hast Indies,

tropical and subtropical East Africa, and the West Indies. Two

ee ee

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 377

African species : murinus and egens, are included here on the chance

that they may be found to occur within our region in Portuguese

Kast Africa.

Key to the African species.

1. Outer and inner rami of uropod short. Telson strongly coarctate. Internal

teeth on segments | and 2 distinct.

a. Margin of peraeon segment 1 with slight keel which ends in the internal

tooth : A : ; ; : : : ‘ burnupt.

b. Margin of Ist segment not keeled . : : , : murinus.

2. Outer and inner rami of uropod long. Telson slightly coarctate. Internal

tooth on segment 1 very small; none on segment 2 : . egens.

Cubaris burnupt Clige.

(Fig. 76.)

1917. Cubaris burnupr. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., ii, p. 572,

pl. xh, figs. 1-10.

1920. . s Id., rbid., iv, pl. xxvii, fig. 3.

1920. ,, akerman. Id., rbid., iv, p. 481, pl. xxx, figs. 57-66.

1920. a yTiseus. Id., vbid., iv, p. 483, pl. xxxi, figs. 77-85.

Surface minutely granulate. Rugae obsolete; epimera 2-7 each

with a faint transverse ridge on dorsal surface. Epistome not

strongly raised, sloping above, with slight median impression.

Peraeon segment 1 with margin reflexed, grooved along its entire

length, internal tooth rounded-subtruncate. Internal tooth on seg-

ment 2 transverse, adjacent to anterior margin, rounded.

Pronotum about t.

Segments 3-7 with faint transverse ridge on lower surface of

epimera.

Telson slightly wider than long, sides incurved, apical margin

slightly convex or almost straight, its width equal to length of telson,

dorsally smooth, slightly convex basally with an obscure median

granule ; ventrally grooved medianly at base.

Antenna 2, 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar joint 24 to

nearly 3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle apically subquadrangular, outer ramus short,

extending about 3 to apex of peduncle, inner ramus twice as long as

outer ramus, extending half-way to apex of telson.

Up to 25x12 mm. Dark slaty-grey, with lighter wavy streaks in

the position of the rugae, apical portion of 5th joint of antennae pale,

eyes black.

378 Annals of the South African Museum.

Localities.—Natal : Pietermaritzburg and Hilton Road (Collinge) ;

Pietermaritzburg and Krantzkop (K.H.B.); Richmond (S.A. Mus.) ;

Krantzkloof (S.A. Mus.) ; Eshowe (Albany Mus.) ; M’fongosi, Zulu-

land (Collinge; also S.A. Mus.); near Pongola River, Zululand (Natal

Mus.).

The identity of akermani with burnupi seems obvious. The whole

figure of burnupi given on pl. xxvii, fig. 3, is stated to be x3, which

would make the animal from which it was drawn exactly 23 mm.,

the same length as given for akermant. This is confirmed by the

examination of specimens of burnupi and akermani, labelled in

Collinge’s handwriting, ex Natal Museum.

Fic. 76.—Cubaris burnupi Clige. a, Ventral view of epimera 1 and 2, with marginal

view of epimeron 1; 0, telson and uropods ; c, marginal view of epimeron | of

specimen from Pongola River.

In Collinge’s fig. 83 of griseus, the artist appears to have represented

a very well-marked marginal groove on segment 1, but unfortunately

the length of the internal tooth in relation to the postero-lateral angle

cannot be seen; apparently it resembles burnupi. If, on the other

hand, the internal tooth is of the same extent as the postero-lateral

angle, z.e., if the hind corner of segment 1 is equally cleft, the

specimens from the Pongola River might be assigned to griseus,

because they show a very well-marked marginal groove and an equally

cleft hind corner on segment 1 (fig. 76, c). This, however, is the only

difference between these specimens and typical burnupi, and it is

scarcely sufficient to justify their separation.

In having a wide pronotum and several penicils in the mandible,

this species appears to fall into Budde-Lund’s Section vi=Cubaris,

though at first sight it conflicts with his diagnosis as regards the Ist

epimeron. In the present species it is distinctly grooved throughout

its length. Only when one reads Budde-Lund’s descriptions of miser

and proximatus (1904, pp. 121 and 122) and other species in Section vi,

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 379

does one realise that burnwpi resembles miser, etc., and does not

therefore conflict with Budde-Lund’s conception of Cubaris. The

difference between “per totam longitudinem sulcato”’ and “ per

longitudinem carinato’”’ is merely verbal, for where there is a keel

(“in dentem . . . desinens’’) there must be a more or less marked

groove alongside it, or vice versa (cf. Bethalus macrodens). Un-

fortunately Budde-Lund gave no illustration of this feature.

Cubaris murinus Brdt.

(Fig. 77.)

1833. Cubaris murinus. Brandt, Conspect. Oniscid.

1885. Armadillo re Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 27.

1889. A javanensis. Dollfus, Notes Leyden Mus., xi,

p- 91, pl. v, figs. 1, a-c.

1895. z murinus. Budde-Lund, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,

xiv, p. 603.

1904. i es Id., Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 119,

pl. x, figs. 20-22.

1906. a me Id., Deutsch. Siidpol. Exp., ix, p. 88.

Surface minutely granulose. Rugae on head and peraeon distinct.

Epistome moderately raised, with slight median impression above,

dorso-lateral angles quadrate.

Fic. 77.—Cubaris murinus Brdt. a, Telson and uropods; 6, ventral view of epimera

l and 2; ¢, lateral view of head. (From a Seychelles specimen in the Budde-

Lund collection in British Museum.)

Internal teeth on segments 1 and 2 moderately well developed,

obtuse.

Telson a little broader than long, apical margin slightly convex,

sides strongly incurved, dorsally smooth; ventrally with slight

median groove at base only.

380 Annals of the South African Museum.

Antenna 2, 2nd flagellar joint 2-3 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle apically subquadrangular, outer ramus short,

extending scarcely more than half-way to apex of peduncle, inner

ramus short, extending half-way to apex of telson.

Up to12x6mm. In alcohol, greyish, uropods pale.

Distribution.—Cireumtropical.

This species has not actually been recorded from the region under

consideration (lat. 15° S. southwards); the nearest localities are

Zanzibar, Seychelles, Madagascar. It occurs on Ascension Island.

The above description and figure are taken from a Seychelles

specimen in the Budde-Lund collection in the British Museum.

Cubaris egens (B-L.).

1904. Armadillo egens. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p. 124.

Rugae distinct. Epistome not strongly raised, slightly impressed

medio-dorsally.

Internal tooth on segment 1 very small, scarcely conspicuous ;

tooth on segment 2 obsolete.

Telson scarcely broader than long, sides slightly incurved, apical

margin straight. |

Uropod, peduncle apically broadly rounded, outer ramus long, but

not extending to apex of peduncle, inner ramus long, extending almost

to apex of telson.

7x35 mm. In alcohol, uniformly greyish.

Locality.—Nyassaland (Budde-Lund).

Gen. ANCHICUBARIS Cllge.

1920. Anchicubaris. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv, p. 484.

1928. * Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 592.

Head concrete, antennary tubercles not distinct, epistome without

median raised shield, strongly raised above level of head, lateral

marginal line of head continuous with margin of epistome.

Pronotum narrow, 3-4 of dorsal length of segment.

Hind margin of segment 1 sinuate. Epimeral margin of segment 1

thin, not grooved. Internal teeth on segments | and 2 well developed.

Epimera and pleurae more or less spread out horizontally.

Antenna 2 short, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints subequal, flagellum 2-

jointed. Mandible with several penicils (4-6). Inner lobe of maxilla

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 381

1 with 2 subequal rather short plumose setae, outer distal angle

rounded-quadrate.

Peraeopod | with short groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod with oblong peduncle and small cylindrical outer ramus.

Genotype : fongosiensis Clige.

In the narrow pronotum, short antennae with subequal 2nd-4th

joints, and mandibles with several penicils, this form agrees with

Pericephalus, which contains 3 species from Burma. The 2 plumose

setae on inner lobe of maxilla 1 are slightly unequal, but not so

definitely unequal as in Budde-Lund’s figure of P. marcidus (1904,

pl. x, fig. 17). Not having seen any specimens of Pericephalus, I

retain the genus Anchicubaris.

Jackson’s observation that the lst antennae are present is confirmed.

Anchicubaris fongosiensis Clige.

(Fig. 78.)

1920. Anchicubaris fongosiensis. Collinge, Ann. Nat. Mus., iv,

p. 484, pl. xxx, figs. 86-96.

Strongly convex, with the epistome, lence and telson forming

a horizontal flange when the animal is unrolled. Surface minutely

squamulose-granulose.

Head with several conical tubercles, 4 in the hinder row. LHyes

well developed. Epistome raised considerable above level of head,

subquadrangular, nearly twice as wide as high, nearly flat.

Peraeon segment 1 with 4 transverse rows of tubercles, 4 tubercles

in the front row, 2 in the next, and about 12 in each of the hinder

rows. Segments 2-7 distinctly divided into an anterior smooth

portion and a raised posterior portion, the latter bearing 2 transverse

rows of tubercles, each with about 12 main tubercles, and also some

smaller accessory tubercles or granules. The tubercles are more

elongate longitudinally than in Collinge’s figure. Hpimera 2-7 each

with a low transverse ridge.

Epimeron of segment 1 large, spread out horizontally, thin, not

reflexed, internal tooth rounded ; internal tooth on segment 2 strong,

rounded-quadrate.

Pronotum 3-4.

Pleon segments 3-5 with a transverse row of respectively 4, 4, and

2 tubercles.

Telson a little wider than long, basal and apical widths subequal,

VOL, XXX, PART 2. 25

382 Annals of the South African Museum.

sides incurved, apical margin nearly straight, dorsally with 2 tubercles

near base.

Antenna 2 short and stout, 2nd—4th joints subequal, 2nd flagellar

joint 24 times Ist.

Uropod, peduncle much longer than wide, distal portion with outer

and inner margins subparallel, apex rounded-subquadrate, outer

Fie. 78.—Anchicubaris fongosiensis Clige. a, Transverse section of segment from

middle of peraeon (segment 3 or 4); 6, telson and uropods ; c, ventral view of

epimera | and 2.

ramus short, extending scarcely half-way to apex of peduncle, inner

ramus about 2 basal width of peduncle.

Up to 10-°5x5 mm. In alcohol, creamy or buff, eyes black ;

usually covered with particles of earth.

Localities.—Natal: Durban, Winkle Spruit, and M’fongosi, Zululand

(Collinge) ; M’fongosi (S.A. Mus.).

The South African Museum has a large number of specimens, from

3 mm. upwards, collected by Mr. W. E. Jones at M’fongosi. The sculp-

turing does not vary ; young from the brood-pouch measure 2-5 mm.

in length.

Gen. ARMADILLIDIUM Brdt.

1833. Armadillidium. Brandt, Conspect. Oniscid.

1885. a6 Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 49.

1898. me Sars, Crust. Norw., ui, p. 188.

1928. hs Jackson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 592,

fig. 19 (structure of head).

Head concrete, antennary tubercles forming distinct ridges over the

antennal sockets, epistome with a median triangular raised shield.

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 383

Peraeon segment 1 with epimeral margin simple or more or less

distinctly grooved, hind corner not cleft.

Pronotum well developed.

Telson trapezoidal or subtriangular.

Antenna 2 with 2nd joint broader than, but subequal in length to,

4th, flagellum 2-jointed.

Mandible with several penicils. Maxilla 1, outer lobe with 9-10

spines, some of the inner ones feebly bifid, inner lobe with 2 slender

subequal plumose setae, outer apex produced in a short acute point.

Peraeopod 1 with groove on anterior surface of 5th joint.

Uropod, peduncle short, not visible dorsally in the gap between

telson and 5th pleon segment, this gap being filled by the broad,

spatulate outer ramus, inner ramus well developed, cylindrical.

Pleopods 1 and 2 with pseudotracheae.

Genotype: vulgare Latr.

This genus is at once distinguished by the peculiar form of the

uropods from all other genera except Eluma B-L. and Pareluma

Omer-Cooper, 1923. The latter two genera have the hind corner of

peraeon segment 1 slightly cleft; and Hluwma is distinguished by

having each eye composed of a single ocellus.

Armadullidium vulgare (Latz.).

(Bie 19.)

1804. Armadillo vulgaris. Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust., vu,

p. 48.

1885. Armadillidium vulgare. Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terr.,

p- 66.

1898. os Le Sars, Crust. Norw., u, p. 189, pl.

exci.

1906. Q a Webb and Sillem, Brit. Woodlice,

p. 41, fig. 57, and pl. xxii.

1906. e i Budde-Lund, Deutsch. Siidpol.

xp. tx, p €&.

Surface smooth and nitidulous, but densely covered with minute

scale-spines (see Wahrberg, 1922, p. 7, fig.).

Epimeral margin of segment 1 simple. Pronotum $.

Telson much broader than long, trapezoidal, apex truncate.

Antenna 2, flagellum subequal to 5th peduncular joint, its 1st joint

somewhat shorter than 2nd.

Uropod, outer ramus considerably broader than long.

384 | Annals of the South African Museum.

Up to 17x8 mm. Dark slaty-grey, often almost black, uniform

or more or less mottled and variegated with yellowish or brownish,

eyes black, legs and antennae dark grey.

Locality.—Cape Province : Cape Town (K. H. B.).

Distribution.—Europe and neighbouring regions of Asia and Africa.

Occurs also as an importation in Madeira, N. and 8. America, Australia,

New Zealand, St. Helena.

This species would appear to be a recent importation into this

country. Neither Simon, Schultze, nor the German South Pole

Fic. 79.—Armadillidium vulgare (Latr.). a, Frontal view of head; 6, telson and

uropods ; c, dorsal view of uropod.

Expedition collected it. There are no specimens in the South African

Museum amongst the material collected by Purcell or Lightfoot. I

first noticed it in 1926 in my own garden (in Oranjezicht), where it is

now as common as. Porcellio laevis. It occurs also in the Tamboers

Kloof area of Cape Town, but not in the Museum grounds, the

Municipal Botanic Gardens, or the National Botanic Gardens at

Kirstenbosch.

Fam. EUBELIDAE.

1899. Budde-Lund, Rev. Crust. Isop. Terr., p. 2.

1904. Id., vbid., p. 36.

1907. Richardson, Smithson. Miscell. Coll., vol. 50, p. 220.

1910. Budde-Lund in Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., 1, p. 3.

1912. fd., Ark. Zool., vu, No. 26, pp. 2, 4.

1922. Richardson, ew Rothschild Ethiop., 1, p. 19.

Head concrete. Flagellum of 2nd antenna 2- or 3-jointed. Inner

fobs of maxilla 1 with more than 2 (5-15) plumose setae.

Telson triangular or quadrangular, not or but little exceeding the

pleurae of 5th pleon segment.

Uropod with peduncle short and broad, outer ramus small or minute,

mostly terminal in position.

The numerous plumose setae on inner lobe of maxilla | is a very

i i be

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 385

distinctive character (fig. 80). Members of this family are found in

tropical and subtropical Africa, Madagascar, and one genus is common

to West Africa and the West Indies. The nearest recorded locality

to South Africa is the Belgian Congo (Hubelum lubricum), but it is

quite possible that species of this family will be discovered within our

SSS

Fic. 80.—Hubelum lubricum B-L. Telson and uropods, andtapex of inner lobe

of maxilla 1 (from Budde-Lund, 1899).

region. It may therefore be useful to include the following synopsis

of the genera. Synarmadilloides, Nobili, 1926, is not included.

I. Antenna 2, flagellum 3-jointed. ;

A. Epimeron of segment 1 separated from segment by a groove.

1. Margin of segment 1 sulcate, hind corner cleft . ELubelum B-L.

2. Margin of segment 1 not sulcate.

a. Hind corner cleft . s ; : . Mesarmadillo Dollf.

b. Hind corner not cleft (or with only a small internal lamina)

Periscyphops Hilg.

B. Epimeron of segment 1 concrete with segment.

1. Margin of segment I sulcate, cleft . : : Gerutha B-L.

2. Margin of segment 1 not sulcate, but cleft . Benechinus B-L.

II. Antenna 2, flagellum 2-jointed.

A. Epimeron of segment 1 discrete.

| Heelan B-L.

Ethelumoris Rich.

Ignamba B-L.

2. Segment 1 not cleft : ; , : : Hiallum B-L.

B. Epimeron of segment 1 concrete. Segment 1 not sul- { Hzallides Rich.

cate, not cleft : : Stig tes . 2 VGesang Bak:

1. Segment 1 with hind corner cleft

386 Annals of the South African Museum.

INDEX.

A PAGE

acinosa (Deto) . : : . 221 | cingulata (Setaphora) ‘

aculeatus (Polyacanthus) . 180, 321 | cingulatus (Diploexochus) .

aenigma (Diploexochus) . . 372 | circularis (Schoblia)

africana (Porcellionides pruinosus coloratus (Diploexochus)

var.) . = ; ; . 255 | conisaleus (Diploexochus)

akermani (Cubaris) . : . 9377 | contractus (Hiatoniscus)

Akermania . 318 | cordatus (Bethalus)

albanyensis (Diploexochus) . 3096 | Cubaris

alberti (Diploexochus) ; 5 SHY

albescens (Diploexochus) . . 340 D

Alloniscus ; : . Zoi damae (Hora)

alticola (Diploexochus) . 348 :

damarensis (Diploexochus) :

Anchicubaris . : : . 300

i ; : damarensis (Niambia)

Anchiphiloscia . ; : . 241

p demarcata (Setaphora)

Angaribia. 3 = 1295 deamasse, (e mania)

angolae (Rhyscotus bicolor v Var). 2811 Sho ae 8 5

angusta (Niambia) . 4 . :265 DETONID A :

Aphiloscia : : : . 238

dilatata (Ligia) .

Arhina . : «) 23k Bie: Philose;

ARMA DILLIDIEDAB) = 2). 90) 280), eeceuc ee

Armadillidium 382 Lapses ;

: : , | disjunctus (Diploexochus) s

Armadillo. : 301, 320, 323, 376 dolleasi (Waploesaeha)

armata (Deto) . 222 ‘ P ee

austro-africanus (Trichoniscus) =) e200 E

B ecaudatus (Diploexochus)

barbertoni (Bethalus) ; . 312 | echinata (Deto).

barnardi (Bethalus) . P . 317 | egens (Cubaris) .

Benthanops : i : 5 ET elongata (Philoscia)

Bethalus . i . 301 | episimus (Hekelus)

bicolor (Exzaes) : : . 800 | EUBELIDAE .

bicolor (Rhyscotus) . ; . 287 | Eubelum . . . ; .

braunsi (Phylloniscus) ; . 206 piers (Phylloniscus braunsi

brunnea (Niambia) . : . 260 var. Nec . . .

burnupi (Cubaris) .. : . 377 | exotica (Ligia) .

Exzaes ;

capensis (Niambia) .. : : 266 F

capensis (Paranotoniscus) . . 202 | festivus (Diploexochus)

capensis (Trichoniscus) : . 199 | filicornis (Ligia) :

capensis (Tylos) : ; . 218 | flavescens (Diploexochus)

castor (Diploexochus) ; . 365 | flavescens (Niambia) .

celsicauda (Diploexochus) . . 366 | fongosiensis (Anchicubaris).

Cercocytonus . : ; . 292 | formicarum (Diploexochus)

cestus (Trichoniscus) . ; . 201 | formicarum (Niambia)

chindeensis (Periscyphis) . . 294 | fulleri (Schoblia)

PAGE

244

373

211

342

359

285

307

376

230

333

263

244

209

220

219

188

238

323

364

338

356

221

380

249

298

384

385

207

192

299

344

186

343

262

381

326

268

212

Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. 387

PAGE PAGE

fulva (Benthanops) . : . 247 M

furcatus (Diploexochus) . = Sed | Tyaccadons (Bethalus) ; Saat

macrops (Gerufa) ‘ ; = 276

G major (Diploexochus nigricans

ensis (Trichoniscus) . » 200 var.) . : - 337

ee 4 ore ‘ _ 979 oe (Diploexochus) : : one

glabrata (Ligia) : ee) anibla . : : ai

gordoniensis (Diploexochus) . 370 | marginata (Komatia). eae . 240

gracilior (Ligia dilatata var.) 7 189 ke oes . abe

2 e-saei A DPeen ; : . 180 | marmorata (Gerufa) . : a beer

ain eos) : ; _ 217 | marinus (Alloniscus) . : = oan

griseo-albus (Bethalus) : . 303 | Marioniscus : ; : 234

griseo-flavus (Niambia) Ee oe (Diploexochus) . a

griseus (Cubaris) : : : Sta | EECHOPOnOrnys . . “eee

griseus (Hiatoniscus) . ‘ . 283 | muicrops (Manibia) . : = and

mina (Setaphora) : : . 242

H mirabilis (Titana) , : . 208

oq | mixtus (Diploexochus) : es!)

ee (Diploexochus) ; a modest eam bie) aa ; aroke

Taicsiccas 283 monardr (Periscyphis) ; F 295

Se aren(Nahia) j : ; ; 945 ee : : ae

: : <i ; ‘ hee montana (Geruta ° - - 3)

ao Aer : : ao montanus (Paranotoniscus) . 204

—o EET a)) 4 "599 sete dase : :

‘ E i i ‘ mucidus (bethalus) . : eee

Holéettoti (Drichoniséus) | | yor | Munna (Cubaris) | B19

Hypergnathus . ; e286 ; ate

ee .

— . Nahia se el a

I nanus ( Diploexochus). : ~/ aa

5, | natalensis (Cubaris) . a, fs badd ois

Inchanga . ; 27 ‘ | natalensis (Inchanga) : Jos

INCUrvUS (Tylos) . . - 218 | natalensis (Ligia) : : rb Ot

natalensis (Trichoniscus) . . 198.

K nebulosus (Diploexochus) . 22 363

kaokoensis (Diploexochus) . . 333 | Niambia . : Pere |

karongae (Anchiphiloscia) . 242, 245 | nigricans (Diploexochus) é - “a6

kogmani (Diploexochus) . . 340 | nigricans (Diploexochus) . ) oa8

Kogmania é ‘ : . 208 | nigrinus (Bethalus) . : 7308

Komatia . ; : : . 240

Krantzia . : = S280 O

kunenensis (Angaribia) - 295 | obliquidens pe ocodnas) S80

7 ONISCIDAE . : ., 224

Oniscinae : : « Zor

laevis (Porcellio) : : . 253 | oraniensis (Diploexochus) . - 346

lata (Manibia) . : ‘ yo76 orbicularis (Diploexochus) : Say!

latifrons (Bethalus) . : . 313 | orbicularis (Diploexochus) ‘ B26

latus (Paranotoniscus) : . 205 | ornatus (Paranotoniscus) . - 205

Ligia y : 5 ; _ 184 | orphanus (Diploexochus) : . o47

LIGIIDAE f ; : . 183 | ovampoensis (Diploexochus) ; 228

Ligyda . : . 184 | ovampoensis (Diploexochus) a tooO

liliputanus (Diploexochus) : -> S14

limbatus (Bethalus) . : = 1303 P

limenites (Diploexochus) . . 361 | pachytos (Diploexochus) . a, ow

longicauda (Cubaris) . : . 308 | pallida (Niambia) ‘ : . 264

longicauda (Niambia) : . 269 | panurus (Bethalus) . : - 306

longipes (Diploexochus) . 367 | Paranotoniscus . ‘ . 202

lubricum (Eubelum) . : 180, 385 | pauperculus (Diploexochus) - 350

388 Annals of the South African Museum.

Periscyphis

Philoscia .

Philougria

Phylloniscus

pilula (Diploexochus)

poecila (Krantzia)

Polyacanthus

polythele (Diploexochus)

Porcellio .

Porcellionides ,

pretoriensis (Bethalus)

pruinosus (Porcellionides) .

pubescens (Diploexochus) .

pulchella (Philoscia)

pusilla (Niambia)

pusillus (Diploexochus)

quadrimaculatus (Diploexochus) .

reticulatus (Cubaris)

Rhacodes . ,

rhodesiae (Bethalus) :

rhodesiensis (Diploexochus)

Rhyscotus 4

riversdalei (Trichoniscus)

rufescens (Diploexochus)

ahs)

saldanhae (Diploexochus)

salisburyensis (Diploexochus)

scaber (Porcellio) 3

Schoblia .

Scyphacidae

secutor (Bethalus)

Setaphora

spatulifrons (Marioniscus) é

Spherilloninae . :

spinosa (Akermania) .

PAGE

292

235

194

205

371

281

320

350

251

254

305

255

358

249

266

354

368

308

213

305

349

286

201

341

304

327

252

211

219

316

241

234

229

318

squamata (Niambia) .

steenbrasi (Diploexochus) .

Stenomacrus

stricticauda (Bethalus)

swellendami (Trichoniscus)

sylvatica (Exzaes)

Synarmadillo

tabulae (Trichoniscus)

tabularis (Diploexochus)

Termitoniscus

thomseni (Diploexochus)

Thomsenia ;

Titana . :

tradouwi (Bethalus) ;

transvaalensis (Polyacanthus)

TRICHONISCIDAE . :

Trichoniscus :

trilobata (Cubaris)

truncata (Niambia)

truncatus (Cubaris)

tuberculatus (Paranotoniscus)

tugelae fee

TYLIDAE ‘

Tylos

ventosus (Trichoniscus)

vilis (Aphiloscia)

Vinneta g

virgiliae (Inchanga)

vulgare (Armadillidium)

warreni (Bethalus)

warrent (Philoscia)

zwartbergensis (Diploexochus)

+ 195

PAGE

180, 259

335

286

311

201

299

292

354

211

331

257

208.

310

321

193

194

343

260

375

204

353

212

213

199

238

221

279

383

315

245

363

. é

ANNALS

OF THE

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

VOLUME XXX.

PART Ill, contoining —

12. South African Hispinae from the South African Museum, Cape

Town. 43. Contribution to a knowledge of the Hispinae

(Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae): By EH. Unmann, Stollberg-

Erzg. (Translated from the German manuscript.)

13. Some Insects associated with the Plant Gnidia (Arthrosolen)

laxa Gilg. By A. J. Hessz, BSe., Ph.D., F.ES.,

Assistant, South African Museum, Cape Town. (With

10 Text-figures. ) z

14. On Some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa and

Southern Rhodesia. By H. Womerstey, A.L.S., F.R.ES.;

Entomologist, South Australian Museum. (With 12

Text-figures. )

15. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South

African Museum. IX. By J. R. te B. Tomiin, M.A.,

and Dr. F. A. ScuitpER. (With 3 Text-figures.)

SS neue

ISSUED MARCH 1934. PRICE 8s.

PRINTED FOR THE

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

BY NEILL AND CO., LTD.,

212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH.

( 389 )

12. South African Hispinae from the South African Museum, Cape

Town. 43. Contribution to a knowledge of the Hispinae

(Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae).—By EH. Upmann, Stollberg-Erzg.

(Translated from the German manuscript.)

In response to my request for material for the study of South African

Hispinae, the above Museum forwarded, through Dr. Hesse, numerous

Hispinae for examination. A large number of specimens of these,

as well as of others not dealt with below, were put into my hands.

For this material and for the supplementary information concerning

various types I am very greatly obliged.

NEw SPECIES.

. Callispa hessei, Portuguese Kast Africa.

. Callispa nyakaénsis, Portuguese Kast Africa.

. Dactylispa viatoris, Rhodesia.

. Hispa (Thoracispa) hesser, Cape Province.

. Platypria nodifera Spaeth, Transvaal.

OU Rm Co Db

SYNONYMS.

Pseudhispella consobrina Per. belongs to Polyconia spinicornis Kr.

1. Callispa hessei un. sp.

Ovata, fulva, nitida, antennis nigris ad basim fulvescentibus.

Capite laevi, prothorace transverso a basi antrorsum rotunde angus-

tato, utrinque lateraliter indistincte impresso, ibi crebre, ceterum

sparse punctato; elytris ovatis, convexis, subregulariter punctato-

striatis, punctis ante apicem et extus non latioribus, serie marginali

exii. Long. 6 mm.

It appears to resemble C. bottegoi Gest., a species unknown to me,

but certainly differs from it by the oval and not parallel shape and

the uniform strength of the rows of punctures on the elytra.

In contour it comes nearest to kilimana Kolbe and silacea Ws.,

but is much more coarsely punctured, has stouter antennae, and the

head is medially obtusangularly produced between the antennae,

VOls XX. PART 3. 26

390 Annals of the South African Museum.

whereas in the species mentioned the head in front is triangularly

produced across its entire breadth.

Antennae stout and short, scarcely reaching the posterior margin

of the prothorax; joint 3 longer than 2; seen from the narrow side

4 is equal to 5, and is as long as broad; the rest of the joints, excepting

the pointed 11th joint, slightly transverse, scarcely differing from

each other; joints 5 to 10 become progressively more transverse seen

from the broad side. Prothorax with sharp posterior angles, forward

from these rounded and narrowed; anterior angles acutely projecting;

the sides finely margined; laterally shghtly and feebly depressed,

covered with fairly strong scattered punctures, which are denser in

the region of the lateral depressions. Scutellum smooth, triangular.

Elytra with 11 almost regular rows of punctures, of which only the ~

11th on the lateral margin is very fine, with the punctures in the rest

of the rows almost all equal in size; row 1 linear; rows 6 and 7

present only in the posterior half of elytra.

Three specimens. Portuguese East Africa: Lourengo Marques,

18/7/08.

2. Callispa nyakaénsis n. sp.

Elongata, parallela, nitida, nigro-cyanea, pedibus abdomineque

rufo-testaceis. Capite subtilissime punctulato, triangulariter pro-

ducto; prothorace transverso, lateraliter leviter, ante scutum pro-

funde impresso, sparse punctato; scuto laevi, pentagonal; elytris

parallelis, post humeros impressis, regulariter punctato-striatis, striis

a sutura marginem versus punctis fortioribus, stria undecima sub-

tiissima. Long. 5-5-5 mm.

Similar to C. rufiventris Uh.; the legs, however, yellow; the body

more shiny; the head broadly triangularly produced in front, as in

kilimana Kolbe and silacea Ws.; in rufiventris it is simply triangularly

pointed.

Very dark blue, smooth, shining; abdomen and legs orange. Head

very finely punctured, the extension in front truncated; antennae

moderately short, reaching to middle of prothorax, moderately stout,

with the basal joints elongate, those towards apex transverse. Pro-

thorax transverse; the sides rounded and narrowed, finely marginated;

anterior angles not projecting; the disk on each side posteriorly and

laterally feebly depressed, with a distinct and deep depression in

front of scutellum, with scattered punctures, smooth anteriorly.

Scutellum smooth, pentagonal. LElytra parallel, convex, with a

shallow, irregular depression behind the shoulders, with 11 regular

Contribution to knowledge of Hispinae (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). 391

rows of punctures, the innermost linearly impressed; the inner rows

with fine punctures, towards the sides the punctures in the rows

become progressively coarser; row 11 very fine, directly on the lateral

margin; rows 5 and 6 begin only at the middle of the elytra.

Three specimens. Portuguese East Africa: Nyaka, 11/1924

(R. F. Lawrence).

3. Callispa umtalina Pér. The author states “Tota nigra.” Dr.

Hesse kindly informs me that the type has a reddish-brown abdomen.

4. Oncocephala promontori Pér. One specimen. South-West Africa:

Tsumeb (R. Tucker, December 1919).

5. Balyana sculptilis Fairm. Seven specimens. Rhodesia: Sebakwe

(D. Dods, 1901).

6. Pseudhispella militaris Ws. Five specimens. Rhodesia:

Sebakwe.

7. Pseudhispella consobrina Pér. Of this species, Dr. Hesse kindly

informs me that “there are three specimens, all labelled as types,

two from Rhodesia (Sebakwe), and one from the Transvaal (Shilou-

vane, ex Pér.), of which the last specimen only still has antennae.”

From the description and figure forwarded to me it follows that this

species belongs to Polyconia. A comparison with my material of

Polyconia spinicornis Kr. from the Congo and Cameroons convinces

me that consobrina is identical with spinicornis, and has to be con-

sidered as a synonym of it. Two specimens from the Transvaal

(Kaapmuiden, R. W. Tucker, 30/10/1918) have been kindly presented

to me. They are smaller than my smallest specimens of spinicornis

from the Cameroons (Uam region). In other respects no specific

differences are to be detected.

8. Dorcathispa alternata Ws. One specimen each from Portuguese

East Africa: Masiene, December 1923, and Inhambane, January

1924 (R. F. Lawrence); one specimen from Rhodesia: Bulawayo,

May 17 (R. Tucker).

9. Dorcathispa extrema Pér. One specimen from Kast Transvaal:

Komati Poort, November 1918 (R. Tucker); one specimen, South-

West Africa: Tsintsobis, January 1920 (R. Tucker); one specimen,

Transvaal: Kaapmuiden, 30/10/1918 (R. Tucker); one specimen from

Portuguese East Africa: Lourengo Marques, 1911 (T. B. Paulus).

10. Dactylispa bodongi Uh. According to the material before me,

this species, outside Portuguese East Africa (Beira), also occurs in

Zululand, Cape Province (Dunbrody), and in the Transvaal (Pretoria,

Komati Poort, and Acornhoek).

11. Dactylispa sulcata Chap. One specimen each from the Cape

392 Annals of the South African Museum.

Flats, 16th December (C. G. H.); Paarl, September 1901 (C. G. H.);

Stellenbosch.

12. Dactylispa gracilis Pér. Three specimens from Southern

Rhodesia (Salisbury), and one specimen from Bulawayo.

13. Dactylispa perfida Pér. One specimen from Portuguese Hast

Africa: Nyaka 11/24 (R. F. Lawrence); and 4 specimens from North-

East Transvaal: Louis Trichardt, 12/18 (R. Tucker).

14. Dactylispa pretiosula Pér. One specimen from Rhodesia:

Sebakwe (O. Dods). In my key in “Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr., xxi, 1931,”

pp. 154 and 155, it comes after hirsuta Gest. Intervals 4 and 6

broad, carinate; rows 5 and 6 curved outwards.

15. Dactylispa viatoris n. sp. (Pér. in coll.).

Oblonga, nitida, rufo-testacea, prothorace utrinque macula parva

nigra, spinis dorsalibus elytrorum nigris, ceteris in apice nigris,

prosterno in medio, metasterno fere in totum nigris. Antennis ad

apicem vix incrassatis, articulo primo incrassato; vertice opaco,

declivi, collo nitido; prothorace dense flavo-sericeo, fere plano,

spinis lateralibus 2, 1, duabus anticis inaequalibus, basi subconjunctis;

elytris oblongis, regulariter punctato-striatis, tenuissime pilosis, spinis

longis, validis, brevissimis intermixtis, in margine apicali abbreviatis.

Long. 6, lat. 2-5 mm.

This species, from the hairs on the prothorax, reminds one of

pubicollis Chap., but has, unlike this species, not smooth elytra, but

a small, yellowish hair in each puncture. It is to be placed near

echinata Gyll., from which it differs in size and the finer hairs on

the elytra.

Reddish-brown; pro- and metasternum black in part; prothorax

on each side with a black spot. Head with the vertex plane and

flat, with only a short groove posteriorly, with golden yellow hairs

on eye margins, steeply sloping to the shining neck; clypeus longer

than broad, wrinkled, distinctly carinate between the eyes. Antennae

half as long as the body, not compressed, scarcely thickened apically;

joint 1 stout, twice as long as thick; 2 scarcely half as long as 1;

3 as long as 1; 4-6 becoming progressively shorter, with 6 one and

a half times as long as broad; 7 a little longer than 6; 8-10 of equal

size, each only slightly longer than broad. Prothorax transverse,

wrinkled and punctured, smooth along the middle line and on the black

spots, densely covered with golden yellow hairs as in pubicollis; spines 2

and | on lateral margins, with the two front ones very close together,

scarcely separated at the basis, the first shorter than the second, with

Contribution to knowledge of Hispinae (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). 393

the third free spine large, half as long as the second. LElytra twice

as long as broad, regularly punctato-striate; rows 9 and 10 shortly

connected in the middle, in each puncture a fine small golden-yellowish

hair; discal spines stout and long, everywhere intermixed with very

short ones; interval 2 with 5 spines (2 before and 3 behind the middle);

interval 4 with 3 spines (I at the level of the shoulders, 1 in the middle

and | in front of the last spine on interval 2); interval 6 with 4 spines

on the humeral callus, a 5th immediately behind it, a 6th at the

middle next to the 2nd spine on interval 4 in front of the distinct

depression, a 7th behind the depression between the 3rd and 4th

spines on interval 2; interval 8 with one spine on the outer angle

almost next to the last spine on interval 6; spines on lateral margins

numerous (12-15), almost as long as those on the disk; spines on

the hind margin short, triangular.

Two specimens labelled with an upper label * “A. C. W. Mally,

Agrl. Dept., Grahamstown, Cape Colony, 5/12/10,” and a lower label,

“J. B. Greathead, Fort Jamieson, N.E. Rhodesia, 23/8/10.”

16. Dactylispa discreta Ws. Two specimens each from Portuguese

Kast Africa: Nyaka, Masiene and Inhambane; Natal: Malvern.

17. Dactylispa pubicollis Chap. (dissimilis Peér.). One specimen

each from Natal: Malvern; Transvaal: Louis Trichardt (R. F. Law-

rence, 1/11/28); Portuguese Hast Africa: Nyaka (R. F. Lawrence,

11/24).

18. Trichispa sericea Guér. Four specimens from Natal: Durban

(C. N. Barker, 24/10/18).

19. Hispa (Chrysispa) fera Ws. Two specimens from Zululand:

Mfongosi (W. E. Jones, 3/17). New for South Africa.

20. Hispa travers Gest. Twelve specimens from Portuguese East

Africa: Nyaka (R. F. Lawrence, 11/1924). This species, described

from Abyssinia, has a wide distribution. I have also been able to

record it from the Congo and Lower Guinea.

21. Hispa ovampoa Pér. One of the specimens presented to me

(N. Rhodesia: Pemba, Father Casse, 1917) resembles a quadrifida

Gerst. The elytra, however, have a bronzy lustre. Unfortunately

the antennae are wanting, so that it is impossible to establish

whether they afford yet another character for the separation of

the two species.

22. Hispa melancholica Ws. One specimen from Mashonaland:

* The upper label is not a locality label but merely signifies that the specimen

is from Dr. Mally’s collection when he was in the Agricultural Department. The

true locality of the species is thus Fort Jamieson, N. Rhodesia.—Ep1ITor.

394 Annals of the South African Museum.

Salisbury (G. A. Marshall, 1894) Ex cotypo; elytra brownish-metallic,

certainly immature. Supposed by Péringuey to be a new species

pulchella (nom. in coll.).

23. Hispa indubia Pér. Three specimens from Transvaal and 1

specimen from Rhodesia: Sebakwe. This species is very similar to

bennigseni Ws., and most likely only a southern race of it. It differs

by the much shorter elytral spines; particularly short are the spines

on intervals 2 and 4 and along the lateral margins. In my key

(Mitt. Mus. Berl., 1931 (32), p. 884), it comes after stuhlmanni Uh.,

with the contrasting character: the 4 spines on the lateral margins

of prothorax forming a cross.

24. Hispa approximans Pér. One specimen from Southern

Rhodesia: Penkridge, 3/28.

25. Hispa eximia Pér. Five specimens from Transvaal: Pretoria

(1/4/1918, Dr. Brauns).

26. Hispa pavida Ws. One specimen each from South-West

Africa: Nuragas (January 1920, R. W. Tucker); Southern Rhodesia:

Salisbury (May 1917, R. Tucker). Both these specimens are a little

more slender than the typical forms from German East Africa.

27. Hispa malvernia Per. Two specimens from Natal: Scottburg

(K. Barnard), and 1 specimen from Malvern. To be placed after

H. caffra Ws.

28. Hispa ramulosa Chap. One specimen each from Stellenbosch

(L. Péringuey), Hottentot’s Holland Mts., 4000 feet, Caledon, C.P.

(K. Barnard, 1916). Besides these there are 2 totally dark brown,

immature specimens.

29. Hispa (EHutrichispa) gebienn Uh. Fourteen specimens from

Portuguese Hast Africa: Lourengo Marques (J. B. Paulus, 1911);

1 specimen from Bushmanland: Henkries (Lightfoot).

30. Hispa (Thoracispa) hessei n. sp.

EKlongata, brunnea, spinis a medio ad apicem infuscatis; antennis

gracilibus, vix incrassatis; prothorace laevi, subopaco, lateribus valde

lobatis, lobo spinulis multis radiatim digestis; elytris subdepressis,

nitidulis, subregulariter punctato-striatis, in singulo elytro tribus

seriebus dorsalibus spinarum multarum, longarum, gracilium, margine

laterali spinis multis longis longitudine dorsalium, margine apicali

brevioribus. Long. 4-5 mm.

To be placed next to H. brunni Ws. Brownish; spines darkened

from their middle to apex. Head round; eyes small, oval, only half

as long as the temples; vertex and clypeus smooth, lustreless, the last

apron

Contribution to knowledge of Hispinae (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). 395

finely carinate; neck not demarcated; antennae slender, only feebly

thickened towards apex; joint 1 short, twice as long as broad; 2 only

half as long as 1; 3 thin, scarcely three times as long as 2; 4 is equal

to 5, each shorter than 3; 6 shorter than 5; 7 about as long as 6;

8, 9, and 10 equal, each somewhat longer than broad and shorter

than 7; 11 longer by its apex than 10. Prothorax a little longer

than broad; the apical margin convex and ciliated; the posterior

angles acutely produced; the disk dull and shagreened, without

depressions; lateral lobes large, with about 30 long, slender spines, in

an arc along their lateral margins, the spines being as long as the

disk is broad. The spines along hind margin of lobes in a single

row, anteriorly in a double divergent row; the innermost spine on

the anterior margin is curved and directed backwards and upwards.

Scutellum fairly large, triangular, dully shagreened. Elytra elongate,

broadened and rounded behind the shoulders, with 8 almost regular

rows of punctures; with an interposed row of punctures between rows

5 and 6 posteriorly; depressions wanting; the straight intervals

slightly carinate. On closer examination 4 rows of spines may be

distinguished instead of 3 rows; interval 1 with 5 spines, of which

the first is just before the middle and the second behind the middle;

interval 2 with about 7 spines, which are already long from the base

onwards; interval 4 with more than 10 spines; interval 6 with up

to 20 and elytral margins with about 30 spines, with the spines crowded

on interval 6 and along the lateral margin. All the elytral spines

vary in length, the longest are as long as one elytron is broad; the

spines on the posterior margin slightly shorter than those on the

lateral margins.

Two specimens from Hottentot’s Holland Mts., 4000 feet altitude,

Caledon district (K. H. Barnard, January 1916).

31. Platypria ngrospinosa Fairm. (mashonana Pér.). One specimen

each from Salisbury (1913, J. O’Neil); Salisbury: Arcturus (1916,

Dr. Melle).

32. Platypria natalensis Gest. (Pér. in coll. of Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.,

3, 1 (xli), 1905, p. 516, fig.). Two specimens from Malvern; 1 speci-

men from Natal: Durban (Bell Marley). One specimen from Southern

Rhodesia: Umtali (A. Bodong, 1902).

33. Platypria nodifera Spaeth, n. sp.

Reddish-yellow; the first two antennae joints, the prosternum,

the pectoral region and its lateral parts, the abdomen with the

exception of a broad outer border, two round spots next to each

396 Annals of the South African Museum.

other in the transverse furrow in front of the base of prothorax,

the scutellum and all tubercular prominences and lateral spines on

the elytra, black. |

The contour rectangular, twice as long as broad, with almost

parallel sides. Antennae strikingly short, about reaching the base

of the prothorax; joint 2 globular; 3a little more than twice as long,

as long as4and 5 combined; 4 about a fourth longer than 5, this and

the following not longer than thick; 9 twice as long as thick; 7-9

slightly thickened. Prothorax with 5 spines on each side, all, except-

ing the last, almost equally long, the larger ones with a slightly dark-

ened apex; the disk transversely depressed posteriorly, almost dully,

with the punctures distinct only on the dark spots. The humeral

lobes of the elytra are scarcely broadened and carry 4 spines; then

follows a short, shallow emargination; the middle lateral spine which

follows is a little farther separated from both the neighbouring ones:

after this follow 8 spines, so that altogether 13 spines are present on

each side; all 13 are short, hardly more than half as long again as

thick, the 2 last ones at the most slightly shorter; each elytron with

3 spines on the shoulders and about 14 tubercles on the disk, 4 each

on the slightly carinate intervals 2 and 4, two on 6, and four very

small ones on the 8th interval; of those on interval 2 the first one is

a little before and the second one behind the middle, and the third

and fourth on the declivity; those on interval 4 always stand obliquely

behind those on interval 2; all these protuberances are small, low,

and tubercular, the first two on the inner two intervals, and the

first one on interval 3 a little larger; lateral expansions of elytra

very narrow, and with the black thickened parts of the spines con-

tinued to its inner margin. 5x34 mm.

British Museum; Transvaal: Pretoria (22/10/1921). Two types.

South African Museum; Transvaal: Mulder’s Drift (5/11/1905).

One specimen.

( 397 )

13. Some Insects associated with the Plant Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa

Gilg. —By A. J. Hesse, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.E.S., Assistant, South

African Museum, Cape Town.

(With Ten Text-figures.)

INTRODUCTION.

Iy this paper an attempt is made to enumerate the different kinds of

insects directly or indirectly dependent on Gnidia laxa during the

autumn and summer months of September 1931 to May 1932.* The

life-histories and stages in the life-cycle of some of those, found bio-

logically or biocoenotically dependent, are here given for the first

time. The study is necessarily limited in its scope, and is solely an

attempt to show what interesting biological data could be obtained

from the study of an ordinary plant like Gnidia. In its scope it does

not purport to be an exhaustive list and neither does it attempt even

to outline or solve all the intricate and complex relationships, bio-

chemical, physiological, and chemo-physical problems bound up with

any detailed biocoenotic or ecological study. It is more a study of

the members of an interdependent group.

The study of insects and their host plants, apart from the economic

point of view, has received but scant attention in South Africa. With

the exception of a few common forms, the life-histories, larval stages,

and pupae of but few are known. In the sphere of systematic entomo-

logy, which in itself demands all the attention of the student, very

little time is available for the more interesting study of the habits,

bionomics, ecology and life-histories of our rich indigenous fauna.

If this, my attempt on a single plant, could awaken the interest of

amateurs and students of insect life in this direction, its object would

be more than achieved. As a matter of convenience the paper is

divided into a general section dealing with the insects and the plant,

and a descriptive part in which the larvae, pupae, and adults of new

species are described for the first time.

* A season which was, however, more humid, with more frequent showers than

either 1930 or 1933.—AUTHOR.

398 Annals of the South African Museum.

GENERAL.

The Plant, its Parasites and their Parasites.

All over the Western Province, particularly the Cape Peninsula,

Stellenbosch and Somerset West, there thrives on more or less open

country, in open and uncultivated patches or alongside roads, a some-

what straggling, sparse-leafed shrub. This plant Gnidia (Arthrosolen)

laxa Gilg., a member of the Thymeleaceae, prefers gravelly soil and is

more common on burnt patches, where it soon becomes abundant

and luxuriant if not pressed out by its relative Passerina vulgaris or

by the more vigorous “Renosterbos” (Elytropappus rhenocerotis),

both of which also seem to flourish best in such areas. Gnidia laxa:

is found all the year round, but begins to flower in March and April.

The normal shrub ranges in height from 1 foot to 2 feet, but vigorous

plants may reach a height of 3 feet. When wandering through a patch

of Gnidia the observer cannot help noticing that a large percentage

of the plants possess peculiar thickened stems, which are often so

common that one is inclined to attribute them to a normal condition.

These stem thickenings assume various shapes, and no two stems are

identical in these enlargements. They are either short subgall-like

and some considerable distance away from the ground, more elongated,

whip-like or snake-like and thickened from directly above the ground

to the branches, 7.e. uniformly thickened; or with enlargements

extending even half-way up subsidiary branches and twigs; or, lastly,

they are subnormal, only slightly thickened. On closer examination,

it will be found that many of the older stems have scattered over

them, here and there, small circular holes or perforations, the exit-

apertures of some stem-loving insect. If any thickened stem be now

plucked up and slit longitudinally, it will be found that the pith

region of the stem is hollowed out by the galleries of numerous beetle

larvae. In a single stem there are often, during September and

October, numerous larvae, pupae, and recently emerged adult beetles.

This little brownish-black beetle, known as Hoplitopales lineatus Boh.

(text-fig. 1), passes the greater part of its life-history feeding and

developing in the pith of Gnidia lara. The beetle is a member of the

great family Curculionidae, many of which are stem feeders.

The stem of the plant in an advanced stage of infection, when split

longitudinally, shows numerous larvae, each larva (text-fig. 2) is

isolated by itself in a central tunnel or gallery along the pith or axis

of the stem, where it may be seen feeding either head downwards or

upwards. In advanced stem-infection one larva may be separated

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laza Gilg. 399

from another only by its collection of excrementa or frass-pellets,

which in older stems practically occupy the entire pith-region. As the

larva progresses the central gallery becomes gradually wider, but the

maximum width is soon reached and the greater part of the tunnel is

of the same width, only a very small part tapers to an indistinct point,

showing the progress of the very young larva. Asa certain number of

moults takes place in the life of the larva, one may conclude that the

moults in the latter part of its existence are not accompanied by a

marked increase in size but are probably more metabolic in nature.

Another explanation, which is more probable, is that after a certain

stage the larva does not only eat its way forwards, but begins to

enlarge its tunnel along the sides as well, never, however, exceeding

a certain maximum and specific diameter.

During the prepupal stage it ceases to tunnel straight ahead, but

bores to the periphery of the stem till it reaches the bark, and in this

exit-gallery, just under the bark, it may pupate. This, however, does

not always take place. Many larvae, after having completed the

exit-gallery, turn backwards again towards the main tunnel, thus

blocking up the exit with frass. When now they pupate in this exit-

gallery or even in the main tunnel, the consequences are disastrous to

the ensuing adult beetles, for it appears that many such adults are

unable to find their way out through the frass plugging up the exits.

The newly emerged adult is very pale-brown and presumably remains

some time under the bark, before it perforates this to escape. The

circular perforations outside on the stem are the escape-holes of the

adults. The beetles emerging in the main tunnels cannot escape and

many of these are thus found dead and firmly lodged in the mass of

larval frass. This is especially the case in old, heavily infested stems.

The deaths of adults are, however, not always due to this fact, but

many, especially in the case of heavily infested stems, may also be

ascribed to the predatory nature of a small mite Pediculoides ven-

tricosus, which is known to parasitise many other insects. This mite

probably finds its way in through the escape-holes of successful

beetles and, wriggling through the frass pellets, may reach a neigh-

bouring tunnel containing a pupa or a freshly emerged beetle. The

female mites become attached to the softer abdomen of the beetle

and there develop into small spheres, the mouth-parts of which are

firmly embedded in the tissues of the beetle. The entire abdomen

of the beetle subsequently resembles a bunch of grapes, owing to the

visible distended and spherical abdomens of numerous mites.

From the end of October to the end of June, and possibly the rest

400 Annals of the South African Museum.

of the winter months, no pupae or adults are found in the stem and

the winter appears to be spent in the larval stage. The adults of this

beetle have never been taken by me outside the stem of Gnidia and

the larval and pupal periods are not exactly known, but the pupal

period is probably short. The percentage of infested plants in any

one patch is often considerable, and so striking is this in certain small

areas that one is apt to mistake this stem-thickening as natural to the

plant. Extensive areas are, however, not always very heavily in-

fested. The most heavily infested patches which I have seen are

those of plots within the municipal areas of Somerset West, which

have been burnt and lain fallow for years. Plants bordering foot-

paths and alongside gravelly roads often show a marked infestation

and striking stem-enlargements. The powers of flight of the adult

beetles are probably limited and the emergence of any considerable

number in any one isolated patch will result in a very heavy infection.

It is difficult to state in what way infection disturbs the natural

luxuriance and growth of the plants. By nature the shrub seems to be

a straggler, is usually sparse-leafed and does not grow to any appreci-

able height. Infested plants are, however, as a rule, more vigorous

than uninfested ones. It is possible that, as in the case of animal

metabolism, diseased condition is often marked by an increased cata-

bolic activity. There is no doubt that the stimulus applied by the

larvae of this beetle 1s conducive to very vigorous growth on the part

of Gnidia. The stem-thickenings produced belong to what Kuster

termed the “‘ Histoid”’ galls, namely, galls formed as a result of tissue

malformations in contrast to “Organoid”’ galls due to organ abnormali-

ties such as flowers, leaves, etc. He further subdivided the histoid

formations into “hyperplasmatic” and “hypertrophic” galls. The

former differs from the latter in that abnormal division and pro-

liferation of tissue cells and not abnormal enlargement of individual

cells take place. It is under the kataplasmic type of the hyper-

plasmatic galls, where tissue differentiation resembles normal tissue,

that these stem-thickenings fall. This development of stem tissue is

probably attributable to the same cause that underlies gall formations

in general, and in this case may also be due to the cumulative effect

of a series of different infections. Tissue proliferation is due to the

physiological activities of insect larvae, which may be chemical and

enzymatic, physical or traumatic in reaction. The true causative

agent of all gall formation has, however, never been isolated, and it

is a problem which demands elucidation at the hands of experimental

biology. Traumatic reaction and tissue injury in the case of other

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 401

plants have, however, been demonstrated as causative agents in

extreme catabolic activity. The injury caused by the feeding larvae

of Hoplitopales may be responsible for the vigorous growth and marked

stem-enlargements. Bottomley’s suggestion that nucleic acid deriva-

tives are responsible for the liberation of what is termed “auximones”’

or promotors of growth in the plant may have some significance also,

where tissue destruction may affect the growth, even remotely from

the locus of activity, by chemical means.

While examining the frass in the empty and abandoned galleries

in dead and dry stems, the remains of imprisoned parasitic Hymen-

optera belonging to the genus Hurytoma were also found. It is

difficult to state whether this Chalcid frequents the empty galleries

or whether it is actually a parasite on the beetle larvae. The fact

that the remains were found in the frass points to the conclusion that

this Hurytoma is in all probability parasitic on Hoplitopales lineatus.

During March a large percentage of the shrubs are also found to be

infested with still another beetle larva. These larvae (text-fig. 4)

belong to Sphenoptera cupreosplendens, a member of the Buprestidae.

In this case also, the percentage of infested plants is very great, and,

moreover, no plant infected with the Buprestid was found that was

not also infected with the Curculionid. All stages of larvae are found

during March and many pupae at the end of March and during April,

the adult beetles emerging during April. The larvae of the Buprestid

do not cause stem-thickenings and neither are they found in or near

the pith region. Very young stages are frequently found boring just

under the bark or in the woody tissue just under the bark, com-

paratively high up, about 3-6 inches above the ground. They are

geotropic, eating their way downwards; the more advanced stages

being found at the base of the stem and in the main roots. Through-

out its course the larva remains strictly superficial, never penetrating

to the pith regions of either stem or root. The galleries are flattened

in conformity with the dorso-ventral compression of the larvae and

are never straight throughout their length. Above the surface of

the ground in the stem the galleries are very wavy, extending to one

side, then to the other of the stem, forming sharp U-shaped turns.

In the main root the turns are less sharp, the gallery being moderately

wavy.

From the position and nature of the tunnels, as a result of the

examination of a very large number of stems, the following procedure

on the part of the beetle probably takes place :—

The adult beetle lays its eggs somewhere in or on the stem, about

402 Annals of the South African Museum.

3-6 inches above the ground. The ensuing minute larva bores

through the bark or begins to tunnel just under it. At first the

tunnels are very fine and narrow, becoming broader and more distinct

and also more wavy as the larva grows. The method of feeding is

confined to an are in front of the enlarged prothorax and in which

the head is moved from one side to the other. When the base of the

stem is reached, the larva tunnels down the large thick or main root

or, less frequently, down another thinner root. By this time it has

become considerably larger, making a fairly broad flattened tunnel.

Near the apex or thin part of the root it turns back, tunnelling up-

wards again on the other side of the root, more or less parallel to its

downward course. When it arrives at the junction of the stem and

roots, where the stem is often slghtly thicker, more knob-like, it

reaches the end of its larval and feeding activity. The prepupal

larva slightly widens the terminus and here changes into a pupa.

The entire tunnel is plugged up with frass behind the feeding larva.

Only two or three larvae in a stem eventually become adults, the

rest, not finding sufficient food material in the root-system, die or

pupate in the stem above the ground, from where they do not seem

to be able to get out. Fully formed adult Buprestids have been found

dead in such positions. It thus appears that the final stage must

come to rest at the base of the stem. The usual number of beetles

in a single plant is two, one on each side between the base of the stem

and roots, just under or at the level of the ground. Dead and dry

stems have, however, been found with three beetles in them. Should

the plant die, even after the larval existence, the pupae also succumb.

Many dead or dying plants, during April, had dried and shrivelled-up

pupae in them. No matter how carefully a stem is plucked up, the

pupae do not seem to develop into adults under artificial conditions.

There seem to be unknown chemical or physical factors in control in

nature, which are disturbed or absent under laboratory conditions.

These conditions, among others, demand a growing plant and certain

states of temperature, pressure, and humidity. The fact that plants

not infested with the Curculionid have not been found attacked by

Buprestids, seem to point to the conclusion that the adult Buprestids

only deposit their eggs on those plants with stem-thickenings, the

physiological or catabolical conditions of which have been altered

and are conducive to vigorous growth.

Dependent on the existence of the Buprestid larvae there is an

interesting Braconid parasite. This small Braconid is new to ento-

mology and is described below as Hormiopterus brachypterus n. sp.

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 403

(text-fig. 5). This interesting parasite is unique in this genus in

having short rudimentary and vestigial wings, entirely useless for

purposes of flight. Six females and two males of this Braconid have

been hatched from a single prepupal or mature Buprestid larvae. It

is apparent that the Braconid larvae pupate after the destruction

of the larval tissues. They construct carton-like or parchment-like,

woolly cocoons on the site of the consumed larva; leaving only the

chitinous mouth-parts as a tell-tale of their activities. How, where,

and when the adult Braconid deposits its eggs in the larva is a problem

still unsolved. The fact that the adult Braconid is practically

apterous and is provided with a comparatively long ovipositor points

to the conclusion that most of its adult life is probably spent in

crawling about the neighbourhood of the stems and root bases of the

plant.

The ever-recurring problem, of how the parasite knows that a plant

is infested with larvae of its host or just where under the bark the

victim is situated, is still unsolved and one of nature’s mysteries.

The larvae of Sphenoptera cupreosplendens never come to light, but

are confined throughout their life in darkness under an intact layer

of bark. The Braconid has to deposit its eggs in the living larvae, and

this it has to do by pushing its sharp ovipositor through the bark and

into a larva just underneath. It is the locating of the larva under an

intact bark that isa mystery. The matter is not one of pure chance,

for the probability of an inserted ovipositor striking home in any stem

is very small indeed. There must, therefore, be other unknown

factors or stimuli, which control oviposition and render the proba-

bility much greater.

The pupae and immature beetles in their resting sites are subjected

to still another danger, namely, that of being also attacked by the

mites Pediculoides ventricosus. Not only this mite, but also a species

of Tyroglyphus, attacks and destroys the pupae by feeding on their

tissues. |

During April many plants are rendered leafless through the activi-

ties of a caterpillar, which feeds on the leaves of Gnidia. This cater-

pillar is green, with a lateral reddish band along the coxal parts of its

legs and prolegs, with a broad yellowish band along the side just above

the red band and two narrow yellowish lines on its back. It becomes

full grown when it is about 18 to 20 mm. long. The caterpillar is that

of a Pyralid moth Phlyctaenodes plumbatalis Zell., a quite common

species in the Western Province. The larvae have the habit of

spinning threads all over the twigs as they are feeding. These threads

404 Annals of the South African Museum.

often connect up or join together clusters of leaves or even adjacent

twigs. A certain amount of procryptic coloration, a harmonisation

with the colour scheme of the background is shown. The fine twigs

and some leaves are reddish to reddish-brown like the head and

lateral band on the caterpillar. They also cling very closely to the

twigs and their presence can often be surmised only from the presence

of the silken threads.

When the larva is full grown, it becomes paler green in colour and

is now ready for pupation. It now drops to the ground and enters

the soil where it spins a silken cocoon, enclosing grains of sand and

particles of earth. The period of pupation occupies 19 to 20 days,

when the adult moth emerges. There are usually from two to four

caterpillars on any one plant and these may cause considerable

damage by defoliating entire branches. As a rule the caterpillars are

more frequently found feeding towards the topmost part of the plants,

the lower branches being still green with leaves.

Perhaps the most interesting member in this study of interdepen-

dence is a new species of a Tachinid fly, which I have described below

as Sturmia vnvmica n. sp., the larvae of which are parasitic in the

bodies of the caterpillars of this Pyralid P. plumbatalis. During

April the adult female flies may be seen sitting very still and expect-

antly either near the head-end or clasper-end of a caterpillar. So

intent are they in watching the caterpillar that these flies, normally

very difficult to catch, may practically be touched with the hand.

This is the time when the fly 1s about to deposit its eggs on the cater-

pillar. The period of quiessence is probably the period of preparation

for oviposition. No matter how long such flies were watched, I have

never been able to observe the actual act of egg-laying; disturbances

in the environment, such as my own presence, a gust of wind, etc.,

have always frightened them away.

In the case of this Tachinid the eggs are laid outside on the cuticle

of the caterpillar and usually above on the dorsum or on the sides

above. The usual number of eggs laid on a single caterpillar is four,

sometimes three, but of the few caterpillars found with eggs on them,

no one had less than three. As a rule three eggs are laid on the pro-

and meso-notum just behind the head and one at the posterior end just

above the claspers, or along the side of the body opposite one of the

prolegs. The three anterior ones are situated in a triangle, one on

the pronotum behind the head on the left side, one a little more

posteriorly on the right side nearer the base of the pronotum, and the

third more or less medially on the anterior end of the mesonotum.

Some Insects associated with Gmdia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 405

In one case the caterpillar had two on the pronotum and one on the

side of the body. Whether all these eggs are laid by a single fly has

not been observed, but the conclusion points to the fact that they are

the eggs of a single female on any one caterpillar.

The eggs are very small (about } mm. long) for such a comparatively

large fly. They are oval, creamy-white, convex on one side and

flattened on the other. They are glued on by means of some viscid

secretion on the flattened sides and are very firmly lodged; neither

alcohol nor formalin dissolves this substance. Caterpillars with

attached eggs are not very common, and when the caterpillars them-

selves are not very easily seen or common, the difficulty of finding

them is increased. Owing to the habit of the caterpillar of suddenly

dropping in amongst the foliage on any prolonged disturbance, the

fly must be fairly quick in depositing her eggsatatime. The presence

of the eggs on the back of the caterpillar does not seem to interfere

with its usual activity. It proceeds as usual, feeding peacefully,

while burdened with these symbols of its own individual destruction

and death. From the human ethical point of view there is something

exceedingly repulsive in this type of destructive parasitism, where

the lurking parasite devours its victim by degrees, not even granting

it the slightest opportunity of fulfilling its own destination, yet

allowing it, within limits, to obey and pursue its own specific urge

until its hour is at hand.

The ensuing minute larva bores through the egg-shell on the glued-

on side nearer one pole. It penetrates the cuticle of the caterpillar

and apparently remains attached to this entrance for some time by

its posterior end, thus keeping a communication with the empty egg-

shell and the outside. It may leave this position under the egg-shell

after a certain time, migrating elsewhere, where it perforates the

cuticle again, making a new attachment and communication with the

exterior. These loci of attachment are seen on the exterior of the

caterpillar as dark-brown or blackish, more or less oval rings. In all

the caterpillars which have been examined, there was no indication

of a connection either with the tracheal system or the spiracles.

Neither is the position of the parasite confined to any specific part.

The larvae may be attached in the prothoracic region or the abdominal

region; they may be on the side of the body opposite the prolegs or

other abdominal segments or they may be found in the prothoracic

region near the head, either attached dorsally, laterally or even

ventrally between the legs.

The attached parasite projects into the body cavity, straight at

VOL. XXX, PART 3. 27

406 Annals of the South African Museum.

first during the very young stages, but when they are about 1 mm. long

they acquire a distinct kink in the posterior quarter of the body, thus

more or less lying close to the body-wall of the caterpillar. This

curvature or kink may, however, be a result of the internal pressure

of the organs and distended gut of the host; the parasite thus adapt-

ing itself to occupy the minimum amount of space without causing

unnecessary inconvenience to the host. The rapid growth of the

larva must eventually cause organ-displacement in the caterpillar.

Only one larva is destined to pupate and reach the adult stage, the

others probably succumb sooner or later. It is probable that the larva

which hatches first is the one to monopolise the host in the end.

One caterpillar, with five eggs attached to it, went into the soil and

completed its silken cocoon. Four days later, on the cocoon being

opened, the caterpillar was still unpupated and very much alive. So

much so that within an hour it had closed up the incision again. Yet

four days afterwards on being opened again there was a complete fly

puparium and only the remains of the caterpillar-cuticle in the

cocoon-case. In another case, with four Tachinid eggs attached,

dissection revealed four parasites inside, the oldest being about 1 mm.

long. This caterpillar did not spin a cocoon. It merely dropped to

the ground, lying inert for hours, apparently dead and with only a

very feeble response. It was obviously incapable of spinning a

cocoon. In all probability the most advanced parasite, in this case,

would eventually have destroyed all the tissues of the host to pupate

in the soil as is usual in very many other Tachinidae, and not in the

empty cocoon. It would appear in the case of this Tachinid that the

larvae either pupate in the empty cocoon-cases after the destruction

of the caterpillar, or that they render the caterpillar incapable of

spinning by destroying it vitally before cocoon formation, in which

case they merely pupate in the soil as is the case of some Tachinids

like Carcellia. The problem, of whether pupation takes place either

in the empty cocoon-case or in the soil in the life-cycle of one and the

same species, or whether either the one or the other is specifically or

generically confined to certain Tachinids, needs experimental elucida-

tion. In this case it certainly appears, according to limited observa-

tions and without elaborate experimental corroboration, that ultimate

pupation depends upon the period of parasitism of the caterpillar,

or at what period of its life it became parasitised. If an adult fly

were to deposit its eggs on a caterpillar just emerged from the last

larval moult, the ensuing fly larva would have a comparatively long

period within which to develop to an advanced stage and thus

—

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 407

preclude cocoon-formation on the part of the host. Onthe other hand,

should the eggs be deposited within a day or so prior to cocoon-forma-

tion, the caterpillar would still be vital and active enough to proceed

with its final act, in which case the parasite would have to pupate in

the cocoon. It must, however, be borne in mind that we are as yet

totally ignorant of the stimuli or factors relevant to the existence of

caterpillar-hosts, which are able to control and elicit egg-laying

responses on the part of Tachinids. Neither do we know the physio-

logical relationships between the host and parasite, which govern

incubation and the period of emergence of larvae from attached eggs.

It is, however, certain, at least in this case, that some eggs on the

same caterpillar hatch before others and that certain larvae inside are

larger than others. Even here, however, it is impossible to state

whether certain positions, even within the caterpillar, are not more

favourable physiologically than others and that larvae progress more

favourably when situated there. In the caterpillars mentioned above,

the most active parasite was attached on the side somewhere in the

region of the prolegs at about the middle of the body and not under an

egg-shell. They were specimens that had migrated there.

Judging from the undisturbed condition of the body-cavity of the

dissected caterpillar, it appears that these larvae, up to 1 mm. long,

probably subsist only on blood-plasma and body fluids, which they

obtain either through a minute and indistinct oral opening, or through

“physiological filtration’? and not through tissue destruction. As in

the case of the majority of Tachinids, the larva probably becomes free

in the body cavity to devour the fat-body and vital organs after the

third instar. The empty caterpillar skin, in the case of the specimen

that pupated in the cocoon, was certainly the only thing that remained

over. It is also noteworthy that no frass was found in the cocoon or

skin. In the case of parasites still attached, excretions, if any, will

most likely be voided outside, or there may be a possibility that the

darkened socket-like rim in which the posterior end of the larva is

lodged, and which really corresponds to a sheath, is composed in part

of excretory products and in part of the cuticle of the caterpillar.

This socket-like ring has no anatomical connection with the parasite,

the posterior end of the body being merely lodged or retained in

position by the last circlet of segmental spines, or by the dorsal and

ventral clusters of hooks mentioned in the descriptive part.

The period of incubation, the periods of the instars, and the period of

pupation are at present unknown. The ensuing larva, prior to pupa-

tion, ruptures the cuticle of the host on the side. The puparium,

408 Annals of the South African Museum.

formed by the hardening of the last larval instar, is immobile, reddish-

brown, slightly darkened at the ends, more narrowed apically, is in-

distinctly segmented and with the posterior spiracles of the larva still

visible as three bosses on each side, whereas the anterior ones are

represented as a small process on each side near the cephalic end. I

am unable to state whether the larvae of Sturmia onimica are specifi-

cally restricted to this one host or whether other species of Phlyctaenodes

in the Cape may not also be parasitised by this fly.

Also attacking this plant externally there are at least two kinds of

Coccids, both of which are, however, uncommon. One is a member

of the soft-scaled group belonging to the genus Ceroplastes, the females

of which secrete a thick, white waxy covering. One of these specimens

was parasitised by four maggots of some Acalypterate fly, probably

an Agromyzid, the adults of which I have not obtained. The other

Coccid is much rarer and is a member of the true-scaled group belong-

ing to the genus Tachardia.

Chance Visitors and Random Feeders, Defenders of

the Plant, etc.

At least five different kinds of insects were also found feeding on

this plant. These, namely, three kinds of Curculionidae, Hypsomus

bevinst Mshl., Hremnus setvfer Boh., and Lixus alboguttatus Boh., one

Chrysomelid, Polystica fascuata de Geer., and one Pentatomid bug,

Steleocoris comma Thb., although found feeding on it, are probably

not restricted to it, for they have been obtained from other plants

as well. The bug has, however, a better claim to being considered

as a constant feeder, owing to the presence of nymphal stages on

the same shrub during April. The adults of the Buprestid borers

have also been taken on the leaves during April.

Of the predaceous fauna, sometimes found among the foliage and

which may be considered as defenders of it, there are two or three

species of Attid spiders, which construct small silky nests among

the leaves, and at least one juvenile of a species of preying Mantid

(Miomantis sp.) common during March and April. At least one

species of non-parasitic mite, a representative of the Oribatidae, is

often found crawling about on the twigs and leaves.

Non-paying Tenants.

The empty galleries and tunnels in the dead and dried stems also

harbour certain insects and spiders. A small immature Attid spider

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 409

habitually frequents the exit galleries of the Curculionid, where it

lines the sides with silk. The most important inhabitant of these

empty galleries and tunnels is, however, a new species of Thrips,

which I have described in the systematic part as Dicaiothrips gnidii-

colus n. sp. (text-fig. 9). This Thrips is also remarkable for its

rudimentary wings, which are useless for purposes of flight, and

which have become functionless as a result of its cryptic habits.

The entire life-history is passed inside the empty galleries and

among the frass. An adult male and female and a brood of

young ones are usually found in one gallery; the adjoining one

being often occupied by another couple. The adults, as well as

the young stages, have never been observed outside on the plant,

and presumably they never leave the tunnels except to occupy

adjoining ones.

The female lays a batch of eggs, about 14 to 16, on the sides of a

tunnel, all with one pole pointing upwards. The eggs are glued on

and are not contiguous, but separated from one another. Both

sexes seem to keep guard over the eggs, somewhat after the manner

of earwigs, and are loath to abandon them even when exposed to

daylight. During September to October, and again in April, all

stages, eggs, larvae, pupae (text-fig. 10), and adults, are found in the

stems; sometimes a solitary couple and a batch of eggs in one gallery

and a couple together with larvae and pupae in another. The larvae

and pupae also receive the solicitude of the adult couple as in the

case of the eggs. The larvae (text-fig. 10, 6 and c) in all stages are

of a beautiful ruby-red, with dark antennae, legs, and posterior tube,

and, like the adults, are negatively phototropic, trying to avoid the

light by creeping and crawling away to hide in the frass.

Both adults and larvae have a peculiar gait, giving one the im-

pression of being mechanical. Their progress is characteristic; stiff,

erratic, as if on stilts, the larvae often running along and then stopping

like some water-birds. The adult, on the other hand, is more deliberate

in its movements, suggesting those of a scorpion; often, like a scorpion,

taking up a threatening attitude with the front legs extended and the

slender posterior tube slightly raised like the tail of a scorpion. The

pupa is also capable of rapid progress when disturbed. There is no

doubt that this Thrips does not frequent flowers, but, ike many

members of this group, probably feeds on vegetable or organic debris

and in this case probably on fungi or micro-organisms thriving in

the frass. This species may thus not be confined to the galleries in

Gnidia, and may also inhabit crevices or other dark environments.

410 Annals of the South African Museum.

It is, however, different from other members of the genus which have

been met with in such positions.

The interdependence of living organisms in connection with the

dry stems and the empty tunnels of the beetles is further illustrated

by the use that a small bee makes of these galleries. A species of

Ceratina, a member of the carpenter-bees, uses these tunnels for

building its nest. The bee in this case, contrary to the usual pro-

cedure of the carpenter-bees, does very little carpentering, confining

most of its activities in this direction to trimming or patching up.

The galleries already in existence are used, and in the case of two

or three tunnels being practically continuous or merely separated by

masses of frass, the bee removes the frass, thus making a long con-

tinuous tunnel. In some cases, however, even this is not done,

the tunnels and exit-galleries being used irregularly as they are.

The bee stores the tunnels with food packets composed of bee-bread,

which in the former case are arranged in tiers, each packet being

sealed off after an egg has been laid. More often, however, an exit-

gallery 1s stored with a packet and the exit-hole is plugged up after

an egg has been laid, each exit-gallery thus lodging a single larva

or pupa. In the latter case the cells are of course naturally partitioned

off by the plugs of beetle frass. The arrangement is thus primitive

to a certain extent, depending solely on the nature and position of

pre-existing galleries. The adult bees probably emerge at the end

of September or in October, for during this period advanced pupae

and empty pupal cases are found. There is another brood again

in April, which is, however, represented by larvae only. The adult

bee has never been taken outside, and neither was it possible to

hatch it from the pupae.

Death of the Plant and its Causes.

A growing plant that is so heavily infested with the larvae of two

kinds of beetles, which destroy its tissues internally, by caterpillars

which often defoliate it externally, by Coccids which sap its strength,

and by other insects which feed at random on its tissues and juices,

is bound to succumb sooner or later, notwithstanding its diseased

catabolic vigour. Probably all the factors contribute to its death,

but judging from wilting and dying plants in the veld, the conclusion

seems to point to the fact that the activity of Hoplitopales alone does

not primarily cause death. The two deciding factors are the larvae

of the Buprestid in the roots and the defoliation brought about by

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 411

the Pyralid caterpillars. Wilting plants, when plucked up, show

that the tissues under the bark of the thicker roots are practically

one mass of frass, and that often three Buprestid pupae are lodged in

the base of the stem. There seems to be no doubt that the Buprestid

is majorily responsible for the death of flourishing plants, owing to

its position in the plant, where it is injurious, causing the destruction

of sap-conducting vessels.

SUMMARY.

In summarising the data obtained for a period of six months, it is

found that the existence of a single plant is thus biologically bound

up with the life, habits, and life-histories of no less than 21 species,

belonging to 7 orders of insects, three different kinds of mites, and

two or three kinds of Attid spiders. These are as follows:—

(1) COLEOPTERA : Fam. Curculionidae, Eremnus setifer Boh., Hypsomus bevinsi

Mshl., and Lixus alboguttatus Boh. Found feeding externally on the leaves

and twigs. Fam. Curculionidae, Hoplitopales lineatus Boh. The larvae of

which bore in the stem, feeding on the tissues and causing stem-thickenings,

and finally pupating and emerging as adults in the stem.

Fam. Buprestidae, Sphenoptera cupreosplendens Cast. and Gor. The larvae

of which tunnel and feed just under the bark at the base of the stem and

in the roots, pupating at the base of the stem and roots.

Fam. Chrysomelidae, Polystica fasciata de Geer. An adult of which was

taken outside on the plant.

(2) LEPIDOPTERA: Fam. Pyralidae, Phlyctaenodes plumbatalis Zell. The

caterpillars of which feed on the leaves and pupate in the ground.

(3) HYMENOPTERA: Fam. Lurytomidae, EHurytoma sp. ign. Remains of

which have been found in the frass and in the galleries of Hoplitopales, and

which is most likely a parasite on the larva.

Fam. Braconidae, Hormiopterus brachypterusn.sp. The adults of which were

bred from a prepupal larva of the Buprestid, on which the Braconid larvae feed.

Fam. Apidae, Ceratina sp. ign. The larvae and pupae of which have

been found in nests constructed in the empty galleries in dry stems.

(4) HEMIPTERA: Fam. Coccidae, Ceroplastes sp. ign. The female of which

secretes a white, waxy scale, found on the twigs.

Fam. Coccidae, Tachardia sp. ign. Found as brownish, irregular scales

on the stems and main branches.

Fam. Pentatomidae, Steleocoris comma Thb. Adults and nymphs of which

have been found feeding on the leaves and twigs.

(5) DIPTERA : Fam. Tachinidae, Sturmia inimica n. sp. The adults of which

lay their eggs outside on the anterior or posterior end of the caterpillars

of P. plumbatalis Zell., on which the ensuing larvae feed, finally killing the

caterpillars and pupating in the caterpillar-cocoon or in the ground.

An Acalypterate fly, probably an Agromyzid, the larvae of which

parasitise the Coccid Ceroplastes.

412 Annals of the South African Museum.

(6) THYSANOPTERA: Fam. Idolothripidae, Dicaiothrips gnidiicolus n. sp.

The adults of which inhabit the empty galleries in dry stems in couples,

depositing their eggs and rearing their larvae and pupae in them.

(7) ORTHOPTERA : Fam. Mantidae, Miomantis sp. ign. The nymphs of which

are commonly found lurking among the twigs and leaves.

(8) ARACHNIDA: Sup. Fam. Sarcoptoidea. Fam. 1. Yarsocnemidae, Pedi-

culoides ventricosus. Nymphs and adults of which are predaceous or para-

sitic on pupae and adults of the Curculionid and pupae of the Buprestid.

Fam. 2. Tyroglyphidae, Tyroglyphus sp. ign. Nymphs and adults of

which attack the pupae of the Buprestid.

Fam. Oribatidae. Free living mites, representatives of which crawl about

on the leaves and twigs.

Araneae : Fam. Attidae. Two or three adult spiders of which lurk among

the foliage, even spinning or constructing silken nests among clusters of

leaves. At least one species of juvenile uses the empty galleries as a refuge,

lining it with silk.

SYSTEMATIC.

All the figures are freehand drawings made by the author and

are not necessarily to scale, but more or less in proportion.

Explanations of the lettering to the text-figures are:

A.C. Anal cell. M. Mandible.

An. Antenna. Max. Maxilla.

A.S. Anterior spiracle. Med.Sc. Medial sclerite.

A.Se. Abdominal setae. M.C. Medial cell.

A.T. Anal tubercle. M.Sc. Mandibular sclerite.

A.V. Anal vein. Oc. Ocellus.

Cl. Clypeus. O.S. Ocellar spot.

Co.V. Costal vein. P. Papilla.

Cr.V. Cross vein. Pa. Palp:

C.Se. Cephalic seta. Ph.Sc. Pharyngeal sclerite.

Cu.C. Cubital cell. P.P. Pronotal plate.

Cu.V. Cubital vein. P.S. Pigment spot.

EK. Eye. R. Rostrum.

El. Elytron. R.Se. Rostral setae.

iB Hold? S. Spiracle.

Fe. Femur. Se. Posterior long setae.

Ga. Galea. Sp. Spined or shagreened area.

I.Sc. Intermediate sclerite. T.L. Thoracic legs.

L. Labrum. Tr. Trochanter.

L.L. Lateral lobes. T.S. Thoracic segments.

La. Labium. T.Se. Thoracic setae.

Le. Leg. W. Wing.

L.V. Longitudinal vein.

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 4138

OrpDER COLEOPTERA.

Family CURCULIONIDAE.

Subfamily MENEMACHINAE.

Genus H oplitopales Schoen.

H. lineatus Boh. (text-figs. 1, 2, and 3).

Larva.—White, with pale straw-coloured or yellowish head, the

mandibles brownish. Shape eruciform, posteriorly slightly thickened

opposite eighth segment, with no legs on thoracic region, only three

pairs of rounded tubercle-like elevations being present, the anterior

ones being closer together, all with a few slender, hair-like setae.

Head chitinous, exserted, with a black pigment spot on each side

near the base of mandibles, with the cephalic setae as shown in

text-fig. 2 (a and 6); mandibles chitinous, with two teeth apically;

antennae absent; maxillary palps two-jointed; labial palps two-

jointed; with an indication of a central, depressed line behind labrum,

and there more depressed than posteriorly.

Thorax transversely wrinkled, with the three divisions correspond-

ing to the thoracic tubercles not very distinct; the single thoracic

spiracle on the first segment chitinised, brownish (text-fig. 2, a).

Abdomen with the nine segments only distinctly visible on sternal

regions, the tergites being transversely wrinkled, with the sternal

region divided from the tergal part by a lateral fold (text-fig. 2, F.),

becoming indistinct on segment 8, and being elevated, more or less

boss-like or knob-like opposite each segment, each tubercle bearing

a very fine hair-like seta; segments 1 to 8 each with a small spiracle

on each side; tergites 1 to 4 dorsally more or less divided into three

transverse wrinkles, each wrinkle with a transverse row of very

minute setae; segments 7-9 each with a transverse row of widely

separated and much longer hair-like setae (text-fig. 2, a, Se.); the

ninth segment terminates in a tumid tubercle-like anal process

(text-fig. 2, a, A.T.); sternites each with a transverse row of micro-

scopic setae, with sternite 8 much broader and more dilated laterally

than the others, less shiny, dull, roughened by a distinct and much

coarser micro-sculpture, composed of microscopic spines or denticles

(text-fig. 2,a, Sp.). Length about 6-8 mm.

Pupa (text-fig. 3)—White; the eyes and mandibles dark-brownish

to blackish. All the structures of the adult are already visible.

Head (text-fig. 3, a) with four longish setae, one on each side more

414

Annals of the South African Museum.

Trxt-FIc. 1.—Hoplitopales lineatus Boh.

Trext-FIc. 2.—Larva Hoplitopales lineatus Boh.

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 415

laterally just behind eyes, another one further back and nearer the

mid-line on each side; mandibles with two teeth; rostrum with 2

or 3 long, fine hair-like setae on each side at base between the eyes,

and further forwards just behind the antennal insertions there are

2 or 3 smaller setae on each side.

Pronotum with 3 long setae on each side discally above at about

TExtT-FIG. 3.—Pupa of Hoplitopales lineatus Boh.

the middle, with another one on each side at base a little more lateral

to the discal ones, with 1 or 2 setae discally and laterally on each

side at about the middle, and 3 or 4 on each side intra-marginally

along basal angles.

Abdomen sulcated dorsally, with more or less three longitudinal

rows of setae on each side of the mid-line. Length about 5-6 mm.

Distribution: Somerset West, C.P. (coll. September, October,

March, and April).

416 Annals of the South African Museum.

Family BuPRESTIDAE.

Subfamily SPHENOPTERINAE.

Genus Sphenoptera Sol.

S. cupreosplendens Cast. and Gor.

Larva (text-fig. 4,a@ and 6).—Body dorso-ventrally compressed,

shagreened, covered with microscopic spines; white, in very young

stages often with the internal parts shining through reddish (probably

TEext-Fic. 4.—Larva of Sphenoptera cupreosplendens.

due to the reddish tissue of the root under the bark); the basal part

of the mouth-parts above and the lower parts of mouth reddish-brown,

the apical parts often being darker, more brownish; the mandibles

blackish-brown to black; antennae brownish at base, pale yellowish-

white at apex; labrum pale yellowish-white, except for the lateral

parts which are more brownish in advanced larvae; labium pale

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 417

yellowish-white, the basal part whitish; maxillary palps translucent

whitish, the lateral parts of joints 1 and 2 chitinous and brown; a

central smooth impressed line on the pronotum, bifid before the

middle, and a central impressed line on the sternum of the same

segment chitinised and yellowish-brown, more brownish anteriorly;

the spiracles chitinised and yellowish.

Head with the apical part of mouth parts above more or less sub-

rugose in advanced larvae; eyes and ocelli absent; antennae rudi-

mentary, represented laterally on each side of mouth-parts above as

short two-jointed structures (text-fig. 4, b), the apical joint being small

and subglobular, bearing one long fine seta and a crown of minute

ones apically, with the basal joint smooth and setiferous apically only;

labrum rotundately rounded apically, smooth above, slightly convex

discally, with an indication of a central impressed line, apically with

numerous short, yellowish setae; mandibles shining, bidentate

apically and with a third much smaller tooth near apex on lower

margin; maxillae with the palps two-jointed, the apical one slender

and the basal one subglobular and with very short pale setae externally;

no visible labial palps, but galeae (text-fig. 4, b, Ga.) visible on maxillae;

labium rotundately rounded apically, with numerous short yellowish

setae on apical part, discally shghtly convex, with an indication of a

central groove and an impressed furrow on each side, the surface

feebly shagreened; mentum broad apically, its margin truncate, its

base narrow and pedunculate; head broadest just before base, about

twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, more rapidly narrowed

apically, with the apical margin slightly emarginate medially, the

upper surface more convex laterally, shagreened, more coarse and

denser antero-laterally, where the spines are more distinct and longer,

only a few scattered setae present.

Thorax with the pronotum the broadest part of the body, the sides

much dilated and rounded or even subangularly rounded, broadest

at about the middle,. much dorso-ventrally compressed, with the

apical margin arcuately rounded and produced over the base of head,

with the dorsum more or less flattened above, the discal part opaque

and shagreened, with a central impressed line, bifid from before

middle, with the sides above slightly more convex and less opaquely

shagreened and the isolated setae longer than those on head; pro-

sternum also much flattened discally, opaquely shagreened discally,

the anterior margin also arcuately rounded, the base straight, with

the microsculpture finer than on head below, with a single central

impressed line (these dorsal and ventral lines are in reality gristly or

418 Annals of the South African Museum.

chitinous rods sunk in the skin, constituting part of the internal

skeleton or tentorium to which the powerful dorso-ventral and

oblique muscles are attached); mesonotum much narrower than

pronotum, slightly broader or as broad as head, the surface shagreened,

but shining, with a large spiracle on each side, the disk above also

with a more roughened area; metanotum as broad as mesonotum,

without a spiracle.

Abdomen with 10 visible segments, the ninth being partially divided,

with the segments in the young stages more drawn out, longer than

broad, in the advanced stages more constricted, broader than long;

segment 1 often slightly narrower and shorter than the others; the

first eight segments with a small spiracle before the middle on each

side; the entire abdomen finely shagreened, more or less transversely

wrinkled in advanced stages and provided with fine hair-like setae

above on the sides and below; segment 9 with the apical division

more or less smooth, conical or mammillate, perpendicularly cleft in

the apical half, the lips of this cleft beimg often tumid.

No legs or even tubercular processes present.

Length about 11-13 mm. (mature larvae).

Max. breadth of pronotum about 34-4 mm.

The very young larvae from 6 mm. onwards are much more dorso-

ventrally compressed and the abdominal segments are more drawn

out and very extensile, capable of active worm-like movements.

Pupa resembles the adult beetle, with all the structures present.

It is white, the eyes being slightly darkened, head with the eyes

distinct; clypeal part distinct; the antennae are long and segmented;

pronotum shaped as in the adult, smooth, but with two medial pro-

minences on basal margin; elytra in process of development, but as

yet narrow and lobate; wing rudiments as long as elytra; legs already

present. The pupa is capable of shght movement.

Length about 10-11 mm.

Distribution: Somerset West, C.P. (coll. March and April).

OrpER HYMENOPTERA.

Family BRACONIDAE.

Genus Hormiopterus Giraud.

H. brachypterus n. sp. (text-fig. 5, a and 6). 2 33,6 99.

Body black, more or less shining; the 2 with the circumoral region,

mandibles (the apices excepted), a transverse arcuate band across disk

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 419

of fused third abdominal segment above, a longer and often broader

transverse band at about middle of segment 4, the apical margins of

5 and 6, the ventral part. of sternite 1 to a certain extent, the suture

between the pro- and mesopleurae, the mesosternal region in part and

the knees more or less shining through reddish to reddish-brown; the

TExt-FIG. 5.—Hormiopterus brachypterus n. sp.

basal half of the antennae, the apical collar-region of the pronotum,

the membranes between the femora and trochanters, the extreme

apices of the tibiae and the apical parts of the tarsal joints 1 to 4 more

or less dirty yellowish-brown; the tegmina with the veins and apical

three-fourths of medial cell sepia-brown; the minute cubital cell, anal

cell, and the apex hyaline; the hind wing hyaline, with the one vein

sepia-brown; the short, subrecumbent hairs and setae on the body

silvery-whitish; the ¢ is coloured like the 9, but the allotype shows

more reddish on the sternal regions and the apical margins of all the

abdominal segments above more or less shine through reddish.

Head subglobular, seen from above, slightly broader than long,

broadest across the eyes, the sides behind the eyes rounded and

420 Annals of the South African Museum.

narrowed to base, about as deep from above eyes to mouth as long,

slightly broader across eyes than deep; vertex convexly continuous

with sides and interocular part, with the integument more or less

transversely rugulose and indistinctly reticulose; ocellar region in

front being finer, more shagreened and the circumocular part finely

shagreened; the lateral regions and cheeks below the eyes more

uniformly and slightly more coarsely shagreened; frons plane or

slightly depressed, finely rugulose, often more strigillose laterally;

face somewhat more convex, medially below antennae, finely sha-

greened, finer circumorally; the fine hair on head short and scattered

above and behind eyes, slightly longer and denser on face and malar

space; eyes convex, small, oval, about as long as malar space, which

is without a furrow; ocelli minute (much smaller than in capensis

Brues), arranged in a triangle, raised only slightly above the surface,

nearly three times as far from the eyes as from one another; antennae

filiform, long, slender, with 32 to 35 joints (3 99 with 35 joints, 3 9?

with 34 joints, 1 ¢ with 34 joints, and 1 ¢ with 32 joints), nearly as

long as body, comparatively longer in g, with the first joint of scape

elongate-oval, deeper than broad above, subequal to joint 1 of the

flagellum along upper margin, comparatively shorter in the g, with

one long seta and a few shorter ones below, with joint 1 of the flagellum

the longest, longer in the ¢ and also subequal to joint 2, in the 2? very

slightly longer, with joints 3 to 10 shorter than 2, becoming very

gradually and progressively shorter, with joint 11 to apex so gradually

and progressively decreasing in length that sets of them appear

subequal, the apical ones being about three times as long as thick;

clypeus with the apical margin elevated and semicircularly emarginate

(as in other Cyclostomintz), with the semicircular suture and depression

between it and the face distinct, with about 8 long, erect, hair-like

bristles along the margin above, of which the outer ones are the

longest; mandibles with the apices crossing; maxillary palps 5-jointed,

comparatively long, with the setae on the lower margin of joints 2 to

4 straight and at right angles to the joints; labial palps shorter,

4-jointed.

Thorax with the pronotum just visible from above as a collar-region,

with the apical part of pronotum translucent, projecting plate-like

into occipital region, its anterior margin subtruncate, carinate, and

slightly reflected upwards, its sides sinuous, slightly constricted, then

widened and continuous with the broadly rounded propleural sides,

with a transverse carinate ridge just behind middle between apex and

anterior mesonotal margin, straight above and oblique on propleurae,

“Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 421

parallel to propleural margin; propleurae shining, with curved parallel

rugae on lower part and a series of irregular, short, and oblique rugae

in upper corner; prosternum depressed centrally, more or less rugulose

antero-laterally, shining and subshagreened discally on each side;

mesonotum shining, shagreened, with the parapsidal furrows distinct,

composed of shallow, subfoveate punctures, more depressed anteriorly,

with the inner edges sharply marked as the middle lobe is raised

anteriorly above lateral ones, with a deep and distinct middle furrow

posteriorly, composed of a row of foveate punctures and only indicated

as a faint depressed line just before middle, with the posterior mesono-

tal margin straight and with an intramarginal depressed line extending

laterally round the obtusangular postero-lateral angles, with a row

of separated, backwardly directed, short hairs along the inner margins

of parapsidal furrows and along sides posteriorly; scutellum with the

discal part convexly conical, shining, slightly shagreened near base,

subcarinate laterally, with the basal furrow arcuately depressed and

composed of a row of irregular foveae; mesopleurae convex medially,

with the upper anterior part shining, feebly shagreened, the middle

part shining, feebly shagreened, with an oblique, somewhat arcuate

foveated depression delimiting the upper anterior part, with a de-

pressed row of large punctures intramarginally along posterior margin

and another less distinct row along the lower carinate margin, with

the short hairs scattered and sparse; wings abbreviated, very short,

narrow, with the anterior ones (text-fig. 5, 6) lamellate, about $ mm.

long, the apex narrowed but rounded, broadest near base, with the

combined costal, subcostal, radial, and medial veins extending as a

single costal vein (Co.V.) to near apex, with a short cubital vein (Cu.V.)

extending obliquely to join first anal vein (A.V.) thus delimiting a

large medial cell (M.C.) and a minute cubital cell (Cu.C.), with the

oblique cross vein (Cr.V.) near apex often giving off a vestigial or

rudimentary longitudinal vein (L.V.); hind wings narrower and

slightly shorter than the front ones, the apex subacute, with only a

broadened costal vein along outer side, often not quite along the

margin apically, with a minute cellule basally, the inner margin with

a fringe of fine, delicate ciliary hairs; mesosternum with a central

depression, shining, shagreened medially, more rugulose laterally,

the anterior margin carinate; propodeum shining, more or less convex,

shagreened basally above, but more rugulose towards summit of

declivity and more or less transversely rugulose on declivity, with the

sides carinate, more so basally on each side and with three carinate

ridges (the middle one being the shortest) on dorsum in basal half,

VOh, <Xk, PART 3. 28

422 Annals of the South African Museum.

with the declivity sloping, not steep; metapleurae shining, more or

less shagreened discally and along upper anterior part, with irregular

tugae along lower, posterior upper and posterior parts, with a punctate

line next to mesopleurae, the lower margin with a tooth-like projection

on each side anteriorly just behind middle coxae.

Abdomen convex above, about as long as head and thorax combined,

slightly longer in the 3, broader than the thorax, broadest across apex

of segment 3 or 4; segment 1 about as long as or slightly shorter than

propodeum along the side, narrow basally, then rapidly widened to

spiracles, then gradually widened to apex, with the upper surface

convex and (side view) slightly arched before middle, shining, sha-

greened, with 4 longitudinal carinate ridges above, the apical half

with numerous parallel rugae or striae discally, with the sides beyond

carina 4 on each side more or less perpendicular, shagreened and with

a small spiracular prominence near base, the lower margin carinate;

segments 2 and 3 fused together, with the suturiform articulation

visible as a transverse line, more distinct laterally, and behind it a

transverse depression just before the middle of the fused segments,

with the combined segments about as long as or very slightly longer

than 1, broadest at apex, nearly twice as broad as long in 9, about as

long as broad in the 3, with the sides widened to apex, with the basal

half longitudinally striate discally, the striae being slightly coarser and

further apart, less regular at extreme base, with the discal or apical

part of segment 3 more convex, shining, shagreened, the extreme apex

being nearly smooth, with the sides in basal half subperpendicular,

shagreened, a small spiracular prominence laterally near base, with

the short, subrecumbent hairs arranged more or less in three trans-

verse rows, the last row with an indentation medially, the postero-

lateral regions more finely shagreened; segment 4 broadest just behind

middle, broader in the 2 than in 3, shorter than 2 and 3 combined and

shorter than 1, transversely depressed just before middle, with the

basal part longitudinally striate, the apical half shagreened, more

indistinctly along hind margins, with the short hairs also in three

transverse rows as on segments 2 and 3, with the sides rounded and

shagreened; segment 5 in the 9 longer than 4, its hind margin semi-

circularly rounded, with the integument shining, shagreened, more

coarsely at base on dorsum, very nearly smooth along hind margin,

with four more or less irregular transverse rows of backwardly directed

and separated hairs; in the g, segment 5 is subequal to or slightly

longer than 4; segments 6 and 7 visible in the 3, the last small, in the

? they are hidden or telescoped under 5; venter more or less depressed,

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 423

concave, shining, shagreened, with the basal half subcarinately raised

along midline of sternites 1 and 2 in the 2 and beyond them in the 3;

sheath of 2 ovipositor about 2 mm. long, about as long as abdomen,

dorso-ventrally compressed, narrow, the apex very slightly broader

than the base, straight, shining, shagreened, with numerous short,

backwardly directed hairs; last sternite or genital segment in

the g¢ with three short, longitudi-carinate ridges, separating slight

depressions.

Legs shining, shagreened, with short, subrecumbent hairs, denser

on the tibiae below and on the tarsi, with the posterior legs the

longest; posterior coxae more developed, unarmed behind, but with

a triangular prominence basally below (anterior surface below);

femora with the hind ones more incrassate, comparatively more so

in the g; tarsi with the pulvilli well developed, the posterior tarsi

subequal in length to the tibiae.

Length about 34-4 mm.

Breadth about 3-1 mm.

Anterior wings about $ mm. long.

The entire brood (1 ¢ allotype, 1 $ paratype, 1 2 holotype, 5 99

paratypes) hatched from a single prepupal larva of Sphenoptera

cupreosplendens Cast. and Gor., which was found resting in the base

of root and stem of Gnidia laxa Gilg. Collected at Somerset West,

C.P., during March 1932 and hatched in April 1932.

The cocoon-cases of Hormiopterus brachypterus n. sp. are elongate,

more or less narrowed and attenuated to an acute point at one pole.

They are composed of a delicate, translucent carton-like or parchment-

like silky or woolly material. From the evidence of the cocoons it

appears that the mature larvae of this Braconid pupates after the

entire destruction of the Buprestid larva, occupying only the site

of the Buprestid and leaving only the prothoracic tentorium and

chitinous mouth parts of the Buprestid larva.

The nearest ally of this species is the only other Hormiopterus

described from South Africa, namely, H. capensis Brues, with the

type of which it agrees in many respects, but has rudimentary and

useless wings, in which respect it also differs from the fourteen other

species described from Africa. In details it differs from H. capensis

in being smaller, in having more slender antennae, different sculptural

details, etc. It shares with the European and North African Chremylus

rubiginosus Nees, another member of the Horminae, the choice of a

coleopterous host.

The type material is in the South African Museum.

424 Annals of the South African Museum.

Famity APIDAH.

Subfamily CERATININAE.

Gen. Ceratina Latr.

Ceratina sp. ign.

Larva (text-fig. 6, a and 6).—White, eruciform, apodous; the

apices of the mandibles pale brownish.

TExtT-FIG. 6.—Larva of Ceratina sp. ign.

Head feebly chitinised, with the clypeal part broader than long,

the suture between it and the head interrupted in the middle, the

apical margin feebly emarginate; labrum emarginate apically;

mandibles bifid apically, the lower tooth more developed and strongly

chitinised; labium with a small papilla on each side; maxillae each

with a small papilla; eyes, ocelli or pigment spots absent.

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 425

Thorax with the segments distinct, the pronotum divided into two,

a neck region and a posterior part, all the segments with microscopic

setae in transverse rows, more distinct on the pronotum and on the

~ ventral surfaces, with a spiracle laterally on each side before the

middle on meso- and metanotum.

Abdomen with 9 visible segments, more dilated and broader than

the thorax from segments 2-4; segments 5-9 being progressively

narrower, more transversely convex dorsally; with a lateral projecting

fold on each side, more or less broken up into slight tubercles laterally

on each segment, more distinct on 5-8, continued on to thorax,

where there are also lateral prominences corresponding to legs; with

6 spiracles on each side from segments 1-6, and situated before the

middle along anterior margins.

Length about 6-63 mm.

Breadth about 24 mm.

Distribution: Somerset West, C.P. (coll. in September, October,

and again in April 1931-32).

Pupa.—The pupa is white, with all the characters of an adult

Ceratina already present, but a determination of the species is im-

possible from even an advanced pupa, owing to the slight specific

differences among the adults themselves in this genus.

OrpER LEPIDOPTERA.

Suborder HETERONEURBA.

‘Super-Fawry PYRALIDINA.

Family PyRALIDAE.

Subfamily PyRAUSTINAE.

Gen. Phlyctaenodes Guen.

P. plumbatalis Zell.

Larva.—The larva of this species feeds on the leaves of Gnidia laxa

Gilg. during March and April. They have the habit of spinning fine

threads from one twig to another, or more often joining adjacent

leaves or clusters of leaves together. When disturbed they often

become dislodged, but hang on to the fine threads. The fully fed

caterpillar becomes sluggish, drops to the ground and entering it

spins a cocoon of fine silk to which adheres grains of sand and fine

particles of earth. The adult moth emerges after 19 te 20 days.

426 Annals of the South African Museum.

Body of full-grown larva fresh-green above and below; the head,

the coxal parts and the apices of the thoracic legs, the lateral parts

of prominences below on segments | and 2, the basal parts and apices

of the prolegs, lateral parts of prominences below on segments 7-9,

and the claspers reddish to reddish-brown (like the tint on the twigs

and on some of the leaves of the host plant); a broad lateral band

above the reddish band on

each side, and two narrow,

longitudinal, more or less

broken-up lines on _ the

dorsum saphron-yellow to

yellowish; the crochets on

the legs and prolegs brown-

ish; the setae on the head,

thorax, and abdomen black

and with blackish bases.

Head with the epicranial

plates smooth, provided

above with four long black-

TExT-FIG. 7.—Pronotum (a) and abdominal ish setae on each side, one

segment (0).

near centre oppositeadfrontal

plates, one laterally in same

line, one on extreme side lateral to ocelli and one behind ocelli, with

one shorter, finer, more pallid seta on each side medially near base,

with two yellowish setae in front on each side above antennae, the

apical one of which is long, with one sublateral between the 3 basal

ocelli and three on each side ventrally below ocelli; frons with two

longer anterior and two minute posterior yellowish setae; adfrontal

plates each with a very fine seta; clypeus slightly darker than

epicrania, with a yellowish seta on each side at base and another

laterally on each side; ocelli 5 in number, the anterior ones (lower

two) smaller; labrum with a transverse row of downwardly directed,

short and stout setae near apical margin; antennae distinct,

3-jointed, the apical joint very minute, short, cylindrical, and with a

minute erect seta apically, with the apex of joint 2 broad, with a

long seta and a short cone medially; mentum with two medial setae;

spinneret long, slender, spiniform, and with a spine-like seta in front

of it; maxillary palps slender, the apical joint cylindrical.

Thorax with the pronotum (text-fig. 7, a) slightly more elevated

than the other two thoracic segments, with five long setae on each

side from above to below before the middle, two slender ones on the

Caterpillar of Phlyctaenodes plumbatalis.

Some Insects. associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 427

coxal part and three on each side in posterior part (see fig. 7, a),

with a large circular spiracle laterally on each side, with the anterior

part dorsally above duller and shagreened; meso- and metanotum

each with 8 pairs of setae on each side, the lowermost pair on the

coxal part and a solitary, slender seta behind the lateral pair, with

no spiracles.

Abdomen with segments 1-8 each provided with 6 setae on each

side, the dorsal one before the middle the longest, the second one is

just behind the middle and lower down, the third is lateral and

before the middle, 4 and 5 constitute a pair before the middle and

subventral, the last one is stouter, has a larger black base, and is

ventro-lateral on coxal part (text-fig. 7, 6b), with the spiracles on

1-7 smali, situated just before middle, that on segment 8 large,

larger than one on pronotum; segment 9 is the shortest segment,

with 4 setae above on each side, a dorsal one, a very long postero-

lateral one, and one projecting over anal part, and with a ventro-

lateral one at base of claspers; segments 1, 2, 7, and 8 ventrally

below, with a transverse row of four more or less shiny prominences

bearing short, yellowish to brownish setae, the lateral ones being

_ larger and each carrying 2 to 3 setae, the medial ones each with a

fine and short seta; segments 8 and 9 ventrally each with four

smaller shiny prominences, each bearing a single seta, the lateral

ones being stouter, longer, and dark.

Locomotory Appendages.—The three pairs of thoracic legs bearing

pale setae, a stouter and longer one behind and threé shorter inner

ones on each basal joint, with two setae on inner side of third joint,

a crown of about 6 or 7 setae towards apex of joint 4, of which four

are on the inner side, with three small ones round apical part of

tarsus, with the exposed part of joint 2 without any setae; prolegs

on segments 3-6 with three yellowish setae antero-laterally on a

basal prominence, the lateral one the longest, with the planta flat

below, rounded and broader than the neck of pedecil just below it,

with the crochets arranged biordinally, the circle not being complete,

with a gap on the outside, the circle being a little more than a semi-

circle, the arrangement thus approaching a penellipse more than a

mesoseries; claspers with two basal setae and one apically behind,

one basal and one apical on the outer side, and two basal and two

apical ones in front, all on the enlarged basal part, with the crochets

arranged in a biordinal mesoseries.

428 Annals of the South African Museum.

OrpeR DIPTERA.

Family TACHINIDAE.

Subfamily TACHININAE.

Gen. Sturmia Desv.

S:anmican. sp., 1 9.*

Body black, shining, with the usual silvery-whitish dew-like bloom

on the head, mesonotum (where it is absent from four longitudinal

bands), apical half of scutellum, the basal halves of segments 2-4

of abdomen above, the pleural regions, the basal halves of abdominal

segments 1-4 below, the anterior coxae and the outer inner and lower

surfaces of the femora; antennae dark blackish-brown, with the inner

upper surfaces of joint 2 and more or less the basal and inner upper

faces of joint 3 pallid, yellowish; the maxillary palps yellowish, only

slightly darkened basally; mouth-opening pallid; a broad central

band on vertex, from ocelli to antennae, dark velvety-brown; pro-

boscis with the apex brownish; halteres yellowish-brown; calyptron,

alula, and squama whitish; wings hyaline, translucent, the costal

vein and apical parts of the other veins dark blackish-brown, their

bases more yellowish; the hairs on the occipital region and on the

jowls snow-white; the macrochaetae and other bristles on the body

and legs black.

Head slightly broader than the mesonotum across humeral calli;

vertex about five times as broad as the two posterior ocelli are from

each other, more or less plane medially, with 4 post-vertical bristles,

with 2 vertical ones on each side, the inner ones the longest, and

apically slightly directed backwards, with the row of frontal bristles

on each side extending to about opposite aristal insertion on joint 3,

composed of 7 bristles, the posterior one slightly more displaced

towards the margin of the eye, with the second frontal bristle at

the base the longest and stoutest, but shorter than the vertical

bristle, with the two fronto-orbital bristles directed forwards and

downwards; facial ridges more distinct basally, with two or three

very fine facial bristles anteriorly; vibrissal bristles stout and crossing

and with 6 bristles below these on each side; genae with about 14

or 15 minute hairs more or less in three rows, the apical row with

longer hairs; ocellar region with fine separated hairs and a forwardly

* The remains of another specimen, hatched from a parasitised caterpillar,

were subsequently found in a cocoon, and leave no doubt as to the identity of

this Tachinid.—AvTHoR.

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 429

projecting ocellar bristle on each side; post-orbital bristles the longest

just behind eyes, small towards the jowls; antennae with joints 2

and 3 combined about:as long as vertex, with 4 short bristles in a

row along the anterior margin of joint 2, with joint 3 more or less

laterally compressed, concave towards the apex on inside, more or

less equally broad throughout its length, the apex rotundately

rounded, but more acute, subangular at upper apical angle, a little

more than twice as long as joint 2, pubescent and more greyish on

the outer surfaces, with the arista about as long as joints 2 and 3

combined, its basal half thickened and its apical half fine and slender,

with the basal joint about one-fourth the length of the thickened

part and inserted at a little less than one-fourth the length of joint 3

from its base, with the thickened half of the arista finely pubescent

and the apical part with minute alternate hairs, the basal joint with

a single short bristle near the apex along the upper outer margin;

proboscis about as long as face (side view) from base of joint 1 of the

antennae to vibrissal bristle, much shorter than head is deep, with

the hairs on the apical part yellowish; maxillary palps with the

apical parts thickened, club-shaped, and with 2 distinct bristles on

lower side of each near base of the apical part.

Thorax with 4 macrochaetae on the humeral callus, with the

acrostichal and dorso-central series on each side above not so well

developed as the post-humeral, supra- and intra-alar ones; scutellum

with 4 macrochaetae on each side along hind margin, the basal ones

being very powerful and the third on each side long and slender,

longer than prescutum and scutum combined, the fourth or apical

one on each side is short; mesopleurae with 6-7 macrochaetae along

hind margin and some more slender bristles; sternopleurae with

3 bristles, one posteriorly and two medially; propleural region above

the front coxae with an upper and a lower macrochaeta; pteropleurae

with a solitary bristle along its upper margin; wings with the com-

bined vein (radial 4 and 5) straight to apex and there very nearly

touching the oblique first medial vein, which is nearly straight,

slightly wavy, joining the main medial at right angles (the fifth radial

cell is thus only slightly open apically on costal margin), with the

oblique fourth medial vein only slightly S-curved and joining the

medial vein at about a little less than apical third of the distance

of fifth radial cell on the medial vein.

Abdomen with the 2 medial bristles on segment 1 not very distinct

and not well developed, those on segment 2 stout and straight,

directed slightly backwards, with 8 marginal ones on hind margin

430 Annals of the South African Museum.

of segment 3, of which the four discal ones above are very stout,

straight, and powerful, the two medial ones being the longest and

the extreme lateral ones above the shortest; the last segment with

the bristles arranged more or less in three transverse, irregular rows

above, the basal row composed of smallish bristles, the second row

of about 8 stouter bristles, of which the two medial ones are the

stoutest, the third row composed of two medial ones not so stout as

those in front and two or three lateral ones on each side; venter

with segment 3 having a transverse row of longer bristles along the

hind margin, with numerous downwardly directed bristles on the

ventral part of segment 4, of which the discal ones are the stoutest.

Legs with longish slender bristles, more or less in rows along the

lower outer part of the anterior coxae, those on middle ones more

slender and more in a row; femora with the bristles on the upper

surfaces of the front ones comparatively stout and long, and with

7-8 slender, straight bristles along the lower hind margin of the

front ones; tibiae with a single long bristle beyond the middle along

the outer lower margin on the front ones, with two powerful bristles

before the middle along the anterior lateral face and a single much

stouter one beyond the middle on the posterior-lateral faces of the

intermediate tibiae, with the spines below on the hind ones more

developed than those on the front tibiae, with one spine at about

the middle of the outer series and another at about the middle of the

inner series longer and stouter than the rest.

Length about 54 mm.

Length of wing about 5 mm.

Distribution: Somerset West, C.P., April 1932. Caught sitting

over the head of a caterpillar of Phlyctaenodes plumbatalis.

The type specimen is in the South African Museum.

Superficially this new species resembles S. atropwora R. Desv. and

S. bimaculata Hart. It differs from atropivora in being comparatively

smaller, in having a comparatively longer third antennal joint, less

rotundately rounded apically and more angularly produced along

the upper apical angle; the thickened. part of the arista is less exten-

sive, not extending beyond middle of arista; the second joint of the

antennae is longer too and with smaller bristles above; the fifth radial

cell of the wings is practically closed on the costa and not wide open,

the main medial vein is faintly continued beyond oblique first medial;

the macrochaetae on last abdominal segment above are fewer, less

stout and the segment is more angularly rounded apically. From

S. bomaculata it differs in having a comparatively shorter and broader

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 431

third joint of the antennae, with fewer and more slender bristles in

a row on each side below and behind vibrissal ones, fewer bristles

on the maxillary palps; with the oblique first medial vein sharply

at right angles to main medial vein, also with the fifth radial cell

more closed on costal margin; the marginal macrochaetae on seg-

ment 3 of the abdomen above much longer, the bristles on disk of the

last segment fewer and comparatively less stout and the segment

more angular apically; the middle tibiae with 2 distinct long bristles

before middle on the anterior lateral face, etc.

The larvae of this Tachinid is parasitic in the bodies of the cater-

pillars of the Pyralid Phlyctaenodes plumbatalis.

Hees.—The eggs are deposited and glued on the outside of the

caterpillars. The usual number of eggs laid on a single caterpillar

is four, three of which are glued on in a triangle behind the head

on the pronotum and mesonotum, and one either above the claspers

posteriorly or on the side of the body opposite one of the prolegs.

The egg itself is oval, white, shining when fresh, flattened on one

side, convex on the other, glued on to the cuticle of the caterpillar

by the flattened side.

Length about $ mm.

Larva.—The ensuing larva perforates the egg-shell on the glued-on

side nearer one pole, where it makes a small circular hole. It may

remain attached to this perforation for some time, or it may leave

this position and migrate elsewhere, making a new communication

with the exterior (see general part).

Body dirty white; the apical part slightly darker; cephalo-

pharyngeal skeleton visible through the anterior part of the body as

a black rod. The very young stage, about 1 mm. long, probably

representing the first instar, shows no distinct or visible segmentation,

but with 12 transverse circlets of minute, microscopic spicules, of

which circlets 1 and 2 in the cephalic region are much broader,

composed of larger, denser and broader, more flattened spines;

row 3 also broader than the posterior ones and with slightly larger

spicules; with a cluster of about 5 or 6 larger, more elongate spines,

more or less arranged in an arc, one on the ventral side and another

on the dorsal aspect at the posterior end, the two middle spines in

each cluster being slightly larger; with the rudiments of the posterior

spiracles, just below the dorsal cluster of spines, visible under a high

power as a tracheal tube ending in the cuticle on each side and show-

ing three indistinct, dark chitinous areas (the future spiracular

openings).

432 Annals of the South African Museum.

Cephalic End narrower and more attenuated, no distinct oral

aperture visible as yet; cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton (text-fig. 8, a)

is a double structure from behind the mandibular sclerites, resembling

a tuning-fork; the mandibular sclerites (M.Sc.) seem to be composed

of a central piece and two lateral lobes (L.L.) on each side; the

cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton of a last instar (text-fig. 8, lateral view

6 and dorsal view c), obtained from a puparium, is totally different,

TExtT-FIG. 8.—Cephalo-pharyngeal skeleton of larvae of Sturmia inimica n. sp.

and yet there is no doubt that it belongs to the larva of the same

fly; with three divisions present, the mandibular sclerites (M.Sc.) as

in figure, the intermediate sclerite (I.Sc.) being joined transversely

below, and the pharyngeal sclerite (Ph.Sc.), which has a small process

anteriorly and dorsally, beyond this the upper part is divided into

two wings, the apical halves of which are not completely chitinised,

whereas the lower part is not divided, trough-shaped and with a small

dentate process basally on each side, with the apical part also in-

completely chitinised; a minute, medial, rod-like sclerite (Med.Sc.)

is visible ventrally between the mandibular and intermediate

sclerites.

Posterior End in the very young stage (about 1 mm. long) blunt,

with the posterior fourth bent or curved and the posterior sixth or

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 433

seventh fitting into a dark chitinous, socket-like or capsule-like ring

in the cuticle of the-caterpillar. (This chitinous ring probably repre-

sents a sheath in part and also the modified cuticle of the host.

The larva is very loosely lodged in this socket, and probably adheres

by means of its posterior circlet of spicules or by means of the dorsal

and ventral clusters of larger spines.) The advanced stage or last

instar has not been studied, but judging from the empty cuticle of the

host in the cocoon-case it probably becomes free and feeds on the

vital parts of the host. Pupation takes place in the cocoon-case of

the host or possibly in the soil also, depending on the extent of the

infection and on the period of parasitism prior to pupation on the

part of the host (see general part). Only a single parasite is destined

to pupate in any one caterpillar.

PupariuM.—The puparium is reddish-brown, slightly darker at the

ends, broadest near the apical end and at the middle; the cephalic

end being broader than the posterior end, broadly and rotundately

rounded, with a slight depression in the middle apically, marking

the position of the larval mouth, with striae radiating from it and

with a feeble, carinate raised line extending from the mouth nearer

the dorsal aspect on each side for a short distance, and bearing, on

each side near the mouth, a short, cylindrical process (the former

anterior spiracles of the last larval instar); the posterior end gradually

narrowed from middle to near the anal part, where it is rapidly

narrowed, ending in a rounded black boss-like tubercle, the tubercle

with a central foveate puncture and another one on the periphery

on the dorsal aspect, from which there extends a short cicatrice-

like depressed line; ‘three small, oval, raised, shining black promi-

nences on each side dorsally just above the anal boss (the former

posterior spiracles of the last instar); anal aperture of the last instar

represented by a circular depression on the midline ventrally near

the posterior end.

The shape is elongate, slightly dorso-ventrally compressed apically,

cylindrical posteriorly, indistinctly segmented, very finely and more

or less transversely striated, the cephalic and posterior ends being

more coarsely rugulose in sculpture.

Length about 6 mm.

Breadth about 22 mm.

The period of pupation as well as the periods of the larval instars

are as yet unknown. :

434 Annals of the South African Museum.

OrpeR THYSANOPTERA.

Suborder TUBULIFERA.

Family [DOLOTHRIPIDAE.

Gen. Dicaiothrips Bufia.

D. gnidiicolus n. sp., 5 33, 5 99 (text-fig. 9, 3).

Body more or less shining black; antennae deep brownish-black

to black; joint 2 of the antennae (apex excepted), the sickle-shaped

bristle on apex of front femora in the g, the apices of the tibiae

(variable in extent), the basal joint and tooth-like spine on the

anterior tarsi of the g, stramineous or yellowish; the setae on the

abdomen and the hairs on the legs whitish or sericeous; the trochanters

and extreme bases of the femora, the articulating membranes between

the abdominal segments shining through more or less reddish to pale

yellowish-red; the wings whitish, translucent.

Head elongate, about 2-1 mm. long above in the 4, dienes shorter

in the 9, about three hae as long to apex of antennal tubercles as

broad basally, very slightly broader basally than apically, with the

sides almost parallel, very gradually narrowed apically, but about

as broad or only very slightly narrower across eyes than base, slightly

compressed dorso-ventrally and feebly arched at about the middle,

with the integument smooth, shining, with a single anteocular bristle

on each side apically, a short, erect bristle behind each lateral ocellus

and three postocular discal bristles on each side behind eye (the first

one being short like the ocellar bristle, the second the longest, and

the third only slightly shorter than the second and situated about

half-way from eye to base), all less developed in the 9; on the sides

of the head there is a short stoutish spine-like bristle behind each

eye, another short sublateral one near base of second large postocular

and about 6-8 short bristles on each side to base, of which 2 or 3

are sublateral on each side in basal half (text-fig. 9, 6); the produced

part of the head about twice as broad as long; eyes comparatively

large, convex; ocelli minute, with the lateral ones situated just before

the middle of eyes and the apical one on a slight prominence only

very slightly farther away from lateral ones as these are removed

from each other; frons below with a fine bristle on each side on a

slight prominence at base just below antennal tubercles, and another

longer, whitish one on each side apically just before mouth-cone, as

well as a few shorter fine ones just overhanging mouth-cone; cheeks

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 435

with about 7 short spines on each side from eye to mouth-parts, with

the integument shining and more or less transversely wrinkled;

mouth-cone bluntly pointed, short, extending to about half the length

of prosternum, with a few fine hairs basally in front of the maxillary

palps and a few fine ones below apex; labial palps minute; antennae

7-jointed in both sexes, extending to .

about wing-bases in the 3, compara- “% Ps

tively shorter in the 9, about reach- ;

ing posterior margin of pronotum,

with joint 1 sub-equal to 6, with joint

2 the longest and 3-5 progressively

shorter, with joint 5 slightly produced

apically on lower margin, with 7 the

shortest and acuminate; in the ¢

with joints 6 and 7 combined subequal

to 5 along upper margin, the last 3

joints subequal to 1 and 2 combined;

in the 2 with 5 about half as long as

2, and 6 and 7 combined subequal to 4.

Thorax with the pronotum more

or less hexagonal, the base and the

postero-lateral sides being more or

less straight and carinate, with the

apical margin arcuately rounded and

the antero-lateral sides broadly

rounded; the upper surface slightly

transversely depressed in apical part,

quadrangularly convex discally, less T#xt-Fic. 9.—Dicaiothrips gnidiicolus

so in the 9, with a feeble indication es)

of a central depressed line, more evident posteriorly, with the

integument smooth, shining, minutely and microscopically punc-

tured centrally and discally, smooth apically, with 10 distinct

spines on the disk, more developed in 4, five on each side (a small

bristle-like spine medially near apical margin, another longer and

stouter backwardly directed one laterally in line with the medial

one, a longer backwardly directed one laterally on a slight prominence

just before middle, an equally stout one postero-laterally and a very

fine, erect hair-like one centrally before the base); a postero-lateral

plate is present on each side basally above the coxae, each with a

small prominence carrying a stout, outwardly and backwardly

projecting spine; pterothorax subequal to or slightly shorter than

y So

7 Tes,

436 Annals of the South African Museum.

the pronotum, basally broader than the pronotum, the extreme base

or mesonotal and mesopleural part deeply cut off from the posterior

part, the sides projecting and prominently carinate; mesonotal part

demarcated from metanotal part by a transverse, posteriorly arcuate,

carinate ridge, the ridge laterally on each side at base of wings with

a stout, erect spine; metanotal region slightly convexly raised in the

middle and there with 2 small central bristles, with the integument

dull, shagreened like the mesonotal part, with the hind margin

rotundately rounded; wings with the tegmina abbreviated, short,

narrow, about % mm. long or less, about as long or very slightly

longer than joints 1 and 2 of the antennae combined, just extending

over hind region of mesonotum, broader apically, with the apical

margin rounded, with the internal and external margins feebly sinuous

before the middle near base, whitish, translucent, and with only one

vein from base to beyond middle along outer margin, the vein pale

brownish in basal half and carrying two erect bristles before the

middle (the posterior one longer), without any fringe of ciliary hairs;

hind wings as long as tegmina, but narrower, with an indication of an

outer vein in basal half. |

Abdomen elongate, about one and a half times as long as head and

pronotum combined, with the first five or six segments depressed

above, the sides slightly reflected upwards (much less evident in

spirit specimens and scarcely shown in text-fig. 9, a, which was drawn

from a spirit specimen), about as broad or slightly broader than the

pterothorax, smooth, shining, gradually narrowed to the tube; seg-

ments 2-7 with two long, upwardly and slightly inwardly directed

bristles laterally on each side at apex and with a transverse row of

separated bristles on hind margins of the sternites below; segment 1

in the ¢ is dorsally scarcely visible, in the 2 more distinct, its posterior

margin arcuately rounded; segment 8 more cylindrical, with the

transverse row of bristles very nearly approaching the midline above;

segment 9 shorter than 8 (shown longer in the figure, owing to extreme

distension), cylindrical and with a transverse row of much longer

bristles dorsally and laterally along hind margin, ventrally below in

the ¢ with two straight, stouter spines just before the genital aperture;

tube about half as long as head, about 4 mm. long, more or less

cylindrical, broadest at base, gradually tapering to apex, with a

crown of 6-7 bristles, shorter than the tube and slightly shorter than

those on segment 8.

Sternum with a few fine whitish hairs on each side and one on each

side opposite the coxae; the mesosternal part broad, with the middle

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 437

coxae further apart than the posterior and anterior ones; front

coxae well developed, enlarged, and visible from above, more de-

veloped in the g, with a stout, outwardly directed spine-like bristle

laterally, stouter in the 3.

Legs with the anterior femora powerful and incrassate in the J,

less so in the Q, subequal in length to the head and very nearly as

broad (in 3), viewed from the side (text-fig. 9, c) slightly arched, un-

armed below, in the ¢ obliquely truncated apically, armed with short,

stoutish, erect spines and larger, more slender bristles above and on

the sides (arranged as shown in text-fig. 9, a and ¢), with the inner

apical part slightly produced and bearing a stout, curved sickle-

shaped yellowish bristle; in the 2 there is no apical sickle-shaped

bristle and the bristles are less developed, but in both sexes there is at

the base ventrally a very long, slender, hair-like bristle (text-fig. 9, c)

and also a shorter one on the coxae; middle and posterior femora with

short, separated bristles and with a solitary long hair-like bristle near

base below; tibiae with the anterior ones in the ¢ incrassate, shorter

than the femora, straight, constricted basally, forming a sort of knee-

prominence near the base, which carries two long bristles, with a small

prominence ventrally below near apex bearing a bristle and a similar

one laterally near apex, the rest of the bristles short; tarsi 2-jointed,

with the first joint of the anterior ones in the g provided with a

straight, stout, yellowish tooth below, very nearly as long as the

entire tarsus in some g¢ and much longer than the tarsus is broad,

the 2 without a spur, but often with a very feeble protuberance.

Length about 243-4 mm. (The latter distended specimens in fluid.)

Breadth about 4-3 mm. across pterothorax.

Distribution: Somerset West, C.P. (Coll. September—October

1931, April 1932.)

The $ holotype and Q allotype in spirit.

This Thrips, which inhabits and breeds in the empty galleries of

Hoplitopales lineatus in the thickened stems of Gnidia laza, differs,

according to the descriptions, from all other African species of Dicaio-

thrips in the extremely abbreviated condition of the wings, in the

different arrangement of the bristles and spines on the head and

femora. From D. drepanifer Faure, the only other South African

species described, it differs, according to the description, in the longer

head, different arrangement of the bristles on the head and pronotum,

much shorter wings, different shaped and yellowish sickle-shaped bristle

on the anterior femora of the 3, longer spur on anterior tarsus of the J,

etc. The abbreviated condition of the wings, which are quite useless

VOU. XXX, PART 3. 29

438 Annals of the South African Museum.

for purposes of flight in this species, is probably an adaptation to the

eryptic habits of this and similar species. This Thrips is probably

not confined to Gnidia, but may possibly also inhabit other dark

environments, crevices, under bark or leaves, etc.

The whole life-history is passed in the empty galleries in the damp

frass of the Curculionid larvae.

Eae (text-fig. 10, a).—The eggs are white, laid in clusters but not

close together, about equally distant apart, glued on along their

longitudinal axis, pointing upwards with one pole; the one pole being

more rounded and the other slightly more attenuated, broadest just

beyond the middle and in outline slightly curved, the surface smooth,

not sculptured.

Length about $ mm.

LarRvVAE (text-fig. 10, 6 and c).—The larvae are pink or ruby-red in

hfe, the very young stages being more pink; the antennae (excepting

the extreme apices), the apical part of the head and head below, the

small eye-spots, a small chitinous area on each side of head behind

the eye-spots, the two quadrangular plates on the pronotum, the

spots or bases of the setae on the dorsal part of the body, the chitinous

plates on each side of segment 8, the tube or last two segments, a row

of ventral spots on each side of the midline and the legs dark brown to

blackish in life.

Head with chitinous plates as shown in the text-figure; antennae

with 7 joints (actually 6-jointed, the first being the antennal tubercle),

with the second joint the longest, with 3 slightly shorter than tubercle

and joint 1 combined, with 4 slightly shorter than 3, with 5 very

slightly longer than 6 and shorter than 4, with joint 6 styliform; eyes

represented as spots and there is another solitary spot in the middle

between the chitinous plates above.

Thorax with the pronotum narrowed in front, broadest just behind

the middle, with a large quadrangular, dark-coloured plate on each

side discally above; meso- and metanotum not much different

from the abdominal segments, the setae and spots arranged as in

text-figure.

Abdomen narrowed from segments 7-10, the last two being tubular

(in advanced stage), each segment with a transverse row of separated

spots (the bases of the setae) at about the middle, of which there are 6

dorsally, one laterally, with a ventral row of spots below on each side

(two on a segment) and also on the sterna, with, however, another

lateral spot on each segment from segment 7; segment 8, in advanced

stages, with a broad basal plate present, which is interrupted in the

Some Insects associated with Gnidia (Arthrosolen) laxa Gilg. 439

middle (text-fig. 10, c); the tube is already distinct and much longer

in advanced larvae.

Legs as shown in the figures, the terminal vesicle well developed;

tarsi apparently 1-jointed.

Length of advanced larva about 3} mm.

Breadth of advanced larva about + mm.

The number of moults is unknown, but there are probably three;

the very young stages do not differ very much from the last stage,

San ee 10.—Ege¢

oo?

larvae, and pupa of Dicaiothrips gnidiicolus n. sp.

the tube is shorter, the antennae are less differentiated, and the eighth

segment has no dark chitinous basal ring. The thoracic segments

are comparatively longer and less differentiated.

Pupa (text-fig. 10, d).—The young pupa is pinkish and the advanced

one white; the eyes and the tube blackish; the eyes, ocelli, and last

segment of the advanced pupa black; the basal transverse bands on

the dorsal parts of the abdominal segments, the dorsum of the meso-

and metanotum and an indistinct patch on the pronotum brownish.

Structurally the pupa resembles the adult. The Head is much

broader than long, with the apex attenuated, with 3 setae on each

side above as shown in the figure; eyes distinct; ocelli with the

lateral ones just anterior to the eyes and the third at apex just between

the antennal insertions; the antennae segmented and flexed under

the head, their apices meeting near mouth below.

440 Annals of the South African Museum.

Thorax with the pronotum already subhexagonal, broadest and

more rounded just behind the middle, with the setae distributed as

shown in the text-figure; wings short as in the adult, the apices not

extending beyond base of segment 2 of abdomen.

Abdomen broad basally, with 9 visible segments and a tube, attenu-

ated from segment 7 to apex, each segment with a basal transverse,

more chitinised, dark band, with a clear ocellate spot (O.8.) on each

side from 1-7, with the setae distributed as shown in the text-figure

(A.Se.); the sternites with the apical margins of the first five segments

narrowly and darkly chitinous.

Legs with the anterior femora already thickened as in the adult

and the setae more or less arranged as shown in the figure.

Length about 34 mm.

Breadth about 2 mm.

Distribution: Somerset West, C.P. (coll. September—October 1931,

April 1932).

The pupa is capable of movement, and when disturbed was seen to

crawl away with such rapidity that it was at first mistaken for some

other insect.

All the type material in the South African Museum.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The following are some of the chief works consulted :—

Bottomiey, W. B. Proc. Roy. Soc. (B.8.), vol. Ixxxix, pp. 481-507.

Brain, C. K. Insect Pests and their Control in South Africa, pp. 126-144.

Brues, C. T. “Studies on Ethiopian Braconidae,” Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sc.,

vol. lxi, pp. 205-485. 1925-26.

Bruss, C. T. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xix, pp. 14-17.

CoquiLueTT, D. W. “Revision of the Tachinidae of America,” U.S. Dep. Agric.

1897.

Favre, J.C. “S. Afr. Thysanoptera,” 8. Afr. Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. v, pp. 143-

166. 1925.

HanpuirscH, A. Handbuch der Entomologie, Lief. 21, p. 172. 1926.

Hinps, W. E. “North American Thysanoptera,” Proc. U.S. Mus., vol. xxvi,

pp. 79-219.

Imus, A. D. Textbook of Entomology, pp. 402-409. 1925.

Karny, H. “Thysanoptera,’ Treubia, vol. i, pp. 211-269. 1921.

MarsHaLtL, G. A. K. “Curculionidae,” Faun. Brit. India. Coleoptera, pt. i,

pp. 17-25. 1916.

MarsHatt, T. A. ‘Braconides,” Hym. d. Europe, vol. iv.

Perris, E. Ann. Soc. Ent., Fr. ix, pp. 1-32. 1840.

RtssaMen, E. H. “Gallbildungen,’’ Handbuch der Entomologie, Lief. 21 and 22,

Kap. 2, pp. 219-248. 1926.

( 441 )

14. On Some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa and Southern

Rhodesia.—By H. Womerstey, A.L.S., F.R.E.S. (Entomo-

logist, South Australian Museum; late Entomologist, Section

of Field and Pasture Pests, Division of Economic Entomology,

Australian Council for Scientific and Industrial Research.)

(With 12 Text-figures.)

AuLTHOUGH the Collembola fauna of the African Continent is, through

the writings of Wahlgren, Schott, Borner, Philiptschenko, Denis, and

Handschin gradually becoming known for Egypt, Sudan, Abyssinia,

British East Africa, Algeria, Tripoli, and the Cameroons, that is

generally the northern and eastern parts of the continent, up to the

present our knowledge of the southern half, from the Equator to

the Cape, has been extremely scanty.

In 1903 Borner described Paronella fiilleborni, Pseudosira nyassica,

Lepidocyrtinus flavovirens and L. annulicornis from Nyassaland. In

1907, in his paper on the Collembola of East and South Africa and

Madagascar, he listed Azelsonia littoralis (Mz.) (=thalasophila C.B.)

from Madagascar, Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus Tllbg. s.sp. ceratoxenus

C.B., Pemba Is., off the coast of Zanzibar, and Lepidocyrtinus (Mesira)

voeltzkowt C.B. from Madagascar. From South Africa in 1908 he

recorded Anurida maritima Guer. from Angra Pequena Bay, S.W.

Africa, Pseudosira nyassica var. pallens C.B. from Little Namaland,

Lepidocyrtinus (Mesira) laeta C.B. from Port Nolloth, Little Nama-

land, and Cyphoderus colorus C.B. also from the latter locality. In

his paper on New Cyphoderidae, Borner described from 8.W. Africa

and Natal, Cyphoderus colorus, natalensis, limboxiphius, bidenticulata

(Parona), and Pseudocyphoderus wasmanni.

Wahlgren (1908) described the following from Kenya Colony, just

south of the Equator: Proisotoma sjéstedti, Dicranocentrus meruensis,

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tullbg., fuscatus, extensus, obtusus, flavovirens

C.B., Lepidocyrtinus annulicornis C.B., armillata, Paronella nigroma-

culata Schtt., filleborni C.B.

Then Philiptschenko in 1926 described from material collected in

British East Africa, Pseudachorutes niloticus Wahl., mabiriensis

442 Annals of the South African Museum.

Philipt., Ceratrimeria flavantennatus, C. (Linnaniemia) gigas, Achorutes

sokolowi, Lepidocyrtinus flavovirens C.B. var. annulosa Wahl., Lepido-

cyrtus extensus Wahl., Dicranocentrus meruensis Wahl., D. (Hetero-

muricus) dogielt Philipt., and Paronella nigromaculata Schtt.

In 1926 J. M. Brown recorded Entomobrya minima Brown from

Natal, while in 1929 from Southern Rhodesia I described and recorded

the following: Hypogastrura manubrialis (Tullbg.), myrmecophila

Wom., Xenylla rhodesiensis Wom., Lepidocyrtinus (Mesira) annuli-

cornis C.B., Cyphoderus cuthbertsoni Wom., africanus Wom., and

limboxiphius C.B.

From the Seychelles Carpenter described in 1916 Achorutes sexo-

culatus, Axelsonia littoralis (Mz.), Isotomurus obscurus, Dicranocentrus

longicornis, Entomobrya seychellarum, Lepidocyrtus silvestris, obscurt-

cornis, annulicornis, stramineus, fryert, wmperialis, gardinert, Acan-

thurella brauert C.B., Paronella coerulea, flava, Salina scotti, celebensis

Schffr. (= pallida Carp.), Cyphoderus insularum.

The above list totals only 53 species for the whole of Africa lying

south of the Equator. Omitting those from the Seychelles and

Madagascar we have only 34 known from the mainland.

In 1928 Denis described Hypogastrura tetrophthalma and Vertagopus

minos from Italian Somaliland (9a). |

In 1930, while carrying out research in Cape Province on behalf of

the Australian Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, I was

able to make a considerable collection of this order of insects. In

addition I have been able, through the kindness of the Director of

the South African Museum, Dr. Gill, to study a large amount of

material collected by members of the staff in various parts of South

Africa. I have also had small lots of Collembola sent me from time

to time by Mr. M. C. Mossop from Southern Rhodesia. I take the

opportunity of including the Rhodesian material in this paper, and

would here wish to express my sincere gratitude to the above

colleagues for their valuable help.

In this paper the following species are recorded or described :—

Hypogastrura armata (Nic.).

5 armata v. trispina v. nov.

5 pseudopurpurascens Wom.

, longisprna (Tullbg.).

nA viatica (Tullbg.).

fe manubrials (Tullbg.). |

bs manubrialis v. neglectus C.B.

~ sahlbergi Vv. rosea V. nov.

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 443

Xenylla maritima Tullbg.

Friesea claviseta Axels.

Polyacanthella barnardi sp. nov.

Certrimeria flavoantennatus v. capensis V. nov.

Brachystomella parvula (Schfiz.).

= capitata sp. nov.

Anurida maritima Guer.

Achorutes natalensis sp. nov.

Onychiurus fimetarius (L.).

Tullbergia callipygos C.B.

“ krausbaueri C.B.

Isotomodes productus (Axels.).

Isotomurus palustris (Miill.).

. palustris v. balteata Rt.

Isotoma mauretanica Handschin.

53 bituberculata Wahl.

5, Mmossopi sp. nov.

Proisotoma schétti (D.T.).

ee ripicola Linnan.

SP africana sp. nov.

Vertagopus minos Denis.

Entomobrya decemfasciata Pk.

nivalis f. immaculata Schfir.

s nivalis f. maculata Schfir.

Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus Gmel.

Pseudosira grisea sp. nov.

grisea Vv. annulata v. nov.

be)

Lepidocyrtinus incertus Handschin.

Hf pseudocoeruleus Den.

si coopert v. barnardi v. nov.

- capensis sp. Nov.

flavovirens C.B.

i flavovirens v. annulosa Wahl.

as annulipes Handschin.

Neophorella dubia gen. et sp. nov.

Cyphoderus natalensis C.B.

arcuatus v. aethiopicus Handschin.

Of this list 33 species and 11 varieties are new to Southern Africa,

and 19 species and 8 varieties are additions to the continent as a

whole. One genus, 8 species, and 5 varieties are new to science.

The total species now known to occur in the continent number 160.

d44 Annals of the South African Museum.

At the end of the paper the distribution of species throughout the

country is given in tabular form.

CoLLEMBOLA-SYMPHYPLEONA Borner, 1901.

SuPERFAMILY PODUROIDEA (Poduromorpha Borner, 1913).

Family HYPOGASTRURIDAE Borner, 1913.

Genus HypoGastruRA Bourlet, 1839, Borner, 1906.

syn. =1746, Podura Linné (ad partem).

1835, Achorutes Templeton (ad partem).

1839, Hypogastrura Bourlet.

1872, Achorutes Tullberg.

1896, Schéttella Schiffer.

Subgenus Hypocastrura s. str. Borner, 1906, Linnaniemi, 1912.

syn. =1896, Achorutes Schaffer (ad partem).

1901, Achorutes Borner (ad partem).

1906, Hypogastrura s. str. Borner (ad partem).

HYPOGASTRURA ARMATA (Nicolet), 1841.

(Text-fig. 1.)

Podura armata Nicolet, 1841.

Achorutes armatus Tullberg, 1871.

s boletivorus Packard, 1873.

5 texensis Packard, 1873.

rs pratorum Packard, 1873.

x marmoratus Packard, 1873.

filvformis Wahlgren, 1906.

Hypogastrura armata (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1912.

A cosmopolitan species which appears to be widely distributed in

South Africa. It has been taken at the following places:—

Inchanga, Natal, Nov. 1917 (K. H. Barnard); Langklip Siding,

Gordonia, O.P., Aug. 1925 (K. H. B.); Stellenbosch, C.P., 24th July,

12th Aug. 1930 (H. W.); Kloof Nek, Cape Town, 27th Aug. 1930

(H. W.); Cape Town, 30th July 1930 (H. W.); Stellenbosch, C.P.,

28th Aug. 1927 (A. J. Hesse).

Among the specimens which were collected at Stellenbosch in

1927 by Dr. A. J. Hesse was a single abnormal specimen. In this

there were three anal spines instead of the usual two. Such three-

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 445

spined varieties are by no means uncommon in many species of

Hypogastrura, but usually the additional spine is placed posterior

to the others. In this particular speci-

men, however, the third spine is

situated immediately between the

others and laterally touching them

(text-fig. 1). It is, moreover, longer

than the normal pair and all three are

straighter than usual. It is doubtful

whether one is justified in proposing

a varietal name for what is probably

only an aberration, but if so, then the

name trispina n. var. would be appli-

cable, as a three-spined variety of

this species has not previously been Text-Fic. 1.—Hypogastrura armata

recorded. Type in the Cape Town (Nic.) var. trispina v. n. Anal

spines.

Museum.

HYPOGASTRURA LONGISPINA (Tullberg), 1876.

Achorutes longispina Tullberg, 1876.

Hypogastrura longispina (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1911.

Specimens of this species, which is very closely related to the

preceding, were collected by Dr. K. H. Barnard at Inchanga, Natal,

Nov. 1917, and also at Langklip Siding, Gordonia, C.P., Aug. 1925.

HYPOGASTRURA PSEUDOPURPURASCENS Womersley, 1928.

Hypogastrura purpurascens Linnaniemi, 1912 (ad partem).

Taken by the author in the outskirts of Cape Town, 24th Aug.

1930.

HYPOGASTRURA VIATICA (Tullberg), 1872.

Achorutes viaticus Tullberg, 1872.

Be murorum Lubbock, 1873.

ie humicola Meinart, 1896.

Hypogastrura viatica (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1911.

This is another species which seems to be acquiring a cosmopolitan

status. Early in 1930 Prof. W. D’Arcy Thompson very kindly sent

me a tube of Collembola collected on shore pools at Sea Point, Cape

446 Annals of the South African Museum.

Town, in Sept. 1929. On examination, all the specimens proved

to be this species and not the expected littoral species of Anurida.

HYPOGASTRURA MANUBRIALIS (Tullberg), 1869.

Achorutes manubrialis Tullberg, 1869.

4 schottz Reuter, 1895.

“3 assimilis Krausbauer, 1898.

< neglectus Borner, 1901.

The typical form of this widely distributed species was plentiful in

material from Kimberley, Feb. 1915 (Miss Wilman), and was also

found by the author in the following localities :—

Elsenberg, 24th July 1930; Rondebosch, C.P., 29th July 1930;

Stellenbosch, C.P., 24th July, 29th Aug. 1930.

var. NEGLECTUS Borner, 1901.

Achorutes neglectus Borner, 1901.

This variety lacks the two anal spines. It was taken at Stellen-

bosch, C.P., 29th Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

HYPOGASTRURA SAHLBERGI (Reuter), 1895.

Achorutes sahlbergi Reuter, 1895.

ie schneidert Schaffer, 1896.

Hypogastrura sahlbergi (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1912.

var. ROSEA N. Var.

Agreeing with the type form in everything except colour. In life

it is of a beautiful pink shade and was found in fair numbers on some

damp rocks near the top of Lion’s Head, Cape Town, on 30th July

and 3rd Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

Genus XENYLLA Tullberg, 1896.

XENYLLA MARITIMA Tullberg, 1896.

Xenylla brevicauda Reuter, 1895.

This is a fairly common species in the Cape Town district and was

found by the author at Stellenbosch, 12th Aug. 1930, Fish Hoek,

23rd Aug. 1930, and Hout Bay, Aug. 1930.

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 447

Genus FRIESEA Dalla Torre, 1895.

syn.=1871, Triaena Tullberg.

1892, Pseudotullbergia Schaffer.

1893, Oudemansia Schott.

1894, MacGuillivraya Grote.

1901, Achorutoides Willem.

FRIESEA CLAVISETA Alexson, 1900.

? Friesea caldaria Guthrie, 1903.

A few specimens of this European species were found under the

loose damp bark of a fallen log at Stellenbosch, C.P., 12th Aug. 1930

(ae W.).

Genus PoLYACANTHELLA Schaffer, 1897.

syn. = 1925, Conctelsa Denis.

1931, Friesea Denis.

POLYACANTHELLA BARNARDI D. sp.

(Text-fig. 2, a—d.)

Description.—Length to 1:4 mm. Colour entirely blue-black.

Antennae shorter than head; segments I: Il: WL: IV=14:14:1:32;

IV with trilobed apical knob and an uncertain number of olfactory

hairs. Mouth-parts suctorial. Ocelli 8 on each side on a darker

patch, equal. Postantennal organ wanting. Claws long and narrow,

without teeth. HEmpodial appendage absent. Tuibiotarsus without

clavate hairs. Furca well developed; mucro with inner and outer

lamellae; dentes 4 times as long as mucro. Clothing of long, fine,

and fairly abundant setae; cuticle strongly granular. Anal spines

4 in a transverse row on abd. VI, long, straight, and not on papillae.

Co-types in Cape Town Museum.

Locality.—In numbers, Delagoa Bay, Oct. 1912 (K. H. B.).

This species comes very close, according to the table given by

Denis (1931), to Friesea (Polyacanthella) coerulea (Schétt) (syn. Oude-

mansia c. Schott). In his excellent work on the Collembola of Costa

Rica (Denis, 1931) M. Denis discusses very fully the two genera

Friesea and Polyacanthella, and mainly because Friesea Bodenheimert,

described by Borner (1927) from Palestine, has 5 (curved) anal spines

instead of the usual 2-3, hitherto taken as the character separating

Friesea, he has placed all the species together under the prior name

of Friesea. While hesitating to disagree with the views of such an

able Collembologist as M. Denis, I think that there is an essential

448 Annals of the South African Museum.

and important difference in the very nature of the anal spines of

the two genera. In Friesea they are generally small, evenly curved,

and arise from very definite papillae. In all species which have

been described under the name of Polyacanthella they are usually

much longer, straight, and there is no sign of any papillae. It

? dae

Ris

aan

TEext-FIG. 2.—Polyacanthella barnardi n. sp.

still seems preferable to retain Polyacanthella as separate from Friesea

on these grounds, and as follows:—

Anal spines 3, one behind, two in front, occasionally 0, 2, or 5, but

always curved and arising from distinct papillae.

Furca reduced.

Ocelli 8 or less. HEmpodial appendage absent.

Genus Friesea Dalla Torre, 1875.

Anal spines 4 or more, always straight and not on papillae.

Genus PoLYACANTHELLA Schaffer, 1897.

In the latter genus would be included P. afurcata Denis, P. acu-

nunata Denis, P. brevicauda Schaffer, and quinguispinosa Wahlgren,

as well as the new species described above.

Genus CERATRIMERIA Borner, 1906.

syn. = 1896, Schottella Schaffer (ad partem).

1929, Linnaniemia Handschin.

CERATRIMERIA FLAVOANTENNATUS (Philiptschenko), 1926.

Pseudachorutes flavoantennatus Philiptschenko, 1926.

var. capensis n. var.

This variety agrees more with P. flavoantennatus, described by

Philiptschenko from British East Africa, than with P. mirabilis

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 449

Handschin from Abyssinia. It is deep blue in colour, even on the

apical antennal segments, but has conspicuous lateral yellowish-

white spots on the head, thorax II and III, abdomen II, IV, and a

medial spot on V. The ocelli are 8 on each side. The post-antennal

organ resembles that of flavoantennatus rather than mirabilis. The

furca, however, recalls that of the latter species.

In his paper (1929) Handschin expresses his own doubts as to

whether his species was really more than a variety of flavoantennatus.

This intermediate form from South Africa tends to confirm these

doubts and it seems reasonable to consider mirabilis as a variety of

the British East African species.

Localities.—Inchanga, Natal, Nov. 1917 (K. H. B.); slopes of

Table Mt., Cape Town, 5th Aug. 1919 (K. H. B.), same locality

29th Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

Co-types in Cape Town Museum.

On the genus Ceratrimeria.

Denis (1931) has very helpfully revised the known forms of this

and the allied genus Pseudachorutes, from which Ceratrimeria differs

in the great development of paratergites. He has, however, placed

flavoantennatus in the genus Pseudachorutes on the ground that

Philiptschenko’s figure does not so definitely show the paratergites

characteristic of Borner’s genus. Handschin expressed the opinion

that his species mirabilis is very similar to flavoantennatus, and

mirabilis is definitely placed by Denis in Ceratrimeria. The new

variety described in this paper is intermediate and is very definitely

also a Ceratrimeria, so that I have no hesitation in removing typical

flavoantennatus from Pseudachorutes and putting it in the genus

Ceratrimeria.

Note.—Throughout Denis’s paper it should be noticed that Cera-

trimeria is invariably spelt wrongly as Ceratimeria.

Genus BRACHYSTOMELLA Agren, 1903.

syn. = 1896, Schéttella Schaffer (ad partem).

1903, Brachystomella Agren.

1905, Schéttellodes Becker.

1906, Chondrachorutes Wahlgren.

BRACHYSTOMELLA PARVULA (Schaffer), 1896.

Schottella parvula Schiffer, 1896.

as media Axelson, 1900.

450 Annals of the South African Museum.

Chondrachorutes wahlgreni Denis, 1924.

Schéttella minor Schtscherbakow, 1899.

Q crassicornis Schétt, 1902.

¢ Brachystomella maritima Agren, 1903.

This is a common species in South Africa occurring on cultivated

land, amongst decaying vegetable matter, under bark, in fungi, etc.,

and is possibly an introduction from Europe. It has been found in

the following localities :—

Burghersdorp, Jan. 1913 (Robertson); Cape Town, 9th May 1916

(K. H. B.); Elsenberg, C.P., 24th July 1930 (H. W.); Rondebosch,

C.P., July 1930 (H. W.); Kloof Nek, Cape Town, 3rd Aug. 1930

(H. W.); Stellenbosch, C.P., 19th Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

BRACHYSTOMELLA CAPITATA ND. sp.

(Text-fig. 3, a—e.)

Diagnosis.—Length 1:5 mm. Colour brownish with darker fine

mottlings. Antennae slightly shorter than, segments I: Il: Ill: 1V

=1:1:14:14, UI and IV separated, III with normal sensory

organ, and IV with apical exsertile knob. Ocelli 8 on each side on

Text-Fic. 3.—Brachystomella capitata n. sp.

a dark patch, equal; post-antennal organ present, 4-lobed, small.

Mandible wanting, head of maxillae broad and toothed. Claws

strong without inner teeth. Emp. appendage absent. Tibiotarsus

with 2-3 outer subapical clavate hairs reaching beyond tip of claws

and also with 2 others, equally clavate, on inner face about the

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 451

middle. Furca wanting. Anal spines wanting. Clothing of long,

fine, distinctly capitate setae.

Co-types in the Cape Town Museum.

This species will probably be found to be widely distributed in

South Africa. It occurs in similar habitat to the preceding and has

been found at Cape Town, June 1915 (K. H. B.), and Stellenbosch,

Ose, (2th Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

Genus ANURIDA Laboulbene, 1865.

ANURIDA MARITIMA Laboulbene, 1865.

This littoral species was recorded by Borner (1908) from specimens

collected by Dr. L. Schulze at Angra Pequena (= Liideritzbucht,

South-West Africa) in July 1903. The author has examined specimens

from the following localities:—

Saldanha Bay, C.P., 5th Sept. 1912 (K. H. B.); Cape Peninsula,

1914 (K. H. B.); Melkbos Strand, C.P., 28th Oct. 1927 (K. H. B.);

Kiemmond, C.P., Feb. 1927 (K. H. B.); Durban, Natal, Jan. 1913

(Ee B.); Hout Bay, C.P., 11th Feb. 1914 (K. H. B.); Sea Poimt,

Cape Town, 3lst July 1930 (H. W.); Muizenberg, C.P., 26th July

1930 (H. W.).

Genus ACHORUTES Templeton, 1835.

syn. =1835, Achorutes, Templeton (ad partem).

21840, Blax, Koch.

1842, Anoura, Gervais.

1869, Anura, Tullberg.

1893, Neanura, MacGillivray.

ACHORUTES NATALENSIS N. sp.

(Text-fig. 4, a-c.)

Description.—Length 2 mm. Colour (in spirit) yellowish-white.

Antennae shorter than head, segments subequal, I and II with

outstanding long,. clavate, serrated setae, III with normal sensory

organ, IV with at least 3 olfactory hairs. Ocelli 2 on each side, not

pigmented, situated as in figure. Claws strong, unarmed. Body

tubercles granular and disposed in a normal manner, but the long

setae are mainly clavate and serrated.

Co-type in Cape Town Museum.

452 Annals of the South African Museum.

This species was represented by 2 specimens from Inchanga,

Natal, collected by Dr. Barnard in November 1917. It differs from

TExt-Fic. 4.—Achorutes natalensis n. sp.

A. montanus Handschin (1929), from Abyssinia, and A. sokolowi

Philiptschenko, from British Hast Africa in the nature of the setae,

and from the latter in the unarmed claws.

Family ONYCHIURIDAE Borner, 1913.

syn. = Aphorurinae Borner, 1901.

Aphorurini Borner, 1901.

Genus ONYCHIURUS Gervais, 1841, Borner, 1901.

syn.=1758, Podura Linne (ad partem).

1838, Lipura Burmeister (ad partem).

1841, Onychiurus Gervais (in litt.).

1841, Anurophorus Nicolet (ad partem).

1843, Adicranus Bourlet (ad partem).

1893, Aphorura MacGillivray.

1909, Protaphorura Borner.

ONYCHIURUS FIMETARIUS (Linné, Lubbock).

Podura fimetaria Linne, 1766.

Inpura fimetarva Lubbock, 1867.

, wmerms Tullberg, 1869.

» wrighti, Carpenter.

Aphorura inermis Schaffer.

Onychiurus pseudofimetarvus Folsom.

A well-known inhabitant of soils in many parts of the more tem-

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. -453

perate countries, particularly in the Northern Hemisphere. It often

occurs at the roots of plants in sufficient numbers to do considerable

damage.

Cape Town, under stones, etc., 3rd Aug. and 6th Sept. 1930 (H. W.).

Genus TULLBERGIA Lubbock, 1876.

syn.=1900, Stenaphorura Absolon.

1901, Mesaphorura Borner.

1902, Bornerra Willem.

TULLBERGIA KRAUSBAUERI Borner, 1901.

Specimens agreeing completely with this Huropean species were

found by the author in the following localities:—

Hout Bay, C.P., under stones, 4th Aug. 1930; Cape Town, 19th

Aug. 1930; Stellenbosch, C.P., 18th Aug. 1930.

TULLBERGIA CALLIPYGOS Borner, 1901.

In similar habitat to the above at Cape Town, Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

SUPERFAMILY ENTOMOBRYOIDEA (Entomobryomorpha,

Borner, 1918).

Family ISOTOMIDAE Borner, 1913.

Genus Isotomopss (Axels.) Linnaniemi, 1907.

syn. =1903 Isotoma Axelson (ad partem).

IsOTOMODES PRODUCTUS (Axelson), 1907.

Isotoma elongata Axels., 1903 (nec. MacGill., 1896).

» producta Axelson, 1906.

A rare species in Europe, it was found by the author under stones

on Signal Hill, Cape Town, 31st Aug. 1930.

Genus Isotomurus Borner, 1903.

syn.=1776, Podura Miller (ad partem).

1839, [sotoma Bourlet (ad partem).

IsoTOMURUS PALUSTRIS (Miiller), 1776.

Podurus palustris Miller, 1776.

Isotoma palustris Tullberg, 1872, Lubbock, 1873, Reuter, 1876 (ad

partem), 1880.

VOL. XXX, PART 3. 30

454 Annals of the South African Museum.

Isotoma aquatilis Lubbock, 1873 (ad partem).

s stuxbergi Tullberg, 1876, Moniez, 1891, Jacobson, 1898.

Isotomurus palustris Borner, 1903.

Isotoma tricolor Packard, 1873.

» aegualis MacGillivray, 1893.

Two specimens were found of the typical form of this widely

distributed insect at Ceres, C.P., Oct. 1927 (K. H. B.).

var. BALTEATA Reuter, 1876.

Taken on Table Mountain, Cape Town, 12th Sept. 1913 (K. H. B.),

and at Stellenbosch, C.P., 28th Aug. 1927, by Dr. Hesse.

Genus Isotoma Bourlet, 1839.

syn.=1740, Podura Linné.

1841, Desoria Agassiz.

Subgenus Isotoma s. str. Borner, 1906.

ISOTOMA MAURETANICA Handschin, 1926.

Specimens referable to this species, which was described by Prof.

Handschin from Algeria, have been taken in South Africa as follows:—

Table Mountain, Cape Town, 4th June 1913 (K. H. B.); Stellen-

bosch, O.P., 7th July 1930 (H. W.). |

ISOTOMA BITUBERCULATA Wahlgren, 1906.

Prowsotoma bituberculata Borner, 1907.

This species was described somewhat insufficiently by Wahlgren

from Egypt in 1906. Borner later referred it doubtfully to the

genus Proisotoma. Handschin in 1926 found it in material from

Algeria, and his description and figures, as pointed out by Denis

(1931), show conclusively that it is a true Isotoma. Many specimens

were present in material collected at Inchanga, Natal, by Dr. Barnard

in Nov. 1917, and from these the author unhesitatingly confirms the

conclusion of Handschin and Denis.

IsOTOMA MOSSOPI N. sp.

(Text-fig. 5, a-c.)

Description.—Length 0-6 mm. Colour whitish-grey, lightly flecked

with bluish pigment, rather darker around the ocelli. Ocelli 4 on

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 455

each side, almost in a straight longitudinal line and not on a distinct

patch, anterior ocellus the largest. Post-antennal organ broadly

elliptical, more than 2 ocelli in length. Antennae half as long again

as the head, segments I: IL: III: IV=

10: 15: 15: 25; antennal organ III

indeterminate. Claw with strong inner

tooth. Empodial appendage as in

figure. Tibiotarsus without clavate

hairs. Furca reaching ventral tube,

mucro with 3 teeth, proximal tooth

larger than anteapical tooth. Clothing

of fairly numerous simple setae.

Co-type in Cape Town Museum. Text-Fic. 5.—Isotoma

Localitves.—Several specimens were a a

taken in soil at the Experimental Station, Salisbury, 8. Rhodesia,

by Mr. M. C. Mossop, on 16th June 1932. Coll. No. 3159.

Subgenus VERTAGOPUS Borner, 1906.

VERTAGOPUS MINOS Denis, 1928.

(Text-fig. 6, a-g.).

Locality Gatooma, 8. Rhodesia, 16th Dec. 1930 (M. C. Mossop).

This very interesting species was described from Italian Somaliland

by Denis in 1928 (94). It is remarkable in that, like Guthriella

muskegis (Guthrie) from Minnesota, U.S.A., the male exhibits ex-

treme secondary modifications. In the American form the male has

very strong lateral horn-like extensions of the posterior abdominal

segments and numerous clavate ciliated setae on the abdomen.

The African species shows a pair of long curved horns on the head

as well as a number of long straight spines. The latter are also

present on the sides of the thoracic segments. On abdomen III

and IV laterally is a pair of long pointed and ciliated setae, and on

IV and V a transverse series of shorter ciliated setae. The data

supplied by Mr. Mossop is of interest and I quote it here in full:

“On wet soil in colonies of many thousands and of various shapes,

up to 8 feet long by 3 or 4 inches wide; sometimes in irregular patches

up to 18 inches in diameter, appearing as a purplish slaty powder.”’

Specimens were sent from two colonies, in one of which the insects

appeared to be much smaller in size. In this lot no adults could

be found, but the specimens were identical with immature ones in

the other tube, which contained also adults of both sexes.

456 Annals of the South African Museum.

Genus Proisoroma Borner, 1906.

syn. = 1871, Isotoma Tullberg (ad partem).

1901, Provsotoma Borner (as subgen., ad partem).

1906, e Borner (as genus).

Gir" 100 OS

RI 7, Corere

TExtT-FIG. 6.—Vertagopus minos Denis.

PROISOTOMA SCHOTTI (Dalla Torre), 1895.

Isotoma litoralis Schott, 1893, Reuter, 1895.

be schotte Dalla Torre, 1895.

lacustris Schott, 1896.

Proisotoma schottc (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907.

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 457

This European species is most probably an introduction to South

Africa in agricultural material. The specimens agreed entirely with

typical Huropean ones, except that they were banded as in var.

balteata Reuter of Isotomurus palustris Miller. Several specimens

were present in material collected by Dr. Hesse at Stellenbosch, C.P.,

28th Aug. 1927.

PROISOTOMA RIPICOLA Linnaniemi, 1914.

? Isotoma agilis Schtscherbakow, 1899.

Two normal specimens of this European form were present in

Tube No. 2605, collected at the Experiment Station, Salisbury,

S. Rhodesia, March 1930. The insects were taken under mown

grass by Mr. Cuthbertson.

While normal and agreeing with Linnaniemi’s description and

figures, they exhibit a slight difference in that the post-antennal

organ is distinctly notched at the sides and not entire. Whether

such a character as this should be considered as specific is doubtful.

PROISOTOMA AFRICANA DN. sp.

(Text-fig. 7, a—-c.)

Description.—Length 0-5 mm. Colour bluish-violet. Hye patches

black. Ocelli 6 on each side. Post-antennal organ broadly oval

and a little longer than a single ocellus. Antennae shorter than

head, segments I: IL: IZ: IV=3$:1:14: 2+. Claw short with a

single fine inner tooth. Empodial

appendage with broad inner and

narrow outer lamellae. Furca barely

reaching ventral tube, dentes with

many setae dorsally, twice as long

as mucro, mucro with 2 distal teeth

and inner and outer lamellae. Thorax

II dorsally equal to III; abd.

Til: 1V=2: 3. Clothing of numerous

fine simple setae. Rami with 4 barbs.

Co-types in Cape Town Museum.

Localities.—In large numbers on TExt-ric. 7.—Proisotoma

rain pools at Kimberley, Feb. 1915 Siang an ee:

(Miss Wilman), and in the same habitat and numbers at Cape

Town, June 1915 (K. H. B.).

In his excellent table of the known species of this genus (Denis,

458 Annals of the South African Museum.

1931), this new species would come very close to P. centralis D. and

P. filifera D., both from Trinidad. It is somewhat intermediate in

that it agrees with the first in having only a very short filament to

the empodial appendage and only six pairs of setae on the dentes.

With the latter it agrees in the inner tooth of the claw. The mucro

differs in length and shape from both.

Family ENTOMOBRYIDAE Borner, 1913.

Genus Entomosprya Rondani, 1861.

syn. = 1740, Podura Linné (ad partem).

1838, Choreutes Burmeister (ad partem).

1839, Isotoma Bourlet (ad partem).

1841, Degeeria Nicolet (ad partem).

1861, Entomobrya Rondani.

ENTOMOBRYA DECEMFASCIATA Packard, 1873.

(Text-fig. 8, a-—c.)

This species has only recently been rediscovered in Mexico

(Handschin, 1928). It is now known to occur in most temperate

parts of the world, includ-

ing Kurope. Denis (1931)

in remarking on _ this

species regrets that Hand-

schin has not given any

details or figures of the

claws. I therefore repro-

duce Handschin’s figures

of the entire insect and

Trext-FIc. 8.—Hntomobrya 10 fasciata add a figure of the front

[Asse Bin Se. claw. In South Africa it

was found in some numbers amongst shore herbage at Muizenberg,

C.P., on 25th July 1930 (H. W.), and it was also present in material

collected by Mr. M. C. Mossop from under mown grass at the

Experiment Station, Salisbury, 8. Rhodesia, March 1930.

ENTOMOBRYA NIVALIS Linné, 1758.

f. IMMACULATA Schiffer, 1896.

Entomobrya nivalis-pallida Carl, 1901.

Degeeria lanuginosa Nicolet, 1841.

Entomobrya multifasciata-lanuginosa Brook, 1884.

y flava Lie-Pettersen, 1896.

Locality.— Rondebosch, C.P., 29th July 1930 (H. W.).

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 459

f. MACULATA Schaffer, 1896.

Degeeria nicoleti Lubbock, 1876.

Entomobrya muscorum-nicoleti Agren., 1903.

ad multifasciata-nicolett Brook, 1884.

Localities.—Stellenbosch, C.P., 28th Aug. 1927 (Hesse); 8th Aug.

1930 (H. W.); Rondebosch, C.P., 29th July 1930 (H. W.).

Both these forms are well-known European insects and are probably

introductions into South Africa.

Genus LEprpocyrtvus Bourlet, 1839.

syn.=1767, Podura Linné (ad partem).

1840, Paidiuwm Koch.

1841, Cyphodeirus Nicolet (ad partem).

LEPIDOCYRTUS LANUGINOSUS (Gmelin), Tullberg (1788), 1871.

Podura lanuginosa Gmelin, 1788.

Lepidocyrtus aeneus Nicolet, 1841.

c albicans Reuter.

. fuscatus Uzel, 1890.

re montanus Carl, 1901.

3 pusillus Linné, 1767.

This is almost a cosmopolitan species. In Africa it has been

recorded by Borner (1906) from the Island of Pemba, off Zanzibar,

under the subspecies ceratorenus. In South Africa and Rhodesia

the author has examined typical specimens from the following

localities :—

French Hoek, C.P., at 2000 feet, Dec. 1916 (K. H. B.); Experiment

Station, Salisbury, 8. Rhodesia, March 1930 (M. C. M.); Kloof Nek,

Cape Town, 27th July 1930 (H. W.); Rondebosch, C.P., 19th July

1930 (H. W.); Stellenbosch, C.P., 12th Aug. 1930 (H. W.); Signal Hill,

Cape Town, 31st Aug. 1930 (H. W.); Cape Town, 24th Aug. 1930

(H. W.); Hout Bay, C.P., 30th Aug. 1930 (H. W.); Kirstenbosch,

C.P., 2nd Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

Genus PsEuposira Schott, 1893.

PSEUDOSIRA GRISEA DN. Sp.

(Text-fig. 9, a-e.)

Description.—Length 2-2 mm. Colour entirely bluish-black,

except the furca, tibiotarsi and apical antennal segments, which are

460 Annals of the South African Museum.

somewhat lighter. Eyes 8 on each side on a black patch. Antennae

21 times as long as head, segments I: I]: WI: 1V=33:5:5: 73,

IV with apical knob and unannulated. Th. I]: TI: abd. I: Il:

WI:1V:V: Vi=7:4:3:4:4:15:3:14. Claw with Gwowmmuce

—_—ae teeth; empodial appendage

lanceolate, simple. Tuibio-

tarsal spathulate seta as

long as claw. Furca reach-

ing past ventral tube, mucro

falciform without basal

spine, unannulated portion

of dentes slightly more than

twice as long as mucro,

mucro only 4 as long as hind

claw. Manubrium : mucro-

dens=2: 24. Clothing of

scales distinctly marked

with numerous short stria-

tions, apices obtusely pointed. Clavate ciliated setae on neck and

thorax I. Antennae, furca, and legs with ciliated setae, a few out-

standing ones on ant. II.

TEXT-FIG. 9.—Pseudosira grisea n. sp.

var. ANNULATA DN. Var.

Colour bluish-black with the pigmentation much lighter on anterior

half of thorax III and abd. I-VI, giving the appearance of transverse

stripes.

Co-types in the Cape Town Museum.

Localities :

f. pronerpalis.— Rosebank, C.P., 22nd July 1930 (H. W.); Ronde-

bosch, C.P., 29th July 1930 (H. W.).

v. annulata.—Kirstenbosch, C.P., 23rd July 1930.

Genus LEPIDOCYRTINUS Borner, 1903.

syn. = 1841, Degeerra Nicolet (ad partem).

1867, Seira Lubbock (ad partem).

1893, Pseudosira Schott (ad partem).

LEPIDOCYRTINUS INCERTUS Handschin, 1926.

A few specimens agreeing in coloration and morphological charac-

ters with this species, which was described by Handschin from

Algeria, were found amongst the material collected by Dr. Barnard

on Keurbooms River Estuary in Jan. 1931.

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 461

LEPIDOCYRTINUS PSEUDOCOERULEUS (Denis), 1924.

Sira pseudocoerulea Denis, 1924.

This species was described by Denis from material from Abyssinia

in the Paris Museum. Specimens which appear to be referable to it

have been found in South Africa as below. I can detect no difference

in details between these specimens and the original description.

Kirstenbosch, C.P., 23rd July 1930 (H. W.); French Hoek, C.P.,

pe2eOU feet, Dec. 1916 (K. H. B.); Hout Bay, C.P., Aug. 1930

(H. W.); Signal Hill, Cape Town, 31st Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

- LEeprpocyrrinus COOPERI Handschin, 1929.

var. BARNARDI 0. var.

(Text-fig. 10.)

This species is fairly common in the Cape Town neighbourhood,

but all the specimens found differ constantly from the typical form

Text-Fic. 10.—Lepidocyrtinus coopert Hand. v. barnardi v. n.

in the colour markings. The dark pigmentation on abdomen II of

L. cooperi, instead of forming a complete band, is only present

laterally, while on abdomen IV the band is present as a medial

irregular transverse streak, and there is a posterior lateral spot on

each side. In morphological details it fits very well into Handschin’s

diagnosis. I have great pleasure in associating Dr. Barnard’s name

with this form.

Co-types in the Cape Town Museum.

Localities.—Cape Town, 16th Dec. 1916; Ist Aug. 1915 at 1000 feet

(K. H. B.); Kirstenbosch, C.P., 22nd July 1930 (H. W.).

462 Annals of the South African Museum.

LEPIDOCYRTINUS CAPENSIS 0. Sp.

(Text-fig. 11, a—c.)

Description.—Length 3 mm. Colour, yellowish ground with deep

blue pigment on head, ant. I, th. Il, and in darkest specimens

laterally on abdominal segments. Hye patches black. Head bent

vertically under thorax II. Antennae reaching beyond tip of

Text-ria. 11.—Lepidocyrtinus capensis n. sp.

abdomen, I two-thirds length of head, segments I: I1: WI: IV=

2:3:4:34, IT and IV distinctly annulated, IV with apical reversible

knob. Head: th. JL: III: abd. 1: IL: IML: IV: V: Wose2eees

14::14:14:6:2:4. Hyes 8 on each side.

Furca long; manubrium: mucrodens=4:6, mucro falciform

without basal spine, unannulated portions of dens 3 times as long

as mucro, mucro one-third as long as hind claw. Claw with basal

pair of inner teeth and 2 distal inner teeth, and a pair of strong

outer lateral teeth the tips of which almost reach the level of paired

inner teeth. Hmpodial appendage lanceolate, broad, simple, reaching

beyond paired inner teeth of claw. Spathulate tibial hair long.

Clothing of hairs and scales typical of the genus.

Co-types in the Cape Town Museum.

This interesting species, which in coloration is intermediate between

L. lesnei Denis from Algeria and ZL. semicoloratus Handschin from

Mexico, was taken in small numbers by Dr. Barnard on Matroosberg

(Ceres side, Farm Laken Valle), C.P., at 3500 feet in Jan. 1917.

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 463

LEPIDOCYRTINUS FLAVOVIRENS Borner, 1903.

This species was described by Borner (1903) from Nyassa under

the name of Lepidocyrtus flavovirens. Specimens from the following

localities may be referred to it:—

French Hoek, C.P., at 2000 feet, Dec. 1916 (K. H. B.); Matroosberg

(Ceres side, Farm Laken Vallei), at 3500 feet, Jan. 1917 (K. H. B.);

Hout Bay, C.P., Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

var. ANNULOSA Wahlgren, 1906.

Specimens agreeing in their entirety with the descriptions of Borner,

Wahleren, and later Denis (1924), were taken among shore herbage

at Muizenberg, C.P., 25th July 1930 (H. W.).

LEPIDOCYRTUS ANNULIPES Handschin, 1929.

The original description of this species is anything but satisfactory,

especially for a member of what is perhaps one of the most difficult

groups of the Collembola. Except for size and coloration of antennae,

the description would just as well fit the previous species. In

particular the length of the antennae is not given, nor are any pro-

portions of the antennal segments. It is therefore with some hesi-

tation that the specimens from the two following localities are

referred to L. annulipes. Additional details of the specimens are:

Length 455 mm. Colour as described by Handschin. Antennae

three-fourths of body length; segments [: IT: IJ: 1V=16: 30:

40:30; III and [IV annulated; I and II together one-third as long

again as the head. Thorax II twice as long as III. Abd. IV: IlJ=

5: 1d.

Localities.—Inchanga, Natal, Nov. 1917 (K. H. B.); Keeromberg,

Worcester Mts., C.P., 3500 feet, Sept. 1930 (K. H. B.).

Specimens from the following localities are still more uncertain,

but as the determination of this group of species, comprising

L. annulicornis Borner, voeltzkowi B., laeta B., aethiopica Den., and

annulipes Handschin is such a difficult and unsatisfactory business,

I must be content to refer them dubiously to Handschin’s species.

These other localities are:

Crean \Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh, C.P., Nov. 1916 (K:. H. B.);

Hottentots Holland Mts., C.P., Jan. 1916 (K. H. B.); Kloof Nek,

Cape Town, 31st Aug. 1930 (H. W.); Stellenbosch, C.P., 29th Aug.

1930 (H. W.).

464 Annals of the South African Museum.

Family TOMOCERIDAE Borner, 1903.

NEOPHORELLA 0. gen.

Description.—Abdomen III longer than IV, all abdominal tergites

distinct. Without scales. Post-antennal organ absent. Ciliated

sensory setae apparently absent from abdominal segments. Furca

well developed. Dentes not distinctly annulated. Mucro small, of

isotomurus type. No dental spines. Ant. III longer than IV,

both annulated. Ocelli present. Tibial spur hair absent.

This genus connects the Tomoceridae with the Isotomidae in the

structure of the mucro and the absence of scales, while in the other

characters it is intermediate between the subfamilies Lepidophorellinae

and Tomocerinae of the Tomoceridae.

NEOPHORELLA DUBIA N. sp.

. (Text-fig. 12, a-e.)

Description.—Length 3-5 mm. Colour (in spirit) entirely yellow,

except for the black eye patches and a small black spot between the

TExt-FIG. 12.—Neophorella dubia n.g. n. sp.

antennae bases; apical segments of antennae slightly bluish. Hyes

8 on each side.? Antennae slightly longer than body; segments

P20: U0: 1V=1: 2): 22:2; IV, Il; and half of I distmesk,

annulated: Th. Il: WIl=4:3; abd. Il:1V=12:1. Mantbhumme:

mucrodens=1:2. Claw long and strong without inner teeth, with

inner groove which opens at about half-way (c¢f. fig.). HEmpodial

appendage with broad inner and narrow outer lamella and a tooth

at angle of inner lamella. Furca long and dentes not distinctly

annulated. Mucro with 4 teeth as in Isotomurus palustris Mill.

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 465

Tibiotarsal spur hair absent. Mucro#aslongashindclaw. Clothing

of fine simple setae of uniform length and no outstanding setae.

Locality.—Table Mt., Cape Town, at 2500 feet, 12th Sept. 1913

(kt. B.), 1 spec.

The special features of this very interesting form have been

discussed under the description of the genus.

Family CYPHODERIDAE Borner, 1913.

Genus CYPHODERUS Nicolet, 1841.

CYPHODERUS NATALENSIS Borner, 1913.

Localities.—In ants nests, Table Mt., Cape Town, 27th July 1930

(H. W.); in ants nests, Hout Bay, C.P., Aug. 1930 (H. W.).

CYPHODERUS ARCUATUS Wahlgren, 1903.

var. AETHIOPICUS Handschin, 1929.

Specimens agreeing with Handschin’s variety of Wahlgren’s species

were obtained in small numbers in the inner recesses of the Cango

Caves, Oudtshoorn, Nov. 1929, by Dr. Barnard.

On the genus Lepidocyrtoides Schott.

In his work on the Australian Collembola (“‘ Results of Dr. Mjéberg’s

Swedish Sci. Exp. to Australia,’ Arkiv. f. zool., 1917), Dr. Schott

erected the genus Lepidocyrtoides for certain tropical species of the

older genus Lepidocyrtus as follows: “‘Tropischer Formen mit deutlich

bis gar nicht hervorragenden Mesonotum, langen Antennen mit

retractilen Sinneskolben am Ant. IV und deutlich langegestreiften

Schuppen von verschiedener Form.” He recognised at the time,

however, that the forms which he placed under Lepidocyrtoides were

rather a heterogeneous assemblage. In 1925 (“Collembola from

Northern Sarawak,’ Sarawak Museum Journal) he again discusses

these forms and removes L. sagmarius, australicus, coeruleus, and

cinctus from Lepidocyrtoides to a new genus Lepidosira. He par-

ticularly states here, that he wishes to keep L. cucularis as the type

of the Lepidocyrtoides (obviously misprinted Lepidocyrtus). He

separates these two genera mainly on the form; those having the

mesonotum not overhanging he places in Lepidosira.

I have been working now for some time on a considerable amount

of Australian material, and I have found that as so far suggested by

466 Annals of the South African Museum.

Schétt his classification works very well. Unfortunately, however,

in 1927 in a second paper on the Collembola of the Cameroons

(Kamerunische Collembolen. Linkoping) he again reopens the

question, and on p. 16 he diagnoses afresh the genus Lepidocyrtoides.

He now gives the main characters as “ Tibien ungegliedert, Endkolben

am Ant. IV. nicht vorhanden.” This is obviously quite the opposite

of his original diagnosis and would not allow of L. cucularis being

kept as the genotype. Furthermore, these characters are essentially

those of Lepidocyrtus s. str. On the basis of this newer diagnosis he

removes his Cameroon species L. ferrugineus and maximus from

Lepidocyrtus, where he had originally placed them to Lepidocyrtoides.

Apart from the validity of his second diagnosis, it seems to me that ©

his more recent classification is impracticable and but serves to

make what is at the best a difficult study, only more difficult. In

this paper I retain his older views and include his species from

the Cameroons in the genus Lepidocyrtus s. str. From this it follows

that Lepidocyrtoides is not an African genus, but is confined to

Australasia.

[ TABLES.

467

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa.

jor)

‘puepyeuog weTyeyy

[e.0)

"009010.

—

‘stun,

‘goumny) Yously

te)

*qysv09 AIOAT

‘SoLOZYW

“SUOOIOULeD)

“BIIOSIN,

‘QUOO'T BIIOIG

lon)

“*BlLOO[W

“eIqry weT[ey]

STILZTIOLISTIPLELISL

“VoIP

x1 x

al (oa | esol le F

se . FSA a Msc lise ll

x ‘alos

% as F :

x 1x

4 | 58 | fxs 2 C

eis les! = 5

x qx

miliguet ete liane lie ‘ ele cole ;

: a lbs =e Aillsal |el ll ae 5

ITOL 6/8; LI9|G/PIEqeit

CA) co] bal YzA| SI NS] BX) by ty] £2] 22] 2] OI tl] O

a) | Ret es) || onl a | S|2)5 18/2

SSI SIPIGIRIE/Sl Ss SIS) S/S1618

SI EIBIB| 2 | SS | a) S| & — re

TJO/S) eS FF Seo el | Tosi

Sisi°/2|2 =| Whe |S

O12) (4/7) |SNS 212) [ois e

M |. nin

* | o Sl o| =| 2 Sh) (Soe Se

a | ae | 5 ©

5) ° fea|| = |S 5 5

. |S ® Ls

ec Me

fe)

‘VIOPNATION NVOIYAV HO NOLLOATALSTIG

"MOM Suaosnindsndopnasd

2 * "'C snpoapbau +A sypiqnunU

‘ds ‘u wpspusng wyjoyjsunovhjog

‘jreQ vyodoysobyo = **

c ‘S[OXY 070S1AD]9 HasatsT

Tjoreg wwvand se

“UL A SISUAISAPOY.L

“Sq IN, vuyewow vpyhuay

: Tjoreg wohqu vpjavayoog

; "440YOG swansa7n1a09 e

; stueq DULjoYyrydo.waq

: ‘U paso4 *A 1bh.40qQ] YDS

: "UlO MA DpLYdodawmshu

: (*2.)) vpnppebos

* (SqTTay,) vounra

" (‘SqTTny,) vusdsrbu0y

6é

(‘qquT) suassnundund

- (-BqTTNy,) syowgnupw

5 : (‘OIN) venus vinuspbodh FT

"TY vouonbo pin/po qT

Annals of the South African Museum.

468

or)

‘puRpyeUoY uelyeyy

“0000.10 J,

We}

“stun,

“eouInyt) YOuoLy

Yer)

ae)

"qseo9 AIOAT

"SOLOZV

"SUOOIOWeD)

*BLIOSINT

‘QUO9'T BIIOIG

NAN

i=)

or)

"BLOB [WV

“eIquy URITeyT

| td

“eruisshg 7

“4d Asq

9T\ST\PLIEL

glee |e

S/S )o) 5

SBE ls

“| IEE

DM \u.

“| 2

ber)

“esse kN

“IVOSesepe]|

—)

Lan |

"IVQIZUBZ,

‘ehUOyT &

TED EEN AGL UPIEIST So

‘BOLIFW SV OSONSNyIOgG

‘(panurjuo2)—V TOL WATIOO

“eIsepouy "GO

‘eoUgy “MS 19

‘g0UTAOIg odeg =o

‘uvodomy oN

‘ueqiodoulsog 4

moe

* (Tq) sniwppuift

(‘SqI[N,) snjowsy snaniyohug

‘£0 wnsoosnuopnasd DINUD Obey

‘ds ‘u sesuappyou

‘dieg snqojnooxas

* -qdiryq amojoyos

‘STOXW snqojpnoya.s

T[OIReg snopyuniny

“UpUP] SNUDJWOW sajnsoYyoP

yoYaG rh41aqz]N}

“TONL) DULLULDUL Soa

‘ds ‘u wyopidno

oe Djnaind pia moqshyonagy

qo snqopjibisp

‘ual WULyospuny

TELEAIN, SDN) EC

(‘[IUd) sisuartsiqnu sajnsoyonpnas J

* (‘Tt d) svbeb

sisuadpno *A snynuuaqunoany

(‘UpURT) syiqnuw *A snynuuazunoanys

(Tid) snwuuajunoany pisawi401a—

NVOIGHV HO NOLLOETALSId

469

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa.

eeleeleoe

BS eS OS 2S eS

"49409 Dynuumopnasd (puruojos 7)

; : Sq snaunha snjshoopidaT

; i * <-daeg yjoos **

: ; " “ABYOS ststiaqaqao nusng

: uMOIg DUIUIU

: - “3g pynrospfuaoap S

: g “44490 997n.12090 ¢

" “IYO nyopnonw f spar ee

‘IBWOS Dyojnowuvuns “f syparu a

a ‘ds g'qqu'y ajo a

; ‘usd, vauLnga st

, * “Sali, vps fyyynu es

: * -dieg wnsoyayohas ag

qo vywauyinbunb vhsqowowuy

‘ueq soum endobpyia A

“Upuy, voVvunjaunoU

‘ds ‘u adossow a

STEM ou ey] ‘

‘TUB M 070)N0109N}1q9 cs

: 5 * — -Sqyny, 09907000 <

‘ : ‘ qo[InNog swpr1ia pDULoj0s T

* — 1[o1ed) $2990 me

: : * «ds ‘u vunoifo es

; ‘ueuUly 07001d14 a

(L'a) 4royas _

TUBM Upazsols se

"49409 Didni1saqur (DUMWUO}08 7)

* -dieg vywrospf (pumojosy) pu10j0810.4q

; : * -dieg snunosqo a

(TINIAN) saysnpod snunwojosy

* (*ZIAI) 829010}91) DIUOSPaxP

(‘sjeoxy) snjonposd sapowojos]

"a'C— sobhidyjpo e

"TC tuanngsnnsy 01b.12q))1,

4JOYOY sisuaunsauvo snanryohuc

VOL. XXX, PART 3.

Annals of the South African Museum.

470

for)

‘puepyenog weryeyy

ie.)

“O000L10 TAL

LG|9G|SS

3 | 2

Bigis

alo |<

Als

| &

IS} | Se

(q>)

PSE

‘SolOZW

*SUOOIOULeD

ag)

ZGILS

AZ|

gq’ |

els

Pie

(q>}

lor)

"ellos WV

“eIqry WeITeIT

(e2)

“elulssAqy

‘TUR M wploybo.y snuyshooprdaT

T[OLeQ) 070190700 ie

"TUR M DIDINIOWAIEP DJaUIsOpnas T

" "GO Wanvnlg DainyjuUnoP

"ay snpypod :

“49409 snawbnisaf ss

“4949 DUIxDU ae

‘dieg waurpsob s

‘dieg sypisadua ne

- -dieg wahaf ee

“dieg snaummo.ays ge

‘died svusooynuun bap

‘dieg s1us091nasqo Hf

‘daeg sauysaaqis ee

"LO wusogayns z

TUeM snyposnt $s

"TUeM snsnzgo oe

"TYR M Snsuajxa sf

[Mo s7joo1asNnd -

“UL snsoubnun) snjshoopidaT

oe ele eelee elee ee DA OSOM TEA 1S<e ° e

. . ealen

° . el;jee;feetse . Salis e e

Allie s: low x KEK xX

LIOTISLPUSTISL ITO] 6|/8/L/9)/S/F\etsiT

TM) TM N TM! M @ ©

2) | BAS) SS | | 2 A) OT S

S/s/2/s)s/8 2/82 /5/2/ 21S e318 |e

2) Ol S| a) a | o-

+18) |S) 8) 8 og) S)2 | Fice| Sa)" | ofS |S

: =P ie |S s/ OQ) STo1S

> | Sales Cl] ©) |. os |=

mio) 1S elalele| |apP ie

eit ds Cue Wet ey

fe) | ° a) 5

. | & (a) °

Bh | st

(e)

‘(panuyuo\—VTOAWATION NVOIMAV JO NOLLOAPIULSIG

471

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa.

: "4999 yn108Df[o.140 ie

: "44490 Dynp}V0VUEd as

° . “49400 posnf 66

. ° . “died puny 66

"» ° ‘dared va7n1200 ue

ne toy en

* "49400 DIDINIDWOLLIUW D)]AU0LDT

‘ds ‘u vasisb ee

2 * "49400 supbaja eS

: * "a'C possphu pLisopnas q

: ' ‘meq Snajnsa000pnesd se

; ICON AED Re ne py

. . . ‘TO nan) 66

; "T'Q unoy4sja00 Se

; "TC Sswusooynuuo s

° . ° ° ‘u9q, ‘ds 66

: UE, St4yUanr4nNISqgo oe

" "ued, 8najn.1a09 =

‘ued, vawsa) 2

: : * ‘“upuRy snzwaowr we

; * -‘upuy sadynuun te

. "AOU UpspUdng *A 1404009 gh

: * -upuy, t4adoo9 se

: * ued snoidovyjon a

; ; ‘ued Snousamopgqns oy

: : " -TyUeM snyopjaboy ve

"usq] DInJUapIaadg ‘A Suasaoany fe

‘TUR M DSOjNUUD *A suamaoany se

‘ : * "g'9 suanaoany ae

. . ° ‘u0qd asnfjjop 6é

. . ° ° . VASO4 6é

. . . . snyneuny 66

ae THEM epjolysuabol es

; : " “THe AA snpqoyojnd ae

‘TURM Snyp.0jooUr snuyshoopideT

Annals of the South African Museum.

472

for)

‘puepiyemog weryesy

ee)

“000010 JI

| td

v~)

“STUN,

“eouUInX) YOUILT

*4seoQ AIOAT

"Sol0ZV

SSC SZES HIE SON POA beat] SREY FF OT CC Oe OT IR RSTO) CE RON Fa | ites bse eto PO ced bee e . e e

a Varese a Fe ctu [ce nell od efee;eejpeertpeetfeesteejijeetiee;teeteeleewteeafje aN gC 1S er a e . e e

So haart | occu eer ceo cea [he 8.31. SY nes Or | BON e te er harien eres eens De Crt yr 19 e;ee eBeelteewj} ie ° e e

SES OO ees een ee Ore SSeS Oe eye ese eke Sever ey a ele) 6h] 6) 6 ii6: 8 l'e 6 | ecetmvelenive! eri) a . e e

he: , :

s< ej;ee LC Shp Ce) et Ce PCy te e@eje Le Qh eveal | S¥eail ee e e . .

Soe ee e;ee e;ee;feefteetee#f;ee So Se era | feaue | emmie MIPSC «|! 33 e e

Sees eeje e;reef;tfeestfeereteereteelee eBee e e

SY PRY OD OO ONO POO 10) Ot) Gr OPO Cay EO OOO ONO Of OO OO) O04) 0 O10 01/0 OFO O10 °C} 1a Gy OD . e . e

ESISS (TS OZIGTISTILTOLSTPLETISLILIOL 6) 8)/L/9)/S) Fi Sts

Q] A] Bl | eH) | tl] es] TD) N Ki] al ml wl al e| a

SAIS El Sloe Tele laiclelsi a Fo ZFS SS

BISISISIESISISISSI SSIES 2/2141] Ses ]8| 2

SIB/PISIS BIS SSIS BIB BSS eee) F/O pele

3) 2) 4) ® sie ]el |e Sfsisi: |= 31 o\e FO |g

Cl jel [oe |e) (2l=| |elsisig| |s{s/s

4 fe) rb] IS 3 idee Ql: Pi Biz. O1s|=

® © 3 oe Sq ofp LE 3 &

¢ : ¢ |S 8 =

eh) 2 <

ie)

fe)

‘(panuyjuo2)—W TOP NATION NVOINAVY JO NOLLAGIYLSIG

ca ee a

* — *OINT SnULq]D sniapoydhp

; "ZN olput

‘jduley, vpyiu sninwo.zaya fy

: ‘ued wspon) e

MIC) pjoaynjopnasd SF

* ("Y) pours oe

: DIVUDIALNDUL

; “OWT 0109IN) DI]ASaYILCE

‘ds ‘u ‘s'u niqnp njjaLoydoa NT

“SQ [IN , Saunbjyna

" "qquy sow snsa00wo 7,

"99499 srusoorbUu0] xpsoypopfidueny)

‘upuy snardovyjan

"TUBM Sisuansaw

* -dieg szusoavbuo)

‘dita Yatbop

* "usd 2Y9DIs

“WIYOS semsaus

"FIYOR suprwssp

"49499 ‘s1praDLb snijuavoUDLoIg,

473

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa.

: "g'O sndoumpoys v7

"TO wuupuspm

721090)0-)

‘OIG vpnvouuMnbs sniapoydhoopnas {

‘

(RUOIe) SsNyMPNOYUapIG

: "HOM SsnunoiwfDp

" "EO snaydawoquiyy

" "THOMA VHwOs71aqyyno

/ ‘ds -u suswaynyou

; "darg wnupjnsur

‘upuTpyT snordoryjon "A snypnouD

; "TUR M SnyDNnID

: "TUBM wnputay

" "TYBAA Saswounpns

; " uUMOIg, WWOJXNG

; 2 SEO SHR ESD

‘4

6é

“eé

«sé

: " 'a'c) wuouhay snsapoydhyo

474 Annals of the South African Museum.

SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Borner, C., 1903. ‘Neue altweltliche Collembolen nebst Bemerkungen

zur Systematik der Isotominen und Entomobryinen,” Sitzber. Ges. Nat.

Freunde Berlin, p. 129.

(2) Borner, C., 1906. ‘‘Das System der Collembolen, nebst Beschreibungen

neuer Collembolen des Hamburger Naturhistorischen Museums,” Mitt.

Nat. hist. Mus. Hamburg, p. 147.

(3) Borner, C., 1907. “Collembola aus Ostafrika, Madagaskar, und Siid-

amerika,” Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, vol. ii, p. 147.

(4) Borner, C., 1908. ‘‘Collembola aus Stidafrika,’’ Schultze, Forschungsreise.

Denschr. med. naturw. Ges., vol. xiii, p. 53.

(5) Borner, C., 1913. ‘‘ Neue Cyphoderinen,” Zool. Anz., vol. xli, p. 274.

(6) Caro, E., 1914. ‘Primi Collemboli raccolti nella Libia Italiani,’ Arch.

Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoli, p. 4.

(7) CARPENTER, G. H., 1912. ‘“‘A New West African Springtail,” Bull. Entom.

Research, vol. iii, pp. 79-80.

(8) CARPENTER, G. H., 1916. “‘Apterygota of the Seychelles,” Proc. Roy. Irish

Acad., vol. xxxiii, Bl, pp. 1-70.

(9) Denis, J. R., 1924-25. “Sur les Collemboles du Muséum du Paris,” Ann.

Soc. Entom. de France, pp. 93 and 94.

(94) Denis, J. R., 1928. “Sur deux Collemboles de la Somalie Italienne,”

Boll. Soc. Entom. Ital., vol. lx, pp. 1-6.

(10) Denis, J. R., 1931. ‘“‘Collemboles de Costa Rica avec une contribution au

species de Vordre,” Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, vol. xxv, pp. 69-170.

(11) Gururiz, J. E., 1903. ‘The Collembola of Minnesota,” Geol. Nat. Survey

Minnesota, ser. 4.

(12) Hanpscoutn, E., 1926. ‘‘Collembola aus Algerien,’’ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Insekten-

biol., vol. iii, pp. 117-126.

(13) Hanpscutn, E., 1928. ‘‘Collembola aus Costa Rica,” Entom. Mitteil., vol.

xvi, p. 110.

(14) Hanpsonin, E., 1929. “Collembola from Abyssinia,” J. Linn. Soc. London,

Zool., vol. xxxvi, p. 533.

(15) Hanpscuin, E., 1929. “‘Insekten oder Apterygota,” Tierwelt Deutschlands,

16.

(16) Linnaniemi, W. M., 1912. “Die Apterygotenfauna Finlands,” Acta. Soc.

Se. Fennicae, p. 40.

(17) Packarp, A. S., 1873. “Synopsis of the Thysanura of Essex County,” Ann.

Rept. Peabody Acad. Sc., vol. v, p. 23.

(18) PuiniprscHEeNKo, J., 1926. ‘On the Collembola collected by the Expedition

of V. A. Dagiel and I. I. Sokolow in British East Africa, 1914,” Rev. Russe

Ent. ;

(19) Scuérr, H., 1893. ‘‘Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Insektenfauna von Kamerun,

Collembola,” Bih. till. k. Svensk. Ak. Hdl., p. 19. .

(20) Scuért, H., 1927. ‘‘Kamerunische Collembolen,”’’ Linképing.

(21) Sracu, J., 1929. “Die Gattung Brachystomella Agr. (Collembola) und ihre

Arten,”’ Bull. Acad. Pol. Sc. Lettres (1928), p. 355.

On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa. 475

(22) WAHLGREN, H., 1906. ‘“Apterygoten aus Aegypten und dem Sudan,” Res.

of Swed. zool. exped. Egypt and the White Nile, 1901.

(23) WaHLGREN, E., 1908. ‘“‘Apterygogenea (Collembola),’’ Sjostedt’s Der

Schwedischen Zool. Exped. nach dem Kilimanjaro, dem Meru, 1905-6,

vol. iii, pp. 1-10.

(24) Womerstey, H., 1929. “‘Some Records of Collembola from Southern

Rhodesia,” Ent. Min. Mag. London, vol. lxv, pp. 152-158.

EXPLANATION OF TEXT-FIGURES.

Trext-Fric. 1.—Hypogastrura armata (Nic.). Anal spines of aberrant specimen.

Text-Fic. 2.—Polyacanthella barnardi n. sp. (a) Eye patch; (6) hind tibiotarsus

and claw; (c) dens and mucro; (d) anal segment and spines from above.

Text-Fic. 3.—Brachystomella capitata n. sp. (a) Anterior ocelli and post-antennal

organ; (b) head of maxillae; (c) antennal organ III; (d) hind tibiotarsus and

claw; (e) anal segments.

TExt-Fic. 4.—Achorutes natalensis n. sp. (a) Antenna; (b) head tubercle showing

ocelli; (c) claw.

TEext-FIG. 5.—Isotoma mossopin.sp. (a) Ocelli and post-antennal organ; (6) hind

claw; (c) tip of dens and mucro.

TExtT-FIG. 6.—Vertagopus minos Denis. (a) Male; (b) female; (c) anterior ocelli

and post-antennal organ; (d) hind foot; (e) mucro; (jf) dorsal seta of posterior

segments; (g) lateral seta of dorsal segments.

TExt-Fic. 7.—Proisotoma africana n. sp. (a) Ocelli and post-antennal organ;

(6) hind claw; (c) dens and mucro.

TEXT-FIG. 8.—Hntomobrya decemfasciata Packard, Handschin. (a) Dorsal view,

after Handschin; (6b) lateral view, after Handschin; (c) hind claw.

TExtT-Fic. 9.—Pseudosira grisea n. sp. (a) Entire insect; (b) tip of antenna IV;

Text-Fic. 10.—Lepidocyrtinus cooperi Handschin var. barnardi v. nov.

TExt-F1G. 11.—Lepidocyrtinus capensis n. sp. (a) Lateral view; (6) foot; (c) tip

of dens and mucro.

Trext-Fic. 12.—Neophorella dubia n. gen., n. sp. (a) Entire insect from side;

(6) claw and tip of tibiotarsus; (c) mucro.

(407)

15. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South

African Museum. By J. R. te B. Tomuin, M.A., and Dr.

F. A. SCHILDER.

(With 3 Text-figures.)

IX. Famiry TRIVIIDAE.

Triviella splendidissima n. sp.

SHELL white, subpellucid, iridescent, the spire and extremities being

slightly tinged with yellow; shape very globular, outer lip very

A. E. Salisbury, photo.|

Fie. 1.—Triviella splendidissima n. sp.

tumid, margined, left border regularly convex; spire entirely hidden,

hardly visible through the subpellucid enamel; there is no dorsal

sulcus though some ribs alternate on the dorsum; interstices quite

smooth ‘without trace of granulation dorsally; aperture narrow,

straight, rather central; anterior outlet rather narrow, semicircular,

478 Annals of the South African Museum.

posterior outlet obsolete, hardly marked; ribs rather distant dorsally,

interstices nearly as large, labial teeth very distant; columellar ribs

close, slightly flattened, interstices half as broad; interstices of the

ribs on the outer lip longitudinally corrugate; anterior termination

of the inner lip hardly projecting at all; columellar sulcus absent

posteriorly, but the columellar ribs pass over the columella for some

Fig. 2.

Triviella splendidissima n. sp. Ventral Outlines of the shell. View from the

view. apex (from behind).

distance; edge between base and columella distinctly marked;

fossula rather broad but very steep and very slightly concave, inner

border slightly projecting with two feeble denticles.

Length 7-8 mm., breadth 7-3 mm., altitude 6-2 mm.

Number of labial teeth, 12.

Number of columellar teeth, 14.

Number of ribs round the shell 58, while 12 ribs cross the dorsum.

Hab.—One living example dredged off Cape Morgan in 77 fathoms

(S.A. Mus., 43534).

This species is In some ways intermediate between Trivia and

Triviella; the latter genus was founded by Jousseaume * in 1884

with the well-known South African Cypraea oniscus Lamarck as

type. We assign our new species to Trwiella on account of the

coarse labial teeth and the characters of the fossula, the posterior

outlet and the columella. The narrowness of the aperture (caused

by the thickening of the lip) and its angular left border are more

as in Trivia, though the latter character is noticeable also in costata

Gmelin, which is certainly a Triviella.

* Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ix, p. 99.

Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the South African Museum. 479

Our new species has no connection with Trivia suavis Schilder

(=formosa Gaskoin non Gray), another South African species.

The thickened outer lip and very slight indications of callosities

above both extremities are quite similar superficially to Trivia

hamburgensis Schilder * from the Miocene of Northern Germany, and

are caused by similarity of habitat.

Fic. 3.—Triviella splendidissima, n. sp. Central, lateral, and marginal

teeth of radula. x 400.

Lt.-Col. Peile succeeded in extracting the dried animal and in

mounting the radula, and from a drawing which he has very kindly

provided we are able to illustrate the central, lateral, and marginal

teeth.

The radula consists of 33 rows+nascent with the usual taenio-

glossate formula 2.1.1.1.2.

Fragments of the jaws resemble in structure those of Trivia

coccinella (Lamarck), as figured by Troschel in Das Gebiss der

Schnecken, vol. i, pl. xviu, f. 3.

* Mitt. Min. Geol. Staatsinstitut Hamburg, pt. xi, p. 13, text-fig. 6, a-d, 1929.

— ;

= : Hack Nied. Castereicl (Crate from the aie . . 7 ae

_ manuseript.) seee Plate XIV.) = oe eS Sep Ce

tes" )

As 18. es South 4 rican Opiliones. By R. F, LAWRENCE, ie i: | 3 goes ‘ ae %

Ria Ee oPke AS ae Assistant ino Charge of Arachnida. “(With “19; Se ee ae he

8 _Text-figures.) | Soe eS :

s PRINTED: FOR THE ieee

TRUSTEES OF ‘THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

oe ae Soe BY “NEILL “AND. C0., ‘LID. |

212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, ‘EDINBURGH. Se eae Sok Eee.

( 481 )

16. The Staphylimd Fauna of South Africa. (Thirty-third Contribu-

tion to the African Fauna.)—By Dr. Max Bernuaver, Horn,

Nied. Oesterreich.

(Translated from the German MS.)

(With Plate XIV.)

THrouer Sir Guy A. K. Marshall and Dr. G. Arrow, the British

Museum in London has kindly submitted to me for study their

material collected in the Cape Province, Orange Free State, Natal,

South West Africa, and Rhodesia, for which material I here express

to these gentlemen my warmest thanks.

I am describing below the new species in this material, and am

also including some new ones obtained by English collectors in the

Belgian Congo.

The types of the new species described below are in the collections

of the British Museum and in my own.

The most interesting fact is the discovery of a representative of a

new tribe, which I describe as follows:—

Eparchun nu. Trib.

This tribe is intermediate between the Omalini and the Ozxytelini.

From the Omaliini it differs by the absence of ocelli and the non-

carinate base of the venter; from the Ozytelini by the absence of a

ventral costate edge on the second abdominal segment and by the

strongly developed trochanters of the hind legs, which are a third

of the length of the hind femora, or slightly longer. The prosternum

is narrow; the front coxae are large, conical, strongly produced.

Epimera of the prosternum as well as exposed spiracles are entirely

absent.

Eparchium 0. g.

Body moderately short, with broadened abdomen, moderately

densely clothed with fine, long, black hairs. Head strongly elongated,

much longer than broad, parallel-sided, narrow, scarcely constricted

behind, with very large, very dorsally situated eyes, with the temples

VOL. Xxx, PART 4. 32

482 Annals of the South African Museum.

unmargined below, much longer than the longitudinal diameter of

the eyes seen from above, with two long, deep, punctured and pos-

teriorly slightly convergent grooves in front, at the posterior end of

which there is a larger puncture; antennae moderately long, slightly

thickened towards the apex, the third joint a little longer than the

second, the following ones scarcely longer than broad, the eleventh

shorter than the two preceding ones combined; anterior margin of

labrum slightly rounded; mandibles short and broad, both un-

toothed; maxillary lobes short, the inner one at the apex with long

hairs towards its apex, the outer one slightly broadened towards the

apex, membranous along the inner margin and with dense and long

hairs; maxillary palps short, the basal joints broader than long,

the terminal joint as long as the two preceding ones together; labium

broad, undivided, with the anterior margin rounded, labial palps

almost of the same shape as the maxillary palps. Thorax oblong,

almost cylindrical, deeply and broadly transversely depressed before

‘the anterior margin; the epipleurae slightly visible from a lateral

view. Elytra much shorter than the thorax, strongly broadened

posteriorly, conjointly emarginate posteriorly, each rounded off at

the suture as in the case of Thinobius. Abdomen broadened pos-

teriorly, with narrow lateral margins. Mesosternum short, the middle

coxae touching. The legs moderately slender; the tibiae without

spines; tarsi all five-jointed, with the first four joints of the front

tarsi short, the last one almost as long as the preceding ones together,

with the first joint of the middle tarsi scarcely longer than the second,

the last joint of the much more slender hind tarsi much longer than

the second; this and the following ones elongated, the last joint

being shorter than the two preceding ones together.

Nothing is known of the habits of this interesting insect.

Genotype.—E. paradoxum n. sp.

Eparchium paradoxum 0. sp.

(Plate XIV.)

Deep black, sometimes with an indistinct, or even entirely absent,

large, bright, reddish-yellow spot in the middle of the two first

exposed tergites; the antennae, palps, tarsi, anterior tibiae, and also

parts of the other tibiae yellowish. The head is much narrower than

the thorax, with slightly rounded posterior angles, with two large

transverse punctures on the disk above, fairly smooth, very sparsely

punctured, though more densely punctured before the base and

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 483

especially behind the eyes. The thorax is as broad as the elytra

across the shoulders, imperceptibly narrowed posteriorly, sparsely

and finely punctured, shining, more visibly punctured in the broad

transverse depression. ‘The elytra are moderately densely and finely

punctured, densely covered with yellowish hairs and slightly shining.

Abdomen fairly strongly and densely, distinctly coarsely punctured and

with dense yellowish hairs, moderately shining. Length 2-5-3 mm.

Cape Province: Matjiesfontein (22nd—23rd October 1928); Wor-

cester (September 1928) (R. HE. Turner).

Gen. Lispinus Er.

Revision of the species at present known from South Africa.

1. Body large, narrow, elongated; thorax as long as broad. Length 6 mm.

aciculatus Bernh.

. Body smaller, under 4 mm., less narrow, shorter ; thorax considerably broader

than long ; : . 5 : ; en

2. Elytra considerably ioheer then tite chara ; 3.

—. Elytra not or only slightly longer than the thorax . 6.

3. Coloured black 4.

—. Coloured reddish-yellow to —— fea ; 5.

4. Thorax and elytra convex, strongly shining . : 3 atone Berk,

—-. Thorax and elytra flatter, dull . : 3 . capensis Bernh.

5. Rusty-red, convex, narrower; front part of ‘bodes strongly and fairly densely

punctured; thorax approximately one-fourth broader than long, an integu-

mentary sculpture scarcely visible even under fairly strong magnification;

elytra about one-fourth longer than the thorax, sometimes also shorter,

strongly and fairly densely and rugosely punctured, the ground puncturation

being very fine, scarcely visibly shagreened, shining. Length 2-8-3 mm.

Pondoland: Port St. Johns (October 1923—April 1924); Zululand: Eshowe

(April 1924); Natal: Kloof, 1500 feet (September 1926) (R. E. Turner)

pondoénsis n. sp.

—. Reddish-yellow, fairly plain; front part of body fine and moderately densely

punctured, the ground puncturation very fine, but very distinctly shagreened;

thorax nearly one-third broader than long; elytra nearly a third longer than

the thorax, exceptionally finely and sparsely punctured, the longitudinal

ground striation exceptionally dense and very distinct, dull. Length 3-3-1

mm. N.W. Rhodesia: Mwengwa (27° 40’ H., 13° S.) (26th June 1913);

Shigariatombwes (8th June 1913) (H. C. Dollman) ; - dollmani n. sp.

6. Elytra distinctly a little longer than the thorax, quadrate, not broader than

long, rugosely punctured all over, with numerous fine superimposed punctures,

slightly yet distinctly shining; thorax scarcely broader than the elytra,

moderately broader than long; rusty-red; front part of body with fine and

separated punctures, moderately shining; abdomen indistinctly and sparsely

punctured. Length 2:8 mm. Zululand: Eshowe (R. E. Turner)

rugulipennis n. sp.

484 Annals of the South African Museum.

6. Elytra as long as the thorax, shorter than breadth of both combined, only

indistinctly longitudinally striate along the suture, exceptionally densely

and coarsely sculptured, not shining, longitudinally distinctly and fairly

strongly rugulosely punctured towards the sides; thorax distinctly a little

broader than the elytra, approximately one-fourth broader than long; for

the rest very similar. Length 2-8 mm. Pondoland (l15th-3lst August

1923) (R. E. Turner) ‘ ; : ; 2 : paradoxus Nn. sp.

Lispinodes rhodesianus n. sp.

Differing from Lispinodes africanus Bernh., to which it is nearly

related, by the longer thorax, longer elytra, and entirely dull upper

surface.

Rusty-red, dull; the head and abdomen a little darker, sometimes

also the elytra are darkened; antennae, palps, and legs reddish-

yellow. Head about as broad as the thorax, moderately rounded,

exceptionally finely shagreened and very finely and sparsely punctured ;

antennae short, the penultimate joints strongly transverse. Thorax

a little narrower than the elytra, as long as broad, narrowed posteriorly,

flattened and plain, sculptured like the head. Elytra narrow, about

twice as long as the thorax, about half as long again as their combined

breadth, scarcely more strongly punctured but with the punctures

a little more separated, dully shagreened. Abdomen dully sha-

greened. Length 2-2-5 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Shigariatombwes (8th August 1913) (H. C.

Dollman).

This species also occurs in the Belgian Congo: Elizabethville

(6th October 1912) (congoénsis Bernh. 1. 1).

Phloeonomus ruficollis n. sp.

Distinguished by the small size, colour, and sparse puncturation.

Black, shining; the thorax reddish-yellow, partly brownish; the

head and elytra pitch-brown; bases of the brownish antennae, the

palps, and the legs pale yellowish. Head is half as broad as the

thorax, transverse, shining, with few strong punctures, anteriorly

with one longitudinal depression above the bases of antennae;

antennae short, the last 6 joints dark, forming a well-marked-off club.

Thorax a little narrower than the elytra, about a third broader than

long, the sides strongly rounded, strongly narrowed anteriorly, very

convex, very shining, scarcely punctured. LHlytra nearly twice as

long as the thorax, distinctly broadened posteriorly, shining, with

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 485

some rows of coarse punctures which disappear posteriorly. Abdomen

fairly shining, not distinctly punctured. Length 1-3-1-5 mm.

Cape Province: Montagu (23rd—30th September 1914); Worcester

(September 1928) (R. E: Turner).

Phloeonomus caffer n. sp.

Clearly distinguished from the preceding species by the larger size

and more elongated shape, the colour, longer elytra, and denser

sculpture.

Black, moderately shining; thorax dark reddish-brown; elytra,

antennae, palps, and legs pale reddish-yellow. Head exceptionally

finely shagreened, with very fine and separated punctures, slightly

shining. Thorax a little narrower than the elytra, nearly half as

broad again as long, rounded on the sides, moderately narrowed

anteriorly, moderately convex, with the punctures very fine and not

very scattered and superimposed upon an exceptionally fine shagreen,

yet fairly shining. Elytra twice as long as the thorax or slightly

longer, strongly and densely punctured, fairly shining. Abdomen

shining, scarcely punctured. Length 1-8 mm.

Pondoland: Port St. Johns (5th—-30th April 1923) (R. E. Turner).

Phloeonomus turneri n. sp.

Closely related to caffer, separated from it by the much larger

and broader form and by the following additional points :—

Head more shining, apart from the shagreen scarcely punctured.

Thorax slightly less short, the sides more strongly narrowed anteriorly,

with a feeble longitudinal depression on each side of the middle part,

more strongly and very acutely but not densely punctured, strongly

shining notwithstanding the ground sculpture. Elytra are less

strongly and more densely punctured, slightly shorter in relation to

the thorax. Coloured pitch-black, the thorax more brown, the elytra

reddish-yellow, the entire antennae, palps, and legs bright pale

yellow. The joints of the antennal club exceptionally short, at

least three times broader than long. Length 2 mm.

Pondoland: Port St. Johns (5th-30th April 1923) (R. E. Turner).

486 Annals of the South African Museum.

Trogophloeus (Carpalimus) capensis n. sp.

To be placed very near arcuatus Steph., separated from it and

allied forms by the much shorter and broader thorax and shorter

elytra.

Black, densely grey-haired; the first antennal joint and the legs

reddish-yellow. Head considerably narrower than the thorax, with

very fine and dense hairs, with very large bulging eyes and scarcely

indicated temples; antennae fairly long, the penultimate joints

distinctly transverse. Thorax moderately narrower than the elytra,

nearly half as broad again as long, strongly narrowed posteriorly,

with a deep and broad, crescent-shaped, transverse depression before

the base, in front of which there is only a very feeble indication of two

shallow impressions, with exceptionally fine, scarcely visible, and

dense puncturation. Elytra a little broader than long, very finely and

very densely punctured, with a very feeble small impression on each

side behind the scutellum. Abdomen with shagreen-like punctures,

dull. Length 2-6 mm.

Pondoland: Port St. Johns (7th-13th August 1923) (R. E. Turner).

Trogophloeus (Taenodema) punctiger n. sp.

Resembling impressus Lac. very closely in form, separated at once

by the smaller eyes, much longer and strongly prominent temples,

shorter thorax, and much more scattered puncturation on the thorax

and elytra.

Black, fairly shining; the first and last joints of the otherwise

black antennae and the legs reddish-yellow; the thorax and elytra

brownish. Head a little narrower than the thorax, with two strong

frontal grooves, very finely and densely punctured; eyes moderately

large; temples well developed, half as long as the longitudinal

diameter of the eyes, projecting cheek-like; antennae short, the

penultimate joints transverse. Thorax much narrower than the

elytra, about a third as broad again as long, strongly rounded and

narrowed posteriorly, with two strong longitudinal grooves before

the scutellum, with another strong longitudinal impression near the

lateral margin, with moderately fine and not very dense puncturation,

shining. Elytra considerably larger than the thorax, nearly as long

as their combined breadth, with strongly prominent shoulders, fairly

strongly and not very densely punctured, shining. Abdomen with

shagreen-like sculpture, dull. Length 2 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Namwala (30th March 1913) (H. C. Dollman).

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 487

Trogophloeus (Taenosoma) parcepunctatus un. sp.

Separated from the closely related foveolatus Sahlb., with which

this new species shares an entirely non-shining anterior part of the

body, by the following points:—

The head is coarsely rugulosely punctured; the temples are a little

longer; the antennae less dark, with the first joint bright yellowish-

red. Thorax likewise with much stronger, coarsely rugulose, but just

as dense puncturation, without a depression, entirely plain. Elytra

a little shorter, with the punctures a little stronger and distinctly

more scattered. Legs reddish-yellow. Length 1-5 mm.

Natal: Kloof, 1500 feet (September 1926) (R. E. Turner).

Anisopsis carvnata Fauv., var. rugulipennis n.

Separated from Anisopsis carinata Fauv., though scarcely speci-

fically, by the different colour.

Deep black; a large triangular spot at the posterior angles of the

elytra reddish-yellow; the first five antennal joints, the palps, and

the legs dirty reddish. Length 3-2 mm.

Natal: Drakensberg, Van Reenen (November 1926) (R. E. Turner).

Oxytelus (s. str.) crenulrcollis n. sp.

Closely resembles O. crenaticollis Fauv.; differs in being larger,

partly paler coloured, and in the following additional characters :—

Head considerably broader, only slightly narrower than thorax in 4,

more strongly transverse, the longitudinal striation near the eyes -

nearly twice as dense. Thorax is similarly shaped, a little more

densely sculptured, however, on the sides. EHlytra are much more

finely punctured, and also along the inner half punctato-striate,

whereas in crenaticollis they are all over finely acicularly punctured.

Hiyes are considerably larger; the temples smaller, in g not longer

than the longitudinal diameter of the eyes seen from above, whereas

in crenaticollis the diameter is considerably shorter than the temples,

to where they curve. The colour is pitch-black, the head and thorax

being often paler, the elytra whitish-yellow, the abdomen partly

yellowish, the antennae entirely reddish-yellow, the palps and the

entire legs paler reddish-yellow. Length 4-5-5-5 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Mwengwa (27° 40’ E., 13° 8.) (18th March 1914)

(H. C. Dollman).

488 Annals of the South African Museum.

Oxytelus (Tanycraerus) incognitus 0. sp.

Strikingly like O. laqueatus Marsh. in shape, size, and colour, but

separated by the following characters:—

The head is smaller and longer, exceptionally dully shagreened in

front, not shining, slightly less strongly and more densely longitud-

inally striated posteriorly, little shining; antennae longer, the penul-

timate joints less transverse. Thorax is a little less broad, more

strongly and sinuously narrower, considerably more densely punctured ;

the central furrow is not uninterrupted and deep as in laqueatus, but

interrupted in the middle, the lateral ones a little more deeply

impressed. Hlytra are very similar, but more striato-punctate.

Length 4-5 mm.

Cape Province: Cape Town; Table Mountain (1906) (W. Bevins).

Oxytelus (Tanycraerus) aluticeps n. sp.

This species 1s very near O. grandis Epp., which appears not to be

uncommon in the Congo region, in having the same shape and colour,

but is distinguished from it by the entirely different sculpture on

the head and in being by a good half smaller.

Black, shining; the thorax pitch-brown; the elytra, the bases of the

otherwise brownish antennae, the mouth, and the legs bright reddish-

yellow; the base of the abdomen dirty yellowish in part. The head

is shorter, not shining, and simply punctured all over as in grandis,

but dull striately shagreened, only the anterior part and the extreme

base being shining. Thorax distinctly shorter, nearly more than half

as broad again as long, distinctly impressed on the sides, without any

indication of lateral grooves next to the distinct central furrow, with

the punctures a little finer and perhaps more scattered. LElytra

distinctly longer than the thorax, with the punctures fine and nearly

in rows. Length 4 mm.

Belgian Congo: 18 miles 8.W. of Elizabethville (1928) (H. 8. Evans).

Oxytelus (Tanycraerus) turneri n. sp.

Separated at once from the closely related O. micans Kr. by the

different colour, larger and broader body, and the head, which even

in 2 is broadened posteriorly, much more shining, and not shagreened

anteriorly.

Deep black; the legs dark pitchy. Head as broad as thorax in 4,

narrower than thorax in 2, more strongly broadened in J, less strongly

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 489

in 2, shining, with two feeble longitudinal grooves transversely

depressed behind these, punctured finely and not very densely,

anteriorly sparsely, more strongly laterally; eyes with very fine

facets; temples well developed; antennae short, strongly thickened

and club-like towards the apex, the penultimate joints more than

twice as broad as long, the last joint large and longer than the two

preceding ones together. Thorax is slightly less short than in

micans Kr., the sides less rounded, broadly depressed near sides,

with the three centre grooves much less deeply and less strongly

depressed, with the puncturation denser. Elytra are more densely

and strongly longitudinally striated. Abdomen with very fine and

scattered punctures. Length 2-5-3 mm.

Natal: Drakensberg; Van Reenen (November 1926) (R. E. Turner).

Oxytelus (Tanycraerus) okahandjanus n. sp.

Also belonging to the micans Kr. group, distinguished by the

long elytra.

?.—Black, shining; the elytra brownish; the bases of the rusty-

brown antennae, the palps, and legs dirty yellow. Head much

narrower than the thorax, feebly rounded posteriorly, with the

grooves on vertex not very deep, with fine and scattered punctures,

shining, with few stronger punctures; temples shorter than the

longitudinal diameter of the eyes; antennae less short than in the

previous species, otherwise very similarly shaped, the penultimate

joints scarcely twice as broad as long. Thorax a little narrower

than the elytra, about a third broader than long, the sides gently

rounded, with a broad, shallow depression near the sides, with the

central groove not very strong and without distinct lateral grooves,

with fine and scattered puncturation. Hlytra about one-third longer

than the thorax, finely and not very densely punctato-striate. Length

2°38 mm.

S.W. Africa: Okahandja (3rd—11th December 1927) (R. HE. Turner).

Oxytelus fulgidus Fauv., var clarvpennis n.

Distinguished from the uniformly coloured typical form only by

the bright yellow elytra.

Cape Province: Aliwal North (December 1922). Orange Free

State: Harrismith (March 1927) (R. E. Turner). Natal: Van

Reenen. Rhodesia: Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

490 Annals of the South African Museum.

Oxytelus (Tanycraerus) punctus n. sp.

Distinguished among the species with only one distinct thoracic

groove by the dense and strong puncturation on the front part

of body.

°.—Brownish-yellow to reddish-yellow; the head darker; the

thorax reddish-brown to yellowish-red; the elytra uniformly coloured

or with the base reddish; the entire antennae, the mouth, and the

legs reddish-yellow. Head narrower than the thorax, with the

puncturation strong and dense, longitudinally rugulose posteriorly

and fine and scattered near front margin, shining; grooves on the

vertex scarcely evident; temples well developed, half as long as the

longitudinal diameter of the very finely faceted eyes, shortly rounded

posteriorly; antennae moderately short, fairly equally broad from

the fifth joint, the penultimate joints about half as broad again as

long, the terminal joint a little longer than the two preceding ones

together. Thorax a little narrower than the elytra, about a third

broader than long, broadest in first third, distinctly somewhat roundly

narrowed posteriorly, shallowly depressed near the lateral margin,

with a fairly fine central groove in the middle, with only a very

feeble indication of lateral grooves, strongly and densely, fairly

uniformly punctured, shining. LElytraa little longer than the thorax,

with dense and longitudinally rugulose puncturation. Abdomen with

exceptionally fine and sparse puncturation and dully shagreened.

Length 3-5 mm. |

Belgian Congo: 18 miles 8.W. of Elizabethville (1928) (H. EH.

Evans).

Oxytelus (Tanycraerus) rufulus n. sp.

Very closely related to O. planus Fauv., from which it is separated

by the slightly broader and shorter head, larger eyes, shorter temples,

but especially by the much stronger and denser puncturation on the

thorax and by the colour.

Uniformly rusty-red, with paler antennae, palps, and legs. Head

almost as broad as thorax in g, narrower than the thorax in 9, almost

unpunctured, with fairly large eyes; temples only about half as long

as the longitudinal diameter of the eyes; antennae only moderately

thickened towards the apex, the penultimate joints only about half

as broad again as long. Thorax strongly convex, approximately

about one-third broader than long, fairly strongly, distinctly a little

roundly, narrowed posteriorly, with bluntly rounded posterior angles,

moderately fine and fairly densely punctured, almost without indica-

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 491

tions of grooves or impressions, shining. Elytra scarcely as long as

the thorax, very finely and sparsely punctured, shining, with a very

feeble indication of a longitudinal depression. Abdomen with only

a few punctures, shining smooth. Length 2-5 mm.

Mashonaland: Salisbury (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Ozxytelus (Anotylus) mortuorum n. sp.

Belongs to the inustus Grav. group, but easily separated by the

deep black colour and the very dense longitudinally rugose sculpture

on the thorax.

Deep black, fairly shining; the mouth and the femora pitchy; the

tibiae and tarsi bright reddish-yellow. Body moderately broader

and more compact. Head almost as broad as the thorax in g, con-

siderably narrower than the thorax in 9, with dense longitudinally

tugose puncturation, smooth and shining anteriorly; eyes not very

prominent, finely faceted; temples well developed, a little shorter

in g, much shorter in 9, than longitudinal diameter of eyes; antennae

short, gradually thickened towards the apex, the penultimate joints

slightly more than half as broad again as long, the terminal joint

as long as the two preceding ones together. Thorax a little narrower

than the elytra, about half as broad again as long, the sides feebly

and fairly uniformly rounded, without an impression near the sides,

discally with a distinct central groove but scarcely indicated lateral

grooves, with very dense costate-rugae all over, a little shining.

Elytra as long as the thorax, together strongly transverse, longitudi-

nally rugose like the thorax, the rugae, however, finer and denser.

Abdomen exceptionally finely shagreened, scarcely visibly punctured.

Length 2-5 mm.

Belgian Congo: 18 miles 8.W. of Elizabethville (1928) (H.S. Evans).

Oxytelus (Anotylus) mashonensis n. sp.

A small, rather insignificant species of the wnustus group, distin-

guished by the sparse puncturation on the front part of the body,

especially the almost unpunctured head.

Black, shining; the elytra, the bases of the antennae, and the legs

pale reddish-yellow; the mouth rusty-red. Head narrower than the

thorax, depressed in the middle, with two fine frontal grooves and

a small depression on the vertex, shining, scarcely punctured; eyes

not very prominent, their longitudinal diameter, seen from above,

much longer than the short temples; antennae of the normal shape,

492 Annals of the South African Museum.

the penultimate joints almost twice as broad as long. Thorax almost

half as broad again as long, a little narrower than the elytra, the

sides shghtly rounded, with bluntly rounded posterior angles, with

a broad, deep depression near the sides, centrally with a deep longi-

tudinal groove, slightly interrupted before the middle, with a less

strong and shortened lateral groove on each side, the puncturation

fine and sparse, more strongly and densely on the inside of lateral

depressions. Elytraa little longer than the thorax, with a longitudinal

depression, with the puncturation fine and scattered, scarcely longi-

tudinally rugose. Abdomen indistinctly punctured, shining. Length

2-5 mm.

Mashonaland: Salisbury (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Oxytelus (Anotylus) quadricarinatus n. sp.

Belonging to the tetracarinatus group and easily distinguished from

the rest of the African species by the faintly greasy-shining head, and

especially by the four fine, shining carinae on the thorax.

Deep black, dull, the elytra slightly paler; the tibiae and tarsi

yellowish. Head scarcely narrower than the thorax in g, in 9

considerably narrower, transversely quadrate, exceptionally finely

shagreened; antennal tubercles shining; the vertex with faint, greasy

lustre; antennae fairly thickened towards apex, the penultimate

joints a little less than twice as broad as long. Thorax about a third

broader than long, the sides feebly rounded, dully shagreened, with

four fine, not abbreviated, shining carinae, of which the two inner

ones are very near together and enclose the central groove, and the

lateral ones are further removed, with a broader and stronger depres-

sion on each side between the lateral carinae and the side. Elytra

much longer than the thorax, exceptionally finely striato-shagreened,

dull, with small, sparsely scattered punctures. Anterior tibiae not

crenate along the outer margin. In the ¢ the sixth sternite is

inconspicuously emarginate. Length 1-5 mm.

Belgian Congo: 18 miles S.W. of Elizabethville (1928) (H. S.

Evans).

Platysthetus natalensis n. sp.

Resembling P. armatus Sachs. deceptively in shape, size, and colour,

and separated only by the less dense puncturation on the head, and

especially on the elytra; possibly only a race of armatus.

The elytra are mostly very sparsely punctured, whereas they are

comparatively densely punctured in armatus. The puncturation of

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 493

the head and thorax also is considerably more scattered. Apart

from these, I can find no further essential differences. Length

2-8-3°5 mm.

Natal: Drakensberg; Van Reenen, 5500-6500 feet altitude

(October 1926) (R. KE. Turner).

Bledius (s. str.) lamelliceps n. sp.

Easily distinguished from B. pilicollis Bernh. (with which, among

the African species, it shares a similar sexual distinction in the @)

by the absence of the characteristic hair on the thorax, much shorter

elytra, and the entirely different colour. From our endemic (Euro-

pean) species of the tricornis group, which it closely resembles in

colour, it is distinguished by the shorter elytra, very scattered

puncturation on the thorax, and other sexual distinctions in the 3.

Deep black; the elytra dull blood-red; the legs pitchy; the hairs,

excepting the few lateral bristles, sparse and short. Head exception-

ally densely and strongly granularly shagreened, entirely non-shining,

with a very large, broad, dorsally truncated and anteriorly strongly

produced raised lobe on each side above the eyes in the g. Thorax

broader than long, parallel-sided, with bluntly rounded posterior

angles, distinctly and moderately densely granularly shagreened,

moderately shining, with a stronger central groove medially, with

moderately strong and scattered puncturation, with unpunctured

areas behind the middle and laterally, medially produced anteriorly

in the ¢ into a fairly short, triangular, apically much attenuated,

spine-like, densely haired process. LElytra only a little longer than

the thorax, with fine and scattered puncturation on an exceptionally

finely, scarcely visibly, striated background, moderately shining.

Abdomen dull, granularly shagreened, moderately finely and sparsely

punctured. Length 5-5 mm.

Cape Town: Milnerton (February 1926) (R. E. Turner).

Bledius (Blediodes) semiopacus nu. sp.

This species is very near B. glasunow Luze. and differs from it only

in the following points:—

The head and thorax are less dull, the latter more distinctly and

densely punctured; antennae paler, reddish-yellow to near apex,

whereas they are brownish in glasunovi. The most important

difference is, however, found in the puncturation of the elytra, which

are at least twice as strongly and half as densely punctured and

494 Annals of the South African Museum.

thus more shining. I can find no other essential differences. The

two species may be confused even by their similarity in colour and shape. .

From atricapillus Germ. the new species differs essentially by the

duller, finer, and more scattered puncturation on the front part of the

body, and by the stronger and more scattered puncturation on the

elytra. Length 3-2 mm. .

Natal: Frere; Estcourt (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Bledius (Hesperophilus) lateripennis n. sp.

A species easily distinguished by the colour.

Black, fairly shining; a very large spot on the elytra, extending

almost along the entire sides to about the first fifth and inwards

to over the middle, the bases of the antennae, the legs, and the

extreme apex of abdomen from the ninth tergite onwards yellowish-

white; the mouth rusty-red. The head exceptionally finely and

dull shagreened, entirely non-shining; antennae a little thickened

towards apices, the penultimate joints fairly transverse. Thorax

broader than long, parallel-sided, with rounded posterior angles,

with a fine central groove, finely and moderately densely punctured,

fairly shining. Elytra much longer than the thorax and much longer

than the breadth of both combined, considerably more strongly and

densely punctured than the thorax, fairly shining. Abdomen shining,

fairly strongly and sparsely punctured. Length 2°5-3 mm.

Pondoland: Port St. Johns (October 1923) (R. E. Turner).

Bledius (Hesperophilus) pruinosulus n. sp.

Very close to B. michaelsent Bernh. from South West Africa; very

closely resembling it and scarcely distinguishable in sculpture, but

apart from the uniform black or pitch-black colour, also distinguished

by the following additional characters :—

The thorax is broader and much shorter, almost one-third broader

than long, with a very narrow but distinct, smooth, shining line

along the middle, with the sides straighter, the posterior angles less

arcuately rounded. The elytra are much longer, almost half as long

again as the thorax, without a reddish-yellow spot at the posterior

angles, unicolorous, blackish, dirty brown in immature specimens,

about one-fourth longer than their combined breadth. The mouth

and legs pale yellow; the antennae a little darker. Length a little

over 2 mm. (with the abdomen drawn in).

Mashonaland (December) (G. A. K. Marshall).

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 495

Bledius (subgen. n. Pareiobledius) alutellus n. sp.

The new subgenus differs from Hesperophilus (with which it agrees

in the very long mandibles which are not crossed in repose), as well

as from the remaining subgenera, by the finely faceted eyes and a

build reminiscent of Trogophloeus, and may possibly prove to be

an independent genus.

To this subgenus belongs Bledius pruinosus Bernh. (Fauv., i, 1),

which was misleadingly described by me as a Trogophloeus from a

determination label of Fauvel. From this species the new species

differs in being considerably larger, and in having strongly developed,

swollen and prominent temples, broader head, longer antennae, and

much shorter elytra.

Pitch-black; the front part of the body more pitch-brown; the

entire antennae and legs rusty-yellow; dull, not shining, densely

haired. Head a little narrower than the thorax, dull shagreened

and with fine and moderately dense, anteriorly more scattered,

puncturation, with elevated, fairly large, shining, antennal tubercles,

with two feeble impressions between these; the eyes are comparatively

small, slightly prominent, finely faceted; the temples behind them

strongly developed, strongly broadened posteriorly, about as long as

the longitudinal diameter of the eyes seen from above; the antennae

are elongated towards the apices, only very slightly thickened, the

first joint scapiform, the second elongated, the third much shorter, the

others scarcely broader than long, the penultimate one moderately

broader than long. Thorax a little narrower than the elytra, longer

than broad, broadest in front, linearly and strongly narrowed pos-

teriorly, with bluntly rounded posterior angles, exceptionally densely

dull shagreened, not punctured along the middle zone, otherwise

fairly coarsely and densely punctured, the margins at the sides very

indistinct, the epipleurae very broad. LElytra scarcely longer than

the thorax, longer than their combined breadth, dull shagreened and

finely and densely punctured. Abdomen dull shagreened without

any shine, very densely covered with grey hairs, with tufts of yellow

hair laterally and across the hind margins of the tergites. Anterior

and middle tibiae strongly spined. Length 4-5 mm.

Cape Province: Cape Town, Table Mt. (1906) (W. Bevins); Cape

Town, Milnerton (February 1926) (R. E. Turner); Mossel Bay

(October 1921) (R. E. Turner).

496 Annals of the South African Museum.

Thinobius (Thinophilus) iridientris n. sp.

Related to heterogaster Fauv. in having the abdomen feebly iridescent

and extraordinarily thickly punctate, but with somewhat similar

habitus (build) to petzi Bernh.; from the former easily distinguished

by the very long elytra.

Black, dull; elytra brown; the bases of the brownish antennae,

the palps, and legs dirty yellow. Head considerably narrower than

thorax, almost as long as broad, parallel-sided; vertex transversely

impressed, very finely and very thickly punctate; antennae fairly

long, fifth joint scarcely broader than sixth, the penultimate one as

long as or somewhat broader than long, the sides gently and nearly

evenly rounded, very finely and very thickly punctate, dull. Elytra

nearly twice as long as thorax, much longer than their united width,

extremely finely and densely shagreened punctate, matt. Abdomen

extraordinarily finely punctate, the puncturation scarcely visible even

with the strongest lens, but with distinct though feebly iridescent

silky sheen. Length 1-2 mm.

S.W. Africa: Okahandja (2nd-18th March 1928) (R. E. Turner).

Gogarthrus harrismithi 0. sp.

Related to G. continentalis Bernh., to which it is very similar in

size, build, and coloration; but easily distinguished by its longer

thorax, distinctly shagreened middle zone, and much longer, more

strongly and thickly punctate elytra.

Deep black; the antennae, palps, and legs pitch-black, with sparse

grey pubescence; abdomen with thick golden-yellow pubescence.

Head little narrower than thorax, strongly shagreened, with strong

and fairly close puncturation, feebly shiny; antennae scarcely different.

Thorax almost as broad as elytra, about as broad as long, nearly

parallel-sided, strongly emarginate near base, with very broad

striate-shagreened middle zone, on either side with an obliquely

longitudinal, non-punctate, but distinctly shagreened, broad ridge,

otherwise strongly and fairly closely punctate on a distinctly sha-

greened ground. Elytra nearly one-third longer than thorax, slightly

longer than their united width, strongly and closely punctate, but

less so near the suture, and extremely finely shagreened. Abdomen

somewhat widened behind, less strongly but more closely punctate

than fore part of body, extremely finely shagreened, less shiny than

the elytra. Length 4-5 mm.

Orange Free State: Harrismith (February 1927) (R. E. Turner).

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 497

Holotrochus opacus nu. sp.

Very remarkable for its sculpture.

Black, feebly shiny, with thick grey-yellow pubescence; the

antennae, palps, and legs rusty-red. Head much narrower than

thorax, moderately finely and closely punctate on a finely shagreened

ground; antennae moderately thickened towards apex, penultimate

joints distinctly transverse. Thorax as broad as elytra, little broader

than long, sides gently rounded, feebly narrowed posteriorly, with

rectangular posterior angles, with a median narrow, raised, shiny

line, laterally behind the middle with an obliquely longitudinal shiny

ridge, otherwise strongly and thickly punctate and strongly shagreened,

feebly shiny. Elytra half as long again as thorax, equally wide,

much longer than their united width, shagreened but matt, finely

and sparsely punctate, the shagreen almost granulate. Abdomen

finely and moderately sparsely punctate, finely shagreened, rather

more shiny than fore part of body. Length 3-5-4 mm.

Mashonaland: Salisbury (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall) (under bark

of trees).

Stenus (Nestus) conicus n. sp.

Very similar to S. erythraeanus Bernh. in the coloration, especially

of the abdomen, but somewhat smaller and distinguished by the

following additional features :—

Head rather narrower, narrower than the elytra, transverse diameter

of eye greater than half the interocular width; antennae considerably

shorter and thicker, the individual joints shorter, the penultimate

ones distinctly transverse in their broadest aspect. Thorax shorter,

only very little longer than broad, the sides a little rounded. Elytra

narrower and also shorter, more thickly rugulose-punctate. Abdomen

conically pointed, base of first tergite medianly keeled, the punctura-

tion more scattered. Upper surface less densely punctate. It may

be that when more material is examined this species will prove to

be a race of erythraeanus. Length 2-3 mm.

Mashonaland: Salisbury (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Stenus (Hypostenus) silvaticus n. sp.

Deceptively like S. alutiventris Bernh. in build, colour, and size,

but easily distinguished by the coarser and sparser puncturation on

head, thorax, and elytra, and distinguished also by the distinct

shagreen of the latter; distinguished also from alutacerpennis Bernh.

VOL. XXX, PART 4. 33

498 Annals of the South African Museum.

by the much coarser and much sparser puncturation of the fore

part of body, much feebler shagreen on elytra and the extremely fine

and sparse puncturation of the abdomen.

Head somewhat narrower than elytra, transversely circular, with

two broad, shallow frontal impressions, moderately finely and

moderately thickly punctate, with narrow, smooth median line;

temples short but well indicated; antennae very similar to those

of the above species, equally elongate, joints of the club at least

twice as long as broad. Thorax much narrower than elytra, half

as long again as broad, elongate, the sides gently rounded, strongly

and not too closely punctate on an extremely fine and scarcely visible

shagreened ground, feebly shiny. Elytra as long as thorax, shoulders

strongly angularly prominent, the puncturation somewhat less

strongly and distinctly more scattered on a distinctly shagreened

ground, feebly shiny. Abdomen extremely finely and very sparsely

punctate, less matt than fore part of body. Length 5-5 mm. (abdomen

somewhat retracted).

Mashonaland: Chirinda Forest (October 1905) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Stenus (Hypostenus) parcipennis n. sp.

Belonging to the same group as the preceding species, but distin-

guished from it and other related species by the short, strongly and

sparsely punctate, shining elytra.

Black, with very feeble bluish sheen; antennae, palps, and legs

whitish-yellow. Head very large, with the strongly protuberant eyes

almost broader than the thorax, with a median shallow, sparsely

punctate depression, the rest strongly, laterally fairly thickly,

punctate. Thorax much narrower than the elytra, not quite half as

long again as broad, the sides behind the middle obtusely broadened,

strongly and thickly punctate, shiny like the head. Elytra consider-

ably shorter at the suture than the thorax, more strongly but rather

sparsely punctate, very shiny. Abdomen with extremely fine,

scarcely visible, and very sparse puncturation, moderately shiny.

Length 5-2 mm. The ¢ has the sixth sternite gently emarginate,

the fifth and fourth somewhat emarginate in the middle of hind

margin, and along the median line very finely and closely punctate

and pubescent.

Pondoland: Port St. Johns (10th—31st July 1923) (R. E. Turner).

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 499

Stenus (Hypostenus) tristiculus un. sp.

This species is extraordinarily close to S. cruralis Bernh. in general

build and in sculpture and coloration, but can be easily distinguished

by the pale antennal joint, the dark bases of the tibiae, much smaller

head, and broader and longer elytra.

Black, matt; antennae except the pale basal joint, the apices of the

reddish-yellow palps, and the legs pitch-black, basal joint of antennae

not black as in cruralis, bases of tibiae not paler. Head but little

broader than thorax, much narrower than elytra, almost smooth,

with very indistinct frontal grooves, fairly strongly and extremely

finely rugulose-punctate; antennae short, third joint much narrower

than and nearly double as long as second, the penultimate ones some-

what broader than long. Thorax much narrower than elytra, only

a little longer than broad, the sides strongly rounded and with two

fine spiniform denticles, more strongly and deeply rugulose-punctate

than the head. Elytra strongly developed, with strongly prominent,

rectangular shoulders, coarsely and closely punctate, somewhat shiny,

like the rest of the body with extremely short, silvery-white, sparse

pubescence. Abdomen moderately coarsely and closely punctate,

somewhat shiny. Length 3-5 mm.

In having lateral (thoracic) denticles, and in general also in colora-

tion, build, and sculpture, this species agrees so closely with S. quadri-

spinus Bernh. that the two species might easily be confused; the

new species, however, is distinguished by the distinctly stronger and

less close puncturation of the whole body, but especially of the elytra

and abdomen.

N.W. Rhodesia: Namwala (3rd April 1913) (H. C. Dollman).

Stenus (Hypostenus) turneri un. sp.

Very closely allied to S. gerard: Bernh., but distinguished by the

following features :—

Head larger and considerably broader, very feebly impressed

between the eyes, with very weak frontal grooves, and without any

non-punctate keel between them, the puncturation closer, width

between the strongly swollen eyes much narrower, much less than

twice as broad as transverse diameter of eyes (in dorsal view), whereas

in gerardi it is at least twice as broad. Thorax somewhat shorter,

scarcely longer than broad, sides more rounded, without a median

shiny spot, with somewhat coarse and more scattered puncturation.

Elytra shorter, only very little longer than thorax, scarcely longer

500 Annals of the South African Museum.

than their united width, the puncturation considerably stronger and

more scattered. Abdomen similarly punctate, but without the long

pubescence of gerardi. Length 3-3-2 mm.

In the g the sixth sternite is rather deeply arcuately emarginate

in the middle of the hind margin, the fifth is gently emarginate, finely

and closely punctate in front of the emargination, and clothed with

thick, fluffy, whitish pubescence.

Zululand: Hshowe (June 1926) (R. E. Turner). Natal: Kloof

(August 1926) (R. E. Turner).

Stenus (Hypostenus) natalensis n. sp.

This species is even nearer to S. gerard: Bernh., and in general is

only distinguished by the different sculpture of the abdomen and

the absence of the long pubescence. In colour the two species are

scarcely different. The head is not broader than the elytra, some-

what more finely but not more closely punctate, with a similar

shining median keel and with more distinct narrow shining spots

above the bases of the antennae, and with a minute shiny dot on the

inner margin of each eye; antennae scarcely different. ‘Thorax but

- little shorter, somewhat more strongly and less closely punctate.

Klytra somewhat longer, scarcely more strongly and somewhat less

closely punctate. Abdomen finely and sparsely punctured, except-

ing the strongly punctate transverse tergal grooves. Pubescence of

the body is only short and sparse. Length 4-4-2 mm. (with

extended abdomen).

In § the sixth joint has a shallow, triangular emargination on hind

margin, the fifth scarcely emarginate, both sternites with somewhat

thicker and longer pubescence along middle line than at the sides;

the metasternum is impressed, strongly and moderately closely

punctate, with whitish pubescence.

Natal: Frere (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall); mouth of Umkomaas

River (G. A. K. Marshall); Van Reenen (January 1927) (R. H. Turner).

Stenus (Hypostenus) oligocephalus n. sp.

From the preceding species, to which it is closely related, at once

distinguished by the narrow head.

Black, without distinct metallic sheen, feebly shiny; the bases

of the antennae, which are brownish distally, the palps as far as the

dark apices, and the basal halves of the femora reddish-yellow; the

apices of the femora and the tibiae fuscous; tarsi dirty yellow. Head

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 501

slightly broader than thorax, much narrower than the elytra,

moderately strongly and closely punctate, with five shiny spots,

with a long raised median keel, a small keel above base of each

antennae, and a minute shiny spot at the second third of inner margin

of eye; antennae short, the penultimate joints almost broader than

long. Thorax half as broad as the elytra, considerably longer than

broad, behind the middle bluntly widened, covered all over with

very close and coarse rugulose puncturation. Elytra considerably

longer than thorax, with rectangular protuberant shoulders, more

coarsely and somewhat less closely punctate. Abdomen posteriorly

strongly and conically narrowed, everywhere closely and strongly

punctate, somewhat more finely punctate posteriorly. Length

4mm.

From the same localities.

Stenus (Hypostenus) zuluanus n. sp.

Build broader and stouter than in the preceding species, less closely

and, especially on the elytra, less rugulosely punctate, more shiny.

Black; bases of antennae, entire palps, and legs bright reddish-

yellow; knees broadly infuscate, very thinly pubescent. Head

almost as broad as elytra, moderately closely punctate, with similarly

arranged but larger shiny spots as in the preceding species. Thorax

much narrower than elytra, little longer than broad, behind the

middle obtusely widened, strongly and not too closely evenly punctate.

Elytra considerably longer than thorax, with rectangular shoulders,

longer than their united width, more coarsely and sparsely, but

scarcely rugulose, punctate than thorax, with strongly shiny intervals.

Abdomen fairly fusiform, coarsely and moderately closely, posteriorly

more finely and sparsely, punctate, strongly shiny. Length 3-5 mm.

In ¢ sixth sternite moderately deeply, arcuately emarginate, fifth

gently emarginate on hind margin, finely and densely punctate along

median line, with long whitish pubescence.

Zululand: Eshowe (June 1926) (R. E. Turner).

Edaphus marshalli n. sp.

This, the first Hdaphus species to be described from South Africa,

agrees very closely with the description of africanus Epp. from the

Gold Coast. In particular the sculpture of the head, the shape of the

thorax and elytra, which are strongly developed and more than twice

as long as thorax, agree completely with the new species. The

502 Annals of the South African Museum.

structure of the antennae and the presence of only four pits on the

thorax, however, negatives the specific identity of the two forms.

The new species has six deep and sharply defined pits at base of

thorax. The club of the antennae is only 2-jointed, the ninth joint

only a little broader than the eighth, knob-shaped, little broader

than long, and only about one-third as broad as the tenth, whereas

in africanus it is twice as broad as long, and thrice as broad as the

eighth, and only half as broad as the tenth. These two characters

are so important in Edaphus that I maintain the two species as distinct.

The coloration is uniform reddish-yellow as in africanus. Length

1-2 mm.

Mashonaland: Salisbury (April 1908) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Pinophilus tristicollis n. sp.

_ Extraordinarily like P. siculus Kr., deceptively alike in the sculpture

and distinguished only by smaller size, narrower build, considerably

longer and narrower thorax, much shorter antennae, and the differ-

ently shaped eighth tergite.

Antennae fairly short, third joint shorter (in siculus a little longer)

than second, penultimate joint in broadest aspect not oblong, as in

siculus, but at most as broad aslong. Head very similarly sculptured,

moderately strongly and sparsely, irregularly punctate, and a very

finely and fairly closely punctate ground. Thorax much narrower,

considerably longer than broad, scarcely distinct in sculpture. Elytra

also narrower, about one-third longer than their united width, not

markedly different in sculpture. Abdomen somewhat more finely

and sparsely punctate, more shiny, with distinct though feeble

iridescence. The hind margin of seventh tergite somewhat paler,

eighth tergite black, whereas in siculus the abdomen from the hind

margin of seventh tergite to the apex is bright red-yellow. Length

10 mm. (with extended abdomen).

Mashonaland: Salisbury (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Pinophilus capensis var. rhodesianus n.

Differing from the typical form by the short elytra, which do not

equal the thorax in length, and the somewhat longer thorax. The

build is also somewhat narrower. Nevertheless I consider the form

as only a race of the somewhat variable capensis. Length 15 mm.

(with extended abdomen).

N.W. Rhodesia: Namwala (28th August 1914) (H. C. Dollman).

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 503

Pinophilus semropacinus nu. sp.

This species appears to be very close to P. congoénsis Grid., which

I do not know, but can with certainty be distinguished by the colora-

tion and by the whole frontal region of the head being smooth and

shiny.

Black; elytra blood-red; apex of the seventh and base and apex

of eighth tergite yellow-red; antennae and palps reddish-yellow; legs

whitish-yellow, with infuscated fore tibiae. Head almost as broad

as thorax, with a transverse patch of coarse, but very shallow and

superficial, punctures in front of hind margin, and near the eyes,

matt, with the entire remaining surface, which medianly extends to

the third quarter of the length, shiny, with a zone above the antennal

tubercles and on front margin strongly, unequally, and fairly sparsely

punctate, on an extremely finely and sparsely puncticulate ground;

eyes strongly convex; temples behind them well developed, about one-

third as long as longitudinal diameter of eyesviewed dorsally; antennae

elongate, third joint much longer than second, penultimate twice as

long as broad, apically clavate. Thorax as broad as elytra, somewhat

longer than broad, slightly narrowed posteriorly, quite matt shagreened,

and very densely covered with large, very shallow, eye-like punctures,

with a shortened non-punctate median keel behind the middle. Elytra

considerably longer than thorax, longer than their united width,

strongly and very closely rugulose-punctate, with yellow-grey pubes-

cence like rest of body. Abdomen strongly and moderately closely

punctate, more finely so posteriorly, shining, with feeble metallic sheen.

Length 12-5 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Kashita, N. of Broken Hill (March 1915)

(H. C. Dollman).

Pinophilus (Metapinophilus) subplanus n. sp.

Just like reticulatus Epp. in build, but larger, broader, and distin-

guished by the darker coloration, finer and sparser punctures on

thorax, shorter and somewhat more sparsely punctate elytra, and

denser reticulate-punctate sculpture of abdomen.

Pitch-black; head and thorax somewhat lighter; antennae, palps,

and legs bright reddish-yellow. Head punctate as in reticulatus, but

the punctures are very slightly more numerous; antennae scarcely

different. Thorax as in reticulatus, somewhat broader than long,

distinctly finer and more sparsely punctate. Elytra only very little

longer than thorax, scarcely more strongly but distinctly more

504 Annals of the South African Museum.

sparsely punctate, more shiny, shorter than their united width.

Abdomen as in reticulatus, punctures in oblique cross-rows, but some-

what closer together. Length 8 mm.

The sexual character of the ¢ is rather different, the sixth sternite

being shallowly impressed and feebly shagreened in the middle, and

having the hind margin very broadly and somewhat deeply arcuately

emarginate, with the margin grooved, the fifth sternite only very

indistinctly emarginate, impressed medially and densely punctate,

the anterior sternites without any distinctive features.

N. Rhodesia: Namwala (20th March 1913) (H. C. Dollman).

This new species is distinguished from P. patrizi Grid. by the

larger and more robust build, the broader and shorter thorax, with

its sparser puncturation, the greater shininess of thorax and elytra,

and the more densely punctate abdomen.

Pinophilus deplanatus n. sp.

Most closely related to P. infans Epp., but distinguished at first

glance by the much longer elytra and the following additional

characters :—

The body is somewhat larger, darker in colour, pitch-brown; head

and thorax more pitch-red; abdomen darker with redder apex;

antennae whitish-yellow; palps and legs reddish-yellow. In the

shape of head and its puncturation there is no essential difference.

The antennae also are alike. The thorax is more finely and sparsely

punctate, and more shiny. Elytra much longer, almost one-third

longer than thorax, somewhat more finely and sparsely punctate.

Abdomen also more finely and sparsely punctate. Length 5 mm.

(with extended abdomen).

N. Rhodesia: Namwala (31st March 1913) (H. C. Dollman).

Pinophilus arrow n. sp. .

Belongs to the brevicollis Er. group. Distinguished from this

species by the much coarser and sparser puncturation, and from the

related bolamensis Grid., which it deceptively resembles in colour,

shape, size, and sculpture, by the considerably longer elytra as well

as the shorter antennae and sparser puncturation on the head. The

apex of the abdomen also is not pale but black. The puncturation

on the head is less extensive than in bolamensis, the smooth shiny

interval on the front is much more extensive, its hind end reaching

to level of middle of eyes, whereas in bolamensis this smooth patch

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 505

reaches only to the level of front margin of eyes; the punctures above

the antennal bases considerably sparser; antennae distinctly shorter

and less elongate, the individual joints shorter, the penultimate ones

almost broader than long. Thorax somewhat shorter, about one-

quarter broader than long, scarcely differing in puncturation. Elytra

considerably longer, almost one-third longer than thorax and much

longer than their united width. Length 8 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Namwala (10th September 1914); Mwengwa

(27° 40’ E., 13° 8.) (10th-16th July and 6th August 1914) (H. C.

Dollman).

Pinophilus dubius un. sp.

Also closely related to bolamensis Grid., but distinguished by the

head sculpture, which is similar to that of arrowi, the much shorter

thorax with considerably finer and denser puncturation, scarcely

longer but much more densely and less coarsely punctate elytra, and

more finely and densely punctate abdomen.

In the dense puncturation of the thorax this species approximates

to brevicollis Kir., but from the latter is easily distinguished by the

much less densely punctate head and distinctly more strongly punctate

thorax and elytra.

Coloration the same as that of arrowz, the antennae as in bolamensis

Grid.; the body less convex than in these two species; thorax more

than one-quarter broader than long, with a well-developed short,

broad, shiny keel in front of the scutellum. Length 7-5 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Mwengwa (27° 40’ E., 13° 8.) (15th May 1914)

(H. C. Dollman).

Pinophilus sanguinosus 0. sp.

At once separated from the preceding species, with which this new

species is very closely allied, by the longer thorax, much longer

elytra, exceeding even those of arrowi, and coloration.

Black, shiny, convex, fairly narrow; elytra with the exception of

the sides and broad base dull blood-red; hind margins of the abdominal

segments narrowly, the apex more broadly, indistinctly reddish;

antennae, palps, and legs bright reddish-yellow. Head similar to

that of arrowi, but somewhat more densely punctate, the smooth

‘spot smaller and more indefinite, with a few extremely fine punctures.

Thorax almost as long as broad, somewhat more densely punctate,

the smooth median keel on the posterior half broad and distinctly

raised. Hlytra a good third longer than the thorax, about one-

506 Annals of the South African Museum.

quarter longer than their united width, coarsely and densely rugulose-

punctate. Abdomen scarcely differing. Length 8-5 mm.

Natal: Frere (1910) (G. A. K. Marshall).

Pseudoprocirrus ni. g.

Distinguished at first glance from the most closely related genus

Procirrus Lat. by the simple fourth joint of the tarsus and the broad

thorax.

Build more compact, shorter, strongly convex. Head much

narrower than thorax, posteriorly only moderately narrowed; neck

nearly half as wide as head; eyes moderately large, rather coarsely

faceted; temples as long as the longitudinal diameter of eyes, not

margined below; antennae elongate, very thin, not thickened towards

apex, third joint somewhat longer and much narrower than second,

the following joints nearly alike, almost four times as long as broad,

gradually thickened towards their apices, with the penultimate joint

only twice as long as broad, clavately thickened apically, the terminal

joint much shorter than the preceding; labrum truncate in front,

transverse, scarcely emarginate; maxillary palps slender, second

joint more than twice as long as broad, third clavately thickened

towards apex, much shorter than second, terminal joint large, much

longer than third, rather strongly clavate apically and obliquely

truncate, so that in certain aspects it appears hatchet-shaped; the

other mouth-parts not visible without dissection. Thorax strongly

convex, ovate, strongly widened before the middle, lateral margins

(Seitenrandlinie) strongly sinuate (gebuchtet); epipleurae particu-

larly broad. Hlytra posteriorly shallowly triangularly emarginate.

Abdomen cylindrical, broad, not margined. Legs moderately slender,

with the first three joints of anterior tarsi strongly broadened disk-

like, longer than broad, gradually decreasing in width, the fourth

very small, not expanded, not broader than the apical joint; mid

and hind tarsi slender, first joint elongate, longer than the three

following together, the following joints decreasing in length, fourth

lobately produced below the apical joint.

Nothing is yet known about the habits of this interesting insect.

Genotype.—P. arrowt n. sp. |

Pseudoprocirrus arrow? 0. sp.

Rusty-red, moderately shiny, with thin golden-yellow pubescence,

especially on abdomen; antennae, palps, and legs reddish-yellow.

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 507

Head transversely hexagonal, coarsely and densely punctate, with

shiny intervals. Thorax much narrower than elytra, about one-

quarter longer than broad, very strongly widened before the middle

and strongly narrowed behind, punctate like the head, intervals

shiny. Elytra slightly longer than thorax, parallel-sided, with

strongly projecting rounded shoulders, convex, more coarsely and

densely rugulose punctate than the thorax, slightly shiny. Abdomen

strongly and densely, posteriorly more finely, punctate, with trans-

verse grooves on the bases of the first four free tergites. Length

4-5 mm.

N. Rhodesia: Namwala (20th—21st March 1913) (H. C. Dollman).

Oedichirus latupennis n. sp.

In colour and shape of body very like O. oneal: Per., but somewhat

more robust, and easily distinguished by the narrow reddish-yellow

hind margin of elytra, much broader blackening at the knees, and

particularly by the densely punctate elytra. Head similar, punctures

stronger and more numerous; antennae somewhat longer, penultimate

joints almost twice as long as broad. Thorax somewhat longer,

otherwise very similar, punctures in the dorsal rows and on the sides

stronger and more numerous. LElytra not longer than thorax, the

lateral margins rather strongly rounded with prominent shoulders,

coarsely and densely and evenly punctate, smooth along hind margin

and narrowly bordered with reddish-yellow. Punctures on the abdo-

men scarcely different. Length 7-5 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Mwengwa (27° 40’ E., 13° 8.) (19th May 1914)

(H. C. Dollman).

Oedichirus arrow? 0. sp.

Very closely allied to the preceding species and distinguished by

the coloration, longer head and thorax, and considerably longer

elytra, which are of more even breadth and less densely punctate.

Black; thorax red-yellow; only the first three completely exposed

segments of the abdomen and the pectus reddish-yellow; antennae

and palps yellowish, the joints chequered with blackish; legs pale

yellow, the knees narrowly blackened as in preceding species. Head

moderately transverse, the punctures strong and scattered. Thorax

nearly half as long as broad, much more coarsely punctate. Elytra

longer than their united width, sides feebly rounded, fairly parallel-

sided, similar to the preceding species but rather less densely and

more strongly punctate, uniform deep black, without yellow hind

508 Annals of the South African Museum.

margin. Abdomen similarly sculptured. Length 7:5-10 mm.

(according to degree of extension of abdomen).

N.W. Rhodesia: Mwengwa (27° 40’ E., 13° 8.) (17th July—6th

August 1914) (H. C. Dollman).

Oedichirus rhodesianus nu. sp.

This species is distinguished from both the preceding species by

the extensive reddish-yellow coloration of the hinder part of the

elytra; from arrowi also by the reddish-yellow colour of the sixth

(fourth free) tergite and its sternite, shorter head, longer elytra,

which are much more sparsely punctate especially on the yellow-red

portions; from latipennis by longer thorax with coarser and more

numerous punctures, and by much longer and more sparsely punctate

elytra. The elytra with a large red-yellow spot, extending one-

third of their length at the sides, rounded inwardly and reaching the

apex of suture, strongly and sparsely punctate only in front and in

the middle, the broad hind and lateral margins being quite smooth

and shiny. Head moderately transverse, strongly, irregularly, and

not densely punctate. Thorax half as long again as broad, with

numerous very coarse and deep punctures, except on the raised

smooth middle band and a longer and narrower spot outside the dorsal

rows and the anterior angles. Knees fairly narrowly blackened.

Length 7-8 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Mwengwa (27° 40’ E., 13° 8.) (16th-18th July

1914) (H. C. Dollman).

Oedichirus dollmani n. sp.

Kasily distinguished from among the red-yellow species by the

longer, more parallel-sided elytra with their nearly rectangular, not

bevelled off, shoulders.

Bright reddish-yellow; abdomen from seventh (fifth free) tergite

deep black; antennae and palps partly blackened; legs pale yellow;

knees without any infuscation. Head as broad as thorax, transverse,

with a number of coarse and deep punctures, shiny, in front and

behind; antennae slightly thickened apically, the penultimate joints

about half as long as broad. Thorax much narrower than elytra,

about one-third longer than broad, posteriorly strongly and straightly

narrowed, each dorsal row with seven very coarse and pit-like punc-

tures, and a number of similar punctures at the sides. Elytra only

a little shorter than thorax, with prominent, apically rounded

The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. 509

shoulders, the sides distinctly rounded, widened before the apex,

but nevertheless nearly parallel-sided, at the broadest part somewhat

broader than length of suture, somewhat less coarsely and moderately

densely, nearly evenly punctate. Abdomen with normal punctura-

tion. Length 7-5 mm.

N.W. Rhodesia: Mwengwa (27° 40’ E., 13° S.) (10th July 1913)

(H. C. Dollman).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Eparchium paradoxum n. g., 0. sp.

a. Whole insect to show shape and unspined tibiae.

b. Maxillae and labium.

c. Mandibles and labrum.

(Photos by Prof. O. Scheerpeltz, Vienna.)

aj Wit Tis

ae SORA ie

» dreatvnc heats

ie £4 ‘ee

i OW «fiahe

< ‘ -e *

of 7

c at Pere ; as See

P - ,

’ ¥ _ )

, '

Anne S. Atm Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate XIV.

TPA R CHT UM ZATADOXeO MS nee. mn. sp:

Dr. Max Bernhauer. Netll & Co., Lid.

(511 )

17. South African Stone-fires (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New

Species.—By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc., F.L:S.

(With 21 Text-figures.)

THIS paper continues the series of reports * on the fauna of the

Cape mountain ranges, which I have been investigating with the aid

of grants from the Royal Society of South Africa (1917) and the

Research Grant Board. My acknowledgments and thanks are here-

with tendered to these bodies.

I also wish to record my grateful appreciation of the help rendered

in the field work by my friend Mr. H. G. Wood, whose car has enabled

us to visit several localities which otherwise would not have been

possible; my thanks are also due to Mr. A. C. Harrison, who is

interested in the subject from the point of view of trout, and to

Mr. C. W. Thorne of the South African Museum.

The basis of our knowledge of the Nemourid stone-flies in this

country is due to Dr. Tillyard (Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, 1931,

p- 109), who worked on a small collection from the South African

Museum. Nearly all these specimens were dried and pinned, and

consequently often in poor condition. Moreover, in dried specimens,

where the abdomen is usually shrivelled up, it is difficult to distinguish

males from females. Thus in the case of some species it happened

that the specimens sent to Dr. Tillyard proved to be females, while

others from the same locality, which were retained in the event of the

first consignment being lost in transit, proved to be males. It is

not surprising that under the circumstances Dr. Tillyard assigned

some of the paratype specimens to species to which they did not

really belong.

Since then a large amount of fresh material has been collected,

and it seems that a revision of all the specimens, including the type

material returned by Dr. Tillyard, would be desirable.

A further complication is introduced by the presence of two

* Previous reports: see Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., xiv, 1927; xviii, 1929; xix,

1931; xx, 1932; xxi, 1934. Stylops, i, 1932; ii, 1933. Ann.8. Afr. Mus., xxx, 1932.

512 Annals of the South African Museum.

distinct species occurring not only in the same general locality, but

in the same portion of a stream which is being investigated, e.g.

A. tabularis and A. barnardi. Thus it happened that males and

females were collected together, and the usual assumption that they

were conspecific was only disproved later by finding the correct 33

and 9° of both species in copula. This is the only safe way of correlat-

ing the sexes, and when such pairs are caught they should be pre-

served in special tubes separate from other captures.

Genitalia.—For the discrimination of the species the examination

of the genitalia is necessary. In all cases a true diagnosis of the

species can only be obtained by describing both sexes, though in

some cases the males may be of greater importance owing to the

often close similarity of the females.

A brief description of the component parts of the male genitalia

of the local Nemourine representatives is given here, because Tillyard’s

paper gives a somewhat confused or even contradictory idea of them,

the term “paraproct” being applied to two different structures

(loc. cit., pp. 120 and 124). It is not proposed to homologise the

structures or to discuss the modifications of the Xth or XIth segments.

The identity of the 1Xth segment is beyond question, the Ist segment

being more or less telescoped into the metathorax, its sternite being

visible between the posterior pair of coxe. (For further information

on this subject the student may consult Klapalek, 1896, SB.K. Ak.

Wiss. Wien, vol. cv, Abt. 1, p. 683, and 1909, Siisswasserfauna Deutsch-

lands, Hft. 8, p. 33; Ris. Entomol. Mitteil., vol. u, 1913, p. 178; Despax,

Bull. Soc. d’ Hist. Nat. Toulouse, vol. lix, 1930, p. 139, and vol. lxiv,

1932, p. 185.)

A correct interpretation of the parts cannot be obtained from

mounted microscopic preparations, which are flattened under the

cover-slip. The genitalia must be examined “in the round,” either

after treatment with KOH or by simply clearing in a solution of

parachlorophenol + chloralhydrate.

The IXth sternite is always more or less produced backwards

subtriangularly to form the subgenital plate, and bears at its base

a small median obovoid process. The shape of this plate is not a

good specific character, as it varies both individually and according

to the state of preservation; but the relative size of the basal process

is a useful character.

The tergite is simple and unmodified in the genera Aphanicercella

and Aphanicercopsis (as in the Nemourine genera from other parts

of the world) (figs. 14, 15), but in Aphanicerca bears a characteristic

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 513

dorsal process projecting backwards, which varies in shape but in all

the species hitherto discovered is bifid (figs. 7, 9-13). This process

does not arise from the VIIth segment as Tillyard (loc. cit., p. 120) says.

Desmonemoura (fig. 21), with the hind margin of the tergite

produced backwards in two processes, may be regarded as an inter-

mediate form, although these processes are an integral part of the

tergite, not mobile, and thus quite different from the movable bifid

process in Aphanicerca.

The end of the abdomen following the IXth segment gives little

or no indication of being a composite segment (X+XI). The tergite

of the Xth segment is more or less fully chitinised.* A single medio-

dorsal chitinised area is found in Aphanicercopsis (fig. 14), but in

the other three genera there are two such areas, which are either

flat (Aphanicercella, Desmonemoura, figs. 15, 21) or swollen into

variously shaped prominences (Aphanicerca, figs. 7, 9-13). In the

latter genus Tillyard (loc. cit., p. 120) has termed these areas “para-

procts,” though, strictly speaking, they lie dorsal to the anus, which

is situated between the cerci. In this paper the term paraproct will

not be used, and the areas in question will be referred to as the

dorsal plate or plates of the Xth segment.

Posterior to the dorsal plate or plates of the Xth segment is a

single median process (not a double process as stated by Tillyard,

loc. cit., pp. 120, 122), upturned or curved forwards and variously

shaped. This is the supra-anal lobe of Klapalek and Ris. In

Aphameercopsis and Aphanicercella this process does in some positions

appear to be composed of two halves owing to the strong chitinisation

of the lateral margins. At its base these chitinised margins are

continued into two struts, which bend round sharply and articulate

with the Xth tergite. In Aphanicercopsis they meet the two posterior

prolongations of the median dorsal plate (fig. 14). In Aphanicercella

they connect with a crescentic transverse strut lying behind a more

or less triangular-shaped plate interpolated between the two dorsal

plates of the Xth segment (figs. 15-17, 19, 20). In Desmonemoura

they lie between the strongly chitinised inner margins of the dorsal

plates, and gradually peter out into the intervening membrane (fig. 21).

The lateral portions of the Xth segment may be termed pleurites.

In Aphanicerca these areas are feebly demarcated from the tergal

portion; in Aphanicercopsis they are better defined, and in Aphani-

* The term “‘chitinised’’ is used for those areas which are firmer in texture

and more or less deeply pigmented, as contrasted with the thin membranous

areas like the intersegmental articular membrane.

VOL. XXX, PART 4. 34

514 Annals of the South African Museum.

cercella they form definite plates with acutely produced and strongly

chitinised apices; they are capable of considerable lateral movement,

and in fact function as claspers (vide infra). In Desmonemoura they

are also well defined, but not capable of. much movement in their

basal portion; the falcate process is clearly an extreme development

of the pointed apex found in Aphanicercella, and taken as a whole

the pleurite would seem to function as a clasper.

The cerci are attached to, or slightly internal to, the postero-

inferior margins of the pleurites (cf. Klapalek, 1896; Despax, 1930).

The ventral or sternal portion of the Xth segment is regarded as

absent (Klapalek, 1909; Despax, 1930), though Ris (1913) believed

the curved .struts supporting the subanal lobes and penis (or

titillators) to be the remnants of it. Despax (1932) follows this

interpretation. The subanal lobes and penis may be the modified

remnants of the XIth sternite (Klapalek, 1909; Despax, 1930).

In the South African forms the curved chitinised struts are distinct,

short in Aphanicercella, but longer in the other genera. They are

continued distally, without, however, any articulation or joint, into

a median bilobed process of varying shape. This may be termed

penis or titillators; the latter term is used here, as this structure does

not appear to be the external continuation of the vasa deferentia,

though it is in fact an intromittent organ or channel for the passage

of the sperm. It is an important diagnostic character of the species.

2 Genitalia.—The vulva is situate on the VIIIth segment, but the

position of the subgenital plate varies. In Aphamnicercella it is on

the VIIth segment, but in all the other genera it is on the VIIIth.

The chitinisation of the abdominal segments is variable. Segments

II-VI are always membranous, except certain areas on the sternites,

which are more or less strongly chitinised. Details of these are given

under the different species. In Aphanicerca segments VII-X, and

in Aphanicercopsis segments VIII—X, are completely chitinised. In

Aphanicercella segments VII, IX, and X are chitinised, while VIII

is membranous and pale, except in one species (nigra) where there

are small chitinised pleural areas. In Desmonemoura the tergites of

VII and VIII are membranous, the VIIth sternite and genital plate

being slightly chitinised; IX and X are chitinised dorsally but

membranous ventrally. .

Act of Copulation.—In those genera without well-developed

pleurites the sexes as.a rule separate on being captured. In Aphani-

cercella, however, where the pleurites form claspers, it is comparatively

easy to secure and preserve. pairs which remain in copula.

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 515

In all cases, except Desmonemoura in which the act has not been

observed, the 3 and ¢ lie side by side, both abdomens turned slightly

Fie. 1.—Aphanicercella barnardi Tillyard. a, g and 2 showing pedition in copula,

wings of § removed; b, dorso-lateral view of g¢ and 2 abdomens; c, d, lateral

and ventral views showing supra-anal lobe and titillators of ¢ within vulva

of 2 (diagrammatic; pleurite and cercus in c omitted).

towards one another, and the apex of the § abdomen curved upwards

and slightly forwards (figs. 1 and 2). In Aphanicercopsis and Aphani-

cercella the supra-anal lobe enters the

vulva, the denticles on its lower margin

engaging the ventral wall of the vulva

and serving to anchor the lobe in posi-

tion. The object of the lobe seems to

be to prepare the way for the entry

of the more delicate titillators or in-

tromittent organs, which penetrate the

oviducts to their full extent.

In Aphanicerca the mating position is

the same, and it cannot be doubted that

the supra-anal lobe enters the vulva; Fie. 2.—Aphanicercopsis tabu-

but the sexes separate so readily that it laris n. sp. Semi-diagram-

: ee matic view of ¢ and Q

has not been possible to secure a pair in abdomens in copula.

copula, in spite of many attempts with

the common A. capensis. The bilobed dorsal process of the IXth

segment probably acts as a clasper.

Oviposition has not been observed, but the ripe eggs of some of the

species are described below.

516 Annals of the South African Museum.

Nymphs of all four Nemourine genera are practically indistinguish-

able. The correlations with the imagos have been made by collecting

examples in the last instar just prior to emergence of the adult. In

such examples the wing-cases are black, and the genitalia are visible

through the nymph skin and can be easily dissected out.

The adults may be bred out if the nymphs are so far advanced

that it is necessary to keep them only a day or two in captivity.

Nymphs in earlier stages do not seem to take kindly to confinement

Pex Mam

Fic. 3.—Micropterous and apterous forms. a, fore- and hind-wing, to same scale,

of Aphanicercella 2 from Robinson Pass; 6, ventral view of abdominal seg-

ments VI—-VIII of same; c, dorsal view of meso- and meta-thorax of 2 Aphani-

cercopsis from Palmiet River, showing wing-pads (w.p.).

in still water, even if frequently changed; but serious attempts to

breed them have not been made, as it was found so simple to collect

examples ready to hatch.

Micropterism and Apterism.—Reduction of the wings in one or

both sexes has been recorded in several genera and species (cf. Klapa-

lek, 1909, loc. cit.; Sharp, Cambr. Nat. Hist., vol. v, 1895, pp. 405, 406;

and Despax, loc. cit., 1932, p. 539). Sharp remarks that the pheno-

mena are “worthy of more detailed investigation.”

Up to the present only one case of micropterism and two cases

of apterism have been observed among South African stone-flies.

A micropterous ¢ of the genus Aphanicercella was found at Ruiter-

bosch, Robinson Pass, Outeniqua Range (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

February 1932). The abdomen has very similar characteristics to

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 517

those of the River Zonder End or Tradouw Pass form of bifurcata;

the total length is 6 mm., which is about normal for this species

(cf. figs. 3, 6, and 18, 6). (The Outeniqua Range is a continuation

of the Langeberg Range in which Tradouw Pass is situated.) The

fore-wing measures 2 mm. in length, but shows the typical venation

(cf. Tillyard, loc. cit., fig. 3), the distal portion of the wing having

suffered most from the shortening. All the veins are thicker than

in a normal specimen (cf. Despax, loc. cit., figs. 1-3). This is not a

specimen which has failed to expand its wings on emergence, because

the wings normally are very nearly their full size and he crumpled

up within the nymphal wing-pads. The hind-wing is only about a

third of the length of the fore-wing, and is markedly degenerate,

with very faint and inconspicuous veins.

At Palmiet River (near the village of Kleinmond) Mr. H. G. Wood

found two apterous 99 of a species of Aphanicercopsis, probably

A. denticulata, along with normal 3g and 99 of this species. They

are 5 mm. in length, as against 7 mm. in the normal winged specimens.

Both pairs of wings are represented by short pads (fig. 3, ¢).

An apterous ¢ of Aphanicercopsis hawaquae was found at Jonkers-

hoek (K. H. B. and H. G. W., 10th June 1932). It has the character-

istic genitalia of this species, and measures 4 mm. in length (normal

5 mm.). It has no trace of wings, not even pads as in the Palmiet

River @9.

Economics.—Stone-flies and their nymphs are valuable food for

trout in the Western Province. Although abundant at certain

seasons, the flies are small and inconspicuous, and consequently not

much observed by anglers, except perhaps the Porcupine Stone-fly.

This and the Common Cape Stone-fly are the only ones to which

colloquial names may usefully be given.

Distribution.—The moderately large stone-flies of the family

Perlidae are tropical and subtropical forms. The specimen from

Upington on the Orange River and those from Natal constitute the

most southerly records in South Africa.

The Nemourine stone-flies, on the other hand, are a temperate

group. So far as yet known, they occur in the Cape mountain ranges,

as far north as the Cedar Mountains (Clanwilliam District) and as

far east as George. It would be very interesting to discover how

much farther east they extend.

The Common Cape Stone-fly (Aphanicerca capensis) and its

varieties has a fairly wide distribution in the Western Cape Province,

and occurs more or less throughout the year. The other species of

518 Annals of the South African Museum.

this genus and those of Aphanicercopsis and Aphanicercella appear

to be more local, though this may be due to lack of collecting just

at the right season. The species of these latter two genera seem to

be winter, spring, and early summer flies, at least in the western

portions of the Cape region.

Famity PERLIDAKE.

1909. Klapalek, Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands, Hft. 8, p. 42 and

p. 84 (nymph).

1923. Id., Coll. Zool. Selys Longchamps, fasc. iv, 2, p. 9.

1921. Rousseau, Larves et Nymphes Aquatiques, vol. i, p. 291

(nymph).

Subfamily NEOPERLINAE.

1931. Tillyard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xxx, p. 114.

Two ocelli. Two axillary veins (2.e. a forked 2A) from basal anal

cell in fore-wing.

Gen. Ochthopetina End.

1909. Enderlein, Stettin. Entomol. Zeit., 70 Jahrg., p. 324.

1909. Id., Zool. Anz., vol. xxxiv, p. 398 (key to species).

1923. Klapalek, loc. cit., p. 175.

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 114.

The ocelli much nearer to one another than to inner margins of

eyes. No cross-veins beyond the anastomosis (transverse cord) except

in pterostigmal area. Cercilong. First two tarsal joints very short,

3rd long. Fused Rs+MA in hind-wing usually longer than its

branches (as far as anastomosis), or at least as long as the shorter

(MA) branch. Wings folded back flat over abdomen. IXth sternite

in $ somewhat parabolically produced. Xth (or XIth) tergite with

2 medianly directed blunt processes, each bearing a forwardly directed

slender process. Subgenital plate @ (VIIIth sternite) not, or only

a little, broader than the other sternites, sometimes extended by an

accessory plate on mid-hind margin.

Nymph with 4 or 6 pairs of thoracic gill-tufts and one pair of anal

gill-tufts. Inner lobes of labium small. Labial and maxillary palps

slender. First 2 tarsal joints very short.

Remarks.—Tillyard accepts Enderlein’s genus, saying he is unable

to criticise the grouping of the Ethiopian and Oriental species in a

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 519

genus distinct from Neoperla. Klapalek also accepts the genus.

Navas (Rev. Zool. Afric., vol. xxi, 1931, p. 2, and vol. xxii, 1932, p. 3)

has described further new species from the Congo under the name

Neoperla, based on $2 only, and consequently of doubtful validity.

Fic. 4.—Ochthopetina transvaalensis (End.). a, 6, dorsal and lateral views of end

of abdomen ¢; c, d, lateral view and cross-section of egg.

Ochthopetina transvaalensis (End.).

1909. Enderlein, Zool. Anz., vol. xxxiv, p. 402 (9).

1923. Klapalek, loc. cit., p. 140, fig. 13 (9).

192 Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 115, fig. 1 (part).

Tillyard has mentioned the variability of the venation and other

features. 3

Enderlein’s description of the VIIIth sternite of 9 is correct, viz.

not differing from the other sternites, with straight hind margin

and without sculpture. The appearance described by Klapalek is

erroneous and due to shrinkage (I have examined the two specimens

returned to the South African Museum with Klapalek’s labels—

Klapalek evidently did not relax either of them).

3 Genitalia (fig. 4).—VIIth tergite with a slightly more Gana

chitinised squarish patch bearing a median group of conical granules

620 Annals of the South African Museum.

or denticles; VIIIth tergite with a median conical forwardly directed

process bearing 2 rows of denticles on its lower (anterior) surface;

IXth tergite with 2 broadly rounded humps bearing long setae but

no granules; copulatory processes with a few denticles apically on

their lower surfaces.

Eggs (fig. 4) not quite -5 mm. in length, barrel-shaped, with

11-13 rounded longitudinal ribs and a reflexed rim at the micropylar

end. |

_ Nymph (fig. 5).—Klapalek (1912, Ergebn. Deutsch. Zentralafr.

Exp. III Zool., vol. i, pp. 447 sqq.) has described one form of Neoperla

nymph from Rukarara stream, Ruanda, and two others from west

of Lake Albert Edward. All these forms possess 7 pairs of gills.

Lestage (1917, Rev. Zool. Afric., vol. v, 2, pp. 135 sqq.) has de-

scribed three specimens, all collected on the same day and at the same

locality (Maba River, near Mlonda), which he apparently considers as

representing three species. Hach one possesses 5 pairs of gills. |

The specimens here described resemble Klapalek’s specimens in

having 7 pairs of gills, and are without doubt to be assigned to

transvaalensis. Some full-grown specimens were collected by Mr.

S. A. Hey on the Inland Fisheries Survey, either in Natal or the

Transvaal. One empty shuck came from Krantzkop (K. H. B.,

1917), the same locality where the above described g was caught;

and three half-grown specimens were collected ao Mr... J. €: Dendy,

in the Olifants River, near Satara, Transvaal.

Size.—Up to 17 mm.; cerci 10 mm.; width of pronotum 3-5 mm.

This is about the maximum size (for 92), as the empty shuck also

measures 17 mm.

Colour (as preserved).—Castaneous or sepia brown; legs, cerci, and

antennae ochraceous; light ochraceous patches as follows: a band

between the eyes, a transverse bilobed patch on prothorax, a sub-

triangular or cordate patch on both meso- and meta-thorax and on

hinder half of Xth abdominal segment, transverse bands on hind

margins of abdominal segments IJ-IX; gill-tufts whitish.

The structural details will be seen from the figure. The position

of the gill-tufts correspond with Klapalek’s description. The tuft

above the insertion of fore-leg is really a double gill, as is also that

above the middle leg, but is counted as only one.

In some of the full-grown nymphs eggs are already developed,

and agree with those extracted from the imago (supra).

* Remarks.—The original Zoutpansberg specimen was a 9, and the

Lydenburg specimen (editor’s footnote in Tillyard, p. 115) is also

Fic. 5.—Ochthopetina transvaalensis (End.). a, nymph, with claw further enlarged;

b, ventral view of mandible; c, d, maxilla and labium, the median lobe in

the latter figure is the hypopharynx; e, semi-diagrammatic lateral view of

thorax and end of abdomen (other abdominal segments and the right cercus

omitted) to show gill-tufts; jf, a double gill from between pro- and meso-

Fic. 6.—Ochthopetina kunenensis n. sp. Dorsal and lateral views of end of

abdomen 4.

522 Annals of the South African Museum.

aQ. Asno gis known from the Transvaal, it is therefore an assump-

tion to identify the Natal and Zululand specimens with this species,

though the identity will probably prove to be correct.

The only ¢ I have seen is the Krantzkop specimen. The genitalia

are very similar to those of lerovana Klap. (see 1923, p. 138, figs. 11,

12) from Redjaf in the Lado Enclave. In fact, but for the difference

in shape of the pronotum, there might be some reason for considering

lerovana a synonym.

Ochthopetina kunenensis n. sp.

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 115 (transvaalensis part, non End.).

Resembling transvaalensis in all characters, including the VIIIth

sternite of 2, but distinguished by the ¢ genitalia.

3 (fig. 6).—VIIth tergite with conical, backwardly sharaonute

median process on hind margin, bearing denticles; VIIIth tergite

with a slightly more strongly chitinised median band bearing conical

granules or denticles; IXth tergite with 2 rounded humps bearing

conical denticles and long setae, and between the humps a third patch

of denticles; copulatory processes slender, without any denticles.

Colour and size as in transvaalensis, $$ smaller than 99.

Locality.—Erikson’s Drift and Otjimbumbe, Kunene River, South

West Africa (K. H. B. and R. F. Lawrence, March 1923).

Remarks.—The ¢ genitalia closely resemble those of africana Klap.

(see 1923, p. 133, figs. 4, 5) from the Cameroons, but differ in the

shape of the chitinised patch on the VIIIth tergite, and the presence

of a third group of denticles on the [Xth tergite.

The Upington specimen (editor’s footnote in Tillyard, fe. Cit.

p. 115) isa 9, and consequently unidentifiable. It would be cuisemely

interesting to obtain a ¢ from this, or some other locality, on the

Orange River.

Famity NEMOURIDAE.

1909. Klapalek, loc. cit., p. 69 and p. 92 (nymph).

1921. Rousseau, loc. cit., pp. 119 (nymph), 314.

1926. Tillyard, Insects Austr. and New Zeal., p. 119.

Three ocelli.

Subfamily NEMOURINAE.

193i) Millyard toe. cit. p. 1G:

Second tarsal joint much shorter than either of the others.

Nymph without gill-tufts (in the South African species).

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 523

Remarks.—The nymphs of the species of the four genera described

below are extraordinarily alike. Only nymphs in the last instar

showing the genitalia of the imago within the nymphal skin, and the

empty shucks of specimens bred in captivity, have been used in

these descriptions. The correlations therefore are beyond doubt.

Tillyard (loc. cit., pp. 128, 129, figs. 12, 13) briefly mentioned two

nymphs, one of which was ascribed to Aphanicerca on the wing

venation. As, however, the wing venation offers no reliable differential

characters between the local genera, the identity of that nymph

remains indeterminable.

Gen. Aphanicerca Tillyard.

#9515 Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 117.

Imago.—No cross-veins beyond the anastomosis, except the distal

intercubitals. Sc ending on costa at about the middle. Rs arising

almost or quite perpendicularly from R. MA arising at an angle

separately from Rs. All veins distal from the anastomosis (transverse

cord) evenly spaced, subparallel. Between MA and Cu, only 2

(rarely 3) cross-veins proximal to anastomosis. In hind-wing Rs

and MA arising by short common stalk from R; a single intercubital

cross-vein distal from the anastomosis; anal fan narrow, with 5 simple

veins. Wings folded back and slightly wrapped round the abdomen;

more or less suffused; fore-wing with clear patch in middle.

IXth tergite g with backwardly directed bifid process; IXth

sternite elongate, more or less triangular, with short median basal

process. Xth tergite divided into two variously shaped, gibbous

plates, behind which is the recurved supra-anal lobe. Titillators

more or less elongate; internal supporting struts slender, long.

Pleurites not well demarcated. Cerci short, cylindrical, one-jointed.

In 2 abdominal segments VII-X completely chitinised; segments

II-VI with chitinised plates on sternites only. These plates are

more or less trapezoidal, but may be reduced to a band across the

posterior half of each segment, though those on segments II and VI

‘are seldom reduced. Subgenital plate on VIIIth segment, more or

less produced. Subanal plates more or less triangular. Cerci very

short, conical.

Egg and nymph, see under capensis.

Genotype.—A. capensis Tillyard.

Remarks.—The nymph of capensis is known, but not those of the

other species. In view of the similarity of the nymphs in the four

Nemourine genera there are hardly likely to be any specific differences.

Fic.

Annals of the South African Museum.

ens ie

7.—Aphanicerca capensis Tillyard. a, lateral view of genitalia of g¢ from

Table Mt. (typical form), with supra-anal lobe further enlarged; b, the same

of specimen from Wellington Mts., in normal resting or retracted position;

c, d, dorsal view of dorsal processes of Table Mt. and Wellington forms re-

spectively; e, f, dorsal and lateral views of same of Montagu Pass form;

g, h, dorsal view of titillators of Table Mt. and Tulbagh Valley forms re-

spectively; 7, 7, k, dorsal, ventral, and lateral views of abdomen of 9 from

Table Mt.; 7, m, n, subgenital plate of 2 of vars. a, B, y respectively, two

varieties each of vars. 6 and y.

Aphanicerca capensis Tillyard.

(Common Cape Stone-fly.)

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 119, figs. 2-4 (part: holotype from

Table Mt., and paratypes from Wellington, Klein Draken-

stein, and Tulbagh).

Imago.—In addition to the characters given by Tillyard, the

Stone-flres (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 525

frontal warts on head are small, subcircular, about one ocellus-

diameter in front of, and slightly external to, the hinder ocelli. Fork

of R,,, and R,,; in fore-wing sometimes sessile or almost so, some-

times the stalk as long as or even a trifle longer than the cross-vein

R,_;—MA,.

3 Genitalia.—Dorsal process of IXth tergite divided into two

lanceolate halves, each with a band of posteriorly directed spinules

or denticles distally, the length of the band about half length

of the process. Dorsal plates of Xth segment upstanding, in

side view quadrangular, bluntly pointed at both ends. Supra-anal

lobe scimitar-like, with 4-5 denticles in middle of each margin

of the groove on its concave (anterior) face. Titillators robust, the

lateral strongly chitinised margins bearing spinules, the membran-

ous apex rounded or truncate, the inner chitinised supports not

produced.

2 Genitalia.—Subgenital plate broadly ovoid, with narrow acute

median point on hind margin. Very occasionally specimens with

a blunt point (see var. a, infra) arefound. Subanal plates triangular,

apically acute.

Fore-wing.—3 7-8 mm., 9 8-9 mm. (sometimes 10 mm.).

Colour as given by Tillyard.

Eggs round-oval, -18--2 mm. long diameter, surface feebly

reticulate, no micropylar projection.

Nymph.—General characters as in fig. 8. Prothorax transversely

subquadrangular. Labrum transverse, distal margin very slightly

concave. Mandibles often with the main cutting teeth more worn

down and blunter. Maxillary palp not extending much beyond the

galea and lacinia, which are subequal. Labium with outer lobes

somewhat stouter than the inner lobes. Both the maxillary and

labial palps show a minute rudiment of another joint on the terminal

joint; this is best seen in empty shucks. Spinules on the wing-cases

short, acute. Legs and abdomen shortly hirsute and with short

spinules. |

Length up to 7-8 mm.

Colour.—Uniformly ochraceous, the knees and wing-cases becoming

dark before emergence of the imago.

Locality.—Typical (holotype) form, streams on the slopes of Table

Mt., Cape Town.

Specimens from localities outside the Cape Peninsula show slight

variations in the ¢ and @ genitalia, but not enough to justify varietal

names.

526 Annals of the South African Museum.

Var. a (1931, Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 121, paratype 3 and 2 from

Wellington and Klein Drakenstein).—Usually somewhat smaller than

—

' ty

Ve lifl/)

Ir en )

—~

Fie. 8.—Aphanicerca capensis Tillyard. a, nymph, with portion of abdominal

integument further enlarged; b, c, claw and junctions of the three tarsal

joints further enlarged; d, labrum; e, f, right and left mandibles from below;

g, h, maxilla and labium.

Aphanicercella barnardi Tillyard. 7, portion of abdominal integument for

comparison with that of Aphanicerca.

the Table Mt. form; fore-wing 3 6-5-7, 2 8-9 mm. (paratype ¢ has

wings 6:5, not 5-8 mm. as given by Tillyard). Dorsal processes of

IXth tergite § shorter, deeper in lateral view, with relatively longer

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 527

band of spinules. Subgenital plate 2 with short, blunt median point,

which is sometimes almost obsolete.

Localities.—Wellington Mts., Seven Sisters (K. H. B., October

1931) and Witte River (H. G. W., October 1933).

Fairy Glen, Brandwacht, Worcester (K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

August 1932).

Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (K. H. B., September 1932; K. H. B.

and H. G. W., November 1932).

French Hoek Pass (east side) (K. H. B. and H. G. W., December

1932 and October 1933).

Bosch Kloof, Keeromberg, Worcester (H. G. W., January 1933).

Cedar Mts., Clanwilliam (K. H. B., October 1934).

Var. B (1931, Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 121, paratype ¢ and 2 mounted

on slides, Gt. Winterhoek Mts.).—Subgenital plate Q with evenly

rounded hind margin, sometimes somewhat angular but without any

definite point. The titillators in gg from the Tulbagh Valley are

broader than in the typical form.

Locality. Gt. Winterhoek Mts., in the Sneeuwgat (Twenty-four

Rivers drainage system) and streams on the Tulbagh side (Little Berg

River system) (K. H. B., September 1932; K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

November 1932 and October 1933).

Var. y.—Subgenital plate 2 apically truncate and slightly excavate,

with or without a slight median point, ~

Localitues.—Palmiet River, Southern Hottentots Holland Mts.,

near Kleinmond (H. G. W., July 1932 and December 1933).

Hottentots Holland Mts. (Landdrost) (K. H. B., January 1916 and

January 1933).

Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts. (H. G. W., January and

September 1933; K. H. B. and H. G. W., January 1934).

At the following localities only gS have been captured. In 33

from Montagu Pass the dorsal processes of [Xth tergite are very

deep in lateral view, and in dorsal view are more strongly incurved

(ve: Tie, f).

Robinson Pass, Outeniqua Mts., north of Mossel Bay (K. H. B.

and H. G. W., February 1932).

Montagu Pass, Outeniqua Mts., north of George (H. G. W.,

April 1933).

Remarks.—In the Cape Peninsula a succession of broods occurs

throughout the year, except for a short period in mid-winter and

late summer, corresponding with the wettest and driest months.

The actual dates between which no imagos have been found are

528 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ist May to 11th July and 7th January to 29th March. After the

summer break the young nymphs begin to appear towards the end

of February and early in March.

The flies are found on rocks projecting from and bordering the

streams or on neighbouring tree-trunks and bushes. They run

rapidly when disturbed and take short flights. On calm warm

evenings they can be seen rising above the vegetation and taking

more sustained flights.

Fic. 9.—Aphanicerca uncinata n. sp. a, lateral view § genitalia with supra-

anal lobe further enlarged; 6, dorsal view of dorsal processes of [Xth and

dorsal plates of Xth segments; c, titillators; d, e, ventral and lateral views

2 genitalia.

Aphanicerca uncinata n. sp.

Imago.—Venation and other characters as in capensis.

3 Genitalia.—Dorsal process of [Xth tergite divided almost from

base into two slender, divergent, apically recurved and truncate

processes, their dorsal margins raised and spinulose before the bend

and setulose in the bend. Dorsal plates of Xth tergite fusiform,

with strong anterior projection; supra-anal lobe scimitar-lke,

tapering evenly, with several small serrulations on each margin of

the groove on its concave face. Titillators bilobate, margin of outer

lobes strongly chitinised, not spinulose, the margin of inner lobe

not so strongly chitinised, both lobes apically truncate.

2 Genitalia.—Subgenital plate of VIIIth segment elongate, extend-

ing beyond end of [Xth sternite, lanceolate, tapering to a subacute

or narrowly rounded apex, which is shortly cleft. Subanal plates

triangular, apically acute.

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 529

Fore-wing.—d 4:5-6 mm., 2 7-8 mm.

Colour as in capensis.

Locality.—Hottentots Holland Mts. (east side of the Sneeuwkop,

Landdrost Kop, and Sugar Loaf) (K. H. B., January 1916, 3 33, 1 8,

and March 1919, 19; K. H. B. and H. G. W., January 1933, $699).

Fie. 10.—Aphanicerca lyrata n. sp. a, lateral view ¢ genitalia; 6, dorsal view

of dorsal processes of IXth segment; c, titillators; d, subgenital plate 9.

Aphanicerca lyrata un. sp.

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 121 (paratype 2 from Jonkershoek),

Imago.—Venation and other characters as in capensis.

3 Genitalia.—Dorsal process of [Xth tergite divided into two

stout, divergent, apically incurved processes, strongly chitinised

distally, dorsal margins in distal half minutely denticulate. Dorsal

plates of Xth tergite with anterior corner not very prominent, shortly

acute; supra-anal lobe as in capensis but with more prominent

convexity bearing the serrations. Titillators lobiform, apically blunt,

in section like two angle-iron pieces |_.,_| connected ventrally

by feebly chitinised membrane; apices somewhat sharply incurved;

outer margin not spinulose.

2 Genitalia.—Subgenital plate not quite so elongate as in uncinata,

rapidly narrowing in distal half to a sharp apex, which may be

minutely notched. Subanal plates acute.

Fore-wing.— 3 7-7-5 mm., 9 8-9 mm.

Colour as in capensis.

Locality.— Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch (K. H. B., May 1924, 1 9;

eae W.. May 1932.3 gg,5 99; K. BH B. and H.G, W,, June 1932,

5399).

VOL. XXX, PART 4. aD

530 Annals of the South African Museum.

Aphanicerca bicornis n. sp.

Imago.—Venation and other characters as in capensis.

3 Genitalia.—Dorsal process of IXth tergite divided from near

base into two slender (sometimes a little stouter than represented

in the figure, but never as stout as in lyrata), widely separated, sub-

parallel or curved processes bearing granules and stout conical

spinules dorsally in distal half; apices acute. Dorsal plates of Xth

e t

Fig. 11.—Aphanicerca bicornis n. sp. a, lateral view ¢ genitalia; 6b, dorsal view

of dorsal processes of IXth, and dorsal plates of Xth segments; c, supra-anal

lobe; d, titillators; e, f, ventral and lateral views 2 genitalia, with variations

of apex of subgenital plate.

tergite similar to those of lyrata, but anterior angle more rounded,

posterior half strongly chitinised, with minute denticles; supra-anal

lobe thin, with a feeble bulge where the denticles are situated.

Titillators lobiform, similar to those of lyrata.

2 Genitalia.—Subgenital plate lanceolate, produced to a feebly

bifid or shortly cleft setose point, extending almost to end of IXth

sternite. Subanal plates triangular, abruptly narrowed in middle;

apices acute.

Fore-wing.— 6-7-5 mm., 2 8-8-5 mm.

Colour as in capensis.

Localities—Du Toit’s Kloof, Rawsonville (K. H. B., lst June

SiO, ey)

Bain’s Kloof, Wellington Mts. (east side) (K. H. B. and H. G. W..,

Ist May 1933, 1 g, 2 99).

Fouche’s Hoek, Mostertshoek Mts. (K. H. B., 17th April 1933, 3d).

Zanddrift Kloof, Hex River Mts., Worcester (K. H. B., 20th

April 1930, 1 ).

Jan du Toit’s Kloof, Waaihoek (R. Anson Cook, 13th May 1934,

12).

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 531

French Hoek Pass (east side, River Zonder End headwaters)

pei. W. (th May 1933, 3 5d; 1 9).

The first five localities are in the Breede River system; the River

Zonder End eventually also joins the Breede River.

Aphanicerca bovina un. sp.

Imago.—Venation and other characters as in capensis.

3 Genitalia.—Dorsal process of IXth tergite divided from near

base into two lanceolate processes, the acute apices slightly curved,

Fie. 12.—Aphanicerca bovina n. sp. a, lateral view 3 genitalia; b, dorsal view

of dorsal processes of [Xth, and dorsal plates of Xth segments; ¢, titillators;

d, inner (anterior) view of supra-anal lobe.

dorsal surface distally setose and spinulose. Dorsal plates of Xth

tergite anteriorly broadly rounded, distally sharply acute in lateral

view, crenulate in dorsal view; supra-anal lobe thin, with scarcely

any convexity where the denticles are situated. Titillators bilobed,

outer lobe with strongly chitinised outwardly curving margin, which

has an acute apex, and 3-4 minute denticles on an inner projecting

bend; inner lobe narrow, feebly chitinised, ending in a minute spinule;

outer and inner lobes connected by setulose membrane. 2 unknown.

Fore-wing.—5-5:5 mm.

Colour as in capensis. —

Locality— French Hoek Pass (east side) (H. G. W., Ist October

1932, 1 3, 19th November 1933, 1 3, and 16th September 1934, 1 3).

Aphanicerca tereta n. sp.

Imago.—Venation and other characters as in capensis.

$ Genitalia.—Dorsal process of [Xth tergite divided into two

lanceolate halves, each with a distal band of posteriorly directed

spine-setae (not short conical spinules as in capensis), and 3-4 sharp

denticles on inner distal margin. Dorsal plates of Xth tergite with

532 Annals of the South African Museum.

projecting anterior corner and somewhat acute posterior corner;

supra-anal lobe slender, terete, curved, with a double row of stout

conical spinules on the concave surface. Titillators (all specimens

Fie. 13.—Aphanicerca tereta n. sp. a, lateral view 3 genitalia, with supra-anal

lobe further enlarged; 6, dorsal view of dorsal processes of [Xth segment.

have been set and dried and the genitalia rather mutilated) similar

to those of capensis, but the outer margin is setulose instead of

spinulose. 2 unknown.

Fore-wing.—6:5 mm.

Colour as 1n capensis.

Locality.—River Zonder End Mts. (K. H. B., November 1928,

4 33).

Remarks.—Some 9@ obtained in the same locality resemble those

of capensis var. y, which also occurs there, so that it is uncertain

to which species they belong.

Aphamcerca sp.

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 121 (paratype 2 from Lemoenshoek).

The subgenital plate of @ is similar to that of capensis, but the

subanal plates are short and rounded. In this respect these 99 differ

from the normal capensis, but until gg are found at the same locality

they should not be assigned to any particular species.

Aphanicercopsis n. g.

Imago.—Venation as in Aphanicerca. Wings rather strongly

suffused, unicolorous, without clear patch in fore-wing.

IXth tergite § without process, sternite elongate, with median

process at base. Xth tergite with flat, shield-like chitinised area,

Fie. 14.—Aphanicercopsis n. g. A. tabularis n. sp. a, lateral view ¢ genitalia;

b, lateral view @ genitalia; c, ventral view of subgenital plate 2; d, dorsal

view of dorsal plate of Xth segment; e, f, dorsal and lateral views of supra-

anal lobe; g, titillators.

A. denticulata Tillyard. h-k, same parts as represented in d-g.

A. outeniquae n. sp. I-o, the same.

A. hawaquae n. sp. p-s, same parts; 7 shows the whole of Xth tergite and the

pleurite with cercus, as in a.

534 Annals of the South African Museum.

divided into two arms posteriorly, and giving support to the chitinous

framework of the recurved supra-anal lobe, which lies closely appressed

to the tergite. Pleurites better marked than in Aphanicerca, but

not disconnected, 7.e. not freely movable or clasper-like. Titillators

more or less elongate, with chitinous framework. In the resting

position they curve upwards, and their tips lie in the groove at the

hind end of the supra-anal lobe. Internal supporting struts slender,

moderately long. Cerci as in Aphanicerca.

In 9 abdominal segments VIII-—X completely chitinised; segments

II-VII with chitinised areas on sternites only. These latter segments

have a trapezoidal plate or transverse band in posterior half, and a

small transverse bar or spot on either side of the middle line in

anterior half. Subgenital plate on VIIIth segment elongate-lanceolate.

IXth sternite produced in a median membranous pointed process.

Subanal plates triangular, rather elongate. Cerci very short, conical.

"Nymph as in Aphameerca.

Remarks.—The subgenital plate and the subanal plates of the 9

have the appearance of forming an ovipositor, but the act of ovi-

position has not been observed.

The chitinisation of the 2 abdominal sternites II-VII is character-

istic; even if the posterior bands are feebly developed, though those

on segments II and VII are fairly constant, the two anterior bars

or spots on each segment are present.

Genotype.—A phanicercella denticulata Tillyard.

Aphanicercopsis denticulata (Tillyard).

1930; Willyard, loc. ‘cit., p. 121, figs: 56a:

Imago.—In fore-wing cross-vein Sc-R at or before junction of Sc

with C. Fork of R,,, and R,,; sessile or stalked. 1A usually meets

the margin in a high angle, as in Tillyard’s figure of barnardi. The

kink or bend in Cu, above 1A and margin rather strongly marked.

In hind-wing fork of R,,, and R,,; sometimes with the fork shorter

than the stalk.

3 Gentalia.—Subgenital plate elongate, apically curved upwards,

basal appendage very small, usually a mere knob. Dorsal plate of

Xth tergite hour-glass shaped, the anterior corners strongly chitinised

and forming upturned points. Supra-anal lobe narrow, linguiform,

without lateral lobes at base, its dorsal surface convex (except

posteriorly), margins with several stout conical denticles on their

lower surface. Titillators elongate, lanceolate, with strong chitinous

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 535

supporting rod and membranous apex, the outer margin of which

is shghtly chitinised.

2 Genitalia.—Subgenital plate forming an elongate spoon-shaped

process, lanceolate when flattened out, tapering gradually to a

bilobed apex, which is quite glabrous.

Fore-wing.—3 6-7 mm., 2 7-9 mm.

Nymph not distinguishable from that of A. capensis.

Localities —Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (K. H. B., end August

1929, gd, and September 1932, ¢¢99; K. H. B. and H. G. W.,

November 1932, 3529).

Palmiet River, near Kleinmond (H. G. W., July 1932, 4 gd, 1 9,

and 2 apterous 99).

Witte River, Wellington Mts. (H. G. W., October 1933, $399).

French Hoek Pass (east side) (K. H. B., October 1933, 1 3g, 2 99).

Aphamicercopsis tabularis n. sp.

Imago.—Venation and @ genitalia as in denticulata.

$ Gentalia.—Subgenital plate with longer basal process than in

denticulata. Dorsal plate of Xth tergite hour-glass shaped, but with

broadly rounded anterior corners which do not form projecting

knobs. Supra-anal lobe broader than in denticulata, with lateral

basal lobes and fewer denticles; upper surface flat, usually with

small apical knob. Titillators with the chitinous framework not so

heavily chitinised as in denticulata.

Fore-wing.—d 3-5-5 mm.,2? 5-7 mm. Exceptionally large specimens

from Kirstenbosch measure ¢ 6-7 mm., 2 8-9 mm.

Colour as in denticulata.

Nymph, barring its smaller size, not differing from that of A. cap-

ensis. Subanal plates in 9 nymphs nearing metamorphosis prominent,

as they contain the subanal plates of the adult.

Localities —Streams on slopes of Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B.,

July to October).

Nonna Kloof, Keeromberg, Worcester (K. H. B., September

#930; 1 3).

Remarks.—Very close to denticulata, but possessing four characters

in the ¢ genitalia, any one of which is sufficient at a glance to distin-

guish the species.

Aphanicercopsis outeniquae 0. sp.

Imago.—Venation as in denticulata.

3 Gemtalia.—Basal appendage of I Xth sternite very well developed,

536 Annals of the South African Museum.

larger even than in tabularis. Dorsal plate of Xth tergite similar to

that of tabularis, but anterior corners less broadly rounded. Supra-

anal lobe narrow, resembling that of denticulata but with lateral

basal lobes, upper surface convex, margins with several denticles.

Titillators short, clavate, the strongly chitinised framework forming

an oblong with clear centre; no long apical process.

2 Genitalia (specimen extracted from nymph) as in denticulata.

Fore-wing.—d 5:5 mm.

Colour as in denticulata.

Nymph as in A. capensis.

Localities.—George (Government Forest area) (K. H. B., January

1931, 1 § and $9 nymphs).

Robinson Pass, Outeniqua Range (K. H. B., February 1932, 1 3).

Montagu Pass, George (H. G. W., April 1933, 1 3).

Aphanicercopsis hawaquae n. sp.

Imago.—Venation as in denticulata.

3S Genitalia.—Basal appendage of IXth sternite as in tabularis.

Dorsal plate of Xth tergite oblong, with ear-like projections anteriorly,

the posterior arms broad, with small intervening excision. Struts

supporting the supra-anal lobe short and stout, the lobe broad at

base (posterior), narrowing rather abruptly to the apical portion

where the denticles are situated. Tuitillators stout, shorter and

broader than in denticulata, but longer than in outeniquae, with short

incurved apical process. 92 unknown.

Fore-wing.—6-5 mm.

Colour as in denticulata.

Localities —Witte River, Wellington Mts. (H. G. W., September

1933, 3 gd).

French Hoek Pass (east side) (H. G. W., Ist October 1932, 1 3,

and K. Ht: B.; ist October 1933/1) 3)-

Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch (K. H. B. and H. G. W., 10th June 1932,

1 apterous Q).

Remarks.—A species easily distinguished by the supra-anal lobe

and the titillators. For apterous ¢ see supra, p. 517.

Gen. Aphancercella Tillyard.

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 124 (subgen. of Aphaniecerca).

Imago.—Venation as in Aphanicerca and Aphanicercopsis. Wings

rather strongly suffused, without clear patch on fore-wing. IXth

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 537

tergite § without process. IXth sternite short, with basal process.

Dorsal area of Xth tergite with two oblong or subtriangular strongly

chitinised plates (in one species coalesced into one plate), separated

by a more or less triangular shield-lke plate, and a transverse bar,

to the ends of which is attached the supra-anal lobe. The latter is

triangular or subtrapezoidal, projecting. forwards and lying closely

appressed to the dorsal surface between two small scabrous knobs, one

on each dorsal plate. Pleurites deeply separated from the tergite,

ending in sharp, strongly chitinised points, and capable of lateral

movement. Titillators elongate, each half longitudinally grooved on

upper surface, the membranous apex lying bent back in this groove

in the resting position; often with supporting basal ear-like processes;

internal supporting struts short. Cerci short, ovoid, apex with a

clear space in which is a minute papilla, representing apparently the

remnant of a 2nd joint.

In 2 segments VII, IX, and X completely chitinised (VIIth

sternite sometimes incompletely so). Segments II-VI with more

or less well-developed chitinous areas on sternites only. Segment

VIII completely membranous, except in one species (nigra), where

there are small pleural chitinous areas. Subgenital plate on VIIth

segment more or less strongly chitinised, not elongate, often gibbous.

Subanal plates rounded. Cerci short, conical.

Nymph as in A. capensis, but more setose; some long setae on

thorax, abdomen, and legs in addition to the ordinary short ones.

Genotype.—A. barnardi Tillyard.

Remarks.—The species of this genus are mostly smaller and darker

than those of Aphanicerca, and like the Aphanicercopsis species they

have no clear patch on the fore-wing. The movable pleurites of the

3, which act as claspers, and the subgenital plate of the 2 on the

VIlth segment are the characteristic features.

Tillyard designated barnardi as the type of his subgenus because

both sexes were known. This designation holds good, although the

supposed female of the type-species proves to have been wrongly

assigned.

Aphanicercella barnardi Tillyard.

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 122, figs. 66, 7, 8 ($ only; not the Q,

eB),

Imago.—Position of cross-vein Sc-R in fore-wing is variable, not

always before end of Sc.

3 Genitalia —Subgenital plate in ventral view broader than long

538 Annals of the South African Museum.

(but see p. 512), lateral margins often sinuous, producing a definite

though blunt median point; basal process moderately large. Supra-

anal lobe triangular with subacute apex, hinged at the posterior

chitinised ends of the lateral margins to a crescentic transverse plate;

in front of this a triangular plate lying between the oblong dorsal

y is

Fie. 15.—Aphanicercella barnardi Tillyard. a, b, lateral and dorsal views genitalia

of § from Fairy Glen (typical form); c, dorsal view of dorsal plates of Xth

segment, with interpolated plate and transverse bar, to the ends of which

the supra-anal lobe is attached; d, cercus; e, ventral view of titillators of

Table Mt. form, the basal supporting process on right half omitted; f, g,

ventral and lateral views of end of abdomen of 2 from Fairy Glen (typical

form); h, i, subgenital plate (segment VII) 2 from Table Mt.; 7, k, J, the

same, from Jonkershoek, Palmiet River, and Schoester’s River (Cape Peninsula)

respectively.

plates of the Xth tergite. Lateral margins of the supra-anal lobe

with serrations on lower surface pointing towards base of lobe (not

forwards as in Tillyard’s figure); in side view the apex of the lobe

may be slightly thickened, but never with recurved hook on lower

surface. Titillators elongate, chitinised framework as figured, the

two main struts being approximately of the same thickness; basal

supporting processes well developed, apices rounded. Pleurites

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 539

triangular, upper posterior corner produced in a sharp, strongly

chitinised, somewhat incurved point, often sub-bifid. Cerci short,

ovate, apex subtruncate, pale, with minute papilla, a small area at

base on ventral side also pale.

2 Genitalia.—VIIth sternite (subgenital plate) strongly chitinised

only in its posterior half, the anterior limit variable, the hind margin

with shallow though variable median excavation. Posterior margins

of each of sternites IIJ-VI with narrow transverse band, sometimes

interrupted in the middle; IInd sternite more or less completely

chitinised.

Fore-wing.—d 5-5-5 mm., 9 6-6:5 mm.

Colour as given by Tillyard.

Nymph, as stated under the genus, does not differ from that of

A. capensis (barring size), except in being more setose (see fig. 8, 7).

Localities —Fairy Glen, Brandwacht, Worcester (K. H. B., 4th

June 1929, gg; K. H. B. and H. G. W., August 1932, $$92, some

in copula) (typical form).

Nonna Kloof, Keeromberg, Worcester (K. H. B., September 1930,

?9).

In other localities certain variations occur, but they are scarcely

great enough to justify definite names, and, moreover, are connected

by more or less transitional forms. In all of them the structure

of the Xth tergite ¢ is the same.

Var. a.—6é titillators with the inner supporting rod much stronger

than the outer, the basal supporting process more slender. Supra-

anal lobe with distinct recurved tip on lower surface.

2 IInd and VIIth sternites fully chitinised, intervening sternites

with rather strong transverse bands; hind margin of VIIth sternite

slightly excised. |

Localities.—Cape Peninsula, Lakeside Plateau (upper reaches of the

Silvermine stream) (A. C. H., July 1933, $92); middle reaches of

Silvermine stream (A. C. H., 1931, $392); Schoester’s River (A. C. H.,

August 1930, 2); Glencairn Valley (K. H. B. and H. G. W., August

1932, $$92, some in copula, nymphs).

Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh (K. H. B., September 1932, $¢99,

some in copula).

Var. 8B.—d as in a. Apex of supra-anal lobe slightly enlarged,

knob-like. @ IInd sternite nearly completely chitinised, the trans-

verse bands on segments III—-VI more or less interrupted medianly.

VIIth sternite fully and strongly chitinised, rather strongly gibbous,

its hind margin with deep subquadrate excision.

540 Annals of the South African Museum.

Localities.—Kasteel’s Poort, Skeleton Ravine, and other ravines

on Table Mt., Cape Town (K. H. B. and H. G. W., various dates

June to November, $¢99, many in copula, nymphs).

Witte River, Wellington Mts. (H. G. W., October 1933, $g99).

Var. y.—é titillators as in typical form, but basal supporting

processes more slender; apex of supra-anal lobe with recurved hook.

2 IInd—VIth sternites with broad lenticular chitinous patch covering

nearly whole of sternite; VIIth sternite nearly fully chitinised, its

hind margin with semicircular excision between rounded lobes.

Locality.—Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch (K. H. B., July 1927;

K. H. B. and H. G. W., June 1932, 3¢99).

Var. 6.—9 IInd sternite nearly fully chitinised; IIrd—VIth

sternites with interrupted narrow transverse bands; VIIth sternite

fully chitinised, slightly gibbous, hind margin with semicircular

excision between pointed lobes. ¢ unknown.

Locality.—Palmiet River (H. G. W., July 1932, 1 9).

Aphamnicercella scutata n. sp.

Imago.—Venation as in barnardt.

3 Genitalia.—Subgenital plate and basal process as in barnardi.

Supra-anal lobe triangular with blunt subtruncate apex, hinged

posteriorly to a narrow transverse bar; in front of this a crescentic

plate between the two dorsal plates of the Xth tergite, each of which

has a sinuous lateral margin. Lateral margins of supra-anal lobe

with very fine and close-set serrations. Pleurites as in barnardt.

Titillators as in barnardi, but the basal supporting processes apically

acute. Cerci ovate, the basal half chitinised only on upper side so

that at first sight the cerci appear petiolate.

2 Genitalia.—IInd sternite nearly fully chitinised; transverse

bands on sternites III-VI nearly obsolete; VIIth sternite strongly

and completely chitinised, gibbous, especially the two distal lobes,

between which is a semicircular excision.

Fore-wing.—é 5 mm., 2? 6 mm.

Colour as in barnardi.

Localitves.— Witte River, Wellington Mts. (H. G. W., September

1933, 1 g, 3 92). French Hoek Pass (east side) (H. G. W., October

1952 pilcQ):

Remarks.—The Xth tergite and supra-anal lobe of 3 clearly

separate this species from barnardi; the 9 bears a strong resemblance

to the Table Mt. form of the latter species. The sexes are assumed

to be conspecific, but were not actually caught in copula.

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 541

Fic. 16.—Aphanicercella scuiata n. sp. a, dorsal view ¢ genitalia; b, dorsal view

of dorsal plates of Xth segment, with interpolated plates; c, lateral view

of supra-anal lobe; d, cercus; e, ventral view of titillators, basal process

on left side omitted; f, ventral and lateral views of segments VI-IX 9.

Aphanicercella cassida n. sp.

Imago.—Venation as in barnardt.

3 Gentalia.—IXth sternite of usual shape, but with very large

basal process extending to middle of sternite. Supra-anal lobe

EEO > ae

EBay eter

ie a

Fic. 17.—Aphanicercella cassida n. sp. a, IXth sternite J; 6, dorsal plates of

Xth tergite; c, supra-anal lobe; d, titillator; e, subgenital plate (VIIth

sternite) 9.

helmet-shaped, with small acute apical point; basal excision wide,

hinged to a crescentic bar, in front of which is a triangular plate, as

in barnardi, but the apex blunter and the arms more widely divergent.

542 Annals of the South African Museum.

Dorsal plates of Xth tergite shorter and broader than in barnardt.

Titillators with a single broad supporting rod, apically bifid, and

basally strongly chitinised; no basal supporting processes. Pleurites

and cerci as in barnardt.

2 Genitalia.—IInd sternite fully but not strongly chitinised;

transverse bars on sternites IIJI—-VI obsolete; VIIth sternite with

trilobate chitinised area, hind margin slightly excavate.

Fore-wing.—d 6 mm., 2 7 mm.

Colour as in barnardt.

Locality —Kaaiman’s Gat, near Wilderness, George District

(H. G. W., 16th April 1933, 1 3, 3 99).

Remarks.—A species with distinctive supra-anal lobe. The sexes

were not caught in copula.

Aphameercella bifurcata n. sp.

Imago.—Venation as in barnardt.

3 Genitalia.—IXth sternite with basal process larger than in

barnardi, but not as large as in cassida. Dorsal plates of Xth tergite

‘ --Vill-— — G

Fic. 18.—Aphanicercella bifurcata n. sp. a, supra-anal lobe; 6, ventral view

of abdominal segments V—VIII 2 from River Zonder End Mts.; c, the same

from Gt. Winterhoek Mts.; d, segments VI-VIII of 2 from Montagu Pass.

as figured for quadrata (fig. 19, a). Supra-anal lobe anteriorly biturcate,

the distance between the horns more than twice in the length of

lateral margin, which is slightly convex where the serrations are

situated. Titillators without basal supporting process, the outer

strut well developed, the inner usually only developed distally, often

with a slight prolongation into the membranous apex (cf. cassida,

fig. 17, d). Pleurites and cerci as in barnardt.

transverse bars on sternites III-V obsolete, but that on VI usually

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 548

distinct; VIIth sternite with chitinised bar on hind margin, the ends

laterally projecting a little forwards, hind margin straight.

Fore-wing.—d 5:5 mm., 2 6-6-5 mm.

Colour as in barnardt.

Localities.—Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts., 1500-3500 feet

(K. H. B., January 1919, 1 9, and November-December 1928, $9 in

copmla mt. G. W., January 1933, gf92; K. H.1B. and H. G. W.,

January 1934, $g99).

Tradouw Pass, Langeberg Range, near Swellendam (K. H. B.,

October 1925, 2 33, 2 damaged 99).

The following local variations occur in the chitinisation of the

2 sternites, though the $¢ do not differ from the above.

Var. a.—VIIth sternite with chitinised band around all margins,

feeblest on anterior margin; transverse bar on VIth sternite very

feeble.

Locality.—Montagu Pass, Outeniqua Mts., George (H. G. W.,

14th April 1933, $399). |

Probably also George (Government Forest area) (K. H. B.,

January 1931, 1 3).

Var. B.—All sternites II-VII with strongly chitinised trapezoidal

area, that on sternite VII somewhat trilobate.

Localities.—Gt. Winterhoek Mts., 4000-5000 feet (K. H. B.,

September 1932, 3399).

Matroosberg, Hex River Mts. (northern slopes on Ceres side),

6000 feet (K. H. B., September 1933, $99).

Aphanicercella quadrata un. sp.

Imago.—Venation as in barnardt.

S$ Genitalia.—Resembling barnard: in the IXth sternite and

titillators, but the latter without basal supporting processes. Dorsal

plates of Xth tergite intermediate between those of barnardi and

cassida. Supra-anal lobe subquadrangular, the anterior margin

excised, the distance between the horns one-half the length of lateral

margin, lateral margins subparallel, straight, with minute serrations.

2 Gemtalia.—Subgenital plate strongly chitinised, except near

anterior margin, hind margin with wide semicircular excision. IInd

sternite not strongly chitinised, transverse bands on sternites IIJ-V

obsolete, a faint bar on sternite VI.

Fore-wing.— 3 5 mm., 2? 6 mm.

Colour as in barnardt.

544 Annals of the South African Museum,

Locality.—Cedar Mts., Clanwilliam District, 4000-5000 feet

(K. H. B., September 1923, 2 $3, 2 99).

Remarks.—It is perhaps doubtful whether this is not merely an

extreme variation of bifurcata. It is, however, very distinct both in

160,

Fie. 19.—Aphanicercella quadrata n. sp. a, dorsal plates of Xth tergite; 6, supra-

anal lobe; c, titillator; d, abdominal segments VI-VIII 9.

the supra-anal lobe of g and VIIth sternite of 9, and may for the time

being stand as a distinct species. The sexes were not caught in

copula.

Aphanicercella nigra un. sp.

Imago.—Venation as in barnardi.

3S Genitalia.—IXth sternite with large basal process, almost as

large as in cassida.- Dorsal plates of Xth tergite fused into a single

transverse plate, together with the interpolated piece, but leaving

two clear membranous triangular patches. Supra-anal lobe sub-

quadrangular, basal width equal to lateral margin, with deep angular

excision anteriorly, projecting posterior lobes very minutely setulose.

Titillators as in scutata, but the ends of the supporting rods more

strongly chitinised, basal supporting processes acute. Pleurites as

in barnards. Cerci appearing petiolate as in scutata.

2 Gentalha.—IInd sternite fully chitinised, transverse bands on

IlIrd-VIth sternites obsolete. A transverse band on the nearly

straight hind margin of VIIth sternite. Vulva wide. VIIIth seg-

ment with small pleural chitinous patch on either side, otherwise

membranous.

Fore-wing.—3 6 mm., 2 7 mm.

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 545

Colour.—Head and thorax very dark vandyke brown, almost

black. Wing membranes by reflected light almost black, by trans-

mitted light very strongly suffused; a clear (white) narrow longitudinal

streak in the space between Rs and MA, beginning near junction of

MA with Rs and extending to just beyond anastomosis, the cross-

vein R,,,-MA, being interrupted; a second clear streak following the

Fic. 20.—Aphanicercella nigra n. sp. a, supra-anal lobe; 6, dorsal plates of Xth

tergite; c, subgenital plate (IXth sternite) J; d, ventral view of abdominal

segments VI-IX 9.

course of Cu, on its lower (anal) side from base nearly to apex;

similar clear streaks, but less conspicuous, on hind wing. Abdomen

castaneous, the chitinised portions dark vandyke brown.

Eggs ovoid, -2 mm. long diameter, without sculpture or micro

pylar projection.

Locality.—French Hoek Pass (east side) (K. H. B., Ist October

isa) 5 9°; HH. G. W., 8th October 1933, 1 ¢, 1 Q).

Remarks.—A very distinctive species both on account of its

coloration and the g and @ genitalia. Although not caught in

copula, there is no doubt in this case that the sexes are conspecific.

The width of the vulva is evidently correlated with the width of the

supra-anal lobe; and the fusion of the dorsal plates of the Xth

tergite may help to give more support to this accessory copulatory

structure.

The clear streaks on the wings are not peculiar to this species,

being present in all the South African Nemourines; but here they

are very conspicuous owing to the very deep suffusion of the wing

membranes.

While some of the other species of this genus, and of Aphani-

cercopsis, are of a deep brown colour, sometimes very dark brown

NOU. Xek. PART 4, 36

546 Annals of the South African Museum.

(the colour fades in dried or alcoholic material), this species is never-

theless outstanding in its almost black coloration. In the field the

flies appear quite black.

. Gen. Desmonemoura Tillyard.

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 126.

Imago.—é like Aphanicercella, but with elongate IXth sternite,

well demarcated pleurites, each with a long falcate process, and

elongate falcate (but single-jointed) cerci.

2 like Aphanicerca, but cerci better developed. The subgenital

plate is on VIIIth segment, and there is a saddle-like area on the

VIIth sternite; both this and the subgenital plate more strongly

chitinised than the rest of their respective segments, but not as

strongly as the [Xth and Xth tergites. Sternites II-VI and IX

and X membranous, and without transverse bars.

Wings banded alternately with light and dark.

Eggs.—Infra, p. 548.

Nymph not differing from that of Aphanicerca.

Genotype.—D. pulchellum Tillyard.

Remarks.—The main character relied upon in the institution of this

genus, viz. the common stalk of Rs and M, proves to be accidental;

out of many specimens examined it occurs only in the holotype 3.

Moreover, by an unfortunate error, due apparently to the mix-up

of abdomens during preparation and mislabelling of the microscope

slides, the true 2 of Desmonemoura was described as that of Aphani-

cercella barnardi:. The description given for the 9 of Desmonemoura

was taken from dried specimens (there is no 2 mounted on a slide

labelled as Desmonemoura), and is valueless.

In contrast with the preceding genera, the several species of which

each have apparently a somewhat limited distribution, only one

widely distributed species of Desmonemoura has up to the present

been discovered.

Desmonemoura pulchellum Tillyard.

(The Porcupine Stone-fly.)

1931. Tillyard, loc. cit., p. 126, figs. 10, 11, and 9 (Q aserbedive

A. barnard.).

Imago. 3 Genitalhia.—IXth tergite produced backwards over Xth

tergite in two processes with strongly chitinised, somewhat knobby

apices. IXth sternite elongate-triangular. Supra-anal lobe scimitar-

like in lateral view, linguiform in dorsal view, bearing 5-6 denticles

Stone-flies (Perlaria), with Descriptions of New Species. 547

on each side, folding down over the two dorsal plates of Xth tergite,

each of which has a small chitinous knob; the chitinised lateral

margins of the lobe are curved round and continued as two rods

between the chitinised inner margins of the dorsal plates. Titillators

rather stout, fused in their basal half, apices abruptly narrowed.

Cerci setose, but the falcate processes of the pleurites are glabrous.

Fie. 21.—Desmonemoura pulchellum Tillyard. a, 6, lateral and dorsal views

6 genitalia; c, dorsal plates of Xth segment, the outline of the supra-anal

lobe dotted; d, titillators; e, f, lateral and ventral views of abdominal seg-

ments VII-X 9Q.

with transverse oval patch rather more strongly chitinised than the

rest of segment, the lateral portions rather gibbous and the central

portion concave, hence saddle-shaped. Subgenital plate on VIIIth

segment bilobate, with deep triangular excision, apices rounded.

Cerci cylindrical, shorter than in g, but longer than in the other

genera.

Fore-wing.—3 6 mm., 2 7-8 mm.

Colour.—Upper surface of head, meso- and meta-thorax blackish.

Basal joints of antennae pale, subsequent joints brown, distal joints

dark brown. Upper surface of prothorax lemon-yellow, of abdomen

pale yellowish-brown. Lower surface of head, thorax, and abdomen

pale yellowish-white. Genitalia brown. Wings banded with black

548 Annals of the South African Museum.

and pale lemon-yellow. (The black fades in dried or alcoholic

specimens.)

Egg.—As in the other genera, but a trifle narrower in proportion to

its length (width 2 instead of } the length).

Nymph as in Aphanicerca capensis.

Localities.—Banhoek, Stellenbosch (K. H. B., 7th October 1929,

1 EE

Gt. Winterhoek Mts., Tulbagh, 3000-5000 feet (K. H. B., November

1917,* 2 $6, 1 9; and K. H. B. and H. G. W.) Novembaraiaae

SSPE). ;

Hex River, Worcester (A. C. H., 5th October 1931, 1 9).

Tradouw Pass, Langeberg Range (K. H. B., October 1925, 3 99).

Oudebosch, River Zonder End Mts., 1500 feet (H. G. W., December

1931, 4 99, and January 1933, 19; K. H. B. and H. G. W., January

193479022).

- Hottentots Holland Mts., 2500 feet (east side of Sugar Loaf)

(K. H. B. and H. G. W., November 1932, 1 3).

Groot Drakenstein (K. H. B. and H. G. W., October 1933, go

and nymphs).

Remarks.—The holotype 3 shows Rs and M with common stalk as

in Tillyard’s figure 10. Another mounted specimen, sex not stated,

has Rs joined to R by a right-angled bend as in Aphameerca. All

other specimens which I have examined agree with the latter. The

common stalk of Rs and M in the one specimen chosen as the holo-

type, therefore, was accidental, and this character must be omitted

from the generic diagnosis.

The 3 specimens from which the present figures of the genitalia

are drawn appear to agree in all respects with the holotype slide

from which Tillyard’s figure 11 was drawn. The latter is squashed

flat dorso-ventrally, and the true identification and position of the

various parts without previous examination “in the round” would

be almost impossible.

The 99 from all the above localities agree in all respects one with

another and with Tillyard’s figure 9. In the Gt. Winterhoek Mts.

(November 1932) a pair was found in copula entangled in a spider’s

web, which finally settles any doubt as to the correct 2 of Desmone-

moura. Unfortunately the actual mode of copulation and position

of the § copulatory structures could not be determined.

* The date should really be 1916.

( 549 )

18. New South African Opiliones.

By R. F. Lawrence, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant in Charge of Arachnida.

(With 19 Text-figures.)

Tuer following paper consists of descriptions of new Harvest-spiders

which have accumulated since the publication of The Harvest-

spiders of South Africa in 1931. I am indebted to Dr. S. Manton

of Cambridge for two new species collected at Hogsback, Amatola

Mts., in May 1933, one of which, Larifuga mantont, is named in her

honour. Mr. J. Hewitt, Albany Museum, Grahamstown, has sent

me two new forms, which are described here.

Three new genera have been established, Umtaliella, Paramontia,

and Roewerania, the last of which is named in honour of my friend

Professor C. Fr. Roewer, Director of the Natural History Museum,

Bremen. The remaining species are included in already known

genera as follows :—

Ceratomontia . . 8 species.

Austromontia

Biacumontia

Adaeulum —

Larifugella

Larifuga .

Cadella ;

Rhampsinitus .. ; : il

Ne)

All types, except where otherwise stated, are deposited in the South

African Museum, Cape Town.

SuBORDER LANIATORES.

Fam. ASSAMIIDAE Sorensen.

SuBFAM. Assamiinae Roewer.

UMTALIELLA Nn. genus.

Ocular tubercle low, broader than long, separated from the anterior

margin of the carapace by a groove; dorsal scute without enlarged

VOL. XXX, PART 4, ot

550 Annals of the South African Museum.

granules, area I without a longitudinal groove, free tergites II and III

with enlarged conical granules; stigmata clearly visible; pedipalp

femur armed ventrally with a row of teeth shorter than the width

of the femur seen from the side; chelicera with a deep saddle-shaped

depression in the middle of segment I; legs unarmed; claws of

legs III and IV simple, not toothed; terminal section of tarsus II,

3-jointed; tarsal segments I, 6; II, 9-10; III, 7; IV, 7.

TExtT-FIG. 1.—Umtaliella rhodesiensis. a, dorsal surface; 6, pedipalp; c, chelicera.

Umtaliella rhodesiensis n. sp.

(Text-fig. 1.)

Type, 1 specimen (sex ?), Umtali, South Rhodesia.

Colour.—Uniform yellow (the specimen has been preserved for

some years in alcohol).

Ocular tubercle seen from above (fig. 1, a), oval, its width greater

than its length; seen from the side, low, rounded, and inconspicuous,

surmounted by a few granules; dorsal scute (fig. 1, a), shiny and for

New South African Opiliones. 551

the most part smooth, with a few small scattered granules, free tergites

II and III with 3 conical enlarged granules in the centre, the middle one

smaller than the others, remaining granules of tergites minute; inferior

surfaces of coxae with a uniform, fairly dense covering of minute

granules, those at the distal extremities of the segments a little larger,

especially in I and II; genital operculum with fewer and more

scattered granules than the coxae; stigma-bearing sternite with

several rows of minute granules, remaining sternites with | anterior

tow of minute granules.

Pedipalp as in fig. 1, 6, seen from the inner side; femur ventrally

with a row of 7-9 small triangular teeth, 2 denticles at its inner

apex; patella ventrally with 1 outer, 2 inner small teeth; tibia

ventrally on its inner side with 1 small, 1 large, 2 small, 1 large,

1 small teeth; outer side as in fig. 1, b; tarsus with 2 small, 1 large,

1 small, 1 large, 1 small teeth on its inner side; outer side as in

Heels.

Chelicera seen from the inner side as in fig. 1, c; segment I seen

from above granular in its distal half, smooth in its proximal half;

segment II smooth, the movable and immovable claws long and

slender.

Legs with rows of minute spines, a pair of longer ones at the inferior

apex of the calcaneus of each leg; tarsal segments I, 6; II, 9-10;

is ELV 7.

Dimensions.—Length of body * 6-2, breadth 3-9, pedipalp 3-5 mm.

Fam. TRIAENONYCHIDAE Sorensen.

SuBFAM. Triaenonyehinae Pocock.

Genus CERATOMONTIA Roewer. |

Ceratomontia reticulata n. sp.

(Text-fig. 2.)

Types, 6 gd, 3 99, Hogsback, Amatola Mts.

&. Colour.—Carapace yellow-brown with black reticulate markings,

remainder of dorsum uniformly dark brown except for a median

black longitudinal stripe on dorsal scute; inferior surfaces of coxae

with black reticulate markings, sternites blackish-brown; pedipalps

* “Teneth of body”’ is measured from the anterior margin of the carapace to

the posterior extremity of the body.

552 Annals of the South African Museum.

TEXxT-FIG. 2.—Ceratomontia reticulata. g: a, profile of body; 6, ocular tubercle from the side; c, ocular tubercle |

from above; d, pedipalp femur from inner side; e, patella and tarsus, inner side in profile; f, chelicera; |

g, femur I; fh, tarsus I. 9: 72, ocular tubercle from the side; J, chelicera; k, tarsus I. |

New South African Opiliones. 553

yellow with blackish reticulate bands; chelicerae covered with black

reticulate markings; legs blackish-brown.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 2 long conical

granules on each side of the ocular tubercle (fig. 2, b, c); ocular

tubercle as in fig. 2, a, b, seen from the side, fig. 2, c, seen from above;

area behind the ocular tubercle with fairly numerous granules, a

longitudinal strip in the middle smooth; areas I-IV with an anterior

row of large and a posterior row of small granules, the anterior rows

of areas I and II abbreviated, consisting of 2-4 granules, the central

pair of granules in areas III and IV slightly larger than the others;

area V and free tergites I and II with a single row of larger granules,

III with a similar row duplicated at the sides.

Ventral Surface.—Coxae smooth and shiny, IV shagreened in its

distal fifth, coxa I with 2 low tubercles, the distal one bifid and larger

than the other; genital operculum longer than broad; sternites with

2 rows of small granules.

Pedipalp.—Femur and trochanter as in fig. 2, d; femur dorsally

with only 2 teeth, armed ventrally as in fig. 2, d, without a strip of

fine granulation in the middle, instead with a number of scattered,

shiny, moderate-sized granules; remaining segments of palp weakly

armed, patella unarmed on its outer side, with 2 small teeth on its

inner side below (fig. 2, e); tibia armed on its inner side as in fig. 2, e,

on its outer side with a row of small weak teeth; tarsus on its inner

side with 4 moderate teeth, on its outer side with a row of about

10 teeth, two of which are large and triangular, the rest equal-sized

and small.

Chelicera.—Segment I without teeth above but with 1-2 blunt

shiny granules at its dorsal distal edge (fig. 2, /f).

Legs.—¥emur I below with a row of conical granules as in fig. 2, g;

tarsal segments I, 2; II, 3; III, 3; IV, 3; tarsus I with its proximal

segment very little shorter than the distal one (fig. 2, h).

Dimensions.—Length of body 3-8, breadth 3, pedipalp 4-9 mm.

2. Differing from the ¢ in the shape of the ocular tubercle (fig. 2, 2);

areas I-IV with irregularly disposed granules, these not arranged in

two rows.

Pedipalp.—Femur with 3 teeth above, tibia with a large basal

tooth below on its inner side, tarsus below with larger teeth on each

side than in the 3. Chelicera as in fig. 2, 7.

Legs.—Femur I with some conical granules below; tarsus I with

the proximal segment 2 the length of the distal segment (fig. 2, £).

Dimensions.—Length of body 2-8, pedipalp 3-2 mm.

554 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ceratomontia sanguinea n. sp.

(Text-fig. 3.)

Types, 12 g¢ and 99, Montagu Pass, George.

3. Colour a distinctive light red, except the legs, which are dark

reddish-brown.

Dorsal Surface.—Body large, very broad and stout. The general

background of the dorsum smooth and shiny, not shagreened, the

TEXxT-FIG. 3.—Ceratomontia sanguinea. ¢: a, profile of body; 6, femur and patella

of pedipalp; c, patella, tibia, tarsus of pedipalp, outer side in profile; d, tibia

and tarsus of pedipalp, inner side in profile; e, chelicera; f, femur I.

granules of the dorsal surface small and shiny; anterior margin of

carapace with 2-3 small indistinct granules on each side of the ocular

tubercle; ocular tubercle as in fig. 3, a. Seen from the side, its

dorsal surface and the area posterior to it with a few scattered

granules; areas I-V well defined, at least in the middle, by distinct

grooves; areas I-IV with an anterior row of large and a posterior

row of small granules; area V and all free tergites with a single row

of granules.

Ventral Surface.—Coxae smooth and shiny, IV with its distal

fifth shagreened, I with 2 large conical tubercles along its anterior

distal margin, the proximal one the larger; stigmata visible on the

New South African Oprliones. 555

stigma-bearing sternite; sternites with 2 rows of round granules,

those of the posterior row very small and hardly distinguishable.

Pedipalp.—Femur laterally compressed, especially proximally, the

ventral surface blade-like; trochanter and femur as in fig. 3, b, seen

from the inner side; trochanter above with 2 teeth, the larger one

exceeding the 3 dorsal teeth of the femur, below with a compound

tooth; femur with 2 teeth distally on its inner surface, which is

otherwise very smooth and shiny; patella below with a small tooth

on both inner and outer sides; tibia toothed on the outer side as in

fig. 3, c, on the inner side as in fig. 3, d, the ventral surface of the

segment between these rows slightly concave and with faint trans-

verse corrugations; tarsus toothed on the outer side as in fig. 3, ¢,

on the inner side as in fig. 3, d.

Chelicera as in fig. 3, e, seen from the inner side, segment II on its

posterior surface with a distinct tubercle at the base of the claws.

Legs.—Femur I armed below as in fig. 3, f; tarsal segments I, 2;

mee, Pit, 5; IV, 3.

Dimensions.—Length of body 4:2, greatest breadth 3-4, pedipalp

6-5 mm. A smaller specimen, which I take to be a Q, only differs

from the above description in the much shorter pedipalps. It has a

body length of 3-8, pedipalp of 3-6 mm.

Ceratomontia namaqua n. sp.

(Text-fig. 4.)

Type, 1 specimen (92), Leliefontein, Namaqualand.

Colour.—Uniform light yellow.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 2 moderate

conical granules on each side of the ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle

as in fig. 4, a, seen from the side, fig. 4, 6, seen from above, with a

few granules on its dorsal surface; area posterior to the ocular

tubercle with a strip of 5-6 granules on each side divided by a narrow

smooth strip; areas I-IV with 2 rows of granules, the anterior one

composed of much larger granules than the posterior one; area V

and free tergites I and II with a single row of larger granules, free

tergite III with 2 rows of granules.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae smooth, IV shagreened in its

distal half, I with some granules and 2 large tubercles along its

anterior distal margin, the distal one bifid; genital operculum smooth,

broader than long; sternites with an anterior row of well-spaced

granules, a row of smaller granules along its posterior margin, these

556 Annals of the South African Museum.

very close-set, forming a distinct rim along the margin of the segment;

between these two rows a very indistinct row of widely spaced

granules intermediate in size to those of the anterior and posterior

rows; the granules of the anterior and middle rows tipped with

setae, the posterior row without setae.

Pedipalp as in fig. 4, c, seen from the inner side. Femur with

4 dorsal teeth, the proximal one situated a little more laterally than

the others; inner surface of femur finely shagreened, its distal half

with 2 teeth, the one large the other much smaller; patella below

with a small tooth on each side distally; tibia and tarsus as in

figAS e,

Chelicera as in fig. 4, d, seen from the inner side; segment I with

a small tooth at its inner distal edge; segment II with a few low

round granules along the inner side of its anterior surface.

Legs.—Femur I ventrally armed as in fig. 4, e, patella with 1,

tibia with 3 seta-tipped granules ventrally; tarsal segments I, 2;

bss Mh: TV ,:3.

Dimensions.—Length of body 2-2, pedipalp 2-4 mm.

Ceratomontia pusilla n. sp.

(Text-fig. 5.)

Types, 5 $d, 6 99, Grahamstown.

$. Colour.—Body yellow, the posterior segments sometimes infus-

cated, dorsal scute with or without a median blackish stripe; pedipalps

and chelicerae yellow; legs a little darker than the body.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 2 conical

granules on each side of the ocular tubercle, the outer one larger

than the inner one; ocular tubercle as in fig. 5, a, seen from the

side, fig. 5, 6, seen from above, its dorsal surface with some small

granules; area posterior to the ocular tubercle with 2 irregular rows

of granules; areas I-IV with a row of larger granules near the anterior

margin, a row of much smaller granules bordering the posterior

margin, the granules of the anterior row with, those of the posterior

row without, long white setae at their tips; area V and free tergites I

and II with a single well-spaced row of round, seta-tipped granules,

free tergite III with more than one such row of granules.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae smooth and shiny except the

distal $ of IV which is shagreened, covered with scattered long white

setae, coxa I with 2 stout tubercles on its anterior distal margin, some

‘smaller granules behind these; anterior halves of sternites with

TEXxtT-FIG. 4.—Ceratomontia namaqua. a, ocular tubercle from the side; 6, ocular

tubercle from above; c, pedipalp; d, chelicera; e, femur I.

Tee: b

TExt-FIc. 5.—Ceratomontia pusilla. G: a, ocular tubercle from the side; 8,

ocular tubercle from above; c, pedipalp femur (tarsus omitted); d, chelicera;

e, femur I.

558 Annals of the South African Museum.

2 rows of granules tipped with setae, those of the posterior row

minute.

Pedipalp.—Femur seen from inner side as in fig. 5, c, with a strong

tooth on its inner distal surface, the median strip of fine granulation

on the ventral surface composed of comparatively few large granules;

patella below with 1 tooth at its inner apex; tibia below with 4 inner,

7 outer smaller teeth (fig. 5, c); tarsus with 3 triangular teeth on

each side, the outer basal one more or less compound and larger than

the others.

Chelicera as in fig. 5, d, seen from the inner side; segment I armed

at its inner distal edge with a minute tooth, segment II with 3-4

granules along its inner anterior surface, a granule on its posterior

distal surface, near the base of the immovable finger.

Legs.—Femur I armed below as in fig. 5, e, legs otherwise unarmed;

tarsal segments I, 2; II, 3; III, 3; IV, 3.

Dimensions.—Length of body 1-5, pedipalp 1-7 mm.

Q. Differing from the ¢ in the smaller pedipalp on the femur of

which there are 4 instead of 5 dorsal teeth; teeth on tibia and tarsus

proportionately larger than in the g; chelicerae smaller, segment II

without a toothlike granule at the base of the claws.

Dimensions.—Length of body 1-4, pedipalp 1-3 mm.

Ceratomontia nasuta n. sp.

(Text-fig. 6.)

Types, 2 gg, French Hoek, Cape Province.

Colour.—Carapace and area behind the ocular tubercle yellow with

blackish markings, remainder of dorsum blackish-brown; inferior

surfaces of coxae yellow, remainder of ventral surface brown; appen-

dages blackish-brown.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 2 conical

granules on each side of the ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle as in

fig. 6, a, seen from the side, fig. 6, b, seen from above, covered dorsally

with coarse granules; area posterior to the ocular tubercle with

coarse granules, a narrow longitudinal strip in the middle free of

granules; areas I-IV with 2 transverse rows of granules, those of

the posterior row considerably smaller than the granules of the

anterior row; area V and free tergites I and II with 2 rows of

larger granules, free tergite III with 2 irregular rows of larger

eranules.

Ventral Surface.—Coxae smooth, I with a row of granules and 2

New South African Opiliones. 559

large tubercles on its anterior distal margin; genital operculum

smooth, about as long as broad; sternites with 2 rows of granules

€

TEXT-FIG. 6.—Ceratomontia nasuta. ¢: a, ocular tubercle from the side; 6, ocular

tubercle from above; c, pedipalp femur from inner side; d, pedipalp femur

from below; e, patella, tibia, tarsus of pedipalp; f, chelicera; g, femur I.

in their anterior half, the anterior row consisting of granules larger

than the posterior row, but much smaller than the largest granules

of the dorsal surface.

560 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pedipalp.—Femur as in fig. 6, c, seen from the inner side, its inner

surface with 4 teeth in the distal half; seen from below (fig. 6, d),

base of femur with a large bifid tooth on the outer side followed

distally by 6 stout simple teeth; mesially to this row a strip of fine

granulation which is not flanked on the inner side by a row of rounded

_ granules; patella below with a tooth at its inner apex; tibia below

(fig. 6, e), with 7-8 small triangular teeth on its outer side and 2-3.

larger teeth on its inner side; tarsus below on its outer side as in

fig. 6, e, seen in profile, its inner side with 3 sharp teeth.

Chelicera, as in fig. 6, f, seen from the inner side. Segment I at

its inner distal edge with a stout tooth, segment II with a row of

round granules along its inner anterior surface.

Legs.—¥emur I armed ventrally as in fig. 6, g; tarsal segments I, 2;

II,.3; III, 3; IV, 3; the distal segment of tarsus I oval in shape,

broader than, and twice as long as, the proximal segment.

Dimensions.—Length of body 2-8, pedipalp 3-7 mm.

Ceratomontia annae 0. sp.

(Text-fig. 7.)

Type, 1 g, Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch.

Colour.—Body yellow, variegated with olive-green; appendages

yellow with fine olive-green reticulate markings.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 3 inconspicuous

granules on each side of the ocular tubercle, these very little larger

than the largest granules of the dorsal surface; ocular tubercle as

in fig. 7, a, seen from the side, its dorsal and lateral surfaces fairly

thickly covered with round granules; sides of the carapace smooth;

area posterior to the ocular tubercle with 2 longitudinal granular

strips, the area between them smooth; areas I-IV with an anterior

row of large round granules, a row of smaller granules bordering the

posterior margin of the segment; the anterior row not reaching the

sides of the segment, composed of conspicuous granules tipped with

setae, the posterior row without setae; area IV with the anterior

row of granules duplicated laterally, the posterior row composed of

very small inconspicuous granules; area V and free tergites I and II

with a single row of larger granules, free tergite III with more than

one row of these granules.

Ventral Surface.—Coxae smooth, IV shagreened in its distal fourth,

coxa I with 2 very low inconspicuous tubercles on its anterior

distal margin, the distal one incompletely bifid; sternites with 2

New South African Opiliones. 561

rows of very small inconspicuous granules, much smaller than those

of the dorsal surface.

Pedipalp.—Trochanter and femur as in fig. 7, b, seen from the inner

side; trochanter above with 1 large tooth, larger than the dorsal

teeth of the femur; femur below on the outer side with a large basal

W..

TEXT-FIG. 7.—Ceratomontia annae. §: a, ocular tubercle; 6, femur and patella of

pedipalp; c, tibia and tarsus of pedipalp; d, chelicera; e, femur I.

bifid tooth followed by 3 small simple teeth; patella below with a

small distal tooth on each side; tibia armed below as in fig. 7, ¢ ;

tarsus with outer side seen in profile as in fig. 7, c, inner side with

3 large triangular teeth.

Chelicera as in fig. 7, d, seen from the outer side; segment I above

with 2 large conspicuous teeth, the anterior one situated a little

more mesially than the posterior one; segment II with some round

granules along the inner side of its anterior surface.

562 Annals of the South African Museum,

Legs.—Femur I armed ventrally as in fig. 7, e, remaining legs

unarmed.

Dimensions.—Length of body 2-7, pedipalp 3:7 mm.

Ceratomontia ruricola n. sp.

(Text-fig. 8.)

Type, 1 2, Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch.

Colour.—Carapace anterior to areas I-IV yellow, with blackish

c, patella, tibia, tarsus of pedipalp; d, chelicera; e, femur I.

reticulate markings, remainder of dorsum brown; legs brown; pedi-

palps and chelicerae yellow.

Dorsal Surface.—Dorsum with a background shagreen of minute

granules, these rather larger and more clearly defined than usual.

Anterior margin of carapace with 2 enlarged granules; ocular tubercle

as in fig. 8, a, a few scattered granules dorsally and at the sides, a

granule similar to those of the anterior margin on each side of the

ocular tubercle at its base; area posterior to ocular tubercle with-

out granules; areas I-IV with 1 abbreviated row of conspicuous

granules, I with 2, II with 4, III with 6, IV with 8 granules; area V

and free tergites I and II with a complete or almost complete trans-

verse row of granules, free tergite III with 2 rows of granules.

New South African Opiliones. 563

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae smooth, IV with its distal

4-2 shagreened, I with 2 tubercles on its anterior distal margin,

the distal one bifid; genital operculum broader than long, its surface

weakly granular; anterior halves of sternites with 2 transverse rows

of granules, the anterior row composed of larger granules.

Pedipalp as in fig. 8, 6, seen from the inner side; dorsal surface

of femur differing from most other Ceratomontia species in being

without teeth, these reduced to minute round granules; the median

strip of fine granulation on the ventral surface of femur rather coarse

and consisting of quite large granules; patella, tibia, and tarsus

below as in fig. 8, c, seen from the inner side.

Chelicera as in fig. 8, d; segment I unarmed, a small round granule

at its inner distal edge.

Legs.—Femur I armed ventrally as in fig. 8, e, remaining legs

imermed; tarsal segments I, 2; II, 3; Ill, 3; IV, 3.

Dimensions.—Length of body 1-9, pedipalp 1-9 mm.

Ceratomontia thorni un. sp.

(Text-fig. 9.)

1 specimen ($?), Meirings Poort, Oudtshoorn.

Colour.—Carapace yellow brown variegated with black, remainder

of dorsal scute brown with a median black stripe; pedipalps and

chelicerae yellow, variegated with black; legs brown.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 2 conical

granules on each side of the ocular tubercle, the lateral one the

larger. The background of the dorsal surface shagreened with fine

granulation, the transverse rows of granules consisting of large, coarse,

and sometimes conical granules. Anterior margin of carapace with 2

conical granules on each side of the ocular tubercle, the lateral one

the larger; ocular tubercle as in fig. 9, a, seen from the side, some

large round granules on its dorsal surface; area posterior to the

ocular tubercle with 2 longitudinal rows of granules, a strip between

them smooth; areas I-IV with 2 rows of granules, the anterior row

consisting of large conical granules with long setae at their tips, the

posterior row of much smaller granules without setae; area V and

free tergites I and II with a single row of large conical granules,

III with 2 indistinct rows of granules.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae smooth and shiny, IV with

its distal two-fifths shagreened, I with 2 tubercles on its anterior

distal margin, the distal one bifid; genital operculum as broad as

564 Annals of the South African Museum.

long; sternites with 2 rows of granules much smaller than those of

the dorsal surface.

Pedipalp.—Trochanter, femur, and patella as in fig. 9, b, seen from

the inner side; femur shagreened on its inner surface; patella below

with a small tooth at its outer apex; tibia below with 5 small teeth

on its outer side, its inner side with a row of 8-9 small teeth varying

considerably in size, laterally to this row 2 much larger teeth near

TEXT-FIG. 9.—Ceratomontia thorm. a, profile of body; b, femur and patella

of pedipalp; c¢, chelicera; d, femur I.

the distal apex; tarsus on its outer side with a large basal bifid tooth

followed by a number of smaller teeth, inner side with 3 sharp teeth.

Chelicera as in fig. 9, c, seen from the inner side, segment I without

large or small teeth.

Legs.—Femur I as in fig. 9, d; tarsal segments I, 2; II, 3; III, 3;

IV, 3; tarsus I with the proximal segment one-half the length of the

distal segment.

Dimensions.—Length of body 2, pedipalp 2-7 mm.

Named in honour of Mr. C. W. Thorne of the Botanical Staff of the

South African Museum.

Key to species of Ceratomontia.

1. Femur of pedipalp with a longitudinal row of 10-11 teeth above . — wernert.

Femur of pedipalp with a longitudinal row of at most 5 teeth above. 2.

13.

14.

15.

16.

Vi:

New South African Opiliones. 565

. Areas of dorsal scute with 1 transverse row of granules : : ‘ 3.

Areas of dorsal scute with 2 transverse rows of granules : : : 4,

. Femur of pedipalp with 4 teeth above : : : : j iabule.

Femur of pedipalp without teeth above. . ruricola.

. Segment I of chelicera without large teeth aitee. its esa upper edge some-

times with a blunt tooth : : ; : , : 5.

Segment I of chelicera with 1 or 2 large fet anne : 3 : aime lal

. Ventral surface of pedipalp femur without a longitudinal strip of fine granu-

lation . : : E 6.

Ventral surface of ola eee ae a vlpneecainal ae of fine granu-

lation . . : ; é ‘ : de

. Femur of pedipalp anon mit 4 tne feot : : ‘ . capensis.

Femur of pedipalp above with 2 teeth in basal half. ; . reticulata.

. Length of body more than 4 mm., colour red . 3 ‘ . sanguinea.

Length of body 1-5-3 mm., adlone not red . , 5 : : 8.

. Anterior margin of carapace with 4 granules on each nae of the ocular

tubercle s : : : : : ‘ : : wrregularis.

Anterior margin of carapace with 2 oe on each side of the ocular

tubercle 5 : : a:

. Ventral surface of peainale Genie enone a bifid dort at es base pusilla.

Ventral surface of pedipalp femur with a bifid tooth at its base. me RO:

. Ocular tubercle apically truncate and short : : : . namaqua.

Ocular tubercle apically slender and long . : : ‘ thorni.

. Segment I of chelicera with 2 large subequal teeth abowe : i ® lz

Segment I of chelicera with 1 large tooth above . ; 13.

. Femur of pedipalp with the dorsal teeth almost ae ea, eras Sarai

pointed : : ‘ annae.

Femur of pedipalp with the dona ay varying in Tenetite ocular tubercle

short and truncate : ‘ ; : minor.

Ocular tubercle drawn out into a spine 5-6 vides the sdiarietes of the

eyen tl. . . 5 2 LA:

Ocular attecle not sees out fat a spine, serena process ahore or absent

16.

Anterior margin of carapace with 2 conical granules on each side of the ocular

tubercle : ‘ : nasuta.

Anterior margin of carapace with 3 soniBAl endtles on ueaiol Side of the ocular

tubercle : : : 15.

Segment IT of chelicera itl a thickened haberele ators the emnovable claw

cheliplus.

Segment II of chelicera without a thickened tubercle above the immovable

claw . ‘ . fluvialis.

Anterior margin of carapace with 3 oonieal mranates on eaoh, side of the ocular

tubercle ; : : d hewittr.

Anterior margin of carapace with 2 conical ‘etanules on tench side of the ocular

tubercle ; ; ie

Segment I of chelicera Vee with an npeeRe touthe in ae miele: arnoonrss

Segment I of chelicera above with a hooked tooth near the distal apex

setosa.

VOL. XXX, PART 4. 38

566 Annals of the South African Museum.

Genus LAWRENCELLA KE. Strand.

1932. Lawrencella, E. Strand, Folia. Zool. et Hydrob., Latvia

University, Riga, vol. iv, p. 142.

1931. Roeweria, Lawrence (Non Mello-Leitao, 1923), Ann. §.A.

Mus., vol. xxix, p. 384 (nom. preocc.).

The name Lawrencella was proposed by Strand to take the place of

the name Roewerza which had already been employed by Dr. Mello-

Leitao in 1923 (Arch. Mus. Nacion., Rio de Janeiro, vol. xxiv, p. 166).

The name Roeweria (Lawrence) therefore, which was erected in honour

of Professor C. Fr. Roewer, must be discarded.

Lawrencella inermis (Lawrence).

This rare species was based on a single specimen from Newlands.

Since its description another (juvenile) specimen has been found at

Camps Bay, Cape Peninsula.

PARAMONTIA 0. genus.

Genotype, Rostromontia lisposoma, Lawrence, Ann. §.A. Mus.,

vol. xxix, p. 392, 1931, fig. 26, a-f.

Whole of dorsal surface smooth, without rows of granules, the

areas well defined by transverse grooves; ocular tubercle short and

not drawn out into a spine; inferior surfaces of coxae I and II

granular, coxa I without 2 large tubercles on its anterior distal

margin; stigmata hidden; femur of pedipalp without a median strip

of fine granulation on its ventral surface; femur of leg II] armed

with larger granules than those of femur I; calcaneus of all legs much

shorter than astragalus; median prong of claws of tarsi III and IV

much stouter than the lateral prongs; tarsal segments short and

stout, especially those of leg III; number of tarsal segments I, 3;

II, 5; III, 4; IV, 4. This genus agrees with Rostromontia in the

number of tarsal segments, but differs from it in the complete absence

of dorsal granulation, the absence of coxal tubercles, and in having

the ventral armature of leg III more pronounced than that of leg I.

Paramontia infinita n. sp.

(Text-fig. 10.)

Types, 1 3g, 4 99, River Zonder End.

$. Colour blackish-brown, except carapace, which is yellow brown

New South African Opiliones. 567

with blackish reticulation; pedipalps and chelicerae with blackish

reticulate markings; legs uniform, blackish-brown.

Dorsal surface smooth and slightly creased, without rows of

granules, the areas divided by well-defined transverse grooves;

ocular tubercle as in fig. 10, a, seen from the side.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae shagreened, coxa I, II, and

to a less extent III with scattered granules in their distal halves,

coxa I, fig. 10, 6, with an enlarged granule at its anterior distal apex

but no tubercles as in Rostromontia; coxae III and IV with a row

TExt-FIG. 10.—Paramontia infinita. g: a, ocular tubercle; 6, coxa I;

c, pedipalp femur; d, chelicera.

of granules along their posterior margins; genital operculum longer

than broad, shagreened, and with a few small seta-tipped granules;

sternites matt, without granules.

Pedipalp.—Trochanter and femur as in fig. 10, c, seen from the

inner side. Femur below with 2 large basal equal-sized teeth on

its outer side followed by 2 moderate teeth, the latter not clearly

seen in fig. 10, c; ventral surface without the usual strip of fine granu-

lation, inner surface almost entirely covered with coarse, round,

smooth granules, outer surface quite smooth and shiny; patella

below with 2-3 small round granules on its inner side; tibia below

with an irregular row of unequal granules on its inner side, a row

the

568 Annals of the South African Museum.

of smaller granules on its outer side, a third row of granules between

and parallel to these rows; tarsus armed as in lasposoma.

Chelicera as in fig. 10, d, seen from the outer side.

Legs.—Femur III ventrally with larger granules than those of

femur I; tarsal segments of leg III stout, but a little longer than

broad; tarsal segments I, 3; II, 5; III, 4; IV, 4.

Dimensions.—Length of body 4, pedipalp 4-8 mm.

Q. Differing from the ¢ in having considerably shorter pedipalps;

ventral surface of pedipalp femur with smaller teeth than those of

the 3g, these equal sized; inner surface of femur differing from that

of the ¢ in being covered with fine matt granulation in its proximal

half, the coarse round granules being only present on the distal half;

tibia and tarsus with larger teeth than in the g; legs armed as in J.

Genital operculum about as long as broad, the extruded ovipositor

with an apical ring of 16-18 long and stout setae.

Dimensions.—Length of body 3-6, pedipalp 3-1 mm.

Key to species of Paramontia.

1. Ventral surface of pedipalp femur with 2 large equal-sized teeth near its base

infimita.

Ventral surface of pedipalp femur with the 2 basal teeth not equal-sized

lisposoma.

Genus AUSTROMONTIA Lawrence.

(Text-fig. 11.)

Austromontia bidentata n. sp.

Type, 1 specimen ($?), Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch.

Colour.—Uniform brown.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 2 granules on

each side of the ocular tubercle, these hardly larger than the remaining

granules of the dorsal scute; ocular tubercle as in fig. 11, a, seen

from the side, covered dorsally with granules; area posterior to the

ocular tubercle with 1-2 short longitudinal rows of granules on each

side of a smooth median strip; areas I-IV with 2 rows of incon-

spicuous granules, those of the anterior row very little larger than

the granules of the posterior row; area V and free tergites I and II

with a single transverse row of granules.

Ventral Surface.—Surtfaces of coxae creased but shiny, the distal

third of IV shagreened, I with 2 simple tubercles at its anterior

New South African Opiliones. 569

distal margin; sternites with 2 rows of granules, those of the anterior

row the larger.

Pedipalp as in fig. 11, 6, seen from the inner side. Trochanter

with 2 widely separated teeth above, 1 smaller tooth below; ventral

surface of femur with a large basal tooth on the outer side followed

by 2 distal teeth and an apical tooth not seen in fig. 11, 6; patella

below with 1 tooth near the inner distal apex; tibia as in fig. 11, 5;

mesially to the 5 teeth on the inner side some round granules, the

whole of the ventral surface between the inner and outer rows of

granules shagreened; tarsus as in fig. 11, b.

TExtT-FIG. 11.—Austromontia bidentata. a, ocular tubercle; 6, pedipalp;

c, chelicera.

Chelicera as in fig. 11, c, seen from the inner side; segment I with

an anterior tooth at the inner distal edge, a second posterior tooth

situated a little more laterally than the anterior one; segment II

with a row of low round granules on the inner side of the anterior

surface.

Legs.—Femur I with 4 granules on its ventral surface, legs other-

wise unarmed.

Dimensions.—Length of body 1-9, pedipalps 2-7 mm.

Austromontia litoralis n. sp.

(Text-fig. 12.)

Type, 1 3, Hermanus.

Colour.—Uniform yellow.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 1-2 granules

on each side of the ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle as in fig. 12, a,

570 Annals of the South African Museum.

seen from the side, its dorsal surface fairly thickly studded with

small round granules; carapace at the sides of the ocular tubercle

without granules; area posterior to the ocular tubercle with several

rows of granules, a short longitudinal strip in the middle without

granules; areas I-IV with 2 transverse rows of granules, the

anterior one rather irregular and composed of granules slightly

larger than those of the posterior row, which is very regular and

borders the posterior margin of the segment; area V and free

TExtT-FIG. 12.—Austromontia litoralis. ¢g: a, ocular tubercle; 6, pedipalp femur

from the side; c, pedipalp femur from below; d, patella, tibia, tarsus of

pedipalp; e, chelicera.

tergites I and II with a single transverse row of granules in the

middle, free tergite III with 2 rows of granules.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae without granules, shiny and

rather creased, coxa I at its anterior distal margin with 2 large

conical tubercles, the apical one bifid; genital operculum longer than

wide, triangular, and with a slightly thickened rim; sternites with

2 rows of widely spaced, round, seta-tipped granules in their anterior

half.

Pedipalp.—Femur and trochanter as in fig. 12, b, seen from the

inner side; femur with 4-5 teeth on its inner distal surface; seen

New South African Opiliones. 571

from below (fig. 12, c), its ventral surface with a row of 8 small

round shiny granules on the inner side, a middle row of 3 large

teeth, the basal one bifid, and an outer row of 5 granules; between the

inner and middle rows of teeth the usual strip of fine granulation;

patella, tibia, and tarsus as in fig. 12, d, seen from below.

Chelicera as in fig. 12, e, seen from the inner side; segment I with

a single hooked tooth on the inner side of its upper distal edge;

segment II with a row of small round granules along the inner side

of its anterior surface.

Legs.—Femur I without enlarged conical granules on its ventral

surface except for a few near its base; tarsal segments I, 3; II, 4;

III, 4; IV, 4; calcaneus of leg I a little more than half, calcaneus of

leg IT half the length of the astragalus.

Dimensions.—Length of body 3, pedipalp 4:3 mm.

Key to species of Austromontia.

1. Pedipalp femur below with a simple tooth near its base ‘ , en

Pedipalp femur below with a large compound tooth near its base . ‘ 3.

2. Segment I of chelicera with 1 tooth above . . : ‘ . silvatica.

Segment I of chelicera with 2 teeth above . : : . bidentata.

3. Calcaneus of metatarsi I and II half the length of a dagalns . litoralis.

Calcaneus of metatarsi I and II much shorter than astragalus 5 ; 4,

4. Pedipalp femur below with a bifid tooth near the base. : . capensis.

Pedipalp femur below with a trifid tooth near the base : . caledonica.

Genus BracumontTiIA Lawrence.

Biacumontia variegata n. sp.

(Text-fig. 13.)

Type, 1 specimen (sex ?), Keurbooms River, near Knysna.

Colour.—Body yellow, anterior half of body, especially the ocular

tubercle, with blackish markings, dorsal scute with a median blackish

stripe, tergites with blackish markings, appendages variegated with

blackish reticulate markings and bands.

Dorsal Surface.—Ocular tubercle as in fig. 13, a, seen from the

side; areas I-IV each with an abbreviated row of enlarged conical

granules in the middle, I with 2, II with 4, III and IV with about

6 granules; area V and free tergites I and II with a complete row

of granules reaching from side to side, free tergite III with 2 rows -

of granules.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae smooth and shiny, IV shag-

reened in its distal half, I with 2 tubercles at its anterior distal

572 Annals of the South African Museum.

margin, the more distal one bifid; sternites with a very distinct row

of close-set round granules.

Pedipalp.—Femur as in fig. 13, 6, seen from the inner side, with

8 dorsal teeth, the basal one minute, the apical one granuliform;

ventral surface of femur with an outer row of rather swollen globose

teeth, mesially to this row the usual strip of minute granules, those

opposite the fifth and sixth teeth much enlarged; patella below

without teeth; tibia below toothed on its outer side as in fig. 13, ¢,

TEXtT-FIG. 13.—Biacumontia variegata. a, ocular tubercle; 6, pedipalp femur;

c, tibia and tarsus of pedipalp; d, chelicera; e, femur I.

its Inner side without teeth; tarsus below on its outer side as in

fig. 13, c, its inner side with 3 teeth.

Chelicera as in fig. 13, d, seen from the inner side; segment I with

2 small round granules at its dorsal distal edge; segment II with

the usual row of 17 minute teeth on its inner surface, 2 small sharp

teeth on its inner anterior surface near the base of the claws.

Legs.—Femur I armed as in fig. 13, e, on its ventral surface,

femur III with a few ventral granules similar to but smaller than

those of I, remaining legs unarmed; tarsal segments I, 2; II, 4;

IIt, 3; TV, 3.

Dimensions.—Length of body 2-5, pedipalp 3-2 mm.

This species resembles cornuta in the shape of the ocular tubercle

and truncatidens in the dentition. It is a very short stout form, with

New South African Opiliones. 573

its dorso-ventral measurement (height), not much less than its

antero-posterior measurement (length).

Key to species of Bracumontia.

1. Ocular tubercle with a posterior process. : ‘ : : : 2.

Ocular tubercle without a posterior process : : : 3.

2. Posterior process of ocular tubercle spinelike, Picasieus of metatarsus II

more than $ length of astragalus . : . cornuta.

Posterior process of ocular tubercle rounded, lesions of metatarsus IT

4 length of astragalus . : : : . variegata.

3. ie of dorsal scute with 2 rows of enlatoeal Fe aulbs. : truncatidens.

Areas of dorsal scute with a single row of enlarged granules . : ; 4,

4. Ventral surface of pedipalp femur with 4 large simple teeth . . paucidens.

Ventral surface of pedipalp femur with 7 large teeth, some of these bifid

fissidens.

ROEWERANIA 0. genus.

Dorsal scute unarmed and without grooves dividing it into areas;

ocular tubercle low, without a terminal spine; stigmata clearly

visible; pedipalp much elongated, especially in the g, where it is

more than four times the length of the body; trochanter of pedipalp

differing from all other Triaenonychinid genera in being extremely

elongate (a little shorter than the length of the body in the ¢); all

segments of pedipalp armed with strong spines tipped with long

setae, these spines often longer than the diameter of the segment

on which they are placed; chelicerae elongate; legs long and

slender, none of the femora armed ventrally with spines; calcaneus

of metatarsi I and II much shorter than astragalus; median prong

of claws of tarsi III and IV longer and stouter than the lateral

prongs; tarsal segments I, 3; II, 8-10; III, 4; IV, 4.

Roewerania lignicola n. sp.

(Text-fig. 14.)

Types, 8 3g, 10 92, Hogsback, Amatola Mts.

3. Colour.—Body and appendages uniformly yellow.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with a small granule

about half-way between the ocular tubercle and the antero-lateral

angle of the carapace; ocular tubercle as in fig. 14, 6, seen from the

side; dorsal scute practically smooth, area V and free tergites with

a transverse-row of minute hardly distinguishable seta-tipped

granules (fig. 14, a).

574 Annals of the South African Museum.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae not shiny but finely shagreened,

sparsely covered with minute seta-tipped granules, coxa I with

4 larger granules along its anterior margin, 1 basal, 1 in the middle,

the remaining 2 situated close together near the distal apex; genital

g. 3

TExtT-FIG. 14.—Roewerania lignicola. _g: a, body from above; 6b, body from the

side; c, trochanter and femur of pedipalp; d, patella of pedipalp; e, tibia and

tarsus of pedipalp; f, chelicera.

operculum shagreened, about as long as broad; sternites shagreened,

with 2 rows of minute granules.

Pedipalp as in fig. 14, 6, seen from the side; trochanter and femur

spined as in fig. 14, c, seen from the side; patella spined as in fig. 14, d,

seen from below; tibia spined as in fig. 14, e, seen from below;

tarsus spined as in fig. 14, e, seen from below.

Chelicera not armed with spines as in the pedipalp, the anterior

New South African Opiliones. 575

surface of segment II with a row of distinct granules (fig. 14, f).

Legs as in generic description. Length of the whole palp more than 4

times the body length (in one specimen 44 times as long); trochanter of

pedipalp in some specimens but little shorter than the body length.

Dimensions.—Length of body 2-3, pedipalp 10 mm.; in a larger

specimen the same dimensions are respectively 2-6 and 11:8 mm.

2. A number of specimens have very much shorter pedipalps

(about twice the body length); these I take to be females. Un-

fortunately in none of the specimens does the penis or ovipositor

protrude from beneath the genital operculum; in these female

specimens the genital operculum is broader than long, but other

than in this character and the length of the pedipalp they do not

seem to differ from the males.

Dimensions.—Length of body 2-6, pedipalp 5-5 mm.

This interesting species was found living under damp, rotting logs.

The pedipalps in the living specimens were always carried folded

back over the dorsal scute between the legs, as shown in fig. 14, a, b.

SuspFAM. Adaeinae Pocock.

Genus ADAEULUM Roewer.

Adaeulum brevidentatum n. sp.

(Text-fig. 15.)

Types, 2 3g, 1 9, Hogsback, Amatola Mts. Collected by Dr. S.

Manton.

$. Colour.—Body and appendages blackish-brown with a greenish

tinge.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with a few enlarged

- granules in the middle; ocular tubercle low and rounded as in fig. 15, 6,

seen from the side; granulation of dorsal surface as in fig. 15, a, the

smooth areas between the strips of granules shiny; each of the

areas with a pair of low granular tumuli, but as these are connected

by two longitudinal strips of granules in the middle line, they are

hardly distinguishable individually; area V and free tergites with a

transverse row of cylindrical, apically swollen granules.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae evenly and densely covered

with minute granules, anterior margin of coxa I with larger conical

granules; genital operculum with some conical granules along its

anterior edge; sternites in their anterior half with a strip of minute

granules.

—_-

576 Annals of the South African Museum.

Pedipalp.—Trochanter as in fig. 15, d, seen from the inner side,

with 2 teeth on its ventral surface, the inner one the larger of the

two (not seen in this figure); femur seen from above (fig. 15, c), with

3 short stout triangular teeth on the proximal three-fifths of its inner

surface, a larger tooth near the inner apex of its ventral surface

directed downwards and slightly inwards; femur seen from the

TExtT-FIG. 15.—Adaeulum brevidentatum. ¢g: a, body from above; 6, ocular

tubercle from the side; c, pedipalp femur from above; d, pedipalp femur

from inner side; e, chelicera.

inner side (fig. 15, d), with 4 stout teeth on its outer ventral side,

these teeth of more or less uniform size, not long but broad and

strong; tibia with some scattered large shiny granules on its ventral

surface, patella and tarsus without such granules; none of these

segments with teeth or enlarged granules except for the usual 3

triangular teeth on each side of the tarsus.

Chelicera as in fig. 15, e, seen from the outer side, segment I without

teeth at its dorsal distal apex, instead with 2 enlarged granules;

New South African Opiliones. 577

segment II with some sharp teeth along the inner side of its anterior

surface.

Legs with femora wholly unarmed, tarsal segments I, 4; II, 11-12;

mi 4; IV, 4.

Dimensions.—Length of body 6, breadth 4, pedipalp 4 mm.

Q. Colour and granulation of the body as in g; pedipalp femur

with 4 short teeth on its inner surface; its ventral surface with

2 teeth at its inner apex, 3 teeth along the outer side, the 2 largest

situated close to each other at the base, the third considerably more

distally; patella below with 2 teeth on its inner side; tibia with

2 enlarged granules on its inner side, 1 at the outer apex; tarsus

with 3 teeth on each side smaller than those of the ¢. Chelicera as

in the g. Femora of legs unarmed, tarsal segments I, 4; II, 11;

ma 4; IV, 4.

Dimensions.—Length of body 5-4, breadth 3-5, pedipalp 3-1 mm.

The male of this species differs from those of the other known

forms in the short pedipalps, which are armed with unusually short

but strong teeth.

Genus LARIFUGELLA Lawrence.

Larifugella longipalpis un. sp.

(Text-fig. 16.)

Type, 1 g, Van Staden’s River, Port Elizabeth.

Colour.—Body blackish brown tinged with green, pedipalps and

chelicerae a little lighter.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with 1 enlarged

granule in the middle and 1 at each antero-lateral angle of the

carapace; ocular tubercle as in fig. 16, a, seen from the side, fig. 16, 0,

seen from directly behind, with some large granules posteriorly and

at the sides; dorsal scute uniformly covered with numerous minute

granules but without transverse rows dividing it into areas; areas

I-IV each with a pair of unusually large, pointed, tooth-like, and

slightly recurved enlarged granules; area V with a transverse row

of about 10 enlarged conical granules, those at the sides smaller,

the interspaces of this row filled up with minute round granules, a

strip behind this row smooth; free tergite I with a transverse row

of about 10 large conical granules, a single row of minute granules

anterior to this row, an irregular row of minute granules filling the —

interspaces of this row; free tergite II similarly with a row of about

15 enlarged conical granules varying somewhat in size, the anterior

578 Annals of the South African Museum.

row of minute granules duplicated; free tergite III with the row of

enlarged conical granules duplicated, an irregular strip of minute

granules anterior to it.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae sparsely eovered with minute

TExt-FIc. 16.—Larifugella longipalpis. G: a, profile of body; 6, ocular

tubercle from behind; c, pedipalp from inner side; d, chelicera.

granules, coxa I in its anterior half with some much larger conical

granules, especially distally; sternum long and narrowly triangular;

genital operculum with about 6 conical granules along its distal

edge; sternites with an anterior row of minute granules, a posterior

row of well-spaced, moderate, seta-tipped granules, the last sternite

with less regular granulation.

Pedipalp remarkably long, tibia slightly swollen ventrally but not

New South African Oviliones. 579

so markedly as in L. natalensis; whole of the dorsal surface of pedi-

palp covered with minute granules, ventral surface of femur with a

few scattered granules, those of the remaining segments quite smooth;

femur dorsally with 3 enlarged granules; ventral surface of femur

weakly armed, with only 1 basal tooth on the outer side, followed

distally by some moderate teeth (fig. 16, c); inner surface of femur

with 4-5 enlarged teeth in its proximal two-thirds (these not seen in

fig. 16, c), and a large hooked apical tooth with a second smaller tooth

proximal to it (seen in fig. 16, c); patella below without teeth; tibia

below with 3 strong outer teeth (not seen in fig. 16, c), and 1 apical

inner tooth; tarsus below with 3 triangular teeth on each side.

Chelicera as in fig. 16, d, seen from the inner side; segment I

granular above, its distal edge with 2 conical teeth, the inner one

considerably larger than the outer one; segment II along its inner

anterior surface with a row of stout teeth varying in size.

Legs.—Femur I with 2-3 inconspicuous conical granules on its

ventral surface; terminal section of tarsus II composed of 3 segments

on the one side, of 4 on the other; tarsal segments I, 4; II, 17; III,

aay, 4.

Dimensions.—Length of body 8-1, breadth 6-4, pedipalp 11-6 mm.

This species is easily distinguishable from the two other species of

the genus, L. afra and natalensis, by the great length of its pedipalps.

It is also the largest Triaenonychid yet found in South Africa.

Genus LARIFUGA Loman.

Larvfuga mantoni n. sp.

(Text-fig. 17.)

Types, 1 g, 1 2, Hogsback, Amatola Mts., deposited in the Albany

Museum, Grahamstown.

3. Colour.—Body blackish-brown, legs blackish-brown, pedipalps

and chelicerae a little lighter.

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace with a row of 9-11

moderate blunt granules on each side of the ocular tubercle, those

at the antero-lateral angles of the carapace a little larger and conical;

ocular tubercle as in fig. 17, a, seen from the side; carapace just

posterior to the ocular tubercle divided into a middle and two lateral

areas by rows of minute round granules; dorsal scute divided into

4 smooth areas by regular transverse rows of minute round granules,

these rows 2-3 granules deep, broken in the middle anteriorly but

more or less continuous in the posterior areas; areas I-IV in the

580 Annals of the South African Museum.

322932532 =>

TExt-Fic. 17.—Larifuga manton. : a, ocular tubercle; 6, pedipalp femur from

the side; c, pedipalp femur from above; d, patella, tibia, tarsus of pedipalp

from below; e, chelicera from the side; f, segment I of chelicera from above;

g,femurl. @Q: h, pedipalp femur from the side; 7, chelicera.

New South African Opiliones. 581

middle with a pair of larger conical granules surrounded by a cluster

of minute granules; area V with a transverse row of 5 enlarged

conical granules occupying the middle portion of the segment, the

central granule placed just half-way between the two conical granules

of the preceding area, behind this row a continuous row of minute

granules duplicated at the sides; free tergites I-III with a transverse

row of 8-10 large conical granules and two transverse rows of minute

granules, the one anterior, the other posterior to the row of conical

granules, the anterior row further from the row of conical granules

than the posterior one.

Ventral Surface.—Surfaces of coxae IIJ-IV regularly covered with

minute granules, these a little less dense in the middle; coxa I with

larger conical granules, 2-3 at the anterior distal margin of the

segment enlarged; sternum fairly wide and regularly triangular;

sternites with a transverse row of conical granules, an anterior but

no posterior row of minute granules.

Pedipalp.Femur seen from above as in fig. 17, c, seen from

the inner side as in fig. 17, 6, the teeth stout and triangular;

patella below with 2 small teeth near its outer apex; tibia and

tarsus as in fig. 17, d, seen from below, the ventral surface of tarsus

smooth.

Chelicera.—Segment I seen from above as in fig. 17, f, its distal

edge with 2-3 teeth, the inner one largest, the outer smallest; inner

surface of segment (fig. 17, e) shagreened; segment II with some

large blunt teeth along its inner anterior surface.

Legs.—Femur I with ventral surface armed as in fig. 17, g, remain-

ing legs unarmed; terminal section of tarsus II consisting of 3

segments; tarsal segments I, 3; II, 14-16; III, 4; IV, 4.

Dimensions.—Length of body 6, breadth 4, pedipalp 4:8 mm.

2. Colour asin 3; granulation as in g, except that the granules of

the tergites and sternites are more clearly defined; surfaces of coxae

more densely granular than in the ¢.

Pedipalp.—Femur as in fig. 17, h, seen from the inner side, the

enlarged teeth less conspicuous than in the g; patella below with

2 conspicuous teeth on its inner side, 1 at its outer distal apex; tibia

without granules on its ventral surface, with 3 stout triangular teeth

on each side; tarsus with 3 stout triangular teeth on each side,

stronger than those of the 3.

Chelicera as in fig. 17, 7, seen from the inner side; segment I with

2 teeth on its dorsal distal edge, the inner one the larger but con-

siderably smaller than that of the $; segment II with rounded teeth

VOln Xxx, PART 4, og

582 Annals of the South African Museum.

on its anterior inner surface, more rounded and less conspicuous than

those of the 3.

Legs.—Femur I armed on its ventral surface as in the g; tarsal

segments I, 4; II, 14-15; III, 4; IV, 4.

Dimensions.—Length of body 5-8, breadth 4-1, pedipalp 3-7 mm.

Although this species agrees with Larifugella in the shape of the

sternum and number of tarsal segments, it might equally well be

placed in the genus Larifuga, on account of the division of the dorsal

scute into quadrate areas by transverse rows of granules; this occurs

in two species of Larifuga, weberi and calcarata. It also agrees with

Larivfuga in having the femur of leg I armed. For the present,

therefore, I have placed it under Larifuga until its generic position

can be definitely determined.

SUBORDER PALPATORES.

Fam. ACROPSOPILIONIDAE Roewer.

Genus CADELLA Hirst.

1925. Cadella, Hirst, P.Z.S., 1925, pt. un, p. 1276, fig. 5, AD Bye:

1931. Syn. Oonopsopilio, Lawrence, Ann. §.A. Mus., vol. xxix,

p. 470, fig. 66, a-e.

The genus Oonopsopilio described by me in 1931 is unquestionably

synonymous with Hirst’s genus Cadella, the description of which

was unaccountably overlooked in drawing up the monograph of

South African Opiliones. The species on which Hirst based his genus,

however, remains separated from Cadella (Oonopsopilio) africana as

set out in the key below.

Cadella spatulipilis n. sp.

(Text-fig. 18.)

Types, 2 specimens, Jonkershoek, Stellenbosch.

Colour.—Anterior margin of carapace orange with some black

markings; ocular tubercle posterior and mesially to the eye, black;

below the ocular tubercle at the sides a silver white stripe separating

the blackened portion of the tubercle from the edge of the carapace;

dorsal surface of ocular tubercle between the eyes mottled reddish-

brown; dorsum of body behind the ocular tubercle reddish-brown,

mottled with silvery streaks and spots; ventral surface much lighter

than dorsal surface, coxae white, darkened in their distal third,

New South African Opiliones. 583

sternites white with blackish symmetrical stripes. Legs brown,

femora with a narrow white band in distal half, tibiae with narrow

basal, middle, and apical white bands, the middle band more distinct

than the others.

Ventral Surface.—Ventral surface of body in the region of the coxae

TExtT-FIc. 18.—Cadella spatulipilis. a, mouthparts and coxae; b, pedipalp;

c, spatulate hair of pedipalp enlarged; d, claws of chelicera.

and mouthparts as in fig. 18, a; stigmata clearly visible, close to the

posterior distal margin of coxa IV.

Pedipalp as in fig. 18, 6, seen from the inner side. It differs from

the appendages of africana and capensis in having modified hairs

provided with a membranous fin-like expansion at their apices

(fig. 18, c); these hairs occur over the whole surface of the various

segments except for a patch at the sides of the trochanter and another -

at the dorsal distal apex of the femur, where the hairs are normal

and pointed; a row consisting of a few hairs on the dorsal surface

of the patella are also normal, being, however, stronger and more

a pe, Re

584 Annals of the South African Museum.

spinelike than the other unmodified hairs; tarsus with a distinct

though short claw.

Chelicera with the movable and immovable claws toothed as in

fig. 18, d.

Legs.—Tarsal segments I, 15; II, 20; III, 15; IV, 17.

Dimensions.—Length of body 3-5 mm.

The specimens from Caledon cited in Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxix,

p- 472, appear to be a variety of this species which I now name

var. caledonica.

Colour.—The specimens have become much faded in alcohol but

are apparently light brown above with a broad median longitudinal

band constricted in the middle and with crenulated lateral borders;

ventral surface hght with brownish markings.

Pedipalp.—The basal ventral papilla bifurcate only at the apex;

spatulate hairs on the various segments mixed with normal pointed

tibia and tarsus with mixed spatulate and pointed hairs, remaining

hairs of the appendage simple and pointed.

Key to species of Cadella.

1. Pedipalp with spatulate hairs, pedipalp femur ventrally with 5 papillae, the

basal one bifurcate : ; ; : : : spatulipilis.

Pedipalp without spatulate hairs, pedipalp femur ventrally with 4 papillae,

the basal one bifurcate . : : ‘ : é : : : 2.

2. Papillae of pedipalp femur very long and apically pointed . . capensis.

Papillae of pedipalp femur shorter and apically rounded : . africana.

Fam. PHALANGIIDAE Simon.

SuBFAM. Phalangiinae Simon.

Genus RHAMPSINITUS Simon.

Rhampsinitus ceratops un. sp.

(Text-fig. 19.)

Types, 2 gd, 7 99, Hogsback, Amatola Mts. The g¢ are perhaps

not fully mature.

$. Colour.—Dorsal surface of body brown, with a longitudinal

median lighter stripe widening posteriorly and including the ocular

tubercle anteriorly: proximal half of coxae white, distal half brown

with light spots, genital operculum and sternites white with brown

stripes and spots: legs brown, tibiae with some lighter bands.

New South African Opilones. 585

Dorsal Surface.—Anterior margin of carapace in the middle with

2 toothlke spines, these larger than the other spines of the cara-

pace, of which there are 5 or 6 on each side, including 1 laterally

at the base of the ocular tubercle; ocular tubercle spined as in

fig. 19, a, seen from the side; thoracic and abdominal tergites

(fig. 19, c), each with a single transverse row of spines, these weaker

at the sides but duplicated in the middle line, where there are usually

2 enlarged spines just anterior to the regular row, these enlarged

TExtT-Fic. 19.—Rhampsinitus ceratops. 3: a, ocular tubercle; b, pedipalp; c, first

abdominal tergite; d, chelicera from inner side; e, chelicera from outer side.

spines a little smaller than those on the ocular tubercle but larger

than any of the other spines on the dorsum; thoracic tergites with

2 of these enlarged spines, abdominal tergites I and IT with 2, III-V

with only 1, the remaining tergites without enlarged spines in the

middle.

Ventral Surface.—Coxae smooth, except I, which is provided with

a few very weak granules; genital operculum and sternites quite

smooth.

Pedipalp armed as in fig. 19, 0.

Chelicera armed as in fig. 19, e, seen from the outer side, fig. 19, d,

seen from the inner side.

586 Annals of the South African Museum.

Legs.—Femur I slightly incrassate, not armed with accessory teeth

at its apex, with longitudinal rows of fairly strong spines along the

edges which are, however, not sharply angled; remaining segments of

leg I smooth; femora of legs [I-IV spined, but more weakly so than

in leg I; tarsal segments I, 40; II, 76; III, 37; IV, 34.

Dimensions.—Length of body 5:3, chelicera I+IL=1-5+2-7,

pedipalp 5-5 mm.

Q. Dorsal surface with a constricted grey-brown marking, divided

in the middle by a very distinct, narrow, white, longitudinal stripe,

widening on the last 3 or 4 tergites. Ocular tubercle with much

smaller spines than in the $; anterior margin of carapace with much

smaller spines than in the g; transverse rows of spines on the thoracic

and abdominal tergites much weaker than in the 3, even the enlarged

spines in the middle line inconspicuous, though certainly larger than

the remaining ones; the whole of ventral surface, including coxa I,

smooth. Pedipalp armed as in §. Chelicera smooth except for a

few granules on the distal dorsal surface of segment I. Legs with

much weaker spines than in $; femur I armed with spines which

are not stronger but rather weaker than those of legs II-IV; tarsal

segments I, 40; II, 77; Ill, 37; IV, 42.

Dimensions.—Length of body 7:3, chelicera 1+ XI=1+2, pedipalp

3-7 mm.

The types, collected by Mr. J. Hewitt, are deposited in the Albany

Museum, Grahamstown.

BUM

‘VOLUME

isk

th Plates XV-

—

hD.,

shes of

South Afr

Hon. Curat

Mugil

figures.

or of

(Wi

1stown.

Grahan

Se.

ily

amr

~ €

MITH,

and 17 Text-

K. H

she:

or.

arine .

h Afr

20.

ate ee

BARNA

(With Plates

s.—By

Direc

nt D

Assista

Sout

XV and 7 T.

‘.

xt-figure

€

PRICE 8.

1985.

UARY

ED FEBR

PRINTED FOR

MUSE

Bae

“=

= -

1 :

yas . ==

( 587 )

19. The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa.—By J. L. B.

SmitH, M.Sc., Ph.D., Hon. Curator of Fishes, Albany Museum,

Grahamstown.

(With Plates XV-XXII and 17 Text-figures.)

[Members of the family Mugilidae—known in South Africa as ‘“‘ Harders’’—are

an important edible commodity. Pappe refers to their value, and an enthusiastic

praise of them occurs in the memoirs of Lady Anne Barnard. From the culinary

point of view one species of Harder appears to be as good as another, but for

scientific purposes it is important to have the species occurring in our waters

defined as accurately as possible. In this paper Dr. J. L. B. Smith—a worthy

successor of Dr. Andrew Smith in the early part of last century—has tackled a

very difficult problem in systematics, which previous writers have left severely

alone.—ED. |

Family MUGILIDAE.

The South African species all fall within the single wide genus

Mugil Linn.

Genus Mueit Linn.

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 409, and p. 466 (Myzus).

1884, Jordan and Swain, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. vii, p. 261

(Liza). ;

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 78.

1920. Athanassoupoulos, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoa (3), vol. viii,

p. 254 ff.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aust. Archip., vol. iv,

p. 229, and p. 264 (Myzus).

1925. Barnard, Ann: 8.A..Mus.,-vol. xxi, p. 302, and p. 311

(Myzus), and p. 1023.

Body elongate, sub-cylindrical, more or less compressed posteriorly.

Head usually somewhat depressed, more or less cuneiform in trans-

verse section, with rounded apex below, generally completely scaly.

Scales usually ctenoid, sometimes cycloid, ventral scales more

markedly denticulate. Sometimes a secondary cycloid squamation

in the investing integument of the scales. No lateral line, but most

on dorsal scales. Mouth small, terminal or sub-inferior, protractile.

Maxilla almost or entirely hidden beneath preorbital, excluded from

margin of upper jaw. Upper lip narrow or fleshy, with or without

VOL XOX) PART (5. 40

588 Annals of the South African Museum.

papillae. Minute recurved teeth, generally compressed and apically

dilated, unicuspid, tricuspid, or spatulate, in one or more rows in

upper jaw, present or absent. Very minute slender pointed teeth

in lower jaw rarely present. Villiform teeth present or absent on

vomer, palatines, pterygoids, and tongue. The buccal membrane

sometimes with apically dilated cilia. A transverse concavity before

the vomer, obscured in some species. Tongue adnate to floor of

mouth.

Hyes fairly large, usually with adipose eyelids, rudimentary or

highly developed, better developed in adults.

Two dorsal fins; the first, of 4 pungent spines, with a pointed

basal scaly process inserted near middle of body, membrane from

last ray joined to body. Second dorsal of 1 weak spine and 7-10

rays, inserted above last fourth of body. Anal of 3 weak spines and

8-11 rays, inserted below second dorsal. Pectorals inserted slightly

or considerably above middle of side, more or less faleate, with or

without an elongate scaly axillary process. Ventrals abdominal,

joined by a membrane to the body and to one another. An elongate

cuneiform interventral scaly process. Caudal feebly emarginate to

forked. Fins, except first dorsal, more or less scaly.

Third and fourth upper pharyngeals fused, enlarged, with con-

voluted adipose base. Giull-openings wide, membranes separate, free

from isthmus. Gill-rakers very numerous, long and close-set; lower

pharyngeal rakers functional. Stomach tough and muscular, gizzard-

like; pyloric caeca few.

Mugil sensu lato is one of the earliest described genera of fishes,

but the natural relationships of the species appear to be but poorly

understood, and more or less unsatisfactory division of the wide

genus has several times been proposed.

Myzxus Guthr. (loc. cit.) was proposed for species with teeth in the

jaws, and (sometimes?) on the palate. The validity of this differ-

entiation has been accepted or rejected by systematists without

precise definition of the criteria upon which they base their opinions.

It is even not unusual to find an author stating that specimens of

Mugil sensu stricto (i.e. accepting Myzxus) have teeth in the jaws.

Further, systematists frequently imply that teeth are absent from

the palatal bones of certain species, whereas even a casual examination

of their specimens would reveal that teeth are present.

The inaccuracy of many statements about the dentition is probably

in part due to the relatively small mouth of Mugil species, which

renders the examination of the palatal bones, especially in small

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 589

and preserved specimens, a troublesome matter. In illustration may

be quoted the fact that I have found no mention of lingual teeth,

which are by no means infrequently present.

In the South African species there appear to be all degrees between

the entire absence of teeth, and the state where most of the normally

dentigerous bones are fully dentate. Many of our species have teeth in

the jaws, and on the palatal bones, at least as well developed as those

present in, e.g., Hlops Linn. In this latter genus the mouth is large.

In so far as our species are concerned, division of Mugil sensu lato

on the nature of the dentition alone would be not only of question-

able value, but also exceedingly difficult to define and justify. It is

not unlikely that this may well apply to all cases where Myzus has

been recognised.

Jordan and Swain (loc. cit.) have proposed the genus Liza for

species which do not possess adipose eyelids (genotype: capito Cuv.),

while to Mugil sensu stricto are assigned those with eyelids. It has

already been pointed out by Jacot (Sci. Rep. Tohok. Imp. Univ.,

1930, vol. v, No. 4, p. 827) that division on this feature is of doubtful

value, since there is to be found almost every degree between obsolete

and fully developed eyelids. Further, it may be indicated that

adipose eyelids are, sometimes at least, better developed in the adult

than in the juvenile stadia, and, also that as far as the South African

species are concerned, the adults of all possess definite, if not always

highly developed, eyelids.

It may be noted that species (such as cephalus Linn.) which possess

well developed eyelids probably always have an edentate vomer,

fairly concave anteriorly, while the transverse concavity anterior to

the vomer is not usually obscured (all of the American species of

Mugil appear to be of this type). These differences are nowhere

constant and sharp, nor can they be considered as a basis upon which

the genus may be divided.

As far as the South African species are concerned, it would be

exceedingly difficult to justify the separation of the three with well

developed eyelids from the remainder, and I do not propose to attempt

it. (But see note on scaling of cephalus, p. 19.)

No representatives of the closely related genera Agonostomus Benn.

and Cestraeus C. and V., appear to have been found in ourarea. The

latter at least appears to be well differentiated from Mugil.

The majority of museum collections of Mugil species appear to be

in a somewhat chaotic state, and few systematists care to undertake

positive identifications upon which reliance may be placed.

)

590 Annals of the South African Museum.

The early descriptions are hardly ever of real diagnostic value,

and the diagnoses of many species cannot be anything but provisional.

Added to this, differentiation between the species of this genus has

proved to be one of the most difficult problems which face the system-

atist; many of the features which in other groups provide a basis

for differentiation here appear to vary little between the different

species. The habits and environment of the different species show

little variation. It is found that such cases of obscured differentia-

tion sometimes occur in genera in which there is this uniformity of

habit and of habitat (e.g. Hpinephelus Blch.).

In recent literature there is a general tendency to reduce the

number of nominal species of Mugil. At the same time, it is remark-

able that the differentiation of those closely related is still frequently

based chiefly upon features, which can, by the examination of large

numbers of specimens, be shown to vary widely within any one, and

to overlap between related, species. The present confusion may

be attributed partly to the fact that where ordinary features have

apparently failed to show differentiation between what have quite

obviously been different species, systematists have assigned a purely

fictitious value to characters which are inconstant and unreliable.

The depth of the body, and of the caudal peduncle, the position of

insertion of the pectorals, and too restricted and undefined limits for

scale-counts, are, among others, comparatively useless features in this

genus. On the other hand, it is singular to find how many most

significant characters have been entirely overlooked. The nature of

the scales and of the teeth are of importance, but have not received the

attention they merit. The changes which take place with increase

in size have not been properly considered, and many nominal

species may prove to be merely different stadia of others. It is

remarkable that the highly characteristic form of the ventral

fins has not, in so far as I can determine, been regarded as worthy

of special description. This is a feature more of generic than specific

significance.

Where significant features have been overlooked, it is not unusual

to find that two closely related species may be confused. This is

probably a frequent occurrence with Mugil species, and is in part due

to the fact that the features of doubtful validity upon which differ-

entiation is based often vary widely, and the limits can actually

never be clearly defined.

A case in point is that of auratus Risso, which has been included

in our fauna-list upon the authority of Boulenger (loc. cit., p. 86),

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 591

who identified * as this species a specimen in the South African

Museum from East London. Im this he was followed by Barnard

(loc. cit., p. 308). Specimens which agree more or less with the usual

diagnosis of auratus have been found to be the most abundant form

from Knysna eastwards. When numbers of these were examined,

it was obvious that two well-differentiated species were present,

neither of which is auratus, nor can either be identified with any

existing species. The one species (canaliculatus n. sp.) is easily

recognised by the multicanaliculate dorsal scales, the other (tri-

cuspidens n. sp.) by the relatively large tricuspid teeth, besides

many other features in each case.

The South African species have stood in need of critical revision.

Of the fourteen (incl. Myzxus) hitherto admitted to our fauna-list,

four, viz. auratus Risso, speigleri Blkr., saliens Risso, and cunnescius

C. and V., have now been found not valid, while strongylocephalus Rich.,

oligolepis Blkr., tricuspidens n. sp., and canaliculatus n. sp. have been

added, and ewronotus A. Smith, up to now regarded as a synonym of

saliens, has been revived. M. diadema G. and T. has been found to

be identical with compressus Gnthr., and ceylonensis Gnthr. with

buchanani Blkr. Myzxus barnardi G. and T. has been found to be a

synonym of Mugil cephalus Linn.

It may be as well to state that of definite purpose there have been

omitted from most of the descriptions those details which, by the

examination of a number of specimens, have been found to vary

widely, and which can have but little significance. Among these

may be mentioned the nature of the dorsal and ventral profiles, of

the interorbital, and the degree of compression of the body. Varia-

tion in these may result from different methods of preservation, as

well as in part from varying degrees of sexual maturity.

It should be emphasised that a critical revision of Mugil species,

based upon an adequate world collection, is long overdue. Such a

revision would be of the greatest value to systematists, if only because

Mugil is almost cosmopolitan in distribution, and local specimens are

contained in probably every Museum collection throughout the world.

It is frankly admitted that the identification of many of our species

with those from other parts is provisional only. Not only are the

majority of descriptions in the somewhat scanty literature available

to me of little diagnostic value, but it has not been possible to secure

* It may be remarked that there is no record of this identification in the S.A.

Museum. Boulenger identified other species from specimens in this Museum, of

which records have been kept.

592 Annals of the South African Museum.

the desired number of identified specimens from other parts for

examination and comparison. The final pronouncement of the

identity of our species must be left to some worker who has at his

disposal adequate world material.

The chief aim of the present work has been to establish clearly the

differentiation of the South African species.

It will be noticed that there are very few positive statements about

synonymy, where such would be based upon descriptions only. I

have nevertheless made an exhaustive study of descriptions of our,

and of related, species, but in most cases the lack of significant detail

would render opinions based upon these of little value.

The localities given in the present work are those from which the

specimens were actually obtained. The sizes given are those of the

specimens examined.

Certain characteristic features of Mugil species which have received

little or no attention from systematists, but which appear to be of

considerable taxonomic significance, are described below.

GROWTH CHANGES.

There is the usual variation with age in the relative size of the eye,

and of the dimensional relationships of the parts of the head. The

shape of the dorsal and of the anal fin undergoes considerable modi-

fication with growth in some species, e.g. buchanani (q.v.). The

anterior dorsal and anal rays, the caudal lobes, the pectorals, the

pectoral axillary scale, and the adipose eyelids, all appear to increase

somewhat in relative size with growth. The exposed surface on the

chin increases in size in some species, e.g. buchanani, and the scaling

on the vertical fins appears to become denser. The origin of the

first dorsal frequently appears to move towards the snout, as if there

is a somewhat greater increase of the posterior than of the anterior

half of the body with growth.

SCALES.

The scales may be cycloid or ctenoid, and in some cases (e.g.

euronotus) both are present. The denticulations are generally larger,

and greater in extent, on scales from the ventral area. The ventral

scales are always more elongate than those from the dorsal area.

The form of equivalent scales has been found to be sometimes

highly characteristic, and in several cases immediately diagnostic.

The multicanaliculate scales of canaliculatus enable this species to

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 593

be distinguished at a glance from all others from South Africa. The

dorsal scales of capito are, from the early mid-juvenile stadia, denticu-

late, whereas those of the closely related species euronotus are cycloid.

Further, the mucus canals of the former species are long and narrow,

whereas those of the latter are short and wide.

The young of those species I have examined have cycloid scales,

the denticulations appearing as a small mid-posterior patch, which

rapidly extends over the whole area (Pl. XIX, A-H, for capito).

Two species, cephalus Linn. and strongylocephalus Rich., are remark-

able in possessing two distinct squamations. The main scales are

large. In the investing mesodermal integument is found a secondary

squamation of minute cycloid scales, which are visible upon the sur-

face of the primary scales (Pl. XV, A and B). This is especially well

developed over the occipital area, while, in cephalus, the largest of

these scales of secondary origin are to be found in the thickened dermal

investment of the axillary scales of the pectoral and ventral fins.

Enlarged photographs of the scales of most of the South African

species are reproduced in Plates XVII-XX, XXII.

ScaLy Basa Process oF First DORSAL.

One feature of significance is the relative length of the pointed

scaly process at the base of the first dorsal fin. Not only does the

relative length of this appear to be remarkably constant at all stages

in any one species, but it differs between the species, so as to afford

in some cases a reliable guide to differentiation. Its use was ap-

parently first proposed by Ninni * (Considerazioni sul genere Mugil,

Venezia, 1909), but I have not seen this paper, and do not know how

he proposed to use it. Later authors have apparently not considered

this feature of any value.

DENTITION.

The teeth are always very small, and are in some species very

minute, so as to resemble partly or wholly ossified dermal cilia, but

they are always, in the upper jaw at least, definitely sub-labial, with

the bases adnate to the premaxilla. These premaxillary teeth vary

both in size and shape, and have been found to be frequently char-

acteristic, and in some species immediately diagnostic: the tricuspid

this species to be easily distinguished.

* Vide Athanassoupoulos, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., 1920, xlviii, p. 255.

a ae

594 _ Annals of the South African Museum.

The teeth appear to be equally developed at all stages. In older

individuals they may be partly hidden by the development of infra-

labial spongy tissue, which has probably given rise to the idea that

teeth are sometimes better developed in the young, since they are

then frequently exsert and more easily visible.

In order to determine the nature of the premaxillary teeth, when

they are partly or completely hidden, the following procedure has

been found satisfactory. With a sharp pair of fine scissors a thin

strip of the upper jaw is snipped off, and soaked for some minutes in

rectified spirit. The strip is then placed on a slide and allowed to

dry thoroughly. This causes retraction of the enveloping tissue,

and leaves the teeth clearly visible.

The teeth possess elongated, dilated, bases.

The teeth of certain species have brown apices. This applies

especially to those such as euronotus and tricuspidens, in which they

are apically dilated, like those of the fresh-water Cichlidae. It is

interesting to note that these species are almost wholly fluviatile.

Enlarged photographs of characteristic forms of premaxillary

teeth are reproduced in Plate XVII, C-G.

Palatal and lingual teeth are usually villiform or obtusely conical.

In old specimens they may be obscured by a layer of mucus, but may

be detected by means of a dissecting needle. Those on the tongue

are usually present in adjoining patches round the anterior margin,

and occasionally also over the slight median ridge of this organ

(fig. 8, A).

VENTRAL FINS.

As has been noted previously, the form of the ventrals is highly

characteristic, and may prove of use as a generic feature.

The last ray of each fin is connected for a part of its length to the

body by a membrane, which is also joined to that from the opposing

fin (fig. 1, A and B). This forms a hollow pouch, sub-triangular in

cross-section. Over this pouch, and of the same length, or shorter,

projects a cuneiform inter-ventral scaly process, consisting usually

of five or six series of scales, the apical scale being elongate and

pointed (fig. 1, sp.).

The precise function of this peculiar structure is not clear. It is

possible that the increased rigidity imparted to the distended ventrals

may play some important part in the leaping powers of these fishes.

When the fish moves rapidly, the pressure of the water upon

the inclined plane of the obliquely extended ventrals would tend

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 595

to divert the anterior part of the body upwards. The larger the

ventrals, and the more anterior their insertion, the greater will be

this effect.

Fig. 1.—Diagram to show the structure of the ventral fins of Mugil species—

A, lateral view; B, ventral view. mv, membrane connecting ventrals*; mb,

membrane joined to body; sp, interventral scaly process.

GILLS AND GILL-RAKERS.

The gill-rakers to the three inner arches are set at right angles to

the vertical plane of the gill-arches. The rakers themselves are

extremely close-set and form a plane surface, the rigidity of each

plane being assisted by the enmeshing of setiform processes which

are present on the adjacent basal portions of each raker. The rakers

do not interdigitate with those from the adjacent arch, but those of

each side of each arch form a gently curved edge, which coincides

exactly with that from the adjacent arch (Pl. XV, C).

The lower pharyngeal area is divided by a raised medio-longitudinal

ridge, of which a longitudinally grooved anterior dilation is immedi-

ately posterior to the basibranchial cartilage. Hach half of the

lower pharyngeal area is concave, the enlarged upper pharyngeals

fitting exactly into the two concavities. The lower pharyngeal

bones are themselves very thin, long, curved, and fairly narrow:

along the middle of the upper surface of each is a cartilaginous ridge,

which bears on each side of the apex, as a continuous curved plane,

lamellae exactly similar in structure to, but longer than, the rakers

on the functional gill-arches. The edge of the exterior series meets

that of the inner series of rakers from the inner functional gill-arch.

The inner edge of the inner series of these lamellae is adnate to the

cutaneous margin of the medio-longitudinal pharyngeal ridge, while

* Slightly exaggerated.

er re ew ee ———

596 Annals of the South African Museum.

the lower margins of both series of lamellae are adnate to the upper

margin of the pharyngeals, the outer series projecting some distance

into the branchial cavity (Pl. XV, C).

It may be presumed that these pharyngeal lamellae have been

developed from the true rakers originally present on the arch now

modified to form the pharyngeals. If so, it is an interesting example

of a surviving integral portion of a highly modified structure, having

retained the original form and function despite the profound struc-

tural and functional modification of the main structure.

DIMENSIONAL RELATIONSHIPS, ETC.

In order that dimensional relationships and scale-counts shall

have their full value, it is essential that the precise limits should be

defined. In the present paper the following have been employed :—

Length of Head.—This is measured with dividers in a straight line

from the tip of the retracted snout to the hindmost point of the

opercular margin on the level of the upper margin of the pectoral

base, 7.e. it is measured diagonally, and not in profile.

Head without snout is measured from the hind margin of the head

to the anterior margin of the orbit.

Length of Pectoral—This is employed as an important diagnostic

character, and is measured from the body to the tip of the pectoral,

when the latter is held at right angles to the side.

Caudal Base.—This is taken as the base of the mid-caudal rays,

which is obscured by the scaling. The body scales diminish very

little in size up to this point, the scales on the basal portion of the rays

being generally abruptly smaller. In fresh specimens the bases of

the rays are easily visible if the caudal be distended and viewed

against a light. In preserved specimens this point is less easily

ascertainable, but may generally be determined by similar means.

The diagnostic scale-counts employed in the present work may quite

easily be made with sufficient accuracy.

Scales : Lateral Series.—This is taken as the number of scales in

the first continuous series above the axil of the pectoral, from directly

above the hind margin of the head (see Length of Head, above) to the

caudal base (q.v.). The first series above the axil is not usually

continuous, being interrupted at the 3rd or 4th scale, whereas

the next series above is usually regular, often starting from above

the hind margin of the head in a gentle downward curve.

Scales : Transverse Series.—This count can have but little signifi-

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 597

cance, since the number of transverse series varies very little between

the species. The counts given in this work are taken from before

the origin of the first dorsal to the mid-line of the belly.

Scales: Predorsal.—All previous counts of the predorsal scales

have been taken from the origin of the first dorsal to the snout.

Since the dorsal cephalic squamation is rarely ever regular, counts

between these limits are of little value in the absence of precise

definition of the method of counting.

The number of predorsal scales does not appear to be of any special

significance, as apart from the number in lateral series, but the

number of series between the

origin of the first dorsal and

the point above the hind margin

of the head has in each case

been recorded.

Angle of Lower Jaw.—This

does not alone appear to be of

any special significance, but

as most workers make some

statement about the nature

of this feature, it appears

advisable to follow suit. The

majority of statements appear Fic. 2.—Diagram of chin of a specimen of

to have been based upon casual eee Pe Bo ce aeleer vee

estimations, which can have

but little value, and actual diagrams in illustration of the angle of

the mouth do not infrequently fail to agree with corresponding

statements. I have therefore judged it wise to record the actual

angle subtended by the corners of the mouth at the symphysis,

which is not affected by the nature of the outline of the jaw,

this being sometimes rounded, and sometimes angular. This angle

has been measured by means of a simple goniometer devised and

constructed for this purpose.

Origin of first Dorsal (1) to Snout, (2) to Caudal Base, (3) to Hind

Margin of Caudal Rays.—These are measured with dividers, one point

at the anterior point of the base of the first dorsal spine, and the

other (1) at the tip of the snout, (2) at the mid-point (lateral) of the

caudal base, and (3) at the actual hind margin of the mid-caudal

rays, respectively.

Length of Pointed Basal Scaly Process of First Dorsal.—This is

measured from the anterior point of the base of the first dorsal spine

}

598 Annals of the South African Museum.

to the hindmost point (apex) of the scaly process. When the two

processes are unequal in length, the longer is measured.

Length of snout is measured obliquely from the tip of the snout to

the anterior margin of the orbit.

Total length is measured from the tip of the snout to the hind

margin of the mid-caudal rays.

Other measurements are taken in the usual manner.

The interventral scaly process varies very little in relative length

between the species, averaging three in head.

Key to the South African species.

I. Adipose eyelids well developed, the posterior covering more

than half of the posterior width of the iris, in some cases

reaching to hind margin of pupil.

A. Scales 37-42. Pectorals not longer than head without

snout.*

1. Anal rays 7-8. 2nd dorsal not scaly. Anterior

eyelid well developed ; cephalus.

2. Anal rays 9. 2nd dorsal scaly. Antenee ‘eyelid

feebler as. ; robustus.

B. Scales 33-35. Pectorals loaber fires head wikliods

snout >. . : 3 : . strongylocephalus.

II. Adipose eyelids narrow or rudimentary better visible in

adults, round the outer margin of the eye, covering not

more than half of the posterior portion of the iris.

A. Prominent papillae in several series on lower margin of

upper lip, which is very ee at snout tip.

(Scales 37-40) . : : ; ~ crenilabis.

B. No papillae on upper lip, which is nat, or scarcely,

more than 4 of eye deep at snout tip.

1. Scales 41-49.

a. Pectorals not longer than head without

snout.* Palatine teeth present.

x. Scale at base of first dorsal 6-5-8 in

distance from origin of first dorsal

to snout tip. Soft dorsal com-

pletely scaly . : euronotus.

y. Scale at base of first dorsal 45 in

distance from origin of first dorsal

to snout tip. Soft dorsal not

scaly posteriorly ; capito.

b. Pectorals longer (in adults much Tengen) fan

head without snout.* No palatine teeth.

x. Teeth comparatively large, tricuspid.

Pectorals 1-2-1-3in head. Maxilla

wellexposed . 3 : : tricuspidens.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 599

y. Teeth not tricuspid, small. Pectorals

1-0-1:1 in head. Maxilla com-

pletely concealed : ‘ : seheli.

2. Seales 29-40.

a. End of maxilla concealed. . A scaly process

in axil of pectoral, longer than 4} length

of fin.

x. Pectorals longer (in adults much longer)

than head without snout.* (1-0-

1-1 in head.)

a. Scales 38-40 (42). Longest dor-

sal ray shorter than ventrals seheli.

Bp. Seales 33-35. Longest dorsal

ray longer than ventrals. buchanani.

y. Pectorals not longer than head without

snout.* (1-4-1-5 in head, scales

37-39) : : : : 2 robustus.

b. End of maxilla exposed. No process, or a

very short and blunt one, in axil of

pectoral.

x. Ventrals longer than head without

snout.* Scale at base of first

dorsal shorter than 2 of postorbital

part of head. (Scales 29-32) : compressus.

y. Ventrals shorter than head without

snout.* Scale at base of first

dorsal longer than 2 of postorbital

part of head.

a. Scales 33-35. Pectorals very

little longer than head with-

out snout.* Predorsal scales

not multicanaliculate . : macrolepis.

B. Scales 36-39. Pectorals longer

than head without snout,*

usually as long as entire head.

Predorsal scales multicanali-

culate : : : : canaliculatus.

3. Scales 26-28.

a. Analrays8. Caudalalmost truncate. Pec-

torals partly or wholly black .. : waigiensis.

b. Anal rays 9. Caudal emarginate. Pec-

torals light : : : : : oligolepis.

Note on Key.—It will be observed that two species (seheli and robustus) each

occur twice in the Key. It appears to be difficult to avoid the use of scale-count

as a primary diagnostic character, and seheli forms an unfortunate bridge between -

* 7.e. distance from hind margin of head to anterior margin of orbit. The

hind margin of the head is always taken on the level of the upper margin of the

base of the pectoral.

600 Annals of the South African Museum.

the two main groups. The method here employed obviates this difficulty. In

the case of robustus the eyelids shrink on preservation, and might not be accounted

large enough for the species to fall in Group I (see note under robustus).

Another Key, embracing five Indo-Pacific species likely to be found here, will

be found at the end of this paper.

Mugil cephalus Linn.

(Plate XV.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. il, p. 418 (constantiae), and

p. 419 (cephalotus).

1888. Day, Fish. India, p. 353, pl. Ixxv, fig. 3 (oeur).

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 82, fig. 48 (oeur).

1918. Athanassoupoulos, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (3), vol. vil, p. 264.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aust. Archip., vol. iv,

. 253.

: 1925. Barnard, Ann. §.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 302, and p. 311 (Myzus

barnardi).

1930. Jacot, Sci. Rep. Imp. Univ. Tohok. (4), vol. iv, No. 4,

p. 825 ff.

Snout very broad, bluntly rounded or obtusely angular. Depth

3-5-4, length of head 3-3-4 in length of body. Hye 3-8 (Juv.)-5, snout

3-3-4-8, interorbital width 2-2-4, postorbital length 1-8-2 in length

of head. Adipose eyelids well developed, completely encircling pupil,

exposed surface of iris small or none (adult), aperture in membrane

round or vertically elliptical. Nostrils 2-5 in eye diameter apart,

posterior as far from front margin of eye as anterior from profile of

snout tip. Lower margin of preorbital not bent or notched, obliquely

truncated, maxilla almost or quite concealed, exposed portion in-

creases with age. Angle of lower jaw 65-88°, outline of lower jaw

sub-angular, rounded, or undulate. Symphysial knob double.

Upper lip thin, width at apex of snout 6 in eye. Curved compressed

teeth in one, few, or many series in each jaw. Villiform teeth on

pterygoids. Palatines, vomer, and tongue edentate. Prevomerine

groove distinct. Exposed area on chin long and wide.

D IV +I, (6—)8. First dorsal inserted 1-0-1-1 times further from

caudal base than from tip of snout, 1-3-1-4 times as far from the

hind margin of the mid-caudal rays as from the snout tip. First

spine 1-6—-1-8, base of first dorsal 2-0-2-5 in head. Distance from

origin of first to origin of second dorsal 1-0-1-3 (J.) in head. First

dorsal inserted above the 13th—-14th, second above the 24th-26th

lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale extends behind origin of first

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 601

dorsal 2-8-3-8 in head, 2-6-3-0 in distance from origin of first to

origin of second dorsal, 5-3-6-4 in distance from origin of first dorsal

to snout tip. Longest soft ray 1-6-1-8, base of second dorsal 2-0-2-6

in head. Last ray much longer than penultimate, edge of fin concave.

Second dorsal scaly basally only.

oy, ( @. |

Fic. 3.—Mugil cephalus Linn.

Note.—In this and other text-figures of species, the lateral row of dots indicates

the number and disposition of the lateral rows of scales.

The dimensional relationships involving the length of the head may appear to differ

between the text and the figures, but the head in the former is not measured in profile

(see p. 596).

A III, 8. Inserted in advance of second dorsal, below the 22nd-—

25th lateral scale. Longest ray 1-5-1-8 in head, shape of fin similar

to that of soft dorsal. Scaly for anterior 2.

P 17, 1:3-1-5 (J.) in head, tip reaches to the 10th—12th lateral scale.

Inserted 2:3-3-5 times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal

profile. Axillary scale long and pointed, 3-3-4-8 (J.) in head.

Ventrals 1-5-1-6 in head, inserted below in advance of, behind, or

at, midway between origin of first dorsal and hind margin of head.

Edge of fin truncate. Axillary scale 3-2-4 in head.

Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe longer, increasing with age,

mid-rays 1-7—1-9 in head.

Scales ctenoid, predorsal scales 1-0-1:2 times wider than long

(Pl. XV, A). Mucus canal long and narrow, often oblique. Most

scales, especially those on occipital region, and axillary scales, with

a superimposed secondary squamation of minute cycloid scales,

developed in the integument, more noticeable in large specimens *

* IT have examined specimens from Japan and America, and this secondary

scaling is well developed, indicating that it is characteristic of the species and

not confined to South African specimens.

602 | Annals of the South African Museum.

(Pl. XV, A and B). Lat. ser. 39-42, l.tr. 14-15, 2 cheek scales, 13-14

predorsal to above hind margin of head.

Colour.—Silvery, darker above. Sometimes longitudinal stripes.

Fishes from brackish water generally darker in colour.

Localities.—Lakeside (Cape Peninsula), Knysna River, Kabeljaauws

River, Port Elizabeth (Zwartkops River), Kowie River, Great Fish

River, Buffalo River, Mazeppa Bay, Durban, Sinkwazi, Kosi Bay.

Also Japan, Peru, Chesapeake Bay (N. America).

Length.—Up to 630 mm.

Thirty-four specimens, from 55 mm. up, examined.

The synonymy of this species is rather complex. oeur Forsk. is

regarded by most authors as conspecific with cephalus, but Boulenger

(loc. cit.) regards the former as distinct in that the angle of the lower

jaw 1s acute, whereas that of cephalus is stated to be obtuse.. I have

seen a juvenile specimen in the 8.A. Museum which Boulenger

identified as cephalus. This specimen has the mouth open, and it

appears as if the mandibles are set at an obtuse angle, whereas when

the mouth is closed the angle is 84°. I have seen no specimens in

which the angle of the mouth is obtuse. It is curious that Giinther

(loc. cit.) gave no diagram of the mouth of cephalus, or of related

species stated to have a mouth of obtuse angle, whereas he gave

numerous diagrams of mouths of acute angle.

I have examined several specimens of cephalus from America

(kindly donated by Dr. George 8. Myers of the U.S. National Museum),

and these are in all respects identical with ours. The angle of the

mouth falls within the limits of variation in our specimens.

M. cephalus (as here defined) is quite obviously a somewhat poly-

morphous species. In so far as I have observed, it is almost always

fluviatile, and does not commonly occur in the sea. It is possible

that purely local forms may show minor variations from the general.

The teeth in the jaws, the extent of the exposure of the maxilla, and

the shape of the mouth are all extremely variable. In some specimens

there is a single series of teeth, while others from the same locality

have several or many rows in both jaws. The angle of the mouth

varies from 65-88°, while the lower jaw may be sub-angular, rounded,

or anteriorly undulate. Further, the angle of the mouth does not,

in my specimens, become more obtuse with age. Some of the largest

have the angle 65-70°.

I have endeavoured to find some constant basis among these

variations for the establishment of sub-species, but there appears to

be no combination of these, or of these with other characters, which

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 603

would justify this step. With more intensive study it may be possible

to discover combinations of features which will establish definite sub-

species. It is not unlikely that a very detailed study of specimens

from all parts of the world would probably yield interesting results.

The extraordinary secondary cycloid squamation briefly described

above alone merits special attention, and may ultimately prove of

importance in the division of the genus, especially as it is present in

strongylocephalus, which also possesses well-developed eyelids. These

smaller scales are quite obviously ossified, and mesodermal in origin.

Myzus barnardi G. and T.is undoubtedly merely a juvenile cephalus.

Barnard (loc. cit.) suspected this, but, possibly because the specimen

is damaged, missed the scaly process which is present in the axil of

the one undamaged pectoral. This process is always much smaller

in the very young stadia.

M. cephalus attains a large size. In brackish vleis, and in the quiet

upper reaches of lagoons and estuaries, specimens up to ten pounds

in weight are not infrequently encountered. This species possesses

very considerable leaping powers, which are not, however, as great

as those of tricuspidens, while the type of leap is also different:

cephalus leaps with the head well up, and the body curved, whereas

the former species jumps much further, with the body more or less

straight and parallel with the surface of the water.

Mugil robustus Guthr.

(Plates XXI, A, and XXII, A, B.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 432.

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 92, fig. 54.

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 305.

_ Body markedly robust anteriorly, tapering posteriorly. Snout

fairly broad, bluntly rounded, upper lip forms oblique truncated

margin. Depth 4-0, length of head 3-9 in length of body. Eye

4-1-4-3, snout 3-7, interorbital width 2-5, postorbital part of head

1-8inlength of head. Adipose eyelids very fragile, but well developed,

especially the posterior, which extends almost to the hind margin of

the pupil; the anterior covers about half of the width of the iris.

(With preservation the eyelids appear to shrink considerably.)

Nostrils 2-8 in eye diameter apart, the anterior as far from snout tip |

profile as the posterior from the front margin of the eye. Lower

margin of preorbital not notched, sharply bent downwards over the

angle of the mouth, end scarcely serrate, slightly convex. Maxilla

VOi, Ae PART, 4]

604 Annals of the South African Museum.

completely concealed. Angle of lower jaw 110-112°; outline of jaw

angular. Symphysial knob single. Upper lip fairly thin, width at

apex of snout 4ineye. Noteethinany part of mouth. Prevomerine

groove well marked. Exposed area on chin long and very narrow.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 1:05-1:08 times further from

caudal base than snout tip, 1-4 times as far from the hind margin of

the mid-caudal rays as from snout tip. First spine 1-7, base of first

dorsal 1-9-2 in head. Distance from origin of first to origin of second

dorsal 1:0-1-1 in head. First dorsal inserted above the 12th, second

above the 23rd—24th lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale extends

behind origin of first dorsal 2:3-2-4 in head, 2-2 in distance from

origin of first to origin of second dorsal, 1-3 in postorbital part of

Fic. 4.—Mugil robustus Gnthr. (see note, fig. 3).

head, and 4-3-4-4 in distance between origin of first dorsal and snout

tip. Longest soft ray 2-0, base of second dorsal 2-3-2-5 in head.

Last ray slightly longer than penultimate. Fin scarcely falcate,

edge concave; completely scaly.

A III, 9. Inserted in advance of second dorsal, below the 22nd—23rd

lateral scale. Longest ray 2-1 in head; shape of fin similar to that of

soft dorsal; completely scaly.

P 15, 1-4-1-5 in head, shorter than head without snout, tip reaches

to the 10th lateral scale. Inserted 2-4 times as far from the ventral

as from the dorsal profile. Axillary scale large and pointed, 3-5 in

head, 2-5 in pectoral.

Ventrals 1:6 in head, inserted below midway between origin of

first dorsal and hind margin of head. Edge of fin subtruncate.

Axillary scale 3-0 in head.

Caudal moderately forked, upper lobe longer, mid-rays 1-8 in head.

Scales cycloid or very feebly denticulate, or with scalloped edge,

predorsal scales slightly longer than wide (Pl. XXI, A and B). No

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 605

secondary squamation. Lat. ser. 37-39, l.tr. 12-13, three cheek scales,

12 predorsal to above hind margin of head.

Colour.—Bright silvery, slightly dusky above. Sometimes a golden

opercular spot. Traces of faint longitudinal stripes. Axillary spot

very distinct.

Localities.—Isipingo lagoon, Durban Bay, Kosi Bay.

Length.—Up to 230 mm.

Four specimens, from 190 mm. up, examined.

This appears to be a well-defined, but comparatively scarce and

localised species.

Previous descriptions do not agree very well. Giinther (loc. cit.)

specifically mentions the well-developed adipose eyelids, whereas

Boulenger (loc. cit.) neither describes them nor shows them in his

figure. Barnard (loc. cit.) possibly never saw a specimen, and may

have been misled by Boulenger’s work.

As has been indicated above, the adipose eyelids of robustus are

abnormally thin, and tend to shrink with preservation, especially

if the specimen is permitted to become even superficially dry. Even

so, the eyelids are then so well marked as to merit special mention.

It would be strange to find any species as strictly localised as this

would appear from its recorded area. Day (Fish. India, 1888,

p. 356) described as caeruleomaculatus Lacep., a species, which, except

for the absence of adipose eyelids, agrees exactly with the diagnosis

of robustus. I have not seen the original description of caeruleo-

maculatus, but Giinther’s diagnosis (loc. cit., p. 445) of that species,

while rather brief, agrees with that of Weber and de Beaufort (Fish.

Indo-Aust. Archip., 1922, vol. iv, p. 250), and fits quite well a specimen

of this species (from India) which I have examined and which is

quite distinct from robustus. It is not unlikely that Day may have

examined preserved specimens with eyelids so shrunken as to have

misled him. It is extremely likely that Day’s specimens were

actually conspecific with robustus, in which case this species extends

from Africa through Mauritius to the Indo-Malayan area, which

appears reasonable.

According to the Indian netters on the Natal coast, robustus is never

very plentiful, but relatively large numbers appear on the coasts in May.

Unfortunately, little reliance can be placed upon their identifications.

M. robustus is closely related to cephalus as well as to seheli. From -

the former it is distinguished by the extra anal ray, by the nature of

the eyelids, by the shape of the mouth, and by the scaly median fins.

From the latter by the much shorter pectorals, and by the presence

606 Annals of the South African Museum.

of eyelids, as well as in dimensional relationships. It could scarcely

be confused with any other South African species.

Mugil strongylocephalus Rich.

(Plates XVI, A, and XVIII, A, B.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 425, and p. 428

(longimanus).

1888. Day, Fish. India, p. 349, pl. Ixxiv, fig. 3 (cunnesius).

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aust. Archip., vol. iv,

p- 239 (longimanus).

1925. Barnard, Ann. §.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 302 (cunnesius).

1925. Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol: Txevijp epee

(longumanus).

Depth 3-8, length of head 3-6 in length of body. Hye 3-7, snout

3°6, interorbital width 2-3-2-5, postorbital 1-8—-2-0 in length of head.

Adipose eyelids well developed, almost encircling pupil, posterior

more prominent, almost reaching pupil, aperture in membrane

elliptical. Nostrils + of eye diameter apart, anterior midway between

profile of snout tip and anterior margin of eye. Lower margin of

preorbital slightly bent, scarcely notched. End of preorbital narrow,

serrated, maxilla almost concealed. Angle of lower jaw 92-96°,

outline of jaw angular, or very slightly rounded (adults). Symphysial

knob double. Upper lip thin, width at apex of snout 4 of eye.

Very minute pointed teeth in a single row in upper jaw. Villiform

teeth on pterygoids and possibly also on tongue. Traces of minute

teeth on vomer. Palatines and lower jaw edentate; exposed area

between rami of mandibles short and narrow.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 1:0-1:06 times as far from the

tip of the snout as from caudal base, 1-2-1-3 times as far from the

tip of the mid-caudal rays as from tip of snout. First spine 1-8-2-1,

base of first dorsal 1-9-2-2 in head. Distance from origin of first to

origin of second dorsal 1:15-1:25 in head. First dorsal inserted above

the 10th-12th, second above the 19th—20th lateral scale. Pointed

sheath scale extends behind first dorsal 2:2-2:5 in head, 1-8-2-2 in

distance from origin of first to origin of second dorsal, 4:0—-4:6 in

distance from origin of first dorsal to tip of snout. Second soft ray

1-6-1-8, base of second dorsal 2-7—-2-9 in head. Last ray longer than

penultimate, fin not much elevated anteriorly, edge concave. Soft

dorsal at least partly scaly.

A III, 9, inserted in advance of second dorsal, below the 17th—18th

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 607

lateral scale. Second ray 1-6-1-8 in head; shape of fin similar to that

of dorsal; scaly.

P 15-16, 1-06-1-25 in head, tip reaches to 11th-12th lateral scale,

inserted 2-6-3 times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal profile.

Axillary scale, bluntly rounded or pointed, 3-3-5 in head.

Ventrals 1-6—-1-7 in head, inserted below 1-1—-1-2 times as far from

the origin of the first dorsal as from the hind margin of the head.

Edge of fin gently rounded. Axillary scale 2-7-3-0in head. Ventrals

and pectorals scaly on basal half.

Caudal moderately forked, mid-rays 1-8 in head; scaly.

Scales cycloid; mucus canal long and narrow. Predorsal scales

Zonas

—————

tem.

———_4

Fic. 5.—Mugil strongylocephalus Rich. (see note, fig. 3).

1-1 times as wide as long (Pl. XVIII, Aand B). Lat. ser. 33-35, l.tz.

11-12, 3-4 cheek scales, 11-12 predorsal to above hind margin of head.

A few small secondary elongated cycloid scales upon the scales of

the nuchal region. (Also found in a specimen from India.)

Colour.—Silvery, slightly darker above. Caudal with dark margin.

Pectoral axil black. |

Localities.—Isipingo lagoon, Durban, Beira, Bay of Bengal.

Length.—Up to 195 mm.

Seven specimens, from 140 mm. in length up, examined.

I have not seen the original description, and the diagnosis of these

specimens as strongylocephalus, being based on Giinther’s description

(loc. cit.) of the type (and of others ?), is provisional only.

There appears to be a somewhat hopeless confusion in regard to

specimens described as engeli Blkr., kelaartiz Guthr., longimanus Guthr.,

and strongylocephalus, the types of all of which come from the Indo-

Pacific. I have seen only Giinther’s description of the latter species.

The majority of authors agree in placing kelaartw in the synonymy

608 Annals of the South African Museum.

of engeli, but this appears to be doubtful. The former species was

described from very young specimens, in which the pectorals are

generally shorter than in the adult, and yet the pectorals of these

juvenile types are stated to be actually longer than those of adult

engeli. A critical revision of these two species would almost certainly

establish that kelaartw is distinct from engelv.

M. kelaarti is held to be distinct from longimanus ( fide Giinther)

mainly because the pectorals of the former are somewhat shorter.

Here again the difference in size between the type-specimens would

easily account for the slightly shorter pectorals of the former species,

and the two are most probably conspecific. Further, the upper

lip of longimanus is stated by Giinther (loc. cit.) and by Weber and

de Beaufort (loc. cit.) to be rather thick, whereas Day’s figure (loc. cit.)

shows a thin lip. The specimens described above have a thin lip,

and, with the exception of the point of insertion of the first dorsal,

agree exactly with Day’s figure.

The head and chin of strongylocephalus as figured by Giinther agree

exactly with those of my specimens, and I can find nothing of import-

ance in which they differ from Giinther’s description of that species.

I have examined a specimen from the Bay of Bengal, kindly lent by

the Indian Museum, Calcutta, labelled cunnesius C. and V., which

agrees in all particulars with my specimens, and with Giinther’s

description and figures of the head of strongylocephalus.

M. kelaarti and longimanus are held to differ from strongylocephalus

in that the maxilla of the former two is entirely concealed, whereas

the tip of that of the latter remains visible. Giinther does not state

the size of the type of the latter species, but it is, from what he says,

presumably an adult. I have found that the extremity of the

maxilla is generally more exposed in large specimens. In my speci-

mens, especially in the smallest, when the mouth is pressed shut,

it appears as if the maxilla is entirely hidden, but a careful examina-

tion reveals that the extremity always remains visible. This slight

difference can alone scarcely justify the maintenance of kelaartw and

longimanus as distinct from strongylocephalus, and in my opinion they

are most likely conspecific. Fowler’s Delagoa Bay specimen appears

to be unquestionably conspecific.

This species, which appears to be widely distributed in the Indo-

Pacific, will probably be found to be fairly common in Natal waters

with more intensive collection.

It is easily distinguished by the well-developed eyelids, the long

pectorals, and the scale-counts from all other South African species.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 609

Mugil crenilabis Forsk.

¢ 1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 458.

1888. Day, Fish. India, p. 355.

1925. Barnard, Ann. §8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 307.

Depth 3-8-4:3, length of head 3-2-3-4 in length of body. Eye

38-4, snout 3-5, interorbital width 2-3-2-5, and postorbital length

1-9 in length of head. Adipose eyelids rudimentary. Nostrils } eye

diameter apart, anterior midway between front margin of eye and

profile of snout tip. Lower margin of preorbital bent, deeply emar-

ginate, end dilated, serrae large. Maxilla completely concealed.

Fic. 6.—Mugil crenilabis Forsk. (see note, fig. 3).

Angle of mouth 94—96°, outline of jaw sub-angular. Upper lip thick,

half, or slightly less than half, eye diameter at snout tip; lower margin

with 5-6 series of fleshy tubercles, the lower with apical branches.

Lower lip with expanded rugose plicate fringe. Exposed area on

chin small and narrow. No teeth visible in jaws, or on palatal

bones. Minute teeth on tongue.

DIV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 1-0—-1-06 times as far from snout

tip as from caudal base, 1-3 times as far from the hind margin of the

mid-caudal rays as from snout tip. First spine 2-1—2-3, base of first

dorsal 4 in head. Distance from origin of first to origin of second

dorsal 1-3-1:4 in head. First dorsal inserted above the 12th, second

above the 24th lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale very short,

extends behind origin of first dorsal 4-6 in head, 3-3 in distance from

origin of first to origin of second dorsal, 8 in distance from origin

of first dorsal to snout tip. Longest soft ray 1-8, base of second dorsal

3°5 in head. Second dorsal sub-falcate, edge concave; scaly.

610 Annals of the South African Museum.

A III, 9, inserted in advance of second dorsal, below the 23rd

lateral scale. Longest ray 1-8 in head. In shape similar to dorsal.

P 16-17, 1-3-1:4 in head, tip reaches 12th lateral scale, inserted

2-5-3 times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal profile. No

axillary scale, or a very indistinct short process.

Ventrals 1-7 in head, inserted below midway between hind margin

of head and origin of first dorsal. Edge of fin truncate. Axillary

scale 3-5-4 in head.

Caudal emarginate, lower lobe slightly longer, mid-rays 1-7 in head.

Scales cycloid, but with rudimentary scalloping on posterior

margin, indicating that adults will probably have ctenoid scales.

Predorsal scales about as wide as long. Lat. ser. 37-40, l.tr. 13-14,

3-4 cheek scales, 12-13 predorsally to above hind margin of head.

Colour.—(Preserved.) Uniform light brown.

Locality.— Durban.

Length.—Up to 56 mm.

Two specimens, 54 and 56 mm. in length, examined.

This is the only species from South Africa with tubercular lip, and

it is easily distinguished from our others by this feature alone.

It is evidently fairly rare: I have seen none but the two §.A.

Museum specimens described above. It has been stated to attain

a length of over 200 mm., and to be fairly widely distributed in

the Indo-Malayan area. I am not quite certain that our specimens

are actually crenilabis, but they are very small and not too well

preserved, so that I am unable to venture any definite opinion on the

matter. The above description is taken as a composite from both

specimens.

Probably ruppellii Guthr. (loc. cit., p. 458) is not different.

Mugil euronotus Smith.

(Plates XVI, KE; XVIL, H- xix] Ce)

¢ 1849. Smith, Illus. 8.A. Pisces, pl. xxix, fig. 2.

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. iii, p. 443 (salens part).

1861. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 85 (saliens part).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 307 (saliens part).

Depth 3-9-4-6, length of head 3-2 (J.)-4-5 (Ad.) in length of body.

Hye 4:0 (J.)-4:8 (Ad.), snout 3-2 (Ad.)-3-7 (J.), interorbital width

2:2-2-6, and postorbital length 1-8-2-0 in length of head. Adipose

eyelids rudimentary, better visible in adults. Nostrils 4 of eye

diameter apart, anterior nearer profile of snout tip than anterior

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 611

margin of eye. Lower margin of preorbital gently curved down-

wards, not notched, serrate. Maxilla not, or only extreme tip,

exposed. Preorbital scaly. Angle of lower jaw 95-98°. Outline

of jaw rounded or angular. Symphysial knob single. Upper lip

fairly thick, width at apex of snout 3-3-5 in eye. Relatively large,

close-set, flattened, recurved, dilated spatulate teeth with a notch at

each side of apex (strangulated) (Pl. XVI, E) in a single series in upper

Jaw, similar in all stadia. Small cilia sometimes in lower jaw. Villi-

form teeth on vomer, palatines, pterygoids, and tongue. Exposed

surface on chin long and narrow in juveniles, long and wide in adults.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted nearer caudal base than tip of

snout, 1:04-1:07 times as far from the latter as from the former,

Fic. 7.—Mugil euronotus A. Smith (see note, fig. 3).

1-18—1-22 times as far from the hind margin of the mid-caudal rays

as from the tip of the snout. First spine 1-7-1-9, base of first dorsal

2-4-2-7 in length of head. Distance from origin of first to origin of

second dorsal 1-1-1-3 (Ad.) in head. First dorsal inserted above the

15th-17th, second above the 28th—-30th lateral scale. Pointed

sheath scale extends behind origin of first dorsal 3-5-4-0 in head,

6-5-8 in distance from tip of snout to origin of first dorsal, 2-9-3-5

in distance from origin of first to origin of second dorsal. Second

soft ray 1-9-2-5, base of second dorsal 2-0-2-2 in head. Last ray

slightly longer than penultimate, fin little elevated anteriorly, edge

gently concave. Second dorsal completely scaly.

A III, 9, inserted in advance of second dorsal, below the 26th—27th

lateral scale. Second ray 1-8-2-1 in head, last ray longer than pen-

ultimate, edge of fin slightly concave; scaly.

P 17, 1-4-1-5 in head, tip reaches to the 10th—12th lateral scale, |

612 Annals of the South African Museum.

inserted 1-9-2-6 times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal

profile. No axillary scale.

Ventrals 1-5-2-2 (J.) in head, inserted below midway between base

of pectoral and origin of first dorsal, or nearer the latter. Edge of

fin almost truncate. Axillary scale 4-3-5 in head.

Caudal moderately forked, upper lobe longer in adults; mid-rays

1-8-2-0 in head.

Scales predorsally cycloid, becoming ctenoid on sides and belly.

Predorsal scales slightly wider than long (Pl. XIX, G and H), l.r. 43-45,

l.tr. 14-15. Four cheek scales, 16-17 predorsal to above hind margin

of head.

Colour variable. In sea, light dusky above, silvery below. In

fresh or brackish water, almost black above, shading through dusky

to light below.

Localityi—Knysna River, freshwaters of the Eastern Province,

Port Alfred (river), Fish River, Buffalo River, Durban (harbour ?),

Sinkwazi River.

Length.—Up to 300 mm.

Seventeen specimens, from 55 mm. up, examined.

Plesiotypes, from Knysna, in the Albany Museum.

This has proved a very troublesome species. I was at first inclined

to consider our specimens conspecific with saliens Risso, which is

apparently so closely related to capito Cuv. that the majority of

workers have found the greatest difficulty in differentiating at all

clearly between them (see p. 616). Yet a careful examination of my

specimens revealed so many striking differences from the latter species

that I felt it was impossible for previous workers to have missed them.

I have sent a specimen to Mr. Norman of the British Museum, who

has kindly compared it with their specimens of saliens. He has

stated that theirs are rather small, but that the specimen I sent him

is unquestionably different. He has also compared this with the

various badly stuffed types of A. Smith, but is unwilling, in view of

the condition of the latter, to give any opinion. I have examined

specimens from Italy, among which were reputed saliens, but my

specimens are unquestionably not conspecific.

In so far as I am able to judge from Smith’s figure (loc. cit.) euronotus

was probably identical with the present species. The first dorsal

(in the figure) is inserted slightly behind midway between the base

of the caudal and the tip of the snout, and the scale at the base of the

first dorsal is shown to be about 8 in the distance from the origin

of the first dorsal to the tip of the snout. Further, the maxilla is

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 6138

drawn as if the tip would be hidden, or only just exposed, when the

mouth is closed. The typical scaly second dorsal and the relatively

large eye are not shown. Smith also mentions the presence of a row of

“small criniform teeth in the upper jaw.”’ Besides this, Smith’s name

possibly has reference to the markedly broad nuchal region,* which

is characteristic. I am therefore provisionally reviving ewronotus.

This is preferable to instituting a new species, since ewronotus is so

numerous and widely distributed in our fresh and brackish waters

that it is more than likely that A. Smith actually secured a specimen.

M. euronotus is very easily distinguished from all other South

African species by many features, chief of which are the very short

scaly process at the base of the first dorsal fin and the characteristic

premaxillary teeth. These, with the scaly nature of the soft dorsal

and the markedly larger eye, serve to distinguish this species immedi-

ately from capito in all stadia.

On our southern coasts, in my experience, ewronotus rarely occurs

in the sea. I have caught and identified well over a thousand

specimens of Mugil, from the sea, from estuaries, and from fresh

water. Only two specimens of this species have been found in the

sea; in each case near the mouth of a tidal river, and in one case

after a flood. In tidal estuaries ewronotus is not usually found near

the sea but high up the river, where the salinity of the water is low.

Curiously enough, in Natal waters the species appears to be as

commonly found in the sea itself.

In the Eastern Province euronotus occurs in most of the fresh

waters, in most cases in isolated pools which have no connection

with the sea. The species appears to thrive in dams, into which it

has been introduced. It appears to breed freely in such waters, and

many farmers ensure a regular supply of fresh fish by stocking dams

or pools on their farms.

Mugil capito Cuv.

(Plates XVII, C; XIX, A-F.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. in, p. 439.

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 83, fig. 49.

1918. Athanassoupoulos, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., vol. xlviii, p. 26.

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 304.

* ewronotus (=S. x S.E. wind) may, however, refer indirectly to the part of

our area, 7.e. the south and south-eastern coastal regions, in which this species

occurs, although Smith states that it inhabits the seas of the eastern and western

coasts. Smith may have meant eurynotus.

614 Annals of the South African Museum.

Depth 3-8-4-4, length of head 3-6—4-2 (J.) in length of body. Hye

4-7 (J.)-6-3 (Ad.), snout 3-2-3-6, interorbital width 2-2—2-7, and.

postorbital length 1-8-1-9 in length of head. Adipose eyelids rudi-

mentary, scarcely visible in juveniles, better developed in adults,

but never extending further than the outer rim of the iris. Nostrils

4 of eye diameter apart, anterior midway between anterior border

of eye and profile of snout tip. Lower margin of preorbital scarcely

bent, sometimes with a very small notch, lower and hinder margins

serrate, scaly. End of maxilla well exposed. Angle of lower jaw

93-103°, outline of jaw subangular in juveniles, more rounded in

Fic. 8.—Diagram to show the dentition of Mugil capito. A, tongue; B, upper

jaw and palate. M, maxilla; Pl, palatines; Pm, premaxilla; Pt, pterygoids;

Vm, vomer. Dentate areas dotted.

adults. Symphysial knob double. Upper lip fairly thin, width at

snout apex 3‘Sineye. Slightly flattened, recurved, subspatulate teeth

in a single fairly widely spaced row in the upper jaw (Pl. XVII, C).

Lower jaw edentate. Villiform teeth on vomer, palatines, pterygoids,

and tongue (fig. 8).

D IV +I, 8-9. First dorsal inserted nearer tip of snout than base

of caudal, 1-06—-1-1 times as far from the latter as from the former,

1-30-1-38 times as far from the hind margin of the mid-caudal rays

as from the tip of the snout. First spine 1-7—2-0, base of first dorsal

2-1-2°5 in head. Distance from origin of first to origin of second

dorsal 0-95-1-2 (J.) in head. First dorsal inserted above the 14th—

16th, second above the 28th—30th lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale

extends behind origin of first dorsal 2-3-2-6 in head, 2:0—2-6 in distance

from origin of first to origin of second dorsal, 4-5 in distance from

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 615

origin of first dorsal to tip of snout. Longest soft ray 1-9-2-3, base

of second dorsal 2-9-3-5 in head. Last ray slightly longer than

penultimate, fin slightly elevated anteriorly, edge gently concave.

Second dorsal scaly basally and anteriorly only.

A III, 9. Inserted slightly in advance of second dorsal, below the

26th—29th lateral scale. Longest ray 1-8-2-3 in head. In shape

fin resembles dorsal. Scaly anteriorly and basally.

P 16-18, 1-45-1-75 in head (usually 1-6-1-7), tip reaches to the

10th-12th lateral scale. Fin scarcely ever as long as postorbital

plus eye, inserted 1-5-2-3 times as far from the ventral as from the

Fic. 9.—Mugil capito Cuv. (see note, fig. 3).

dorsal profile. Axillary scale 2-7 (Ad.)-4:5 in length of pectoral,

obscure in young specimens.

Ventrals 1-6 (J.)—1-9 in head, inserted below midway between origin

of first dorsal and hind margin of head, or slightly behind or before.

Axillary scale 3-3-3-6 in head. Edge of fin truncate.

Caudal moderately forked, upper lobe slightly longer, mid-rays

2-1—2-5 in head.

Scales ctenoid (Pl. XIX, E and F), predorsal scales 1-0-1-2 (Ad.)

times as long as wide. Mucus canal long and narrow. Very young

fishes have cycloid dorsal scales, the denticulations develop with

growth (Pl. XIX, A—H), l.r. 44-48, Ltr. 15-16; 4-5 cheek scales, 15-17

predorsal to above the hind margin of the head.

Colour.—Greenish to dull brown above, silvery below. - Sometimes

indistinct longitudinal streaks. Opercles usually with golden blotch.

Localities.—Walfisch Bay, Lambert’s Bay, Table Bay, False Bay,

Cape Agulhas, Port Beaufort, Knysna, Plettenberg Bay, Port Eliza-

beth, Port Alfred, Great Fish Point, East London, Mazeppa Bay,

Durban, Sinkwazi. Also in tidal rivers.

616 Annals of the South African Museum.

Length.—Up to 405 mm.

Fifty-five specimens, from 50 mm. up, examined.

It appears to be reasonably certain that our specimens should

be assigned to capito Cuv.

I have received a number of specimens from the Zoological Station,

Naples, among which is one very likely conspecific with the species

I have here designated capito. Specimens of capito, auratus, and

saliens were included, but the preservative employed in the package

had unfortunately destroyed all the labels, so that I am unable to

say which specimen was actually identified in Naples as capito. I

have also examined a specimen of reputed capito from Holland, but

this is not conspecific; if it is correctly named, our species is not

capito. This specimen has pectoral 1-35 in head and has no axillary

pectoral process, and in general outlines resembles auratus Risso

rather than capito or saliens.

Since, as is indicated below, I find it impossible from the literature

to find any certain basis for the differentiation of salens from

capito, the most that can be said is that our specimens are probably

identical with the latter species.

Boulenger identified a specimen (No. 12048) in the 8.A. Museum

as capito Cuv. He also identified as saliens Risso another specimen

(No. 10157, from Table Bay), which I cannot by any means whatso-

ever differentiate from the former; the latter even possesses a well-

developed scaly process in the pectoral axil, the absence of which in

saliens Boulenger (loc. cit.) makes his Key characteristic for differentia-

tion from capito.

Giinther (loc. cit.) appears to have been satisfied that specimens

from the Cape were identical with the European capito, but he re-

marked that Smith’s specimens were badly stuffed, and of little use

as types or for comparison—a fact which has recently been confirmed

by a private communication from Mr. Norman of the British Museum.

If one may judge from the literature, a certain amount of mystery

surrounds the identity of salens. Giinther (loc. cit., p. 443) did not

appear to be very certain of this species, and the features upon which

he based his differentiation of saliens from capito (and from auratus)

are inconstant and unreliable. Boulenger (F.W.F. Africa, loc. cit.)

was obviously uncertain of saliens, and it may be remarked that this

is the only African Mugil species of which he gives no figure. Barnard

has evidently merely followed Boulenger in regard to the differentia-

tion of saliens from capito.

Athanassoupoulos (loc. cit.) has endeavoured to elucidate this,

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 617

but his conclusions have shed little light upon the problem, for he

relies in his Key chiefly upon the supposed fact that the mouth of

saliens is more convex than that of capito, which is at best of little

practical value, and unlikely to be constant even were more precise

details provided. This author has also proposed to use as diagnostic

features certain dimensional relationships which would have to be

tested over a wider range of stadia before their value can be accepted.

Differentiation between capito and saliens, based solely upon the

presence or absence of the axillary process of the pectoral, has been

accepted by many systematists, but does not appear to be absolute.

Most authors state that this axillary process is present in capito

but absent in saliens, whereas Athanassoupoulos says that the latter

species actually has a short process in the axil. As far as the South

African specimens are concerned, a large process is apparent only

in adults of capito. Juveniles have a very short process in the axil,

and in a long and regular series of all stadia it may be seen that the

size and length of this process increases regularly with age. In pre-

served juvenile and half-grown specimens it is often exceedingly

difficult to be certain whether the process is present or not, and so

inconstant and unreliable is this feature that I should not venture

to use it as a sole basis for differentiation in the present case.

Not only does it appear certain that saliens, as distinct from

capito, does not occur in our area, but I have come, from the literature

at my disposal, to doubt the validity of that species. At all events,

it would appear that those who have specimens of capito, and of

reputed saliens, must present stronger evidence for the maintenance

of the latter species than has hitherto appeared. Athanassoupoulos

states that the basal scale of the first dorsal of saliens is shorter than

the base of this fin, whereas in capzto it is slightly shorter to slightly

longer than the base, but he has given no quantitative data. This

may eventually prove to be the key feature of any established

differentiation. Among the specimens from Naples are two which

agree in some respects with the general diagnosis of saliens. There

is no process, or a very small one, in the axil, and the preorbital is

deeply notched; the mouth is more obtuse, and the scale at the base

of the first dorsal is relatively longer than in capzto, while the pectorals

are 1-3-1-35 in head. I cannot venture to make any statement about

the identity of these specimens, but they are certainly different from

any species from South Africa which I have examined.

M. capito appears to be found throughout the greater part of our

area, being most abundant on the West coast and round the Cape as far

Sa SS eS eS See

SS eee SS

618 Annals of the South African Museum.

as Port Beaufort, in which parts it is the most important Mugil

species.

It is distinguished from other South African species by the scale-

count, the very short pectorals, the scarcely obtuse mouth, and the

well-exposed maxillary.

Mugil tricuspidens n. sp.

(Plates XVII, A, F,.G; XVIII Gees)

1849. Smith, Illus. 8.A. Pisces, pl. xxx, fig. 1 (capensis C. & V.).

1853. Pappe, Edible Fish. C.G.H., p. 27 (multilineatus).

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 443 (saliens part).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 308 (auratus part).

Depth 4-0-4-5, length of head 4-0 (J.)-4-4 (Ad.) in length of body.

Hye 4-6 (J.)-5-4 (Ad.), snout 3-4-3-7, interorbital width 2-0-2-5, post-

orbital length 1-8-2-0 in length of head. Adipose eyelids rudi-

mentary, scarcely visible in juveniles, clearly visible in adults,

posterior better developed. Nostrils § of eye diameter apart,

anterior midway between front margin of eye and tip of snout

profile. Lower margin of preorbital undulate, lower and hinder edge

serrate. .End of maxilla clearly visible. Angle of lower jaw 103—108°,

outline of jaw rounded. Symphysial knob indistinctly double.

Upper lip thin, width at apex of snout 3-4ineye. Flattened, apically

dilated, recurved, tricuspid teeth (Pl. XVII, G) in a single series in

upper jaw: in juveniles the teeth are more dilated, and the central

cusp is spatulate (Pl. XVII, F). When viewed in fresh specimens,

usually the central cusp only shows. The lip must be pushed back

before the basal cusps are to be seen. The relatively large size of

the teeth, and the wide spacing of the central cusps are distinctive

characters. Lower jaw edentate. Villiform teeth on vomer, ptery-

goids, and tongue. Palatines edentate. In adults the membrane of

the roof of the mouth, and of the tongue, have close-set, apically

dilated, tricuspid cilia.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 1-0 (J.)-1-07 times as far from

base of caudal as from tip of snout, 1:25—1-35 times as far from hind

margin of the mid-caudal rays as from tip of snout. First spine

1-9-2-1, base of first dorsal 2-1-2-5 in head. Distance from origin

of first to origin of second dorsal 1-:0-1-1 times head. First dorsal

inserted above the 15th or 16th, second above the 28th or 29th

lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale extends behind origin of first

dorsal, 2-5-2°8 in head, 5-4—5-8 in distance from snout tip to origin

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 619

of first dorsal, 2-4—2-8 in distance from origin of first to origin of

second dorsal. Second soft ray 1-5-1-8, base of second dorsal 2-6-2:8

in head. Last ray longer than penultimate, fin anteriorly elevated,

sub-faleate, edge concave. Second dorsal scaly only anteriorly and

basally.

A III, 9, inserted slightly in advance of second dorsal, below the

27th—28th lateral scale. Second ray 1-6-1-8 in head, last ray longer

than penultimate; edge of fin concave; scaly.

P 18, 1-2—-1-3 in head, tip reaches to the 11th or 12th lateral scale,

inserted 1-6—2:0 times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal

Fic. 10.—Mugil tricuspidens n. sp. (see note, fig. 3).

profile. No marked axillary scale in juveniles; a short, blunt, curved

scale in adults, movable only in fresh specimens.

Ventrals 1-7-1-8 in head, inserted below midway between base of

pectoral and origin of first dorsal, edge of fin gently rounded.

Axillary scale 3-1-3-5 in head.

Caudal forked, upper lobe longer in adults, mid-rays 1-7—1-9 in head.

Scales ctenoid: mucus canal short, oblique. Predorsal scales

nearly as wide as long (Pl. XVIII, G and H), l.r. 43-48, ltr. 14-15.

Four cheek scales, 16-17 predorsal to above hind margin of head.

Colour.—Greenish above, silvery on sides and below. 7-8 very

distinct longitudinal dusky streaks corresponding with the scale rows,

visible in all but the very youngest stadia. Opercies golden or bronzy.

Localities.—Mossel Bay, Knysna River, Zwartkops River, Buffalo

River, Mazeppa Bay, Durban.

Length.—Up to 550 mm.

Sixteen specimens, from 60 mm. in length up, examined.

Types, from Knysna, in the Albany Museum.

There is very little doubt that the specimens described by Smith

VOL Sxx,), PART 5: . 42

620 Annals of the South African Museum.

(loc. cit.), as capensis C. and V., belong to this species. The sole

diagnostic feature in the description is the scale-count, which is

valid also for capito or saliens. The figure, however, leaves no doubt

about the identity with tricuspidens.

It may be noted that in A. Smith’s pl. xxx, fig. 1 is below and fig. 2

above. Pappe (loc. cit.) had evidently not noticed this, for he has

obviously confused multilineatus with capensis.

Boulenger (loc. cit.), presumably having seen both the type of

capensis C. and V. and Smith’s specimen, stated that this latter is

not capensis C.and V. Giinther (loc. cit.) accepted Smith’s diagnosis,

but regarded the latter species as identical with euronotus Smith,

and stated that both are identical with saliens Risso.

The original description of capensis (C. and V., Hist. Nat. Poiss.,

vol. xi, p. 108) is so vague and brief that it is quite impossible even

to guess what species was actually described.

I am therefore provisionally naming this tricuspidens n. sp., and

must leave the final pronouncement of the validity of this step to

some worker who may be able to examine adequate material, in-

cluding the type of capensis C. and V.

As this species is normally estuarine, it is possible that it may

prove to be endemic.

It is well differentiated from our other species by numerous features,

chiefly by the relatively large tricuspid teeth, while the characteristic

longitudinal stripes show up well even in preserved specimens.

It may be noted that net fishermen at Knysna constantly dis-

tinguish this species as the ““Streepharder,”’ naming large specimens

(unfortunately in common with large specimens of all species)

“Springer.”

M. tricuspidens does not appear to be anywhere very numerous nor

specially gregarious, and, so far as | am aware, occurs only in tidal

estuaries. Juvenile specimens are seldom encountered, and since

the species is characterised by most extraordinary leaping powers,

large numbers are rarely taken by the nets. I have at night in a

boat frequently pursued adults of this species, which are exceedingly

difficult to capture. When startled, large adults will leap anything

up to 40 feet, rising 7 to 8 feet in the air, and the leap may be repeated

six or seven times. The species may be clearly distinguished at

night, when in the air, by means of a powerful light, the longitudinal

stripes showing up clearly against the light silvery body.

Specimens occasionally jump into a boat which carries a light;

large adults weighing 54 lb. have been taken in this manner, and I

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 621

have known a man to be knocked from his seat by the impact of

one of these fishes on his chest.

At Knysna ripe females are encountered in the late autumn and

early spring. Specimens are usually encountered at night in shallow

water on mud-banks, and are exceedingly shy. I have occasionally

been able to approach specimens which have continued to circle over

the mud, clearly visible in the light of the lamp, but the least move-

ment of the light, or any noise in the boat, results in the characteristic

leap. On one occasion a dozen or more large specimens broke water

round the boat, and for some seconds the air appeared to be full of

silvery bodies, and the plunging leaps produced a considerable volume

of sound.

Mugil seheli Forsk.

(Plates XVI, C, and XVIII, C, D.)

1888. Day, Fish. India, p. 355.

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 91, fig. 53.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aust. Archip., vol. iv,

p- 252.

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 306.

Depth 3-8, length of head 3-8 in length of body. Eye 4:5, snout

4-2, interorbital width 2-4, and postorbital length 1-8 in length of

head. Adipose eyelids rudimentary. Nostrils + of eye diameter

apart, anterior nearer the profile of the tip of the snout than the

anterior margin of the eye. Lower margin of preorbital bent,

notched, and serrate; scaly. Maxilla completely concealed. Angle

of lower jaw 103°, outline of jaw angular. Upper lip thin, width at

apex of snout 4 in eye. Symphysial knob double. No teeth in

jaws visible. Vomer with traces of fine teeth, tongue with patches

of villiform teeth. Palatines edentate. Exposed area on chin very

short and narrow, would probably increase with age.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 1-1 times as far from caudal base

as from the tip of the snout, 1:4 times as far from the tip of the

mid-caudal rays as from the tip of the snout. First spine 2-1, base

of first dorsal 2-9 in head. . Distance from origin of first to origin of

second dorsal 1:05 in head. First dorsal inserted above the 13th,

second above the 26th lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale extends

behind origin of first dorsal 2-4 in head, 2-1 in distance from origin

of first to origin of second dorsal, and 4-2-5 in distance from origin

of first dorsal to tip of snout. Longest soft ray shorter than the |

ventral fin and than the distance from hind margin of head to the

622 Annals of the South African Museum.

centre of the eye, 1:8; base of second dorsal 2-7 in head. Last ray

longer than penultimate, fin scarcely falcate anteriorly, edge moder-

ately concave. Soft dorsal scaly.

A III, 9. Inserted slightly in advance of second dorsal, below the

25th lateral scale. Longest ray 1-7 in head, shape of fin similar to

that of second dorsal; scaly.

P 18, 1-1 in head, tip reaches to the 13th lateral scale, fin inserted

3°3 times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal profile. Axillary

scale long and pointed, 3-2 in length of head. Most of fin scaled.

Ventrals 1-6 in head, longer than longest dorsal ray, inserted below

Fic. 11.—Mugil seheli Forsk. (see note, fig. 3).

midway between hind margin of head and origin of first dorsal or

shghtly nearer the former. Edge of fin gently rounded. Axillary

scale 3in head. Fin almost completely scaly.

Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe longer, mid-rays 1-7 in head; scaly.

Scales more or less cycloid, traces of denticulations on exposed

area. Mucus canal long and narrow (Pl. XVIII, Cand D). Predorsal

scales as wide as long. Lat. ser. 39-41, l.tr. 14, 3 cheek scales,

14 predorsally to above the hind margin of the head.

Colour.—Silvery, darker above. Axil of pectoral black.

Locality.—Durban, Chilka Lake, Bay of Bengal.*

Length.—Up to 170 mm.

Three specimens, from 167 mm. in length up, examined.

Judging from the literature many authors are uncertain of the

diagnosis of seheli. The majority agree in a scale-count of 38-42

and in stating that the maxillary is hidden. Fowler (Proc. Ac. Nat.

Sci. Phil., 1925, vol. lxxvu, p. 209) describes as seheli two specimens

* A specimen kindly lent by the Director of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 623

from Delagoa Bay, and states that the scales are 33-35, but omits

to mention whether the maxillary is hidden or exposed. These

specimens can hardly be seheli; the description agrees closely with

that of strongylocephalus Guthr., and it is possible that Fowler may

have overlooked the adipose eyelids, although in the same paper he

describes a specimen of this latter species (as longimanus Gnthr.)

from the same locality. (But see note under canaliculatus.)

M. caeruleomaculatus Lac. is by many authors held to be a synonym

of seheli. I have, however, examined a specimen of the former species

from India,* and it is quite clearly distinct.

M. seheli is not very abundant in our area, nor does it appear to

extend south of Natal. It is apparently widely distributed in the

Indo-Pacific.

Mugil buchanani Blkr.

(Plates XVI, D, and XX, C, D.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 446 (ceylonensis).

1888. Day, Fish. India, p. 358.

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, p. 93, fig. 55 (ceylonensis).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 305 (ceylonensis).

1928. Fowler, Fish. Oceania, p. 123.

Snout very broad and short, bluntly rounded anteriorly. Depth

3°3-3-7, length of head 3-3 (J.)-4-0 (Ad.) in length of body. Eye 3-2

(J.)—5 (Ad.), snout 3-5 (J.)—4-0 (Ad.), interorbital width 2-0-2-3 (J.),

and postorbital length 1-7-1-9 in length of head. Adipose eyelids

tudimentary, better visible in adults. Nostrils 4 of eye diameter

apart, anterior as far from profile of snout tip as posterior from

anterior margin of orbit. Lower margin of preorbital slightly bent,

not, or slightly, notched; end truncated, lower and hinder edge

serrated, scaly. End of maxilla completely concealed. Angle of

lower jaw 110-122°, outline of jaw almost angular. Symphysial

knob double. Upper lip thin, width at apex of snout 5ineye. Very

minute ciliiform teeth in a single series in each Jaw in very young

specimens, none visible in half-grown or adults. Vomer and palatines

edentate. Pre-vomerine groove distinct. Villiform teeth on ptery-

goids and round the anterior margin of the tongue. Space between

rami of mandibles on chin almost absent in juveniles, gradually

enlarges with age; long and wide in large adults.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 0-90 (J.)-1:15 (Ad.) times as

* Kindly lent by the Director of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

624 Annals of the South African Museum.

far from the caudal base as from tip of snout, 1-23 (J.)-1-43 times as

far from the hind margin of the mid-caudal rays as from the tip of

the snout. First spine 1-:7-1:9, base of first dorsal 2-0—2-2 in head.

Distance from origin of first to origin of second dorsal 1-0—1-2 (J.) in

head. First dorsal inserted above the 9th-12th, second above the

20th-23rd lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale extends behind the

origin of the first dorsal 2-6—-2-9 (J.) in head, 2-4—2-6 in distance from

origin of first to origin of second dorsal and 5-0-6-6 in distance from

origin of first dorsal to tip of snout. Second soft ray longer than

ventrals, and than distance from hind margin of head to centre of

eye, 1-25-1-4 (J.); base of second dorsal 2-6-3 (J.) in head. Last ray

Fic. 12.—Mugil buchanani Blkr. (see note, fig. 3).

longer than penultimate; in adults the fin is anteriorly elevated,

faleate, edge deeply concave. Second dorsal densely scaled.

A III, 9. Inserted opposite origin of second dorsal. Second ray

1-2-1-4 (J.) in head, last ray longer than penultimate; in adults the

fin is anteriorly elevated, falcate, edge deeply concave, densely scaled.

There is considerable alteration in the shape of the soft dorsal

and anal fins with growth. In very young specimens (< 100 mm.)

the anterior rays are fairly long, but the fin is not markedly falcate,

since the middle rays are relatively longer than in the adult, and the

edges of the fins are feebly concave. As the size of the fish increases,

the anterior rays become relatively longer and the middle rays

shorter, the fin assuming the anteriorly falcate shape when the

length of the fish is more than +120 mm. The scaling of the fins:also

increases from the very young to this size. In the former the basal

scaling only is plain, there being apparently a mere sprinkling of

light scales over the distal portions of the fins.

P 17-18, 1-0-1-15 (J.) in head, tip reaches 11th-12th lateral scale,

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 625

inserted 2-8-3-3 times as far from ventral as from dorsal profile. <A

large scaly axillary process, 2-8—5-2 (J.) in length of head.

Ventrals 1-5-1-7 in head, inserted below midway between hind

margin of head and origin of first dorsal, or nearer the latter; edge

of fin truncate. Axillary scale 2-8-3-4 in head.

Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe longer, mid-rays 1-7 (J.)—2-0 in

head, densely scaled.

Ventrals and pectorals scaly basally.

Scales cycloid, ventral scales very finely denticulate. Longitudinal

length of predorsal scales 1-1 times width (Pl. XX, C and D), l.r. 33-36,

l.tr. 13; 9-11 predorsal to above hind margin of head, 3-4 cheek scales.

Colour.—Bright silvery, darker above. Indistinct longitudinal

stripes. Axil of pectoral black, except in very small specimens.

Localities.—Knysna, Durban, Chinde, Celebes.*

Length.—Up to 385 mm.

Kleven specimens, from 68 mm. up, examined.

It appears to be fairly certain that ceylonensis Gnthr. is a synonym

of buchanani Blkr. This was Day’s opinion (loc. cit.) after examining

the types of both species, with which Fowler (loc. cit.) is apparently

in agreement.

This species has, beyond the early juvenile stages, a characteristic

shape, which distinguishes it at a glance from all other South African

species; buchanani and compressus are the only two species with

markedly falcate dorsal and anal fins. M. buchanani is easily distin-

guished from the latter by the very blunt rounded snout, by the shape

and length of the ventrals, and by the concealed maxilla. —

It is probably widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific area. From

the outlines this is a swift pelagic species.

Probably many specimens now assigned to caeruleomaculatus Lac.

will be found to be conspecific with buchanani (see notes under

robustus).

Mugil compressus Guthr.

(Plates XVII, B, and XX, H, F.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 451.

1911. Gilchrist and Thompson, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xi, p. 42

(diadema).

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 94 (macrolepis part).

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 309 (diadema).

* A specimen, 107 mm. in length, kindly lent by Dr. de Beaufort, Curator of

the Zool. Museum, Amsterdam. :

626 Annals of the South African Museum.

Depth 4:0-4:3, length of head 4:0-4-4 in length of body. Hye

5-1-6, snout 3-3-4, interorbital width 2-0-2-2, length of postorbital

part of head 1-7-1-8 in length of head. Adipose eyelids rudimentary,

visible in adults. Nostrils 1 of eye diameter apart, anterior slightly

behind midway between anterior margin of orbit and profile of snout

tip. Lower margin of preorbital curved, not, or very slightly, notched ;

serrate, scaly. End of preorbital obliquely truncated, edge slightly

convex. End of maxilla clearly visible. Angle of lower jaw 105°,

outline of jaw angular. Symphysial knob double. Upper lip thin,

width at apex of snout 3 in eye. Very small recurved slightly com-

pressed teeth in two series in upper jaw, the posterior series well

back. Lower jaw edentate. Villiform teeth on pterygoids, and in

patches round the anterior margin of the tongue. Vomer and

palatines edentate. Exposed space between the rami of the mandibles

long and narrow.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 0:95-1:05 times as far from tip

of snout as from caudal base, 1-25 times as far from the hind margin

of the mid-caudal rays as from the tip of snout. First spine 1-6-1-7,

base of first dorsal 2-1-2-2 in head. Distance from origin of first to

origin of second dorsal 0-9-1:2 times head. First dorsal inserted

above the 10th—-l11lth, second above the 20th—22nd lateral scale.

Pointed sheath scale extends behind origin of first dorsal 2-8-3-3 in

head, 6-6-8 in distance from origin of first dorsal to snout tip, 3-2-3-5

in distance from origin of first to origin of second dorsal. Highest

soft ray longer than distance from hind margin of head to centre of

eye, 1-2-1-3; base of second dorsal 2-6—-2-9 in head. Last ray longer

than penultimate, fin anteriorly elevated, falcate, edge deeply con-

cave. Second dorsal densely scaled. First ray much longer than

distance from hind margin of head to centre of eye.

A III, 9. Inserted slightly in advance of second dorsal, below the

19th—21st lateral scale. Second ray 1-1 in head, last ray longer

than penultimate, fin anteriorly elevated, falcate, deeply concave.

Densely scaled.

P 16, 1-2 in head, tip reaches 8th—9th lateral scale, inserted 2-6-3

times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal profile. No axillary

scale.

Ventrals 1-25 in head, longer than head without snout, inserted

below 1-3—1-4 times as far from first dorsal origin as from hind margin

of head. First and second rays elongate, fin sub-falcate. Axillary

scale 3-8 in head. ;

Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe longer, mid-rays 1-6-1-7 in head

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 627

Scales large, predorsal very finely denticulate, ventral scales more

distinctly so. Predorsal scales as wide as long (Pl. XX, E and F),

l.r. 29-32 (Giinther 28), l.tr. 11, 10-11 predorsal to above hind margin

of head. Five cheek scales.

Colour (Preserved).—Uniform light brown; silvery in life. Hind

edge of scales dark.

Localities.—Port Elizabeth, Durban, St. Lucia Bay, Kosi Bay.

Length.—Up to 600 mm.

Five specimens, all adults (one stuffed, Port Elizabeth Museum),

examined.

It has earlier been indicated that the majority of Giinther’s descrip-

tions of Mugil species (loc. cit., pp. 417-460) are scarcely full enough

—

Fic. 13.—Mugil compressus Gnthr. (see note, fig. 3).

to be of much diagnostic value. But that of the Australian species,

compressus Guthr., is an exception. I have very little hesitation in

pronouncing diadema G. and T. synonymous. Nevertheless, as I have

seen no Australian specimens, this diagnosis is provisional only.

It must be confessed that I was led to search for some Indo-Pacific

form, with which diadema might prove identical, by the outlines of

this species, which indicate a swift, pelagic fish, possessing great leap-

ing powers; likely to be widely distributed, but difficult to capture.

In certain minor details only does the diagnosis of compressus

differ from that of diadema. Giinther states that the former has

28 series of scales: diadema has 29-32; this is well within normal

limits of variation. The exposed surface on the chin of compressus

is stated to be very short and narrow, in diadema it is long and

narrow. I have found that the extent of this exposed area varies

in one species, and increases with age. Long preservation in spirits

628 Annals of the South African Museum.

might account for the highly compressed body of Giinther’s speci-

men, a feature he regards as significant, but which I have observed

in old spirit-preserved specimens of all species. In no significant

feature does compressus differ from diadema.

The outstanding characteristics which, with the small number

and large size of the scales, immediately distinguish compressus from

all other species are the very elongate ventrals, longer than the

head without the snout, inserted much nearer to the hind margin of

the head than to the origin of the first dorsal (see note under ventral

fins, p. 595).

Fowler (Fishes Oceania, Mem. B.P. Bishop Mus., 1928, vol. x,

p. 125) considered compressus identical with macrolepis. Boulenger

(loc. cit.) originally considered diadema synonymous with macrolepis,

but later recognised (fide Barnard, loc. cit.) the former as distinct.

Fowler has evidently missed the significant paragraph about the

ventrals in the original description of compressus. In 1926 Fowler

(Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. Ixxvii, p. 210) suggested that diadema

is a synonym of oligolepis Blkr., which is not likely. It is scarcely

possible that Fowler’s specimen is a juvenile compressus, since he

stated that the pectoral was 1-6 and the ventral 1-4 in head, neither

of which agrees with this species.

It may be remarked that the elongate anterior dorsal, anal, and

ventral rays are probably marked only in advance of the early

juvenile stages. I have seen no young specimens, but these will

probably prove difficult to distinguish from similar stadia of macro-

lepis. The relative length of the scale at the base of the first dorsal

will probably be of use in distinguishing juveniles.

Mugil macrolepis Smith.

(Plate XX, A, B.)

1849. Smith, Illus. 8.A. Pisces, pl. xxviii, fig. 2.

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. ii, p. 447 (smith).

1916. Boulenger, F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 94, fig. 56.

1925. Barnard, Ann. S.A. Mus., vol. xx1, p. 309) (pl) saieheae:

non macrolepis). |

Body of characteristic shape, usually with a false appearance of

extra width between the anal and the soft dorsal fins.

Depth 3-6-3-8, length of head 3-8 in length of body. Eye 4-1-4:3,

snout 3-5-4, interorbital 2-2, postorbital length 1-9-2 in length

of head. Adipose eyelids rudimentary but clearly visible in adults.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 629

Nostrils } of eye diameter apart, anterior midway between anterior

margin of eye and profile of snout tip. Lower margin of preorbital

bent downwards; not, or scarcely, notched; lower and hinder edge

serrate. End of maxilla exposed. Angle of lower jaw 105-108",

outline of jaw gently rounded, symphysial knob single. Upper lip

thin, width at snout apex 5 in eye. Very small, slightly spatulate

teeth, with a notch at each side of apex, in two rows in upper jaw;

teeth fairly close-set in each row, the hinder row well behind the

anterior. Villiform teeth on vomer, pterygoids, and anterior margin

of tongue. Lower jaw and palatines edentate. Groove before vomer

distinct. Exposed area on chin fairly short and narrow.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted 1:04—-1-08 times as far from the

Fic. 14.—Mugil macrolepis A. Smith (see note, fig. 3).

tip of the snout as from caudal base, 1-15-1-25 times as far from the

hind margin of the mid-caudal rays as from tip of snout. First spine

1-7, base of first dorsal 1-9-2-1 in head. Distance from origin of first

to origin of second dorsal 1-:0-1-:1 in head. First dorsal inserted

above 13th—14th, second above the 24th—25th lateral scale. Pointed

sheath scale extends behind origin of first dorsal 2-5 in head, 5-5-8

in distance from snout tip to origin of first dorsal, 2-3-2-5 in distance

between origin of first and origin of second dorsal. Second soft ray

shorter than hind margin of head to centre of eye, 1-7, base of second

dorsal 3-1 in head. Last ray longer than penultimate, fin little

elevated anteriorly, edge gently concave. Second dorsal completely

scaly in adults.

A III, 9, inserted slightly in advance of second dorsal, below the

23rd lateral scale. Second ray 1-7 in head, last ray longer than

penultimate, in shape resembles second dorsal. Completely scaled. -

630 Annals of the South African Museum.

P 16, 1-25-1-35 in head, tip reaches to the 10th—11th lateral scale,

inserted twice as far from the ventral as from the dorsal profile. No

axillary scale, or a very short blunt one, in adults.

Ventrals 1-5 in head, shorter than head without snout, inserted

below 1-0-1-2 times nearer hind margin of head than origin of first

dorsal. First ray very slightly longer than remainder, edge of fin

almost straight. Axillary scale 3-3-5 in head.

Caudal slightly forked, mid-rays 1-8—1-9 in head.

Scales finely ctenoid; predorsal scales about 1-2 times as long as

wide. Mucus canal long and narrow (Pl. XX, A and B), Lr. 33-35,

ltr. 12; 3 cheek scales, 12 predorsal to above hind margin of head.

Colour.—Bright silvery, slightly darker above.

Locality.—Mazeppa Bay, Durban, Isipingo River, Sinkwazi Lagoon,

Kosi Bay.

Length.—Up to 305 mm.

Thirty-four specimens, 66 mm. in length up, examined.

There seems to be little doubt about the identity of the specimens

described above.

This is a very characteristic species. It is easily distinguished

from all others from South Africa by the number of scales, by the

absence of the long scaly process from the axil of the short pectoral,

and by the exposed maxillary.

Boulenger (loc. cit.) considered troscheli Blkr. a synonym of macro-

lepis, while Fowler (Fishes Oceania, Mem. B.P. Bishop Mus., 1928,

vol. x, p. 124) placed both troscheli and borneensis in the synonymy

of macrolepis. On the other hand, Weber and de Beaufort (Fish.

Indo-Aust. Archip., 1922, vol. iv, pp. 248, 249) considered troschela

and borneensis distinct from one another, and (evidently, since they

made no mention of it) also from macrolepis. A careful analysis of the

various descriptions appears to support Fowler’s conclusion. If this

is correct, then macrolepis is widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific.

Probably olivaceus Day (Fish. India, p. 357) is not different.

M. macrolepis appears to be fairly abundant on the Natal coast.

Mugil canaliculatus n.sp.

(Plates XVI, B; XVII, D; XVIII, H, F.)

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 303 (speigleri); p. 308

(auratus, part).

Depth 3-9-4-3, length of head 4-0 (J.)-4-5 in length of body. Eye

4-0 (J.)-4-6, snout 3-3-9, interorbital width 2-3-2-5, and postorbital

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 631

length 1-5-2-0 in length of head. Adipose eyelids visible even in

juveniles, clearly visible in adults, posterior better developed than

anterior, covering almost half of iris posteriorly. Nostrils 4 of eye

diameter apart, anterior nearer tip of snout profile than front margin

of eye. Preorbital deeply notched and bent downwards, end dilated

and rounded, lower and hinder edges serrate. End of maxilla well

exposed. Angle of lower jaw 108-112°, outline of jaw angular.

Symphysial knob double. Upper lip thin, width at apex of snout

3-4in eye. Very fine recurved, compressed, apically truncated teeth

‘(Pl. XVII, D) in a single series in upper jaw; juvenile and adult

teeth identical. Lower jaw edentate. Villiform teeth on vomer,

palatines, pterygoids, and tongue. Hxposed area on chin fairly

long.

DIV +I, 8. First dorsal inserted 1:0—-1-:05 times as far from caudal

base as from tip of snout, 1-25-1-3 times as far from the hind margin

of the mid-caudal rays as from the tip of the snout. First spine

1-8-2-1, base of first dorsal 2-4-2-8 in head. Distance from origin

of first to origin of second dorsal 0-95-1-1 times head. First dorsal

inserted above the 13th-14th, second above the 24th—25th lateral-

scale. Pointed sheath scale extends behind the origin of the first

dorsal 2:0-2:4 in head, 2-0-2-4 in distance from origin of first to

origin of second dorsal, 4-3-4-9 in distance from origin of first dorsal

to tip of snout. Second soft ray 1-6-1-7, base of second dorsal

2-2-2:6 in head. Last ray longer than penultimate, fin anteriorly

very slightly elevated, edge gently concave. Second dorsal scaly

only anteriorly and basally.

A III, 9. Inserted only slightly in advance of second dorsal,

below the 23rd—25th lateral scale. Longest ray 1-7—1-8 in head, fin

not much elevated anteriorly; scaly.

P 16, 0-95-1:15 (J.) in head, tip reaches to the 10th lateral scale,

inserted 1-9-2-:7 times as far from the ventral as from the dorsal

profile. No axillary scale in juveniles, a very small obscure curved

scale in adults.

Ventrals 1:5-1:6 in head, inserted below 1-1-1-3 times further

from the hind margin of the head than from the origin of the first

dorsal. Edge of fin almost truncate. Axillary scale 2-8-3-0 in head.

Caudal moderately forked, upper lobe longer in adults, mid-rays

1-7-1-9 in head.

Scales, dorsal weakly, ventral strongly, ctenoid. Predorsal scales

slightly longer than wide, multicanaliculate to about the third row

down (Pl. XVIII, E and F). Canalisation appears to increase with

632 Annals of the South African Museum.

age, young fishes having 2-3, large adults up to 14 wavy canals on one

scale. Lat. rows 36-39, l.tr. 13-14, 3-4 cheek scales, 13-14 pre-

dorsal to above the hind margin of the head.

Colour.—Dusky above, silvery below. Opercles dull.

Localities —Knysna, Plettenberg Bay, Port Alfred, Great Fish

Point, East London, Mazeppa Bay, Durban, Delagoa Bay. Also in

tidal rivers.

Length.—Up to 285 mm.

Forty-three specimens, from 90 mm. up, examined.

Types, from Knysna, in the Albany Museum.

It is probable that this species must previously have been described,

but I cannot yet with certainty assign it to any known species.

Fic. 15.—Mugil canaliculatus n. sp. (see note, fig. 3).

canaliculatus is very close to, if not actually identical with, hoefleri

Stndnr., from Senegambia. Beyond the absence of the adipose

eyelids in this latter species, there appears to be little difference

between them. I have unfortunately been unable to obtain one of

Steindachner’s types for comparison, but Dr. Pietschmann of Vienna

has kindly sent me an accurate drawing of one of the few remaining

predorsal scales on the only scaled type of hoefleri, and this scale

resembles those of canaliculatus in being multicanaliculate. Never-

theless, as I have not seen any of these West African types, and in

view of the widely separated recorded areas of these species, it would

appear better to maintain both for the present.

It is most likely that canaliculatus occurs in the Indo-Pacific, but

I have not been able to recognise it from the descriptions of any

species from this area. Barnard (loc. cit.) had identified one of the

S.A. Museum specimens as speigleri Blkr., and others as auratus

Risso. I have examined a specimen of speigleri from India, and

canaliculatus is quite definitely distinct. I have also examined

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 633

specimens from Italy, among which were reputed awratus, and

canaliculatus, while related, is certainly different. The latter has

fewer scales, longer pectorals, and better developed adipose eyelids

than the northern species.

It is probable that it is canaliculatus which Boulenger (F.W.F.

Africa, p. 88) identified as auratus (from Hast London). Boulenger’s

figure of auratus (loc. cit., fig. 50) might well pass for the former

species. If the marked adipose eyelids and the scale-counts are

overlooked, it would evidently be easy to confuse these two species,

although I have forwarded a specimen to Mr. Norman of the British

Museum, and he states that it is quite distinct from their specimens

of auratus.

Fowler (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1925, p. 209) has described two

specimens from Delagoa Bay as seheli Forsk., which cannot be that

species, and are possibly canaliculatus.

M. canaliculatus is exceedingly abundant on the South and East

coasts, at least as far as Delagoa Bay. It enters tidal rivers, but

does not appear to ascend very far. At Knysna it may be seen that

canaliculatus abounds up to about five miles from the mouth of the

river; in the higher part of this area tricuspidens is also found,

together with cephalus. Both of these latter species extend several

miles farther up the river to the point where the water is only

slightly saline. Beyond this stage, cephalus and euronotus are found.

M. canaliculatus does not appear to attain a large size. It is appar-

ently only those species which are largely fluviatile, such as cephalus

and tricuspidens, which grow very large.

At Knysna and Great Fish Point, ripe females of canaliculatus are

observed during August and September.

M. canaliculatus does not apparently possess any marked leaping

powers. This may have some connection with the markedly

posterior insertion of the ventrals.

The canalisation of the scales, and the long pectorals, immediately

distinguish this from all other South African species.

Mugil wargiensis, Q. and G.

(Plate XX, G, H.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. in, p. 435.

1888. Day, Fish. India, p. 359, pl. Ixxiu, fig. 4.

1916. Boulenger; F.W.F. Africa, vol. iv, p. 97, fig: 59.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aust. Archip., vol. iv,

p. 244.

634 Annals of the South African Museum.

1925. Barnard, Ann. §.A. Mus., vol. xxi, p. 310.

@ 1928. Fowler, Fishes Oceania, p. 124, fig. 27.

Dorsal profile flat, interorbital flat, head very depressed at occiput.

Depth 4, length of head 3-1-3-3 in length of body. Hye 3-8-4-1,

snout 3-0-3-6, interorbital width 2-1—-2-2, and length of postorbital

1:9-2-1 in length of head. Adipose eyelids rudimentary. Nostrils

3:5 in eye diameter apart, anterior midway between profile of snout

tip and anterior margin of eye. Lower margin of preorbital bent,

not, or slightly, notched, serrated. End of maxilla exposed. Angle

of mouth 95-97°, outline of lower jaw angular. Symphysial knob

Fic. 16.—Mugil waigiensis Q. and G. (see note, fig. 3).

single. Upper lip thin, width at apex of snout + of eye. No teeth

in jaws or on palate. Exposed area on chin short and narrow.

D IV+I, 8, first dorsal inserted 1-1-1-18 times as far from tip

of snout as from caudal base, 1-3 times as far from hind margin of

mid-caudal rays as from tip of snout. First spine 1-9-2, base of

first dorsal 3-3-5 in head. Distance from origin of first to origin

of second dorsal 1:25 in head. First dorsal inserted above the 8th,

second above the 16th—18th, lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale

extends behind origin of first dorsal 3-3-4 in head, 6-8 in distance

from origin of first dorsal to snout tip, 2:6-3-5 in distance from

origin of first to origin of second dorsal. Second soft ray 1-6—1-8,

base of second dorsal 3-6 in head. Edge of fin scarcely concave.

A III, 8, inserted in advance of second dorsal, below the 15th—-16th

lateral scale. Second ray 1-6 in head. Shape similar to dorsal.

P 16, 1-3 in head, tip reaches 7th—8th lateral scale, inserted 1-7—

2-2 times as far from ventral as from dorsal profile. No axillary scale.

Ventrals 1-5-1-6 in head, inserted below 1:3 times as far from the

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 635

origin of the first dorsal as from hind margin of head. Edge of fin

gently rounded. Axillary scale 3-5-4 in head.

Caudal almost truncate, lobes equal, mid-rays 1-3-1-4 in head.

Scales ctenoid, predorsal scales as long as wide, mucus canals short,

lanceolate (Pl. XX, G and H); lr. 26-28, ltr. 9-10, 8 predorsal to

above hind margin of head, 3 cheek scales.

Colour (Preserved).—Light brown, probably silvery in life. Pec-

torals partly or wholly dark. Vertical fins with dark margins.

Dark longitudinal streaks.

Localities.—Chinde, Delagoa Bay.

Length.—Up to 100 mm.

Three specimens, from 44 mm. up, examined.

Kasily distinguished from all other South African species by the

small number of scales, together with the feebly emarginate caudal

and the markings. Fowler’s specimen from Delagoa Bay (Proc. Ac.

Nat. Sci. Phil., 1925, vol. lxxvii, p. 209), described as oligolepis Blkr.,

does not appear to be very different from waigiensis (see notes under

oligolepis). This author’s figure of wazgiensis (loc. cit.) differs in many

respects from my specimens, and from most descriptions. The

pectorals are shown to be about 1-8 in head, the first dorsal is inserted

nearer the snout tip than the caudal base; the distance from the origin

of the first to the origin of the second dorsal is about equal to the head,

and there are 30 rows of scales: Day’s figure (loc. cit.) is also rather

singular in many respects. Barnard (loc. cit.) states that the maxilla

is concealed. This is an error, if based on the S.A. Museum specimens.

The synonymy of this species appears to be somewhat extensive.

A revision of material from all parts of its recorded area might show

that several related species have been confused.

M. waigiensis is apparently widely distributed, and fairly common,

throughout the whole of the Indo-Pacific region. It is not very

common on our coasts.

From the outlines, this is probably a somewhat sluggish species.

Mugil oligolepis Blkr.

(Plates X XI, B, and XXII, C, D.)

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. ti, p. 452 (melinopterus,

C. and V.?).

1888. Day, Fish. India, p. 358, pl. lxxvi, fig. 2.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aust. Archip., vol. iv,

p. 245, and p. 246 (melinopterus, C. and V.).

VO) Xxx. PART -5; 43

636 Annals of the South African Museum.

1925. Fowler, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. xxvii, p. 209.

Body moderately robust, well compressed posteriorly. Head broad

and depressed, snout slightly rounded. Front profile of snout fairly

blunt, formed by upper lip. Depth 3-5, length of head 4-0 in length

of body. Eye 4-1, snout 3-5, interorbital 2-2, postorbital length 2-0

in length of head. Adipose eyelids moderate, anterior weak, posterior

better developed, covering about 4 of the iris. Nostrils } eye

diameter apart, anterior slightly behind midway between anterior

border of eye and snout tip profile. Lower margin of preorbital

bent slightly downwards, not notched, edge strongly serrate. End of

maxilla well exposed. Angle of lower jaw 106°, outline of jaw

angular, margins slightly rounded; symphysial knob single. Upper

lip fairly thin, width at snout apex 4 in eye. Minute curved teeth

in a single close-set series in upper jaw; lower jaw, vomer, and pala-

tines edentate. A few small patches of minute teeth on the outer

margin of the tongue. The medio-longitudinal ridge on the tongue

higher than in other species. Prevomerine groove not very convex

posteriorly. Exposed area on chin lanceolate, long and narrow,

with anterior constriction.

D IV+I, 8. First dorsal inserted exactly midway between snout

tip and caudal base, 1-4 times farther from the tip of the mid-caudal

rays than from the tip of the snout. First spine 1-6, base of first

dorsal 2:0 in head. The spines are very much stronger than those of

any other South African species. They are also more close-set, the

4th not remote from the others, being apically almost adnate to the

3rd (this may possibly be a deformity). When the spinous dorsal

is folded down, the exposed parts of the spines, excepting the anterior

margin of the first, are scaly. Distance from origin of first to origin

of second dorsal equal to head. First dorsal inserted above the 9th,

second above the 19th lateral scale. Pointed sheath scale extends

behind origin of first dorsal 2-1 in head, 4-4 in distance from snout

tip to origin of first dorsal, and 1-1 in the postorbital part of the head.

Longest soft ray 1-6, base of second dorsal 2:7 in head. Last ray

very little longer than penultimate, fin not falcate, edge gently con-

cave. Second dorsal completely scaly, with heavy basal scaly sheath.

A III, 9, anterior half of base in advance of second dorsal, inserted

below the 16th lateral scale. Longest ray 1-5 in head, last ray scarcely

longer than penultimate, edge of fin gently concave. Densely scaly,

especially basally.

P 15, 1-25 in head, tip reaches to the 8th lateral scale, inserted twice

as far from the ventral as from the dorsal profile. No axillary scale.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 637

Behind and below the upper part of the base of the fin is a small

scaled cutaneous projection. Fin scaly on basal half.

Ventrals 1-4 in head, inserted below 1-1 times nearer hind margin

of head than origin of first dorsal. Edge of fin almost truncate, very

slightly emarginate. Axillary scale 3-5 in head. Interventral scaly

process rather wide and heavy.

Caudal forked, mid-rays 1-7 in head.

Scales very finely ctenoid; predorsal scales slightly longer than wide,

mucus canal rather narrow (Pl. XXII, C and D). On the lateral

scales the mucus canal posteriorly communicates with a system of rudi-

mentary canals or grooves, more or less arborescent. Lat. ser. 27,

Fic. 17.—Mugil oligolepis Blkr. (see note, fig. 3).

ltr. 10. Three cheek scales, 8-9 predorsal to above the hind margin

of the head.

Colour.—Olive grey above, lighter below. Tips of dorsals darkish.

Tip of upper lobe and hind margin of caudal dusky. Weak axillary

spot. Faint streaks along the scale rows.

Locality—Isipingo Lagoon, near the sea.

Length.—206 mm.

A single specimen examined.

A most rare and elusive species, sought for almost three years

without success until recently. Not known as a separate species to

the Indian netters in the neighbourhood of Durban.

This specimen is very probably conspecific with that described

by Fowler (loc. cit.) from Delagoa Bay. Fowler’s specimen had a

narrower interorbital, while the markedly robust dorsal spines,

obvious in my specimen, were not mentioned by him. Further,

Fowler stated that the ventrals were 1-4 and the pectorals of his

638 Annals of the South African Museum.

specimen were 1-7 in head, but this may be an error. I have not

seen any species of Mugil which has the pectorals so markedly shorter

than the ventrals. Further, variation in length of the pectoral

from 1-7 to 1-25 (my specimen) in head is far too wide for any one

species.

Day’s description and figure (loc. cit.) do not agree, and the latter,

though most likely drawn from a juvenile, does not agree very well

with my specimen. Nevertheless it is very likely that they are

conspecific.

No descriptions of oligolepis, to which I have access, mention the

posterior eyelid, which is very clear in my specimen.

It would not indeed be surprising to find that the synonymy of this

species is somewhat extensive. Gtinther’s account of melinopterus

C. and V. (loc. cit.) fits my specimen almost exactly, whereas his

account of oligolepis (loc. cit., p. 449) does not.

M. nepalensis Guthr. (loc. cit., p. 424), of which I have seen no figure,

and none but the original description, appears to be very closely

related to, if not identical with, oligolepis.

There appears to be little of significance in Weber and de Beau-

fort’s descriptions (loc. cat.) of oligolepis and of melinopterus to warrant

their maintaining the two as distinct. In the length of the pectoral

my specimen agrees with their account of oligolepis, whereas in the

presence of the adipose eyelid it agrees with their melinopterus. It

would appear that these two species are synonymous, or, at any rate,

the specimens described by these authors are all of one species.

It may be noted that all descriptions of oligolepis that I have seen

have been based on apparently juvenile specimens. A careful study

of adequate material will probably show that oligolepis is merely the

juvenile form of melinopterus.

SPECIES LIKELY TO BE DISCOVERED IN SoutTH AFRICA.

There are five species, widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific,

which with more intensive collection will probably be found in our

area. It seems desirable to indicate these, and to give a brief account

of them and of their synonymy.

Those which occur in the Red Sea, or nearer our area, have been

selected. Of these I have examined specimens of caeruleomaculatus

Lacep. and of speiglerz Blkr. only.

An abbreviated composite Key, to enable these species to be recog-

nised, is appended.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 639

Mugil tade Forsk.

1861. Giinther, Cat. Fish. B.M., vol. i, p. 426 (parsia H-B),

and p. 427 (belanak Blkr.), and p. 428 (planiceps C. and V.).

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Aust. Archip., vol. iv,

p. 236.

1928. Fowler, Fishes Oceania, p. 122.

Adipose eyelids present. Maxilla exposed. Pectorals shorter

than head without snout, with short axillary scale. Origin of first

dorsal nearer snout tip than caudal base. Caudal feebly emarginate.

D IV+I, 8-9, A III, 9, Lr. 33-35.

Distribution.—Indo-Pacific (Red Sea).

Mugil speiglerr Blkr.

1861. Giinther, loc. cit., p. 485.

1888. Day, loc. cit., p. 348.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, loc. cit., p. 241.

1928. Fowler, loc. cit., p. 123.

Adipose eyelids present. Maxilla visible. Pectorals 1-1-15 in

head, with long axillary scale. Scale at base of first dorsal as long as

postorbital part of head. Origin of first dorsal nearer to snout tip

than caudal base. Soft dorsal and anal densely scaled. Caudal

forked. DIV+I,8; A III, 9; lr. 40-42.

Distribution.—Indo-Malayan area (Red Sea).

Mugil cunnesius C. and V.

1861. Giinther, loc. cit., p. 434.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, loc. cit., p. 242.

1928. Fowler, loc. cit., p. 123.

Adipose eyelids present. Maxilla exposed. Pectorals shorter

than head without snout, with long axillary scale. Origin of first

dorsal nearer snout tip than caudal base. Soft dorsal and anal

scaleless. D IV+I, 8; A III, 9; Lr. 42-48.

Distribution.—Indo-Malayan area (Red Sea).

Mugil labiosus C. and V.

1861. Giinther, loc. cit., p. 454.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, loc. cit., p. 259, fig. 67.

1928. Fowler, loc. cit., p. 126.

Upper lip very thick, with a single series of papillae.

: 640 Annals of the South African Museum.

: No adipose eyelids. Maxilla exposed (but stated to become hidden

in large specimens?). Pectorals as long as head, with short axillary

| scale. First dorsal about midway between caudal base and snout

| tip. Caudal emarginate. DIV+I1, 7-8; A III, 9-10; lr. 34-36.

Distribution.—Indo-Malayan area (Red Sea).

Mugil caeruleomaculatus Lac.

1922. Weber and de Beaufort, loc. cit., p. 250.

No adipose eyelids. Maxilla concealed. Pectorals 1-1 in head,

with long axillary scale. First dorsal nearer snout tip than caudal

base, or midway. Scale at base of first dorsal long, 1-8 in head,

about as long as postorbital part of head. Caudal forked. No

exposed area onchin. DIV+I,8; ATIII, 9; Lr. 36-38.

Distribution.—Indo-Pacific (Zanzibar ?).

ABBREVIATED COMPOSITE KEY.

I, Adipose eyelids well developed, covering most of the iris

posteriorly.

A. Scales 33-36.

1. Pectorals longer than head without snout . strongylocephalus.

2. Pectorals not longer than head without snout . tade.

B. Scales 38-43.

1. Anal with 7-8 soft rays . : : ; ; cephalus.

2. Anal with 9 soft rays.

a. Maxilla concealed . : : : : robustus.

b. Maxilla exposed.

i. Soft dorsal completely scaly . ‘ speiglert.

ii. Soft dorsal not scaly ce : : cunnesius.

II. Adipose eyelids small or rudimentary, covering not more

than half of the posterior portion of the iris.

A. Upper lip very thick, almost half eye diameter at

snout tip, with papillae on lower margin.

1. Papillae in 5 or 6 series. Pectorals 1-3-1-4 in

head. Scales 37-40 : : ; 3 crenilabis.

2. Papillae in one series. Pectorals 1-1-1 in head.

Scales 34-36 . : : labiosus.

B. Upper lip not more than + eye deep at snout tip,

without papillae.

1. Dorsal scales multicanaliculate. (Pectorals 1-

l-lin head) . : é : ; : canaliculatus.

2. Dorsal scales not multicanaliculate.

a. Scales 41-49 (caudal forked).

i. Pectorals not longer than head with-

out snout.

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 641

x. Soft dorsal completely scaly . euronotus.

y. Soft dorsal not completely scaly . capito.

ii. Pectorals longer than head without

snout.

x. Teeth tricuspid. Maxilla ex-

posed : : ; ‘ tricuspidens.

y. Teeth not tricuspid. Maxilla

concealed . : ; . sehelt.

b. Seales 29-40 (caudal forked).

i. End of maxilla concealed.

x. Pectorals longer than head with-

out snout.

a. Scale at base of first dorsal

shorter than ? of post-

orbital part of head.

* Scales 38-42 ; : sehelt.

** Scales 33-36 : ; buchanani.

B. Scale at base of first dorsal

about as long as post-

orbital part of head . caeruleomaculatus.

y. Pectorals not longer than head

without snout . : : robustus.

ii. End of maxilla exposed.

x. Ventrals longer than head with-

out snout : : é compressus.

y. Ventrals shorter than head with-

out snout . : : ; macrolepis.

c. Scales 26-28.

i. Caudal almost truncate. Pectorals

black ; : : A : waigiensis.

ii. Caudal emarginate. Pectorals light . oligolepis.

Hasits, BREEDING HaBITs, ETC.

The general habits of Mullets are fairly well known, since these

fishes live mainly inshore, on the surface and in shallow water. They

are fairly easily captured and appear to thrive in aquaria.

In the latter may be seen how they project the mouth as a scoop

and suck in sand or mud, triturate this for a time, and finally reject

what has proved inedible.

Mullets appear to be largely herbivorous, but will eagerly feed upon

soft flesh, such as the liver or intestines of fishes, even of their own

kind. They will also take insects which have fallen into the water.

At Knysna I have observed a shoal feeding upon fallen flying ants

which were over the water. Despite this, the species do not appear

to take an artificial fly.

642 Annals of the South African Museum.

The intestinal contents nearly always consist very largely of sand.

The intestine is very long, and the unabsorbed residue from the

alimentary tract is little else but sand and shell particles. In the

stomach itself, besides sand and mud, green algae, and fragments

of marine plants, may occasionally also be found eggs, larval crustacea

and fishes.

In tidal estuaries these fishes appear to congregate, especially

at night, upon the sand- or mud-banks, where the mud and the eel-

grass (Zostera) both teem with many lowly forms of life. From a

boat I have watched shoals of small half-grown Mugil feeding.

They swim in a compact body, facing the current, moving at the rate

of a few inches a minute. They constantly suck up the mud, or the

slime on the grass, retain it for perhaps 20 or 30 seconds, and eject

the hard portion. The movements of such a shoal are extremely

erratic. In the van are often to be seen a number of individuals who

shoot forward some inches and then drop back into the main body.

The shoal will veer as a whole to one side, or will move rapidly forward

for a few feet and then resume the slow advance. Occasionally a

shoal will be seen to break up, dart some distance back, and cover

the same area at a slow pace.

These small shoals nearly always consist of individuals of more

or less constant size. On one occasion only did I see a large specimen

feeding with a shoal of others of very much inferior size. A lucky

cast with a throw-net secured this specimen, which proved to be

cephalus, while the others were canaliculatus.

I have never been fortunate enough to see a shoal of large specimens

feeding in this manner. At night, with a powerful light, I have

frequently been among large numbers of adults, but only occasional

specimens came into the light; these were merely swimming idly

and appeared uneasy, some sheering off wildly for no apparent reason,

while others would swim until almost against the side of the boat

before taking fright.

Mullets seem to be timid, but exceedingly curious. From a high

rock, overlooking moderately deep water, I have dropped stones into

the middle of a shoal. The fishes scatter widely, but almost immedi-

ately turn and circle in a dense cloud in the disturbed area. Ifa

handful of crushed liver be thrown amongst them, the same perform-

ance results, and a fierce mélée ensues until all has been consumed.

Any sudden movement of an exposed part of the observer results in

the rapid departure of the shoal, if the fishes be of any size.

“Harders”’ are generally captured by means of nets, but specialised

The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. 643

methods of angling are also employed with success. In tidal rivers

very small hooks mounted on fine gut, buoyed with small corks and

baited with dough, or with various fancy concoctions, are employed.

In the sea at various places, liver or fish bait on tiny hooks is generally

used. A large “Harder” or “Mullet,” especially tricuspidens, pro-

vides magnificent sport on light tackle. Successful angling depends

upon a close study of the habits of these fishes, and requires consider-

able skill and patience; this sport has not yet found favour with the

majority of anglers in South Africa.

In the fresh waters of the Hastern Province “‘Springer”’ (ewronotus)

fishing is largely indulged in. To the line near the hook are fastened

a number of small corks in a series, so as to keep 4 or 5 feet of the

line on the surface. At the end, on some inches of fine gut, is mounted

a small hook. The favourite lure is a “‘flying-ant.’’ The fishes

usually bite well towards evening, and large catches are frequently

made.

In the Eastern Province the majority of the species appear to

breed in September and October. The shoals come into shallow water

all along the coast, and at night lie in the shallows, where the eggs

are presumably shed and fertilised. At this time the fishes appear

to be much less timid, and, by the aid of a light, may at night be

scooped up in numbers with a landing net. I have in this fashion

secured numbers in pools at the edge of the surf, both males and

females, fully ripe. The females appear to outnumber the males

by as much as ten to one.

It has frequently been stated that ripe fishes seek out tidal estuaries

for the purpose of spawning. The evidence I have been able to obtain

does not substantiate this belief, which is probably only partly correct.

The fishes are certainly more plentiful in such waters at these times,

but I have observed that they are also more numerous in the shallow

water of the sea itself.

In estuaries, when every fish taken was ripe, I have at night, from

a boat, with the aid of a light observed from two to four fishes slowly

circling over shallow water on mud-banks. On some occasions, in

still water, I have been able to keep them in the illuminated area for

as long as ten minutes. On occasions there has appeared to be an

ejection of faintly opalescent matter which instantly disappeared,

but this has not been observed to be followed by the ejection of milt.

I have several times captured, with a throw-net, two or three speci-

mens so engaged, and on each occasion one of the fishes proved to

be a ripe male, the remainder females, so it may be presumed that

644 Annals of the South African Museum.

they were engaged in spawning. It is, nevertheless, singular that

tow-netting over these presumed spawning areas has in no case

resulted in a catch containing eggs which could be shown to be

those of ripe Mugils. ;

The somewhat oily flesh of the “Harder” is of fine texture and

delicate flavour, and probably of relatively high calorific value.

These fishes are, especially in the Western Province of South

Africa, highly esteemed, and a large ‘“‘Harder,’’ baked whole, is

undoubtedly a culinary delicacy.

Vast numbers are caught annually, chiefly by drag-nets, whole

shoals being encircled in the surf. On the west coast fair numbers

are taken by floating gill-nets, anchored near the shore.

Large numbers are salted and dried, and these form an important

part of the diet of the poorer section of the coastal population.

The flesh of those fishes taken far up in estuaries is generally

slightly less palatable, while those taken from the inland waters of

the Eastern Province have a distinctly unpleasant ““muddy” flavour.

I wish to express my gratitude to the Director of the South African

Museum for his kindness in assisting with the loan of the whole of

the S.A. Museum collection of Mugil species, and of literature. To

the Research Grant Board of South Africa (Carnegie Fund) for

generous financial assistance, which has defrayed the greater part

of the expenses incurred in the investigation. Also to Messrs. H. J.

Koch and B. Hindson for valuable collections from Natal.

I must also acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. C. von Bonde,

Director of the Government Fisheries Survey, and to Mr. Bell-Marley,

Principal Fisheries Officer of Natal, for permission to net in preserved

waters.

ALBANY MUSEUM,

GRAHAMSTOWN,

July 1934.

mann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol.. XXX. Plate XV.

A, Latero-occipital scale of Mugil cephalus Linn., from specimen 405 mm. in length,

to show secondary scaling. The lines radiating from S$ indicate rows of

minute superimposed scales.

B, A portion of the integument, from a medio-lateral scale of the same species

(length 275 mm.), showing the small cycloid scales embedded therein.

C, View of the branchial and lower pharyngeal regions of the same species (length

405 mm.). G, Rakers of the four branchial arches; P, Pharyngeal rakers.

J. L. B. Smith, Neill & Co., Lid.

Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate XVI.

Mugil species. A, strongylocephalus Rich.; B, canaliculatus n. sp.; C, seheli

Forsk.; D, buchanani Blkr.; E, euronotus A. Smith. The line below each

figure represents 1 cm.

J. L. B. Smith, Neill & Co., Lid.

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate XVII.

. AM a

SOP a eh ge. Piet Ama inne tieaeds &

fostes ten hg

dist ceee p i geoeeE” ‘

A, Mugil tricuspidens, n. sp.; B,* Mugil compressus, Gnthr.

C-G, premaxillary teeth of Wugil species. The total length of the specimens from

which the teeth were taken is given in brackets. The line below each figure

represents a tenth of a millimetre.

C, capito Cuv. (280 mm.); D, canaliculatus n. sp. (210 mm.); E, ewronotus Smith

(230 mm.); F, tricuspidens n. sp. (60 mm.); G, tricuspidens n. sp. (405 mm.).

* Copied by permission, from a photograph taken by the Director of the Natal

Museum.

J. L. B. Smith. Neill & Co., Ltd.

’ ‘(uu (09Z) ‘ds ‘u swaprdsnoiy “Fy pure 5

‘(uu $EZ) “ds “u snynjnoyouno “qT pur gy f(wUE L9T) “sto yayos “q pue O {(‘wUM GET) ‘Yory snppydaoojhbuows ‘q pue Vv

‘SpOYOVIG Ul USATS ST UL} SI o[VOS OY} YOIYM WOIF UoUNTOOdS oY Jo YASUO] [e490 oY, ‘WUT | S}UoSeIdor o[vOS YoRe MOTOq

oul] ey, “aed yoro Jo ysay oy} ore sofeos [esioporgq ‘soroods pAnyy jo sopeos jeaqueaqsod-pru pur yesiopoad UdL

Plate XVIII.

Neill & Co., Lid.

Ann. S::Afr..Mus., Vol. XXX.

J. L. B. Smith.

- 7 =_— re ~ bn ek, ere

‘OueS FO ofvOS [e1qyUOAgsOod-ptut “FT

(UUW ZZ) YYUIG snzouoina Jo oTRos Tesaopoad yQy, “4 {(wUM QEZ) ‘AND ond Jo 9[eos yeaqueAqsod-prur “yp {(-urUT

0&3) H “(Cum OFT) G “(wu OZt) O “(uM OTT) gq “(CuUL GG) WY :'Ang opdyo Jo soeos jesiopord y4L, ‘oaisnfour —-V

. ‘UL T sjuesordod o[ROS YOR MOTOG OUT] oY, ‘“syoyouaq ut UOALS SI Udyey

ST 9[vos oY} YOryA uwtorZ Uouttoods oy} Jo YSU] [v0 oY, ‘soloods phnpT Fo solos [erquoAysod-prur pue yestopoad yyy

Plate XIX.

Neill & Co., Ltd.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

J. L. B. Smith.

(urUE HOT) “1H PUL "OH sisuabinm Ty pur 4

‘(UW OGE) ~AyQU snssoudwoo “qT pue GY f(uU OOS) “AYTE wwounyong ‘q pure Og {("urME LTT) YQTUIG sedajouonW “gq pur y

‘SJOYOVLG UL UOATS ST UOYeZ ST OPVOS OY} YOM Woy UOUATOOdS OY JO YYSUdT 1V}0} OY, “Wt | SzUosoAdor ofRos Yoro Moro

oul] OY, ‘ofvos yestopord oy} st ated yoro jo qsay oyy, ‘soroeds phnyy Jo soyvos [eayuoagsod-prur pur [esaopoad yyy

Plate XX.

ee ce

. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

Neill & Co., Ltd.

J. L. B. Smith.

"wo | syuosordod ons {Povo MOToq our, OUT,

“pte, sedajobyo pibn wy ‘ep faygun snysngou bn yr ‘W

Ste

‘

Plate XE

Neill & Co., Lid.

J. L. B. Smith.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

—1 -_——

Scales of Mugil species.

A, 7th predorsal of robustus Gnthr. (200); B, mid-postventral of same; C, 7th

predorsal of oligolepis Blkr. (206); D, mid-postventral of same.

The line below each figure represents 1 mm. The length of the specimen, in

millimetres, from which the scales were taken, is given in brackets.

J.L. B. Smith.

Plate X XII.

Neill & Co., Ltd.

( 645 )

20. Notes on South African Marine Fishes—By K. H. Barnarp,

D.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant Director.

(With Plates XXIJI-XXV and 7 Text-figures.)

THIS paper continues that published in February 1934 (Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. xill, pp. 228-235), and contains two new

records; the description of a new genus and species of Clinid; an

account of certain anatomical features of Rhineodon; and notes on

pug-headedness in a species of Pagrus, and on an abnormal specimen

of Mola and on the gill-filaments of this genus.

Apogon orbicularis C. and V.

1873. Giinther, Fische d. Siidsee, vol. i, p. 22, pl. 20, fig. D.

1878-88. Day, Fish. India, p. 65, pl. 17, fig. 7.

This well-known Indian species has been received from Mozambique.

Dascyllus aruanus Linn.

1877. Bleeker, Atl. Ichth., ix, pl. 409, fig. 6 (Tetradrachmum

arcuatum).

1876-81. Giinther, Fische d. Siidsee, vol. 11, p. 235, pl. 124, fig. B.

1878-88. Day, Fish. India, p. 381, pl. 80, fig. 6.

Also received from Mozambique. The colour pattern resembles

that of Giinther’s figure.

Fam. CLINIDAE.

Climacoporus n.g.

Resembling Clinus and Clinoporus. Hook on inner margin of

shoulder-girdle present. Body densely covered with minute scales,

distinctly imbricate only on posterior half of body. Anterior nostril

shortly tubular. A palmate supraorbital tentacle. Head naked,

pores mostly in double rows. Lateral line a broad, well-marked

646 Annals of the South African Museum.

canal opening by paired pores, the upper and lower pores opposite

one another (not alternate as in Clinoporus), and joined by a slight

cuticular ridge, thus resembling a ladder.

Climacoporus navalis n. sp.

(Text-fig. 1.)

Body elongate, moderately compressed. Depth 54, length of head

4, in length of body (caudal excluded). Hye slightly greater than

Fic. 1.—Climacoporus navalis n.g., n.sp. a, whole animal, scaling on body only

partly indicated. 6, scale. c, d, left anterior nostril from the side and from

behind. ee, left supraorbital tentacle from behind.

snout, 4in length of head. Profile of head slightly convex. Anterior

nostril shortly tubular, with a short filament arising from hind margin

of rim; posterior nostril slightly larger than the head pores, but

scarcely tubular. A transversely flattened, palmate supraorbital

tentacle. Maxilla reaching to vertical from anterior third of eye.

A band of smaller teeth behind the front row in both jaws, and a

curved band on vomer. Branchiostegals 6. Gull-rakers 5-6 on lower

part of anterior arch, very feeble. D XXXVII 1, beginning above

hind edge of pre-opercle, spines increasing in length up to about the

30th, the first 4 more widely spaced than the others, especially the

2nd and 3rd, and 3rd and 4th, the single ray connected by membrane

with the base of caudal fin. AII 24. P12. VI 3, 3rd ray minute.

C 15 (13 main rays). Lateral line with 77 pairs of pores, 24 to the

downward curve, 10 on the bend, which occurs between the verticals

from the 12th and 14th spines, and 43 on the straight hinder part,

Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 647

which ends in 1-2 single pores at the vertical from the 35th spine;

a slight groove, covered with ordinary scales, continues to base of

caudal.

Length.—64 mm.

Colour.—Reddish or maroon-brown, with faint darker blotches

appearing after preservation, an oval dark ocellus with pale border

between origin of lateral line and 2nd-3rd dorsal spines, a dark band

across base of caudal, followed by 2 narrower bands and a few irregular

spots, margin of anal fin pale.

Locality.—Simonstown, False Bay, collected off the training ship

General Botha on entering the naval dry-dock (16th June 1933,

ek. HH. B.).

Rhineodon typus A. Smith.

(Plates XXIJI-XXV and Text-figs. 2, 3.)

1925. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 37 (Rhinodon typicus).

1930. White, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., lxi, p. 129.

1931. Gudger, ibid., p. 613.

1933. Idem, Nature, No. 3336, p. 569.

1934. Barnard, ibid., No. 3376, p. 66.

A specimen, approximately 20 feet in total length, was found

washed up on the beach at Kommetje, on the west side of the Cape

Peninsula. It was stated to have been found at Haster (April 2nd)

1934, but unfortunately was not reported to the Museum until three

weeks later. On 23rd April my colleague Dr Lawrence and I

examined the specimen, and on the following day we cut off the

upper half of the skin and the whole of the head, tail, and pectoral

fins. Owing to hot dry weather the upper exposed parts were more

or less mummified, but the lower surface was badly decomposed and

impossible to save.

On arrival at the Museum Mr. Drury, the taxidermist, decided

against mounting the remains of the skin. The best portions of the

skin, however, were dried, and the fins and certain parts of the head

were preserved for anatomical study.

White (1930, p. 157) has indicated three anatomical features

requisite for forming a correct idea as to the true systematic position

of the whale-shark, viz. the presence or absence of oro-nasal grooves,

the rostral cartilages, and the pectoral fin. All these have been

studied on the present specimen.

648 Annals of the South African Museum.

Some of the more important measurements may be given for

comparison with other specimens: ftey

Length, total . 20 —

Tip of snout to origin of ist dorsal . : : i

J ry . BOC. sexs ; , ; . Ae

,, root of tail , » 42 1G

Base of Ist dorsal . ; >) ane

o) 2nd oF) 2 =a 8

Upper caudal lobe . 4

Lower __,, a

Span between tips of caudal lobes DL 6

Pectoral (anterior base to tip) . 3 —

Width around snout, eye to eye ——

Width across forehead, eye to eye 34 26

Width at bases of pectorals, over shoulders 4 8

Kye to Ist gill sht . : Zeal

ot aE oo, 3.5

Eye (hind margin of) to spiracle — 33

Kye diameter : = |

Spiracle — if

Width of mouth 2 4

4 lower dental baad 110

ae Upper, 1 24

fs tongue 1 14

Centre of upper jaw to nostril . aay

Nostril to eye 1 —

Ai angle of seats — 652

Kye to angle of mouth . a

Lower end 5th gill-slit to hind corner pectoral fin 110

Caudal peduncle (at root of tail) vertical diam. . 64

” 3 - horizontal diam. 2 . ¢

ie sedeia of keel 1

Tip ‘of snout to origin of mid-dorsal keel (which is approx,

at vertical from Ist gill-slit) : =

Length of 1st—5th gill-shits, resp. 15, 16, 17, 15, 123 inches.

Distances of upper ends of gill- -slits to mid- dome line, re-

spectively 124, 114, 104, 103, 114 inches.

Distance apart, each pair al gill ‘aitg 43-5 inches.

From these measurements Mr. Drury has constructed a half-size

model for exhibition in the Museum (Pl. XXIII). For purposes of this

construction Mr. Drury studied Gudger’s 1931 paper with the photo-

graphs and drawings there given of the known mounted specimens.

He noticed a very definite discrepancy between the photographs

of the model in the American Museum (pls. 23, 24), and those of the

other specimens mounted or figured, viz. the relation between the

pre-pectoral and post-pectoral lengths. In the American Museum

Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 649

model the post-pectoral length (posterior base of pectoral to root of

caudal) is three times the pre-pectoral length (tip of snout to anterior

base of pectoral); in Bean’s figure (Gudger, loc. cit., pl. 28) and the

sketch of the Tokyo specimen (loc. cit., fig. 4) it is 24 times. In all

the other figures the post-pectoral length is only twice the pre-

pectoral length, though the British Museum mount (loc. cit., pl. 31)

shows it slightly over twice, the posterior part of the body having

apparently been too much stretched out in mounting. The pre-

pectoral length is approximately equal to the distance between the

posterior base of pectoral and the ventrals. Our present specimen

corresponds with Smith’s original figure (1849), which remains far

and away the best representation (photographic or otherwise) yet

given of this shark.

On the other hand, this specimen differs from all the figures, in-

cluding Smith’s, which show the position of the 4th gill-sht. Instead

of this gill-slit being over the base of the pectoral, 7.e. with the pectoral

arising below and in front of it, here it is definitely in front of the

pectoral origin and extends below it in a ventral direction. The

above given measurements of the lengths of the gill-slits and their

distances from the mid-dorsal line indicate the position. See also

Pls. XXIV and XXV.

Cephalic Mucus Canals.—Where these could be traced, they run

as in the accompanying diagram (fig. 2). The aural canal is about

18 inches from the end of the snout, and about 15 inches in front

of the level of the Ist gill-slit. At the latter level the lateral line

is 6 inches from the medio-dorsal keel; it curves below the forked

dorso-lateral keels and at the level of the 1st dorsal fin is about

16 inches from the centre line. A portion of the jugular canal was

traced close below the spiracle, but the sub-rostral, nasal, and oral

canals could not be traced owing to the decomposed condition of the

skin. It is unfortunate that the oral canal could not be traced, as

its completeness or incompleteness across the symphysis might help

to determine the systematic position of Rhineodon (see Garman,

_ 1888, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xvu, 2, pp. 68, 72).

Oro-nasal Grooves (Pl. XXV).—Dr. White (loc. cit., p. 153) states

that the nostril is not truly confluent with the mouth, and that the

upper lip is not divided into three parts, but adds that further

investigation is required. The figure she gives is not too clear.

A photograph of the nostril and portion of the jaw is here given,

which fully confirms Dr. White’s statement that oro-nasal grooves

are absent.

650 Annals of the South African Museum.

Fig. 2.—Rhineodon typus. Dorsal view, cephalic mucus canals. Dotted

portions not actually traced on the skin.

Fic. 3.—Rhineodon typus. Skeleton of pectoral fin. p, propterygium;

m, mesopterygium; mt, metapterygium.

Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 651

Though Garman’s statement (Plagiostomia, 1913, p. 41) that oro-

nasal grooves are present is thus shown to be incorrect, the absence

of these grooves supports Garman and White in their contention

that Rhineodon is not an Orectolobid, in which family Tate Regan

placed it (P.Z.S., 1906, p. 745, and 1908, p. 352).

Rostral Cartilages.—As might be expected, the rostral cartilages

are completely obsolete. The anterior margin of the skull follows

an even, slightly convex course between the olfactory capsules.

Pectoral Fin (fig. 3).—The propterygium is well developed and

excludes the mesopterygium from the margin of the fin. The

mesopterygium is extraordinarily broad. The absence of a foramen

between the mesopterygium and metapterygium is a further point

against the inclusion of Rhineodon in the Orectolobidae (Regan, P.Z.S.,

1906, p. 744).

Simocephaly in Pagrus laniarius.

(Text-fig. 4.)

Recently Mr. C. L. Biden obtained in Kalk Bay, False Bay, a

specimen of Pagrus laniarius, locally known as the “Panga.” It is

270 mm. in length, and is a typical laniarius, except for the profile

of the forehead and snout. The profile somewhat resembles that of

the large Dentex undulosus figured in Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 720,

fig. 26, but when compared with the normal laniarius profile (loc. cit.,

fig. 24) it is seen that the “pug-nose”’ shortening of the snout has

been carried almost to an extreme. As a consequence of this simo-

cephalous development, the cleft of the mouth has become nearly

vertical. The lower margin of the pre-orbital on the left side is

unusually concave, while that on the right side is biconcave. There

are only 4 canines in the lower jaw, and the molars are reduced in

number in both jaws. The specimen is a 9 with half-ripe ovaries.

Among the local fishermen this form of Panga is known as the

“Dik-bek”? Panga, which may be rendered in English as the “ Pug-

nosed”? Panga. Mr. Biden informs me that it used to be common

on the deeper banks in False Bay, but within the last twenty years

has become very scarce. At Port Elizabeth the name is applied to

the ordinary “‘long-nosed”’ or “‘ pig-nosed”’ Panga.

Later Mr. Biden has qualified his statement as to its rarity by

obtaining from the Kalk Bay fishermen two more specimens. These

are very interesting as showing successive stages in simocephaly.

The largest, a 300-mm. 2, has an almost normal profile, but with

VOL. xXx, PART 44

652 Annals of the South African Museum.

a marked indentation opposite the nostrils. The snout is not much

shortened, and the cleft of the mouth normal. The other specimen,

a 275-mm. ¢, is intermediate between the larger 2 and the smaller

975 mm. o7 270 min. F

Fic. 4.—Pagrus laniarius C. and V. Profiles of normal head and three heads

showing successive degrees of simocephaly.

pug-nosed specimen. The snout is distinctly shortened and the cleft

of the mouth is oblique. Both these specimens have the normal

6 canines in the lower jaw.

As the greatest amount of simocephaly is shown by the smallest

of the three specimens, it must not be assumed that every individual

showing a tendency to simocephaly would eventually in the course

Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 653

of its existence develop into the extreme pug-nosed form. On the

contrary the series seems to indicate that the tendency to simocephaly

varies in intensity, and that by cross-breeding all gradations from

pug-nose to pig-nose are possible (see Gudger, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat

Pist., 61; 1930, p. 18).

Mola mola and lanceolata.

(Text-figs. 5-7.)

Since 1927 the following records of these two Sun-fishes, either

stranded or captured, have accumulated :—

(mola) January 1929. Table Bay.

(lanceolata) March 1930. Table Bay.

(mola) August 1931. Table Bay.

(mola) December 1931. Camps Bay, west coast of Cape Peninsula.

(mola) 12th October 1933. Table Bay.

(mola) 27th a2 a a

(mola) December 1933. East London.

(mola) July 1934. Kommetje, west coast of Cape Peninsula.

As regards the distinctions between the two species the following

points deserve attention :—

A cross-section through the body at the region of the pectoral fin

shows in mola an elongate hexagonal outline with slightly hollowed

lateral sides (fig. 5,6). The angles formed by the inclination of the

dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral sides with the lateral sides are distinct

in the large mounted specimen in the South African Museum measuring

7 feet, but can also be observed in the smaller specimen measuring

3 feet 3 inches (from middle of tail to point of snout).

In contrast to this, lanceolata shows a narrow oval-lanceolate out-

line, widest dorsally and narrowing evenly towards the ventral line

(fig.5,¢). This outline is constant in two mounted specimens measur-

ing 4 feet 7 inches and 3 feet 11 inches, and in a cast measuring

6 feet 1 inch in length.

Both specimens of mola possess a short snout projecting beyond

the mouth. A straight line drawn from base of pectoral through

middle of gill-opening and eye leads to the apex of this projection.

In the specimens of lanceolata there is no such projection, the lower

jaw forming the most anterior point of the body.

The relative positions of the pectoral fin and the gill-opening

show a constant difference in the two species. In mola there is a

a a

654 Annals of the South African Museum.

SaaS

= ~

Fic. 5.—a, Outline of the Kommetje 1934 Sun-fish; the broken line represents the

outline of a normal specimen. b, Cross-section of same, the broken line being

the normal cross-section in M. mola. c, Cross-section of M. lanceolata.

Fic. 6.—Caudal fin-ray of: a, Mola lanceolata; 6, M. mola, with cross-section;

c, Ranzania truncata. I a and 6 the overlying skin removed.

Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 655

strip of roughened skin between the anterior end of the base of the

fin and the posterior edge of the gill-opening; in lanceolata there is

no such strip, the pectoral fin arising immediately behind the opening.

In the cast specimen already mentioned the curved hind margin

of the gill-opening even extends behind the anterior end of the

pectoral base.

The gill-rakers in mola resemble those in lanceolata, being concealed

beneath thick fleshy skin. (Gill-filaments, see below.)

The caudal fin in mola is always rounded-truncate, and more or

less scalloped, the indentations being for the most part regularly

spaced. At the bottom of each indentation there is a thickening

or callosity, visible at least in mounted specimens. In the large

specimen there are 10 indentations, in the smaller one 13, definitely

on the caudal region and excluding those on the transitional regions

between the tail and the dorsal and anal fins. It has been suggested

that this truncation and scalloping of the tail is due to injury inflicted

on the young Sun-fish. The regularity of the conformation, however,

precludes this explanation.

If a dried specimen of Ranzania truncata be examined the extra-

ordinary shape of the caudal fin-rays can be easily seen, and also

their gradual transition from the normal fin-ray of the dorsal and

anal fins. In the caudal fin the ray has a slender basal stalk which

suddenly expands like a fan or Borassus palm leaf (fig. 6, c).

In lanceolata only those fin-rays at the junctions of the dorsal and

anal fins with the caudal fin exhibit a fan structure, those in the caudal

fin proper having only a slender stalk which peters out near the fin

margin, occasionally with an indication of a small fork (fig. 6,@). In

mola each of the caudal fin-rays terminates in crescentic osseous

callosity situate at the notch between each pair of caudal lobes

(fig. 6, 6). These callosities may not be prominent in fresh specimens,

but in mounted specimens the surrounding skin shrinks so much

that they are easily traceable. In mola, as in lanceolata, the fin-rays

between the caudal and the dorsal and anal fins show fan structure.

The general shape of the tail is constant also in lanceolata, though

the position of the actual point of the tail may vary, thus causing

differences in the relative obliquity and lengths of the upper and

lower margins. Dissection of the whole tail region of this species

might prove interesting.

The 1934 Kommetje specimen, though obviously a specimen of

mola, was a freak of most extraordinary appearance (fig. 5, a and 0).

Its chief measurements were as follows: length, 6 feet 4 inches; depth

656 Annals of the South African Museum.

between anterior ends of bases of dorsal and anal fins 3 feet 10 inches,

these two fins respectively 1 foot 9 inches and 2 feet in length, and

distance between their tips 7 feet. The tail was evenly convex,

showing none of the usual indentations.

In profile the anterior part of the body was pear-shaped, caused

by the enormously swollen dorsal and ventral ridges. In addition

there were two broad ridges on either side, and perfectly symmetrical

on the two sides, one above and one below the eye. A comparison

of the cross-section (fig. 5, b) with that of a normal specimen shows

that these latter ridges correspond with the angles of the hexagonal

cross-section, and are merely due to an excessive hypertrophy of

the dermis.

Apart from the abnormal growth on the chin, the profile of the

mouth and forehead regions is normal, but resembles that of lanceolata

in having no projecting snout. There is, however, a small circular

hollow, in a position corresponding with that of the point of the

snout, which apparently is the scar of an osseous tubercle which has

been broken off (corresponding with the nasal spine in the larval

form). A similar larger oval hollow occurs on the throat region,

where in both the mounted specimens in the South African Museum

is situated an osseous tubercle or callosity. In lanceolata there is no

trace of this throat callosity. (See note, p. 658.)

The Table Bay 1930 specimen of lanceolata, when freshly taken

from the water, was black above as far down as a line joining the

eye and the posterior end of base of dorsal fin, silvery below, especially

bright on the belly, with a number of small, round, rather ill-defined

black or brown spots below the pectoral region.

Gill-filaments.—In December 1933 a strange fish was washed ashore

at Cintsa, near Kast London. From a sketch and the dimensions

taken at the time, I had no hesitation in identifying it as Mola mola.

The fish was buried, but after about three months was dug up. In

the simy mass some very decomposed pieces of the shoulder girdle

were found, and also a large number of thin knife-like bones, which

were forwarded to me for inspection by Mr. W. L. Wright, Hon.

Secretary of the Hast London Angling Club. The teeth were not

found, having probably been removed by the person who buried

the fish.

The knife-like bones were a puzzle at first, until it occurred to me

to dissect a very old and partially decomposed specimen of Ranzania

truncata. Similar shaped bones were found, and proved to be the

supporting rods of the gill-filaments. |

Notes on South African Marine Fishes. 657

The accompanying figure (fig. 7) shows the structure of these

specimens, which measured 55-85 mm. in length. The base is

enlarged into a hollowed articular surface, which fits on to the gill-

arch. The “back” of the knife is shallowly grooved in the proximal

half, the margin near the base showing finely corrugated striae. The

blade shows irregularly spaced growth lines; the base and tip are

Fic. 7.—Mola mola, bone supporting rod of gill-filaments. (Slightly enlarged.)

incomplete in all the specimens. The apices of most of the specimens

show a sagittal splitting of both “back” and blade into two halves.

The main reason for illustrating these bones is their interest from

an anthropological as well as an ichthyological point of view. Mr.

A. J. Goodwin, Department of Anthropology of the University of

Cape Town, tells me he has found similar bones in some of the cave

deposits he has investigated. The resistant quality of these bones,

as opposed to that of the other bones of the Sun-fish, may well ensure

their preservation in the moderately dry and well-drained kitchen-

middens left by the Strandloopers or early natives. Mr. Goodwin

kept no specimens, and if he had it would probably have been im-

possible to identify them as belonging to any particular kind of fish.

Only the size might be some indication.

Ranzania truncata (Retzius).

1927. Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., xxi, p. 989, fig. 32 (references).

Two further specimens of this species have come to hand and may

be recorded:

Inner Basin, Cape Town docks (alive), 23rd December 1932.

Kommetje, Cape Peninsula (washed ashore), 23rd August 1934.

The stomach of the latter specimen contained a large number of

the Megalopa stage of the common Shore-crab Plagusia chabrus.

658 Annals of the South African Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Rhineodon typus A. Smith.

Pl. X XIII.—Dorsal and lateral views of the half-scale model constructed for

exhibition in the South African Museum.

Pl. XXIV.—Gill-slits of the right side, showing the 4th gill-slit extending below

the origin of the pectoral fin. Photo of the flattened skin, head end

above, mid-dorsal line to left, cut ventral edge to right.

Pl. XXV.—Upper jaw and nostril of the right side from in front (upper figure),

from below (lower figure).

Since this paper was in the press, I have received, through the kindness of Mr.

J. R. Norman of the British Museum, a tracing of Ranzani’s figure of Orthragoriscus

alexandrinit (1839, Nov. Comm. Ac. Sc. Inst. Bonon., iii). This figure closely

resembles the Kommetje Sun-fish, having an evenly rounded tail, and prominent

convexities on the throat and the forehead, especially on the latter. But neither

of these prominencies is so strongly developed as in the South African specimen.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate X XTII.

RHINEODON TYPUS A. Smith.

Photo: J. Drury. Neill & Co., Ltd.

THUS “V SAdkiL NOCOHNIHY

Plate XXIV.

‘'~

Uy “good OSRq = =a mm me mem |

qd [VZUSPlOOT = mm me

UIS-T[Lo YGF puommy

Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX.

K. H. Barnard.

Ann. S. Afr. Mus., Vol. XXX. Plate XXV.

RHINEODON TYPUS A. Smith.

K. H. Barnard. Neill & Co., Ltd.

SR ey ee ee eS OO iS ee eee Sa ee! SN RN I wan a

ANNALS Haas

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

LIST OF PAPERS PUBLISHED IN

VOLUMES I-XXX

TOGETHER WITH

AN INDEX TO AUTHORS

AND SUBJECTS

| PRINTED FOR THE |

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN

BY NEILL AND CO., LTD.,

212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH.

OF THE

ANNALS

SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM

LIST OF PAPERS PUBLISHED IN | |

VOLUMES I-XXX

TOGETHER WITH

AN INDEX TO AUTHORS

AND SUBJECTS

PRINTED FOR THE

TRUSTEES OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN MUSEUM, CAPE TOWN

BY NEILL AND CO., LTD.,

212 CAUSEWAYSIDE, EDINBURGH,

1938

INTRODUCTION.

THe Annals of the South African Museum are issued in parts at

irregular intervals as material becomes available. They are printed

in royal 8vo format.

Most of the Geological and Palaeontological papers published in

Volumes IV, VII, XII, XXII, and XXVIII were issued in con-

junction with the Geological Commission of the Colony of the Cape

of Good Hope, and, later, the Geological Survey of the Union of

South Africa.

Back numbers, with the exception of those parts marked as out

of print, can be obtained from the South African Museum. Volume

VIII and certain parts of other volumes, of which a very limited

stock is available, are only sold as part of a set or volume respectively.

The prices of parts published prior to January 1919 have been

raised 10 per cent. over the prices marked on the respective parts.

The prices in the present list are the current prices.

Prices of parts in Volume XXXI onwards are printed on the

back cover of each part as issued.

(5 )

LIST OF PAPERS.

VOLUME I.

(ZOOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY.)

PART I. Out of Print. 1898

1. Descriptions of new South African Scorpions in the Collection

of the South African Museum. By W.F.Purceti. Plates

i-lv, 32 pp.

. Description of some new or little-known South African Mutil-

lidae in the Collection of the South African Museum. By

L. PERINGUEY. 62 pp.

. List of the Reptiles and Batrachians of South Africa, with

Descriptions of New Species. By W.L.Sciater. Plate v,

LT pp-

. Catalogue of the South African Hispinae (Coleoptera), with

Descriptions of New Species. By L. PERiInGuEY. 18 pp.

PART II. Out of Print. 1899

10.

On the Species of Opisthophthalmus in the Collection of the

South African Museum, with Descriptions of some New

Forms. By W. F. Purcety. 50 pp.

. Descriptive List of the Rodents of South Africa. By W. L.

SCLATER. 59 pp.

. Fifth Contribution to the South African Coleopterous Fauna.

By L. Perinecury. Plates vi-vu, 91 pp.

. On the South African Species of Peripatidae in the Collection

of the South African Museum. By W.F. Purcety. 21 pp.

. A Contribution to the Knowledge of South African Mutillidae

(Order Hymenoptera). By L. P&rincury. Plate viii,

27 pp.

Description of a New Genus of Perciform Fishes from the

Cape of Good Hope. By G. A. BouLtenceR. Plate ix,

2 pp.

- 1 4 “\ ‘ 0

(AN 1 ©

6 Annals of the South African Museum.

PART III. Out of Print. 1899

11. New and httle-known South African Solifugae in the Collection

of the South African Museum. By W. F. Purcey. 52 pp.

12. New South African Scorpions in the Collection of the South

African Museum. By W. F. Purcey. 6 pp.

13. Description of Twelve New Species of the Genus Mutilla

(Order Hymenoptera) in the South African Museum. By

L. PERincuEY. 13 pp.

14. On Two New Species of Dicynodonts. By R. Broom. Plate

x and 3 engravings, 5 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part III.

VOLUME II.

(ZOOLOGY AND GEOLOGY.)

PART I. Out of Print. 1900

| 1. Ona Collection of Slugs from South Africa, with Descriptions of

some New Species. By Water HE. Cotiiner. Plates 1-11,

8 pp. =

PART II. Price 5s. 6d. 1900

2. The Meteoric Irons from Griqualand East, South Africa. By

HK. Conen. Plates i—v, 11 pp.

3. The Meteoric Iron from Bethany, Great Namaqualand. By

K. Couen. Plates vi-ix, 9 pp.

PART III. Out of Print. 1900

4. The Moths of South Africa (Part I). By G. F. Hampson.

34 pp.

PART IV. Price 3s. 1900

5. On the Anatomy of Opisthopatus cinctipes, Purc., with Notes

on other, principally South African, Onychophora. By

W. F. Purcety. Plates x—xu, 50 pp.

PART V. Price 1s. 6d. (Only sold as part of a set.) 1901

6. Description of New Species of South African Pselaphidae. By

ACHILLE RaFFray. 10 pp.

7. Description of Seven New Species of the Family Mutillidae

(Order Hymenoptera) in the South African Museum. By

L. PERINGUEY. 6 pp.

Inst of Papers. Ti

8. Description of a New Species of the Genus Japyx (Order

Thysanura) from the Cape Colony. By L. P&rineuey.

3 pp.

PART VI. Price 3s. 1901

9. On some South African Arachnida belonging to the Orders

Scorpiones, Pedipalpi, and Solifugae. By W. F. Purce tt.

10 engravings, 89 pp.

PART VII. Price 1s. 6d. (Only sold as part of a set.) 1901

10. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the genus Gephyro-

glanis, from South Africa. By G. A. BouLencErR. Plate

mau, 2 pp.

PART VIII. Price 3s. (Only sold as part of a set.) 1901

11. On a further Collection of South African Slugs, with a Check"

list of known species. By Water E. Coiiiner. Plate

xiv, 8 pp.

PART IX. Price 1s. 6d. 1902

12. Rhynchotal Miscellanea. By W. L. Distant. Plate xv,

18 pp.

PART X. Price 7s. ; 1902

13. The Moths of South Africa (Part Il). By G. F. Hampson.

192 pp.

PART XI. Price 3s. 1902

14. South African Hydrachnids (First Paper).* By Sic. THor.

Plates xvi-xxi, 19 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME III.

(ZooLoey.)

_ PART I. Price 2s. 6d. 1903

1. Descriptions of New Genera and Species of South African

Solpugidae. By W. F. PurRcELL. 8 engravings, 12 pp.

2. New Arachnida collected by Mr. 8. C. Cronwright Schreiner,

at Hanover, Cape Colony. By W. F. Purcetu. Plate i,

28 pp.

* No further report published.

8 Annals of the South African Museum.

PART II. Price 1s. 6d. 1903

3. Rhynchotal Miscellanea. By W. L. Distant. 20 pp.

PART III. Price 5s. 6d. 1903

4. Descriptions of Six New Perciform Fishes from the Coast of

Natal. By G. A. Boutencer. Plates 1i—vii, 5 pp.

PART IV. Price 3s. | 1903

5. New South African Spiders of the families Migidae, Ctenizidae,

Barychelidae, Dipluridae, and Lycosidae. By W. F.

PurceLL. Plate vii and 4 engravings, 73 pp.

PART V. Price 5s. 6d. 1904

6. Descriptions of some New Species, and Characters of Three

New Genera, of Araneidea from South Africa. By Octavius

PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE. Plates ix—xu, 23 pp.

PART VI. Price 7s. 1904

7. Sixth Contribution to the South African Coleopterous Fauna.

By L. Perineury. Plate xin, 134 pp.

PART VII. Price 1s. 6d. 1905

8. Description of a New Fish of the Genus Paratilapia from the

Upper Zambesi. By G. A. BouLencER. Plate xiv, 2 pp.

PART VIII. Price 3s. 1905

9. Check List of the Birds of South Africa, containing additions

and corrections since the issue of the successive volumes of

the Birds in the Fauna of South Africa Series. By W. L.

SCLATER. 8) pp.

PART IX. Price is. 6d. 1905

10. The Moths of South Africa (Part III). By G. F. Hampson.

50 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME IV.

(PALAEONTOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 11s. 1903

1. Fossil Floras of Cape Colony. By A. C. Szwarp. Plates

i-xiv and 8 engravings, 122 pp.

Inst of Papers. 9

PART II. Price 7s. 1903

2. On an almost Perfect Skeleton of Pareiasaurus serridens Owen.

By R. Broom. Plates xv—xvi, 16 pp.

3. On the Structure of the Shoulder Girdle in Lystrosaurus. By

R. Broom. 2 engravings, 3 pp.

4. On Evidence of a New Species of Titanosuchus (2. cloete?).

By R. Broom. 2 pp.

5. On the Presence of a pair of Distinct Prevomers in Titano-

suchus. By R. Broom. 3 pp.

6. On some New Primitive Theriodonts in the South African

Museum. By R. Broom. Plates xvii-xviil, 12 pp.

7. On a New Reptile (Proterosuchus fergusi), from the Karoo

Beds of Tarkastad, South Africa. By R. Broom. Plate

xx, D pp.

PART III. Price 4s. 6d. 1903

8. Brachiopoda from the Bokkeveld Beds. By F. R. C. Ruep.

Plates xx—xxil, 36 pp.

PART IV. Price 4s. 6d. 1904

9. The Trilobites of the Bokkeveld Beds. By Puitip Laks.

Plates xxiv-xxvil, 20 pp.

PART V. Price 2s. 6d. 1904.

10. Foraminifera and Ostracoda from the Cretaceous of East

Pondoland, South Africa. By FREDERICK CHAPMAN. Plate

xx, 17 pp.

PART VI. Price 4s. 6d. 1904

11. Mollusca from the Bokkeveld Beds. By F. R. C. ReExp.

Plates xxx—xxxul, 36 pp.

PART VII. Price 14s. 1906

12. The Cretaceous Fauna of Pondoland. By Henry Woops.

Plates xxxii—xliv, 76 pp.

PART VIII. Price 8s. 1908

13. Contributions to South African Vertebrate Palaeontology.

By R. Broom. Plates xlv—xlvi, 30 pp.

2.*On the Pareiasaurian genus, Propappus.

3. On some new Therocephalian Reptiles.

* The first number of the Contributions appeared as Part 3 of Vol. V, pp. 187-

196, pl. iv. 1903.

10 Annals of the South African Museum.

4. On the Inter-relationships of the known Therocephalian

Genera.

5. On a New Labyrinthodont Rhinesuchus Whartsi, from

the Permian Beds of South Africa.

6. Note on the Species of Mesosaurus.

14. New Fossils from the Bokkeveld Beds. By F. R. C. Reep.

Plates xlvu—xlviu, 26 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part VIII.

VOLUME V.

(GEOLOGY, PALAEONTOLOGY, ZooLoGy, ANTHROPOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 4s. 6d. 1906

1. On the Meteoric Stone which fell at the Mission Station of

St. Mark’s, Transkei, on January 3, 1903. By EH. ConEn.

Plates i-i1, 16 pp. [ed. by C. Klein].

PART II. Price 8s. 6d. 1906

2. Descriptions of New Species of Parasitic Hymenoptera, chiefly

in the Collection of the South African Museum, Cape Town.

By P. Cameron. 170 pp.

PART III. Price 2s. 6d. 1906

3. Contributions to South African Palaeontology. No. 1: On

the Remains of Erythrosuchus africanus, Broom. By R.

Broom. Plate iv, 10 pp.

PART IV. Price is. 6d. 1907

4. New Species of Cleridae (Coleoptera) in the Entomological

Collection of the South African Museum. By Siem.

SCHENKLING. 6 pp.

5. Descriptions of Species of Parasitic Hymenoptera, chiefly in

the Collection of the South African Museum, Cape Town.

(Second Paper.) By P. Cameron. 23 pp.

PART V. Price 2s. 1907

6. Notes on some Bushman Crania and Bones from the South

African Museum, Cape Town. By Frank C. SHRUBSALL.

3 engravings, 46 pp. )

List of Papers. 1]

PART VI. Price 5s. 1908

7. Seventh Contribution to the South African Coleopterous

Fauna. By L. Perincuzy. Plates v—vi, 74 pp.

PART VII. Price 3s. 1909

8. New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. By HE. Meyrick.

31 pp.

9. On the Milk Dentition of Orycteropus. By R. Broom. 4 pp.

10. New or Little-known South African Mutillidae (Hymenoptera).

By L. Périncury. 25 pp.

PART VIII. Price 4s. 6d. 1910

11. New South African Micro-Lepidoptera (Part II). By HE.

MEYRICK. 7 pp. .

12. New Species of South African Myrmecophilous Pselaphidae

(Coleoptera). By A. Rarrray. 5 pp.

13. New South African Thysanoptera. By RicHarp 8. BAGNALL.

1 engraving, 4 pp.

14. List of Species of the Coleopterous genus Apion (Curculionidae)

in the Collection of the South African Museum, and Descrip-

tions of New Species. By L. Beeuin BiILLEcog. 4 pp.

15. Descriptions of New or Little-known Species of the Hemero-

biudae (Order Neuroptera) from South Africa. By L.

PERINGUEY. Plates viu—-ix, 22 pp.

PART IX. Price 4s. 6d. (Only sold as part of whole volume.) 1910

16. A Revised List of the South African Reptiles and Batrachians,

with Synoptic Tables, special reference to the specimens in

the South African Museum, and Descriptions of New Species.

By G. A. BouULENGER. 89 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME VI.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 13s. 6d. 1908

1. South African Crustacea, Part IV (the first three parts having

been published in the Marine Investigations in South

Africa). By Tuomas R. R. Stessine. Plates i-xiv,

96 pp.

12 Annals of the South African Museum.

PART II. Price 4s. 6d. 1908

2. The Blenniidae of South Africa. By J. D. F. Gitcurist and

W. WarDLaw THompson. 47 pp.

3. Descriptions of Fishes from the Coast of Natal. By J. D. F.

GILCHRIST and W. WarpDLAW THOMPSON. 62 pp.

4. On Two New Species of Ptychodera (P. proliferans and

P. natalensis). By J. D. F. Giucurist. 6 pp.

PART III. Price 3s. 6d. 1909

5. Description of Fishes from the Coast of Natal (Part II). By

J. D. F. Gitcurist and W. WarpLaw THompPsoNn. 67 pp.

PART IV. Price £1, 10s. 1910

6. General Catalogue of South African Crustacea (Part V of S.A.

Crustacea, for the Marine Investigations in South Africa).

By THomas R. R. Stespine. Plates xi—xxu, 313 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME VII.

(PALAEONTOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 3s. 1908

1. Polyzoa and Anthozoa from the Upper Cretaceous Limestone

of Need’s Camp, Buffalo River. By W.D. Lane. Platei,*

11 pp.

2. Echinoidea, Brachiopoda, and Lamellibranchia from the Upper

Cretaceous Limestone of Need’s Camp, Buffalo River. By

Henry Woops. Plate 1,* 3 engravings, 8 pp.

PART II. Out of Print. 1908

3. The Invertebrate Fauna and Palaeontological Relations of the

Uitenhage Series. By F. L. Kitcurn. Plates u—xi and

1 engraving, 230 pp.

PART III. Price 5s. 1909

4, Contributions to South African Palaeontology. By R. Broom.

7. The Fossil Fishes of the Upper Karroo Beds of South

Africa. Plates xii—xiii, 19 pp.

* The one plate illustrates both papers 1 and 2.

Inst of Papers. 13.

. Notice of some new South African Fossil Amphibians and

Reptiles. 1 engraving, 7 pp.

. Ona large extinct species of Bubalis. 1 engraving, 2 pp.

10. On evidence of a large Horse recently extinct in South Africa.

2 pp.

11. On the shoulder girdle of Cynognathus. 2 pp.

12. An attempt to determine the horizons of the fossil vertebrates

of the Karroo. 5 pp.

PART IV. Price 8s. 1911

13. On the Dinosaurs of the Stormberg, South Africa. By R.

Broom. Plates xiv—xvii, 18 pp.

14. Description of a New Plesiosaur (Plesiosaurus capensis, sp.

nov.) from the Uitenhage Beds of Cape Colony. By C. W.

ANDREWS. Plate xvi and 4 engravings, 14 pp.

PART V. Price 5s. 6d. 1912

15. On a New Species of Propappus, and on the pose of the

Pareiasurian Limbs. By R. Broom. Plates xix—xxi, 9 pp.

16. On a Species of Tylosaurus from the Upper Cretaceous Beds

of Pondoland. By R. Broom. Plate xxu,* 2 pp.

Tt 17. On the New Type of Cynodont from the Stormberg. By R.

| Broom. Plate xxu,* 3 pp.

| 18. On some Points in the Structure of the Dicynodont Skull. By

| R. Broom. 5 engravings, 15 pp.

| PART VI. Price 1s. 6d. 1913

| 19. On the Manus and Pes of Pareiasaurus. By R. Broom.

| : 2 engravings, 5 pp.

20. On a New Mesosaurian Reptile (Noteosaurus africanus). By

R. Broom. 1 engraving, 3 pp.

21. A Revision of the Reptiles of the Karroo. By R. Broom.

5 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

* The one plate illustrates both papers 16 and 17.

14 Annals of the South African Museum.

VOLUME VIII.

(ANTHROPOLOGY.)

Complete. Price £2, 10s. (Only sold as part of a set.) 1911

The Stone Ages of South Africa as represented in the Collection

of the South African Museum. By L. PErRineury. Plates

i-xxvi and 30 engravings, 218 pp.

With chapters on the Sources of Rock for the Manufacture

of Stone Implements, by A. L. pu Torr; and on Bushman

Craniology, by F. C. SHRUBSALL.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME IX.

(BoTANY.)

PART I. Price 4s. 6d. (Only sold as part of whole volume.) 1911

1. On the Collections of Dried Plants obtained in South-West

Africa by the Percy Sladen Memorial Expeditions, 1908—

1911 (Report No.5). By H. H. W. Pearson. Map, 19 pp.

PART II. Price 5s. 6d. 1912

2. Itinerary of the Percy Sladen Memorial Expedition to the

Orange River, 1910-1911 (Report No. 7). By H. H. W.

PEARSON. 9 pp.

3. List of the Plants collected in the Percy Sladen Memorial Ex-

peditions, 1908-9, 1910-11. By H. H. W. Pearson and

others. 30 pp. '

4, Fresh Water Algae. By G.S. West. Plates 1-11, 30 pp.

PART III. Price 10s. 1913

5. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the South African Pro-

teaceae, No.1. By EH. P. Puriiips. 1 engraving, 5 pp.

6. A List of the Phanerogams and Ferns collected by Mr. P. C.

Keytel on the Island of Tristan da Cunha, 1908-1909. By

Hee eoiLEeS. 8 pp.

7. Descriptions of New Plants from the Giftberg collected by

the Percy Sladen Memorial Expedition. By EH. P. PHILLIps.

3 pp.

sag

10.

Inst of Papers. 15

. Note on a Leucadendron found on the Cape Peninsula. By

HK. P. Pures. 4 pp.

. Contributions to the Flora of South Africa, No. 1. By E. P.

Puitiies. 17 pp.

List of the Plants collected in the Percy Sladen Memorial

Expeditions, 1908-9, 1910-11, September 1911. Note on

the localities visited by the Percy Sladen Memorial Expedi-

tion to the Khamiesberg, Giftberg, and Oliphant’s River

Mountains, September 1911. By H. H. W. Parson.

Plates mi—v and 1 engraving, 64 pp.

PART IV. Price 6s. 6d. 1915

AL,

List of the Plants collected in the Percy Sladen Memorial

Expeditions, 1908-9, 1910-11 (excluding Compositae). By

H. H. W. Pearson. Plates vi—viu, 80 pp.

12. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the South African Pro-

teaceae, No.2. By E. P. Putnuirs. 4 pp.

PART V. Price 3s. 6d. 19 G

13. A Revision of the Genus Pteronia (Compositae). By J.

14.

15.

HurcuHinson and HK. P. Puiuirps. 53 pp.

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the South African Pro-

teaceae, No. 3. By HE. P. Puituies. 5 pp.

Contributions to the Flora of South Africa, No. 2. By E. P.

Bawcers: 17 ppt

PART VI. Price iis. 1917

16.

List of Plants collected in the Percy Sladen Memorial Expe-

ditions, 1908-11, continued (Compositae). By H. H. W.:

Pearson and J. Hutcouinson. 16 engravings, 94 pp.

17. A Revision of the South African Material of the Genus Cyphia,

Berg. By HE. P. Paituies. 26 pp.

18. The Genus Calpurnia, E. Mey (Leguminosae). By E. P.

PHILLIPS. 7 pp.

PART VII. Price 9s. 1918

19. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Freshwater Algae of

Africa.

2. A First Report on the Freshwater Algae, mostly from the

Cape Peninsula, in the Herbarium of the South African

Museum. By F. E. Fritrscu. 43 engravings, 129 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

16 Annals of the South African Museum.

VOLUME X.

(ZooLoey.)

PART I. Price 3s. 1911

1. On some South African Dermaptera (Harwigs) in the South

African Museum, Cape Town. By Matcoum Burr. 9

engravings, 17 pp.

2. Descriptions of some New Geometridae and Pyralididae from

South Africa. By W. Warren. 12 pp.

PART II. Price 2s. 6d. 1911

3. Descriptions of Four New Species of South African Hemero-

biudae (Order Neuroptera). By L. PERincuny. 5 en-

gravings, 7 pp.

4. On some South African Rhynchota in the South African

Museum. By W. L. Distant. 9 engravings, 11 pp.

PART III. Price 2s. 1912

5. New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. By EH. Meyrick.

22 pp.

PART IV. Price 3s. 1912

6. The Pseudoscorpions of South Africa, based on the Collections

of the South African Museum, Cape Town. By Epv.

ELLINGSEN. 054 pp.

PART V. Price £1. 1912

7. The Sympoda (Part VI of 8.A. Crustacea, for the Marine

Investigations in South Africa). By THomas R. R.

STEBBING. Plates i-xvi, 48 pp.

PART VI. Price 3s. 1913

8. Ephemeridae from South Africa. By P. EsBEN-PETERSEN.

12 engravings, 11 pp.

9. South African Trichoptera. By Grora Utmer. | engraving,

3 pp.

10. Description of a New Species of Pselaphidae (Coleoptera) from

South Africa. By A. Rarrray. 1 p.

List of Papers. Lf

PART VII. Price 10s. 1914

11. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. By

K. H. Barnarp. 46 pp.

1. Additions to the Marine Isopoda. Plates xvii—xxii.

2. Description of a New Species of Phreatoicus (Isopoda) from

South Africa. Plates xxili-xxiv.

PART VIII. Price 2s. 6d. 1914

12. Descriptions of South African Micro-Lepidoptera. By E.

Mmyvrickx. 15 pp.

13. South African Chironomidae (Diptera). By J. J. Krerrer.

12 pp.

PART IX. Price 5s. 1914

14. On some Ectoparasites in the South African Museum, Cape

Town. By James Waterston. Plates xxv—xxvi and 3

engravings, 54 pp.

PART X. Price 2s. 6d. 1914

15. Notes on South African Mutillidae (Hymenoptera), with

Descriptions of new or little-known Species. By L.

PERINGUEY. 34 pp.

PART XI. Price £1. 1914

16. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

3. Additions to the Marine Isopoda, with notes on some

previously incompletely known species. By K. H.

BARNARD. Plates xxvii—-xxxvili, 128 pp.

17. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

4. A New Species of Nebalia. By K. H. Barnarp. Plate

XXx1x, 4 pp.

18. List of South African Tabanidae (Diptera) in the South African

Museum, with descriptions of New Species. By GERTRUDE

Ricargpo. 15 pp.

19. Description of a New Genus and Species of Termitobious

Pselaphidae (Coleoptera). By A. Rarrray. 1 engraving,

3 pp.

PART XII. Price 7s. 1914

20. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the

South African Museum. By W. Warren. Plates xl—xh,

44 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part XI.

18 Annals of the South African Museum.

VOLUME XI.

(Zoouocy.)

PART I. Price 3s. 6d. 1911

1. The Arenicolidae of South Africa, including an account of

Avenicola loveni, Kinberg. By J. H. AshwortnH. Plate 1

and 5 engravings, 27 pp.

PART II. Price 2s. ior!

2. Descriptions of Fishes from the Coast of Natal (Part III). By

J. D. F. Gitcurist and W. WarpLaw THompson. 30 pp.

PART III. Price 13s. 6d. S12

3. A Revised Reference List of South African Non-marine

Mollusca, with Descriptions of New Species in the South

African Museum. By M. Connotiy. Plate u, 244 pp.

PART IV. Price 1s. 6d. 1912

4. The South African Hirudinea, Part I.* By H. J. Gopparp

and D. KE. Matan. 13 pp.

PART V. Price 17s. 1913

5. The Freshwater Fishes of South Africa. By J. D. F. Gitcurist

and W. WarpLAaw THompson. 110 engravings, 143 pp.

PART VI. Price 11s. | 1917

5. The Freshwater Fishes of South Africa (continued). By

J. D. F. Gitcnrist and W. Warpitaw THomeson. 56

engravings, 111 pp.

PART VII. Price 3s. 1918

Appendix to the Freshwater Fishes of South Africa. Plate iu,

2 pp.

Description of a new Fish of the genus Mastacembelus from

the Zambesi System. By G. A. BouLENGER. 1 p.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part VII.

+ Part WW: Ur. Roy. Soc. 8. Afr., ii, pt. 2, p. 2495 aot

List of Papers. ds

VOLUME XII.

(PALAEONTOLOGY AND GEOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 15s. 6d. 1913

1. On some Fishes from the Lower and Middle Karroo Beds.

By R. Broom. Plates i-ii, 5 pp.

2. On a new South African Stegocephalian (Phrynosuchus

whaitst). By R. Broom. 1 engraving, 2 pp.

3. On a nearly perfect Skull of a New Species of the Gorgonopsia.

By R. Broom. 5 pp. ©

4. Man contemporaneous with Extinct Animals in South Africa.

By R. Broom. 2 engravings, 4 pp.

5. On the Skeleton of a New Pareiasaurian (Parerasuchus perin-

gueyr, g. et sp. nov.). By R. Broom and 8. H. Haueuron.

Plates ii—v, 9 pp.

6. On a New Species of Scymnognathus (S. tagriceps). By R.

Broom and S. H. Haventon. Plate vi, 10 pp.

7. On Two New Species of Dicynodon. By R. Broom and S$. H.

Havueuton. Plate vu, 4 pp.

8. On a Skull of Tapinocephalus atherstoni, Owen. By 8S. H.

HavuGuHTon. 2 engravings, 3 pp.

9. On a New Species of Propappus. By 8S. H. Haucuron. 3 pp.

PART II. Price 3s. 6d. 1919

10. Investigations in South African Fossil Reptiles and Amphibia

(Parts 1 to 4). By 8S. H. Haueuron. Plates vii—xi and

1 engraving, 16 pp.

. On a New Species of Trematosaurus (7. sobeyz).

. On a New Dinocephalian from the Gouph.

. On Two New Therocephalians from the Gouph.

. On some New Anomodonts.

Hm CO pp

PART III. Price 4s. 6d. 1915

11. Investigations in South African Fossil Reptiles and Amphibia

(Parts 5 to 9). By 8. H. Haueuton. Plates xii—xii and 11

engravings, 42 pp. .

5. On the genus Rhinesuchus, Broom, with notes on the

described species.

6. On a new type of Dinocephalian.

20 Annals of the South African Museum.

7. On some new Gorgonopsians.

8. On a skull of the genus Kannemeyeria.

9. A New Thecodont from the Stormberg Beds (Sphenosuchus

acutus, g. et sp. nov.).

PART IV. Price 3s. 1916

12. Foraminifera and Ostracoda from the Upper Cretaceous of

Need’s Camp, Buffalo River, Cape Province. By FREDERICK

CHAPMAN. Plates xiv—-xv and 1 engraving, 12 pp.

PART V. Price 7s. 1917

13. Some new Species of Anomodontia (Reptilia). By R. Broom

and 8. H. Haueuton. 6 engravings, 7 pp.

14. Investigations in South African Fossil Reptiles and Amphibia

(Part 10). By 8. H. Hauveuton. Plates xvi—xvili and 20

engravings, 48 pp.

10. Descriptive Catalogue of the Anomodontia, with special

reference to the examples in the South African Museum

(Part 1).

PART VI. Price 6s. 1918

15. Investigations in South African Fossil Reptiles and Amphibia

(Part 11). ByS.H. Havueuron. 15 engravings, 42 pp.

11. Some New Carnivorous Therapsida, with Notes upon the

Brain-case in certain Species.

PART VII. Price £1. 1921

16. On Cretaceous Cephalopoda from Zululand. By L. F. Sparta.

Sketch map, plates xix—xxvi, and 4 engravings, 105 pp.

PART VIII. Price £1. 1924

17. The Fauna and Stratigraphy of the Stormberg Series. By

S. H. Haveuton. (List of Plants by A. L. pu Tort).

55 engravings, 175 pp.

18. On some Gorgonopsian Skulls in the collection of the South

African Museum. By 8S. H. Havueuron. 8 engravings,

20 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Papers. 21

VOLUME XIII.

(ARCHAEOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 6s. 1913

1. Inscriptions left by Early European Navigators on their way

to the Hast. By L. PERtincuEY. 23 engravings, 40 pp.

PART II. Price 2s. 6d. 1913

2. On a New Lark from the Cape Province. By W. R. OGILVIE

GRANT. 1p.

3. Report upon the Oligochaeta in the South African Museum at

Cape Town. By W. Micuartsen. 20 pp.

4. Note on the Occurrence of the Euplectellid Sponge Regadrella

phoemz O. Schmidt, off the South African Coast. By R.

Kirkpatrick. Plate i, 2 pp.

PART III. Price 3s. 1914

5. Descriptions of Fishes from the Coast of Natal (Part IV). By

J. D. F. Gitcurist and W. WarpLaw THomeson. 31 pp.

6. Two New Species of Marginella from South Africa. By Lewis

J. SHACKLEFORD. 2 engravings, 2 pp.

PART IV. Price 8s. 6d. 1915

7. Notes on South African Mollusca. By M. Connotiy. Ana-

tomical part by H. Watson. Plates ii—-v and 7 engravings,

80 pp.

1. Some South African Tiarinae.

2. The Genus Marinula, King, with Diagnosis of an un-

described Species.

3. A Monograph of the Dorcasiinae.

PART V. Price 1s. 6d. 1916

8. Notes on South African Non-Marine Mollusca (cont.). By

M. Connotuy. 1 engraving, 14 pp.

9. Two New Species of Marginella from South Africa. By Lewis

J. SHACKLEFORD. 4 engravings, 2 pp.

PART VI. Price 5s. _ 1917

10. A Revision of the Lizards of the Genus Nucras, Gray. By

G. A. Boutencer. Plates vi—vu, 22 pp.

11. Description of a new South African Lizard of the Genus

Eremias. By G. A. BoULENGER. 3 pp.

ok KR

22 Annals of the South African Museum.

PART VII. Price £1, 10s. | 1923

12. The Echinoderm Fauna of South Africa. By H. L. Ciarx.

Plates vili-xxill and 4 engravings, 214 pp.

13. Descriptions of Three New Freshwater Fishes from Northern

Rhodesia. By G. A. BOULENGER. 2 pp.

PART VIII. Price 1s. 1923

14. Diagnoses of New Species of Marine Fishes from South African

Waters. By K. H. Barnnarp. 7 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME XIV.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 8s. 6d. 1915

A Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa (Ponerinae;

Dorylinae). By GrorGe ARNoLD. Platei, 158 pp.

PART II. Price 8s. 1916

A Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa (Ponerinae;

Dorylinae). By Grorce ARnoLp. Plates 1—1v, 112 pp.

PART III. Price 6s. 1917

A Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa (Myrmicinae).

By GrorcGE ARNOLD. 132 pp. |

PART IV. Price 17s. 6d. 1920

A Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa (Myrmicinae).

By GrorGE ARNOLD. Plates v-ix, 176 pp.

PART V. Price 5s. 1922

A Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa (Myrmicinae).

By G. ARNOLD. 96 pp.

PART VI. Price 9s. 1924

A Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa (Campo-

notinae). By G. ARNOLD. 92 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

Inst of Papers. 23

VOLUME XV.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 17s. 1914

1. South African Crustacea (Part VII of S.A. Crustacea, for the

Marine Investigations in South Africa). By THomas R. R.

STEBBING. Plates i-xul, 55 pp.

PART II. Price 17s. 1915

2. South African Crustacea (Part VIII of S.A. Crustacea, for the

Marine Investigations in South Africa). By THomas R. R.

STEBBING. Plates xili-xxv, 48 pp.

PART III. Price 14s. 1916

3. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. No. 5:

The Amphipoda. By K.H. Barnarp. Plates xxvi—xxviil,

198 pp.

PART IV. Price 12s. 6d. 1916

4. The Fresh-water Entomostraca of Cape Province (Union of

South Africa). Part1: Cladocera. By G.O.Sars. Plates

xx1x—xh, 49 pp.

PART V. Price 5s. 6d. | 1916

5. On some South African Ichneumonidae in the Collection of the

South African Museum. Part I. By CLaupE Mor ey. 48 pp.

6. Descriptions of New or Little-known Orthoptera in the Col-

lection of the South African Museum (Part 1). By L.

PERINGUEY. Plate xlii and 8 engravings, 52 pp.

PART VI. Price 3s. 6d. 1916

7. Description of a New Species of Stomoxys (Diptera) from

South Africa. By J. VILLENEUVE. 2 pp.

8. On some of the Scoliidae, mostly Elidinae (Hymenoptera), in

the South African Museum. By Rowtanp HE. TuRNER. 9 pp.

9. A New Species of Tachino-Oestrid from South Africa (Diptera).

By J. VILLENEUVE. 3 engravings, 4 pp.

10. A Contribution to the Study of the South African Higher

Myodarii (Diptera Calyptratae) based mostly on the Material

in the South African Museum. By J. VILLENEUVE. 8

engravings, 47 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

24 Annals of the South African Museum.

VOLUME XVI.

(BoTany.)

PART I. Price £1, 10s. 6d. 1917

1. A Contribution to the Flora of the Leribe Plateau and En-

virons: with a Discussion on the Relationships of the

Floras of Basutoland, the Kalahari, and the South-Eastern

Regions. By E. P. Puruuies. Plates i—vii, 379 pp.

PART II. Price 4s. | 1925

2. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Flora of South West

Africa. I. List of Grasses. By Miss 8. GARABEDIAN.

Plate vi (map of S.W. Africa), 46 pp.

PART III. Price £1, 5s. 1933

3. Observations on the genus Volvox in South Africa. By Miss

F. Ricn and Miss M. A. Pocock. Plates ix—xxiv and 6

engravings, 45 pp.

4. Volvox and associated Algae from Kimberley. By Miss M. A.

Pocock, with field notes by J. H. Pownr. Plates xxv—

Xxxvil and 7 engravings, 49 pp.

5. Volvox in South Africa. By Miss M. A. Pocock. Plates

Xxxvuii—xlix and 10 engravings, 124 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part IIT.

VOLUME XVII.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 12s. . 1917

1. Descriptions of South African Micro-Lepidoptera. By E.

Meyrick. 21 pp.

2. South African Crustacea (Part IX of S.A. Crustacea for the

Marine Investigations in South Africa). By THomas R. R.

STEBBING. Plates i—vin, 24 pp.

3. New Geometridae (Lepidoptera) in the South African Museum.

By Lovis B. Prout. 31 pp.

PART II. Price 9s. 6d. Poly

4. On some South African Aviculariidae (Arachnida). Families

Migidae, Ctenizidae, Diplotheleae, and Dipluridae. By

R. W. E. Tucker. Plate ix and 13 engravings, 60 pp.

List of Papers. 25

5. The Crane-flies of South Africa in the South African Museum

(Diptera, Tipulidae). (Part 1.) By CHartes P. ALEXANDER.

Plates x—xiv and 2 engravings, 46 pp.

6. Description of an apparently Undescribed Moth of the Family

Lymantriidae (Lepidoptera). By A. J. T. Jansz. 1 p.

7. Two Species of Bittacidae (Neuroptera) from South Africa.

By P. EsBpen-PETERSEN. 4 engravings, 4 pp.

PART III. Price 3s. 1917

8. On some South African Ichneumonidae in the Collection of

the South African Museum. Part II. By Craupe Morey.

39 pp.

PART IV. Price 15s. 1920

9. South African Crustacea (Part X of S.A. Crustacea, for the

Marine Investigations in South Africa). By T. R. R.

STEBBING. Plates xvii—xxvil, 42 pp.

10. Descriptions of South African Micro-Lepidoptera. By HE.

Meyrick. 46 pp.

PART V. Price 15s. 1920

11. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

No. 6: Further additions to the list of Marine Isopoda. By

K. H. Barnarp. Plates xv—xvii and 2 engravings, 120 pp.

12. Contributions to the South African Arachnid Fauna.

2. On Some new South African Spiders of the Families Bary-

chelidae, Dipluridae, Eresidae, Zodariudae, Heraclidae,

Urocteidae, Clubionidae. By R. W. E. Tucker. Plates

XXVI1-xx1x, 50 pp.

PART VI. Price 2s. 6d. 1920

13. On Some New Species and others of Fossorial Hymenoptera in

the South African Museum. By Rowianp KE. TuRNER.

9 pp.

14. New Species of Neuropterous Insects from South Africa

(Ephemerida, Megaloptera, and Embiidina). By T. Kssen-

PETERSEN. 7 engravings, 7 pp.

15. South African Neuroptera, I. By P. HEsBen-PETERSEN.

4 engravings, 15 pp.

16. A New Genus of Chironomid (Diptera) from the Cape. By

J.J. KIEFFER. 3 pp.

26 Annals of the South African Museum.

17. New Species of 8. African Tabanidae (Diptera). By GERTRUDE

Ricarpo. 4 pp.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME XVIII.

(ZOOoLoGY.)

PART I. Price £1. 1921

1. On the Bombylhiud Fauna of South Africa (Diptera) as repre-

sented in the South African Museum. By M. Buzzi.

Plates 1-11, 180 pp.

PART II. Price 7s. 6d. 1921

2. The Crane-flies of South Africa in the South African Museum

(Diptera, Tipulidae). (Part 2.) By CHaries P. ALEXANDER.

Plates ili—iv, 50 pp.

3. A New Genus and Species of Tanyderidae (Péringueyomyina

barnardt) in the South African Museum (Diptera). By

CHARLES P. ALEXANDER. 1 engraving, 4 pp.

4. Descriptions of some South African Heterocera (Lepidoptera).

By Cur. Auriviturus. 10 pp.

PART III. Price £1, 10s. 1921

5. The Odonata or Dragonflies of South Africa. By F. Ris.

Plates v—xu and 78 engravings, 208 pp.

PART IV. Price 12s. 6d. | 1921

6. South African Crustacea (Part XI of S.A. Crustacea for the

Marine Investigations in South Africa). By Tuomas R. R.

STEBBING. Plates xui—xx, 16 pp.

7. Additions to the Bombyhid Fauna of South Africa (Diptera),

as represented in the South African Museum. By M. Buezar-

Oyo.

Title, Index, etc. Price 1s. 6d.

VOLUME XIX.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price £1, 2s. | 1924

1. Some South African Parasitic Hymenoptera of the families

Evaniidae, Braconidae, Alysiidae and Plumartidae, in the

South African Museum, with a catalogue of the known

species. By Cuaries T. Bruges. 150 pp.

Inst of Papers. 27

. South African Megaloptera. By P. Espen-PETeRsEN. 7

engravings, 8 pp.

. Some Mosquitoes from Ovamboland, 8.W. Africa, and from

the Cape Province. By F. W. Epwarps. 5 pp.

. The South African Nemestrinidae (Diptera) as represented in

the South African Museum. By M. Buzzi. 27 pp.

. The South African Mydaidae (Diptera) as represented in the

South African Museum. By M. Brzzi. 44 pp.

. South African Crustacea (Part XII of S.A. Crustacea for the

Marine Investigations in South Africa). By Tuomas R. R.

STEBBING. Plates i—vii, 14 pp.

II. Price 17s. 6d. 1923

. The Drassidae of South Africa (Arachnida). By R. W. E.

Tucker. Plates vili—xi, 187 pp.

. The South and Central African Species of the Genus Synagris,

Latreille (Hymenoptera). By J. Bequarrr. 10 pp.

III. Price iis. | 1924

. South African Trypaneid Diptera in the Collection of the

South African Museum. By M. Buzzi. Plates xii—xv,

129 pp.

IV. Price 5s. 6d. 1925

. New Species of Geometridae (Lepidoptera) in the Collections

"of the South African Museum. By Louis B. Provt.

Plates xvi-xvu, 22 pp.

. Mycetophilidae and Bibionidae (Diptera) in the Collections

of the South African Museum. By F. W. Epwarps.

3 engravings, 16 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part IV.

VOLUME XxX.

(ZOOLOGY.)

I. Price 8s. 6d. 1924

. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. No.7:

Cirripedia. By K.H. Barnarp. Platei, 103 pp.

II. Price 12s. 6d. 1924

. The Freshwater Entomostraca of the Cape Province (Union

of South Africa). Part 2: Ostracoda. By G. O. Sars.

Plates 11—xx, 89 pp.

Annals of the South African Museum.

PART III. Price 4s. 1924

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. J. Crustacea, Entomostraca, Ostracoda. By G. O.

Sars. Plates xxi-xxv, 17 pp.

. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. II. Crustacea, Entomostraca, Phyllopoda. By

K. H. Barnarp. Plate xxvi, 17 pp.

. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. 1. Crustacea, Isopoda, Terrestrial Sy eae

BaRNARD. 4 engravings, 6 pp.

PART IV. Price 10s. 1925

The South African Species of the Molluscan Genus Onchi-

della. By Hue Watson. Plates xxviu—xxxu and 1 en-

graving, 72 pp.

7. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the South

African Museum. [. Turritelliidae. By J. R. we B.

TomMLIN. 3 engravings, 8 pp.

PART V. Price 4s. 1925

8. A New Clypeaster from Angola. By Hupert Lyman Ciarxk.

Plate xxxiu, 2 pp.

9. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

No. 8: Further additions to the List of Amphipoda. By

K. H. Bannarp. Plate xxxiv, 62 pp.

10. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa.

No. 9: Further additions to the List of Isopoda. By K. H.

BARNARD. 6 engravings, 32 pp.

PART VI. Price 4s. 6d. 1926

11. Descriptions of New and Little-known Lizards and Batra-

chians from South Africa. By Joun Hewitt. Plates

XXXV-Xxxvii and 9 engravings, 19 pp.

12. Some Field Notes on the Batrachia of the Cape Peninsula.

By WaLtER Rose. Plate xxxvii and 8 engravings, 18 pp.

13. A Monographic Revision of the Genus Breviceps, with Dis-

tribution Records and Descriptions of New Species. By

J. H. Power. Plates xxxix—xliii, 21 pp.

14. Some New or Little-known Reptiles and Batrachians from

South Africa. By Joun Hewitt. Plates xliv and xlv,

Tks) jay

Inst of Papers. 29

15. Some Notes on the Lizards of the Cape Peninsula. By

WALTER Rose. 4 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part VI.

VOLUME XXI.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price £1, 5s. 1925

A Monograph of the Marine Fishes of South Africa. (Amphioxus,

Cyclostomata, Hlasmobranchii and Teleostei-Isospondyli to

Heterosomata.) By K. H. Barnarp. Plates i-xvii and 18

engravings, 418 pp.

PART II. Price £1, 10s. 1927

A Monograph of the Marine Fishes of South Africa. (Teleostei-

Discocephali to end. Appendix.) By K. H. Barwnarp.

Plates xvii—xxxvii and 14 engravings, 647 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part II.

VOLUME XXII.

(PALAEONTOLOGY.)

PART I. Price £1. 1925

1. On Some South African Fossil Woods. By JoHn WALTON.

Plates i-i1, 26 pp. ;

2. Revision of the Fauna of the Bokkeveld Beds. By F. R.

Cowprer-RrEep. Plates iv—xi, 199 pp.

3. Investigations in South African Fossil Reptiles and Amphibia.

Part 13: Descriptive Catalogue of the Amphibia of the

Karroo System. By 8. H. Hauecuron. 19 engravings,

do pp.

4. Notes on Some Cretaceous Fossils from Angola (Cephalopoda

| and Kchinoidea). By 8. H. Havueuron. Plates xi-—xv

and |] engraving (map), 26 pp.

PART II. Price 10s. 1927

5. The Fossil Flora of the Upper. Karroo Beds. By A. L. pu

Torr. Plates xvi-xxxii and 24 engravings, 132 pp.

PART III. Price 3s. 6d. 1928

6. On Three New Species of Dicynodon. By R. Broom.

3 engravings, 5 pp.

30 Annals of the South African Museum.

7. On Tapinocephalus and Two Other Dinocephalians. By R.

Broom. 7 engravings, 12 pp.

8. On some New Mammals from the Diamond Gravels of the

Kimberley District. By R. Broom. 38 engravings, 6 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part IIT.

VOLUME XXIII.

(ZooLoey.)

PART I. Price 12s. 6d. 1925

1. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. IV. A List of the Heteropterous and Homopterous

Hemiptera of South West Africa. By A. J. Hesse. Plates

i-vill,, 190 pp.

PART II. Price 8s. 1926

2. A Monograph of the Formicidae of South Africa. Appendix.

By GEorGE ARNOLD. 23 engravings, 105 pp.

3. South African Rhagionidae (Diptera) in the South African

Museum. By M. Bezzi. 28 pp.

4. New South African Micro-Lepidoptera. By E. Meyrick.

27 pp.

5. The Oedemeridae of South Africa, with Notes on some other

African Oedemeridae (Coleoptera). By K. G. Buarr.

23 pp.

6. The Dolichopodidae of the South African Museum. By C. H.

CurRAN. Plates ix—x, 40 pp.

PART III. Price 9s. 1926

7. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Genus Allodape,

St. Farg and Serv.; Order Hymenoptera, Section Apidae

(Anthophila). By H. Brauns. Plates xi-xii and 2 en-

gravings, 18 pp.

8. On some South African Ichneumonidae in the Collection of

the South African Museum. Part III. By CLaupr Mortey.

47 pp.

9. The Genus Eumenes, Latreille, in South Africa, with a Re-

vision of the Ethiopian Species (Hymenoptera). By J.

BEQuAERT. 14 engravings, 95 pp.

List of Papers. 31

10. Descriptions of New Species of Carabidae (Coleoptera), with

Notes and Additional Localities of some already known

Species. By L. Périncuny. 81 pp. (Published post-

humously.)

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part III.

VOLUME XXIV.

(ANTHROPOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 10s. 1929

1. The Montagu Cave: A Full Report of the Investigation of

the Montagu Rock-shelter. By A. J. H. Goopwin. Plates

i-vu and 2 engravings, 16 pp.

2. A Comparison between the Capsian and South African Stone

Cultures. By A. J. H. Goopwin. 16 engravings, 16 pp.

3. The Osteology of a Bushman Tribe. By D. Stome. Plates

Vili—x1, 28 pp.

4. The Dentition of a Bushman Tribe. By M. R. Drennan.

27 pp.

PART II. Price 2s. 6d. ; 1935

5. Preliminary Report on the Anthropological Researches

carried out by Mr. Drury of the South African Museum in

South West Africa. Plates xi—xxu and 1 engraving, 20 pp.

PART III. Price 4s. 6d. 1935

6. Archaeology of the Cape St. Blaize Cave and Raised Beach,

Mossel Bay. By A. J. H. Goopwin and B. D. Matan.

Plate xxii and 7 engravings, 29 pp.

7. Some Native Snuff-boxes in the South African Museum. By

Miss M. SHaw. Plates xxiv—xxxi and 2 engravings, 21 pp.

PART IV. Price 11s. 1936

8. Vosburg: Its Petroglyphs. By A. J. H. Goopwiy. Plates

xxxli-—lx and 13 engravings, 48 pp.

PART V. Price 16s. | | 1938

9. Klip Kop Cave, Hermanus. By A. J. H. Goopwin. Plates

lxi—-lxu1, 10 pp.

South African Native Snuff-boxes. (A Supplement to Vol.

10.

32 pp.

XXIV, Part III.) By Miss M. SHaw. Plates Ixni—Ixxv,

32 Annals of the South African Museum.

11. Ovambo Knives. By Miss M. SuHaw. Plates lxxvi-lxxxiv,

24 pp.

12. Native Pipes and Smoking in South Africa. By Miss M.

SHaw. Plates lxxxv—xcix and 2 engravings, 26 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part V.

VOLUME XXV.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 12s. 6d. 1927

1. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. V. Arachnida. By R. F. Lawrence. Plates

I-Iv, 75 pp.

2. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the

South African Museum. II. Families Abyssochryssidae,

Osdcorythidae, Haliotidae, Tonnidae. By J. R. LE B.

Tomuin. 4 engravings, 7 pp.

3. The Freshwater Entomostraca of the Cape Province (Union

Plates v—xvi, 65 pp.

4. The Cephalopoda of the South African Museum. By ANNE

L. Massy. Plates xviu—xvui, 17 pp.

5. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. VI. Bryozoa. By K. HW. BaRNARpe ape

6. South African Nudibranch Mollusca, with Descriptions of

New Species, and a Note on some specimens from Tristan

d’Acunha. By K. H. Barnarp. Plates xix-xx and 6

engravings, 45 pp.

PART II. Price 10s. 1928

7. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. VII. Arachnida. (Part 2.) By R. F. Lawrence.

Plates xxi-xxiv and 1 engraving, 96 pp.

8. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the

South African Museum. III. Nassariidae. IV. Terebridae,

etc. By J. R. te B. Tomuin. Plates xxv—xxvi, 23 pp.

9. Observations on South African Onychophora. By G. E.

HUTCHINSON. 1 engraving, 4 pp.

10. Notes on the Types of Orthoptera described by Dr. L. Périn-

suey. By B. P. Uvarov. 11 engravings, 17 pp.

List of Papers. 33

PART III. Price 10s. 1929

11. A Revision of the Notonectidae and Corixidae of South

Africa. By G. Evetyn Hutcuinson. Plates xxvu-—xh,

116 pp.

12. Some New Species of Curculionidae from South Africa and

South West Africa. By A. J. Hesse. Plates xli—xlin,

61 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part IIT.

VOLUME XXVI.

(ZooLoGy.)

Complete. Price £1, 5s. : 1928

The Myriopoda of South Africa. By C. Atrems. Plates i—xxvi

and 84 engravings, 431 pp.

With Title-page, etc.

VOLUME XXVII.

(ANTHROPOLOGY.)

Complete. Price £1, 5s. , 1929

The Stone Age Cultures of South Africa. By A. J. H. GoopwIn

289 pp.

With Title, ete.

VOLUME XXVIII.

(PALAEONTOLOGY.)

PART I. Price 10s. 1929

1. Cretaceous Fossils from Angola (Lamellibranchia and Gastro-

poda). By JounV.L. Rennie. Plates i—v and 2 engravings, -

54 pp.

2. On some new Therapsid Genera. By 8. H. Haueuron.

18 engravings, 24 pp. |

3. Pareiasaurian Studies.

Part I.—An attempt at a classification of the Pareiasauria

based on Skull Features. By 8S. H. Haucuron and L. D.

BoonstTRA. 9 pp.

34 Annals of the South African Museum.

Part I].—Notes on some Pareiasaurian Brain-cases. By

S. H. Haueuron. 6 engravings, 9 pp.

Part Il1].—On the Pareiasaurian Manus. By L. D.

Boonstra. Plates vi—viil and 2 engravings, 16 pp.

Part IV.—On the Pareiasaurian Pes. By L. D. BoonstrRa.

Plates ix—xui and | engraving, 10 pp.

4. A Tabulate Coral from the Bokkeveld Beds of South Africa.

By T. W. GEveRs. 1 engraving, 7 pp.

PART Il. Price 17s. 6d. 1930

5. On the Cephalopoda of the Uitenhage Beds. By L. F. Sparu.

Plates xii—xv and | engraving, 27 pp.

6. New Lamellibranchia and Gastropoda from the Upper

Cretaceous of Pondoland (with an Appendix on some Species

from the Cretaceous of Zululand). By Joun V. L. Rennie. —

Plates xvi-xxxi and 3 engravings, 102 pp.

7. Pareiasaurian Studies.

Part V.—On the Pareiasaurian Mandible. By 8. H. Haueu-

ton and L. D. Boonstra. Plates xxxii-xxxvi and 13

engravings, 29 pp.

8. On a Foraminiferal Limestone of Upper Eocene Age from

the Alexandria Formation, South Africa. By FREDERICK

CHAPMAN. Plate xxxvu, 6 pp.

PART III. Price 6s. 1930

9. Pareiasaurian Studies.

Part VI.—The Osteology and Myology of the Locomotor

Apparatus. A. Hind Limb. By 8. H. Haveuton and

L. D. Boonstra. Plate xxxvii and 60 engravings, 71 pp.

PART IV. Price 10s. 1932

10. Some Fossil Plants from the Karroo System of South Africa.

By Auex. L. pu Torr. Plates xxxix—xl and 2 engravings,

25 pp.

11. Some Fossil Plants from the Gondwana Beds of Uganda. By

Avex. L.pu Torr. Plate xh, 12 pp.

12. The Fossil Equidae of South Africa. By 8S. H. Haueuron.

6 engravings, 21 pp.

13. Pareiasaurian Studies.

Part VIJ.—On the Hind Limb of the two little-known Pareia-

saurian Genera: Anthodon and Pareiasaurus. By L. D.

Boonstra. 7 engravings, 7 pp.

List of Papers. 35

Part VIII.—The Osteology and Myology of the Locomotor

Apparatus. B. Fore Limb. By L. D. Boonsrra. Plates

xli—xhv and 41 engravings, 67 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part IV.

VOLUME XXIX.

(ZOOLOGY.)

PART I. Price £1. 1929

1. Additional Trypetid Material in the Collection of the South

African Museum (Trypetidae, Diptera). By H. K. Munro.

Plate i, 39 pp.

2. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. VIII. Records and Descriptions of Acrididae from

South West Africa (Orthoptera Saltatoria). By B. P.

Uvarov. Plate 1 and 12 engravings, 35 pp.

3. A Revision of the South African Gryllacridae (Orthoptera

Saltatoria). By H. H. Karny. 25 engravings, 75 pp.

4. New South African Solifugae. By R. F. Lawrence. 18

engravings, 27 pp. |

5. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. No.

10: Revision of Branchiopoda (Phyllopoda). By K. H.

BARNARD. 33 engravings, 92 pp.

. Appendix to Spelevacris tabulae, Pér. Additional Notes. By

A. J. Hesse. 3 pp.

or)

PART II. Price £1. 1931

7. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of South West

Africa. IX. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South West

Africa. By M. Connoxtity. Plates in-iv (map) and 1

engraving, 60 pp.

8. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the

South African Museum. V. Scaphopoda. By J. R. Lz B.

TomLIn. 1 engraving, 4 pp.

9. The Harvest-spiders (Opiliones) of South Africa. By R. F.

LAWRENCE. 90 engravings, 168 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contacned in Part II.

36 Annals of the South African Museum.

VOLUME XXX.

(ZooLoey.)

PART I. Price 15s. 6d. 1931

1. Monograph of the South African Polyplacophora (Chitons).

By Epwin AsuBy. Plates i—vii and 2 engravings, 59 pp.

2. A Contribution to a Knowledge of the South African Japy-

gidae (Insecta, Thysanura). By F. Sitvesrri. 24 engray-

ings, 28 pp.

3. A South African Species of Protura. By H. Womerstey.

2 engravings, 3 pp.

4. A New Solifuge and Scorpion from South West Africa. By

JoHN Hewitt. 3 engravings, 7 pp.

5. A New Peripatopsid from the Table Mountain Caves. By

R. F. Lawrence. 3 engravings, 7 pp.

6. On a Collection of Stone-flies (Order Perlaria) from South

Africa. By R. J. Trttyarp. 13 engravings, 22 pp.

7. New South African Solifugae. By R. F. Lawrence. 4

engravings, 6 pp.

8. Some Collembola of the Family Sminthuridae from South

Africa. By H. Womerstey. Plates viii—xii, 120 pp.

PART II. Price £1. 1932

9. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the

South African Museum. VI-—VIII. Fasciolariidae, Fissurel-

lidae, Buccinidae. By J. R. tz B. Tomurn. 10 engravings,

13 pp.

10. Some South African Machilidae (Thysanura). By H. WomeErs-

LEY. 3 engravings, 8 pp.

11. Contributions to the Crustacean Fauna of South Africa. No.

11: Terrestrial Isopoda. By K.H. Barnarp. 80 engrav-

ings, 210 pp.

PART III. Price 8s. 1934

12. South African Hispinae from the South African Museum,

Cape Town (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). By EH. UnMann.

8 pp.

13. Some Insects associated with the Plant Gnidia (Arthrosolen)

laxa Gilg. By A.J. Hesse. 10 engravings, 44 pp.

Inst of Papers. 37

14. On some Collembola-Arthropleona from South Africa and

Southern Rhodesia. By H. Womerstey. 12 engravings,

30 pp.

15. Reports on the Marine Mollusca in the Collections of the

South African Museum. IX. Trividae. By J. R. Le B.

Tomuin and F. A.ScHILDER. 3 engravings, 3 pp.

PART IV. Price 9s. 1934

16. The Staphylinid Fauna of South Africa. By Max BERNHAUER.

Plate xiv, 29 pp.

17. South African Stone-flies (Perlaria), with descriptions of New

Species. By K. H. Barnnarp. 21 engravings, 38 pp.

18. New South African Opiliones. By R. F. Lawrence. 19

engravings, 38 pp.

PART V. Price 9s. 1935

19. The Fishes of the Family Mugilidae in South Africa. By

J. L. B. Smiru. Plates xv—xxii and 17 engravings, 58 pp.

20. Notes on South African Marine Fishes. By K. H. BARNarp.

Plates xxili-xxv and 7 engravings, 14 pp.

Title, Index, etc., contained in Part V.

ALEXANDER, C. P.

ANDREWS, C. W.

ARNOLD, G.

AsuHpy, E.

ASHWORTH, J. H.

ATTEMs, C.

AURIVILLIUS, C.

BaGnatt, R. S.

BARNARD, K. H.

BEQUAERT, J.

BERNHAUER, M.

Buzzi, M.

Bitxecoag, L. B.

( 39 )

INDEX OF AUTHORS.

Tipulidae

Plesiosaur

Monograph (Ants)

bs ( 5, ) (Appendix)

' Chitons

Arenicolidae

Myriopoda

Heterocera

Thysanoptera

Isopoda

Nebalia

Diagnoses, Fishes

Amphipoda

Isopoda

Cirripedia

Phyllopoda, S.W.A.

Isop. Terr., S.W.A.

Amph. Isop. (2 papers)

Monogr. Mar. Fishes

Bryozoa, S.W.A.

Nudibranchs

Phyllopoda

Terrestr. Isopoda

Stone-flies (Perlaria)

Marine Fishes (Notes)

(See also Ris, F., XVIII, 3, 1921.)

Synagris (Hymenopt.)

Eumenes

Staphylinidae

Bombyliidae

Nemestrinidae

Mydaidae

Trypaneidae

Rhagionidae

Curculionidae

Volume.

XVII

XVIII

Vil

XIV

XXIIT

xxxX

XXV

XXIX

XXX

XIX

XXIII

XXX

XVIII

XIX

XXITI

Part.

Year.

1917

1921

1911

1-6 1915-24

—

onwe = Re BP WwW DO

1926

1931

1911

1928

1921

1910

1914

1923

1916

1920

1924

1925

1927

1929

1932

1934

1935

1923

1926

1934

1921

1924

1926

~1910

40 Annals of the South African Museum.

Volume. Part. Year.

Buatr, K. G. Oedemeridae XXIII 2 1926

Bouus, Louisa. See Pearson, H. H. W. (IX, 3, 1913; IX, 4, 1915).

Boonstra, L. D. Fossil Rept. Amph. KXVEE SE 1929

. am 53) XXVIII 4 1932

(See also Havcuton, S. H., and Boonsrra, L. D.)

BovuLENGER, G. A. New genus of Perciform Fishes is 2 1899

Gephyroglanis Il 7 1901

New Perciform Fishes iil 3 1903

Paratilapia Til | 1905

List of Reptilia and Batrachia V 9 1910

Freshwater Fish, Zambesi p41! 4 1918

Nucras and Eremias XII 6 1917

Freshwater Fish, Rhodesia XIil 7 1923

Bravuns, H. Allodape XXIII 3 1926

Broom, R. New Dicynodonts E 3 1899

Fossil Reptiles (6 papers) IV 2 1903

a 5 IV 8 1908

- x3 Vv 3 1906

Orycteropus Ni if 1909

Fossil Fishes Vil 3 1909

» Reptiles and Amphibia VIL 3 1909

,», Bubalis Vil 3 1909

» Horse Vil 3 1909

» Reptiles VEE 3 1909

,, Vertebrates Vil 3 1909

» Rept. Dinosaurs VIL 4 1911

as », (4 papers) Vil 5 1912

Bs > (3 papers) Vil 6 1913

a) ish: XII 1 1913

» Rept. (2 papers) XIT 1 1913

Man and Extinct Mammals XII 1 1913

Fossil Reptiles (2 papers) XXII 3 1928

» Mammals XXII 3 1928

Broom, R., and Hauecuton, 8. H. Fossil Rept. (3 papers) XII 1 1913

e 5 XII 5 1917

Brown, N. E. See Pearson, H. H. W. (1X, 3, 1913; IX, 4, 1915).

Bruss, C. T. Parasitic Hymenoptera XIX 1 1924

Burr, M. Earwigs x | 1911

CamERoON, P. Parasitic Hymenoptera Vv 2 1906

55 De V 4 1907

CHAPMAN, F. Foraminifera and Ostracoda IV 5 1904

_ a XII us 1916

AS Alexandria XX VEITE 2 1930

CuarK, H. L. Echinoderms (Monograph) XIII 7 1923

Clypeaster xX 5 1925

CoHEN, E. Meteoric Iron, Griqualand II 2 1900

ee » Bethany II 2 1900

Be » st. Marks V ] 1906

Index of Authors. 4]

Volume. Part. Year.

Cotiincs, W. E. Slugs (Mollusca) . II 1 1900

“6 II 8 1901

Conno._ty, M. F.W. Shells (List) XI 3 1912

s (Notes) XIII 4 1915

5 Os. 3) XIII 5 1916

93 , 9.W.A. XXIX 2 1931

CurRRan, C. H. Dolichopodidae XXIII 2 1926

Distant, W. L. Rhynchota II 9 1902

* Til 2 1903

> xX 2 1911]

DRENNAN, M. R. Bushman Dentition XXIV 1 1929

Drury, J. Bushmen of S8.W.A. XXIV 2 1935

pu Tort, A. L. Karroo Fossil Plants XXII 2 1927

am - Z XXVIII 4 1932

Uganda ,, as XXVIII 4 1932

(See also PiRiIncuEY, L., VIII, 1911; Havuenron, 8. H., XII, 8, 1924.)

Epwarps, F. W. Culicidae xXIxX 1 1924

Mycetophilidae and Bibionidae XIX - 1925

ELLINGSEN, E. Pseudoscorpion xX = 1912

ESBEN-PETERSEN, P. Ephemeridae xX 6 1913

Bittacidae XVII 2 1917

Neuroptera (Ephemer. Megalopt. XVII 6 1920

Embiidina.) |

Megaloptera XTX 1 1924

Fritscu, F. E. Algae IX dj 1918

GARABEDIAN, STAR Grasses, S.W.A. XVI 2 1925 ¥.

Grvers, T. W. Coral, Bokkeveld SRV ck 1929

Giicurist, J. D. F. Ptychodera VI = Bjhrg choos

Gitcsrist, J. D. F., and Blenniidae VI ye 1908

THomeson, W. W. Natal Fishes V1 2; 1908

es ant Part:2) VI 3 1909

BS set (Bart 3) XI 2 1911

Freshwater Fishes XI 5 1913

of “us XI 6 1917

43 » » Appendix XI iz 1918

Natal Fishes (Part 4) XII 3 1914

Guover, Rutu. See Pearson, H. H. W. (IX, 3, 1913; IX, 4, 1915).

Gopparp, BE. J., and Maran, D. E. Hirudinea XI 4 1912

Goopwin, A. J. H. Montagu Cave XXIV 1 1929

Stone Implements XXIV 1 1929

Vosburg Petroglyphs XXIV = 1936

Klip Kop Cave, Hermanus XXIV 5 1938

Goopwin, A. J. H., and Lows, Stone Age Cultures, S.A. XXVEL 1929

C. van R.

Goopwin, A. J. H., and Mossel Bay Cave XXIV 3 1935

Maran, B. D.

Hampson, Sir G. F. Moths (Part 1) Il 3 1900

»» (Part 2) It LO. 1902

42 Annals of the South African Museum.

Hampson, Sir G. F. Moths (Part 3)

Haveuron, 8. H. Fossil Rept. and Amphib.

(2 papers)

Fossil Rept. and Amphib.

Stormberg Fossils and_ Strati-

graphy

Fossil Rept. and Amphib.

Cret. Ceph. and Kchin.

Fossil Rept. and Amphib.

Equidae

(See also BRoom and HavGuron.)

Havueuton, S. H., and Fossil Rept. and Amphib.

Boonstra, L. D. ss A

29 99

Hesss, A. J. Rhynchota, S.W.A.

Curculionidae

Speleiacris

Insects on Gnidia

Hewitt, J. Rept. Batrach. (2 papers)

Solifugae and Scorp., S.W.A.

Hint, A. W. See Pearson, H. H. W. (IX, 2, 1912).

Hurcuinson, G. E. Onychophora

Notonectidae and Corixidae

Hutcuinson, J., and Pteronia

Pures, E. P.

(See also Pearson, H. H. W., and Hutcuinson, J.)

JANSE, Av). T. Lymantridae

Karny, H. H. Gryllacridae

KIEFFER, J. J. Chironomidae

KIRKPATRICEK, R. Sponge

Kitcutn, F. L. Uitenhage Fossils

Kuen, C. See Conmn, E. (V, 1, 1906).

Tbr JE Trilobites

Lane, W. D. Upper Cretaceous, Polyzoa and

Anthozoa

LAWRENCE, R. F. Arachnida, S.W.A.

Solifugae

Opiliones

Peripatopsid

Solifugae

Opiliones

Lowe, C. van R. See Goopwin, A. J. H., and Lows, C. van R.

Volume. Part. Year.

III

XII

XXIT

XXII

XXVIII

XXITI

XXV

XXIX

XXX

XXV

a Ou (cs) ii HSH Owe We WY

b) bd) & CO HK bb

es OR Oe

1905

1913

1915

1917.

1918

1924

1925

1929

1932

1929

1930

1925

1929

1934

1926

1931

1928

1929

1917

1929

1914

1920

1913

1908

1904

1908

1927

1928

1929

1931

1934

Index of Authors.

Maan, B. D. See Goopwiy, A. J. H., and Maran, B. D.

Maan, D. E. See Gopparp, E. J., and Maan, D. E.

Massy, ANNE L.

Meyrick, E.

MicHAELSEN, W.

Mortey, C.

Mounzo, H. K.

OcILvIE-GRANT, W. R.

Pearson, H. H. W.

Pearson, H. H. W., and

HutTcHINsoN, J.

PERINGUEY, L.

PETERSEN. See ESBEN-PETERSEN.

Pures, E. P.

Cephalopoda

Microlepidoptera

Oligochaeta

Ichneumonidae

Trypetidae

Lark

S.W. African Plants

Orange River Plants

Khamiesberg, etc.

List, Perey Sladen Expeditions

(excl. Compositae)

List (Compositae)

Mutillidae

Hispinae

5th contribution: Coleoptera

Mutillidae

New species Mutilla

Mutillidae

Japyx

6th contribution: Coleoptera

7th = Be

Mutillidae

Hemerobiidae

Stone Ages

Hemerobiidae

Mutillidae

Early Inscriptions

Orthoptera

Carabidae

Proteaceae

Tristan d’Acunha Plants

Giftberg Plants

Leucadendron

Contributions to Flora, No. 1

Proteaceae

939

Volume. Part. Year.

XXV 1 1927

V 7 1909

V 8 1910

xX 3 1912

x 8 1914

XVII 1 1917

XVII 4 1920

XXIII 2 1926

XIII 2 1913

XV 5 1916

XVII 5 ae i /

XXIII 3 1926

X XIX 1 1929

XIII 2 1913

IX 1 1911

IX 2 1912

IX 3 1913

IX a 1915

[xX 6 1917

I 1 1898

I 2 1899

i 3 1899

II 5 1901

it 5 1901

Til 6 1904

Vv 6 1908

Vv i 1909

Vv 8 1910

Vint 1911

x 2 1911

x 10 1914

XIIt 1 1913

XV 5 1916

EXPE 3 1926

IX 3 1913

{xX 3 1913

ix 3 1913

IX + 1915

[xX 5 1917

tt Annals of the South African Museum.

Volume. Part. Year.

Paruuies, E. P. Contributions to Flora, No. 2 IX 5 1917

Cyphia IX 6 1917

Calpurnia Ix 6 1917

Flora of Basutoland XVI 1 1917

(See also HUTCHINSON and PHILLIPS.)

PicKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. Araneidea Ill 5 1904

Pocock, Mary A. Volvox XVI 3 1933

(See also Ricu, F., and Pocock, M. A.)

Power, J. H. Batrachia (Breviceps) XX 6 1926

(See also Pocock, Mary A., XVI, 3, 1933.)

Provt, L. B. Geometridae XVII 1 1917

sf XIX 4 1925

PURCELL, W. F. New Scorpions I 1 1898

Opisthophthalmus I 2 1899

Peripatidae £ 2 1899

Solifugae I 3 1899

New Scorpions i 3 1899

Opisthopatus i 4 1900

Arachnida it 6 1901

Solipugidae Tit 1 1903

Arachnidae Til 1 1903

= iil 4 1903

RaFFray, A. Pselaphidae tf 5 1901

4 V 8 1910

i xX 6 1913

Bs x ll 1914

REED, F. R. C. Brachiopoda, Bokkeveld IV 3 1903

Mollusca, Bokkeveld IV 6 1904

Bokkeveld Fossils IV 8 1908

Ae s XXII 1 1925

RENNIE, J. V. L. Cret. Fossils, Angola XKVi ot 1929

3% a5 Pondoland and AX Vi 1930

Zululand

RIcaRDo, GERTRUDE Tabanidae x 11 1914

A XVII 6 1920

Rico, FLORENCE, and Pocock, Volvox XVI 3 1933

Mary A.

Ris, F. Odonata XVIII 3 1921

Ross, W. Reptil. Batrach. Field Notes XX 6 1926

(2 papers)

Sars, G. O. Freshwater Entomostraca. XV 4 1916

Cladocera

Freshwater Entomostraca. xX 2 1924

Ostracoda

Freshwater Entomostraca. xX 3 1924

Ostracoda, S.W.A.

Freshwater Entomostraca. XXV i 1927

Copepoda

Index of Authors. 45

Volume. Part. Year.

ScHENELING, S. Cleridae V 4 1907

ScuitperR, F. A. See Tomiin, J. R. Le B., and Scuimper, F. A. (XXX, 3, 1934).

ScHONLAND, S. See Pearson, H. H. W. (IX, 2, 1912).

Scuater, W. L. List of Reptiles and Batrachia I 1 1898

List of Rodents ii 2 1899

List of Birds Til 8 1905

SEWARD, A. C. Fossil Floras IV 1 1903

SHACKLEFORD, L. J. Marine Mollusca XE 3 1914

Be 3 XIit 5 1916

SHaw, M. Snuff-boxes XXIV 3 1935

Supplement to Snuff-boxes XXIV 5 1938

Ovambo Knives XXIV 5 1938

Pipes and Smoking XXIV 5 1938

SHRUBSALL, F. C. Bushman Skeletons V 5 1907

5s Craniology. See Pzrineuey, L. (VIII, 1911).

SILVEsTRI, F. Japygidae XXX 1 1931

Sm, T. R. See Pearson, H. H. W. (IX, 4, 1915).

StomE, D. Bushman Osteology XXIV 1 1929

Smiru, J. L. B. Mugilidae (Fishes) XXX 5 1935

Spats, L. F. Cephalopods XII | 1921

¥ XXVIII 2 1930

STEBBING, T. R. R. S.A. Crustacea (pt. 4) VI ] 1908

Catalogue (pt. 5) VI = 1910

S.A. Crustacea (pt. 6) xX 5 1912

me on Cota) XV i 19

es aS (pt. 8) XV 2 1915

* ae (pt. 9) XVII 1 1917

= = (pt. 10) XVII 4 1920

5 (pt. 11) XVIII 4 192]

ne a (pt. 12) XIX 1 1924

STEPHENS, EpirH L. See Prarson, H. H. W. (1X, 2, 1912).

Tompson, W. W. See Grucurist, J. D. F., and THomprson, W. W.

Txor, 8S. Hydrachnids IT 1] 1902

TILLYARD, R. J. Stone-flies (Perlaria) XXX 1 1931

Tomuin, J. R. LE B. Marine Shells: 1 (Turritellidae) xX 4 1925

vs ,, : 2(Abyssochryssidae, XXV 1 1927

Oocorythid., Haliotidae, Tonnidae)

Marine Shells: 3 (Nassariidae); XXV 2 1928

4 (Terebridae, etc.)

Marine Shells: 5 (Scaphopoda) XXIX 2 1931

#3 » +: 6-8(Fasc. Fissurel- XXX 2 1932

lidae, Buccinidae)

Tomi, J. R. ve B., and Marine Shells: 9 (Triviidae) xXx X 3 1934

ScHILDER, F. A.

TucKER, R. W. E. Arachnida XVII 2 1917

2 XVII 5 1920

Drassidae xIxX 2 1923

TURNER, R. E. Scoliidae XV 6 1916

TURNER, R. E.

Unmany, E.

ULMER, G.

Uvarov, B. P.

VILLENEUVE, J.

WALTON, J.

WARREN, W.

WATERSTON, J.

Watson, H.

Annals of the South African Museum.

Fossorial Hymenoptera

Hispinae (Chrysomelidae)

Trichoptera

Orthoptera

Py (S.W.A.)

Stomoxys

Tachino-Oestrid.

Myodarii

Fossil Woods

Geometridae, Pyralidae

Heterocera

Ectoparasites

Onchidella

(See also Connotiy, M., XIII, 4, 1915.)

West, G. S.

WomERSLEY, H.

Woops, H.

_Algae

Protura

Sminthuridae

Machilidae

Collembola-Arthropleona

Cretaceous, Pondoland

Upper Cretaceous, Need’s Camp

Volume.

XVII

Part. Year.

Nr eE ODD — NY & w

He ©

ee CC Cena)

1920

1934

1913

1928

1929

1916

1925

1911

1914

1925

1912

1931

1932

1934

1906

1908

(47)

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

The Phyla are arranged in the same order as in the Zoological Record; the groups in the

Crustacea, Arachnida, and Insecta are in alphabetical order.

For Palaeontology see under Botany (Fossil); Zoology, under the respective Phyla.

ZOOLOGY.

Protozoa (Fossil).

Volume. Part. Year.

Foraminifera.

CHAPMAN, F. IV 5 1904

» XII 4 1916

» XXVIII 2 1930

PoRIFERA (Recent).

KiIRKPATRICE, R. XII 2 1913

CoELENTERATA (Fossil).

Anthozoa.

Lane, W. D. vil 1 1908

Kitcain, F. L. VII 2 1908

eee, FB. C. XXII 1 1925

GEvERS, T. W. AXMVEEE. E 1929

EcCHINODERMATA (Fossil).

Woops, H. IV vf 1906

He vil 1 1908

REED, F. BR. C. XXIT 1 1925

HavueGuton, 8. H. (Angola) XXII 1 1925

ECHINODERMATA (Recent).

CxiaRrK, H. L. (Monograph) XIII 7 1923

Fs (Clypeaster) XX 5 1925

y VERMES (ANNELIDA) (Fossil).

Krircnin, F. L. VII 2 1908

VERMES (Recent).

Hirudinea.

GODDARD, E. J., and Matay, D. E. XI 4 1912

Oligochaeta.

MiIcHAELSEN, W. XIII 2 1913

Polychaeta.

ASHWORTH, J. H. | 7 XI Poy EOEE

48 Annals of the South African Museum.

Volume. Part. Year.

BRACHIOPODA (Fossil).

REED, F. R. C. IV 2 1903

» IV 8 1908

Woops, H. Vil 1 1908

REED, F. R. C. XXII J 1925

Potyzoa (Bryozoa) (Fossil).

Woops, H. IV 7 1906

Lane, W. D. VII 1 1908

REED, F. RB. C. XXII 1 1925

Potyzoa (Bryozoa) (Recent).

BARNARD, K. H. (S.W.A.) XXV 1 1927

Moxuusca (Fossil).

REED, F. R. C. (Cephal. Gastrop. Pterop. Lamellibr.) IV 6 1904

Woops, H. (Lamellibr. Gastrop. Cephal.) IV 7 1906

ReEep, F. R. C. (Gastrop. Pterop. Lamellibr. Brachiop.) IV 8 1908

Woops, H. (Lamellibr. Brachiop.) Vil 1 1908

Kiron, F. L. (Lamellibr. Gastrop. Cephalop.) VII 2 1908

Spatu, L. F. (Cephalop.) XII ac 1921

Haveuton, S. H. ( a ) XOX 1 1925

REED, F. R. C. XXIT 1 1925

ReEwntig, J. V. L. (Lamellibr. Gastrop.) XXVIII 1 1929

Spatu, L. F. (Cephalop.) XXVITIL 2 1930

REnnIE, J. V. L. (Lamellibr. Gastrop.) XXVIII 2 1930

Mo.uuvusca (Recent).

Marine.

SHACKLEFORD, LL. J. (Marginellid) XIII 53 1914

2 ( <3 ) XIII 5 1916

Tomuin, J. R. ve B. (1. Turritellid) XX 4 1925

> (2. Abyssochysid., etc.) XXV 1 1927

Massy, A. L. (Cephalopoda) XXV 1 1927

BARNARD, K. H. (Nudibranchia) XXV 1 1927

Tomutin, J. R. ve B. (3. Nassariidae; 4. Terebrid., etc.) XXV 2 1928

> (5. Scaphopoda) XXIX 2 1931

ASHLY, E. (Chitons) XXX 1 193]

Tomuin, J. R. LE B. (6-8. Fasciolariid, Fissurellid, XXX 2 1932

Buccinidae)

Non-Marine.

CoLLINGE, W. E. (Slugs) II 1 1900

A (ergs) II 8 1901

CoNnNOLLY, M. (Reference List) XI 3 1912

5 XII 4 1915

> XIII 5 1916

» (S.W. African) XXIX 2 1931

Watson, H. (Onchidella) XX 4 1925

Index of Subjects. 49

Volume. Part. Year.

CRusTACEA (Fossil).

CHAPMAN, F. (Ostracoda) IV

5 1904

» Cen XII 4 1916

Kitcutin, F. L. (Decapod) VII 2 1908

HaveurTon, S. H. (Entomostraca) XII S - , 1924

CrusTACEA (Recent).

Amphipoda.

STEBBING, T. R. R. (Marine) VI 1 1908

BARNARD, K. H. (Marine and Freshwater) XV 3 1916

STEBBING, T. R. R. (Marine) XVII I 1917

BARNARD, K. H. (eee) XX 5 1925

Cirripedia.

BARNARD, K. H. XxX ] 1924.

Decapoda. |

STEBBING, T. R. R. (Marine) VI 1 1908

e (Sympoda) xX 5 1912

a (Marine) XV 1 1914

2 ree) XV 2 1915

By (ieees a.) XVII 1 1917

5 ese ae XVII 4 1920

fe GE Let) XVIII 4 1921

“a XIX L 1924

Entomostraca (Branchiopoda, Ostracoda, Copepoda).

Sars, G. O. (Cladocera) XV 4. 1916

STEBBING, T. R. R. (Marine Copepoda) XVII 1 1917

Sars, G. O. (Ostracoda) XxX 2 1924.

* (Ostracoda, S.W.A.) XX 3 1924

BARNARD, K. H. (Phyllop., S.W.A.) XX 3 1924

Sars, G. O. (Copepoda) XXV if 1927

BARNARD, K. H. (Phyllopoda) XXIX I 1929

General Catalogue S.A. Crustacea.

SteBBInG, T. R. R. VI 4 1910

Isopoda.

STEBBING, T. R. R. (Marine) VI 1 1908

BaRnaRD, K. H. (Marine and Freshwater) x 7 1914

+ (Marine) D4 11 1914

StHBpine, T. R. RB. (Marine) XVII 1 1917

BaRNARD, K. H. (Marine) XVII 5 1920

; wy (Terrestr., S.W.A.) xX 3 1924

Os (Marine) XX 5 1925

aE (Terrestr.) XXX 2 1932

Nebalia.

BARNARD, K. H. xX 11 1914

TRILOBITA.

Dann, P. IV 4 1904.

Reexp, F. BR. C. Cais 1 1925

50 Annals of the South African Museum.

Volume. Part. Year.

ARACHNIDA.

Acari.

LAWRENCE, R. F. XXV 2 1928

Araneae.

PURCELL, W. F. III 1 1903

5 Til 4 1903

PICKARD-CAMBRIDGB, O. Til 5 1904

TucKER, R. W. E. XVII 2 1917

33 XVII 5 1920

os (Drassidae) XIX 2 1923

LAWRENCE, R. F. XXV 1 1927

FS XXV 2 1928

x6 (Opiliones) XXIX 2 1931

= (Gah: xXxxX 4 1934

Hydrachnida. .

THOR, 8. ine ll 1902

Pedipalpit.

PURCELL, W. F. A 6 1901

Pseudoscorpions.

: ELLINGSEN, E. Of 4 1912

Scorpiones.

PURCELL, W. F. i 1 1898

oe I 2 1899

9 I 3 1899

0) II 6 1901

LAWRENCE, R. F. XXV 1 1927

% XXV 2 1928

Hewitt, J. XXX I 1931

Solifugae.

PURCELL, W. F. il 3 1899

a; 1p 6 1901

ss (2 papers) Jats 1 1903

LAWRENCE, R. F. xXXV ! 1927

= XXV 2 1928

a XXIX 1 1929

Hewitt, J. XXX ] 1931

LAWRENCE, R. F. XXX if 1931

MyYRIOPODA.

ATTEMS, C. XXVI 1928

PROTOTRACHEATA.

Onychophora (Peripatus).

PuRCcELL, W. F. af ne 1899

- EE 4 1900

Hutcuinson, G. E. XXV 2 1928

LAWRENCE, R. F. XXX 1 1931

Insecta (Fossil).

Haveuton, S. H. XII 8 1924

Anoplura and Mallophaga.

WATERSON, J.

Coleoptera.

PERINGUEY, L.

RAFFRAY, A.

PERINGUEY, L.

SCHENELING, 8. ~

RAFFRAY, A.

BitiEcog, L. B.

RaFFray, A.

Brair, K. G.

PERINGUEY, L.

Hesse, A. J.

399

UHMANN, E.

BERNHAUER, M.

Collembola.

WomeERSLEY, H.

Dermaptera.

Burr, M.

Diptera.

KIEFFER, J. J.

RicaRpo, G.

VILLENEUVE, J.

be)

ALEXANDER, C. P.

KIEFFER, J. J.

RiIcaRDoO, G.

Berzzi, M.

ALEXANDER, C. P:

Berzzi, M.

Epwarps, F. W.

Bezzi, M.

CuRRAN, C. H.

Monro, H. K.

Hess, A. J.

Index of Subjects.

InsEcTA (Recent).

(Hispinae)

(5th contribution)

(Pselaphidae)

(6th contribution)

(7th contribution)

(Cleridae)

(Pselaphidae)

(Curculionidae)

(Pselaphidae)

( 29 )

(Oedemeridae)

(Carabidae)

(Curculionid)

(On Gnidia)

(Hispinae)

(Staphylinidae)

(Sminthurid)

(Arthropleona)

(Chironomidae)

(Tabanidae)

(Stomoxys)

(Tachino-Oestrid)

(Myodarii)

(Tipulidae)

(Chironomidae)

(Tabanidae)

(Bombyliidae)

(Tipulidae)

(Bombylidae)

(Culicidae)

(Mycetophilidae, Bibionidae)

(Nemestrinidae)

(Mydaidae)

(Trypaneidae)

(Rhagionidae)

(Dolichopodidae)

(Trypaetidae)

(Insects on Gnidia)

Volume.

XVII

XVIT

XVII

XVIII

XIX

XXIII

XXIIT

XXIX

XXX

Part. ‘Year.

—

PWwWnwnwnwnNnre DOOR ADD Ob

—

WorRNNWOrYH RFE RF BP NRFDANAA A Ow

1914

1898

1899

1901

1904

1908

1907

1910

1913

1914

1926

1929

1934

1931

1934

1911

1914

1916

1917

1920

1921

192]

1924

1925

1924

1926

1929

- 1934

52 Annals of the South African Museum.

Volume. Part. Year.

Embiaria.

PETERSEN, P. Espen XVII 6 1920

Ephemeroptera.

PETERSEN, P. E. ; p.¢ 6 1913

. XVII 6 1930

Hemiptera (Rhynchota). .

Distant, W. L. II 9 1902

- iil 2 1903

BS xX 2 1911

Hesse, A. J. (S.W.A.) XXIII 1 1925

Hutcuinson, G. E. XXV 3 1929

Hymenoptera.

PERINGUEY, L. (Mutillidae) I 1 1898

$s ( bes ) if 2 1899

x ( ws ) I 3. 1899

a ( 95 ) II 5 1901

a! ( i ) V 7 1909

a ( ap ) xX 10 1914

CAMERON, P. (Parasitic Hymenoptera) Vv 2 1906

ay ( ak a ) V 4 1907

ARNOLD, G. (Ants, monograph) XIV 1-6 1915-24

Mortey, C. (Ichneumonidae, Part 1) XV 5 1916

TURNER, R. E. (Scoliidae) XV 6 1916

Mor.ey, C. (Ichneumonidae, Part 2) XVII 3 1917

TURNER, C. (Fossorial) XVII 6 1920

Brus, C. T. (Parasitic Hymenoptera) XIX | 1924

BEQUAERT, J. (Synagris) ; XIX 2 1923

ARNOLD, G. (Ants, Appendix) XXIII 2 1926

Bravuns, H. (Allodape) XXIII 3 1926

Morey, C. (Ichneumonidae) XXIII 3 1926

BEQUAERT, J. (Kumenes) XXIIl 3 1926

Hasse, A. J. (On Gnidia) XXX 3 1934

Lepidoptera.

Hampson, G. F. (Moths) II 3 1900

“ a) II 10 1902

Fr sees; 5) Ii 9 1905

Meyrick, E. (Microlep.) Vv 7 1909

5% Gee =) V 8 1910

WARREN, J. (Geometr. Pyralid.) x 1 191]

Meyrick, E. (Microlep.) be 3 1912

a Carns. ) xX 8 1914

WARREN, W. (Heterocera) xX 12 1914

MEyYRIcK, E. (Microlep.) XVII 1 1917

a (ee a5 54) XVII 4 1920

Provt, L. B. (Geomettr.) XVII 1 1917

JANSE, A. J. T. (Lymantrid.) b.G Gl 2 1917

AURIVILLIUS, C.

Prout, L. B.

Meyrick, EK.

Husse, A. J.

Mecoptera (Bittacidae).

PETERSEN, P. ESBEN

Neuroptera.

PERINGUEY, L.

39>

PETERSEN, P. ESBEN

Odonata (Paraneuroptera).

Ris, F.

Orthoptera.

PERINGUEY, L.

Uvarov, B. P.

Karny, H. H.

Husss, A. J.

Plecoptera (Perlaria).

TILLYARD, R. J.

BARNARD, K. H.

Protura.

WomMERSLEY, H.

Siphonaptera.

WATERSON, J.

Thysanoptera.

BAGnaL., R. S.

Hessp, A. J.

Thysanura.

P&RINGUEY, L.

SILVESTRI, F.

WomeERSLEY, H.

Trichoptera.

ULMER, G.

GincuRist, J. D. F.

Broom, R.

Haveuton, S. H.

Index of Subjects.

Heterocera.)

Geometr.)

Microlep.)

Insects on Gnidia)

~~ ~~

(Hemerobiidae)

( 2 )

(Megaloptera)

( 99 )

(S.W.A.)

(Gryllacridae)

(Speleiacris)

(Japyx)

(Japygidae)

(Machilidae)

PROCHORDATA.

(Ptychodera)

Pisces (Fossil).

Volume.

XVIII

XIX

XXIII

XXX

XVII

XVIII

XXV

X XIX

XXIX

XXX

Vil

XII

XIT

Part.

m— > bo OO bo

(ee)

Ne oO

fo) at tS) ay!

Year.

1921

1925

1926

1934

LOL

1910

1911

1920

1924

1921

1916

1928

1929

1931

1934

1931

1914

1910

1934

1901

193]

1932

1913

1908

1909

1913

1924

Annals of the South African Museum.

Volume. Part. Year.

Pisces (Recent).

Freshwater.

BoULENGER, G. A. It 7 1901

>» ui A 7 1905

> XI 7 1918

> XIII a 1923

GincuRist, J. D> Ee and XI 5 1913

THompson, W. W.

GiLonnist, J. 5 a eand XI 6 1917

THomeson, W. W.

Marine.

BouLENGER, G. A. (Percoid) I 2 1899

% es) III 3 1903

GILGHEIST, Jo 7D" Hand (Blenniidae) v1 2 1908

THompson, W. W.

Gimcurist, J. D. F., and (Natal Fishes) VI 2 1908

THompson, W. W.

GitcnRist, J. D. F., and (Natal Fishes, Part 2) VI 3 1909

THompson, W. W.

GincHRist 6. 2D) “and (Gass 55) 9 AG es) XI 2 1911

THomeson, W. W.

GicCHEisT, J. DD. #., and (a ey see) XII 3 1914

THomeson, W. W.

BARNARD, K. H. XII 8 1923

ae (Monograph) XXI f 1925

a ( se ) XXI 2 1927

a (Notes) XXX 5 1935

Smira, J. L. B. (Mugilidae) Xxx 5 1935

REPTILIA AND BaTRAcHIA (Fossil).

Broom, R. i 3 1899

sei (6 papers) IV 2 1903

a IV 8 1908

3 Vv 3 1906

4 (3 papers) VIL 3) 1909

oy Vil 4 191]

ANDREWS, C. W. Vil 4 191]

Broom, R. (4 papers) Vil 5 1912

“A (3 papers) Vil 6 1913

Re (2 papers) DG 1 1913

Broom, R., and HaucutTon,S.H. (3 papers) XII 1 1913

Haveuton, 8. H. (2 papers) XII 1 1913

“ XII 2 1915

ee XII 3h 0; 1915

Broom, R., and Haueuton, 8. H. XII 5 1917

Haveuton, 8. H. XII 5 1917

XI 6 1918

Index of Subjects.

Haveuron, S. H.

Broom, R.

HaveurTon, S. H.

Haveuton, S. H., and

Boonstra, L. D.

HavueutTon, S. H. and

Boonstra, L. D.

Haveuton, S. H. and

Boonstra, L. D.

(2 papers)

REPTILIA AND BaTracuta (Recent).

(List)

(Nucras and Eremias)

ScLaTer, W. L.

BovuLENGER, G. A.

Hewitt, J. (2 papers)

Ross, W. (Field Notes) (2 papers)

Power, J. H. (Breviceps)

AVES.

ScLaTEeR, W. L. (List)

OGiILvIiE-GRANT, W. R.

MAMMALIA (Fossil).

Broom, R. (Bubalis)

> (Horse)

$5 (Man, etc.)

- (Kimberley, pig, horses)

HaveurTon, 8. H. (Equidae)

MammMatta (Recent).

Sciater, W. L. (Rodents, list)

Broom, R. (Orycteropus)

ANTHROPOLOGY anp ETHNOLOGY.

SHRUBSALL, F. C. (Bushman Skeleton)

x (Bushman Craniology)

PéRINGUEY, L. (Stone Ages)

Broom, R. (Man and Extinct Vertebrates)

Goopwiy, A. J. H. (Montagu Cave)

(Capsian and 8. African Stone

Implements)

Stomg, D. (Bushman Osteology)

DRENNAN, M. R. (Bushman Dentition)

Droury, J. (Bushmen of 8.W. Africa)

Goopwin, A. J. H., and (Mossel Bay Cave)

Mazan, B. D.

Volume. Part.

XII

XXIT

XXII

XXVIII

XXVITT

XXVIII

EEE

XIIT

Vit

Vil

XIT

XXIT

XXVIII

VIL

VATE

XII

XXIV

XXTV

XXIV

— — OO

Dan O& =

bo oO

H CW mem Ww OO

No — —

Year.

1924

1925

1928

1929

1930

1932

1898

1910

1917

1926

1905

1913

1909

1913

1928

1932

1899

1909

1907

TSU

191]

1913

1929

1935

Suaw, M.

Goopwin, A. J. H.

SHaw, M.

Goopwin, A. J. H., and Lowe,

C. van R.

PERINGUEY, L.

SEWARD, A. C.

pu Tort, A. L.

WALTON, J.

pu. Tort, A. L.

29.

PEARSON, H. H. W.

Pearson, H. H. W., and Others

West, G.S.

Puitiies, HK. P.

Pearson, H. H. W.

Puiuties, E. P.

HutcHInson, J., and

Putters, E. P.

Puiuuies, E. P.

Prarson, H. H. W., and

HUTCHINSON, J.

Puituies, EK. P.

Fritsca, F. K.

Puiiuirs, HK. P.

GARABEDIAN, 8.

RicuH and Pocock

Pocock

CoHEN, E.

ConHEn, E. (ed. Kuztn, C.)

HaveuTon, 8S. H.

Annals of the South African Museum.

(Snuff-boxes)

(Vosburg Petroglyphs)

(

Klip Kop Cave, Hermanus)

Supplement to Snuff-boxes)

(Ovambo Knives)

(Pipes and Smoking in S.A.)

(Stone Age Cultures)

ARCHAEOLOGY.

(Early Inscriptions)

BOTANY (Fossil).

(List, Stormberg)

(Karroo)

(Karroo and Uganda)

BOTANY (Recent).

(S.W. Africa)

(Orange River, Itinerary)

Orange River Plants)

3 papers)

Tristan d’Acunha Flora)

(2 papers)

(Algae)

(Basutoland)

(Grasses, S.W.A.)

(Volvox)

( 99 )

GEOLOGY.

(Meteoric Irons) (2 papers)

( >» )

(Stratigraphy, Stormberg)

Volume.

XXIV

XXVITI

XIII

XXVIIT

Part. Year

Oo or ol

oO P PB | WOW DDD —

SH Ot

WowWNwe eH aD

ee) LT 1)

1935

1936

1938

1929

1913

1903

1924

1925

1927

1932

1911

1912

1913

1915

1917

1918

1917

1925

1933

1900

1906

1924

; ~~" > e

> “ ‘ F in ein é

<i! > £7

PARTS > oF THE ANNALS PREVIOUSLY 1 ISSUED— ;

Vol. L —Part 1, out of print; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, out of p 8

Vol. I1.—Part 1, out of print; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, out of print; ao

Part 5, 1/6; Part 6, 3/-; Part 7, 1/6; Part 8, 3/-; |

Part 10, 7/-; Part ll, 3/-; Index, "Title, etc., 1/6. wa . pag

Vol, ILL.—Part iy 2/6; Part ’2, 1/6; Part’ 3, 5/6; Part 4, prec .

5/6; Part 6, 7/-; Part 7, 1/6; Part 8,-3/-; Part ‘9, 1/6; Index,

Title, etc., 1/6. a

Vol. LV, (containing ‘Palaeontological papers published in conjunction with the

Geological Survey).—

4)} : Part 1, 11/-; Part 2, 7/-; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 4/6; Part 5, 2/6;

| Part 6, 4/6; Part 7, 14/-; Part 8 (with Index, Title, etc.), 8/-.

Hy Vol. V.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 8/6; Part 3, 2/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part 5, ee

| _ Part 6, 5/-; Part 7, 3/-; Part 8, 4/6; Part 9, 4/6; Index, Title,

etc., 1/6.

\ Vol. VI.—Part i 13/6; Part 2, 4/6; Part 3, 3/6; Part 4, 30/-; Index, Title, :

etc., 1/6. PS

: | hee vil (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction with the |

+ Geological Survey).— :

uy - Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, out of print; Part 3, 5/-; Part 4, 8/-; Part 5, phe

| . 5/6; Part 6, 1/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. | f ‘es

Vol. VIII.—Complete, out of print. Index, Title, etc., 1/6.

‘| | Vol. IX.—Part 1, 4/6; Part 2, 5/6; Part 3, 10/-; Part 4, 6/6; Part 5, 3/6;

oy _ Part 6, 11/-; Part 7, 9/-; Index, Title, ete., 1/6. “eh

| Vol. X.—Part 1, 3/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 2/-; Part 4, 3/-: Part 5, 20/=;"° Se

- Part 5 3/-; Part 7, 10/-;_ Part 8, 2/6; Part 9, 5/-; Part 10, 2/6;

Part 11, 20/-; Part 12, 7/-. Complete. Title, etce., contained in

Part 11. F

Vol. Xi.—Part 1, 3/6; Part 2, 2/-; Part 3, 13/6; Part 4, 1/6; Part 5, 17/-;

Part 6, 1l/—; Part "7, including Index, Title, etc., Appendix and

. Plate IIL, 3/-. cs

| Vol. XII (containing Palaeontological papers published in conjunction with the __

| Geological Survey).— S

| Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 3/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 3/-; Part 5, 4-3: ne

Part 6, 6/-; Part 7, 20/-; Part 8, 20/3 Index, Title, SiC eh Ose: §

Vol. XITI.—Part " 6/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part = 3/-; Part 4, 8/6; Part 5, 1/6;

Part 6, 5/-; Part 7, 30/-; Part 8, 1/-; Index, Title, ete. 2/6... 7.

Ae ; Vol. XIV.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4, 17/6; Part 5, 5/-3

ey tee Part 6, 9/-; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. . ; ae

aren, Vol. XV.—Part 1, 17/-; Part 2, 17/-; Part 3, 14/-; Part 4, 12/6; Part 5, 5/6; ;

Part 6, 3/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. a

; Vol. XVI.—Part 1, 30/6; Part 2, 4/-; Part 3 (with Title, Index, etc.), 25/-.

Vol, XVII.—Part ie 12/-; Part 2, 9/6; Part 3, 3/-; Part 4, 15/-; Part 5, 15/-; —

| Part 6, 2/6; Index, Title, etc., 1/6. aie hia we

Vol. XVIII.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 30/-; Part 4, 12/6; Index, Title,

etc., 1/6. . =e ’

| Vol. XIX.—Part 1, 22/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 11/-; Part 4 (with Index, Title,

etc.), 5/6. ef

| Vol. XX.—Part 1, 8/6; Part 2, 12/6; Part 3, 4/-; Part 4, 10/-; pe 5, 4/-3

Part 6 (with Title, etc.), 4/6. ;

ieee cteaes Vol. XX1I.—Part 1, 25/-; Part 2 (with Title, etc.), 30/-. °

| tes Vol. XXII (containing Palaeontological papers published in acetienmeta with the —

| Geological Survey).—

Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Title, etce.), 3/6..

Vol. XXIII.—Part i: 12/6; Part 2, 8/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc.), 9/-.

Vol. XXIV.—Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 2/6; Part 3, 4/6; Part 4, 11/-; Part 5 (witht

Index, Title, etc.) Ge:

cae . Vol. XX V.—Part 1, 12/6; Part 2, 10/-; Part 3 (with Index, Title, etc.), 10/-.

Vol. XXVI Complete, 25/-. :

Bi eae Vol. XXVII.—Complete, 25/-.

taney Vol. XXVIII (containing ES ae papers published in ee Ss with the -

Geological Survey).—

\ ee Part 1, 10/-; Part 2, 17/6; Part 3, 6/-; Part 4 (with Index, Title,

L . etc.), 10/-. :

| ae Vol. XXIX.—Part 1, 20/-; Part 2 (with Index, Title, etc.), 20/-. *

| , Vol. XXX.—Part 1, 15/6; Part 2, 20/-; Part. 3, 8/-; Pat 4, ee Part 5 (with .

. ane ‘ Index, Title, etc.), 9/-

| . Vol. XXXI (containing Palaeontological papers published in cajune eee with the

Geological Survey).— ;

Part 1, 20/-; Part 2, 13/6; Part 3, 17/6.

Vol. XX XIT.—Part 1, 2/6; Part 2, 7/6; Part 3, 17/-; Part 4, 1/-.

Vol. XXXIV. —Complete, 40/-.

| ae The Annals of the South African Museum will be issued at irregular intervals,

as matter for publication ts available.

nt Copies may be obtained from—

Messrs. WHELDON & WESLEY, L7p., ee

} 2, 3, and 4 ArtHuR StREET, NEw Oxrorp Street, Lonpon, W.C.2; or,

| i} ae - The LIBRARIAN, Soutn Arrican Muszum, Care Town.

EE — ee © ———

————

We tit Re

WAY Aaa AAPAA AANANA Ra

a LaAARARARARA AAR An, aay

rn ln WAAAAY-YA\

anna AANAAANAA AAAAAAAY eA AAAA,

| aBAAARIAAR Ane a i

a am

fan

aa on &

AAIRIAY im

IAAAL A AP

RAAT

Ah’ Y\AANIA lAIA

ARAAAAA ARR AAA

A in AARAAAAAA

Eeecccccee Anan

Resieasceey

D> D> I» 55

PDD? 2 Dy

b>») D>

AAAA

iin AR, A oe

pera pane AP

aly.

\AA RAAT

Ag ANMMAMMAAAAN Ac RAR

APAARAAAAR RA:

PT TNT \ | aa\! gn\! pm m\: n\n!

AA AAA

AANA AAAAAAARAAA

AANA BAAAAARAAAA aA

AAARAAAAAA osoneoer Are

A Aan aaaaaanaey

A VAAAAAAAAAAA

| corsa RAAARAAAA A -WAAAAAAAR AR

AAA AAANAAAAAAZY

AASAee AA AAARAAARAA AANA

AAA AANA PARA A NN

saanannanee ana AY A A an A

Ef Baannnnneeee AAAAAA aaa Meee

~ AA AAAAAE Ae ARP RAR,

AAA

A Elana =

SAAAARAAAA AAA AA A | ARAA

AAAAAAAA AANA NYA AAA AAAAAA AMARA

RanaAMiAnecnneanenenec AAR ARAAAAA RARaaARAAA

AAAAARAAAAL | AAAAAE

| (NANA AL

RARARAANAAOE AN

AARAAAAAAAA

AANA, povaaneer A

races

encorestet

ANAM eal

‘Aalaa.\.\. ~

VAIN ‘

Raaaaaan

: soaataen

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

; |

INN

3 9088 01206 5645

———